openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2016

12 participants
475 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97096 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:53:10 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97096 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/base.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cio.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/country.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/docker.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fonts.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/installation.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/isns.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journal.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/languages_db.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/mail.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/network.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/packager.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pam.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/printer.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/rear.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/registration.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/security.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sound.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/squid.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/storage.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/support.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/timezone_db.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tune.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/update.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/users.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/vm.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/wol.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-10 20:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-09 11:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-21 01:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-22 17:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -256,12 +256,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χρήστες" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ομάδες" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δοκιμή Σύνδεσης" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διευθύνσεις IP" #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 #, fuzzy @@ -528,11 +528,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τρέχει" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σταματημένο" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" @@ -722,11 +722,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Όνομα χρήστη" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κωδικός" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Παράκαμψη του προσωπικού φακέλου του χρήστη . Μπορείτε να δώσετε είτε μια απόλυτη τιμή ή ένα πρότυπο ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Ορίστε ένα προεπιλεγμένο πρότυπο για τον προσωπικό φάκελο του χρήστη, αν δεν έχει ήδη καθοριστεί ρητά από τον τομέα των στοιχείων του παρόχου." @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Xρησιμοποιήστε το προεπιλεγμένο κέλυφος αν ένα επιτρεπόμενο κέλυφος δεν έχει εγκατασταθεί στο μηχάνημα ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Xρησιμοποιήστε το προεπιλεγμένο κέλυφος αν ο πάροχος δεν επιστρέψει κάποιο κατά την αναζήτηση ." @@ -1026,8 +1026,8 @@ msgstr "Για κάθε αίτημα ΡΑΜ ενώ το SSSD είναι σε απευθείας σύνδεση ,το SSSD θα προσπαθήσει να ενημερώσει αμέσως την αποθηκευμένες πληροφορίες ταυτότητας για το χρήστη, ώστε να διασφαλιστεί ότι η πιστοποίηση πραγματοποιείται με τις τελευταίες πληροφορίες ." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Εμφανίση μιας προειδοποίησης, Ν ημέρες πριν από τη λήξη του κωδικού πρόσβασης ." @@ -1219,536 +1219,581 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "Η προεπιλεγμένη βάση DN να χρησιμοποιήσει για την εκτέλεση κανόνες LDAP sudo ." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Καθορίζει τη διαχωρισμένη με κόμματα λίστα των URIs των εξυπηρετητών LDAP στην οποία κάθε SSSD πρέπει να συνδεθεί με σειρά προτίμησης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Καθορίζει τη διαχωρισμένη με κόμματα λίστα των URIs των εξυπηρετητών LDAP στην οποία κάθεSSSD πρέπει να συνδεθεί με σειρά προτίμησης για να αλλάξει τον κωδικό πρόσβασης ενός χρήστη." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "Η προεπιλογή δεσμεύει το DN προς χρήση για την εκτέλεση εργασιών LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Ο τύπος του τεκμηρίου πιστοποίησης του προεπιλεγμένου δεσμου DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Το τεκμήριο πιστοποίησης του προεπιλεγμένου δεσμου DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Το αντικείμενο κλάσης μιας καταχώρησης χρήστη σε LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στο όνομα εισόδου χρήστη" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην ταυτότητα του χρήστη" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην κύρια ταυτότητα ομάδας του χρήστη" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στο πεδίο geco του χρήστη" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το όνομα του αρχικού καταλόγου του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τη διαδρομή προς το προεπιλεγμένο κελύφου του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το UUID / GUID ενός αντικειμένου χρήστη LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το objectSID ενός αντικειμένου χρήστη LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει χρονική σήμανση της τελευταίας τροποποίησης του μητρικού αντικειμένου ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow , αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού του ( ημερομηνία της τελευταίας αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow , αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού του ( ελάχιστο όριο ηλικίας κωδικού πρόσβασης ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow , αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού του ( μέγιστο όριο ηλικίας κωδικού πρόσβασης ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow , αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού του ( περίοδος προειδοποίησης κωδικού πρόσβασης) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow , αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού ( περίοδος αδράνειας κωδικού πρόσβασης) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ή ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην σκιά (5) του ομόλογού ( ημερομηνία της τελευταίας αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos,αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP αποθηκεύει την ημερομηνία και ώρα της τελευταίας αλλαγής του κωδικού πρόσβασης στο Kerberos ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos,αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP αποθηκεύει την ημερομηνία και ώρα της λήξης του τρέχοντος κωδικού πρόσβασης" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=ad,αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP αποθηκεύει το χρόνο λήξης του λογαριασμού ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, αυτή η παράμετρος περιέχει το όνομα ενός χαρακτηριστικού LDAP αποθηκεύει το πεδίο bit ελέγχου λογαριασμού χρήστη." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ή αντίστοιχο , αυτή η παράμετρος καθορίζει αν εν η πρόσβαση επιτρέπεται ή οχι." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, αυτή η ιδιότητα καθορίζει εάν επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση ή όχι ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, αυτή η ιδιότητα καθορίζει την ημερομηνία μέχρι την οποία παρέχεται πρόσβαση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Όταν γίνεται χρήση του ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, αυτή η ιδιότητα καθορίζει τις ώρες της ημέρας σε μια εβδομάδα, όταν είναι δυνατή η πρόσβαση." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το κύριο όνομα του Kerberos του χρήστη( UPN ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τα δημόσια κλειδιά SSH του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Ορισμένοι κατάλογοι διακομιστών, για παράδειγμα Ενεργός Κατάλογος , θα μπορούσε να παραδώσει ένα μέρος της επικράτειας του UPN σε πεζά , το οποίο θα μπορούσε να προκαλέσει αποτυχία της πιστοποίησης." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Ορίστε αυτήν την επιλογή σε αληθή αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα κεφαλαίο χαρκτήρα." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Καθορίζει πόσα δευτερόλεπτα SSSD πρέπει να περιμένει πριν ανανεώσει τη λανθάνουσα μνήμη των αριθμημένων αρχείων ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Καθορίστε πόσο συχνά να γίνετε ελέγχος στη λανθάνουσα μνήμη για ανενεργές εγγραφές ( όπως ,ομάδες χωρίς μέλη και χρήστες που δεν έχουν συνδεθεί) και αφαιρέστε τους για να εξοικονομηθεί χώρος ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στο πλήρες όνομα του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που καταγράφει τις συνδρομές του χρήστη της ομάδας." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Αν η access_provider=ldap και ldap_access_order=authorized_service,το SSSD θα χρησιμοποιήσει την παρουσία του χαρακτηριστικού authorizedService στην είσοδο LDAP του χρήστη για να καθορίσει το προνόμιο της πρόσβασης." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Αν η access_provider=ldap και ldap_access_order=host,το SSSD θα χρησιμοποιήσει την παρουσία του χαρακτηριστικού authorizedService στην είσοδο LDAP του χρήστη για να καθορίσει το προνόμιο της πρόσβασης." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Η κατηγορία αντικειμένου μιας εισόδου της ομάδας στο LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στο όνομα της ομάδας ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στην ταυτότητα της ομάδας ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τα ονόματα των μελών της ομάδας ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το UUID / GUID ενός αντικειμένου ομάδα LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το αντικείμενοSID ενός αντικειμένου ομάδα LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τη χρονική σήμανση της τελευταίας τροποποίησης" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Αν το ldap_schema έχει οριστεί σε μια μορφή σχήματος που υποστηρίζει ένθετες ομάδες ( π.χ. RFC2307bis ) , τότε αυτή η επιλογή ελέγχει πόσα επίπεδα SSSD εμφώλευσης θα ακολουθήσουν." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή λέει στο SSSD να επωφεληθεί από μια υπηρεσία καταλόγου Active Directory ειδικό χαρακτηριστικό που μπορεί να επιταχύνει τις αναζητήσεις ομάδων ή αναπτυγμάτων με πολύπλοκες ή βαθιά ένθετες ομάδες ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή λέει στο SSSD να επωφεληθεί από μια υπηρεσία καταλόγου Active Directory -ιδιαίτερο χαρακτηριστικό που θα μπορούσε να επιταχύνει επιχειρήσεις initgroups ( κυρίως όταν πρόκειται για πολύπλοκες ή βαθιά εμφωλευμένες ομάδες ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "\t Η κατηγορία αντικειμένου μιας εισόδου δικτύου ομάδας στο LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που αντιστοιχεί στο όνομα της ομάδας δικτύου." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τα ονόματα των μελών της ομάδας δικτύου του ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τις τριάδες ( υποδοχέας , χρήστης , τομέας) ομάδας δικτύου." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το UUID / GUID ενός αντικειμένου LDAP μιας ομάδας δικτύου" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Η κατηγορία αντικειμένου μιας εισόδου στην υπηρεσία LDAP ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει το όνομα της υπηρεσίας προσδίδει και τα ψευδώνυμα τους ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τη θύρα που διαχειρίζεται αυτήν την υπηρεσία ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Το χαρακτηριστικό LDAP που περιέχει τα κατανοητά πρωτόκολλα από την εν λόγω υπηρεσία ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "Μια προαιρετική βάση DN , το πεδίο αναζήτησης και το LDAP φίλτρο για να περιοριστουν οι αναζητήσεις LDAP για αυτόν τον τύπο χαρακτηριστικού ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Καθορίζει το χρονικό όριο (σε δευτερόλεπτα ) που οι αναζητήσεις LDAP επιτρέπονται να τρέχουν πριν από την ακύρωσή τους και την επιστροφή των προσωρινά αποθηκευμένων αποτελέσματων( και την είσοδο σε λειτουργία χωρίς σύνδεση ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Καθορίζει το χρονικό όριο (σε δευτερόλεπτα ) που οι αναζητήσεις LDAP και οι απαριθμίσεις ομάδων επιτρέπονται να τρέχουν πριν από την ακύρωσή τους και την επιστροφή των προσωρινά αποθηκευμένων αποτελέσματων( και την είσοδο σε λειτουργία χωρίς σύνδεση ) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Καθορίζει το χρονικό όριο (σε δευτερόλεπτα) μετά το οποίο η δημοσκόπηση (2) / επιλογή (2) Μετά την σύνδεση (2) επιστρέφει σε περίπτωση μη δραστηριότητας." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Ορίζει ένα χρονικό όριο (σε δευτερόλεπτα ) που αναφέρεται σε σύγχρονες APIs LDAP μετά το οποίο θα ματαιωθούν αν δεν ληφθεί απάντηση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Ορίζει ένα χρονικό όριο (σε δευτερόλεπτα) που μια σύνδεση σε ένα διακομιστή LDAP θα διατηρηθεί ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Καθορίστε τον αριθμό των εγγραφών για ανάκτηση από το LDAP σε μία ενιαία αίτηση . Ορισμένοι διακομιστές LDAP επιβάλουν ένα ανώτατο όριο ανά αίτηση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Απενεργοποιήστε τον έλεγχο LDAP σελιδοποίησης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Κατά την επικοινωνία με ένα διακομιστή LDAP χρησιμοποιώντας SASL , προσδιορίστε το ελάχιστο αναγκαίο επίπεδο ασφαλείας για τη σύνδεση." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Καθορίστε τον αριθμό των μελών της ομάδας που θα πρέπει να λείπουν από την εσωτερική λανθάνουσα μνήμη , ώστε να προκαλέσει μια αναζήτηση απο-αναφοράς ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Καθορίζει το αρχείο που περιέχει τα πιστοποιητικά για όλες τις αρχές έκδοσης πιστοποιητικών που το sssd θα αναγνωρίσει ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Καθορίζει τη διαδρομή του καταλόγου που περιέχει πιστοποιητικά ελέγχου ταυτότητας σε ξεχωριστά μεμονωμένα αρχεία ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Καθορίζει το αρχείο που περιέχει το πιστοποιητικό για το κλειδί του πελάτη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Καθορίζει το αρχείο που περιέχει κλειδί του πελάτη" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Καθορίζει αποδεκτές ακολουθείες κρυπτογράφησης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Καθορίζει ότι η σύνδεση id_provider πρέπει επίσης να χρησιμοποιεί TLS για την προστασία του διαύλου ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Ορίζει ότι το SSSD θα πρέπει να επιχειρήσει να χαρτογραφήσει το χρήστη και την ταυτότητα ομάδας από το ldap_user_objectsid και ldap_group_objectsid χαρακτηριστικά αντί να βασίζεται σε ldap_user_uid_number και ldap_group_gid_number ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Καθορίστε το μηχανισμό SASL προς χρήση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Καθορίστε το αναγνωριστικό άδεια SASL προς χρήση" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Καθορίστε την επικράτεια SASL προς χρήση" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Αν οριστεί σε τιμή αλήθειας, η βιβλιοθήκη LDAP θα εκτελέσει μια αντίστροφη αναζήτηση για να κανονικοποιήσει το όνομα του κεντρικού υπολογιστή κατά τη διάρκεια μιας δέσμης SASL" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Καθορίστε το χαρακτήρα-πλήκτρο προς χρήση όταν χρησιμοποιούνται SASL / GSSAPI ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Καθορίζει ότι η id_provider πρέπει ενεργοποιήσει διαπιστευτήρια Kerberos(TGT) ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Καθορίζει τη διάρκεια ζωής σε δευτερόλεπτα του TGT αν χρησιμοποιείται GSSAPI ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Επιλέξτε την πολιτική για την αξιολόγηση της λήξης κωδικού πρόσβασης από την πλευρά του πελάτη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Καθορίζει αν θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσει την αυτόματη ακολούθηση παραπομπής ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Καθορίζει το όνομα της υπηρεσίας που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί όταν η ανακάλυψη υπηρεσιών είναι ενεργοποιημένη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Καθορίζει το όνομα της υπηρεσίας προς χρήση για να βρεθεί ένας εξυπηρετητής LDAP που επιτρέπει αλλαγές στον κωδικό πρόσβασης , όταν η ανακάλυψη υπηρεσιών είναι ενεργοποιημένη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Καθορίζει αν θα ενημερωθεί το χαρακτηριστικό ldap_user_shadow_last_change με τις ημέρες από την εποχή της δραστηριότητας αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Εάν χρησιμοποιείτε access_provider = LDAP και ldap_access_order = φίλτρου (προεπιλογή) , η επιλογή αυτή είναι υποχρεωτική . Προσδιορίζει ένα κριτήριο φίλτρο αναζήτησης LDAP που πρέπει να πληρούνται από το χρήστη για να χορηγηθεί πρόσβαση σε αυτόν τον κεντρικό υπολογιστή." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "Με αυτή την επιλογή ,η αξιολόγηση της πλευράς του πελάτη των χαρακτηριστικών ελέγχου πρόσβασης μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθεί ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Χωρισμένη με κόμμα λίστα των επιλογών ελέγχου πρόσβασης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Καθορίζει τον τρόπο με τον οποίο γίνεται η εύρεση ψευδώνυμου όταν εκτελείται μια αναζήτηση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Επιτρέπει να διατηρήσει τους τοπικούς χρήστες ως μέλη μιας ομάδας LDAP για τους διακομιστές που χρησιμοποιούν το σχήμα RFC2307 ." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Μια προαιρετική βάση DN , το πεδίο αναζήτησης και το LDAP φίλτρο για να περιοριστουν οι αναζητήσεις LDAP για αυτόν τον τύπο χαρακτηριστικού ." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Μια προαιρετική βάση DN , το πεδίο αναζήτησης και το LDAP φίλτρο για να περιοριστουν οι αναζητήσεις LDAP για αυτόν τον τύπο χαρακτηριστικού ." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Μια προαιρετική βάση DN , το πεδίο αναζήτησης και το LDAP φίλτρο για να περιοριστουν οι αναζητήσεις LDAP για αυτόν τον τύπο χαρακτηριστικού ." + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Μια προαιρετική βάση DN , το πεδίο αναζήτησης και το LDAP φίλτρο για να περιοριστουν οι αναζητήσεις LDAP για αυτόν τον τύπο χαρακτηριστικού ." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Η κατηγορία αντικειμένου μιας εισόδου της ομάδας στο LDAP ." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Η κατηγορία αντικειμένου μιας εισόδου της ομάδας στο LDAP ." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Καθορίζει τη λίστα διαχωρισμένη με κόμματα των διευθύνσεων IP ή των ονομάτων των κενρικών υπολογιστών των εξυπηρετητών Kerberos στο οποίο το SSSD πρέπει να συνδεθεί , με τη σειρά προτίμησης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Εάν η υπηρεσία αλλαγής κωδικού δεν εκτελείται στο KDC , εναλλακτικοί διακομιστές μπορούν να οριστεί εδώ " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Κατάλογος για την αποθήκευση διαπιστευτηρίων λανθάνουσας μνήμης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Θέση των διαπιστευτηρίων λανθάνουσας μνήμης του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "Χρονικό όριο σε δευτερόλεπτα μετά το οποίο,μια online αίτηση ταυτότητας ή αίτημα αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης απορρίπτεται ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Επιβεβαιώστε με τη βοήθεια του krb5_keytab ότι το TGT που λαμβάνεται δεν έχει πλαστογραφηθεί ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Η τοποθεσία του σε χρήση πλήκτρου-χαρακτήρα κατά την επικύρωση των διαπιστευτηρίων που λαμβάνονται από KDCs ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Αποθηκεύσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη σε περίπτωση που ο πάροχος είναι αποσυνδεδεμένος και χρησιμοποιήστε το για να ζητήσετε ένα TGT όταν ο πάροχος έρθει σε σύνδεση και πάλι ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Ζητήστε ένα ανανεώσιμο εισιτήριο με συνολική διάρκεια ζωής , που δίνεται ως ακέραιος αριθμός που ακολουθείται από μια μονάδα χρόνου ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Αίτηση εισιτήριου εφ'όρου ζωής , που δίνεται ως ακέραιος ακολουθείται αμέσως από μια μονάδα χρόνου ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Ο χρόνος σε δευτερόλεπτα μεταξύ δύο ελέγχων , αν το TGT θα πρέπει να ανανεωθεί ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Επιτρέπει ευέλικτη ταυτοποίησης ασφαλής σήραγγας (FAST) για την προ-ταυτοπόιηση του Kerberos ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Καθορίζει τον κύριο διακομιστή προς χρήση του FAST" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Καθορίζει αν ο κεντρικός υπολογιστής και ο κύριος χρήστης πρέπει να κανονικοποιηθούν." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Καθορίζει το όνομα του τομέα Ενεργού Καταλόγου." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Η λίστα διαχωρισμένη με κόμματα των διευθύνσεων IP ή τα ονόματα εξυπηρετητών από τους διακομιστές διαφημίσεων στην οποία SSSD πρέπει να συνδεθεί σε σειρά προτίμησης ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Προαιρετικό . Μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί σε μηχανήματα όπου το όνομα (5) δεν αντικατοπτρίζει το πλήρως αναγνωρισμένο όνομα που χρησιμοποιείται στον τομέα Ενεργύ Καταλόγου για τον εντοπισμό αυτού του κετρικού υπολογιστή ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Παράκαμψη αρχικού καταλόγου του χρήστη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Καθορίζει το κατώτερο όριο του εύρους των POSIX αναγνωριστικών που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για τη χαρτογράφηση Active Directory του χρήστη και της ομάδας SIDS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Καθορίζει το άνω όριο του εύρους των POSIX αναγνωριστικών που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για τη χαρτογράφηση του Ενεργού Καταλόγου του χρήστη και της ομάδας SIDS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Καθορίζει τον αριθμό των ταυτοτήτων που διατίθενται για κάθε κομμάτι ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Καθορίστε τον τομέα SID του προεπιλεγμέου τομέα" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Καθορίστε το όνομα του προεπιλεγμένου τομέα." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Αλλάζει τη συμπεριφορά του αλγορίθμου ID- χαρτογράφησης σε συμπεριφεριφοράι περισσότερο παρόμοια με Winbind του \" idmap_autorid \" αλγορίθμου ." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Καθορίζει το όνομα του τομέα του ΜΠΒ ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "Προαιρετικό . Μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί σε μηχανήματα όπου το όνομα (5) δεν αντικατοπτρίζει το πλήρως αναγνωρισμένο όνομα που χρησιμοποιείται στον τομέα Ενεργύ Καταλόγου για τον εντοπισμό αυτού του κετρικού υπολογιστή ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή λέει στο SSSD να ενημερώνει αυτόματα το διακομιστή DNS που είναι ενσωματωμένος στο FreeIPA V2 με τη διεύθυνση IP του υπολογιστή-πελάτη ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Το TTL να ισχύει για την εγγραφή DNS πελάτη όταν την ενημέρωση ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη διεπαφή του οποίου διεύθυνση IP θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί για δυναμικές ενημερώσεις DNS ." +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "Η προεπιλεγμένη βάση DN να χρησιμοποιήσει για την εκτέλεση κανόνες LDAP sudo ." + #~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" #~ msgstr "Άρθρωμα ρύθμισης πελάτη πιστοποίησης" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -299,7 +299,8 @@ msgstr "Καταχώρηση σε ένα δαίμονα &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας" @@ -482,6 +483,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Θύρα" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Χρήση StartTLS" @@ -1825,7 +1831,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2582,10 +2589,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Θύρα" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 11:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -638,55 +638,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Μηνύματα" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Εμφά&νιση μηνυμάτων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Κατα&γραφή μηνυμάτων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Χρονικό Όριο (σε δευτ.) " -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Προειδοποιήσεις" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Εμ&φάνιση προειδοποιήσεων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Καταγραφή π&ροειδοποιήσεων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Χρονικό Όριο (σε δ&ευτ.) " -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Σφάλματα" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Εμφάνιση &σφαλμάτων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Καταγραφή σφαλμάτων" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Χρον&ικό Όριο (σε δευτ.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ "Ανάλογα με την εμπειρία σας, μπορείτε να παραβλέψετε, καταγράψετε και εμφανίσετε (με χρονικό όριο)\n" "τα μηνύματα εγκατάστασης. \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ "Προτείνεται να εμφανίζονται όλα τα μηνύματα με χρονικό όριο.\n" "Οι προειδοποιήσεις μπορούν να παραλειφθούν σε κάποια σημεία αλλά δεν θα πρέπει να αγνοηθούν.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Μηνύματα και Καταγραφή" @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1018,11 +1018,11 @@ "ή αρχεία ελέγχου που βασίζονται σε ονόματα κόμβων, ξαναξεκινήστε τη διαδικασία\n" "εγκατάστασης και σιγουρευτείτε πως έχετε πρόσβαση στα αρχεία ελέγχου.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Τοποθεσία Προφίλ Συστήματος" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Τοποθεσία &Προφίλ:" @@ -1030,11 +1030,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Επιλέξτε σκληρό δίσκο" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν δίσκοι." @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1061,13 +1061,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή Σκληρού Δίσκου" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Επιλέξτε μια από τις επιλογές για να συνεχίσετε." @@ -1489,7 +1489,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Επιλέξτε Κατάλογο" @@ -2295,45 +2296,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Επιλογή Προφίλ" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Το αποτέλεσμα του προφίλ του autoyast μπορεί να βρεθεί στο %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "AutoYaST Profile: %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Προφίλ AutoYast: %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Ανάκτηση του αρχείου ελέγχου από τη δισκέτα." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Ανάκτηση του αρχείου ελέγχου (%1) από τον διακομιστή TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Ανάκτηση αρχείου ελέγχου (%1) από τον διακομιστή NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Ανάκτηση αρχείου ελέγχου (%1) από τον διακομιστή HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Ανάκτηση αρχείου ελέγχου (%1) από τον διακομιστή FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Αντιγραφή του αρχείου ελέγχου από το αρχείο: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Αντιγραφή του αρχείου ελέγχου από τη συσκευή: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Αντιγραφή του αρχείου ελέγχου από προεπιλεγμένη τοποθεσία." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Άγνωστη πηγή." @@ -2343,7 +2360,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2353,7 +2370,7 @@ "Σχεδόν όλοι οι πόροι του αρχείου ελέγχου μπορούν να\n" "ρυθμιστούν χρησιμοποιώντας το σύστημα διαχείρισης ρυθμίσεων.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2367,7 +2384,7 @@ "την εγκατάσταση ενός νέου συστήματος χρησιμοποιώντας το AutoYaST.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2497,7 +2514,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Η ομάδα τόμου '%1' πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα φυσικό τόμο. Παρέχετε έναν." @@ -2507,67 +2524,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Drives" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts Προεγκατάστασης" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Scripts μετά Εγκατάστασης" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot Scripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init Scripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Scripts μετά Δημιουργίας Κατάτμησης" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Προ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Μετά" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Μετά Δημιουργίας Κατάτμησης" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Άγνωστο" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/base.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/base.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/base.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 14:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1711,13 +1711,13 @@ msgstr "&Λεπτομέρειες..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Μηνύματα" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Εμφάνιση Μηνυμάτων: %1" @@ -1728,23 +1728,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ναι" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1752,79 +1752,79 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Χρονικό όριο Μηνυμάτων: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Καταγραφή Μηνυμάτων: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Προειδοποιήσεις" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Εμφάνιση Προειδοποιήσεων: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Χρονικό Όριο Προειδοποιήσεων: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Καταγραφή Προειδοποιήσεων: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Σφάλματα" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Εμφάνιση Σφαλμάτων: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Χρονικό όριο Σφαλμάτων: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Καταγραφή Σφαλμάτων: %1" # #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Προειδοποίηση:" # #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Σφάλμα:" # #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Μήνυμα:" @@ -3438,7 +3438,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Πακέτο: " @@ -3600,15 +3600,15 @@ msgstr "Όνομ&α χρήστη" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Εμφάνιση &λεπτομερειών" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Μέγεθος: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Υπολειπόμενος χρόνος αυτόματης επανάληψης: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-01 13:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Danae <danae.asderi(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org\n" @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "όχι" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ msgstr "Αλλαγή Τοποθεσίας: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Χρονικό όριο σε δευ&τερόλεπτα" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" @@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ "Καθορίζει το χρόνο που θα περιμένει η διαχείριση εκκίνησης μέχρι τη φόρτωση του προεπιλεγμένου πυρήνα.\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Ορισμός Ενεργής Σημ&αίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -275,11 +275,11 @@ "και αν ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι εγκατεστημένος στον MBR." #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Εγγραφή &γενικού Κώδικα Εκκίνησης στο MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." @@ -288,52 +288,52 @@ "όμως ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Απόκρυψ&η επιλογών κατά την εκκίνηση" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Επιλέγοντας το Απόκρυψη Επιλογών Εκκίνησης θα αποκρύπτονται οι επιλογές εκκίνησης." #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Ανίχνευση Άγνωστου Λειτουργικού Συστήματος" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "Η Ανίχνευση Άγνωστου Λειτουργικού Συστήματος σημαίνει ανίχνευση λειτουργικού συστήματος για πολλαπλή εκκίνηση με άλλες άγνωστες διανομές " #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Προαιρετική Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "Προαιρετική Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους του πυρήνα." #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Προστατευτική MBR σημαία" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "Η προστατευτική MBR σημαία ανήκει στις ρυθμίσεις για προχώρημένους, που χρειάζεται μόνο σε εξωτικό υλικό. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε Προστατευτικό MBR στους GPT δίσκους. Μην ακουμπάτε αν δεν είστε σίγουροι." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "ορισμός" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "αφαίρεση" @@ -341,59 +341,76 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "μην αλλάζετε" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης &Secure Boot" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Secure Boot: %1" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης &Secure Boot" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "&Προστασία του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης με χρήση Κωδικού" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Επα&νεισαγωγή Κωδικού:" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Ο κωδικός δεν πρέπει να είναι κενός." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -402,47 +419,47 @@ "διαφέρουν. Παρακαλώ επανεισάγετε τον κωδικό." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Επιλογή νέου αρχείου γραφικού θέματος" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Χρήση &γραφικής κονσόλας" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Ανάλυση &κονσόλας" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Θέμα &κονσόλας" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Αυτόματη ανίχνευση από το frub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Χρήση &σειριακής κονσόλας" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Παράμ&ετροι κονσόλας" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Προ&καθορισμένο Τμήμα Εκκίνησης" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -459,44 +476,44 @@ "του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης μπορεί να μεταβληθεί χρησιμοποιώντας τα κουμπιά Πάνω και Κάτω\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Τοποθεσία του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την Κα&τάτμηση Εκκίνησης" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την Ριζική Κατάτμηση" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από το &Master Boot Record" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την &Εκτεταμένη Κατάτμηση" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Χειρ&οκίνητη Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Σειρά Δίσκων" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -511,21 +528,21 @@ "Για να αφαιρέσετε δίσκο, πατήστε Αφαίρεση." #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι πυρήνα" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Επιλογές του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bootloader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-26 23:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -148,7 +148,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Συνθηματικό:" @@ -220,7 +221,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Τα νέα συνθηματικά δεν ταιριάζουν." @@ -2219,7 +2221,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "Σ&υνθηματικό LDAP:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Συνθηματικό Πιστοποιητικού:" @@ -2267,23 +2270,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Πι&στοποιητικό και Κλειδί Μη Κρυπτογραφημένα σε Μορφή PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Πι&στοποιητικό και Κλειδί Κρυπτογραφημένα σε Μορφή PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Πιστοποιητικό σε Μορφή DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Πισ&τοποιητικό και Κλειδί σε Μορφή PKCS12" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Ως PKCS12 και Συμπερίληψη της Αλυσίδας CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Νέο Συνθηματικό" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cio.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cio.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cio.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-22 17:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-01 15:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-20 02:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marianna Stougiannidou <stougi2009(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <opensuse-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/control.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-21 12:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Εγκατάστασης" @@ -104,21 +104,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Live Εγκατάστασης" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Ενημέρωση Ρυθμίσεων" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Υλικού" @@ -136,17 +136,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Προετοιμασία" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Φόρτωση ρυθμίσεων δικτύου linuxrc" @@ -156,80 +157,81 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Αυτόματη ρύθμιση δικτύου" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Καλωσορίσατε" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Άμεση Ενημέρωση" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση δικτύου" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Καλωσορίσατε" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση δίσκου" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση δικτύου" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Ανάλυση του συστήματος" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση δίσκου" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Άμεση Ενημέρωση" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Ανάλυση του συστήματος" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα προϊόντα" @@ -237,8 +239,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Δίσκος" @@ -246,23 +248,23 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Ζώνη Ώρας" # screen title for uml options #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Χρήστη" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης" @@ -313,31 +315,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Εκτέλεση εγκατάστασης" @@ -349,10 +351,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" @@ -361,17 +363,17 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Σύστημα για ενημέρωση" @@ -379,8 +381,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Ενημέρωση" @@ -417,47 +419,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Εκτέλεση ενημέρωσης" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Βασική εγκατάσταση" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις του AutoYaST" @@ -465,9 +467,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση" @@ -475,8 +477,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση συστήματος" @@ -669,19 +671,18 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenment Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Επιλογή Ελάχιστου Διακομιστή (Κατάσταση Κειμένου)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Πηγές Εγκατάστασης στο Διαδίκτυο" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή Επιφάνειας Εργασίας" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Επιλογή Ελάχιστου Διακομιστή (Κατάσταση Κειμένου)" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετων Προϊόντων" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/country.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/country.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/country.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 18:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετες γλώσσες: %1" @@ -611,29 +611,39 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμογή &Ζώνης Ώρας σε %1" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Λήψη επέκτασης γλώσσας του συστήματος εγκατάστασης..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + # label for testpage, %1 will be text specified by use as # description of the location of the printer # TRANSLATORS: keep this short! Only translations in languages # with encodings ISO-8859-[1|2|15] will be used. #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Εγκατάσταση πακέτων..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -642,7 +652,7 @@ "Μερικά κείμενα θα εμφανίζονται στα Αγγλικά.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -653,7 +663,7 @@ "για αυτή τη γλώσσα.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 23:17+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχιτεκτονική" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-28 01:02+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 15:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -318,7 +318,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -389,7 +390,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -466,7 +468,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/docker.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/docker.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/docker.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαδρομή" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Όνομα" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 #, fuzzy @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Εντάξει" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ακυρο" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κόμβος" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 #, fuzzy @@ -315,11 +315,11 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσθήκη" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αφαίρεση" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-25 18:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -417,40 +417,36 @@ "Πατήστε Επόμενο για να συνεχίσετε.\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -465,78 +461,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσθήκη" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαγραφή" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ακυρο" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Node names must be different." msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Το ονόματα των κόμβων πρέπει να είναι διαφορετικά" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Παρακαλώ συμπληρώστε όλα τα πεδία." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Node names must be different." msgid "Node name must be different." @@ -645,81 +641,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Ανάγνωση γενικών ρυθμίσεων" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ανάγνωση πηγών" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατάστασης δαίμονα" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση γενικών ρυθμίσεων..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση πηγών..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατάστασης δαίμονα..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Εγγραφή Ρυθμίσεων DRBD" @@ -727,47 +723,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Εγγραφή γενικών ρυθμίσεων" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Εγγραφή πηγών" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Ρύθμιση κατάστασης υπηρεσίας" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Εγγραφή γενικών ρυθμίσεων..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Εγγραφή πηγών..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Ρύθμιση κατάστασης υπηρεσίας..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 09:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-11 22:27+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-12 13:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fonts.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fonts.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/fonts.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 14:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-12 12:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 18:56+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -62,8 +62,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" @@ -139,7 +141,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "ιστοσελίδα" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "εισιτήριο" @@ -278,7 +281,8 @@ msgstr "το εισιτήριο δεν μπορεί να είναι κενό" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Τείχους Προστασίας" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-31 14:24+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-31 13:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/installation.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/installation.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/installation.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 15:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "Ενημερώσεις για %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Άγνωστο προϊόν" @@ -537,14 +537,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Σημειώσεις Έκδοσης..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -608,51 +608,51 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Άδεια Χρήσης" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Γλώσσα" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Διάταξη Πλη&κτρολογίου" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Συμφωνώ με την &Άδεια Χρήσης" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Πρέπει να αποδεχτείτε την άδεια για να εγκαταστήσετε αυτό το προϊόν" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Έλεγχος του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος..." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Δοκιμή &Πληκτρολογίου" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Μεταφράσεις της Άδειας Χρήσης...." @@ -834,33 +834,33 @@ msgstr "Σκληρός Δίσκος για Ανάπτυξη Στιγμιοτύπου" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Ανίχνευση διαθέσιμων Ελεγκτών" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση δίσκου" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Ρύθμιση διεπαφών &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Ρύθμιση δίσκων &iSCSI" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgid "Net&work Configuration..." @@ -893,17 +893,17 @@ msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση της εγκατάστασης..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Βρέθηκαν αναβαθμίσεις πακέτων σε αυτά τα επιπρόσθετα αποθετήρια:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Εκκίνηση του διαχειριστή λογισμικού για έλεγχο και εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων;" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Εμφάνιση &πακέτων προς ενημέρωση" @@ -1225,88 +1225,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Ανάλυση του υπολογιστή" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών δισκέτας" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών δισκέτας..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Ανίχνευση ελεγκτών σκληρών δίσκων" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Ανίχνευση ελεγκτών σκληρών δίσκων..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Φόρτωμα μονάδων πυρήνα για ελεγκτές σκληρών δίσκων" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Φόρτωμα μονάδων πυρήνα για ελεγκτές σκληρών δίσκων..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Ανίχνευση σκληρών δίσκων" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Ανίχνευση σκληρών δίσκων..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Αναζήτηση για αρχεία συστήματος" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Αναζήτηση για αρχεία συστήματος..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση του διαχειριστή λογισμικού" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση του διαχειριστή λογισμικού..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Ανίχνευση Συστήματος" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Το YaST ανιχνεύει το υλικό του υπολογιστή και τα εγκατεστημένα συστήματα." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ "Επισκεφθείτε την 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε κάποιον ειδικό οδηγό υλικού για την εγκατάσταση." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το υλικό σας.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ "(ειδικά σε συστήματα S/390 ή iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1357,8 +1357,32 @@ "Αδύνατη η αρχικοποίηση των πηγών εγκατάστασης.\n" "Ματαίωση της εγκατάστασης." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1366,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1378,9 +1402,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1390,7 +1415,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1403,6 +1428,57 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add disabled repositories" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Προσθήκηε απενεργοποιημένων αποθηκών λογισμικού." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Λήψη Πακέτου" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Αντιγραφή των πακέτων" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα Προφίλ AutoYast" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Ενημέρωση της έντασης ήχου..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Σφάλμα ανάγνωσης αρχείου ελέγχου." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1456,8 +1532,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Αλλαγή..." @@ -1753,8 +1829,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" @@ -1835,16 +1914,16 @@ msgstr "Αντιγραφή αρχείων καταγραφής στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" @@ -1852,11 +1931,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Export Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" @@ -1883,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "Παράβλεψη ρυθμίσεων κατά εντολή χρήστη" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1892,25 +1971,25 @@ "να επιλυθεί προτού συνεχίσετε.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Προσαρμογή των προτιμήσεων στις τρέχοντες ρυθμίσεις..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Ανάλυση του συστήματος..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ: Καμία Προτίμηση" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1923,36 +2002,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Παράλειψη ρυθμίσεων" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Χρήση της παρακάτω ρύθμισης" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ σε οποιοδήποτε τίτλο για να κάνετε αλλαγές ή χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού \"Αλλαγή...\" παρακάτω." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην επικεφαλίδα για να κάνετε αλλαγές." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Ε&παναφορά στις προεπιλογές" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Ενημέρωση" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Εγκατάσταση" @@ -1987,7 +2066,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2000,7 +2079,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2012,7 +2091,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2024,7 +2103,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2036,7 +2115,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2047,12 +2126,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Προτίμηση Εγκατάστασης UML" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2063,7 +2142,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2081,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2100,7 +2179,7 @@ #. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) #: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer #. @@ -2128,21 +2207,21 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου HTTP(S). Ο διακομιστής επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου FTP. Ο διακομιστής επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η ανάγνωση του αρχείου σε %1/%2 απέτυχε.\n" #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η ανάγνωση του αρχείου σε %1 απέτυχε.\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed @@ -2150,18 +2229,18 @@ #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προσάρτηση %1 απέτυχε." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η ανάγνωση ενός αρχείου στο CD απέτυχε. Διαδρομή: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το απομακρυσμένο αρχείο %1 δεν μπορεί να παραληφθεί" #. this is workaround for bnc#849767 #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now @@ -2174,12 +2253,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αρχείο %1 δεν μπορεί να βρεθεί" #. Device #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου TFTP." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-31 14:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-27 19:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-03 18:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-18 11:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -46,7 +46,8 @@ msgstr "Υπηρεσία" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Παγκόσμια" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/isns.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/isns.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/isns.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 12:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journal.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journal.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journal.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανανέωση" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χρόνος" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πηγή" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση." @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1235,129 +1235,129 @@ "Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε στο %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων του kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση επιλογών εκκίνησης του πυρήνα..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Υπολογισμός ορίων μνήμης..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Ανάγνωση των κατατμήσεων των δίσκων..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των επιλογών εκκίνησης του πυρήνα." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης διαθέσιμης μνήμης." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Ενημέρωση επιλογών εκκίνησης" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Ενημέρωση των επιλογών εκκίνησης..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Απέτυχε η προσθήκη της παραμέτρου crashkernel στο bootloader." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Κατάσταση Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ενεργοποιημένο" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "απενεργοποιημένο" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Μορφή αποτύπωσης: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Προορισμός των αποτυπώσεων: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Αριθμός αποτυπώσεων: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/languages_db.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/languages_db.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/languages_db.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-27 01:10+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <diamond_gr(a)freemail.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 11:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/mail.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/mail.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/mail.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 11:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση TLS" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Όχι" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-06 01:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/network.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/network.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/network.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 14:56+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Συσκευή" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Επιλογές" @@ -761,13 +761,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Προσοχή: δεν χρησιμοποιείται κρυπτογράφηση." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Αλλαγή." @@ -1138,14 +1138,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Τύπος Συσκευής:" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Όν&ομα Ρύθμισης" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "Ομάδα Tunnel" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Γεφυρωμένες Συσκευές" @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&ΙΡ Διεύθυνση" @@ -1326,63 +1326,62 @@ "Εντοπίστηκε διπλότυπη διεύθυνση IP.\n" "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να συνέχίσετε;\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Γενικά" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Συσκευής" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Ζώνη Τοίχους Προστασίας" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Μέγιστη Μονάδα Μεταφοράς Δεδομένων (MTU)" # #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τις λεπτομερείς ρυθμίσεις κάρτας δικτύου εδώ." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Διεύθυνση" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Ρύθμιση της IP διεύθυνσή σας." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Υλικό" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Σύνδεση Δευτερεύουσων Συσκευών" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Ασύρματη" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Προτεραιότητα ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1397,12 +1396,12 @@ " να ορίσουμε προτεραιότητα για κάθε διεπαφή. \n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κάρτας Δικτύου" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1787,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "Αλλαγή Προεπιλεγμένης Δρομολόγησης μέσω DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1797,13 +1796,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "Τύποι Συσκευών. Είναι διαθέσιμοι ποικίλοι τύποι συσκευών, επιλέξτε ένα σύμφωνα με τις ανάγκες σας." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1813,7 +1812,7 @@ "τον συσχετισμό της διεύθυνσης MAC ή BusID της συσκευής δικτύου με αυτό το όνομα (παράδειγμα \n" "eth1, wlan0) και να εξασφαλίζει ένα μόνιμο όνομα συσκευής μετά την επανεκκίνηση.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1824,7 +1823,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1835,7 +1834,7 @@ "την συσκευή σας στην λίστα. Εάν είναι απαραίτητο, επιλέξτε οδηγό από την λίστα, αλλά συνήθως η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή λειτουργεί.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" @@ -1846,12 +1845,12 @@ "για παράδειγμα, io=0x300 irq=5. Σημείωση: Εάν δύο κάρτες είναι ρυθμισμένες\n" "με το ίδιο όνομα αρθρώματος, οι επιλογές θα συγχωνευθούν κατά την αποθήκευση.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "Εάν καθορίσετε τις επιλογές μέσω Επιλογές Ethtool, το ifup θα καλέσει το ethtool με αυτές τις επιλογές.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1861,7 +1860,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1870,7 +1869,7 @@ "στο /etc/modprob.conf ή στο /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1879,63 +1878,63 @@ "στο εγχειρίδιο IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Μονάδα Πυρήνα" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Όνομα Μονάδας" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Κανόνες Udev" # text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Όνομα Συσκευής" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Αλλαγή" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Εμφάνιση ορατών θυρών ταυτοποίησης" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Δευτερόλεπτα" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Αναβοσβήνει" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Επιλογές Ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Χειροκίνητη Επιλογή Κάρτας Δικτύου" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1945,27 +1944,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Κάρτα &Δικτύου" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Εύρεση" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "Το όνομα ρύθμισης %1 υπάρχει ήδη.\n" "Επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"Το όνομα ρύθμισης %1 υπάρχει ήδη.\n" +"Επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 ρύθμιση κάρτας δικτύου" @@ -1973,131 +1988,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις S/390 συσκευής" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Όνομα &Θύρας" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Αριθμός Θύρας" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Ενεργοποίηση IPA Takeover" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης &Layer 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Διεύθυνση &MAC Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Ανάγνωση Καναλιού" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Εγγραφή Καναλιού" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Έλεγχος Καναλιού" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Εισάγετε το Όνομα Θύρας γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση (διάκριση πεζών-κεφαλαίων)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Εισάγετε οποιεσδήποτε επιπλέον Επιλογές γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση (χωρισμένες με κενά)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση IPA Takeover αν η διεύθυνση IP takeover θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη για αυτήν την διασύνδεση." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης Layer 2 εάν η κάρτα σας έχει ρυθμιστεί με υποστήριξη layer 2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Εισάγετε την Διεύθυνση MAC Layer 2 εάν αυτή η κάρτα έχει ρυθμιστεί με υποστήριξη layer 2." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Αριθμός &Θύρας" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "Διακοπή &LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον Αριθμό Θύρας γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη Διακοπή LANCMD γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Κατάσταση Συμβατότητας" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Εκτεταμένη Κατάσταση" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-Βασισμένο tty (Συνδέσεις από Linux σε Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Κατάσταση Συμβατότητας με OS/390 και z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Πρωτόκολλο" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Πρωτόκολλο γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Όνομα &Ομότιμου" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2105,7 +2120,7 @@ "Εισάγετε το όνομα του ομότιμου IUCV,\n" "για παράδειγμα, το z/VM όνομα χρήστη με το οποίο θα συνδέεστε (διάκριση πεζών-κεφαλαίων).\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2115,7 +2130,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Διάλογος Υλικού" @@ -2770,29 +2785,29 @@ "διαθέσιμες επιλογές." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Ετικέτα &Διεύθυνσης IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Μάσκα &δικτύου" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Η ετικέτα είναι πολύ μεγάλη." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Η διεύθυνση ΙΡ είναι άκυρη." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Η μάσκα του υποδικτύου είναι άκυρη." @@ -3439,7 +3454,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3448,26 +3463,26 @@ "ή είναι τελείως απενεργοποιημένο. Το YaST δεν μπορεί να ρυθμίσει μερικές επιλογές." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Κάρτες δικτύου" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Κάρτες ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Συσκευές DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Όλες οι Συσκευές δικτύου" @@ -4408,80 +4423,80 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Αυτόματη εκκίνηση στην εκκίνηση" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Αυτόματη εκκίνηση στην σύνδεση cable" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Διαχείριση από τον NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Δεν θα ξεκινήσει καθόλου" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Χειροκίνητη εκκίνηση" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Η διεύθυνση ΙΡ ανατέθηκε με χρήση" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Διεύθυνση IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Διεύθυνση ΙΡ: %s, μάσκα δικτύου %s" # #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Όνομα Συσκευής: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Σύνδεση Δευτερεύουσων Συσκευών" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "υποχείριο του %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Σύνδεση Πρωτευόντων Συσκευών" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει σύδνεση" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Καμία Πληροφορία Συσκευών (hwinfo)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Αδύνατη η ρύθμιση της κάρτας δικτύου επειδή η συσκευή του πυρήνα (eth0, wlan0) δεν είναι παρούσα. Αυτό οφείλεται κυρίως στην απουσία firmware (για τις συσκευές wlan). Δείτε λεπτομέρειες στα μηνύματα της dmesg." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4489,11 +4504,11 @@ "Η συσκευή δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη. Πατήστε Επεξεργασία\n" "για να την ρυθμίσετε.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Απαιτείται firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "άγνωστη" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:06+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 20:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-23 21:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Danae <danae.asderi(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 09:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 09:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -501,12 +501,14 @@ msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Τοπικός Εξυπηρετητής NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Δημόσιος Εξυπηρετητής NTP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 20:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-12 20:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-21 12:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/packager.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/packager.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/packager.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 15:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες:" @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Δοκιμή ξανά;" @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά τη διάρκεια προετοιμασίας του συστήματος εγκατάστασης." @@ -1559,8 +1559,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Άγνωστο προϊόν" @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Αδυναμία χρήσης επιπρόσθετων προϊόντων." @@ -1588,12 +1588,12 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, Διαδρομή: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα Προϊόντα" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1601,28 +1601,30 @@ "Το αποθετήριο εγκατάστασης περιέχει επίσης την λίστα των επιπρόσθετων αποθετηρίων.\n" "Επιλέξτε αυτά που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα Προϊόντα προς Επιλογή" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Προσθήκη Επιλεγμένων &Προϊόντων" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Εισάγετε το μέσο εγκατάστασης %1 με πρόσθετα" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Εισάγετε το %1 %2 μέσο εγκατάστασης." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Αδυναμία προσθήκης προϊόντος %1." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1756,23 +1758,23 @@ msgstr "Εφαρμογή των delta RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι σύστημα 64-bit x86-64, αλλά προσπαθείτε να εγκαταστήσετε μια διανομή 32-bit." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Η λίστας των pattern καθιστά ποια λειτουργικότητα θα είναι διαθέσιμη μετά την εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Η πρόταση αναφέρει το συνολικό μέγεθος των αρχείων τα οποία θα εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα. Ωστόσο, το σύστημα θα περιέχει μερικά άλλα αρχεία (αρχεία προσωρινά και εργασίας), έτσι ο χρησιμοποιούμενος χώρος θα είναι λίγο μεγαλύτερος από την προτεινόμενη τιμή. Άρα είναι καλή ιδέα να έχετε τουλάχιστον 25% (ή περίπου 300MB) ελεύθερο χώρο πριν την έναρξη της εγκατάστασης." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" @@ -1781,101 +1783,101 @@ "από απομακρυσμένα (δίκτυο) αποθετήρια. Αυτή η τιμή είναι σημαντική όταν η σύνδεση είναι αργή ή όταν υπάρχει όριο δεδομένων για λήψη.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Πρόταση Λογισμικού" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Προϊόν: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Τύπος Συστήατος: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patterns: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Μέγεθος των Πακέτων προς Εγκατάσταση: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Λήψη από Απομακρυσμένα Αποθετήρια: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Αυτά τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα έχουν σημειωθεί για αυτόματη αφαίρεση: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Επικοινωνήστε με τους κατασκευαστές αυτών των πρόσθετων για να σας παρέχουν νέα μέσα εγκατάστασης." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Επικοινωνήστε με τον κατασκευαστή του πρόσθετου για να σας παρέχει νέο μέσο εγκατάστασης." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Σφάλμα: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον βασικό κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή %2), αδυναμία έναρξης εγκατάστασης." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Προσοχή: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος στο δίσκο." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος στο δίσκο. Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε κάποια πακέτα σε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Μόνο %1 (%2%%) ελεύθερου χώρου είναι διαθέσιμα στην κατάτμηση %3. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Το νέο προϊόν %s θα εγκατασταθεί" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Το προϊόν %s θα ενημερωθεί" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "Το προϊόν %{old_product} θα ενημερωθεί στο %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Το προϊόν %s θα μείνει εγκατεστημένο" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Προσοχή: Το προϊόν %s θα αφαιρεθεί." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." @@ -1883,7 +1885,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1900,12 +1902,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε πηγή στο '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1916,31 +1918,31 @@ "τις ενημερωμένες σημειώσεις έκδοσης από τον εξυπηρετητή του SUSE Linux.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Ενοποίηση του μέσου εκκίνησης..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Αποτυχία ενσωμάτωσης του αποθετηρίου πακέτου επιδιόρθωσης." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση των πηγών εγκατάστασης " #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Εισάγετε το %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε το %1 CD 1 " #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1949,7 +1951,7 @@ "Ελέγξτε το αρχείο καταγραφής %1 για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1958,12 +1960,12 @@ "Η πρόταση λογισμικού θα κληθεί ξανά." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Αποτίμηση επιλογής πακέτων..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1974,27 +1976,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης του αρχείου άδειας %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Για τη σωστή προβολή της άδειας χρήσης του προϊόντος, τοποθετήστε το αρχείο license.tar.gz στον κατάλογο του root στο κατά τη δημιουργία της εικόνας δεδομένων." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Γλώσσα" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Συμφωνώ με την &Άδεια Χρήσης" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2002,7 +2004,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" @@ -2015,7 +2017,7 @@ "στο πρώτο μέσο στο αρχείο %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2029,28 +2031,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Άδεια Χρήσης" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση των επιπρόσθετων προϊόντων;" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Η άρνηση της άδειας χρήσης ακυρώνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αρνηθείτε την άδεια;" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2058,18 +2052,18 @@ "του πρόσθετου προϊόντος. Είστε σίγουροι ότι αρνείστε την άδεια;" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Το σύστημα τερματίζει..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s Άδεια Χρήσης" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2997,6 +2991,13 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Αποεπιλογή μερικών πακέτων." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η άρνηση της άδειας χρήσης ακυρώνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αρνηθείτε την άδεια;" + #~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" #~ msgstr "Λήψη διόρθωσης RPM %1 (μέγεθος λήψης %2)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pam.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pam.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pam.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-01 22:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <billg(a)billg.gr>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 22:03+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <diamond_gr(a)freemail.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/printer.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/printer.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/printer.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 23:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-28 22:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/rear.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/rear.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/rear.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 23:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/registration.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 12:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -316,15 +316,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Γίνεται εισαγωγή πιστοποιητικού '%s'..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Σφάλμα ασφαλούς σύνδεσης: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -338,13 +337,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Μη έγκυρο URL." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ "Το δίκτυο δεν είναι ρυθμισμένο,η ρύθμιση διακομιστή δεν είναι προσβάσιμη.\n" "Θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυο τώρα;" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Σφάλμα δικτύου,ελέγξτε τη ρύθμιση του δικτύου." @@ -582,23 +581,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Επιλέξτε μια επέκταση ή ένα άρθωμα για να εμφανιστουν εδώ οι λεπτομέρειες" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (μη διαθέσιμο)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 13:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 23:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 13:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 01:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-28 11:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/security.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/security.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/security.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:46+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1297,6 +1297,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Προκαθορισμένες Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Ασφάλεια" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 16:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-09 11:10+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <diamond_gr(a)freemail.gr>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-03 09:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sound.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sound.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sound.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 10:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/squid.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/squid.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/squid.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-20 01:49+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-12 19:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/storage.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-18 16:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ msgstr "&Δημιουργία Eγκατάστασης Kατατμήσεων..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -1058,14 +1059,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1086,7 +1088,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1101,7 +1103,7 @@ "Θέλετε να κρατήσετε αυτό το μέγεθος στην κατάτμηση εκκίνησης;\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1113,18 +1115,35 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" +#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" +#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" +"Προσοχή: Δεν υπάρχει κατάτμηση προσαρτημένη στο /boot.\n" +"Για να εκκινήσετε από το σκληρό δίσκο, απαιτείται μια\n" +"μικρή κατάτμηση /boot (περίπου %1). Συνιστάται να δημιουργήσετε μία.\n" +"Κατατμήσεις που ανατίθενται στο /boot θα αλλαχθούν αυτόματα σε\n" +"τύπο 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"\n" +"Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση /boot;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1144,7 +1163,7 @@ "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1153,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1170,7 +1189,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1195,7 +1214,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1220,12 +1239,12 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1246,7 +1265,7 @@ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση swap;\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1259,7 +1278,7 @@ "ειδικά σε οποιαδήποτε από τις ακόλουθες περιπτώσεις:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1272,7 +1291,7 @@ "- αν αυτή η κατάτμηση δεν περιέχει ένα σύστημα αρχείων\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1283,7 +1302,7 @@ "όπως /, /boot, /opt, ή /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1294,7 +1313,7 @@ "Θέλετε να κρατήσετε την κατάτμηση χωρίς διαμόρφωση;\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1303,7 +1322,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε τη από το RAID πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1312,7 +1331,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από την ομάδα τόμων πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1321,7 +1340,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από την ομάδα τόμων πριν την επεξεργαστείτε.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1330,7 +1349,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την από το RAID προτού την διαγράψετε.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1338,12 +1357,12 @@ "Η συσκευή (%2) χρησιμοποιείται από τη %1.\n" "Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε την %1 πριν τη διαγράψετε\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να διαγραφεί ενώ είναι προσαρτημένη." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1352,7 +1371,7 @@ "και μια άλλη λογική κατάτμηση με μεγαλύτερο αριθμό χρησιμοποιείται.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1365,7 +1384,7 @@ "Επιλέξτε Ακύρωση , εκτός αν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1380,7 +1399,7 @@ "προτού διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1395,7 +1414,7 @@ "διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2556,9 +2575,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Επεξεργασία" @@ -2589,8 +2610,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2612,7 +2634,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Επεξεργασία..." @@ -2629,7 +2652,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3242,7 +3266,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Αυτός ο δίσκος είναι σε χρήση και δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί." @@ -3453,7 +3477,8 @@ msgstr "Μετακίνηση" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Αλλαγή μεγέθους" @@ -3552,7 +3577,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -6103,13 +6129,13 @@ msgstr "Συνέχεια παρά το σφάλμα;" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "Η κατάτμηση %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί διότι οι άλλες κατατμήσεις στον\n" "δίσκο %2 χρησιμοποιούνται." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6119,7 +6145,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί λόγω του ότι περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6129,7 +6155,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί επειδή περιέχει τα\n" "δεδομένα που χρειάζονται για την εγκατάσταση.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6139,7 +6165,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6149,7 +6175,7 @@ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορει να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει δεδομένα\n" "που χρειάζονται για την εγκατάσταση.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6161,7 +6187,7 @@ "συσκευή %2 η οποία περιέχει ενεργή μνήμη swap που χρειάζεται\n" "για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6172,7 +6198,7 @@ "τη συσκευή %2, η οποία περιέχει δεδομένα που απαιτούνται για εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6183,18 +6209,18 @@ "δίσκο %2 χρησιμοποιούνται.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Δεν ορίστηκε τίποτα σαν σύστημα αρχείων root!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση είναι σχεδόν βέβαια ότι μοιραία θα αποτύχει!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Αποτυχία προσθήκης ακόλουθων επιλύσιμων: %1" @@ -7003,23 +7029,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια πρόταση βασισμένη στο LVM, επιλέξτε το αντίστοιχο πλήκτρο.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" -#~ "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -#~ "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -#~ "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -#~ "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προσοχή: Δεν υπάρχει κατάτμηση προσαρτημένη στο /boot.\n" -#~ "Για να εκκινήσετε από το σκληρό δίσκο, απαιτείται μια\n" -#~ "μικρή κατάτμηση /boot (περίπου %1). Συνιστάται να δημιουργήσετε μία.\n" -#~ "Κατατμήσεις που ανατίθενται στο /boot θα αλλαχθούν αυτόματα σε\n" -#~ "τύπο 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση /boot;\n" - #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν μη αποθυκευμένες αλλαγές." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 21:37+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/support.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/support.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/support.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-19 14:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Danae <danae.asderi(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 21:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά, Σύγχρονα <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/timezone_db.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/timezone_db.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/timezone_db.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 15:37+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tune.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tune.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/tune.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 17:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/update.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/update.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/update.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 15:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -186,9 +186,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Άγνωστο" @@ -291,19 +291,6 @@ "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε \n" "να επαναφέρετε την λεπτομερή επιλογή σας;" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Αδύνατη η προσάρτηση του επιλεγμένου συστήματος" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Μια πιθανή ημιτελής εγκατάσταση βρέθηκε." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -349,6 +336,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 στην ριζική κατάτμηση %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Αδύνατη η προσάρτηση του επιλεγμένου συστήματος" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -602,8 +597,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Ναι, &Συνέχεια" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Μια πιθανή ημιτελής εγκατάσταση βρέθηκε." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -612,17 +612,17 @@ "σχετικά με το πώς να λύσετε αυτό το πρόβλημα." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Άγνωστο σύστημα Linux" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Μη Linux Σύστημα" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ "ή επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Έλεγχος κατάτμησης %1" @@ -646,23 +646,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Εμφάνιση &Λεπτομερειών" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Έλεγχος συστήματος αρχείων στο %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Ο Έλεγχος Ακεραιότητας Αρχείου Απέτυχε" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -673,24 +673,24 @@ "Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε την προσάρτηση της συσκευής;\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Παράλειψη Προσάρτησης" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Λάθος Κωδικός. Θα ξαναπροσπαθήσετε;" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Προειδοποίηση" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ "Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε με την ενημέρωση του τρέχοντος συστήματος;\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -728,27 +728,27 @@ "Για να ακυρώσετε την ενημέρωση, πατήστε το Άκυρο.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Προσδιορι&σμός Παραμέτρων Προσάρτησης" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Επιλογές Προσάρτησης" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Σημείο προσάρτησης" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Σ&υσκευή" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -757,12 +757,12 @@ "(κενό για αυτόματη ανίχνευση)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Η κατάτμηση /var %1 δεν μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -774,17 +774,17 @@ "udev IDs: %5, \n" "διαδρομή udev: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Καμία" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης της /var κατάτμησης αυτόματα" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -795,22 +795,22 @@ "για να συνεχίσετε την διαδικασία αναβάθμισης." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Επιλέξτε Κατάτμηση Συσκευής για /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Πληροφορίες Συσκευής" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Αδύνατη η προσάρτηση της κατάτμησης /var με αυτήν την ρύθμιση δίσκου.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -836,32 +836,32 @@ "προσάρτησης σε οποιαδήποτέ άλλη μέθοδο για όλες τις κατατμήσεις." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε το fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Η ριζική κατάτμηση στο /etc/fstab έχει μη έγκυρη ριζική συσκευή.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Είναι τώρα προσαρτημένο ως %1 αλλά εμφανίζεται ως %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Εκτίμηση ριζικής κατάτμησης. Ένα λεπτό παρακαλώ..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Προσάρτηση κατατμήσεων. Ένα λεπτό παρακαλώ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Αναζήτηση για Διαθέσιμα Συστήματα" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/users.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/users.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/users.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 14:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Agrapidis <stathisagrapidis(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ελληνικά <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -273,6 +273,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Νέο UID του χρήστη" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -702,7 +714,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -743,7 +755,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Πλήρες Όνομα Χρήστη" @@ -765,7 +777,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Όνομα χρήστη" @@ -782,7 +794,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "&Χρήση αυτού του κωδικού για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος" @@ -979,7 +991,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Χρήση αυτού του κωδικού;" @@ -1118,7 +1130,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1293,7 +1305,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1348,7 +1360,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -2124,7 +2136,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Τοπικοί χρήστες" @@ -3218,7 +3231,7 @@ "Προσπαθήστε ξανά." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgid "" @@ -3228,13 +3241,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "Επιλέξτε Τοπικός αν θέλετε να πιστοποιούνται οι χρήστες χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο τα τοπικά αρχεία /etc/passwd και /etc/shadow." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Δημιουργία Νέου Χρήστη" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3247,7 +3260,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3265,7 +3278,7 @@ "θα πρέπει να είναι μεταξύ %2 και %3 χαρακτήρων.\n" "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3281,17 +3294,17 @@ "τους περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για πληροφορίες.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "Επιλέξτε Χρήση αυτού του κωδικού για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος εάν ο ίδιος κωδικός που εισήχθη για τον πρώτο χρήστη, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί και από τον root." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Ανάγνωση Δεδομένων του Χρήστη από μια Προηγούμενη Εγκατάσταση" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3301,11 +3314,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3314,14 +3327,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Users" msgid "Local User" msgstr "Τοπικοί χρήστες" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3329,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3337,43 +3350,43 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "Δημιουργία Νέου Χρήστη" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Ανάγνωση Δεδομένων του Χρήστη από μια Προηγούμενη Εγκατάσταση" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Users" msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Χρήστες Συστήματος" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Α&υτόματη Είσοδος" # command line error report -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No user was specified." msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Δεν έχει προσδιοριστεί χρήστης." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User %s will be imported." #| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/vm.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/vm.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/vm.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 08:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Kostas Koudaras <warlordfff(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/wol.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/wol.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/wol.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-01 22:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po 2016-09-22 12:53:10 UTC (rev 97096) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 00:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97095 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:52:16 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97095 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on-creator.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,437 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "منشئ المنتجات الإضافية" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "قم بإنشاء منتج إضافي جديد وتضمينه." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "قم بإنشاء منتج إضافي استنادًا إلى منتج إضافي موجود وتضمينه." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "توقيع منتج إضافي غير موقع" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "قم بسرد تكوينات المنتج الإضافي المتوفرة." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "قم بتضمين منتج إضافي من خلال التكوين المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "قم بحذف تكوين المنتج الإضافي المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على الحزم مفقود." -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف المحتويات" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على المنتج الإضافي الموجود" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "إنشاء أوصاف حزم جديدة (لا تقم بالنسخ)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على أوصاف الحزم" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على تعريفات الأنماط" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "اسم نسخة محتويات ISO للمخرجات" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل إخراج نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "عدم توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "معرف مفتاح GPG المستخدَم في توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على عبارة المرور لمفتاح GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "إعادة توقيع كافة الحزم باستخدام المفتاح المحدد." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف تدفق العمل (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "المسار إلى أرشيف مربعات حوار تدفق العمل (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم YaST لتكوين تدفق العمل" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نصوص الترخيص (license.zip أو license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نصوص الترخيص (license.zip أو license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على نص \"معلومات\" (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف المحتوي على تبعيات إضافية (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على منتج إضافي" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "لا تبنِ المنتج، فقط احفظ التكوين الجديد." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "رقم المنتج الإضافي المحدد (راجع الأمر 'list' لأرقام المنتجات)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "قم بإنشاء ملف سجل التغيير." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "لا تقم بإنشاء حزمة الإصدار." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف بوصف للمنتج (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "الدليل %1 غير موجود." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "عبارة المرور للمفتاح %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج مفقود." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip غير موجود" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على الحزم مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف المحتويات مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى المنتج الإضافي الموجود مفقود." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على المنتج الإضافي مفقود." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) اسم المنتج: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tالإصدار: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tدليل الإدخال: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tدليل الإخراج: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tالأنماط: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي. قم بإنشاء تكوين جديد باستخدام " -"الأمر 'create' أو الأمر 'clone'." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي. قم بإنشاء تكوين جديد باستخدام الأمر 'create' أو الأمر 'clone'." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "حدد المنتج الإضافي المطلوب بناؤه." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين منتج إضافي في الوقت الحالي." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "حدد تكوين المنتج الإضافي المطلوب حذفه." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات الإضافية" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1 " msgstr "دليل الإدخال: %1 " -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1 " msgstr "دليل الإخراج: %1 " -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "الأنماط: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." msgstr "قم ببدء إنشاء تكوين منتج إضافي جديد باستخدام إضافة." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "استخدم تحرير لتعديل تكوين المنتج الإضافي المحدد." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." msgstr "قم بحذف التكوين المحدد باستخدام حذف." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"بناء المنتج الإضافي الجديد استنادًا إلى التكوين المحدد مع بناء." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "بناء المنتج الإضافي الجديد استنادًا إلى التكوين المحدد مع بناء." -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "اسم منتج" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&تضمين" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف التكوين \"%1\"؟" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "منشئ المنتج الإضافي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "إنشاء منتج إ&ضافي من البداية" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "إنشاء منتج إضا&في يستند إلى منتج إضافي موجود" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "الم&سار إلى دليل المنتج الإضافي الموجود" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "إنشاء أو&صاف الحزمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "&تسمية المنتج الإضافي" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "المنتج المطلوب" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "حزمة الخدمة SP3 لـ SUSE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "المسا&ر إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم المنتج الإضافي" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم المنتج الم&طلوبة" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "الدليل %1 غير قابل للوصول." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -452,126 +442,126 @@ "قد تحتوي قيمة NAME فقط على\n" "حروف وأرقام والرموز \".~_-\"." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "تسمية" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "رمز الل&غة" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "تعريف المنتج" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "ملف المحتويات" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "اس&تيراد" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "إظهار ال&كلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "إنشاء حزمة الإصدار" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "ملف المنتج" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "اس&تيراد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "اختيار ملف المحتويات الموجود" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "اختيار ملف المنتج الموجود" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -579,121 +569,121 @@ "أدخل قيم العناصر التالية:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "قيمة \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "إشارة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "يساوي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "أكبر من" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "أقل من" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "صفة" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "مستوى الدفعة" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "الح&زم" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل أو إلغاء تحديده" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "اختر الملف مع النص ليتم استيراده." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "أوصاف الحزمة" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "رمز &لغة ملف الوصف" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "إضافة ل&غة" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "الحزمة" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "سمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "موقع الملفات التي تحتوي على ت&بعيات إضافية" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "اختر ملف وصف الحزمة الجديد" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -701,13 +691,13 @@ "تمت تسمية ملف وصف الحزمة بشكل غير صحيح.\n" "اختر اسمًا مختلفًا." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "اختر المسار إلى ملف EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -715,60 +705,60 @@ "الملف '%1' غير موجود.\n" "اختر ملفًا آخر." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "نوع المفتاح" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "&حجم المفتاح" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء ال&صلاحية" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "الت&عليق" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "ع&نوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&عبارة المرور" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GPG جديد" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -776,13 +766,13 @@ "قيم الاسم والتعليق وعنوان البريد الإلكتروني فارغة.\n" "يجب إدخال قيمة واحدة على الأقل لتوفير تعريف المستخدم.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "إنشاء المفتاحين الرئيسيين" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -790,103 +780,103 @@ "إذا استغرق ذلك وقتًا طويلاً، جرب شيئًا مختلفًا لإتاحة فرصة أمام نظام التشغيل \n" "لتجميع مزيد من القيم العشوائية.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "توقيع المنتج الإضافي" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "م&عرف مفتاح GPG" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "إ&نشاء..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "&تحقق من عبارة المرور" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "إ&عادة توقيع كافة الحزم بالمفتاح المحدد." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "كلمتا السر غير متطابقين. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الإخراج" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "المسار إ&لى دليل الإخراج" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "إنشاء نس&خة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "اسم ملف نسخة المحتويات" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "إ&نشاء سجل التغيير" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "ت&كوين تدفق العمل..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "المل&فات الاختيارية..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "أدخل المسار إلى دليل المنتج الإضافي." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "دليل الإدخال" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "دليل الإخراج" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO في دليل الإخراج" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -894,154 +884,154 @@ "يوجد ملف له نفس الاسم بالفعل.\n" "اختر ملفًا مختلفًا." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "مل&ف info.txt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "ملفات الترخي&ص" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "README ملف" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "اسم ال&ملف التقديمي الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "اختيار الملف التقديمي الجديد" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "ل&غة ملف الترخيص الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "اختيار ملف الترخيص الجديد" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير، الجزء الثاني" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "&COPYING Files" msgstr "مل&فات النسخ" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "ملفات ح&قوق النسخ" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "لغة م&لف حقوق النسخ الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "اختيار ملف حقوق النسخ الجديد" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "لغ&ة ملف النسخ الجديد" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "اختيار ملف النسخ الجديد" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير، الجزء الثالث" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "المنتجات" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "التصحيحات" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "استي&راد" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تدفق العمل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "مو&قع الملف المحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "ب&دون وحدات YaST نمطية إضافية" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "الم&سار إلى y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "اس&تيراد الحزم" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "حزمة وحدة YaST النمطية" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "installation.xml اختر الملف" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "اختيار المسار إلى الملف y2update.tgz" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "اختيار حزمة وحدة YaST النمطية" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1049,8 +1039,8 @@ "<big>إنشاء المنتج الإضافي</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Writing the add-on configurations \n" "\n" @@ -1058,369 +1048,227 @@ "كتابة تكوينات المنتجات الإضافية \n" "\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "توفر الوحدة النمطية هذه الإرشاد لتكوين المنتج الإضافي." -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من " -"البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود." +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "حدد كيفية إنشاء المنتج الإضافي الجديد. حيث يمكن إنشاء هذا المنتج من البداية أو تأسيسه على منتج موجود." -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة " -"لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود." +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "عند تأسيس المنتج الجديد على منتج موجود، حدد إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة لإنشاء أوصاف جديدة للحزم في المنتج الموجود." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "Name and Version" msgstr "الاسم والإصدار" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "Enter the name and version of add-on product." msgstr "أدخل اسم المنتج الإضافي وإصداره." -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "المنتج المطلوب" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد " -"القيمة REQUIRES لملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "حدد المنتج الذي يمكن تطبيق المنتج الإضافي الجديد عليه. يشكل هذا التحديد القيمة REQUIRES لملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "Add-On Packages" msgstr "حزم المنتج الإضافي" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها تكوين المنتج " -"الإضافي." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM التي من شأنها تكوين المنتج الإضافي." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "Required Product Packages" msgstr "حزم المنتج المطلوب" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"بطريقة اختيارية، اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج " -"الذي يجب أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج " -"الإضافي، ولكن يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "بطريقة اختيارية، اختر المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على حزم RPM من المنتج الذي يجب أن يستند المنتج الإضافي إلية. لن يتم تضمين هذه الحزم في المنتج الإضافي، ولكن يمكن استخدامها لإنشاء الأنماط لاحقًا في تدفق العمل." -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "قم بتحرير قيم ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt> في هذا المكان." -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد إظهار " -"الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>." -"" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "أدخل المعلومات المطلوبة لتحديد المنتج الإضافي. قم بإلغاء تحديد إظهار الكلمات الأساسية المطلوبة فقط للتعرف على كل سمات ملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>." -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "استخدم استيراد لاستيراد ملف <tt>محتويات</tt> موجود." -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"قم هنا بتحرير أوصاف الحزم الخاصة باللغة (ملفات (<tt>packages.lang</tt>).</" -"p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "قم هنا بتحرير أوصاف الحزم الخاصة باللغة (ملفات (<tt>packages.lang</tt>)." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"استخدم إضافة لغة لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات " -"المتاحة من القيمة LINGUAS الخاصة بملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>. قم باستيراد " -"ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام استيراد. احذف ملف الوصف " -"باستخدام حذف." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "استخدم إضافة لغة لإضافة ملف وصف للغة جديدة. تتم قراءة قائمة اللغات المتاحة من القيمة LINGUAS الخاصة بملف <tt>المحتويات</tt>. قم باستيراد ملف موجود يحتوي على أوصاف الحزمة باستخدام استيراد. احذف ملف الوصف باستخدام حذف." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"استخدم إضافة وتحرير في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف " -"للحزمة المحددة." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "استخدم إضافة وتحرير في الجدول الثاني لتعديل إدخالات الوصف للحزمة المحددة." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"اختياريًا، قم باختيار المسار للملف المقدم تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية " -"(EXTRA_PROV)." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "اختياريًا، قم باختيار المسار للملف المقدم تبعيات الحزمة الإضافية (EXTRA_PROV)." -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." msgstr "قم هنا بإنشاء أنماط المنتج الإضافي وتحريرها." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"استخدم جديد لإنشاء نمط جديد أو استيراد لاستيراد نمط موجود.</" -"p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "استخدم جديد لإنشاء نمط جديد أو استيراد لاستيراد نمط موجود." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"استخدم إضافة وتحرير في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط." +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "استخدم إضافة وتحرير في الجدول الثاني لتعديل سمات النمط." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" "تحقق من النمط المطلوب لوضع علامة على النمط المحدد كما هو\n" -"مطلوب للمنتج الإضافي. سيتم تحديد هذا النمط مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي عند بدء تشغيل " -"تثبيت المنتج الإضافي." +"مطلوب للمنتج الإضافي. سيتم تحديد هذا النمط مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي عند بدء تشغيل تثبيت المنتج الإضافي." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"حدد المسار إلى الدليل الذي يجب إنشاء المنتج الإضافي فيه. حدد إنشاء " -"نسخة محتويات ISO لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في دليل الإخراج." -"" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "حدد المسار إلى الدليل الذي يجب إنشاء المنتج الإضافي فيه. حدد إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الخاصة بالمنتج في دليل الإخراج." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"استخدم إنشاء سجل تغييرات لإنشاء ملف سجل تغييرات يحتوي على كل " -"التغييرات التي تم إدخالها في حزم المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة خلال العامين " -"الماضيين." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "استخدم إنشاء سجل تغييرات لإنشاء ملف سجل تغييرات يحتوي على كل التغييرات التي تم إدخالها في حزم المنتجات الإضافية المنتجة خلال العامين الماضيين." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع تكوين تدفق العمل. " -"استخدم الملفات الاختيارية لتكوين نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، " -"والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "قم بتهيئة تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي بما يتناسب مع تكوين تدفق العمل. استخدم الملفات الاختيارية لتكوين نصوص الملفات <tt>التقديمية</tt>، والتراخيص والقيم الاختيارية الأخرى." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي.</" -"p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "يمكن في هذا المكان إدخال الملفات اللازمة لتخصيص تدفق عمل المنتج الإضافي." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ " -"<tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في الدليل " -"الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي." +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "أدخل موقع الملف الذي يحتوي على وصف تدفق العمل. يعد هذا الملف بديلاً لـ <tt>control.xml</tt> ويتم حفظة باعتباره <tt>installation.xml</tt> في الدليل الأساسي للمنتج الإضافي." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"لاستخدام وحدات YaST النمطية المخصصة أثناء تثبيت المنتج الإضافي، أدخل " -"المسار إلى أرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين الوحدات النمطية هذه أو " -"قم بتكوين محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> عن طريق تحديد حزم YaST RPM في " -"استيراد الحزم." +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "لاستخدام وحدات YaST النمطية المخصصة أثناء تثبيت المنتج الإضافي، أدخل المسار إلى أرشيف <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> حيث يتم تخزين الوحدات النمطية هذه أو قم بتكوين محتويات <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> عن طريق تحديد حزم YaST RPM في استيراد الحزم." -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"يوفر ملف <tt>info.txt</tt> الاختياري معلومات حول المنتج الإضافي الذي يجب " -"عرضه كإطار منبثق باستخدام الزر موافق." +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "يوفر ملف <tt>info.txt</tt> الاختياري معلومات حول المنتج الإضافي الذي يجب عرضه كإطار منبثق باستخدام الزر موافق." -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين موافقة وعدم " -"الموافقة قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص " -"باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في الدليل " -"<tt>media.1</tt>." +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "يتم عرض نص الترخيص في إطار يحتوي على الزرين موافقة وعدم الموافقة قبل بدء التثبيت. يتم ضغط الملفات المحتوية على نصوص الترخيص باللغات المختلفة إلى الأرشيف <tt>license.zip</tt> ويتم تخزينها في الدليل <tt>media.1</tt>." -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات " -"لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في الدليل الجذر للمنتج الإضافي." +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "يمكن أن يحتوي الملفان <tt>حقوق النسخ</tt> و<tt>النسخ</tt> على تعديلات لغات متعددة ويتم تخزينهما في الدليل الجذر للمنتج الإضافي." -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"قم في هذا المكان بتكوين توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة " -"المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام إنشاء." +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "قم في هذا المكان بتكوين توقيع المنتج الإضافي. اختر مفتاحًا سريًا من قائمة المفاتيح المتاحة أو قم بإنشاء مفتاح جديد باستخدام إنشاء." -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." msgstr "أدخل عبارة المرور الضرورية لإلغاء قفل المفتاح السري." -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"حدد إذا كنت تريد توقيع كل الحزم الخاصة بالمنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح " -"المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة توقيعات الحزم السابقة." +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "حدد إذا كنت تريد توقيع كل الحزم الخاصة بالمنتج الإضافي مع المفتاح المحدد. ستتم إزالة كافة توقيعات الحزم السابقة." -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." msgstr "أدخل القيم اللازمة لإنشاء المفتاحين الرئيسيين الجديدين." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 " -"و4096 بت." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "الحجم الافتراضي لمفتاح DSA هو 1024 بت. قد يتراوح طول مفاتيح RSA بين 1024 و4096 بت." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة إلى تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية، أدخل عدد الأيام التي تنتهي " -"بعدها صلاحية المفتاح. إذا جاء بعد الرقم <tt>w</tt> أو <tt>m</tt> أو <tt>y</" -"tt>، فإنه يشير إلى عدد الأسابيع أو الشهور أو السنين. اترك الإدخال فارغًا " -"للحصول على مفتاح لا تنتهي صلاحيته على الإطلاق." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "بالنسبة إلى تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية، أدخل عدد الأيام التي تنتهي بعدها صلاحية المفتاح. إذا جاء بعد الرقم <tt>w</tt> أو <tt>m</tt> أو <tt>y</tt>، فإنه يشير إلى عدد الأسابيع أو الشهور أو السنين. اترك الإدخال فارغًا للحصول على مفتاح لا تنتهي صلاحيته على الإطلاق." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"استخدم الاسم والتعليق وعنوان البريد الإلكتروني " -"لتوفير تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "استخدم الاسم والتعليق وعنوان البريد الإلكتروني لتوفير تعريف المستخدم الذي يجب اقتران المفاتيح الجديدة به." -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي." +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "يمكنك هنا الاطلاع على نظرة عامة على بيانات إنشاء المنتج الإضافي." -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." msgstr "اضغط إنهاء لإنشاء المنتج الإضافي في دليل الإخراج." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "اسم النموذج الجديد&" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "اله&يكل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "الإص&دار" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1428,25 +1276,25 @@ "مثل هذا النمط موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر اسمًا أو بنية مختلفة.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "المل&خص" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "ال&فئة" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "رم&ز اللغة" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1454,33 +1302,33 @@ "يوجد مفتاح له نفس الاسم بالفعل.\n" "اختر مفتاحًا مختلفًا." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "محرر الأنماط" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "اسم النموذج" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "اسم كامل" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "أ&نماط مطلوبة" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "النموذج الحالي" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1488,368 +1336,315 @@ "مثل هذا النمط له موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر بنية مختلفة.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "..استيراد منتج" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "نمط ملف المحتويات" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "يجب أن تكون العلامة الأولى لملف المحتويات." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "اسم منتج" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"للاستخدام الداخلي. يتم تطبيق نفس القيود التي يتم تطبيقها على أسماء الحزم." +msgstr "للاستخدام الداخلي. يتم تطبيق نفس القيود التي يتم تطبيقها على أسماء الحزم." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "هياكل المنتجات" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"قائمة مفصولة بمسافات لهياكل المنتجات . تتطابق مع هياكل حزم إصدار المنتجات " -"المتوفرة. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بمسافات لهياكل المنتجات . تتطابق مع هياكل حزم إصدار المنتجات المتوفرة. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "نسخة المنتج وإصداره" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "نسخة المنتج وإصداره كما في الإصدار <tt>الرئيسي والفرعي لـ RPM</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "رقم الإصدار" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "اسم التوزيع" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"يشير أي جزء من السلسلة إلى وجود التوزيع. وعلى الأرجح يتم استخدام نفس السلسلة " -"في .rpms للدلالة على وجود التوزيع. وتتكون عادةً من الاسم والإصدار والهيكل." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "يشير أي جزء من السلسلة إلى وجود التوزيع. وعلى الأرجح يتم استخدام نفس السلسلة في .rpms للدلالة على وجود التوزيع. وتتكون عادةً من الاسم والإصدار والهيكل." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "دليل وصف الحزمة" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "دليل وصف الحزمة (مرتبط بدليل المنتج)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "دليل بيانات الحزمة" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "دليل بيانات الحزمة (مرتبط بدليل المنتج)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "التسمية" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف LINGUAS أو في " -"حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "تسمية بترميز UTF-8. هي التسمية الافتراضية في حالة حذف LINGUAS أو في حالة تعذر تحديد أي لغة افتراضية." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "رمز لغة ISO أو رمز code_country للغة." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "لغة افتراضية" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "رمز لغة افتراضية" -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "الأنماط المحددة مسبقًا" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "قائمة الأنماط المحددة مسبقًا بواسطة المنتج." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "اسم البائع" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "اسم البائع (صيغة حرة)." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "عنوان URL لملاحظات الإصدار" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "هو عنوان URL الذي يتم إحضار ملاحظات الإصدار منه." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "تحديث URL" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "هو عنوان URL لمصدر التحديث." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "تسمية خاصة باللغة" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"تسميةبترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt>على نفس بناء الجملة لقيم " -"LINGUAS. يتوقع وجود LABEL.lang مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة " -"LINGUAS." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "تسميةبترميز UTF-8. تحتوي القيمة <tt>lang</tt>على نفس بناء الجملة لقيم LINGUAS. يتوقع وجود LABEL.lang مطابق لكل لغة في القيمة LINGUAS." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "تسمية من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "تسمية من سطر واحد خاصة باللغة." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "وصف متعدد السطور في اللغة الافتراضية" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "وصف متعدد السطور، خاص باللغة." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "الفئة" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"فئة من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. فئات مخصصة " -"للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "فئة من سطر واحد في اللغة الافتراضية تستخدم لتجميع الأنماط. فئات مخصصة للمستخدم ويمكن تحديدها دون قيود." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "نسخة خاصة باللغة للفئة." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "الرؤية" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "قم بتعيين ما إذا يجب رؤية النمط في واجهة المستخدم أم لا." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "قائمة الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "الحزم الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "يتم تثبيت هذه الحزم افتراضيًا ولكن يمكن إزالتها دون أي إزعاج." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "الحزم المقترحة" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." msgstr "مجرد تلميحات لتطبيق ما ولا يتم معالجتها أثناء تحليل التبعية." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "اسم ملف ايقونة" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "في حالة عدم تحديده، يتم استخدام اسم النمط \n" -" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطيرات سفلية). في حالة عدم " -"احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية " -"مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" -"apps/). يُسمح بالمسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/)." +" بدلاً منه (على أن يتم استبدال المساحات الفارغة بتسطيرات سفلية). في حالة عدم احتواء اسم الملف على امتداد png أو jpg يتم إلحاق png. في حالة عدم تحديد أية مسارات، يتم البحث عن الرموز في مسار رمز السمة (أولاً، /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ ثم /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). يُسمح بالمسارات المطلقة والنسبية (لمسار السمة /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "ترتيب النمط" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"تعمل قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام على تعريف ترتيب النمط عند سرد " -"أنماط متعددة في واجهة المستخدم." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "تعمل قيمة العدد الصحيح المكون من ثلاثة أرقام على تعريف ترتيب النمط عند سرد أنماط متعددة في واجهة المستخدم." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "نماذج مطلوبة" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "الأنماط المطلوب تثبيتها مع هذا النمط." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "نماذج مزودة" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة REQUIRES</" -"b> من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم " -"والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة bar-1.42-1الإمكانية " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا النمط. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة القيمة REQUIRES من أخرى. تحتوي كل تبعية قابلة للتحليل بشكل افتراضي على ما توفره--الاسم والإصدار الخاص بها. على سبيل المثال، توفر الحزمة bar-1.42-1الإمكانية <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "أنماط متعارضة" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو " -"أخرى توفر الإمكانية." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة تثبيت التبعية القابلة للتحليل المحددة أو أخرى توفر الإمكانية." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "الأنماط القديمة" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1857,325 +1652,274 @@ "عند تثبيت هذا النمط، فإنه يقوم بإلغاء تثبيت \n" "أية أنماط أخرى تحمل علامة قديم في هذا المكان." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "الأنماط الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية " -"أخطاء." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من REQUIRES. في حالة تعذر تثبيت الأنماط الموصى بها، لن تظهر أية أخطاء." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "الأنماط الملحقة" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Rec عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفير الإمكانية المحددة بواسطة " -"تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة " -"التثبيت دون مطالبة." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Rec عكسية. يتم تثبيت هذا النمط في حالة توفير الإمكانية المحددة بواسطة تبعية قابلة للتحليل مثبتة. حيث يقوم محلل التبعيات بتثبيتها. تم قبول إزالة التثبيت دون مطالبة." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "الأنماط المقترحة" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "تنشيط" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." msgstr "تتم مراعاة تثبيت النمط الحالي فقط في حالة تثبيت النمط المحدد هنا." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "توسيع" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "تضمين" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "أنماط محسنة" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "حزم متعارضة" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "حزم قديمة" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "حزم حديثة" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "حزم ملحقة" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "حزم محسنة" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "وصف حزمة متعدد السطور." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "ملخص الحزمة (التسمية)، وصف من سطر واحد للحزمة." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "إعلام التثبيت" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير " -"اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة، مثل تحذير اختبار نسخة أو ترخيص تجاري." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "إخطار الحذف" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير " -"يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "عبارة عن رسالة غير رسمية تظهر للمستخدم في حالة تحديد الحزمة للحذف، كتحذير يعلمك بأن النظام غير قابل للاستخدام بدون الحزمة." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"نص EULA. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا لم يقبل المستخدم EULA، لا " -"يتم تثبيت الحزمة." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "نص EULA. يتم عرض هذا النص قبل تثبيت الحزمة. إذا لم يقبل المستخدم EULA، لا يتم تثبيت الحزمة." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "المنتجات التي يجب تثبيتها" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب أن تكون مثبتة على النظام لتلبية " -"احتياجات المنتج." +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "التبعيات القابلة للتحليل التي يجب أن تكون مثبتة على النظام لتلبية احتياجات المنتج." -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "المنتجات المتوفرة" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة قيم الحقل يتطلب</" -"b> من العناصر الأخرى." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "الإمكانات التي يوفرها هذا المنتج. يمكن استخدامها لمطابقة قيم الحقل يتطلب من العناصر الأخرى." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "المنتجات المتعارضة" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"لا يمكن تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل إذا تم تثبيت العنصر القابل للتحليل " -"المحدد أو عنصر يوفر هذه الإمكانية." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "لا يمكن تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل إذا تم تثبيت العنصر القابل للتحليل المحدد أو عنصر يوفر هذه الإمكانية." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "المنتجات القديمة" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"عند تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل، فإنه يعمل على إلغاء تثبيت أية عناصر " -"أخرى قابلة للتحليل ذات اسم مطابق لهذه للكلمة الأساسية." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "عند تثبيت هذا العنصر القابل للتحليل، فإنه يعمل على إلغاء تثبيت أية عناصر أخرى قابلة للتحليل ذات اسم مطابق لهذه للكلمة الأساسية." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "المنتجات الموصى بها" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"نسخة ضعيفة من requires. تمت محاولة تنفيذ RECOMMENDS، ولكن يتم " -"تجاوزها دون مطالبة في حالة تعذر المطابقة." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "نسخة ضعيفة من requires. تمت محاولة تنفيذ RECOMMENDS، ولكن يتم تجاوزها دون مطالبة في حالة تعذر المطابقة." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "المنتجات المقترحة" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "عنوان URL لملاحظات إصدار RPM" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "وصف المنتج" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "ملخص المنتج" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "سطر المنتج" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "الاسم المختصر للمنتج الذي لا يتغير بين حزم الخدمة والإصدارات." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "تحديث مفتاح المخزن" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "نوع الوسائط" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"نوع الوسائط التي سيتم استخدامها للمنتج الهدف. والقيم المحتملة هي: cd وftp " -"وdvd5 وdvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "نوع الوسائط التي سيتم استخدامها للمنتج الهدف. والقيم المحتملة هي: cd وftp وdvd5 وdvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "صفة المنتج" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "وصف صفة المنتج أو أنواعه المتغيرة، على سبيل المثال، DVD وFTP وLive" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "إنشاء بيانات المنتجات" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "البحث عن دلائل الحزم" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن دلائل الحزم..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "التحقق من هياكل الحزم" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "إنشاء قيم افتراضية لملف المحتويات" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من هياكل الحزم..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قيم افتراضية لملف المحتويات..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "إنشاء أوصاف الحزمة" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم إنشاء بيانات الوظيفة الإضافية... \n" +msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار بينما يتم إنشاء بيانات الوظيفة الإضافية... \n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2183,8 +1927,8 @@ "فشل تثبيت حزمة obs-productconverter.\n" "لن يتم إنشاء حزمة الإصدار." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2192,18 +1936,18 @@ "فشل إنشاء حزمة الإصدار باستخدام\n" "'%1'." -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "فشل توقيع المنتج." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "أعد المحاولة مرة أخرى باستخدام عبارة مرور مختلفة" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2211,102 +1955,102 @@ "أدخل عبارة مرور لمفتاح GPG %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "إنشاء المنتج الإضافي" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "اكتب محتوى الملف" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "إنشاء بنية المنتج الإضافي" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "اكتب النماذج" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "إنشاء حزمة الإصدار" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "إنشاء مجموع MD5 الاختباري" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "توقيع المنتج الناتج" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "..كتابة محتوى الملف" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء بنية المنتج الإضافي..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "..كتابة النماذج" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ الحزم..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء حزمة الإصدار..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء مجموع MD5 الاختباري..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "يتم الآن توقيع المنتج الناتج..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة ملف المحتويات." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء بنية دليل الإخراج." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/add-on.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -49,107 +49,102 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة المنتجات الإضافية..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>الوسائط: %1، المسار: %2، المنتج: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "يرجى إتاحة الوظيفة الإضافية \"%1\" عبر \"%2\"." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المنتج الإضافي." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي منتج إضافي لتثبيته" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "منتجات إض&افية" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "تم الانتهاء من تثبيت ملحق اللغة." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "تثبيت المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "حدد ملحقات اللغة ليتم تثبيته&ا" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "حدد ملحقات اللغة لتثبيتها ثم انقر موافق." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -157,32 +152,32 @@ "لا توجد لغات محددة لتثبيتها.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "لغة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "لا تتوفر واجهة مستخدم لهذه الوحدة النمطية." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "القرص المضغوط لبرنامج التشغيل الخاص بالمورد" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال القرص المضغوط الخاص بالمورد" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -190,23 +185,22 @@ "تعذر العثور على بيانات برنامج التشغيل على القرص المضغوط.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" msgstr "" -"لا تتطابق البيانات الموجودة على القرص المضغوط مع نظام التشغيل Linux " -"المستخدم.\n" +"لا تتطابق البيانات الموجودة على القرص المضغوط مع نظام التشغيل Linux المستخدم.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت برنامج التشغيل..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -214,13 +208,13 @@ "فشل التثبيت.\n" "اتصل بالعنوان الموجود على القرص المضغوط.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "تم تثبيت %1 برامج تشغيل من القرص المضغوط" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -228,51 +222,51 @@ "لم يتم العثور على أية بيانات لبرنامج التشغيل على القرص المضغوط.\n" "يتم الآن الإيقاف قبل الاكتمال." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي منتج في المخزن." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على مخزن للبرامج على الوسيطة." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة المصدر الجديد..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "عنوانURL: %1، الدليل: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "تحديد مخزن البرامج" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -282,45 +276,45 @@ "تم العثور على العديد من مخازن البرامج على الوسيطة المحددة.\n" "حدد المخزن المراد استخدامه.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "المخازن التي تم ال&عثور عليها" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي؟" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "حدد أحد المخازن." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "تعذر استيفاء تبعيات المنتج الإضافي." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "تحديد المنتجات" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "المنتجات المتوفرة" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -330,13 +324,13 @@ "تم العثور على عدة منتجات في المخزن. حدد المنتجات\n" " المطلوب تثبيتها.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "تعذر استيفاء تبعيات المنتجات الإضافية المحددة." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -348,108 +342,103 @@ "لإضافة منتج جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. لإزالة منتج تمت إضافته بالفعل،\n" "حدد المنتج ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1، دليل: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "المنتج" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "حدد منتجًا لحذفه." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "إزالة وظائف إضافية محددة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية المثبتة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "تشغيل &مدير البرامج..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كل المنتجات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام." +msgstr "هنا يمكنك مشاهدة كل المنتجات الإضافية التي تم تثبيتها على النظام." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"اضغط إضافة لإضافة منتج إضافي جديد، أو حذف لإزالة المنتج " -"الإضافي قيد الاستخدام." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "اضغط إضافة لإضافة منتج إضافي جديد، أو حذف لإزالة المنتج الإضافي قيد الاستخدام." -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "المورد: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "مُورد غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "الإصدار: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "إصدار غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "عنوان URL الخاص بالمخزن: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "عنوان URL خاص بالمخزن غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "الاسم المستعار للمخزن: %1 " -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "عنوان URL غير معروف" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -461,18 +450,18 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذفه؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "يتم الآن إزالة تبعيات المنتج..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "تحذير: الذاكرة غير كافية!" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/audit-laf.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,173 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "تكوين إطار عمل مراجعة (Linux (LAF" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "إظهار معلومات حول إعدادات المراجعة" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "تعيين الخيار المحدد" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات ملف السجل" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات مساحة القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "إظهار إعدادات المُرسِل" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "اسم ملف السجل (اسم المسار الكامل(" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "تسجيل التنسيق" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "كم عدد السجلات المطلوب كتابتها قبل إصدار أمر النقل إلى القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "أقصى حجم (بالميغابايت) لملف السجل" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى max_log_file" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "عدد ملفات السجل المطلوب الاحتفاظ بها" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "تنسيق اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر (يُستخدم في حالة تعيين التنسيق للمستخدم)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"المساحة المتروكة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عندما تبدأ مساحة النظام في النفاد" +msgstr "المساحة المتروكة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عندما تبدأ مساحة النظام في النفاد" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى space_left" +msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"ترك مساحة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عند تشغيل النظام على التشغيل المنخفض" +msgstr "ترك مساحة في قسم السجل (بالميغابايت) عند تشغيل النظام على التشغيل المنخفض" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "الإجراء في حالة الوصول إلى admin_space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى " -"admin_space_left" +msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند الوصول إلى admin_space_left" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"البريد المُرسَل لهذا الحساب (في حالة تعيين space_left_action إلى البريد " -"الإلكتروني)" +msgstr "البريد المُرسَل لهذا الحساب (في حالة تعيين space_left_action إلى البريد الإلكتروني)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "الإجراء المراد تنفيذه في حالة امتلاء القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) في حالة امتلاء القرص" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "الإجراء المراد تنفيذه عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "النص البرمجي المطلوب تنفيذه (اسم المسار الكامل) عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "كيفية التواصل بين المُرسِل وبرنامج محرك المراجعة" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "برنامج مُرسِل (اسم المسار الكامل(" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "تحديد ملف السجل" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -190,35 +183,35 @@ "الرغم من تعيين 'تنسيق اسم الكمبيوتر' إلى 'المستخدم'.\n" "إعداد التنسيق إلى 'بلا' (افتراضي)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "تحديد برنامج المرسل" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "تظل قيمة '%1' كما هي بدون تغيير." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 غير موجود\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 ليس ملفًا عاديًا.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 ليس ملكًا للجذر.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أذونات الملفات الخاصة بـ %1 على -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -230,18 +223,18 @@ "إذا كنت تريد إلغاء القفل، فقم بتعيين الإشارة الممَكّنة وفقًا لذلك، ثم\n" "قم بإنهاء التكوين. وتكون إعادة التشغيل أمرًا مطلوبًا فيما بعد." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "تم تخزين القواعد بنجاح" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "لا يمكن إعادة تعيين القواعد. التحقق من/etc/audit/audit.rules." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -253,7 +246,7 @@ "الاختبار لم يكن ممكنًا لأن إرسال قواعد\n" "جديدة سيؤدي إلى حدوث خطأ.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -265,25 +258,25 @@ " n فليس من المعقول المتابعة، لأن القواعد ستكون\n" " مغلقة حتى التشغيل التالي.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "نجاح" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "لا يمكن إنشاء ملف tmp للقواعد." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "تحديد مثال" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "تم تعيين القفل" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -297,213 +290,211 @@ " في ملف القواعد. أما في حالة غير ذلك، فقم بتمكين أو تعطيل المراجعة.\n" "للتحقق أو لتغيير القواعد، ارجع إلى محرر القواعد.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "&ملف السجل" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ت&حديد الملف" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "نق&ل" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "الت&كرار (عدد السجلات)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "الحجم والإجراء" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى لحجم الملف (ميغابايت)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "الإجراء الخاص بأقصى ح&جم للملف" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&عدد ملفات السجل" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "أسماء أجهزة الكمبيوتر" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "&تنسيق أسماء أجهزة الكمبيوتر" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "الاسم المعرف من قِبل المستخدم" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المرسل" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "برنامج المرسل" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "&اتصال" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "القيمة والإجراء للمساحة تبدأ في النفاد" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "ا&لمساحة الفارغة على القرص (ميغابايت)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "الإجرا&ء" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "المسار إلى اسكربت" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "القيمة والإجراء للمساحة على وشك النفاد" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "ال&مساحة الفارغة للمسؤول (ميغابايت) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "إج&راء" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "حساب البريد الخاص بالإجراء" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "إجراء عند حدوث خطأ أو امتلاء القرص" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "إ&جراء عند امتلاء القرص" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "إج&راء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&تعيين إشارة التمكين" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين المراجعة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل المراجعة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "القواعد مقفلة (حتى عملية التشغيل القادمة)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "تحرير القواعد الخاصة بالنظام الفرعي للمراجعة من هنا:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&التحقق من بناء الجملة" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "ا&ستعادة 'audit.rules'" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "ا&ستعادة وإعادة تعيين" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&تحميل" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>تهيئة تكوين إطار مراجعة Linux </big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" "\n" @@ -511,8 +502,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين وقواعد auditd</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -524,40 +515,28 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>تكوين ملف سجل Auditd</big> \n" -"برنامج محرك المراجعة هو مكون نظام Linux Auditing المسؤول عن كتابة كافة أحداث " -"ذات الصلة بالمراجعة على ملف السجلvar/log/audit/audit.log/ " -"(افتراضي).\n" -"قد تنتج الأحداث عن وحدة apparmor kernel النمطية أو من التطبيقات التي " -"3تستخدم libaudit (على سبيل المثال PAM) أو الأحداث التي تنتج عن " -"القواعد) على سبيل المثال عمليات مراقبة الملف)." +"برنامج محرك المراجعة هو مكون نظام Linux Auditing المسؤول عن كتابة كافة أحداث ذات الصلة بالمراجعة على ملف السجلvar/log/audit/audit.log/ (افتراضي).\n" +"قد تنتج الأحداث عن وحدة apparmor kernel النمطية أو من التطبيقات التي 3تستخدم libaudit (على سبيل المثال PAM) أو الأحداث التي تنتج عن القواعد) على سبيل المثال عمليات مراقبة الملف)." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"يوفر مربع الحوار قواعد auditctl مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد " -"وإمكانية إضافتها.\n" -"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من صفحة الدليل ('man " -"auditd.conf')." +"يوفر مربع الحوار قواعد auditctl مزيد من المعلومات حول القواعد وإمكانية إضافتها.\n" +"يمكن الحصول على معلومات تفصيلية حول إعدادات ملف السجل من صفحة الدليل ('man auditd.conf')." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" @@ -565,61 +544,46 @@ "ملف السجل: أدخل اسم المسار بالكامل في ملف السجل\n" "(أو استخدم تحديد ملف.)" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"التنسيق: قم بتعيين RAW لتسجيل كافة البيانات (مع التخزين " -"بتنسيق يماثل التنسيق المرسَل من قِبل kernel\n" +"التنسيق: قم بتعيين RAW لتسجيل كافة البيانات (مع التخزين بتنسيق يماثل التنسيق المرسَل من قِبل kernel\n" ") أو NOLOG\n" "لتجاهل كافة معلومات المراجعة بدلاً من كتابتها على قرص (لا ؤثر على\n" "البيانات التي تم إرسالها إلى المرسل). " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"نقل: يشرح كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان مُعينًا إلى " -"تزايدي\n" -"تحدد المعلمة التكرار إلى عدد سجلات الكتابة قبل إصدار التصريح بالنقل " -"إلى القرص.\n" -"بدون يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد خاص لنقل البيانات بيانات: إبقاء " -"مزامنة جزء\n" -"البيانات المزامنة: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات وبيانات التعريف التي تتم " -"مزامنتها بشكل كامل." +"نقل: يشرح كيفية كتابة البيانات إلى القرص. إذا كان مُعينًا إلى تزايدي\n" +"تحدد المعلمة التكرار إلى عدد سجلات الكتابة قبل إصدار التصريح بالنقل إلى القرص.\n" +"بدون يعني: عدم بذل أي جهد خاص لنقل البيانات بيانات: إبقاء مزامنة جزء\n" +"البيانات المزامنة: الاحتفاظ بالبيانات وبيانات التعريف التي تتم مزامنتها بشكل كامل." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" "تكوين السجل إلى أقصى حجم ملف (بالميغابايت) والإجراء\n" -" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة بواسطة الحجم والإجراء.</" -"p>\n" +" الذي يجب اتخاذه عند الوصول إلى هذه القيمة بواسطة الحجم والإجراء.\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -627,235 +591,184 @@ "الملفات لإبقاء. تعيين إلى سجل النظام، سيكتب برنامج محرك المراجعة \n" "الحسابات تحذيرًا إلى/var/log/messages. مع التوقف المرحلي توقف برنامج\n" "المحرك عن كتابة المحاضر إلى القرص. يعني تجاهل لا تفعل \n" -"شيئا، KEEP_LOGS شبيه بأمر التدوير، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات " -"السجل.\n" +"شيئا، KEEP_LOGS شبيه بأمر التدوير، ولكن لا تتم الكتابة فوق ملفات السجل.\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" "تنسيق اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر تشرح كيفية كتابة اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر إلى \n" "ملف الدخول. إذا قام المستخدم بتعيين معرف \n" -"المستخدم للاستخدام. بدون تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم جهاز " -"الكمبيوتر. اسم المضيف يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n" +"المستخدم للاستخدام. بدون تعني أنه لم يتم إدراج اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر. اسم المضيف يستخدم الاسم المعرف \n" "من قبل 'gethostname' syscall. FQD يستخدم اسم \n" "المجال المعرف بالكامل.\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>تكوين المرسل الخاص بـ Auditd</big> \n" -"يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول إعدادات المرسل من صفحة الدليل 'man auditd." -"conf'. " +"يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة حول إعدادات المرسل من صفحة الدليل 'man auditd.conf'. " -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"المرسل: يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المرسل عن طريق برنامج المحرك " -"للمراجعة\n" +"المرسل: يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المرسل عن طريق برنامج المحرك للمراجعة\n" "ويتلقى كافة أحداث المراجعة في stdin." -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" "الاتصال: تتحكم في الاتصالات بين برنامج المحرك وبرنامج\n" "المرسل. المقصود بالاتصال lossy، تجاهل الأحداث المُرسلة إلى المرسل\n" -"عند امتلاء الطابور (الذاكرة الوسيطة التي تبلغ 128 كيلوبايت). اختر " -"lossless إذا كنت ترغب في اتصالاتblocking/lossless\n" +"عند امتلاء الطابور (الذاكرة الوسيطة التي تبلغ 128 كيلوبايت). اختر lossless إذا كنت ترغب في اتصالاتblocking/lossless\n" "." -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "يعتبر 'audispd' الخاص بالمرسل مُجمِّعًا لأحداث المراجعة\n" -"(لمزيد من المعلومات راجع صفحات الدليل ('man audispd' و'man audispd.conf').</" -"p>" +"(لمزيد من المعلومات راجع صفحات الدليل ('man audispd' و'man audispd.conf')." -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "ملاحظة: يجب أن يكون برنامج مُرسِل مملوك\n" -" إلى 'مسؤول'، لها '0750'، أذونات الملف واسم المسار الكامل المراد إدخاله.</" -"p>\n" +" إلى 'مسؤول'، لها '0750'، أذونات الملف واسم المسار الكامل المراد إدخاله.\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" -"<big>تكوين مساحة قرصAuditd</big> الإعدادات التي تشير هنا إلى " -"مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n" +"<big>تكوين مساحة قرصAuditd</big> الإعدادات التي تشير هنا إلى مساحة القرص على قسم السجل.\n" "يمكن الحصول على معلومات مفصلة من صفحات \n" "التعليمات ('man auditd.conf').\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"المساحة المتروكة (بالميجابايت) توضح لبرنامج محرك المراجعة متى يقوم " -"باتخاذ إجراء معين لأن\n" +"المساحة المتروكة (بالميجابايت) توضح لبرنامج محرك المراجعة متى يقوم باتخاذ إجراء معين لأن\n" "النظام قد بدأ يعمل على مساحة منخفضة." -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"يجب أن تكون قيمة المساحة المتروكة الخاصة بالمسؤول أقل من القيمة " -"الموضحة أعلاه. سيعمل النظام على مساحة \n" -"منخفضة من القرص إذا تم الوصول إلى تلك القيمة، وسيتم تنفيذ الإجراء " -"المُحدد." +"يجب أن تكون قيمة المساحة المتروكة الخاصة بالمسؤول أقل من القيمة الموضحة أعلاه. سيعمل النظام على مساحة \n" +"منخفضة من القرص إذا تم الوصول إلى تلك القيمة، وسيتم تنفيذ الإجراء المُحدد." -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى البريد الإلكتروني، سيتم إرسال رسالة بريد " -"تحذيرية \n" -"إلى الحساب المحدد في حساب بريد الإجراء. ويعني سجل النظام " -"أنه ستتم \n" -"كتابة تحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني تجاهل لا تفعل " -"شيئًا. ويقوم تنفيذ بتشغيل النص البرمجي المحدد في المسار إلى النص \n" +"إذا تم تعيين الإجراء إلى البريد الإلكتروني، سيتم إرسال رسالة بريد تحذيرية \n" +"إلى الحساب المحدد في حساب بريد الإجراء. ويعني سجل النظام أنه ستتم \n" +"كتابة تحذير مساحة القرص إلى/var/log/messages. ويعني تجاهل لا تفعل شيئًا. ويقوم تنفيذ بتشغيل النص البرمجي المحدد في المسار إلى النص \n" "البرمجي. ويقوم تعليق بإيقاف كتابة السجلات إلى \n" "القرص. يقوم مفرد بتبديل النظام إلى وضع المستخدم \n" "المفرد. يقوم إيقاف بإيقاف تشغيل\n" "النظام.\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "يمكنك أيضًا تحديد إجراء عند امتلاء القرص (امتلأ القرص بالفعل) و\n" -" إجراء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص (يتم تنفيذه كلما تم اكتشاف خطأ أثناء " -"الكتابة إلى القرص).\n" -"الإجراءات المتاحة هي نفس الإجراءات الموضحة أعلاه باستثناء (except for " -"EMAIL)." +" إجراء عند حدوث خطأ في القرص (يتم تنفيذه كلما تم اكتشاف خطأ أثناء الكتابة إلى القرص).\n" +"الإجراءات المتاحة هي نفس الإجراءات الموضحة أعلاه باستثناء (except for EMAIL)." -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"ملاحظة:كل النصوص البرمجية المعينة للخيار تنفيذ يجب أن تكون " -"مملوكة\n" -"من قِبل'مسؤول'، ومتوفر لها أذونات الملف '0750' ويجب إدخال اسم المسار الكامل.</" -"p>\n" +"ملاحظة:كل النصوص البرمجية المعينة للخيار تنفيذ يجب أن تكون مملوكة\n" +"من قِبل'مسؤول'، ومتوفر لها أذونات الملف '0750' ويجب إدخال اسم المسار الكامل.\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" -"<big>قواعد auditctl</big> يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين " -"أو\n" +"<big>قواعد auditctl</big> يوفر مربع الحوار هذا إمكانية تمكين أو\n" " لتعطيل syscall التدوين، فضلا عن وصفها بتأمين تكوين المراجعة.\n" "العلم المحدد\n" " من تعيين علامة تمكين ستضاف إلى النظام." -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"ملاحظة: ويعني تأمين القواعد أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى التشغيل " -"التالي." +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "ملاحظة: ويعني تأمين القواعد أنها لا يمكن تغييرها حتى التشغيل التالي." -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "سيؤدي تمكين توثيق قواعد إضافية libaudit التطبيقات التي\n" -" تستخدم libaudit، مثلًا. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log " -"(افتراضي). " +" تستخدم libaudit، مثلًا. PAM لتسجيل إلى/var/log/audit/audit.log (افتراضي). " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدويًا، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين " -"فقط. للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n" +"مربع الحوار يسمح لك بتحرير القواعد يدويًا، ويوصي به للمستخدمين المتقدمين فقط. للحصول على المزيد من المعلومات حول جميع \n" "الخيارات، راجع 'man auditctl'.\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"تحقق من بناء الجملة حيث ترسل القواعد عن طريق auditctl إلى " -"النظام الفرعي للمراجعة، ويفحص بناء الجملة. استعادة استعادة " -"الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "تحقق من بناء الجملة حيث ترسل القواعد عن طريق auditctl إلى النظام الفرعي للمراجعة، ويفحص بناء الجملة. استعادة استعادة الإعدادات من/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \n" @@ -867,45 +780,43 @@ "استدعاء auditctl. اضغط تحميل يفتح مربع\n" " حوار اختيار ملف إذا كنت قادرًا على تحميل كمثال ملف قواعد.\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "المر&سل" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "مساحة ال&قرص" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "ق&واعد لـ 'auditctl'" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "تم تأمين قواعد auditctl." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." msgstr "لمتابعة عملية تكوين مراجعة Linux، يجب تثبيت حزمة %1 ." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -917,63 +828,63 @@ "يمكنك استخدام الوحدة النمطية 'سجل النظام' من مجموعة \n" "'متفرقات' في مركز التحكم YaST." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين المراجعة" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "قراءة تكوين auditd" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف القواعد" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من حالة auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف القواعد..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحالة..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة auditd.conf." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة audit.rules." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -981,12 +892,12 @@ "هل تريد بدء التشغيل وتمكين بدء التشغيل في وقت تشغيل معين \n" "أم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك فقط الآن؟" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "لا يعمل برنامج المحرك 'auditd'.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -996,29 +907,29 @@ "يستخدم محرك الشبكة برنامج محرك قيد التشغيل للمراجعة لتسجيل مراجعة\n" "الأحداث لـ /var/log/audit/audit.log )افتراضي).\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج المحرك للمراجعة" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "تشغيل وت&مكين" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "ت&شغيل" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "ع&دم التشغيل" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "لا يمكن بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك المراجعة." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1030,37 +941,37 @@ "'تمكين العلامة'، ولكن لجعل التغيير نشط\n" "يتطلب إعادة التشغيل.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المراجعة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة القواعد" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة القواعد..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "القواعد مقفلة بالفعل." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -1070,27 +981,27 @@ "إذا كان الجواب نعم، ستتم كتابة القواعد الجديدة إلى/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "وبعد ذلك يتعين إعادة تشغيل النظام.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "فشل إعادة تشغيل برنامج محرك المراجعة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى auditd.conf." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "الرجاء تشغيل yast2-auditd-laf مرة أخرى والتحقق من القواعد." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "ملف السجل" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/auth-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,199 +14,179 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "اسم النطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "ربط اسم المجال بالنطاق (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "ربط اسم مجال حرف البدل بالنطاق (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم الإدارة (اختياري)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم توزيع المفتاح الرئيسي (اختياري)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "مراكز توزيع المفتاح (اختياري إذا كان الاكتشاف التلقائي عبر DNS ممكنًا)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "عمليات ربط مخصصة للأسماء الأساسية بأسماء المستخدمين" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "الاسم الأساسي" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة لربط الأسماء الأساسية بأسماء المستخدمين" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "الرجاء كتابة اسم مضيف مركز توزيع المفتاح:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "الرجاء كتابة القاعدة auth_to_local" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"الرجاء كتابة الاسم الأساسي واسم المستخدم بالتنسيق \"princ_name = user_name\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "الرجاء كتابة الاسم الأساسي واسم المستخدم بالتنسيق \"princ_name = user_name\":" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال اسم النطاق." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "الموقع الافتراضي لملف Keytab" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير TGS (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير البطاقات (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "أنواع تشفير جلسات العمل (مفصول بمسافة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين إضافية مطلوب وضعها في البطاقة (مفصول بفاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "إعادة تعيين" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "في حالة انقطاع الاتصال:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "أعد محاولة العملية بدون توقف" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "لا تقم بإعادة المحاولة وقم بإفشال العملية" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "مهلة ربط العمليات بالثواني" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "مهلة عمليات البحث بالثواني" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "استخدام دليل كموفر هوية (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "مصادقة عبر Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام مصادقة LDAP القديم (pam_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من " -"\"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام مصادقة LDAP القديم (pam_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المستخدم من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل " -"قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المجموعة من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل " -"قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات sudoers من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات sudoers لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء " -"تعطيل قاعدة بيانات sudo لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات sudoers لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات sudo لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية " -"SSSD. \n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، " -"الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول " -"المستخدم\"." +"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية SSSD. \n" +"قبل أن تتمكن من استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP (nss_ldap)، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال عنوان URI للخادم." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال الاسم المميز لأساس البحث." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "تم اتصال خادم LDAP على عنوان URI %s بنجاح!" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -216,12 +196,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "تم اتصال خادم LDAP على المضيف %s بنجاح" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -231,12 +211,10 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" @@ -245,494 +223,464 @@ "\n" "هل ما زلت ترغب في تمكين الذاكرة المؤقتة؟" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا باستخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين.\n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من مصادقة Kerberos (pam_krb5)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة " -"تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." +"قبل أن تتمكن من مصادقة Kerberos (pam_krb5)، الرجاء تعطيل SSSD من \"إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(غير محدد)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف النطاق '%s'؟" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "قم بالسماح لمستخدمي LDAP بالمصادقة (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "قم بتخزين إدخالات LDAP بصورة مؤقتة للحصول على استجابة أسرع (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "قم بإنشاء الدليل الرئيسي تلقائيًا" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "قراءة العناصر التالية من مصدر بيانات LDAP:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "المستخدمون" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "المجموعات" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "أوامر المستخدم الفائق (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "مواقع قرص الشبكة (توصيل تلقائي)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" msgstr "إدخال مواقع خادم LDAP (مفصول بمسافة) بأي من هذه التنسيقات:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- عنوان IP للمضيف أو اسمه، ورقم المنفذ (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- عنوان URI (ldap://server:port، ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "الاسم المميز لأساس البحث (على سبيل المثال، dc=example،dc=com)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "الاسم المميز لربط المستخدم (اتركه فارغًا لربط المستخدم المجهول)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "كلمة سر ربط المستخدم (اتركها فارغة لربط المستخدم المجهول)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "قم بتعريف أعضاء المجموعة حسب أسمائهم المميزة (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "اترك اتصالات LDAP مفتوحة للطلبات المتعاقبة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "قم بتأمين اتصال LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "لا تستخدم الأمان" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "اتصال آمن عبر TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "اتصال آمن عبر StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "اختبار الاتصال" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "الخيارات الموسعة" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "قم بالسماح لمستخدمي Kerberos بالمصادقة (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "النطاق الافتراضي لتسجيل دخول المستخدم:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "جميع نطاقات المصادقة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "إضافة نطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "تحرير نطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "حذف النطاق" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "استخدام سجل DNS TXT لاكتشاف النطاقات" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "استخدام سجل DNS SVC لاكتشاف خوادم KDC" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "السماح بالتشفير غير الآمن (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "السماح لـ KDC على شبكات أخرى بإصدار بطاقات مصادقة" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "السماح للخدمات الممكنة لـ Kerberos باستخدام هوية مستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "إصدار بطاقات أقل للعنوان لأجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تتجاوز NAT" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "عميل LDAP وKerberos" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "إدارة تسجيل دخول المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تسجيل دخول المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "تكوين LDAP/Kerberos" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "اسم جهاز الكمبيوتر بالكامل" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(الاسم غير قابل للتحليل)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "مجال الشبكة" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "عناوين IP" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "مجالات الهوية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "خيارات موسعة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "مرشح الأسماء:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "بلا." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "معلمات إلزامية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "معلمات اختيارية" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "الرجاء إكمال جميع المعلمات الإلزامية التالية:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "الخيارات العمومية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "تبديل الاسم" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "التركيب التلقائي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح SSH العامة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "شهادة حساب الامتياز (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "إدارة تسجيل دخول مستخدم المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "حالة البرنامج المحرك: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "تم الإيقاف" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "السماح بتسجيل دخول مستخدم المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "تمكين مصدر بيانات المجال:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "ربط محركات أقراص الشبكة (توصيل تلقائي)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "الانضمام إلى المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "ترك المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "مسح الذاكرة المؤقتة للمجال" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "خيارات الخدمة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "خيارات المجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "حدد خيارات عمومية أو خدمة أو مجالاً لتخصيصه." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "استخدام هذا المجال" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "التسجيل في Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "الخيارات - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "الرجاء تحديد مجال من القائمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "هل ترغب بالفعل في مسح تكوين المجال %s؟" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا أسلوب Kerberos أو LDAP القديم لمصادقة " -"المستخدمين.\n" -"قبل تمكنك من استخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين، الرجاء تعطيل مصادقة Kerberos " -"وLDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"يستخدم هذا الكمبيوتر حاليًا أسلوب Kerberos أو LDAP القديم لمصادقة المستخدمين.\n" +"قبل تمكنك من استخدام SSSD لمصادقة المستخدمين، الرجاء تعطيل مصادقة Kerberos وLDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المستخدم حاليًا من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات " -"مستخدم LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مستخدم SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مستخدم LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات المجموعة حاليًا من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات " -"مجموعة LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات مجموعة SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات مجموعة LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer حاليًا من من موفر هوية " -"LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة " -"بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer حاليًا من من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات خدمات sudoer لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات Sudo بشكل عام.\n" -"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"sudo_provider\" أيضًا في\"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل " -"مجال فردي يوفر بيانات sudo." +"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"sudo_provider\" أيضًا في\"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل مجال فردي يوفر بيانات sudo." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "يقوم هذا الكمبيوتر بقراءة قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي من موفر هوية LDAP.\n" -"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل " -"قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." +"قبل أن يمكنك استخدام قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ SSSD، الرجاء تعطيل قاعدة بيانات التوصيل التلقائي لـ LDAP من \"عميل LDAP وKerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي بشكل عام.\n" -"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"autofs_provider\" أيضًا في \"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل " -"مجال فردي يوفر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي." +"الرجاء تذكر تخصيص معلمة \"autofs_provider\" أيضًا في \"الخيارات الموسعة\" لكل مجال فردي يوفر بيانات التوصيل التلقائي." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "تم تمكين مصدر بيانات MS-PAC بشكل عام.\n" -"تعتمد هذه الميزة الاختيارية على إمكانيات مجال Microsoft Active Directory " -"لديك.\n" -"قد يفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل إذا كان مجال Active Directory يفتقر إلى الدعم، " -"وفي هذه الحالة الرجاء إيقاف تشغيل هذه الميزة." +"تعتمد هذه الميزة الاختيارية على إمكانيات مجال Microsoft Active Directory لديك.\n" +"قد يفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل إذا كان مجال Active Directory يفتقر إلى الدعم، وفي هذه الحالة الرجاء إيقاف تشغيل هذه الميزة." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "هذه معلمة إلزامية ولا يمكن حذفها." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "تأكيد إزالة المعلمة: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -740,15 +688,14 @@ "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة دليل SSSD قبل المتابعة.\n" "هل لا تزال تريد إزالة المعلمة؟" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "لا يوجد مجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" @@ -756,95 +703,85 @@ "سيفشل SSSD في بدء التشغيل، وستتوفر المصادقة المحلية فقط.\n" "هل لا تزال تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "سيتم محو جميع البيانات المخزنة مؤقتًا." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"أدخل بيانات اعتماد مستخدم AD (على سبيل المثال، المسؤول) لتسجيل جهاز " -"الكمبيوتر هذا أو إعادة تسجيله:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "أدخل بيانات اعتماد مستخدم AD (على سبيل المثال، المسؤول) لتسجيل جهاز الكمبيوتر هذا أو إعادة تسجيله:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "وحدة مؤسسية اختيارية مثل \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "الكتابة فوق تكوين Samba ليعمل مع AD هذا" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(لا يمكن تطبيقه في محرر AutoYast)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا عبر DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(خطأ في DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" "لا تنطبق متطلبات تسجيل AD على خدمة تحديد الاسم.\n" "الرجاء تكوين بيئة الشبكة لاستخدام خادم AD كمحدد للاسم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "مسجل بالفعل" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "لم يتم تسجيله بعد" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "تسجيل Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "الحالة الحالية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "جارٍتجميع الحالة..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كل من اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"تم حفظ تفاصيل تسجيل AD لـ AutoYast. الرجاء الوضع في الاعتبار أنه يتم حفظ " -"كلمة سر مستخدم AD كنص عادي." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "تم حفظ تفاصيل تسجيل AD لـ AutoYast. الرجاء الوضع في الاعتبار أنه يتم حفظ كلمة سر مستخدم AD كنص عادي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -854,8 +791,8 @@ "\n" "مخرجات الأمر:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -865,1459 +802,959 @@ "\n" "مخرجات الأمر:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "تفويض مكتبة البرامج إلى الطرف الثالث (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات ملف SSSD محلية" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "خدمة الدليل العامة (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "خدمة Kerberos عامة" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "لا يوفر المجال خدمة مصادقة" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "اسم المجال (على سبيل المثال example.com)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"ما الخدمة التي توفر بيانات الهوية، مثل أسماء المستخدمين وعضويات المجموعات؟" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "ما الخدمة التي توفر بيانات الهوية، مثل أسماء المستخدمين وعضويات المجموعات؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "ما الخدمة التي تستخدم مصادقة المستخدم؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "تمكين المجال" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "يرجى إدخال اسم المجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." msgstr "يتعارض اسم المجال مع كلمة أساسية محجوزة. الرجاء اختيار اسم مختلف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "اسم المجال قيد الاستخدام بالفعل." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "إصدار بناء جملة ملف التكوين (1 أو 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"عدد المرات التي يجب على الخدمات محاولة إعادة الاتصال فيها في حالة تعطل موفر " -"بيانات أو إعادة التشغيل قبل الفشل في الاتصال تمامًا" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "عدد المرات التي يجب على الخدمات محاولة إعادة الاتصال فيها في حالة تعطل موفر بيانات أو إعادة التشغيل قبل الفشل في الاتصال تمامًا" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "يحلل التعبير العادي اسم المستخدم واسم المجال إلى مكونات" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"التنسيق الافتراضي المتوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم " -"الاسم/المجال إلى اسم مميز مؤهل تمامًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "التنسيق الافتراضي المتوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم الاسم/المجال إلى اسم مميز مؤهل تمامًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"استخدام آلية inotify أو عدم استخدامها لمراقبة resolv.conf لتحديث محلل DNS " -"الداخلي" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "استخدام آلية inotify أو عدم استخدامها لمراقبة resolv.conf لتحديث محلل DNS الداخلي" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"دليل في نظام الملفات حيث يجب تخزين ملفات الذاكرة المؤقتة لإعادة تشغيل " -"Kerberos بواسطة SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "دليل في نظام الملفات حيث يجب تخزين ملفات الذاكرة المؤقتة لإعادة تشغيل Kerberos بواسطة SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "اسم مجال افتراضي لجميع الأسماء دون مكون اسم مجال" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"مستوى تفاصيل التسجيل. يمكن أن يكون رقميًا (0-9) أو قناعًا كبيرًا 0x0010 (أدنى " -"مستوى) أو 0xFFF (أعلى مستوى)" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "مستوى تفاصيل التسجيل. يمكن أن يكون رقميًا (0-9) أو قناعًا كبيرًا 0x0010 (أدنى مستوى) أو 0xFFF (أعلى مستوى)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "إضافة طابع زمني إلى رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "إضافة وحدات ميكروثانية إلى الطابع الزمني في رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "المهلة بالثواني بين عمليات heartbeat لهذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"الحد الأقصى لعدد واصفات الملفات التي يمكن فتحها مرة واحدة بواسطة عملية خدمة " -"SSSD" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد واصفات الملفات التي يمكن فتحها مرة واحدة بواسطة عملية خدمة SSSD" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"عدد الثواني التي يمكن لعميل عملية SSSD الاحتفاظ بواصف ملف بدون الاتصال خلالها" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "عدد الثواني التي يمكن لعميل عملية SSSD الاحتفاظ بواصف ملف بدون الاتصال خلالها" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"ستتلقى الخدمة SIGTERM بعد هذا العدد من الثواني من فشل فحص حالة الاتصال " -"المتعاقب" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "ستتلقى الخدمة SIGTERM بعد هذا العدد من الثواني من فشل فحص حالة الاتصال المتعاقب" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"كم ثانية يستغرقها تخزين تعدادات nss_sss مؤقتاً (طلبات الحصول على معلومات حول " -"كل المستخدمين)؟" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "كم ثانية يستغرقها تخزين تعدادات nss_sss مؤقتاً (طلبات الحصول على معلومات حول كل المستخدمين)؟" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تعيين ذاكرة الإدخال المؤقتة إلى تحديث الإدخالات تلقائيًا في الخلفية إذا " -"كانت الإدخالات مطلوبة بنسبة خارج نطاق قيمة entry_cache_timeout للمجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "يمكن تعيين ذاكرة الإدخال المؤقتة إلى تحديث الإدخالات تلقائيًا في الخلفية إذا كانت الإدخالات مطلوبة بنسبة خارج نطاق قيمة entry_cache_timeout للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"تحديد كم عدد الثواني التي يجب على nss_sss تخزين نتائج الذاكرة المؤقتة " -"السالبة مؤقتًا خلالها (أي الاستعلامات عن إدخالات غير صالحة في قاعدة البيانات، " -"على سبيل المثال إدخالات غير موجودة) قبل الاستعلام من قاعدة البيانات الموجودة " -"على الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "تحديد كم عدد الثواني التي يجب على nss_sss تخزين نتائج الذاكرة المؤقتة السالبة مؤقتًا خلالها (أي الاستعلامات عن إدخالات غير صالحة في قاعدة البيانات، على سبيل المثال إدخالات غير موجودة) قبل الاستعلام من قاعدة البيانات الموجودة على الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "استبعاد مستخدمين معينين من الإحضار بواسطة خلفية SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "استبعاد مجموعات معينة من الإحضار بواسطة خلفية SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"إذا كنت لا تزال تريد أن يظل المستخدم الذي تمت تصفيته واحداً من أعضاء " -"المجموعة، فقم بتعيين هذا الخيار على خطأ." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "إذا كنت لا تزال تريد أن يظل المستخدم الذي تمت تصفيته واحداً من أعضاء المجموعة، فقم بتعيين هذا الخيار على خطأ." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "تجاوز الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم. يمكنك إدخال إما قيمة مطلقة أو قالب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"تعيين قالب افتراضي للدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم إذا لم يتم تحديد قالب بوضوح " -"بواسطة موفر بيانات المجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "تعيين قالب افتراضي للدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم إذا لم يتم تحديد قالب بوضوح بواسطة موفر بيانات المجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "تجاوز برنامج الواجهة شل لتسجيل الدخول لجميع المستخدمين." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "قصر واجهة المستخدم شل للمستخدم على إحدى القيم المدرجة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "استبدال أي مثيل لبرامج الواجهة شل هذه بـ shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم تثبيت برنامج واجهة " -"شل المسموح به على الجهاز." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم تثبيت برنامج واجهة شل المسموح به على الجهاز." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم إرجاع برنامج واجهة " -"شل أثناء البحث بواسطة الموفر." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي الذي يتم استخدامه إذا لم يتم إرجاع برنامج واجهة شل أثناء البحث بواسطة الموفر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي يتم خلاله اعتبار قائمة المجالات الفرعية صالحة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي يتم خلاله اعتبار قائمة المجالات الفرعية صالحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي ستظل السجلات صالحة في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "تحديد الوقت بالثواني الذي ستظل السجلات صالحة في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"إذا كان موفر المصادقة غير متصل، فكم من الوقت يتم السماح لعمليات تسجيل الدخول " -"المخزنة مؤقتاً (بالأيام منذ آخر عملية تسجيل دخول ناجحة)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "إذا كان موفر المصادقة غير متصل، فكم من الوقت يتم السماح لعمليات تسجيل الدخول المخزنة مؤقتاً (بالأيام منذ آخر عملية تسجيل دخول ناجحة)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"الوقت بالدقائق الذي يتعين مروره بعد الوصول إلى offline_failed_login_attempts " -"قبل إتاحة محاولة تسجيل دخول جديدة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "الوقت بالدقائق الذي يتعين مروره بعد الوصول إلى offline_failed_login_attempts قبل إتاحة محاولة تسجيل دخول جديدة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "التحكم في نوع الرسائل التي يتم إظهارها للمستخدم أثناء التصديق." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة لكل طلب PAM يتم بينما يكون SSSD متصلاً، سيقوم SSSD بمحاولة تحديث " -"معلومات الهوية المخزَّنة مؤقتًا فورًا للمستخدم للتأكد من إجراء التصديق باستخدام " -"أحدث المعلومات." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "بالنسبة لكل طلب PAM يتم بينما يكون SSSD متصلاً، سيقوم SSSD بمحاولة تحديث معلومات الهوية المخزَّنة مؤقتًا فورًا للمستخدم للتأكد من إجراء التصديق باستخدام أحدث المعلومات." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "عرض تحذير قبل N من الأيام قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تقييم سمتي sudoNotBefore وsudoNotAfter اللتين تقوما " -"بتنفيذ إدخالات خدمات sudoer." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تقييم سمتي sudoNotBefore وsudoNotAfter اللتين تقوما بتنفيذ إدخالات خدمات sudoer." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"تحديد عدد الثواني التي سيظل خلالها مستجيب autofs يخزن مرات دخول سلبية مؤقتاً " -"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "تحديد عدد الثواني التي سيظل خلالها مستجيب autofs يخزن مرات دخول سلبية مؤقتاً قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تجزئة عناوين المضيفين وأسمائهم في ملف known_hosts " -"المُدار." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تجزئة عناوين المضيفين وأسمائهم في ملف known_hosts المُدار." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بمضيف في ملف known_hosts المُدار " -"بعدما يتم طلب مفاتيح المضيف الخاصة به." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بمضيف في ملف known_hosts المُدار بعدما يتم طلب مفاتيح المضيف الخاصة به." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"حدود UID وGID للمجال. إذا كان المجال يحتوي على إدخال يقع خارج نطاق هذه " -"الحدود، يتم تجاهله." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "حدود UID وGID للمجال. إذا كان المجال يحتوي على إدخال يقع خارج نطاق هذه الحدود، يتم تجاهله." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "قراءة جميع الإدخالات من قاعدة بيانات الخلفية (زيادة حمل الخادم)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"إذا لم تنته الخدمة بعد “force_timeout” ثانية، فسوف توقفها الشاشة إجبارياً عن " -"طريق إرسال إشارة SIGKILL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "إذا لم تنته الخدمة بعد “force_timeout” ثانية، فسوف توقفها الشاشة إجبارياً عن طريق إرسال إشارة SIGKILL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها الإدخالات صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب " -"الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها الإدخالات صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المستخدم صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " -"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المستخدم صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المجموعة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " -"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات المجموعة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات netgroup صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " -"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات netgroup صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات الخدمة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss " -"قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها إدخالات الخدمة صالحة بالنسبة إلى nss_sss قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها القواعد صالحة بالنسبة إلى sudo قبل طلب " -"الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها القواعد صالحة بالنسبة إلى sudo قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها خرائط الموصل التلقائي صالحة بالنسبة إلى " -"خدمة autofs قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "كم عدد الثواني التي تعتبر خلالها خرائط الموصل التلقائي صالحة بالنسبة إلى خدمة autofs قبل طلب الخادم مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "تخزين بيانات الاعتماد في الذاكرة المؤقتة للاستخدام دون اتصال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالإدخالات في الذاكرة المؤقتة بعد آخر " -"تسجيل دخول ناجح قبل إزالتها أثناء تنظيف الذاكرة المؤقتة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالإدخالات في الذاكرة المؤقتة بعد آخر تسجيل دخول ناجح قبل إزالتها أثناء تنظيف الذاكرة المؤقتة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر التعريف المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"استخدام المجال والاسم الكامل (كما تم تنسيقه بواسطة full_name_format للمجال) " -"كاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم المبلَّغ عنه إلى NSS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "استخدام المجال والاسم الكامل (كما تم تنسيقه بواسطة full_name_format للمجال) كاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم المبلَّغ عنه إلى NSS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "موفر التصديق المُستخدم للمجال" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر التحكم في الوصول المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج عمليات تغيير كلمة السر للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر SUDO المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج تحميل إعدادات selinux." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "الموفر الذي يجب أن يعالج إحضار المجالات الفرعية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "موفر autofs المستخدم للمجال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "الموفر المستخدم لاسترداد معلومات هوية المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"تعبير عادي لهذا المجال والذي يصف كيفية تحليل السلسلة التي تحتوي على اسم " -"المستخدم والمجال في هذه المكونات." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "تعبير عادي لهذا المجال والذي يصف كيفية تحليل السلسلة التي تحتوي على اسم المستخدم والمجال في هذه المكونات." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"تنسيق متوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم (الاسم، المجال) " -"إلى اسم مؤهل تمامًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "تنسيق متوافق مع printf(3) والذي يصف كيفية تحويل مجموعة قيم (الاسم، المجال) إلى اسم مؤهل تمامًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"توفير القدرة على تحديد مجموعة العناوين المفضلة لاستخدامها عند إجراء عمليات " -"البحث لـ DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "توفير القدرة على تحديد مجموعة العناوين المفضلة لاستخدامها عند إجراء عمليات البحث لـ DNS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"تحديد مقدار الوقت (بالثواني) لانتظار الحصول على رد من محلل DNS قبل افتراض " -"عدم القدرة على الوصول إليه." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "تحديد مقدار الوقت (بالثواني) لانتظار الحصول على رد من محلل DNS قبل افتراض عدم القدرة على الوصول إليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"تحديد جزء المجال لاستعلام DNS لاستكشاف الخدمة إذا كان استكشاف الخدمة مستخدمًا " -"في تطبيق الخادم." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "تحديد جزء المجال لاستعلام DNS لاستكشاف الخدمة إذا كان استكشاف الخدمة مستخدمًا في تطبيق الخادم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "استبدال قيمة GID بالقيمة المحددة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "التعامل مع أسماء المستخدمين والمجموعات على أنها متحسسة لحالة الأحرف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"عند البحث عن مستخدم أو مجموعة حسب الاسم في موفر الوكيل، يتم إجراء بحث ثانٍ " -"حسب المعرف بغرض 'جعل الشكل مقبولاً' للاسم في حال كان الاسم المطلوب اسمًا " -"مستعارًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "عند البحث عن مستخدم أو مجموعة حسب الاسم في موفر الوكيل، يتم إجراء بحث ثانٍ حسب المعرف بغرض 'جعل الشكل مقبولاً' للاسم في حال كان الاسم المطلوب اسمًا مستعارًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"استخدام homedir هذا كقيمة افتراضية لجميع المجالات الفرعية ضمن هذا المجال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "استخدام homedir هذا كقيمة افتراضية لجميع المجالات الفرعية ضمن هذا المجال." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمستخدمين المسموح لهم بتسجيل الدخول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المسموح لها بتسجيل الدخول. ولا ينطبق ذلك إلا " -"على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المسموح لها بتسجيل الدخول. ولا ينطبق ذلك إلا على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المرفوض وصولها بوضوح. وينطبق ذلك فقط على " -"المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للمجموعات المرفوض وصولها بوضوح. وينطبق ذلك فقط على المجموعات التي تقع ضمن مجال SSSD هذا." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"تقوم الأدوات بإلحاق اسم تسجيل الدخول بـ base_directory واستخدام ذلك على أنه " -"الدليل الرئيسي." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "تقوم الأدوات بإلحاق اسم تسجيل الدخول بـ base_directory واستخدام ذلك على أنه الدليل الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين الجدد بشكل افتراضي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين الجدد بشكل افتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إزالة دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين المحذوفين بشكل " -"افتراضي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "الإشارة إلى ما إذا كان يجب إزالة دليل رئيسي للمستخدمين المحذوفين بشكل افتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"مستخدَم بواسطة sss_useradd(8) لتحديد الأذونات الافتراضية في دليل رئيسي منشأ " -"حديثًا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "مستخدَم بواسطة sss_useradd(8) لتحديد الأذونات الافتراضية في دليل رئيسي منشأ حديثًا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"دليل البنية الذي يحتوي على الملفات والدلائل المطلوب نسخها في الدليل الرئيسي " -"للمستخدم عندما يتم إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي بواسطة sss_useradd(8)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "دليل البنية الذي يحتوي على الملفات والدلائل المطلوب نسخها في الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم عندما يتم إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي بواسطة sss_useradd(8)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "دليل مجمع البريد." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "الأمر الذي يتم تشغيله بعد إزالة أحد المستخدمين." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" -"(خاص بـ Active Directory) استخدام سمة مجموعات الرمز المميز في حال توفرها" +msgstr "(خاص بـ Active Directory) استخدام سمة مجموعات الرمز المميز في حال توفرها" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين URI (‏ldap://) لخوادم LDAP (مفصولة باستخدام الفاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري لتقييد عمليات البحث الخاصة بقاعدة sudo لـ LDAP. تتمثل " -"القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري لتقييد عمليات البحث الخاصة بقاعدة sudo لـ LDAP. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على " -"SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفاصلة لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على " -"SSSD الاتصال بها مع ترتيبها حسب الأفضلية لتغيير كلمة السر لأحد المستخدمين." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفاصلة لمعرفات URI الخاصة بخوادم LDAP التي يتعين على SSSD الاتصال بها مع ترتيبها حسب الأفضلية لتغيير كلمة السر لأحد المستخدمين." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "الاسم المميز الأساسي لعمليات بحث LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "نوع مخطط LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "الاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط المطلوب استخدامه لإجراء عمليات LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "نوع الرمز المميز للتصديق للاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "الرمز المميز للتصديق للاسم المميز الافتراضي للربط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال المستخدم في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم تسجيل الدخول للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المجموعة الرئيسية للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لحقل gecos للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على اسم الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على مسار برنامج الواجهة شل الافتراضي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مستخدم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مستخدم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ آخر تغيير لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ آخر تغيير لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأدنى لعمر لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأدنى لعمر لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأقصى لعمر لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (الحد الأقصى لعمر لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة التحذير لكلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة التحذير لكلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة عدم نشاط كلمة السر)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (فترة عدم نشاط كلمة السر)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow أو ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow، " -"تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ " -"انتهاء صلاحية الحساب)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=shadow أو ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP المقابلة لنظير shadow(5) الخاص بها (تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت آخر تغيير لكلمة السر في kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت آخر تغيير لكلمة السر في kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP " -"التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر الحالية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ ووقت انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر الحالية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة " -"LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الحساب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة " -"LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين حقل وحدة البت للتحكم في حساب المستخدم." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=ad، تحتوي هذه المعلمة على اسم سمة LDAP التي تقوم بتخزين حقل وحدة البت للتحكم في حساب المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds أو ما يعادلها، تحدد هذه المعلمة " -"ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds أو ما يعادلها، تحدد هذه المعلمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا " -"بالوصول أم لا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة ما إذا كان مسموحًا بالوصول أم لا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة تاريخ انتهاء " -"صلاحية الوصول الممنوح." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة تاريخ انتهاء صلاحية الوصول الممنوح." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة توقيت منح الوصول " -"بالساعة واليوم والأسبوع." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "عند استخدام ldap_account_expire_policy=nds، تحدد هذه السمة توقيت منح الوصول بالساعة واليوم والأسبوع." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الاسم الأساسي لمستخدم Kerberos (UPN)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على مفاتيح SSH العامة للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"قد تقوم بعض خوادم الدليل، على سبيل المثال Active Directory، بتسليم جزء " -"المجال لـ UPN بأحرف صغيرة، والذي قد يؤدي إلى فشل التصديق." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "قد تقوم بعض خوادم الدليل، على سبيل المثال Active Directory، بتسليم جزء المجال لـ UPN بأحرف صغيرة، والذي قد يؤدي إلى فشل التصديق." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "تعيين هذا الخيار إلى صواب إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام مجال بأحرف كبيرة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"تحديد عدد الثواني التي يتعين على SSSD انتظارها قبل تحديث ذاكرته المؤقتة " -"للسجلات التي تم تعدادها." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "تحديد عدد الثواني التي يتعين على SSSD انتظارها قبل تحديث ذاكرته المؤقتة للسجلات التي تم تعدادها." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"تحديد عدد مرات فحص الذاكرة المؤقتة بحثًا عن وجود إدخالات غير نشطة (مثل " -"مجموعات بدون أرقام أو مستخدمين لم يقوموا بتسجيل الدخول مطلقًا) وإزالتها " -"لتوفير مساحة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "تحديد عدد مرات فحص الذاكرة المؤقتة بحثًا عن وجود إدخالات غير نشطة (مثل مجموعات بدون أرقام أو مستخدمين لم يقوموا بتسجيل الدخول مطلقًا) وإزالتها لتوفير مساحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة للاسم الكامل للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تقوم بإدراج عضويات المجموعات للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=authorized_service، سوف يقوم " -"SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة authorizedService في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد " -"امتياز الوصول." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=authorized_service، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة authorizedService في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=host، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام " -"وجود سمة المضيف في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "في حالة access_provider=ldap وldap_access_order=host، سوف يقوم SSSD باستخدام وجود سمة المضيف في إدخال LDAP للمستخدم لتحديد امتياز الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال مجموعة في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لمعرف المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على أسماء أعضاء المجموعة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن مجموعة LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على objectSID لكائن مجموعة LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على الطابع الزمني للتعديل الأخير في الكائن الرئيسي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"إذا تم تعيين ldap_schema إلى تنسيق المخطط الذي يدعم المجموعات المتداخلة (على " -"سبيل المثال، RFC2307bis)، فمن ثم يتحكم هذا الخيار في عدد مستويات التداخل " -"التي سوف يتم اتباعها بواسطة SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "إذا تم تعيين ldap_schema إلى تنسيق المخطط الذي يدعم المجموعات المتداخلة (على سبيل المثال، RFC2307bis)، فمن ثم يتحكم هذا الخيار في عدد مستويات التداخل التي سوف يتم اتباعها بواسطة SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد " -"تزيد من سرعة عمليات البحث عن المجموعة في التوزيعات ذات المجموعات المركبة أو " -"شديدة التداخل." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد تزيد من سرعة عمليات البحث عن المجموعة في التوزيعات ذات المجموعات المركبة أو شديدة التداخل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد " -"تزيد من سرعة عمليات initgroups (ولا سيما عند التعامل مع المجموعات المركبة أو " -"شديدة التداخل)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "يوجه هذا الخيار SSSD إلى الاستفادة من ميزة خاصة بـ Active Directory والتي قد تزيد من سرعة عمليات initgroups (ولا سيما عند التعامل مع المجموعات المركبة أو شديدة التداخل)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " طبقة الكائن لإدخال netgroup في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "سمة LDAP المقابلة لاسم netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على أسماء أعضاء netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على القيم الثلاثية لـ netgroup‏ (المضيف، المستخدم، " -"المجال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على القيم الثلاثية لـ netgroup‏ (المضيف، المستخدم، المجال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على UUID/GUID لكائن LDAP netgroup." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال خدمة في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على اسم سمات الخدمة وأسمائها المستعارة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على المنفذ المُدار بواسطة هذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "سمة LDAP التي تحتوي على البروتوكولات التي يتم فهمها بواسطة هذه الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث خدمة LDAP لنوع " -"السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث خدمة LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap بالعمل قبل أن يتم " -"إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم " -"الاتصال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap لتعدادات " -"المستخدمين والمجموعات بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم " -"تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يُسمح خلالها لعمليات بحث ldap لتعدادات المستخدمين والمجموعات بالعمل قبل أن يتم إلغاؤها وإعادة النتائج التي تم تخزينها بشكل مؤقت (ويتم إدخال وضع عدم الاتصال)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يتم بعدها إرجاع poll(2)/select(2) التالية لـ " -"connect(2) في حالة عدم وجود أي نشاط." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "تحديد المهلة (بالثواني) التي يتم بعدها إرجاع poll(2)/select(2) التالية لـ connect(2) في حالة عدم وجود أي نشاط." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم بعدها إيقاف الاستدعاءات الخاصة بواجهات LDAP API " -"المتزامنة إذا لم يتم استلام أي استجابة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم بعدها إيقاف الاستدعاءات الخاصة بواجهات LDAP API المتزامنة إذا لم يتم استلام أي استجابة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "تحديد مهلة (بالثواني) يتم خلالها الاحتفاظ بالاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"تحديد عدد السجلات المطلوب استردادها من LDAP في طلب فردي. تعمل بعض خوادم LDAP " -"على فرض حد أقصى لكل طلب." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "تحديد عدد السجلات المطلوب استردادها من LDAP في طلب فردي. تعمل بعض خوادم LDAP على فرض حد أقصى لكل طلب." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "تعطيل التحكم في ترحيل LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"عند الاتصال بخادم LDAP باستخدام SASL، حدد الحد الأدنى من مستوى الأمان اللازم " -"لإنشاء الاتصال." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "عند الاتصال بخادم LDAP باستخدام SASL، حدد الحد الأدنى من مستوى الأمان اللازم لإنشاء الاتصال." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"حدد عدد أعضاء المجموعة الواجب عدم تواجدهم في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية كي يتم " -"تشغيل بحث عدم مرجعية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "حدد عدد أعضاء المجموعة الواجب عدم تواجدهم في الذاكرة المؤقتة الداخلية كي يتم تشغيل بحث عدم مرجعية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "مراجعة شهادة الخادم في جلسة LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على الشهادات لجميع المراجع المصدقة التي سوف يتعرف " -"عليها sssd." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على الشهادات لجميع المراجع المصدقة التي سوف يتعرف عليها sssd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"تحديد مسار الدليل الذي يحتوي على شهادات المراجع المصدقة في ملفات فردية " -"منفصلة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "تحديد مسار الدليل الذي يحتوي على شهادات المراجع المصدقة في ملفات فردية منفصلة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على شهادة مفتاح العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على مفتاح العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "تحديد مجموعات برامج التشفير المقبولة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "تحديد أنه يتعين على اتصال id_provider استخدام tls أيضًا لحماية القناة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"تحديد أنه يتعين على SSSD محاولة ربط معرفات المجموعات والمستخدمين من سمتي " -"ldap_user_objectsid وldap_group_objectsid بدلاً من الاعتماد على " -"dap_user_uid_number وldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "تحديد أنه يتعين على SSSD محاولة ربط معرفات المجموعات والمستخدمين من سمتي ldap_user_objectsid وldap_group_objectsid بدلاً من الاعتماد على dap_user_uid_number وldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "تحديد آلية SASL المطلوب استخدامها." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "تحديد معرف تخويل SASL المطلوب استخدامه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "تحديد مجال SASL المطلوب استخدامه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"إذا تم التعيين على صواب، فستقوم مكتبة LDAP بإجراء بحث عكسي لجعل شكل اسم " -"المضيف مقبولاً أثناء ربط SASL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "إذا تم التعيين على صواب، فستقوم مكتبة LDAP بإجراء بحث عكسي لجعل شكل اسم المضيف مقبولاً أثناء ربط SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "تحديد keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند استخدام SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "تحديد أنه يجب على id_provider تهيئة بيانات اعتماد Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "تحديد عمر TGT بالثواني إذا ما تم استخدام GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "حدد السياسة لتقييم انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر من جانب العميل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يجب تمكين تعقب الإحالة التلقائي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها للعثور على خادم LDAP والذي يسمح بتغييرات " -"كلمة السر عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "تحديد اسم الخدمة المطلوب استخدامها للعثور على خادم LDAP والذي يسمح بتغييرات كلمة السر عند تمكين استكشاف الخدمة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تحديث سمة ldap_user_shadow_last_change بالأيام منذ " -"Epoch بعد عملية تغيير كلمة سر." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يتم تحديث سمة ldap_user_shadow_last_change بالأيام منذ Epoch بعد عملية تغيير كلمة سر." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"إذا كان استخدام access_provider = ldap وldap_access_order = filter " -"(الافتراضي)، فإن هذا الخيار يعد إلزامياً. فهو يحدد معيار تصفية بحث LDAP الذي " -"يجب استيفاؤه للمستخدم لكي يُمنح صلاحية الوصول على هذا المضيف." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "إذا كان استخدام access_provider = ldap وldap_access_order = filter (الافتراضي)، فإن هذا الخيار يعد إلزامياً. فهو يحدد معيار تصفية بحث LDAP الذي يجب استيفاؤه للمستخدم لكي يُمنح صلاحية الوصول على هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" يمكن تمكين تقييم من جانب العميل لسمات التحكم في الوصول باستخدام هذا الخيار." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " يمكن تمكين تقييم من جانب العميل لسمات التحكم في الوصول باستخدام هذا الخيار." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "قائمة مفصولة بفاصلات لخيارات التحكم في الوصول." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "تحديد كيفية إلغاء مرجعية الاسم المستعار عند إجراء بحث." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"السماح بالاحتفاظ بالمستخدمين الحاليين كأعضاء في مجموعة LDAP للخوادم التي " -"تستخدم مخطط RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "السماح بالاحتفاظ بالمستخدمين الحاليين كأعضاء في مجموعة LDAP للخوادم التي تستخدم مخطط RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث autofs الخاصة " -"بـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث autofs الخاصة بـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مجموعة LDAP " -"لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مجموعة LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث netgroup لـ " -"LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث netgroup لـ LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مستخدم LDAP " -"لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "اسم مميز أساسي اختياري ومجال بحث ومرشح LDAP لتقييد عمليات بحث مستخدم LDAP لنوع السمة هذا. تتمثل القيمة الافتراضية في ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "طبقة الكائن لإدخال ربط توصيل تلقائي في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "اسم إدخال ربط توصيل تلقائي في LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." msgstr "مفتاح إدخال توصيل تلقائي في LDAP. عادةً ما يقابل الإدخال نقطة توصيل." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عنوان IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos " -"التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها، مع الترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "تحديد القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم Kerberos التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها، مع الترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "نطاق Kerberos (مثل EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"إذا لم تكن خدمة تغيير كلمة السر قيد التشغيل في KDC، يمكن تحديد خوادم بديلة " -"هنا." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "إذا لم تكن خدمة تغيير كلمة السر قيد التشغيل في KDC، يمكن تحديد خوادم بديلة هنا." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "الدليل الذي يتم تخزين بيانات الاعتماد المخزنة مؤقتاً عليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "موقع الذاكرة المؤقتة لبيانات اعتماد المستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" المهلة بالثواني بعدما يتم رفض طلب تغيير كلمة سر أو طلب تصديق عبر الإنترنت." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " المهلة بالثواني بعدما يتم رفض طلب تغيير كلمة سر أو طلب تصديق عبر الإنترنت." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"التحقق بمساعدة krb5_keytab من إجراء المحاكاة الخداعية لـ TGT الذي تم الحصول " -"عليه." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "التحقق بمساعدة krb5_keytab من إجراء المحاكاة الخداعية لـ TGT الذي تم الحصول عليه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"موقع keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند التحقق من صحة بيانات الاعتماد التي تم " -"الحصول عليها من مراكز KDC." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "موقع keytab المطلوب استخدامه عند التحقق من صحة بيانات الاعتماد التي تم الحصول عليها من مراكز KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"تخزين كلمة السر للمستخدم إذا كان الموفر غير متصل واستخدامها لطلب TGT عندما " -"يكون الموفر متصلاً مرة أخرى." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "تخزين كلمة السر للمستخدم إذا كان الموفر غير متصل واستخدامها لطلب TGT عندما يكون الموفر متصلاً مرة أخرى." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"طلب بطاقة قابلة للتجديد بإجمالي عمر يتم تحديده كرقم صحيح ويكون متبوعًا مباشرة " -"بوحدة وقت." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "طلب بطاقة قابلة للتجديد بإجمالي عمر يتم تحديده كرقم صحيح ويكون متبوعًا مباشرة بوحدة وقت." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "اطلب بطاقة مدى الحياة، تعطى كرقم صحيح متبوع مباشرةً بوحدة زمنية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "الوقت بالثواني بين عمليتي فحص إذا كان يجب تجديد TGT." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"تمكين الاتصال النفقي الآمن للتصديق المرن (FAST) للتصديق المسبق لـ Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "تمكين الاتصال النفقي الآمن للتصديق المرن (FAST) للتصديق المسبق لـ Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "تحديد الخادم الأساسي المطلوب استخدامه لـ FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "تحديد ما إذا كان يجب جعل شكل الاسم الأساسي للمستخدم والمضيف مقبولاً." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "تحديد اسم مجال Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD التي يجب على " -"SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "القائمة المفصولة بفواصل لعناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم AD التي يجب على SSSD الاتصال بها بالترتيب حسب الأفضلية." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"اسم مضيف AD (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز " -"المؤهل بالكامل المستخدَم بواسطة AD لتحديد هذا المضيف." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "اسم مضيف AD (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدَم بواسطة AD لتحديد هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "تجاوز الدليل الرئيسي للمستخدم." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" تحديد الحد الأدنى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لتعيين معرفات خدمة " -"المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " تحديد الحد الأدنى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لتعيين معرفات خدمة المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"تحديد الحد الأقصى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لربط معرفات خدمة " -"المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "تحديد الحد الأقصى لنطاق معرفات POSIX المطلوب استخدامه لربط معرفات خدمة المجموعة ومستخدم Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "تحديد عدد المعرفات المتاحة لكل شريحة." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "حدد معرف خدمة المجال للمجال الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "حدد اسم المجال الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"تغيير سلوك خوارزمية تعيين المعرف بحيث تكون أكثر شبهًا لخوارزمية " -"“idmap_autorid” لـ winbind." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "تغيير سلوك خوارزمية تعيين المعرف بحيث تكون أكثر شبهًا لخوارزمية “idmap_autorid” لـ winbind." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "تحديد اسم مجال IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "عناوين IP أو أسماء المضيفين لخوادم IPA (مفصولة باستخدام فاصلة)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"اسم مضيف IPA (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم " -"المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدم بواسطة IPA لتحديد هذا المضيف." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "اسم مضيف IPA (اختياري) - يمكن تعيينه إذا كان hostname(5) لا يعكس الاسم المميز المؤهل بالكامل المستخدم بواسطة IPA لتحديد هذا المضيف." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "موقع المُوصل التلقائي الذي سيستخدمه عميل IPA المحدد." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"يطلب هذا الخيار من SSSD تحديث خادم DNS المضمن في الإصدار الثاني من FreeIPA " -"بعنوان IP لهذا العميل تلقائياً." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "يطلب هذا الخيار من SSSD تحديث خادم DNS المضمن في الإصدار الثاني من FreeIPA بعنوان IP لهذا العميل تلقائياً." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "قيمة TTL المطلوب تطبيقها على سجل DNS العميل عند تحديثه." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"اختر الواجهة التي يجب استخدام عنوان IP الخاص بها مع تحديثات DNS الديناميكية." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "اختر الواجهة التي يجب استخدام عنوان IP الخاص بها مع تحديثات DNS الديناميكية." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/base.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,132 +27,132 @@ "تقوم بإجرائها بواسطة Chef لاحقًا.\n" "قم بمتابعة التكوين باستخدام YaST؟" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "طباعة التعليمات الخاصة بهذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "طباعة إصدار تفصيلي لتعليمات هذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "طباعة إصدار تفصيلي لتعليمات هذه الوحدة النمطية بتنسيق XML" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج الواجهة شل التفاعلي للتحكم في الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "إنهاء الوضع التفاعلي وحفظ التغييرات" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "إيقاف الوضع التفاعلي بدون حفظ التغييرات" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "طباعة التعليمات الخاصة بهذا الأمر" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "إظهار معلومات التقدم" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "مكان تخزين مخرجات XML" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "لا تدعم وحدة YaST2 النمطية هذه واجهة سطر الأوامر." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالأوامر المتاحة." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات yast2 %1' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالأوامر المتاحة." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "أمر غير معروف: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "لا يحتوي الخيار '%1' على قيمة." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "خيار غير معروف للأمر '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للخيار '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للخيار '%1' -- المتوقع '%2' والمستلَم %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "لا يمكن أن يحتوي الخيار '%1' على أية قيمة. القيمة المعطاة: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات %1 %2' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "استخدم 'تعليمات yast2 %1 %2' للحصول على قائمة كاملة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "" "الوحدة النمطية %1\n" " لتكوين YaST\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تعليمات" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "الأمر '%1'" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ "\n" " خيارات:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -178,193 +178,184 @@ "\n" " مثال:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "هذه وحدة نمطية لـ YaST." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "بناء الجملة الأساسي:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr "yast2 %1 <command> [مسهب] [خيارات]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr "تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr "<command> [خيارات]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr "تعليمات <command>" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "الأوامر:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تعليمات." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<خطأ: تعليمات غير صالحة>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"قم بتشغيل 'تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>' للحصول على قائمة بالخيارات المتاحة." +msgstr "قم بتشغيل 'تعليمات yast2 %1 <command>' للحصول على قائمة بالخيارات المتاحة." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') مفقود. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') فارغ. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "اسم الملف الهدف (خيار 'xmlfile') فارغ. استخدم خيار سطر الأوامر xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "أو '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "حدد الأمر '%1'." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "حدد أحد الأوامر: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "حدد أحد الأوامر فقط: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "لا تتوفر واجهة مستخدم لهذه الوحدة النمطية." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "تهيئة" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "تم" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "إنهاء (بدون تغييرات)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "نعم أم لا؟" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "حفظ y2logs إلى..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "حفظ سجلات YaST إلى %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -372,17 +363,17 @@ "تعذر حفظ سجلات YaST إلى %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات بالقرب من نهاية الملف.'%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -392,86 +383,86 @@ "يرجى أيضًا إرفاق جميع سجلات YaST المخزنة في الدليل '%2' .\n" "انظر %3 لمزيد من المعلومات حول سجلات YaST." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&حفظ سجلات YaST..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "خطأ في التثبيت" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "تحميل إلى حزمة الذاكرة '%s'" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "إزالة من حزمة الذاكرة '%s'" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف تدفق عمل لوضع التثبيت هذا." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت أم إحباطه؟" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "متاب&عة التثبيت" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "إيقاف الت&ثبيت" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "هل تريد إضافة منتج جديد على أية حال؟" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -493,28 +484,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "حدث خطأ داخلي عند تكامل التدفق الإضافي." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "قيمة %1 غير صالحة." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "غير متاح" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -524,13 +515,13 @@ "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة في كل مرة يتم تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر فيها، قم بتعيين\n" " %1. بخلاف ذلك، قم بتعيين %2." -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -539,59 +530,58 @@ msgstr "" "<big>بدء تشغيل الخدمة</big> \n" "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة في كل مرة يتم تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر فيها، قم بتعيين\n" -"%1. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة باستخدام برنامج المحركxinetd، قم بتعيين %3</" -"b>.\n" +"%1. لبدء تشغيل الخدمة باستخدام برنامج المحركxinetd، قم بتعيين %3.\n" "وبخلاف ذلك قم بتعيين %2." -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "أثناء التشغيل" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "باستخدام برنامج xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "باستخدام &برنامج xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "الخدمة قيد التشغيل" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "الخدمة ليست قيد التشغيل" -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -601,11 +591,11 @@ "لبدء تشغيل الخدمة أو إيقافها فورًا، استخدم \n" " %1 أو %2." -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -613,49 +603,49 @@ "لحفظ كافة التغييرات وإعادة بدء\n" "الخدمة فورًا، استخدم %3.\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة الآن" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمة الآن" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "حفظ التغييرات وإعادة بدء الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "ب&دء تشغيل الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "إي&قاف الخدمة الآن" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "ح&فظ التغييرات وإعادة بدء الخدمة الآن" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "تشغيل وإيقاف تشغيل" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -665,39 +655,39 @@ "لتخزين الإعدادات في LDAP بدلاً من ملفات التكوين الأصلية،\n" " قم بتعيين %1." -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "دعم LDAP نشط" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "د&عم LDAP نشط" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "علامة تبويب" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&لأعلى" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "لأ&سفل" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -707,38 +697,38 @@ "لأنه قيد الاستخدام.\n" " توقف أولاً عن استخدامه في التكوين." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "تعذر حذف مفتاح TSIG." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف بمفتاح التصديق" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف لمفتاح التصديق" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "اسم الملف المحدد هو دليل موجود." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "الملف المحدد موجود. هل تريد إعادة كتابته؟" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد معرف مفتاح TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -746,8 +736,8 @@ "المفتاح ذو المعرف المحدد موجود ومستخدَم.\n" "هل تريد إزالته؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -755,28 +745,28 @@ "تم العثور على مفتاح بالمعرف المحدد\n" "على القرص لديك. هل تريد إزالته؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "سيتم إنشاء المفتاح الآن. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء مفتاح TSIG." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "الملف المحدد غير موجود." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "لا يحتوي الملف المحدد على أي مفتاح TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -786,8 +776,8 @@ "معرف بعض المفاتيح الموجودة مسبقًا.\n" " ستتم إزالة المفاتيح القديمة. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -795,8 +785,8 @@ "<big>إدارة مفاتيح TSIG</big> \n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لإدارة مفاتيح TSIG.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -806,8 +796,8 @@ "لإضافة أحد مفاتيح TSIG المنشأة مسبقًا، حدد اسم الملف\n" " الذي يحتوي على المفتاح ثم انقر فوقإضافة.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -819,8 +809,8 @@ " إنشاء المفتاح فيه وبتعيين معرف المفتاح لتحديد المفتاح ثم انقر فوق\n" " إنشاء.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -836,83 +826,83 @@ " الخادم، فإنه يتعذر حذفه. يجب أن يتوقف الخادم عن استخدامه\n" " في التكوين أولاً.\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "إضافة مفتاح TSIG موجود" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "إنشاء مفتاح TSIG جديد" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "م&عرف المفتاح" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "إن&شاء" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح TSIG الحالية" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "معرف المفتاح" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "الخيار المحد&د" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "الخيار الحالي:" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "الخيار المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "مغيَر" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "خيار" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -922,8 +912,8 @@ "لتحرير الإعدادات، اختر الإدخال\n" " المناسب من الجدول ثم انقر فوق تحرير." -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -931,8 +921,8 @@ "لإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. لإزالة\n" "أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -940,8 +930,8 @@ "يعرض العمود مغيَر الموجود بالجدول ما إذا \n" "كان قد تم تغيير الخيار." -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -951,39 +941,39 @@ "واستخدم لأعلى ولأسفل لتحريكه لأعلى أو لأسفل\n" " في القائمة." -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "لم يتم تكوين الجهاز" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "اضغط تحرير ليتم التكوين" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل الوحدات النمطية، الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "مركز تحكم YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -991,13 +981,13 @@ "لا يعمل مركز تحكم YaST2 كجذر.\n" "لن ترى سوى الوحدات النمطية التي لا تتطلب امتيازات الجذر" -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "التحكم في ncurses لـ YaST باستخدام لوحة المفاتيح" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1007,26 +997,17 @@ msgstr "" "1) عام \n" "تنقل عبر عناصر مربع الحوار باستخدام المفتاح [TAB] للانتقال إلى\n" -" العنصر التالي وباستخدام المفتاح [SHIFT] (أو المفتاح [ALT])‏ + المفتاح [TAB] " -"للانتقال للخلف.\n" +" العنصر التالي وباستخدام المفتاح [SHIFT] (أو المفتاح [ALT])‏ + المفتاح [TAB] للانتقال للخلف.\n" " حدد العناصر أو قم بتنشيطها باستخدام مفتاح المسافة [SPACE] أو [ENTER].\n" " تستخدم بعض العناصر مفاتيح الأسهم (مثال، للتمرير خلال القوائم)." -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"يتم تطبيق التنقل الشجري عن طريق مفاتيح الأسهم أيضاً. لفتح فرع أو إغلاقه، " -"استخدم مفتاح المسافة [SPACE]. وبالنسبة للوحدات النمطية التي تعرض شجرة (قد " -"تظهر على شكل قائمة) من عناصر التكوين على الجانب الأيمن، استخدم مفتاح الإدخال " -"[ENTER] للحصول على مربع الحوار المقابل على الجانب الأيسر." +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "يتم تطبيق التنقل الشجري عن طريق مفاتيح الأسهم أيضاً. لفتح فرع أو إغلاقه، استخدم مفتاح المسافة [SPACE]. وبالنسبة للوحدات النمطية التي تعرض شجرة (قد تظهر على شكل قائمة) من عناصر التكوين على الجانب الأيمن، استخدم مفتاح الإدخال [ENTER] للحصول على مربع الحوار المقابل على الجانب الأيسر." -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1034,8 +1015,8 @@ "الأزرار مزودة بمفاتيح اختصار (الحرف\n" "المميز). استخدم المفتاح [ALT] والحرف لتنشيط الزر." -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1043,8 +1024,8 @@ "اضغط [ESC] لإغلاق إطارات التحديد المنبثقة (مثال، من\n" "أزرار القوائم) دون أن يتم اختيار أي شيء.\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1056,11 +1037,10 @@ "نظرًا لتأثير البيئة على استخدام لوحة المفاتيح،\n" " فهناك أكثر من طريقة للتنقل بين صفحات مربع الحوار.\n" " إذا كان مفتاحا [TAB] و[SHIFT] (أو مفتاحا [ALT])‏ + [TAB] لا يعملان،\n" -" يمكنك الانتقال إلى الأمام باستخدام [CTRL]‏ + [F] والانتقال إلى الخلف " -"باستخدام [CTRL] + ‏[B]." +" يمكنك الانتقال إلى الأمام باستخدام [CTRL]‏ + [F] والانتقال إلى الخلف باستخدام [CTRL] + ‏[B]." -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1070,25 +1050,22 @@ "حاول استخدام [ESC] + [الحرف]. مثال: [ESC] + ‏[H] بدلاً من [ALT] + ‏[H].\n" " يعتبر استخدام [ESC] + ‏[TAB] أيضًا بديلاً لاستخدام [ALT] + ‏[TAB]." -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) مفاتيح الوظائف \n" -"توفر مفاتيح F صلاحية وصول سريعة إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. وتظهر روابط مفاتيح " -"الوظائف لمربع الحوار الحالي في السطر السفلي." +"توفر مفاتيح F صلاحية وصول سريعة إلى الوظائف الرئيسية. وتظهر روابط مفاتيح الوظائف لمربع الحوار الحالي في السطر السفلي." -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" -msgstr "" -"عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:" +msgstr "عادةً ما تكون المفاتيح الوظيفية مرتبطة بإجراء معين، على النحو التالي:" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1112,8 +1089,8 @@ " F9 = إيقاف أو إلغاء \n" " F10 = موافق أو التالي أو إنهاء أو قبول " -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1121,92 +1098,81 @@ "في بعض البيئات، لا تكون بعض المفاتيح الوظيفية\n" "أو كلها متاحة." -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "إعادة التشغيل بعد حفظ الإعدادات" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "إعادة التحميل بعد حفظ الإعدادات" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "حالة الخدمة" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الحالة الحالية</big> \n" -"تعرض الحالة الحالية للخدمة. ستظل الحالة كما هي بعد حفظ الإعدادات، بشكل مستقل " -"عن قيمة \"بدء الخدمة أثناء التمهيد\".\n" +"تعرض الحالة الحالية للخدمة. ستظل الحالة كما هي بعد حفظ الإعدادات، بشكل مستقل عن قيمة \"بدء الخدمة أثناء التمهيد\".\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"وهذا قابل للتطبيق فقط إذا كانت الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا. يضمن أن تقوم الخدمة " -"قيد التشغيل حاليًا بإعادة تحميل التكوين الجديد بعد حفظه (إما إنهاء مربع " -"الحوار أو الضغط على زر التطبيق).\n" +"وهذا قابل للتطبيق فقط إذا كانت الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا. يضمن أن تقوم الخدمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا بإعادة تحميل التكوين الجديد بعد حفظه (إما إنهاء مربع الحوار أو الضغط على زر التطبيق).\n" "<big>بدء التشغيل أُثناء تمهيد النظام </big> \n" -"قم بتحديد هذا الحقل لتمكين الخدمة عند تمهيد النظام. وقم بإلغاء تحديده لتعطيل " -"الخدمة. ولا يؤثر ذلك على الحالة الحالية للخدمة في النظام قيد التشغيل بالفعل " -"بالفعل.\n" +"قم بتحديد هذا الحقل لتمكين الخدمة عند تمهيد النظام. وقم بإلغاء تحديده لتعطيل الخدمة. ولا يؤثر ذلك على الحالة الحالية للخدمة في النظام قيد التشغيل بالفعل بالفعل.\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "البدء أثناء تمهيد النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "يعمل" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "التوقف الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "متوقف" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "البدء الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1214,9 +1180,9 @@ "بالرغم من وجود المسار %1، فإنه ليس دليلاً.\n" "هل تريد متابعة العملية أم إلغاءها؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1224,9 +1190,9 @@ "المسار %1 غير موجود.\n" "هل تريد إنشاءه الآن؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1234,225 +1200,225 @@ "فشل إنشاء الدليل %1.\n" "هل تريد متابعة العملية الحالية أم إلغاءها؟\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&نعم" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&لا" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "إن&هاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "إ&يقاف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "إيقاف الت&ثبيت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "ت&جاهل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "التا&لي" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "ج&ديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "ال&خلف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "قب&ول" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "&عدم قبول" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "إ&نهاء" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "إع&ادة المحاولة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "ا&ستبدال" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "لأس&فل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "تح&ديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "إ&زالة" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "ت&جديد" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&تعليمات" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "تثب&يت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "ع&دم التثبيت" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "إنزا&ل" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "حف&ظ" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "إيقا&ف" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "إغلا&ق" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "استعرا&ض..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "إن&شاء" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "تخط&ي" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "اس&م الملف" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة الس&ر" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "خيارا&ت" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1460,34 +1426,34 @@ "تعذر على الأداة YaST متابعة التكوين\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "تعذرت إعادة بدء الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "تعذر إيقاف الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1497,19 +1463,19 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الملف '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1519,19 +1485,19 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "تعذر فتح الملف '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1541,18 +1507,18 @@ "\n" " السبب: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1562,16 +1528,16 @@ "\n" " الوصف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "يجب استكمال هذا العنصر." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1581,8 +1547,8 @@ ".\n" "هل تريد إنشاءه؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1590,85 +1556,85 @@ "تم تغيير المجال.\n" "يجب إعادة التشغيل لتفعيل التغييرات." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "عدم إظهار هذه الرسالة مرة أخر&ى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "تعذر ضبط الخدمة '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "المعلمة '%1' مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الدليل '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الإعدادات الحالية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "فشل البرنامج النصي لـ SuSEconfig." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث تكوين النظام..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على ملف الإصدار %{file}" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف إصلاح نظام YaST؟" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "إيقاف إصلاح النظام" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "متابعة إ&صلاح النظام" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1678,10 +1644,10 @@ "لن يتم تثبيت Linux.\n" " سيظل القرص الصلب لديك بدون أي تغيير." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1693,9 +1659,9 @@ " وبالتالي فإنه قد يكون قابلاً للاستخدام أو غير قابل للاستخدام.\n" " ربما يلزمك إعادة التثبيت.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1705,221 +1671,221 @@ "لن تتمكن من استخدام Linux.\n" " ستحتاج إلى إعادة التثبيت." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "الرسائل" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "عرض الرسائل: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للرسائل: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "تسجيل الرسائل: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "تحذيرات" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "عرض التحذيرات: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للتحذيرات: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "تسجيل التحذيرات: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "الأخطاء" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "عرض الأخطاء: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "تحديد مهلة للأخطاء: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "تسجيل الأخطاء: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "تحذير:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "خطأ:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "رسالة:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "لم يتم تكوينه بعد." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشافه." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. UI elements ids:<table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. UI elements ids:<table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "مت&غير" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm مفقود، قم بتثبيت حزمة Xterm." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح GPG الخاصة" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1927,14 +1893,14 @@ "<big>مفتاح GPG الخاص</big> \n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بمفاتيح GPG الخاصة." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح GPG العامة" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1942,33 +1908,31 @@ "<big>مفتاح GPG العام</big> \n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بمفاتيح GPG العامة." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "إنشاء مف&تاح GPG جديد..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>إنشاء مفتاح GPG جديد</big> \n" -"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح الدليل الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> " -"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" +"يبدأ تشغيل <tt> gpg --gen-key</tt>، راجع متصفح الدليل الخاص بـ <tt>gpg</tt> للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" " اضغط ‎‎Ctrl ‎+ ‏C‎ للإلغاء.\n" " " -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "ع&بارة المرور لمفتاح GPG %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1976,25 +1940,25 @@ "<big>عبارة المرور</big> \n" "أدخل عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "إدخال عبارة المرور" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "أدخل عبارة المرور لإلغاء قفل مفتاح GPG %1:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "أدخل رسالة سجل لوصف التغييرات التي قمت بها." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Displayed Log</big> \n" "Use Log to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" @@ -2004,8 +1968,8 @@ "استخدم الخيار سجل لتحديد السجل المطلوب عرضه. سيتم عرضه في\n" " الحقل الموجود أدناه.\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>The Log</big> \n" "This screen displays the log." @@ -2013,8 +1977,8 @@ "<big>السجل</big> \n" "تعرض هذه الشاشة السجل." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click %1\n" @@ -2024,8 +1988,8 @@ "لمعالجة الإجراءات المتقدمة أو لحفظ السجل في أحد الملفات، انقر فوق %1\n" " ثم حدد الإجراء المطلوب معالجته." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions, click %1\n" @@ -2035,8 +1999,8 @@ "لمعالجة الإجراءات المتقدمة، انقر فوق %1\n" " ثم حدد الإجراء المطلوب معالجته." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "\n" "To save the log into a file, click Save Log and select the file\n" @@ -2046,58 +2010,58 @@ "لحفظ السجل في أحد الملفات، انقر فوق حفظ السجل ثم حدد الملف\n" " الذي سيتم حفظ السجل به.\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "متق&دم" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "سجل" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "س&جل" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "حف&ظ السجل" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "حفظ السجل باسم..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة السجل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "منطقة غير معروفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2105,46 +2069,46 @@ "لم يتم تخصيص الواجهة '%1' إلى أية منطقة بجدار الحماية.\n" "قم بتشغيل جدار حماية YaST2 وبتخصيص الواجهة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "منطقة خارجية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "منطقة داخلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "منطقة عامة" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "بروتوكول RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2158,220 +2122,219 @@ " لذلك يوصى بالإبقاء على التكوين وبإصلاحه يدويًا في\n" " الملف '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "التحقق من وجود أجهزة على الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين الحالي" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "التحقق من الخدمات المحتمل تعارضها" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من وجود أجهزة على الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين الحالي..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من وجود خدمات محتمل تعارضها..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "ضبط خدمة جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "فشلت كتابة الإعدادات" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "البروتوكول (%1) غير معروف" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "الخدمة التي تحمل الاسم '%{service_name}' غير موجودة" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "الخدمة: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "منطقة الحظر" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "منطقة الإسقاط" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "منطقة المنزل" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "منطقة عامة" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "منطقة موثوق بها" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "منطقة العمل" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "خدمة %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "خدمة غير معروفة '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "لا يمكن ضبط جدار الحماية أثناء المرحلة الأولى من التثبيت." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت حزمة جدار الحماية." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "جدار الحماية معطَّل" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مغلق" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مفتوح على كافة الواجهات" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "منفذ جدار الحماية مفتوح على الواجهات المحددة" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "لا توجد واجهات اتصال بالشبكة مكونة" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين واجهة لأي منطقة" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "واج&هات اتصال بالشبكة بمنفذ مفتوح في جدار الحماية" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون " -"تحديد:\n" +"لا يمكن ترك واجهات شبكة الاتصال المعينة إلى شبكة الاتصال الداخلية بدون تحديد:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2383,8 +2346,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2398,10 +2361,10 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2415,23 +2378,23 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "واج&هات اتصال بالشبكة بمنفذ مفتوح في جدار الحماية" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&عدم التحديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2439,8 +2402,8 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء فحص حالة الخدمة:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2448,23 +2411,22 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تعيين حالة الخدمة:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big> \n" -"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الكمبيوتر " -"البعيدة،\n" +"لفتح جدار الحماية بحيث يتم السماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة،\n" " قم بتعيين %1. " -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2472,8 +2434,8 @@ "لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ عليها،\n" "انقر فوق %2. " -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2481,467 +2443,467 @@ "يصبح هذا الخيار متاحًا فقط في حالة\n" "تمكين جدار الحماية." -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "تفاصيل جدار الحماية" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "فتح منفذ في &جدار الحماية" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "ت&فاصيل جدار الحماية..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "إعدادت جدار الحماية لـ %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "جدار الحماية مفتوح" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "مودم" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة الشبكة" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "عنوان إضافي" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة ARCnet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "نمط النقل غير المتزامن (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "اتصال Bluetooth" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "الربط" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "شبكة الربط" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "وصول الارتباط العام للكمبيوتر (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "بطاقة ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "واجهة قناة إلى قناة (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "اتصال DSL" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "وهمي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "جهاز الشبكة الوهمية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)?" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "إيثرنت" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة إيثرنت" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة FDDI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)?" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "واجهة متوازية عالية الأداء (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "واجهة Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "اتصال ISDN" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة يعمل بالأشعة تحت الحمراء" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "جهاز أشعة تحت الحمراء" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle ?(IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة OSA LCS" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "استرجاع" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "جهاز الاسترجاع" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة Myrinet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "خط متوازٍ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "اتصال خط متوازٍ" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "جهاز OSA-Express أو QDIO (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "جهاز تغليف IPv6-in-IPv4" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "خط تسلسلي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "اتصال خط تسلسلي" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة USB" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "جهاز شبكة VMWare" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "لاسلكي" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة شبكة لاسلكية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "شبكة XP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "شبكة LAN الظاهرية" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "جسر" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "جسر الشبكة" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "الشبكة TUNnel" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "الشبكة TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "جهاز InfiniBand" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "عنوان DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص عنوان IP" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "نوع الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "متصل" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن أجهزة مضيفة بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&خوادم NFS" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة البعيد&ة" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "الدلائل الم&صدَّرة" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2953,10 +2915,10 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة بالفعل؟" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2966,7 +2928,7 @@ "أعد بدء تشغيل التثبيت وكوّن الشبكة في Linuxrc\n" "أو قم بالمتابعة بدون شبكة." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2978,8 +2940,8 @@ "الأداة الإضافية Network Manager أو YaST وقم ببدء تشغيل هذه الوحدة النمطية\n" "مرة أخرى أو تابع بدون شبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -2989,161 +2951,125 @@ "ويمكن أن يتراوح رقم المنفذ بين 0 و65535.\n" " غير مسموح بوجود مسافة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية " -"لجدار الحماية" +msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة داخلية لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية " -"لجدار الحماية" +msgstr "تم العثور على جهاز جديد بالشبكة '%1'؛ وقد تمت إضافته باعتباره واجهة خارجية لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت SuSEfirewall2، سيتم تعطيل جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تم تمكين جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">تعطيل</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "تم تمكين جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">تعطيل</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تم تعطيل جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">تمكين</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "تم تعطيل جدار الحماية (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">تمكين</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "تم حظر المنفذ (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">فتح</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، " -"ولكن لا \n" +"منفذ SSH مفتوح (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)، ولكن لا \n" "يوجد أية واجهات شبكة اتصال تم تكوينها" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام على SSH، إلا أنك لم تفتح منفذ SSH على جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام على SSH، إلا أنك لم تفتح منفذ SSH على جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد مفتوحة (VNC) (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد مفتوحة (VNC) (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">إغلاق</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تم حظر منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" -"\">فتح</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "تم حظر منافذ الإدارة عن بُعد (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">فتح</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ " -"VNC على جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "إنك تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام الإدارة عن بُعد (VNC)، إلا أنك لم تفتح منافذ VNC على جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "منافذ الهدف iSCSI مفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "تم حظر منافذ الهدف iSCSI" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام هدف iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنافذ اللازمة على " -"جدار الحماية." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "تقوم بتثبيت نظام باستخدام هدف iSCSI، إلا أنك لم تفتح المنافذ اللازمة على جدار الحماية." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "يجب تثبيت هذه الحزم:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "يجب إزالة هذه الحزم:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "إ&لغاء التثبيت" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من وجود تعارضات الملفات..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." msgstr "اكتشاف تعارضات الملف قيد التقدم." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3153,8 +3079,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3164,120 +3090,116 @@ "ملفات بنفس الاسم ولكن بمحتويات مختلفة. في حالة المتابعة\n" "سيتم استبدال الملفات المتعارضة مع فقدان المحتوى السابق." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "تم اكتشاف تعارض ملف" msgstr[1] "تم اكتشاف تعارض ملاحظة" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "ستكون هذه الرسالة متوفرة على %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "إنزال الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "إنزال الحزمة" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "الحزمة %1 معطلة، فشل التحقق من السلامة." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة محاولة تثبيت الحزمة مرة أخرى؟" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد إيقاف التثبيت؟" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "الخطأ: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "قد يؤدي تجاهل فشل التحميل في تعطيل النظام.\n" -"يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة " -"البرامج..\n" +"يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة البرامج..\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن إلغاء تثبيت الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزمة %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "إلغاء تثبيت الحزمة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "تثبيت الحزمة" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "فشلت إزالة الحزمة %1." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة %1." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "قد يؤدي تجاهل فشل الحز مة إلى تعطيل النظام.\n" "يجب التحقق من النظام في وقت لاحق من خلال تشغيل الوحدة النمطية لإدارة البرامج." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "يوفر المخزن الموجود في عنوان URL المحدد الآن معرف وسائط مختلفًا.\n" @@ -3285,30 +3207,30 @@ " استخدام هذا المخزن، وقم ببدء تشغيل مخازن التثبيت من خلال \n" "مركز تحكم YaST وقم بتحديث المخزن.\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "الجانب A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "الجانب B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (قرص %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (وسيط %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3316,8 +3238,8 @@ "إدراج\n" "'%1'" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3329,8 +3251,8 @@ "%2.\n" "تحقق إذا كان الدليل متاحًا." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3342,178 +3264,178 @@ "%2.\n" "تحقق من أن الخادم قابلًا للوصول." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "تخطي تحديث تلقائي" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "إخر&اج" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "إ&خراج وسيط الأقراص المضغوطة أو أقراص الفيديو الرقمية تلقائيًا" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة محاولة التثبيت مرة أخرى؟" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "هل تريد تخطي الوسيط؟" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجاهل الوسيط التالف..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "إنشاء مخزن %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "تم حدوث خطأ أثناء إنشاء المستودع." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "تعذر استرداد وصف المخزن البعيد." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استرداد بيانات التعريف الجديدة." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "المخزن غير صالح." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "بيانات تعريف المخزن غير صالحة." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة المحاولة؟" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "فحص مخزن %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء فحص المخزن." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "تفاصيل فحص المخزن." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "بيانات تعريف المخزن غير صالحة." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "المخزن %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال حزمة RPM لدلتا %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "إنزال حزمة RPM لدلتا" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تطبيق حزمة RPM لدلتا %1..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "تطبيق حزمة RPM لدلتا" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "الحزمة:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "بدء تشغيل اسكربت %1 (التصحيح %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "تشغيل الاسكربت" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "التصحيح:" -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "الاسكربت:" -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "مخرجات اسكربت" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3521,8 +3443,8 @@ "التصحيح: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3536,37 +3458,37 @@ "ملاحظة: في حالة تخطي التحديث لبعض الحزم\n" "ربما تكون مفقودة أو قديمة." -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&تخطي التجديد" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "إنزال" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "إنزال: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "التحقق من قاعدة بيانات الحزمة" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "إعادة بناء قاعدة بيانات الحزمة. تستغرق هذه العملية بعض الوقت." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3574,17 +3496,17 @@ "فشل إعادة بناء قاعدة بيانات الحزمة:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "تحويل قاعدة بيانات الحزمة. تستغرق هذه العملية بعض الوقت." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3592,44 +3514,44 @@ "فشل تحويل قاعدة بيانات الحزمة:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات RPM..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "قراءة الحزم المثبتة" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "فحص قاعدة بيانات RPM..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة الهدف." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة بيانات RPM" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "تصديق المستخدم" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3639,26 +3561,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "الحجم:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "المتبقي من الوقت لإعادة المحاولة التلقائية: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3666,7 +3588,7 @@ "لا تزال PackageKit قيد التشغيل (ربما مشغولة).\n" "محاولة الخروج من PackageKit مرة أخرى؟" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3680,17 +3602,17 @@ "\n" "محاولة الخروج من PackageKit ؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "فشل الوصول إلى مدير البرامج" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3698,8 +3620,8 @@ "هل تريد المتابعة دون الوصول إلى \n" "مدير البرامج أو إعادة المحاولة للوصول إليه؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3709,20 +3631,20 @@ "الاستمرار دون الوصول إلى مدير البرامج،\n" "أو الإيقاف؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "هل تريد إيقاف العملية أو المحاولة مرة أخرى؟\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "هل تقبل اتفاقية الترخيص هذه؟" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3730,13 +3652,13 @@ "توجد تبعيات غير محلولة يتعين \n" "حلها يدويًا في مدير البرامج." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3746,13 +3668,13 @@ "بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة،\n" " فقد لا تعمل الأداة YaST بشكل صحيح.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "تعذرت المتابعة بدون تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3760,29 +3682,28 @@ "إذا قمت بالمتابعة بدون تثبيت الحزم \n" "المطلوبة، فقد لا تعمل الأداة YaST بشكل صحيح.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "تأكيد ترخيص الحزمة: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "أوا&فق" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "لا أواف&ق" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3795,14 +3716,12 @@ "لقبول ترخيص الحزمة، انقر فوق أوافق.\n" "لرفض ترخيص الحزمة، انقر فوق لا أوافق." -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3812,7 +3731,7 @@ " \t\t الأيمن. لعرض وصف لأحد العناصر، حدده في القائمة.\n" " \t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3826,7 +3745,7 @@ " \t\t من خلال قائمة السياق، يمكنك أيضًا تغيير حالة كافة العناصر.\n" " \t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3838,11 +3757,10 @@ " \t\t حيث يمكنك عرض حزم البرامج الفردية وتحديدها.\n" " \t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3852,136 +3770,131 @@ "\n" "\t\t تعرض شاشة استخدام القرص في الركن الأيسر السفلي مساحة القرص المتبقية\n" " \t\t بعد أن يتم إجراء كافة التغييرات المطلوبة.\n" -" \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى " -"انخفاض مستوى أداء\n" +" \t\t تؤدي أقسام الأقراص الصلبة الممتلئة أو التي أوشكت على الامتلاء إلى انخفاض مستوى أداء\n" " \t\t النظام ويمكن أن تسبب مشكلات في بعض الحالات.\n" " \t\t يحتاج النظام بعض المساحة المتوفرة على القرص للتشغيل بشكل صحيح.\n" " \t\t " -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "تحديد البرامج ومهام النظام" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(المزيد)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "انتهى التثبيت بنجاح" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "رسالة خطأ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم الفاشلة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم المحدثة: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم التي تمت إزالتها: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "الحزم الغير مثبَّتة: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "الوقت المنقضي: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "إجمالي حجم التثبيت: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "إجمالي حجم التحميل: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "إحصائيات" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "سجل التثبيت" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "بعد تثبيت الحزم" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "عرض هذا التقرير" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "المتابعة في مدير البرامج" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>تقرير التثبيت</BIG> فيما يلي ملخص بالحزم المثبتة أو التي " -"تمت إزالتها." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>تقرير التثبيت</BIG> فيما يلي ملخص بالحزم المثبتة أو التي تمت إزالتها." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "تقرير التثبيت" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "حزم تم تحديثها" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "حزم تمت إزالتها" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "حزم متبقية" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3995,10 +3908,10 @@ "\n" " في محرر YaST sysconfig." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4016,10 +3929,10 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4037,17 +3950,17 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "حزمة غير موقعة" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "ملف غير موقع" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4063,82 +3976,80 @@ " \n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "لم يتم العثور على مجموع اختباري للملف %1 في المستودع.\n" "يعني ذلك أن الملف جزء من المستودع الموقَّع،\n" -"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد " -"يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n" +"إلا أن قائمة المجموعات الاختبارية على هذا المستودع لا تذكر هذا الملف. قد يعرِّض استخدام الملف\n" "سلامة النظام للخطر.\n" "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على مجموع اختباري" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "المعرف: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "البصمة: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "الاسم: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "إنشاء: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "انتهاء مدة الصلاحية: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "المعرف: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "الاسم:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "البصمة:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4160,8 +4071,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4183,13 +4094,13 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تثبيته على أي حال؟\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "فشل تدقيق المراجعة" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4209,8 +4120,8 @@ " \n" "هل تريد تثبيتها على أي حال؟" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4230,13 +4141,13 @@ " \n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GnuPG غير معروف" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4258,8 +4169,8 @@ "النظام الخاص بك للخطر. من الأمان أن تقوم\n" "بتخطي الحزمة.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4281,18 +4192,18 @@ "النظام الخاص بك للخطر. من الأمان أن تقوم\n" "بتخطي الملف.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "موقَّّع باستخدام مفتاح عام غير موثوق به" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&مفتاح الوثوق والاستيراد" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4303,24 +4214,22 @@ "قد يقوم المالك بتوزيع تحديثات\n" "وحزم ومخازن حزم التي سيثق بها النظام لديك ويسارع إلى\n" " التثبيت والتحديث دون تحذير مسبق. بهذه الطريقة،\n" -"يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك " -"المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n" +"يتيح استيراد المفتاح إلى حلقة المفاتيح الخاصة بالمفاتيح الموثوق بها لمالك المفتاح مقدارًا من التحكم\n" " بالبرامج الموجودة بالنظام لديك." -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "يتم فتح مربع حوار تحذير لكل حزمة لم يتم توقيعها بمفتاح\n" "(مستورد) موثوق به. إذا كنت لا تثق في المفتاح، فإن الحزم أو المستودعات\n" "التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة مالك المفتاح لن يتم استخدامها." -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4330,8 +4239,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4343,24 +4252,24 @@ "يجب أن تتأكد من أنك تثق بالمالك وأن\n" "المفتاح يخص هذا المالك بالفعل قبل استيراده." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "تحذير: انتهت صلاحية المفتاح!" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "استيراد مفتاح GnuPG غير الموثوق به" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&ثقة" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4382,21 +4291,20 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "تشفير غير صحيح" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4409,93 +4317,86 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "تشفير غير معروف" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "يتم الآن التثبيت..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "الوسائط" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "المتبقي" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "الوقت" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "الإجراءات التي تم تنفيذها:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"إحباط التثبيت يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر إحباط . " -"ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال أو " -"قد لا يمكن تشغيله إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "إحباط التثبيت يمكن إحباط تثبيت الحزمة باستخدام الزر إحباط . ومع ذلك، يمكن أن يكون النظام في حالة غير متناسقة أو غير صالحة للاستعمال أو قد لا يمكن تشغيله إذا لم يتم تثبيت مكونات النظام الأساسية." -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "ملاحظات إصدار %s" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "عرض ال&شرائح" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "إجراء الترقية" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "إجراء التثبيت" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "تثبيت الحزمة" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4503,606 +4404,606 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل\n" "إنهاء التثبيت؟" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الملف." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "سجل النظام (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "جهاز غير مصنف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "جهاز متوافق مع VGA غير مصنف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التخزين كبير السعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تخزين SCSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "واجهة IDE" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم القرص المرن" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل IPI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل RAID" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التخزين كبير السعة غير معروف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الشبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Ethernet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة Token ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة FDDI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم شبكة ATM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ISDN" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Myrinet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم العرض" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوافق مع VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوافق مع XGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ثلاثي الأبعاد" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم فيديو تعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم صوت متعدد الوسائط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "جهاز هتفية الكمبيوتر" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الذاكرة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "ذاكرة الوصول العشوائي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "الذاكرة المحمولة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "جسر المضيف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "جسر ISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "جسر EISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "جسر MicroChannel" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "جسر PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "جسر PCMCIA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "جسر NuBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "جسر CardBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "جسر RACEway" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "جسر PCI إلى PCI شبه شفاف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "جسر InfiniBand إلى مضيف PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم متوازٍ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تسلسلي متعدد المنافذ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "جهاز طرفي عام للنظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم DMA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "ميقاتي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم PCI hotplug" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "الجهاز الطرفي للنظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لجهاز الإدخال" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لوحة المفاتيح" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "قلم رقمي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الماوس" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الماسحة الضوئية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم منفذ الألعاب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "محطة إرساء" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "محطة إرساء عامة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "المعالج" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Coprocessor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ناقل تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ناقل ACCESS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "قناة ألياف" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم لا سلكي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم IRDA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم Consumer IR" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم RF" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم ذكي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم تلفزيون القمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات الصوتية بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم الاتصالات الصوتية بالقمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم اتصالات بيانات القمر الصناعي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم التشفير" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "جهاز تشفير الشبكة والحوسبة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "جهاز تشفير التسلية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم معالجة الإشارات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "وحدة DPIO النمطية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "عدادات الأداء" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "مزامن الاتصالات" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "الشاشة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "شاشة CRT" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "شاشة LCD" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "طبقة مستخدمة داخليًا" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "واجهة ISA PnP" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "الذاكرة الرئيسية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "النظام" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "مودم Win" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "محول ISDN" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "الماوس" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "ماوس PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "ماوس تسلسلي" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "ماوس الناقل" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "ماوس USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "جهاز تخزين كبير السعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "الشريط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "القرص المرن" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "جهاز التخزين" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "واجهة الشبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "لوحة المفاتيح" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "وحدة تحكم" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "محور شبكة" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "محور شبكة USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "شاشة برايل" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "جويستيك" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "لوحة الألعاب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "قارئ Chipcard" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "الكاميرا" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "كاميرا ويب" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "كاميرا رقمية" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت VESA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-C" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-S" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB-T" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "بطاقة التلفزيون" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "بطاقة DSL" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "جهاز Bluetooth" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5112,8 +5013,8 @@ "رمز الخروج: %{exitcode}\n" "مخرجات الخطأ: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5121,8 +5022,8 @@ "تم تغير الملف %1 يدويًا.\n" "قد يفقد YaST بعض التغييرات." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5130,13 +5031,13 @@ "تم تغيير الملف %1 يدويًا.\n" "YaST قد يتم فقدان بعض التغييرات.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "عدم إظهار هذه الرسالة مرة أخرى" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5150,13 +5051,13 @@ "تم إنشاء الملفات %s يدويًا. \n" "قد يفقد YaST هذه الملفات." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء initrd." -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5164,25 +5065,25 @@ "قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام\n" "لتنشيط kernel الجديد.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "تأكيد تنشيط برنامج التشغيل" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "اكتشفت الأداة YaST2 وجود الجهاز التالي" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل/الوحدة النمطية المطلوب تحميل&ها" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5190,8 +5091,8 @@ "يتكون عنوان MAC الصالح من ستة أزواج من أرقام سداسية\n" "عشرية مفصولة بنقطتين." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5201,8 +5102,8 @@ "يحتوي كل مكون على أحرف وأرقام وواصلات. يمكن ألا يبدأ المكون\n" " أو ينتهي بعلامة واصلة، كما أن المكون الأخير يمكن ألا يبدأ برقم." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5210,8 +5111,8 @@ "يتكون اسم المضيف الصالح من أحرف وأرقام وواصلات.\n" "ويمكن ألا يبدأ اسم المضيف أو ينتهي بعلامة واصلة.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5219,8 +5120,8 @@ "يتكون عنوان IPv4 الصالح من أربعة أعداد صحيحة\n" "تتراوح بين 0 و255 على أن تكون مفصولةً بنقاط." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5230,8 +5131,8 @@ "سداسية عشرية في النطاق 0 - FFFF مفصولة بنقطتين.\n" "يمكن أن يحتوي نقطتين مزدوجتين مرة واحدة واحد." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5249,73 +5150,73 @@ "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "بايت" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "كيبي بايت" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "ميبي بايت" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 )معدل التنزيل%2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/ثانية" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "تأكيد اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "سيقوم YaST باكتشاف الأجهزة التالية:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5327,36 +5228,36 @@ " على سبيل المثال، قد تتم قراءة بعض الإعدادات بشكل غير صحيح\n" " ومن غير المحتمل أن يكون هناك إمكانية لكتابة الإعدادات.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "مطلوب امتيازات المسؤول" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف الإدخال المحدد؟" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف '%1'؟" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&تطبيق" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5364,631 +5265,631 @@ "تهيئة\n" "YaST ...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "وحدة نمطية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "الإمارات العربية المتحدة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "البانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "النمسا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "أستراليا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "البوسنة والهرسك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "بلجيكا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "بلغاريا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "البحرين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "بنغلاديش" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "بوليفيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "البرازيل" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "بوتسوانا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "روسيا البيضاء" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "كندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "سويسرا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "تشيلي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "جمهورية الصين الشعبية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "كولومبيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "كوستاريكا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "جمهورية التشيك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ألمانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "الدنمارك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "جمهورية الدومينيكان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "الجزائر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "الإكوادور" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "استونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "مصر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "كاتالونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "أسبانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "فنلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "جزر فيرو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "فرنسا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "بريطانيا العظمى" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "جورجيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "جرين لاند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "اليونان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "غواتيمالا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "هونج كونج" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "هندوراس" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "كرواتيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "المجر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "إندونيسيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "أيرلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "اسرائيل" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "الهند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "العراق" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "أيسلندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "إيطاليا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "الأردن" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "اليابان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "الكويت" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "لبنان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "ليشتنشتاين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "ليتوانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "لوكسومبرغ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "لاتفيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "الجماهيرية العربية الليبية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "المغرب" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "مقدونيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "مالطة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "المكسيك" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "ماليزيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "نيكاراجوا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "هولندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "النرويج" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "نيوزيلاندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "عمان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "بنما" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "بيرو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "الفلبين" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "باكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "بولندا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "بورتوريكو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "البرتغال" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "باراغواي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "قطر" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "رومانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "روسيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "المملكة العربية السعودية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "السودان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "السويد" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "سنغافورة" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "سلوفينيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "سلوفاكيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "سان مارينو" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "السلفادور" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "الجمهورية العربية السورية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "تايلاند" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "طاجكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "تونس" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "تركيا" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "أوكرانيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "الأوروغواي" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "أوزباكستان" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "فنزويلا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "اليمن" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "يوغسلافيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "جنوب أفريقيا" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "زيمبابوي" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "تايوان" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 هو عنوان IPv4 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "منطقة DNS التي تسمى %1 غير موجود.ة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "منطقة DNS %1 ليست نوعًا رئيسيًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد نوع المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "لا يتم دعم نوع المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم ACL." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "اسم قائمة التحكم في الوصول (ACL) %1 غير موجود." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم المضيف." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "يجب أن يكون اسم المضيف بتنسيق اسم مجال مؤهل بالكامل." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "يجب أن ينتهي اسم المضيف المؤهل بالكامل بنقطة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "يجب تحديد أولوية mail exchange." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -5996,9 +5897,9 @@ "أولوية mail exchange غير صالحة.\n" "يجب أن تكون رقمًا من 0 إلى 65535.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -6012,16 +5913,15 @@ "أن ينتهي باسم المنطقة متبوعًا بنقطة، على سبيل المثال\n" "'dhcp1' أو 'dhcp1.example.org.' للمنطقة 'dhcp.org'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "عنوان IPv4 العكسي %1 غير صالح.\n" "\n" @@ -6029,9 +5929,9 @@ "مفصولةً بنقطة، ثم متبوعةً بهذه السلسلة '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" "على سبيل المثال، '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' لعنوان IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -6041,8 +5941,8 @@ "استخدم اسم مضيف مؤهل بالكامل ينتهي بنقطة بدلاً من أن ينتهي باسم المنطقة،\n" "مثل 'host.example.org.'.\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -6050,10 +5950,10 @@ "سجل MX غير صالح.\n" "استخدم التنسيق 'priority server-name'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6061,10 +5961,10 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1 يجب أن يستغرق من %2 إلى %3 من الثواني.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6075,13 +5975,12 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1يجب أن يكون السجل من نوع وقت BIND.\n" "]ويتكون وقت BIND من أرقام ولاحقات\n" -"غير مميزة لحالة الأحرف مثل W وD وH وM وS. ويُسمح بإدخال الوقت بالثواني بدون " -"اللاحقة.\n" +"غير مميزة لحالة الأحرف مثل W وD وH وM وS. ويُسمح بإدخال الوقت بالثواني بدون اللاحقة.\n" "قم بإدخال قيم مثل 12H15mأو 86400 أو 1W30M.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6089,13 +5988,13 @@ "سجل SOA غير صالح.\n" "%1 يجب أن يتراوح الرقم ما بين %2 و%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "يجب تحديد اسم الملف عند تسجيل الدخول إلى أي ملف." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6109,18 +6008,18 @@ "\n" "ويمكن استخدام اللاحقات التالية k وK وm وM وg وG.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عدد إصدارات الملفات رقمًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6128,25 +6027,25 @@ "لا يتم حفظ المناطق إلا التي تحتوي على خادم رئيسي محدد.\n" "منطقة %1 من نوع %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "اسم المنطقة %1 موجود بالفعل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "يجب توفر الخيار خادم رئيسي للمناطق التابعة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك بروتوكول IP الخاص بالمضيف فارغًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/bootloader.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,55 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "قسم التشغيل من نوع NFS. تعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي خريطة الجهاز على جهاز واحد على الأقل" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "إعدادات ترتيب القرص" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "الأقرا&ص" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "لم يعد قسم أداة تحميل التشغيل المحددة ‏%s‏ متوفرًا بعد الآن." -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -74,38 +74,38 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل، اقرأ وثائق الفصل \n" "in ذات الصلة. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "ستتم إعادة تشغيل النظام الآن..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "أداة تحميل التش&غيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 لـ EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "غير مُدار" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -119,141 +119,114 @@ " \n" " هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "نوع أداة تحميل التشغيل \n" -"لتحديد تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل التشغيل المطلوب " -"تثبيتها،\n" +"لتحديد تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل من عدمه وما هي أداة تحميل التشغيل المطلوب تثبيتها،\n" "استخدم أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "نوع أداة تحميل التشغيل: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "تمكين التشغيل الآمن: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "موقع الحالة: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "ترتيب الأقراص الصلبة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (موسع)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (سجل التشغيل الرئيسي) MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">تثبيت</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">عدم " -"التثبيت</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">تثبيت</" -"a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل في /قسم التمهيد (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">تثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"تثبيت رمز التشغيل في قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">عدم التثبيت</" -"a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "تثبيت رمز التشغيل في قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">عدم التثبيت</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">تثبيت</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "عدم تثبيت رمز التشغيل إلى قسم \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">تثبيت</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"تحذير: لم يتم اختيار موقع للمرحلة 1 من محمل التشغيل، رجاء اختيار الموقع " -"أعلاه إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تفعله." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "تحذير: لم يتم اختيار موقع للمرحلة 1 من محمل التشغيل، رجاء اختيار الموقع أعلاه إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تفعله." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "موقع التغيير: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&المهلة بالثواني" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "المهلة بالثواني \n" -"لتحديد الوقت الذي ستنتظره أداة تشغيل التحميل حتى يتم تحميل kernel الافتراضي." -"\n" +"لتحديد الوقت الذي ستنتظره أداة تشغيل التحميل حتى يتم تحميل kernel الافتراضي.\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "تعيين &إشارة نشطة في جدول الأقسام لقسم التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "تعيين إشارة نشطة في جدول الأقسام لقسم التشغيل \n" @@ -261,107 +234,90 @@ "عندها بتشغيل القسم النشط. تتطلب BIOSes القديمة قسم واحد نشط \n" "إذا تم تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل في MBR." -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "كتابة &رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR يعمل على استبدال سجل " -"التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n" +"كتابة رمز تشغيل عام لسجل التشغيل الرئيسي MBR يعمل على استبدال سجل التشغيل الرئيسي الخاص بالقرص لديك برمز عام (رمز نظام التشغيل المستقل الذي\n" " يعمل على تشغيل القسم النشط)." -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&إخفاء القائمة عند التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"سيؤدي تحديد إخفاء القائمة في التشغيل إلى إخفاء قائمة التشغيل." +msgstr "سيؤدي تحديد إخفاء القائمة في التشغيل إلى إخفاء قائمة التشغيل." -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "ف&حص نظم التشغيل الخارجية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"فحص نظم التشغيل الغريبة من خلال فحص نظام التشغيل للتشغيل المتعدد " -"مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "فحص نظم التشغيل الغريبة من خلال فحص نظام التشغيل للتشغيل المتعدد مع التوزيعات الغريبة الأخرى" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "الم&علمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"تتيح لك المعلمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel إمكانية تحديد معلمات " -"إضافية للوصول إلى kernel." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "تتيح لك المعلمة الاختيارية لسطر أوامر Kernel إمكانية تحديد معلمات إضافية للوصول إلى kernel." -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "علا&مة MBR للحماية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"علامة MBR للحماية هي إعدادات الخبير فقط اللازمة مع الأجهزة الغريبة " -"فقط. لمزيد من التفاصيل، راجع MBR للحماية في أقراص GPT. لا تلمسها إذا كنت غير " -"متأكد." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "علامة MBR للحماية هي إعدادات الخبير فقط اللازمة مع الأجهزة الغريبة فقط. لمزيد من التفاصيل، راجع MBR للحماية في أقراص GPT. لا تلمسها إذا كنت غير متأكد." -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "تعيين" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "لا تقم بالتغيير" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "تمكين &دعم التشغيل الآمن" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "ضع علامة لتمكين التشغيل الآمن لنظام ‎‎UEFI‎‏\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "تمكين &دعم التشغيل الموثوق به" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.\n" @@ -379,10 +335,10 @@ "أولاً، تحتاج للتأكد من تشغيل التمهيد الموثوق به في إعداد BIOS‏\n" "‏)قد يكون الإعداد باسم رقاقة الأمان، على سبيل المثال(‏.‏‏\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -392,31 +348,31 @@ "تأكد من تمكينها في BIOS‏.‏\n" "لن يتم تمهيد الجهاز بخلاف ذلك." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "حماية أداة ت&حميل التشغيل باستخدام كلمة سر" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "ح&ماية تعديل الإدخال فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&كلمة المرور لمستخدم GRUB2 'المسؤول'" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "إ&عادة كتابة كلمة السر" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل كلمة السر فارغًا." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -424,62 +380,50 @@ "لا يتطابق الحقل كلمة السر مع الحقل إعادة كتابة كلمة السر\n" ". أعد كتابة كلمة السر." -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " -"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " -"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "حماية أداة تحميل التشغيل بكلمة مرور \n" -"في وقت التشغيل، سيتطلب تعديل أي إدخال أو حتى تشغيله إدخال كلمة المرور. في " -"حالة تحديد حماية تعديل الإدخال فقط سيكون تشغيل أي إدخال غير مقيد ولكن " -"سيتطلب تعديل الإدخالات كلمة المرور (وهي طريقة أداء GRUB‏ 1). لن يقبل YaST " -"كلمة المرور إلا في حالة تكرار إدخالها في إعادة كتابة كلمة المرور‏. " -"تنطبق كلمة المرور على مستخدم GRUB2‏ 'المسؤول' والذي يختلف عن 'مسؤول' ‏Linux‏. " -"حاليًا، لا يدعم YaST مستخدمي GRUB2 الآخرين. إذا احتجت إليهم، استخدم برنامج " -"GRUB2 نصي منفصل." +"في وقت التشغيل، سيتطلب تعديل أي إدخال أو حتى تشغيله إدخال كلمة المرور. في حالة تحديد حماية تعديل الإدخال فقط سيكون تشغيل أي إدخال غير مقيد ولكن سيتطلب تعديل الإدخالات كلمة المرور (وهي طريقة أداء GRUB‏ 1). لن يقبل YaST كلمة المرور إلا في حالة تكرار إدخالها في إعادة كتابة كلمة المرور‏. تنطبق كلمة المرور على مستخدم GRUB2‏ 'المسؤول' والذي يختلف عن 'مسؤول' ‏Linux‏. حاليًا، لا يدعم YaST مستخدمي GRUB2 الآخرين. إذا احتجت إليهم، استخدم برنامج GRUB2 نصي منفصل." -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "اختر ملف السمات الرسومية الجديدة" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "استخدام &وحدة تحكم رسومية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&دقة لوحة التحكم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&سمة لوحة التحكم" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "الكشف التلقائي باستخدام grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "استخدام &وحدة تحكم تسلسلية طرفية" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&وسائط لوحة المراقبة" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&قسم التشغيل الافتراضي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -490,48 +434,46 @@ msgstr "" " من خلال ضغط تعيين كافتراضي يتم تعليم القسم المحدد على أنه\n" "الافتراضي. عند التشغيل، ستوفر أداة تحميل التشغيل قائمة تشغيل و\n" -"تنتظر أن يقوم المستخدم بتحديد kernel أو نظام تشغيل آخر ليتم التشغيل " -"باستخدامه. في حالة عدم\n" +"تنتظر أن يقوم المستخدم بتحديد kernel أو نظام تشغيل آخر ليتم التشغيل باستخدامه. في حالة عدم\n" "ضغط أي مفتاح قبل انتهاء المهلة، سيتم \n" -"تشغيل kernel أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب الأقسام في قائمة " -"أداة تحميل التشغيل\n" +"تشغيل kernel أو نظام التشغيل الافتراضي. يمكن تغيير ترتيب الأقسام في قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل\n" "باستخدام الزرين لأعلى ولأسفل.\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "موقع أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "يجب تحديد جهاز تشغيل مخصص في حالة الاختيار" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "التش&غيل من قسم التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "الت&شغيل من القسم الجذر" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "التشغيل من &سجل التشغيل الرئيسي" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "التشغیل من &قسم موسع" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "قس&م التشغيل المخصص" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&تحرير أمر تشغيل القرص" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -545,63 +487,57 @@ "لإضافة قرص، اضغط إضافة.\n" "لإزالة قرص، اضغط إزالة." -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "م&علمات Kernel" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "خ&يارات رمز التشغيل" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "خيارات أداة تح&ميل التشغيل" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "تمكين التشغيل الآمن: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل بشكل صحيح." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "عدم تثبيت أية أداة تحميل تشغيل" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "التشغيل" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "ال&تشغيل" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم تحديد أية أداة تحميل تشغيل للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً " -"للتشغيل." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أداة تحميل تشغيل للتثبيت. قد لا يكون النظام لديك قابلاً للتشغيل." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "نظرًا للتقسيم، يتعذر تثبيت أداة تحميل التشغيل بشكل صحيح" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Reading current configuration..." @@ -609,9 +545,9 @@ "<BIG>أداة تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل‏‏</BIG> ‏\n" "‏جارٍ قراءة التكوين الحالي..." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -619,117 +555,97 @@ "<BIG>حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل‏</BIG> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"مجموعة غير مدعمة من الأنظمة الأساسية للأجهزة %1 وأدوات تحميل التشغيل %2" +msgstr "مجموعة غير مدعمة من الأنظمة الأساسية للأجهزة %1 وأدوات تحميل التشغيل %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"لا يعمل التشغيل من MBR مع ملفات النظام btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم " -"bios_grub. لإصلاح هذه المشكلة، قم بإنشاء قسم bios_grub أو استخدم أي ملفات " -"نظام ext لقسم التشغيل أو لا تقم بتثبيت المرحلة 1 إلى MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "لا يعمل التشغيل من MBR مع ملفات النظام btrfs وتسمية القرص GPT بدون قسم bios_grub. لإصلاح هذه المشكلة، قم بإنشاء قسم bios_grub أو استخدم أي ملفات نظام ext لقسم التشغيل أو لا تقم بتثبيت المرحلة 1 إلى MBR." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "يوجد جهاز التشغيل في نوع raid: %1. لن يتم تشغيل النظام." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"جهاز التشغيل موجود على برنامج RAID1. حدد موقعًا آخر لـ bootloader، على سبيل " -"المثال، \"سجل التشغيل الرئيسي\"" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "جهاز التشغيل موجود على برنامج RAID1. حدد موقعًا آخر لـ bootloader، على سبيل المثال، \"سجل التشغيل الرئيسي\"" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "هناك قسم ext للتشغيل مفقود. تعذر تثبيت رمز التشغيل." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم تعيين إشارة التنشيط بواسطة المُثبت. في حالة عدم التعيين مطلقًا، قد ترفض " -"BIOSes التمهيد." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "لم يتم تعيين إشارة التنشيط بواسطة المُثبت. في حالة عدم التعيين مطلقًا، قد ترفض BIOSes التمهيد." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"لن يقوم المثبت بتعديل MBR للقرص. ولن تتمكن BIOS من تشغيل القرص، إلا إذا كانت " -"تحتوي على رمز تشغيل." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "لن يقوم المثبت بتعديل MBR للقرص. ولن تتمكن BIOS من تشغيل القرص، إلا إذا كانت تحتوي على رمز تشغيل." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "التحقق من أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "قراءة التقسيم" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "تحميل إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التقسيم..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل إعدادات أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "إنشاء initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء initrd..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين أداة تحميل التشغيل" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ca-management.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,512 +14,492 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "إدارة CA والشهادات" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "إنشاء CA جذر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "إنشاء شهادة خاصة بـ CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "إنشاء CRL الخاصة بـ CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "تصدير CA إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "تصدير شهادة إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "تصدير CRL إلى ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "الوحدة المؤسسية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "المؤسسة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "المنطقة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "الولاية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "الدولة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "الأيام الصالحة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "طول المفتاح" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة السر (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة سر CA (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "كلمة سر P12 (الأمان: يجب الحصول عليها بواسطة متغير البيئة)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "مسار CA أو الشهادة أو CRL التي تم تصديرها" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "تكوين CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" يعمل YaST على إنشاء CA وشهادة افتراضيتين بشكل تلقائي. يتم استخدام CA هذه " -"والشهادة\n" +" يعمل YaST على إنشاء CA وشهادة افتراضيتين بشكل تلقائي. يتم استخدام CA هذه والشهادة\n" "للاتصال بخادم Apache.\n" -"من هنا، قم بتغيير إعدادات CA هذه والشهادة أو قم باستيراد CA والشهادة من " -"ملف.\n" +"من هنا، قم بتغيير إعدادات CA هذه والشهادة أو قم باستيراد CA والشهادة من ملف.\n" "\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة العامتين" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&مسار الشهادة" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&كلمة السر:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة الس&ر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء CA والشهادة العامتين" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "ا&سم CA:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "الاسم ال&عام:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "الدو&لة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "الم&ؤسسة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "الوحد&ة التنظيمية:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "المن&طقة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "ال&ولاية:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "اختيار اسم خادم محلي" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "كلمتا السر الجديدتان غير متطابقتين." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "يجب أن تكون كلمة السر أكثر من ثلاثة حروف." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم CA." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم عام." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "تنسيق البريد الإلكتروني غير صالح." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم الخادم." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "تعذر قراءة الشهادة." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "استيراد الشهادة من ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[اسم الخادم المحلي]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "اسم CA" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "الاسم العام" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[لم يتم التعيين]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "الوحدة المؤسسية" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[تم التعيين]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء شهادة خادم عامة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة معلومات الخادم" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء CA وشهادة الخادم الافتراضيتين" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء CA وشهادة الخادم الافتراضيتين..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الشهادات." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"تعذر تخمين اسم الجهاز المحلي. قم بتغيير قيمتي البريد الإلكتروني واسم الخادم." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "تعذر تخمين اسم الجهاز المحلي. قم بتغيير قيمتي البريد الإلكتروني واسم الخادم." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "إدارة CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "تمت كتابة الإعدادات بالفعل." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الإعدادات القديمة؟" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "تعذر استرداد كلمة السر الجذر للنظام. قم بتعيين كلمة سر لـ CA للمتابعة." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "كلمة المرور قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم للشهادات. \n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو قم بتعطيل إنشاء الشهادة.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "CA والشهادة الافتراضيتان الحاليتان." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "إنشاء CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "مع وجود متطلبات أمان أعلى، ينبغي عليك تغيير كلمة السر." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[تم التعيين يدويًا]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[كلمة السر لـ root]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "اسم CA: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "الاسم العام: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "اسم الخادم:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "الدولة:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "كلمة السر:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "أسماء بديلة: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "كلمة مرور الجذر قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم ككلمة مرور للشهادات.\n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات أو قم بتعطيل إنشاء الشهادة.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "عدم إنشاء CA والشهادة." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة من ملف" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي linux فريد بالفعل؟ لا تكون الشهادة صالحة " -"إلا إذا كان اسم المضيف صحيحًا." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "هل اسم المضيف الافتراضي linux فريد بالفعل؟ لا تكون الشهادة صالحة إلا إذا كان اسم المضيف صحيحًا." -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "إ&دارة CA" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "إدارة CAs والشهادات" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "تحديد" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "إنشاء CA والش&هادة الافتراضيتين" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "تحرير الإعدادات الافترا&ضية" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "عدم إ&نشاء CA والشهادة" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "استيراد CA والشهادة من القر&ص" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -528,11 +508,10 @@ "بينما يتم إكمال التثبيت.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -541,199 +520,168 @@ "إذا كنت لا تريد إنشاءه أو استيراده الآن.\n" "\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "الا&سم:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "حرج" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي عنصر." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الإدخال؟" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"يقوم YaST بإنشاء CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين تلقائيًا. يتم استخدام CA " -"والشهادة\n" +"يقوم YaST بإنشاء CA والشهادة الافتراضيتين تلقائيًا. يتم استخدام CA والشهادة\n" "في الاتصال بـ خادم Apache.\n" "من هنا، قم بتغيير هذه الإعدادات الافتراضية.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "&تحرير أسماء بديلة" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "شهادة الخادم العامة" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"يتم استخدام شهادة الخادم من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال " -"SSL/TLS المشفرة." +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "يتم استخدام شهادة الخادم من قبل الخدمات التي توفر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال SSL/TLS المشفرة." -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"الغرض من شهادة الخادم العامة هو توفير شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي " -"تعمل على هذا المضيف. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "الغرض من شهادة الخادم العامة هو توفير شهادة للعديد من الخدمات التي تعمل على هذا المضيف. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"بعض الوحدات النمطية YaST تقوم بتوفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء " -"عملية تكوين مثل هذه الخدمة." +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "بعض الوحدات النمطية YaST تقوم بتوفير القدرة على استخدام هذه الشهادة أثناء عملية تكوين مثل هذه الخدمة." -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"مع الزر استيراد/استبدال يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال " -"الحالية." +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "مع الزر استيراد/استبدال يمكنك إضافة شهادة خادم جديدة أو استبدال الحالية." -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر إزالة . ولكن تأكد أنها لن " -"تستخدم بعد الآن عن طريق خدمات أخرى." +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "يمكنك إزالة الشهادات بالنقر على زر إزالة . ولكن تأكد أنها لن تستخدم بعد الآن عن طريق خدمات أخرى." -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"يمكن كتابة شهادات إلى ملف باستخدام الخيار تصدير إلى ملف في القسم " -"شهادة الموجود في الوحدة النمطية إدارة CA." +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "يمكن كتابة شهادات إلى ملف باستخدام الخيار تصدير إلى ملف في القسم شهادة الموجود في الوحدة النمطية إدارة CA." -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"الشهادات المطلوب استيرادها من القرص تجب كتابتها بالتنسيق PKCS12 مع " -"سلسلة CA." +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "الشهادات المطلوب استيرادها من القرص تجب كتابتها بالتنسيق PKCS12 مع سلسلة CA." -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "لمزيد من المعلومات، الرجاء قراءة الدليل." -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -741,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>لم يتم العثور على شهادة الخادم العامة.\n" "يمكنك استيراد شهادة من على القرص.</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "إ&زالة" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&الاستيراد/استبدال" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "الشهادة لم تنته صلاحيتها بعد.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -776,33 +724,29 @@ "الرجاء التأكد، من عدم وجود خدمة تستخدم هذه الشهادة بعد الآن.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إزالة الشهادة؟" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CA." msgstr "من هنا، يمكنك الاطلاع على القيم الأكثر أهمية لـ CA." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالية من خلال الشهادات وCRL " -"ومتقدم." +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "يتم توفير معلومات خاصة حول CA الحالية من خلال الشهادات وCRL ومتقدم." -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid " Description for %1 " msgstr " وصف لـ %1 " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -810,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "تم إصدارها لـ:" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -824,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "الاسم العام: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -834,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "المؤسسة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -844,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "الموقع: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -854,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "الولاية: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -864,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "الدولة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -874,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "البريد الإلكتروني: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "تم إصدارها بواسطة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -886,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "صالحة من: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -894,275 +838,245 @@ "\n" "صالحة إلى: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "متق&دم..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "عر&ض" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "ت&غيير كلمة سر CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "إنشا&ء SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "ت&صدير إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "تصدير إل&ى LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "تحرير الإعداد الافترا&ضي" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"عند إنشاء subCA أو شهادة جديدة، فإن النظام يقوم باقتراح بعض القيم " -"الافتراضية." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "عند إنشاء subCA أو شهادة جديدة، فإن النظام يقوم باقتراح بعض القيم الافتراضية." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." msgstr "من خلال تدفق العمل هذا، قم بتغيير هذه الإعدادات الافتراضية." -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"مع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات الجديدة " -"فقط." +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "مع ذلك، سيتم استخدام الإعدادات التي تم تعديلها للإدخالات الجديدة فقط." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية لـ subCAs وشهادات العميل " -"وشهادات الخادم." +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات الافتراضية لـ subCAs وشهادات العميل وشهادات الخادم." -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "إعدادات افتراضية لـ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "CA فرع&ية" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "شهادة الع&ميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "&شهادة الخادم" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"يوفر هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل حفظها." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "يوفر هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة الإعدادات الافتراضية قبل حفظها." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "Click Save to finish the input." msgstr "انقر فوق حفظ لإنهاء عملية الإدخال." -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (حرج)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "طول المسار: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(حرج) " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "نسخ الاسم البديل للكائن من CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(حرج)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "نسخ عنوان البريد الإلكتروني القياسي" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات (الخطوة 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "تم حفظ الإعداد الافتراضي." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"أولاً، راجع عرض القائمة مع كافة الشهادات المتوفرة من CA. تعتبر الأعمدة هي " -"الأسماء المميزة للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة " -"(مثل صالحة أو مبطلة)." +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "أولاً، راجع عرض القائمة مع كافة الشهادات المتوفرة من CA. تعتبر الأعمدة هي الأسماء المميزة للشهادات بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني وحالة الشهادة (مثل صالحة أو مبطلة)." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "Select one of the certificates and execute some actions." msgstr "حدد إحدى الشهادات وقم بتنفيذ بعض الإجراءات." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"عرض يعمل على فتح إطار يحتوي على تمثيل نصي للشهادة الكاملة." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "عرض يعمل على فتح إطار يحتوي على تمثيل نصي للشهادة الكاملة." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك إبطال شهادة أو حذفها أو تصديرها</" -"b>." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "وعلاوة على ذلك، يمكنك إبطال شهادة أو حذفها أو تصديرها." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." msgstr "باستخدام إضافة، قم بإنشاء شهادة عميل أو خادم جديد." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "في المنطقة أدناه، راجع القيم الأكثر أهمية للشهادة المحددة." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "إبطال الشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." msgstr "أنت تقوم بإبطال الشهادة فقط. لن يتم إنشاء CRL جديدة." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "الأسباب" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1170,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على الشهادة" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1181,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "الاسم العام: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1192,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "المؤسسة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1203,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "الموقع: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1214,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "الولاية: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1225,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "الدولة: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1236,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "البريد الإلكتروني: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1247,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "إصدار CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1258,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "الحجم الأساسي: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1267,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "الرقم المسلسل: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1278,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "الإصدار: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1287,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "صالحة من: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1296,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "صالحة إلى: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1307,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "algo. لـ pub. Key : " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1318,130 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "algo. للتوقيع: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "صالح" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "مبطلة" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "منتهية الصلاحية" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "إضافة شهادة الخادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "إضافة شهادة العميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "تغي&ير كلمة السر" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "إب&طال" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "تصدير" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "تصدير إلى ملف" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "تصدير إلى LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "تصدير كشهادة خادم عامة" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الشهادة الحالية؟" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "نوع الشهادة غير صحيح." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CRL." msgstr "من هنا، راجع القيم الأكثر أهمية لـ CRL." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "With Generate CRL, a new CRL will be generated." msgstr "باستخدام إنشاء CRL، سيتم إنشاء CRL جديدة." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "View shows a complete description." msgstr "عرض يقوم بعرض وصف كامل." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." msgstr "يمكنك تصدير CRL إلى ملف أو إلى دليل LDAP." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "إنشاء CRL جديدة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "صالحة حت&ى (أيام):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "Certificate Revocation List (CRL):" msgstr "قائمة إبطال الشهادات (CRL):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1451,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "التحديث الأخير: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1459,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "التحديث التالي: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1469,646 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "الشهادات المبطلة: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "CRL &العامة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "عند إنشاء CRL جديدة، يقوم النظام باقتراح بعض القيم الافتراضية." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "With this frame, change these default settings." msgstr "من خلال هذا الإطار، قم بتغيير الإعدادات الافتراضية." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "&فترة الصلاحية (أيام):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "حر&ج" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "&حرج" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "نس&خ الاسم البديل للكائن من CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "إعدادات CRL الافتراضية" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "معلومات الأمان" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"تحذير! سيعمل تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL على كتابة كلمة سر CA إلى " -"ملف تكوين على القرص. وسيتم حفظ كلمة السر هناك في نص عادي نظرًا لكونها مطلوبة " -"لإنشاء CRL. سيكون الملف قابلاً للقراءة فقط للمستخدم المسؤول." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "تحذير! سيعمل تنشيط الإنشاء التلقائي وتصدير CRL على كتابة كلمة سر CA إلى ملف تكوين على القرص. وسيتم حفظ كلمة السر هناك في نص عادي نظرًا لكونها مطلوبة لإنشاء CRL. سيكون الملف قابلاً للقراءة فقط للمستخدم المسؤول." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "تصدير CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"تصدير CRL الخاصة بـ CA هذه مرة واحدة عن طريق تحديد تصدير مرة واحدة." -"" +msgstr "تصدير CRL الخاصة بـ CA هذه مرة واحدة عن طريق تحديد تصدير مرة واحدة." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"لإعداد عملية إعادة إنشاء متكررة من CRL، حددإعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير</" -"b>. في هذه الحالة قم بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة الإنشاء في فاصل زمني " -"دوري. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني إلى 24 ساعة، فبالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك " -"تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم معلومات الأمان." +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "لإعداد عملية إعادة إنشاء متكررة من CRL، حددإعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير. في هذه الحالة قم بتعيين الفاصل الزمني لإعادة الإنشاء في فاصل زمني دوري. إذا قمت بتعيين الفاصل الزمني إلى 24 ساعة، فبالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد ساعة للتصدير. الرجاء التأكد من قراءة وفهم معلومات الأمان." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك تنشيط تصدير CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم بإعداد " -"المعلمات المناسبة في تصدير إلى ملف محلي وتصدير إلى LDAP." +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "يمكنك تنشيط تصدير CRL إلى ملف محلي أو إلى خادم LDAP أو كليهما. قم بإعداد المعلمات المناسبة في تصدير إلى ملف محلي وتصدير إلى LDAP." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "تصدير مرة واحدة" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "إعادة إنشاء متكررة وتصدير" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "م&نفذ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "الاسم الممي&ز:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "الاسم المميز &للربط:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "ح&فظ باسم" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "تنسيق التصدير" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "تنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "تنسيق DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "فاصل زمني دوري" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "كل" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "سا&عة (ساعات)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "في" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "&ساعة" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "معلوما&ت الأمان" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "تصدير إلى ملف" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "حفظ باسم" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى ملف." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "هل تريد إعادة المحاولة؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "تم الحفظ إلى الملف بنجاح." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "تم الحفظ إلى LDAP بنجاح." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير إلى LDAP." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "خطأ برمجي - علامة تبويب غير معروفة" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "جهة إصدار الشهادات (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "&شهادات" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "&طلبات" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." msgstr "لإنشاء CA جديدة، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." msgstr "لإنشاء شهادة جديدة، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." msgstr "لإنشاء طلب جديد، فإن بعض الإدخالات مطلوبة." -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." msgstr ".يعتمد هذا الأمر على السياسة المعرفة في ملف التكوين." -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "Only US ASCII characters are allowed." msgstr "مسموح بالأحرف US ASCII فقط." -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"اسم CAهو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم الحروف \"من a إلى z\" و\"من A إلى Z" -"\" و\"-\" و\"_\"." +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "اسم CAهو اسم شهادة CA. استخدم الحروف \"من a إلى z\" و\"من A إلى Z\" و\"-\" و\"_\"." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "الاسم العام هو اسم CA." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "الاسم العام هو اسم المستخدم الذي سيتم إنشاء شهادة له." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "الاسم العام هو اسم المجال المؤهل بالكامل للخادم." -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"عناوين البريد الإلكتروني هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة خاصة " -"بالمستخدم أو مسؤول الخادم." +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "عناوين البريد الإلكتروني هي عناوين بريد إلكتروني صالحة خاصة بالمستخدم أو مسؤول الخادم." -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"غالبًا ما تكون الحقول المؤسسة والوحدة التنظيمية والمنطقة</" -"b>والولاية اختيارية." +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "غالبًا ما تكون الحقول المؤسسة والوحدة التنظيمية والمنطقةوالولاية اختيارية." -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "افترا&ضي" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "عناوين البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "إنشاء جديد " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"يتطلب المفتاح الخاص لـ CA كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على " -"الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "يتطلب المفتاح الخاص لـ CA كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"تحتوي كل CA على طول المفتاح الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي " -"تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "تحتوي كل CA على طول المفتاح الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"تعتبر CA صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (فترة الصلاحية). أدخل إطار الوقت " -"بالأيام." +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "تعتبر CA صالحة لفترة محددة فقط (فترة الصلاحية). أدخل إطار الوقت بالأيام." -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"خيارات متقدمة هي خيارات خاصة جدًا. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، فلا " -"تضمن SUSE عمل الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها بشكل صحيح." +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "خيارات متقدمة هي خيارات خاصة جدًا. إذا قمت بتغيير هذه الخيارات، فلا تضمن SUSE عمل الشهادة التي تم إنشاؤها بشكل صحيح." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"يتطلب المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى " -"على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "يتطلب المفتاح الخاص بالشهادة كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"تحتوي كل شهادة على طول المفتاح الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي " -"تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "تحتوي كل شهادة على طول المفتاح الخاص بها. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"تمتد صلاحية الشهادة لفترة محددة فقط (فترة الصلاحية). أدخل الفترة " -"الزمنية بالأيام." +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "تمتد صلاحية الشهادة لفترة محددة فقط (فترة الصلاحية). أدخل الفترة الزمنية بالأيام." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"يتطلب المفتاح الخاص للطلب كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على " -"الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "يتطلب المفتاح الخاص للطلب كلمة سر تحتوي على خمسة حروف بحد أدنى على الأقل. لأسباب تتعلق بالتحقق، قم بإعادة إدخالها في الحقل التالي." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"يتوفر طول مفتاح خاص لكل طلب. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم " -"باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "يتوفر طول مفتاح خاص لكل طلب. تحتاج بعض التطبيقات التي تقوم باستخدام الشهادات إلى أطوال مفاتيح خاصة." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "استخدام &كلمة سر CA ككلمة سر للشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "التحقق من كلم&ة السر:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "ط&ول المفتاح (بت):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "&خيارات متقدمة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "كلمتا المرور مختلفتان." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال كلمة السر." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات CA التي سيتم إنشاؤها." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات CA التي سيتم إنشاؤها." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "Click Create to generate the CA." msgstr "انقر فوق إنشاء لإنشاء CA." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها.</" -"p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الشهادة التي سيتم إنشاؤها." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." msgstr "انقر فوق إنشاء لإنشاء الشهادة." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب الذي سيتم إنشاؤه." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب الذي سيتم إنشاؤه." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "Click Create to generate the request." msgstr "انقر فوق إنشاء لإنشاء الطلب." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "اسم CA: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "الاسم العام: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "المؤسسة: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "الوحدة التنظيمية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "عناوين البريد الإلكتروني: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "المنطقة: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "الولاية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "الدولة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "طول المفتاح: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "فترة الصلاحية: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " أيام\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "طول المسار " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (الخطوة 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "التحديد الحالي:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا " -"كنت غير معتادًا على هذه الملحقات، فراجع الملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-" -"doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "يبين هذا الإطار كذلك سمات وملحقات OpenSSL X509v3 التي يمكن تعيينها. إذا كنت غير معتادًا على هذه الملحقات، فراجع الملف /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." -msgstr "" -"قد تؤدي الإدخالات غير الصحيحة إلى جعل الشهادة غير قابلة للاستخدام." +msgstr "قد تؤدي الإدخالات غير الصحيحة إلى جعل الشهادة غير قابلة للاستخدام." -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء الشهادة..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2116,119 +1932,106 @@ "يمكن إنشاء الشهادة الافتراضية أيضًا في\n" "وحدة إدارة CA النمطية.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حفظ التكوين؟" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "خروج" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "هل تريد الخروج من التكوين بدون حفظ؟" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"أولاً، انظر عرض القائمة التي تضم كافة الطلبات المتوفرة لـ CA هذه. تعتبر " -"الأعمدة الاسم المميز للطلب بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني." +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "أولاً، انظر عرض القائمة التي تضم كافة الطلبات المتوفرة لـ CA هذه. تعتبر الأعمدة الاسم المميز للطلب بما في ذلك عنوان البريد الإلكتروني." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "Select one of the requests and execute some actions." msgstr "حدد أحد الطلبات وقم بتنفيذ بعض الإجراءات." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "يقوم الخيار عرض بفتح إطار به تمثيل نصي للطلب المكتمل." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." msgstr "يمكنك أيضًا توقيع أو حذف أو تصدير طلب." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"من خلال الخيار استيراد، تتم قراءة طلب جديد. ومن خلال الخيار " -"إضافة، يتم إنشاء طلب جديد." +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "من خلال الخيار استيراد، تتم قراءة طلب جديد. ومن خلال الخيار إضافة، يتم إنشاء طلب جديد." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "في المنطقة أدناه، انظر إلى القيم الأكثر أهمية للطلب المحدد." -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "إنشاء وقت" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "استي&راد" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات CA فرعية" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات الخادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "إضافة طلبات العميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "&طلب" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "توقيع" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة عميل" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة خادم" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "كشهادة CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الطلب الحالي؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2236,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على الطلب.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2245,179 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "وقت الإنشاء: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الامتداد \"%1\"." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "يعتبر هذا طلب CA. هل تريد بالفعل توقيعه كـ %1؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "لا يعتبر هذا طلب CA. هل تريد بالفعل توقيعه كطلب CA؟" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "يعرض هذا الإطار طلب التوقيع." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "يحتوي الطلب على امتدادات خاصة بالطلب يمكنك قبولها." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"إذا قمت برفض هذه الامتدادات، يتم اتخاذ القيم الافتراضية بدلاً منها." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "إذا قمت برفض هذه الامتدادات، يتم اتخاذ القيم الافتراضية بدلاً منها." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "الامتدادات المطلوبة" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "طلب توقيع كـ %1 (الخطوة 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم توقيعها." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "يوفر لك هذا الإطار نظرة عامة على كافة إعدادات الطلب التي سيتم توقيعها." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "انقر فوق توقيع طلب للمتابعة." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " أيام" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (حرج)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "تحرير ال&طلب" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "توقيع طلب كـ %1 (الخطوة 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "توقيع طلب" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "تم توقيع الطلب." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذفCA %1؟" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "فرض الحذف" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "CA الحالية لا تزال قيد الاستخدام. هل تريد حذفها؟" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." msgstr "حدد CA، ثم انقر فوق إدخالCA." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"يقوم الخيار إنشاء CA جذر بإنشاء إحدى جهات إصدار الشهادات الجذر " -"الجديدة." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "يقوم الخيار إنشاء CA جذر بإنشاء إحدى جهات إصدار الشهادات الجذر الجديدة." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "لمزيد من المعلومات حول إدارة CA، الرجاء قراءة الدليل." -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "إ&دخال CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "ح&ذف CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "إنشاء CA ج&ذر" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "اس&تيراد CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "هيكل CA" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "تحديد CA" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "تغيير كلمة سر الشهادة" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "تغيير كلمة سر CA" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "كلمة ال&سر القديمة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر ال&جديدة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "الت&حقق من كلمة السر:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2425,45 +2217,44 @@ "كلمة المرور الجديدة قصيرة جدًا لكي تستخدم للشهادات.\n" "أدخل كلمة مرور صالحة للشهادات.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "تم تغيير كلمة سر CA." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "تم تغيير كلمة سر الشهادة:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "إدخال كلمة سر CA" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "كلمة &سر LDAP:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "كلمة سر الشه&ادة:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "التحقق من &كلمة السر" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "تهيئة LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2471,136 +2262,125 @@ "تجب تهيئة LDAP لإدارة CA.\n" "أدخل كلمة سر LDAP المطلوبة.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "&كلمة السر:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "تصدير CA إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "شهادات بالتنسيق PEM فق&ط" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "فقط المفتاح &غير المشفر بتنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "فقط المفتاح &المشفر في تنسيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "الشهادة وال&مفتاح غير المشفر بالتنسيق PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "الشهادة &والمفتاح المشفر بالتنسيق PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "الش&هادة بالتنسيق DER" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "الشهادة والمفتاح &بالتنسيق PKCS12" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "م&ثل PKCS12 ويتضمن سلسلة CA" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر الجديدة" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "اس&م الملف:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "اسم الملف مطلوب." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ CA إلى ملف." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "تصدير CRL إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "تن&سيق PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "تنسي&ق DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ CRL إلى ملف." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "تصدير الشهادة إلى ملف" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "شهادة &بتنسيق PEM فقط" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "تم حفظ الشهادة إلى ملف." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>استيراد شهادة خادم عامة (PKCS12 + تنسيق سلسلة CA)\n" -" من القرص:</big> حدد أحد أسماء الملفات، ثم اضغط التالي للمتابعة.</" -"p>\n" +" من القرص:</big> حدد أحد أسماء الملفات، ثم اضغط التالي للمتابعة.\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"قم باستيراد شهادة الخادم وCA مقابلة وقم بنسخها إلى المكان حيث تبحث الوحدات " -"النمطية الأخرى YaST عن مثل هذه الشهادة العامة." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "قم باستيراد شهادة الخادم وCA مقابلة وقم بنسخها إلى المكان حيث تبحث الوحدات النمطية الأخرى YaST عن مثل هذه الشهادة العامة." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "Password: \n" "Certificate password\n" @@ -2608,25 +2388,25 @@ "كلمة السر: \n" "كلمة سر الشهادة\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "استيراد شهادة عامة من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد الشهادة..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد الشهادة." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "ليست هذه شهادة خادم. هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2636,752 +2416,678 @@ "الخادم (%2).\n" "قد لا تكون هذه الشهادة فعليا شهادة خادم عام.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "اسم المضيف لهذا الخادم هو (command: hostname --long) يجب أن يتطابق مع \n" "إما الاسم العام للشهادة (CN) أو القيم في الأسماء البديلة للكائن" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "تصدير كشهادة خادم عامة" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "يتم الآن تصدير الشهادة..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "تمت كتابة الشهادة كشهادة خادم عامة." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "استيراد طلب من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "تنسيق الملف غير صالح. استخدم ملفات PEM أو DER." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد طلب..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد طلب." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "استيراد CA من القرص" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&مسار شهادة CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "مسا&ر المفتاح" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "كلمة سر المفتا&ح" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف الشهادة مطلوب." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "المسار إلى المفتاح الخاص مطلوب." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "كلمة سر المفتاح مطلوبة. \n" -"يجب أن تكون هي كلمة السر الخاصة بالمفتاح المشفر أو كلمة سر جديدة إذا كان " -"المفتاح غير مشفر." +"يجب أن تكون هي كلمة السر الخاصة بالمفتاح المشفر أو كلمة سر جديدة إذا كان المفتاح غير مشفر." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "تم استيراد CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قائمة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة هيكل CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "قيمة 'caName' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "قيمة 'keyPasswd' مفقودة أو كلمة السر قصيرة جدًا." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "قيمة 'commonName' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "وفقًا لـ 'basicConstraints'، لا تعتبر هذه CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل CertificateIssueData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء CA جذر." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "معلمة 'certType' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على القيم الافتراضية." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "قيمة 'certType' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "فشلت كتابة القيم الافتراضية." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة 'keyPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "قيمة 'request' مفقودة" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة 'caPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "فشل توقيع الشهادة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "معلمة 'caName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "معلمة 'caPasswd' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة الشهادات." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caPasswd'." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "كلمة السر غير صالحة." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "فشل UpdateDB" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل الشهادة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "قيمة 'certificate' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل إبطال الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "قيمة 'days' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "فشل تعديل CRLGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل CRL." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "تعذر تحليل destinationFile %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "الدليل غير موجود." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "فشل التصدير." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "معلمة 'P12Password' مفقودة." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'request'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الطلب في" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "تم حدوث فشل في طلب النسخ" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'keyPasswd'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'purpose'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "فشل التحقق." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "قيمة 'newCaName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء SubCA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapHostname'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapPort'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'destinationDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'BindDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'ldapPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "شهادة CA غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "تعذر تحليل شهادة CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "فشل ربط LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "حاوية %s غير متوفرة في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء البحث في LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة شهادة CA إلى دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل شهادة CA في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "تعذر تحليل CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة CRL إلى دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل CRL في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "فشل البحث عن نقطة توزيع CRL جديدة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "معلمة 'commonName' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين خادم LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "فشل بحث LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "لا يوجد تكوين متوفر في LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "كلمة سر LDAP مطلوبة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة إدخال تكوين أساسي." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة إدخال تكوين CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "الشهادة غير موجودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "تعذر تحليل الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s غير متوفر في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل userCertificate في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل تصدير الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "تعذر تعديل userPKCS12 في دليل LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل حذف الشهادة." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف الشهادة مطلوب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الشهادة في" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال كلمة السر." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد الشهادة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "معلمة 'inFile' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الملف." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "معلمة 'type' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير صالحة في 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "معلمة 'datatype' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "معلمة 'inForm' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "فشل التحليل." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة الطلبات." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الطلب في %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على بيانات طلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "فشل حذف الطلب." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة للمعلمة 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "مفتاح CA غير متوفر في %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "فشل استيراد CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "فشل حذف CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Keyfile غير موجود." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "فشل تغيير كلمة السر." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "نوع غير صالح لـ StringExtension '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "خريطة 'data' مفقودة." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير صالحة للمعلمة '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "كلمة المرور (%s) بسيطة جدًا." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "استخدام غير صحيح لـ 'critical' في '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "قيمة '%s' غير معروفة في '%s'." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cio.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,84 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "قنوات المدخلات/المخرجات المتوفرة" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "مستخدمة" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "تصفية القنوات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "&مسح المحدد" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "القنوات المحددة في ال&قائمة السوداء" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "إ&لغاء حظر القنوات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&خروج" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" msgstr "النطاق المحدد غير صالح. القيمة الخاطئة تقع داخل '%s' مجزأ" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "إلغاء حظر قنوات المدخلات/المخرجات" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "قائمة نطاقات القنوات المطلوب إلغاء حظرها مفصولة بفاصلة.\n" "يمكن أن يكون النطاق قناة أو جزء من قناة يمكن ملؤه بصفر أو نطاق محدد بشرطة.\n" "مثال على القيمة: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "النطاقات المطلوب إلغاء حظرها." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/cluster.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,188 +14,184 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "المجموعة المتما&ثلة" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "قنوات الاتصال" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "تكوين Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "تكوين conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP متكرر" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "معرف العقدة" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "يجب إدخال عدد صحيح موجب لقيمة معرف العقدة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "يجب أن يكون معرف العقدة فريدًا" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان شبكة الربط" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم المجموعة المتماثلة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان العضو" -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "يجب إدخال قيمة الأصوات المتوقعة عند تكوين نقل البث المتعدد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "يجب إدخال عنوان البث المتعدد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة منفذ البث المتعدد عددًا صحيحًا موجبًا" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"لا يمكن اختيار سوى سلبي أو نشط عند استخدام عدة واجهات. التعيين على سلبي." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "لا يمكن اختيار سوى سلبي أو نشط عند استخدام عدة واجهات. التعيين على سلبي." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "النقل:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "القناة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "ربط عنوان الشبكة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "عنوان البث المتعدد:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "منفذ البث المتعدد:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "القناة المتكررة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "اسم المجموعة المتماثلة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "التصويتات المتوقعة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "وضع rrp:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "إنشاء تلقائي لمعرف العقدة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "عنوان العضو:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "IP مكرر" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -203,132 +199,124 @@ " ملاحظة: تم العثور على تكوين corosync قديم.\n" " الرجاء إعادة تكوين قائمة الأعضاء وتأكيد كل الإعدادات الأخرى." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "تمكين تصديق الأمان" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة لمجموعة متماثلة تم تكوينها حديثًا، اضغط فوق الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/" -"corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "بالنسبة لمجموعة متماثلة تم تكوينها حديثًا، اضغط فوق الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"للانضمام إلى مجموعة موجودة، الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى " -"يدويًا." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "للانضمام إلى مجموعة موجودة، الرجاء نسخ/etc/corosync/authkey من العقد الأخرى يدويًا." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "فشل إنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "نجح إنشاء /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "ليس قيد التشغيل" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "تشغيل -- بدء pacemaker أثناء التمهيد" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل -- بدء pacemaker يدويًا" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "تشغيل وإيقاف تشغيل" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "الحالة الحالية: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "بدء pacemaker الآن" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "إيقاف pacemaker الآن" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "مضيف المزامنة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "ملف المزامنة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "أضف الملفات المقترحة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "إنشاء مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "حالة Csync2 غير معروفة" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "تشغيل csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "إيقاف csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "أدخل اسم مضيف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "تحرير اسم المضيف" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "أدخل اسم ملف لمزامنته" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "تحرير اسم الملف" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -336,13 +324,13 @@ "يوجد بالفعل ملف مفتاح %1.\n" "هل تريد الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "فشل حذف مفتاح الملف %1." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -350,240 +338,114 @@ "يتم إنشاء ملف مفتاح %1.\n" "يعمل النقر فوق الزر \"إضافة ملفات مقترحة\" على إضافته إلى قائمة المزامنة." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء المفتاح." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd عبارة عن برنامج محرك يُساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد " -"المجموعة.\n" +"Conntrackd عبارة عن برنامج محرك يُساعد على تكرار حالة جدار الحماية بين عقد المجموعة.\n" "يمكن أن يساعد YaST في تكوين بعض جوانب conntrackd الأساسية.\n" "يجب عليك بدء تشغيله بواسطة ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "الواجهة المخصصة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "عنوان IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "رقم المجموعة:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "إنشاء /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "يجب أن يكون رقم المجموعة عددًا صحيحًا موجبًا" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -" \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>عنوان شبكة الربط</big> يقوم هذا بتحديد العنوان الذي سيربطه " -"مُنفذ openais، ويجب أن ينتهي دائمًا هذا العنوان بصفر. إذا كان يجب توجيه مرور " -"totem عبر 192.168.5.92، فقم بتعيين bindnetaddr على 192.168.5.0. كما يمكن " -"أن يكون هذا عنوان IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب " -"تحديد العنوان بالكامل ولا يوجد تحديد تلقائي لواجهة الشبكة في شبكة فرعية " -"محددة كما في IPv4. إذا تم استخدام شبكات IPv6، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid . </" -"p>\n" -"<big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big> يستخدم مُنفذ openais هذا العنوان. " -"يعمل الخيار الافتراضي مع أغلب الشبكات، ولكن يجب الاستفسار من مسؤول الشبكة عن " -"عنوان البث المتعدد الواجب استخدامه. وتجنب 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو عنوان بث " -"متعدد \"config\". كما يمكن أن يكون عنوان بث متعدد IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، " -"سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.\n" -"<big>المنفذ</big> يحدد هذا رقم منفذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات " -"المستخدم. يمكن استخدام نفس عنوان البث المتعدد في شبكة بخدمات openais المكونة " -"لمنافذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم مختلفة. \n" -"<big>عنوان العضو</big> تحدد هذه القائمة كل العقد في مجموعة عن " -"طريق عنوان IP. يمكن تكوين هذا عند استخدام udpu (البث الأحادي). \n" -"<big>معرف العقدة</big> يعد خيار التكوين هذا اختياريًا عند " -"استخدام IPv4 ولازمًا عند استخدام IPv6. وهو قيمة 32 بت تحدد معرف العقدة الذي " -"يتم تسليمه لخدمة عضوية المجموعة. وفي حالة عدم تحديده مع IPv4، سيتم تحديد " -"معرف العقدة من عنوان IP 32 بت الذي تم ربط النظام به من خلال معرف حلقي " -"بالقيمة 0. إن قيمة معرف العقدة صفر محجوزة وينبغي عدم استخدامها. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> يحدد هذا وضع الحلقة المكررة، وقد يكون نشطًا " -"أو سلبيًا. يوفر النسخ المماثل النشط مدة انتظار أقل إلى حد ما بين البث " -"والتسليم في بيئات شبكات معطلة ولكن يقدم أداء أقل. وقد يصل النسخ المماثل " -"السلبي إلى مضاعفة سرعة بروتوكول totem إن لم يرتبط البروتوكول بوحدة معالجة " -"مركزية. والخيار الأخير هو بلا ميزات، وفي هذه الحالة، لن يتم استخدام إلا " -"واجهة شبكة واحدة لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا تم تحديد تعليمات برمجية واحدة " -"فقط لواجهة، لا يتم الاختيار تلقائيًا، وإن تم تحديد عدة تعليمات برمجية " -"للواجهات، لا يمكن الاختيار إلا النشطة أو السلبية. \n" -"<big>الأصوات المتوقعة</big> توقع عدد الأصوات لنصاب التصويت. " -"سيتم الاحتساب تلقائيًا عند وجود قسم nodelist {} في corosync.conf (سيتم إنشاء " -"القائمة عند استخدام نقل البث الأحادي) أو يمكن التحديد في قسم النصاب {} (يجب " -"أن تستخدم الأصوات المتوقعة إجمالي عدد العقد في المجموعة). إذا وجدت قيمة " -"الأصوات المتوقعة في نقل البث الأحادي، فسيتم استبدال القيمة المحتسبة تلقائيًا." -" \n" -"<big>إنشاء معرف العقدة تلقائيًا</big> يلزم وجود قيمة Nodeid عند " -"استخدام IPv6. عند تمكين معرف العقدة التلقائي سيتم إنشاء nodeid تلقائيًا. </" -"p>\n" +"<big>عنوان شبكة الربط</big> يقوم هذا بتحديد العنوان الذي سيربطه مُنفذ openais، ويجب أن ينتهي دائمًا هذا العنوان بصفر. إذا كان يجب توجيه مرور totem عبر 192.168.5.92، فقم بتعيين bindnetaddr على 192.168.5.0. كما يمكن أن يكون هذا عنوان IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد العنوان بالكامل ولا يوجد تحديد تلقائي لواجهة الشبكة في شبكة فرعية محددة كما في IPv4. إذا تم استخدام شبكات IPv6، يجب تحديد حقل nodeid . \n" +"<big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big> يستخدم مُنفذ openais هذا العنوان. يعمل الخيار الافتراضي مع أغلب الشبكات، ولكن يجب الاستفسار من مسؤول الشبكة عن عنوان البث المتعدد الواجب استخدامه. وتجنب 224.x.x.x لأن هذا هو عنوان بث متعدد \"config\". كما يمكن أن يكون عنوان بث متعدد IPV6، وفي هذه الحالة، سيتم استخدام شبكات IPV6، وعندها يجب تحديد حقل nodeid.\n" +"<big>المنفذ</big> يحدد هذا رقم منفذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم. يمكن استخدام نفس عنوان البث المتعدد في شبكة بخدمات openais المكونة لمنافذ بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم مختلفة. \n" +"<big>عنوان العضو</big> تحدد هذه القائمة كل العقد في مجموعة عن طريق عنوان IP. يمكن تكوين هذا عند استخدام udpu (البث الأحادي). \n" +"<big>معرف العقدة</big> يعد خيار التكوين هذا اختياريًا عند استخدام IPv4 ولازمًا عند استخدام IPv6. وهو قيمة 32 بت تحدد معرف العقدة الذي يتم تسليمه لخدمة عضوية المجموعة. وفي حالة عدم تحديده مع IPv4، سيتم تحديد معرف العقدة من عنوان IP 32 بت الذي تم ربط النظام به من خلال معرف حلقي بالقيمة 0. إن قيمة معرف العقدة صفر محجوزة وينبغي عدم استخدامها. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> يحدد هذا وضع الحلقة المكررة، وقد يكون نشطًا أو سلبيًا. يوفر النسخ المماثل النشط مدة انتظار أقل إلى حد ما بين البث والتسليم في بيئات شبكات معطلة ولكن يقدم أداء أقل. وقد يصل النسخ المماثل السلبي إلى مضاعفة سرعة بروتوكول totem إن لم يرتبط البروتوكول بوحدة معالجة مركزية. والخيار الأخير هو بلا ميزات، وفي هذه الحالة، لن يتم استخدام إلا واجهة شبكة واحدة لتشغيل بروتوكول totem. إذا تم تحديد تعليمات برمجية واحدة فقط لواجهة، لا يتم الاختيار تلقائيًا، وإن تم تحديد عدة تعليمات برمجية للواجهات، لا يمكن الاختيار إلا النشطة أو السلبية. \n" +"<big>الأصوات المتوقعة</big> توقع عدد الأصوات لنصاب التصويت. سيتم الاحتساب تلقائيًا عند وجود قسم nodelist {} في corosync.conf (سيتم إنشاء القائمة عند استخدام نقل البث الأحادي) أو يمكن التحديد في قسم النصاب {} (يجب أن تستخدم الأصوات المتوقعة إجمالي عدد العقد في المجموعة). إذا وجدت قيمة الأصوات المتوقعة في نقل البث الأحادي، فسيتم استبدال القيمة المحتسبة تلقائيًا. \n" +"<big>إنشاء معرف العقدة تلقائيًا</big> يلزم وجود قيمة Nodeid عند استخدام IPv6. عند تمكين معرف العقدة التلقائي سيتم إنشاء nodeid تلقائيًا. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>تمكين تصديق التأمين</big> يحدد هذا تصديق HMAC/SHA1 المراد " -"استخدامه لتصديق كل الرسائل. كما يحدد بشكل أوضح أنه يجب تشفير كل البيانات " -"بخوارزمية تشفير sober128 لحماية البيانات من التجسس. سيؤدي تمكين هذا الخيار " -"إلى إضافة عنوان 36 بت إلى كل رسالة يرسلها totem مما يقلل إجمالي معدل النقل. " -"يستهلك التشفير والتصديق 75% من دورات وحدة المعالجة المركزية في aisexec حسب " -"القياسات عند تمكين gprof. لشبكات 100 ميجابت و1500 MTU لبث الإطارات. يمكن " -"الوصول إلى معدل نقل 9 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 100% من وحدة المعالجة " -"المركزية، عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 ميجاهرتز. ويمكن " -"الوصول إلى معدل نقل 10 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 20% من وحدة المعالجة " -"المركزية، عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. " -"لشبكات gig-e ببث إطارات أكبر، يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 20 ميجابايت/الثانية " -"عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. كما يمكن الوصول " -"إلى معدل نقل 60 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة " -"المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. تم تعيين الخيار الافتراضي على تشغيل. \n" +"<big>تمكين تصديق التأمين</big> يحدد هذا تصديق HMAC/SHA1 المراد استخدامه لتصديق كل الرسائل. كما يحدد بشكل أوضح أنه يجب تشفير كل البيانات بخوارزمية تشفير sober128 لحماية البيانات من التجسس. سيؤدي تمكين هذا الخيار إلى إضافة عنوان 36 بت إلى كل رسالة يرسلها totem مما يقلل إجمالي معدل النقل. يستهلك التشفير والتصديق 75% من دورات وحدة المعالجة المركزية في aisexec حسب القياسات عند تمكين gprof. لشبكات 100 ميجابت و1500 MTU لبث الإطارات. يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 9 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 100% من وحدة المعالجة المركزية، عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 ميجاه رتز. ويمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 10 ميجابايت/الثانية عند استخدام 20% من وحدة المعالجة المركزية، عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. لشبكات gig-e ببث إطارات أكبر، يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 20 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تمكين هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. كما يمكن الوصول إلى معدل نقل 60 ميجابايت/الثانية عند تعطيل هذا الخيار على وحدات المعالجة المركزية 3 جيجاهرتز. تم تعيين الخيار الافتراضي على تشغيل. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>التشغيل</big> بدء خدمة corosync أثناء التشغيل أم لا</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\t<big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big> تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين " -"جدار الحماية\n" +"\t\t\t<big>التشغيل</big> بدء خدمة corosync أثناء التشغيل أم لا\n" +"\t\t\t<big>إعدادات جدار الحماية</big> تمكين المنفذ عند تمكين جدار الحماية\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>مضيف المزامنة</big> يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين " -"المستخدمة هنا هي أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد المجموعة المتماثلة. وهذا يعني " -"أنه يجب استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تم طباعتها بواسطة أمر اسم المضيف.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t<big>مزامنة الملف</big> اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنته.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t<big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big> يتم تنفيذ التصديق " -"باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح " -"مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء " -"المجموعة يدويًا بعد إنشائه.\n" +"\t\t<big>مضيف المزامنة</big> يجب أن تكون أسماء المضيفين المستخدمة هنا هي أسماء مضيفين محليين من عقد المجموعة المتماثلة. وهذا يعني أنه يجب استخدام نفس السلسلة بالضبط كما تم طباعتها بواسطة أمر اسم المضيف.\n" +"\t\t<big>مزامنة الملف</big> اسم الملف الكامل المراد مزامنته.\n" +"\t\t<big>مفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة</big> يتم تنفيذ التصديق باستخدام عناوين IP ومفاتيح المشاركة المسبقة في Csync2. يتم إنشاء ملف المفتاح مع csync2-ك/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. يجب نسخ الملف key_hagroup إلى جميع أعضاء المجموعة يدويًا بعد إنشائه.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>الواجهة المخصصة</big> واجهة شبكة مخصصة للمزامنة. يجب " -"أن تدعم الواجهة البث المتعدد وأن تكون جاهزة للاستخدام. وقد يلزم عليك تكوينها " -"بشكل مسبق. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> عنوان IPv4 المعيّن إلى واجهة الشبكة المخصصة، " -"ويتم تخصيصه تلقائيًا.\n" -"\t\t<big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big> عنوان البث المتعدد المطلوب " -"استخدامه للمزامنة.\n" -"\t\t<big>رقم المجموعة</big> معرف رقمي يُشير إلى مجموعة المزامنة." -"\n" +"\t\t<big>الواجهة المخصصة</big> واجهة شبكة مخصصة للمزامنة. يجب أن تدعم الواجهة البث المتعدد وأن تكون جاهزة للاستخدام. وقد يلزم عليك تكوينها بشكل مسبق. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> عنوان IPv4 المعيّن إلى واجهة الشبكة المخصصة، ويتم تخصيصه تلقائيًا.\n" +"\t\t<big>عنوان البث المتعدد</big> عنوان البث المتعدد المطلوب استخدامه للمزامنة.\n" +"\t\t<big>رقم المجموعة</big> معرف رقمي يُشير إلى مجموعة المزامنة.\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -591,18 +453,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -610,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة‏</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -623,107 +484,107 @@ " ويظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" "\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار حماية SUSE" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار حماية SUSE..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "تعذر تحميل التكوين الموجود" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 1." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 2." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المجموعة المتماثلة" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "حفظ التغييرات إلى جدار حماية SUSE" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ التغييرات إلى جدار حماية SUSE..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control-center.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "بدء تكوين الوحدة النمطية \"%1\"..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "مركز تحكم YaST" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "لا يتم تشغيل مركز التحكم في YaST كجذر.\n" "سوف تشاهد فقط الوحدات النمطية التي لا تتطلب امتيازات الجذر." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "تمت كتابة ملفات التسجيل بنجاح" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "ﻻ يمكن حفظ سجلات y2logs." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة ملفات التسجيل ..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 موجود! هل تريد بالفعل الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 موجود ومحمي ضد الكتابة!\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "تأكيد" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/control.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "خادم CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "خبير" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "إعدادات تثبيت مباشر" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "التحضير" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين شبكة linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "الإعداد التلقائي للشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "تحديث المُثبت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "مرحبًا" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "تنشيط الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "تنشيط القرص" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "تحليل النظام" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المستخدم" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "إجراء التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "تنظيف المُثبت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "التثبيت" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "النظام المطلوب تحديثه" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "ملخص التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "إجراء التحديث" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "تثبيت أساسي" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "إعدادات AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "تكوين" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "تكوين النظام" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "دور النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ "أدوار النظام عبارة عن حالات استخدام معرفة مسبقًا تُهيئ النظام\n" "للسيناريو المحدد." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "دور نظام وفقًا لذلك ليوافق حالة استخدام الدور. ويمكن تجاوز الإعدادات \n" "المحددة بواسطة دور ما في الخطوات التالية، إذا لزم الأمر.‏" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "النظام الافتراضي" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ "• بيئة GNOME، مع قسم جذر (/) Btrfs‏\n" " ‏• فصل قسم /home (XFS) للأقراص أكبر من 20 غيغابايت" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "مضيف الظاهرية KVM" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -525,12 +525,12 @@ "• أدوات وhypervisor مستند إلى Kernel‏\n" "‏• بدون قسم /home منفصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "مضيف الظاهرية Xen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -538,21 +538,21 @@ "• أدوات وhypervisor بدون نظام تشغيل\n" "• بدون قسم /home منفصل" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خدمات الشبكة" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين شبكة Linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ " استمتع بوقتك! فريق تطوير openSUSE\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -596,39 +596,39 @@ "بأسلوب مميز، لذا يحدد الذوق الشخصي\n" "البيئة الأكثر ملاءمة لك." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب KDE Plasma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "خادم (وضع النص(" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب Xfce" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "أدنى X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "سطح مكتب Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "المستودعات المتصلة" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,61 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "ملخص تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "قم بتعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "قم بسرد كل تخطيطات لوحة المفاتيح المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح جديد" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالي: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم " -"الممكنة." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -77,86 +74,81 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة " -"المفاتيح النمطية.\n" +"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة المفاتيح النمطية.\n" " تتم كتابة هذه الإعدادات في الملف <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم " -"بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح المتقدمة" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "معد&ل التكرار" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "فترة التأ&خير قبل بدء التكرار" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "حالات بدء التشغيل" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock في و&ضع التشغيل" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "إعدادات BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<بدون تغيير>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "تع&طيل Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات متقدمة..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -164,27 +156,25 @@ "\n" "<big>تكوين لوحة المفاتيح</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اختر تخطيط لوحة المفاتيحالمطلوب استخدامه\n" " للتثبيت وفي النظام المثبت. \n" " اختبر التخطيط في اختبار.\n" -" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد " -"إعدادات متقدمة.\n" +" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد إعدادات متقدمة.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -194,34 +184,30 @@ "إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اخترتخطيط لوحة المفاتيح لاستخدامها في النظام.\n" -"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد إعدادات الخبير</" -"b>.\n" -"للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة " -"المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.\n" +"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد إعدادات الخبير.\n" +"للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "تكوين لوحة مفاتيح النظام" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -231,182 +217,179 @@ "التخطيط الموجود في النظام المطلوب تحديثه.\n" " حدد التخطيط المطلوب استخدامه أثناء التحديث:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "فشل تعيين لوحة مفاتيح X11 على '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>اللغة<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة للغة" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "قم بسرد كل اللغات المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "قيمة اللغة الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "قائمة اللغات الثانوية (مفصولة بفواصل)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "لا تقم بتثبيت حزم اللغة الخاصة" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين اللغة" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "حفظ التكوين الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "اللغة الحالية: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "اللغات الإضافية: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "اللغة %1 ليست لغة صالحة. استخدم الأمر قائمة للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "مرحبًا بك في \"إصلاح النظام\"" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "الل&غات الثانوية" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "اللغة ال&رئيسية" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "إعدادات اللغة الرئيسية" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة " -"الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" +"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" " " -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -418,8 +401,8 @@ "النظام المثبت.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -429,8 +412,8 @@ "انقر فوق التالي للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -442,8 +425,8 @@ "كافة الإعدادات في مربع حوار التثبيت الأخير.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -455,9 +438,9 @@ "عملية التثبيت.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -467,8 +450,8 @@ "اختر اللغة الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " \n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -478,27 +461,21 @@ "اختر اللغة الرئيسية الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " \n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"حدد تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة " -"الرئيسية.\n" -"تحقق من تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا " -"للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا " -"لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" +"حدد تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة الرئيسية.\n" +"تحقق من تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -510,13 +487,13 @@ " في مربع التحديد، حدد اللغات الإضافية المطلوب استخدامها على النظام.\n" " \n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "توجد تبعيات حزمة غير محلولة." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -524,8 +501,8 @@ "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كل الحزم الإضافية.\n" "أزل بعض اللغات من التحديد." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -539,8 +516,8 @@ " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -550,78 +527,69 @@ "الإعدادت المحلية لجذر المستخدم\n" " كيفية تعيين المتغيرات المحلية (LC_*) للمستخدم المسؤول." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype فقط: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم " -"يتم تعيين\n" +"ctype فقط: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم تعيين\n" "القيم الأخرى. \n" -" نعم: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي." -" \n" +" نعم: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي. \n" " لا: لم يتم تعيين كل المتغيرات المحلية الخاصة بالمسؤول.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"استخدم الإعداد المحلي المُفصل لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير " -"المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة " -"للإعداد المحلي المحدد." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "استخدم الإعداد المحلي المُفصل لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة للإعداد المحلي المحدد." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "تفاصيل اللغة" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية لج&ذر المستخدم" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype فقط" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "استخدام ترمي&ز UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "الإعداد الم&حلي المُفصل" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "تهيئة ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "تهيئة الم&نطقة الزمنية بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال ملحق لغة نظام التثبيت..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -633,21 +601,21 @@ "\n" "سيتم استخدام اللغة الاحتياطية %{fallback}‏." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -655,20 +623,19 @@ "لم تكتمل ترجمة اللغة الرئيسية.\n" "قد يتم عرض بعض النصوص باللغة الإنجليزية.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "يتم تضمين الحد الأدنى من الدعم فقط للغة المحددة في هذه الوسائط.\n" "أضف القرص المضغوط الإضافي للغة كمخزن إضافي للحصول على مستوى مناسب\n" "من الدعم لهذه اللغة.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -676,67 +643,67 @@ "يتعذر استخدام اللغة المحددة في وضع النص. يتم استخدام الإنجليزية \n" " للتثبيت، ولكن سيتم استخدام اللغة المحددة مع النظام الجديد." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "سرد كافة المناطق الزمنية المتاحة" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "قيمة جديدة لساعة الجهاز. من الممكن أن تكون 'local' أو 'utc' أو 'UTC'‏." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ الحاليان:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -744,48 +711,42 @@ "الوقت %1 في الماضي.\n" "قم بتعيين وقت صحيح قبل بدء التثبيت." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة ال&زمنية" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في تعيين " -"ساعة الأجهزة على.\n" -" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل " -"Microsoft\n" +"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على.\n" +" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل Microsoft\n" " Windows) التوقيت المحلي.\n" " أما الأجهزة المثبت عليها Linux فقط فعادةً ما يتم تعيينها على \n" " التوقيت العالمي المتفق عليه (UTC).\n" -" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي " -"إلى \n" +" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي إلى \n" "التوقيت الصيفي ثم الرجوع تلقائيًا.\n" " \n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -801,18 +762,15 @@ "تحقق من دليل المستخدم للحصول على معلومات عن الآثار الجانبية.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -831,62 +789,58 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة مع تحديد الوقت (بالتوقيت المحلي)؟" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى " -"القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "اضغط قبول لحفظ التغييرات." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي بتنسيق ي ي-ش ش-س س س س" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "الوقت الحالي بتنسيق س س:دد:ث ث" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "الوقت الحالي" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "تغيير الوقت الآن" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "مزامنة مع خادم NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "تغيير التاريخ أو الوقت" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -894,8 +848,8 @@ "وقت غير صالح (س س:د د:ث ث) %1.\n" "أدخل الوقت الصحيح.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -903,49 +857,49 @@ "تاريخ غير صالح (ي ي-ش ش-س س س س) %1.\n" "أدخل التاريخ الصحيح.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "إعداد آ&خر" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ (تم تكوين NTP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&تعيين ساعة الأجهزة إلى UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "ال&منطقة" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "المن&طقة الزمنية" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -953,26 +907,23 @@ "\n" "<big>إعدادات المنطقة الزمنية والساعة</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد المنطقة " -"أولاً.\n" -" في المنطقة الزمنية، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة " -"المناسبة \n" +"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد المنطقة أولاً.\n" +" في المنطقة الزمنية، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة المناسبة \n" "من تلك المتاحة.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -982,279 +933,279 @@ "إذا كان التوقيت الحالي غير صحيح، استخدم تغيير لتعديله.\n" " " -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "الساعة والمنطقة الزمنية" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "حدد منطقة زمنية صالحة." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP غير مكوَّن" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "أمريكية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "بريطانية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "المانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "الألمانية (بمفاتيح تشكيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "الألمانية (سويسرا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "ﺔﻳﺮﺴﻳﻮﺳ/ﺔﻴﺴﻧﺮﻓ" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "الفرنسية (كندا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "الكندية (متعدد اللغات)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "اسبانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "الأسبانية (أمريكا اللاتينية)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "الأسبانية (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "أسبانية (اللهجة الأسترية(" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل -- لهجات الولايات المتحدة)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "نروجية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "qwerty التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "السلوفاكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "السلوفاكية (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "السلوفانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "هنغارية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "روسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "الصربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "الليتوانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "التركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "الكرواتية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "البلجيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "الآيسلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "اوكرانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "الخميرية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "الكورية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "الطاجكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "الصينية التقليدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "الصينية المبسطة" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "الرومانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الدولية" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/crowbar.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-28 08:52+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: سوزي\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dhcp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,683 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "طباعة حالة خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "تمكين خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "تعطيل خادم DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "قم بإدارة إعدادات المضيف الفردية" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "تحديد واجهة الشبكة المطلوب الاستماع إليها" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "إدارة خيارات DHCP العمومية" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "إدارة خيارات الشبكة الفرعية لـ DHCP" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "سرد كافة الأجهزة المضيفة المعرَّفة التي لها عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "إضافة مضيف جديد له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "تحرير مضيف له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "حذف مضيف له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "اسم المضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "عنوان الجهاز للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "نوع الجهاز للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) للمضيف الذي له عنوان ثابت" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "تحديد واجهة الشبكة المطلوب استخدامها" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "طباعة الواجهة المستخدمة حاليًا وسرد الواجهات الأخرى المتاحة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "طباعة الخيارات الحالية" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "تعيين خيار عمومي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "مفتاح الخيار (على سبيل المثال، ntp-servers)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "قيمة الخيار (على سبيل المثال، عنوان IP)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "أدنى عنوان IP في نطاق تعيين العنوان الديناميكي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "أعلى عنوان IP في نطاق تعيين العنوان الديناميكي" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "مدة التأجير الافتراضية بالثواني" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "أقصى مدة للتأجير بالثواني" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "خادم DHCP ممكَّن" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "خادم DHCP معطل" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "المضيف: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "الجهاز: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "عنوان IP: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير محدد." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "المضيف المحدد غير موجود." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "الواجهات المحددة: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "واجهات أخرى: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "الواجهة المحددة غير موجودة." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد التشغيل باستخدام الواجهة." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين مفتاح الخيار." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين القيمة." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "نطاق العنوان: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "مدة التأجير الافتراضية: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لمدة التأجير: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "الخيارات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الشبكة الفرعية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "المضيف ذو العنوان الثابت" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "الشبكة المشتركة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "مجمع العناوين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "الخيارات الخاصة بالمجموعة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "طبقة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&شبكة فرعية" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "مضي&ف" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "&شبكة مشتركة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "م&جموعة" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "مجم&ع عناوين" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "أنواع الإعلانات" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "نوع الإعلان" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الواجهة" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "إدارة مفاتيح TSIG" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "خادم DHCP: بدء التشغيل" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "خادم DHCP: تحديد البطاقة" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "تحديد البطاقة" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "خادم DHCP: الإعدادات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "خادم DHCP: DHCP الديناميكي" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP الديناميكي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "خادم DHCP: إدارة المضيفين" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "إدارة المضيفين" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "خادم DHCP: إعدادات الخبير" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "وسيطات بدء خادم DHCP" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "بطاقات الشبكة لخادم DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "محدد" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "اسم الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "تح&ديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "إل&غاء تحديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "عنوان DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "يجب تحديد واجهة شبكة واحدة على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"لم يتم تكوين واحدة أو أكثر من واجهات الشبكات المحددة (لا يتوفر عنوان IP " -"محدد \n" +"لم يتم تكوين واحدة أو أكثر من واجهات الشبكات المحددة (لا يتوفر عنوان IP محدد \n" "ولا قناع شبكة)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&دعم LDAP" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "اسم &خادم DHCP (اختياري)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء ال&رئيسي" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء ال&ثانوي" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "ال&بوابة الافتراضية (الموجه) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "خادم &وقت NTP" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "خادم ال&طباعة" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&خادم WINS" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "مدة ال&تأجير الافتراضية" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ال&وحدات" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "لا تعتبر القيمة المحددة اسم مضيف صالحًا أو عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "معلومات الشبكة الفرعية" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&قناع الشبكة الحالي" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "&وحدات بت قناع الشبكة" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "أد&نى عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "أق&صى عنوان IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "نطاق عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP الأو&ل" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "ع&نوان IP الأخير" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "الس&ماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "مدة التأجير" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "ال&حد الأقصى" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "الو&حدات" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة DNS جديدة من البداية" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "تحرير منطقة DNS الحالية" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "الحصول على معلومات المنطقة الحالية" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "ت&زامن خادم DNS..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -698,149 +696,148 @@ "لا تعتبر منطقة DNS %1 منطقة رئيسية.\n" "وبالتالي، لا يمكنك تغييرها هنا.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "أدخل قيمًا لحدي نطاق عنوان IP." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "يجب أن يكون عنوان DHCP الديناميكي في نفس الشبكة التي يوجد بها خادم DHCP.\n" "عنوان IP %1 لا يطابق %2/%3 للشبكة." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "المضيف المسجل" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "عنوان الأجهزة" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "إعداد القائمة" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "عن&وان IP" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "عنوان الأ&جهزة" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "إي&ثرنت" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "ت&غيير في القائمة" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "ح&ذف من القائمة" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "إيثرنت" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "عنوان الأجهزة غير صالح.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان الأجهزة فريدًا." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المضيف فارغًا." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "يوجد بالفعل مضيف باسم %1." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "أدخل عنوان IP للمضيف." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان الأجهزة معرفًا." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "حدد مضيفًا أولاً." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة المدخلات معرَّفة." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -860,21 +857,20 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "لا يعتبر \"-%1\" خيار سطر أوامر صالحًا لخادم DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "يحتاج خيار سطر الأوامر لخادم DHCP المسمى \"-%1\" إلى وسيطة" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -884,27 +880,25 @@ "\n" "وهذا غير معتمد من قبل YaST. كما أن الوحدة النمطية لخادم DHCP فقط \n" "تستطيع قراءة وكتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf. التكوين \n" -"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كل التغييرات إلى ملف التكوين " -"الافتراضي.\n" +"الجديد من %1 لن يتم استيراده. وسيتم حفظ كل التغييرات إلى ملف التكوين الافتراضي.\n" " \n" "هل تريد المتابعة حقا؟\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP معالج خادم(%1 من 4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -914,10 +908,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS</big> \n" "يُعرف عنوان IP الأول \n" -"عنوان بداية النطاق ويُعرف آخر عنوان IP آخر النطاق. قاعدة اسم " -"المضيف هي سلسلة \n" -"تحدد كيفية إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة ip (مثل <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-" -"%i-a</tt>).\n" +"عنوان بداية النطاق ويُعرف آخر عنوان IP آخر النطاق. قاعدة اسم المضيف هي سلسلة \n" +"تحدد كيفية إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة ip (مثل <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "يتم استبداله <tt>%i</tt> برقم المضيف في النطاق.\n" "إذا لم يتم تعريف لا <tt>%i</tt> ، فتتم إضافة الرقم في نهاية \n" "السلسلة. <tt>%i</tt> يمكن استخدامها مرة \n" @@ -925,8 +917,8 @@ "ويعرَّف الرقم الأول الذي يستخدم لاسم المضيف \n" "الأول عن طريق ابدأ . يتم إنشاء أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة تدريجيًا.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<big>DNS Wizard</big> \n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -942,19 +934,17 @@ "المضيف. تقوم منطقة DNS بترجمة الأسماء إلى عناوين IP المحددة. \n" "يمكنك أيضا إنشاء منطقة عكسية تقوم بترجمة عناوين IP إلى أسماء.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" "اسم منطقة جديدة أو اسم المنطقة العكسية\n" -"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغييرها.</" -"p>\n" +"مأخوذة من إعدادات شبكة الاتصال وخادم DHCP الحالية، ولذلك، لا يمكن تغييرها.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" @@ -962,8 +952,8 @@ "حدد إنشاء منطقة عكسية أيضًا لإنشاء منطقة \n" "للإدخالات العكسية الخاصة بمنطقة DNS الرئيسية.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Name Servers</big> \n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -973,8 +963,8 @@ "يجب أن تتوفر خوادم الأسماء لكي يعمل خادم DNS بشكل صحيح.\n" "فهي تقوم بإدارة كافة سجلات منطقة DNS.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>DNS Queries</big> \n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -992,28 +982,25 @@ "أجل خوادم اسم المنطقة الحالية. ثم تقوم بإرسال \n" "استعلام DNS لخوادم الاسم هذه للحصول \n" "على عنوان IP المطلوب. \n" -"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.</" -"p>\n" +"ولهذا السبب، ينبغي ذكر اسم مضيف خادم DNS الحالي كواحد من خوادم اسم المنطقة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" "لإضافة خادم أسماء جديد، انقر فوق إضافة، أكمل النموذج،\n" "ثم انقر فوق موافق. إذا كان اسم خادم الأسماء الجديد مضمنًا في\n" -"منطقة DNS الحالية، فأدخل أيضًا عنوان IP الخاص به. يعتبر هذا الأمر إلزاميًا " -"نظرًا لاستخدامه\n" +"منطقة DNS الحالية، فأدخل أيضًا عنوان IP الخاص به. يعتبر هذا الأمر إلزاميًا نظرًا لاستخدامه\n" "أثناء إنشاء المنطقة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "Edit or Delete.\n" @@ -1021,14 +1008,13 @@ "لتحرير إدخال أو حذفه، حدد هذا الإدخال، ثم انقر فوق \n" "تحرير أو حذف.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>سجلات DNS</big> \n" @@ -1037,8 +1023,8 @@ "لكيفية إنشاء ip . هذه القواعد تُعرف نطاق عناوين IP المستخدمة والسلسلة\n" "التي يتم استخدامها لإنشاء نطاق أسماء المضيفين.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1046,13 +1032,12 @@ "to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "<big>نطاق سجلات DNS</big> \n" -"على سبيل المثال، قم بإنشاء مجموعة من أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة من <tt>dhcp-133-" -"a</tt>\n" +"على سبيل المثال، قم بإنشاء مجموعة من أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة من <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" "إلى <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> بعناوين IP من <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" " إلى <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" @@ -1060,8 +1045,8 @@ "لإضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، انقر فوق إضافة و\n" "أكمل النموذج، ثم انقر فوق موافق.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.\n" @@ -1069,8 +1054,8 @@ "هذا ملخص لكافة البيانات\n" "التي تم إدخالها في معالج التكوين حتى الآن.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Click Accept to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1082,8 +1067,8 @@ "لا يتم حفظ الإعدادات نهائيًا حتى تنتهي من\n" "تكوين خادم DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>DNS Synchronization</big> \n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1092,26 +1077,24 @@ msgstr "" "<big>تزامن DNS</big> \n" "هذه الأداة عبارة عن أداة متقدمة لتحرير إعدادات خادم DNS لتطابق\n" -"إعدادات DHCP الخاصة بك. يتم الاحتفاظ فقط بسجلات 'A' --سجلات DNS التي تقوم " -"بتحويل أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة إلى\n" +"إعدادات DHCP الخاصة بك. يتم الاحتفاظ فقط بسجلات 'A' --سجلات DNS التي تقوم بتحويل أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة إلى\n" "عناوين IP-- هنا.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Current Subnet and Netmask show the current network settings.\n" "Domain is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"الشبكة الفرعية الحالية وقناع الشبكة يعملان على إظهار إعدادات " -"شبكة الاتصال الحالية.\n" +"الشبكة الفرعية الحالية وقناع الشبكة يعملان على إظهار إعدادات شبكة الاتصال الحالية.\n" "المجال مأخوذ من تكوين DHCP الحالي.\n" "عنوان IP الأول وعنوان IP الثاني تعمل على مطابقة النطاق \n" "الديناميكيDHCP الحالي.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use Run Wizard\n" @@ -1121,19 +1104,16 @@ "لإنشاء منطقة DNS من البداية، استخدم تشغيل المعالج\n" "من مهام خاصة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1142,38 +1122,37 @@ "لمزامنة إدخالات DNS مع النماذج العكسية الخاصة بها في\n" "المنطقة العكسية المطابقة، حدد تزامن مع المنطقة العكسية.\n" "استخدم إزالة نطاق مطابقة سجلات DNS \n" -"من مهام خاصة لحذف أية معلومات تتعلق بنطاق عناوين IP هذا من خادم DNS. " -"لإنشاء نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، حدد\n" +"من مهام خاصة لحذف أية معلومات تتعلق بنطاق عناوين IP هذا من خادم DNS. لإنشاء نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS، حدد\n" "إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS من مهام خاصة.\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "إضافة نطاق سجل DNS جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "تحرير نطاق سجل DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "قاعدة اسم ال&مضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "ب&دء" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1181,11 +1160,11 @@ "خطأ داخلي.\n" "تعذر إنشاء نطاق IP من %1 و%2." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1193,19 +1172,19 @@ "عنوان IP %1 لا يطابق\n" "الشبكة الحالية %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عنوان IP الأخير أعلى من العنوان الأول." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1215,37 +1194,37 @@ "نطاق \n" "DHCP الديناميكي الحالي %2-%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "يُسمح بوجود '%i' واحد فقط في سلسة قاعدة اسم المضيف." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1253,45 +1232,45 @@ "عنوان IP %1 يقع خارج نطاق\n" "عناوين IP (%2-%3) المسموح بها المعرَّفة في خادم DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة إنشاء إدخالات منطقة DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "إضافة سجل DNS جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "اسم الم&ضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة %1-%2 لنطاق DHCP إلى خادم DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "إزالة نطاق مطابقة سجلات DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة السجلات الموجودة في %1-%2 للنطاق من خادم DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1299,8 +1278,8 @@ "لا تعتبر المنطقة %1 من النوع master.\n" "تعذر على خادم DNS كتابة سجلات إليها.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1308,20 +1287,20 @@ "لم تعد المنطقة %1 موجودة بعد في تكوين خادم DNS الحالي.\n" "هل تريد إنشاءها؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء منطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "يتم الآن تزامن السجلات العكسية لـ DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1329,73 +1308,73 @@ "إذا قمت بإلغاء الأمر، سيتم فقدان كل التغييرات التي تمت في خادم DNS.\n" "هل تريد حقا إلغاء هذه العملية؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ق&ناع الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "سجلات منطقة DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP المخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "مهام خا&صة" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "إضافة نطاق جديد من سجلات DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "تشغيل المعالج لإعادة كتابة منطقة DNS من البداية" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "تزامن مع المنطقة العكسية %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "خادم DHCP: تزامن خادم DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "إيقاف المعالج" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1403,42 +1382,41 @@ "سيتم فقدان كافة التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها في المعالج.\n" "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "إضافة خادم أسماء جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "تحرير خادم الأسماء" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "IP لل&خادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "لم يتم توفير أي عنوان IP لخادم اسم في منطقة DNS الحالية.\n" "قد لا يعمل ذلك لأن كل اسم منطقة يحتاج إلى اسم خادم و IP معرف لخادم الاسم. \n" "هل تريد استخدام الإعدادات الحالية حقًا؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "خادم الأسماء %1 موجود في التكوين بالفعل." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1448,204 +1426,204 @@ "بنطاق آخر (%1-%2).\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام النطاق الجديد؟\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "يجب تعريف خادم أسماء واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: منطقة DNS الجديدة--الخطوة 1 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "اسم الم&نطقة الجديدة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة ع&كسية أيضًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: خوادم أسماء المنطقة--الخطوة 2 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "خوادم الأسماء الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "عنوان IP (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "تح&رير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "خادم DHCP: سجلات DNS--الخطوة 3 من 3" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "سجلات DNS لعملاء DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "قاعدة الاسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "الرقم المطلوب البدء به" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "من عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "إلى عنوان IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "خادم DHCP: سجلات DNS--ملخص" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة ال&عكسية" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "Zone Name: %1" msgstr "اسم المنطقة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(استبدال المنطقة الجديدة بالمنطقة الحالية)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "Reverse Zone Name: %1" msgstr "اسم المنطقة العكسية: %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "خوادم أسماء المنطقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "اسم المضيف: %1، عنوان IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "غير معرَّف" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "نطاقات الأجهزة المضيفة لـ DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2 Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "النطاق: %1-%2 قاعدة الاسم المضيف: %3، بدءًا من: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين سجل DNS واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "تعذرت إزالة المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة خوادم الأسماء إلى المنطقة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة سجلات DNS الخاصة بالمنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء المنطقة العكسية %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء منطقة DNS..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "استعادة إعدادات DNS السابقة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1657,13 +1635,13 @@ "%1\n" "هل تريد العودة إلى المعالج ؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "تم إنشاء منطقة DNS بنجاح." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1671,8 +1649,8 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم DHCP</big> \n" " الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1680,8 +1658,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم DHCP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1691,8 +1669,8 @@ "حدد واجهات الشبكة التي يجب أن يستمع إليها خادم DHCP من \n" "الواجهات المتاحة." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1708,8 +1686,8 @@ "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط في حالة\n" "تمكين جدار الحماية." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1718,12 +1696,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "لتشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" -"تشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء " -"تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"تشغيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" "بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة." -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1733,8 +1710,8 @@ "لتخزين تكوين DHCP في LDAP،\n" "قم بتمكين دعم LDAP." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1748,8 +1725,8 @@ "الإعلان الجديد، ثم انقر فوق إضافة.\n" "لحذف إعلان، حدده، ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1763,8 +1740,8 @@ "أو قم بإدارة مفاتيح TSIG التي يمكن استخدامها لتصديق \n" "تحديثات DNS الديناميكية." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." @@ -1772,8 +1749,8 @@ "<big>تكوين الشبكة الفرعية</big> \n" "قم بتعيين عنوان الشبكة وقناع الشبكة للشبكة الفرعية." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1783,8 +1760,8 @@ "قم بتعيين المضيف المطلوب تعيين العنوان الثابت أو\n" "الخيارات الخاصة الأخرى له في اسم المضيف." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1796,8 +1773,8 @@ "هذا الأمر للتعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1809,8 +1786,8 @@ "ويقصد من ذلك التعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1822,8 +1799,8 @@ "ويقصد من ذلك التعريف فقط.\n" "لا يؤثر الاسم على سلوك خادم DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1831,8 +1808,8 @@ "<big>طبقة</big> \n" "قم بتعيين اسم طبقة المضيفين في اسم الطبقة." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1846,18 +1823,17 @@ "لإضافة خيار جديد، استخدم إضافة. لإزالة\n" "خيار، حدده، ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"لضبط DNS الديناميكي للأجهزة المضيفة لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، استخدم DNS " -"الديناميكي." +"لضبط DNS الديناميكي للأجهزة المضيفة لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، استخدم DNS الديناميكي." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1867,8 +1843,8 @@ "لتمكين تحديثات DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية، قم بتعيين \n" "تمكين DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1882,8 +1858,8 @@ "تعيين المفتاح إلى كلا خادمي DHCP وDNS. حدد مفتاح كل من منطقة إعادة التوجيه\n" "والمنطقة العكسية." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1895,50 +1871,43 @@ "DNS الديناميكي بشكل صحيح. لإجراء ذلك تلقائيًا، قم بتعيين \n" "إعدادات DNS الديناميكي العمومية." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>المناطق المطلوب تحديثها</big> \n" "حدد منطقة إعادة التوجيه والمنطقة العكسية المطلوب تحديثهما. حدد أيضًا\n" -"خادم الأسماء الرئيسي لكلتا المنطقتين. إذا كان خادم الأسماء يعمل على نفس " -"المضيف الذي يعمل عليه\n" +"خادم الأسماء الرئيسي لكلتا المنطقتين. إذا كان خادم الأسماء يعمل على نفس المضيف الذي يعمل عليه\n" "خادم DHCP، يمكنك ترك الحقول فارغة." -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>وسيطات بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP</big> \n" "يمكنك هنا تحديد المعلمات التي تريد أن يبدأ بها خادم DHCP\n" -"(مثال، \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير معياري للاستماع). بالنسبة لكافة الخيارات " -"الممكنة،\n" -"راجع صفحة دليل dhcpd. في حالة ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا، سيتم استخدام قيم " -"افتراضية." +"(مثال، \"-p 1234\") لمنفذ غير معياري للاستماع). بالنسبة لكافة الخيارات الممكنة،\n" +"راجع صفحة دليل dhcpd. في حالة ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا، سيتم استخدام قيم افتراضية." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>تحديد بطاقة الشبكة</big> \n" "حدد واحدة أو أكثر من بطاقات الشبكة المسرودة لاستخدامها في خادم DHCP.\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1946,8 +1915,8 @@ "يمكنك بشكل اختياري أيضًا تحديد اسم خادم DHCP\n" "(اسم كائن dhcpServer LDAP)، إذا كان مختلفًا عن اسم المضيف الخاص بك.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1955,9 +1924,9 @@ "<big>الإعدادات العمومية</big> \n" "قم بإجراء العديد من إعدادات DHCP هنا." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -1965,20 +1934,19 @@ "اسم النطاق يُستخدم لتعيين النطاق الذي يقوم خادم DHCP\n" "بتأجير عناوين IP إلى العملاء له." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"يقدم عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الرئيسي وعنوان IP لخادم الأسماء " -"الثانوي \n" +"يقدم عنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الرئيسي وعنوان IP لخادم الأسماء الثانوي \n" " خادمي الأسماء هذين إلى عملاء DHCP.\n" "ويجب أن تكون هذه القيم عناوين IP." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -1986,8 +1954,8 @@ "تقوم البوابة الافتراضية بإدخال هذه\n" "القيمة كتوجيه افتراضي في جدول التوجيه الخاص بالعملاء." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -1995,14 +1963,13 @@ "يقوم خادم الزمن بإعلام العملاء باستخدام هذا الخادم\n" "لتزامن الوقت." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "يقدم خادم الطباعة هذا الخادم كخادم طباعة افتراضي." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2010,19 +1977,17 @@ "يقدم خادم WINS هذا الخادم كخادم (WINS\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"تُستخدم مدة التأجير الافتراضية لتعيين المدة التي تنتهي بانقضائها " -"صلاحية عنوان IP المؤجر\n" +"تُستخدم مدة التأجير الافتراضية لتعيين المدة التي تنتهي بانقضائها صلاحية عنوان IP المؤجر\n" "ويجب على العميل أن يطلب عنوان IP مرة أخرى." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2031,32 +1996,28 @@ msgstr "" "<big>معلومات الشبكة الفرعية</big>\n" "هنا يمكنك عرض معلومات حول الشبكة الفرعية الحالية،\n" -"مثل عناوينها، وقناع الشبكة والحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى المتاح من عناوين IP " -"للعملاء.\n" +"مثل عناوينها، وقناع الشبكة والحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى المتاح من عناوين IP للعملاء.\n" "\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>نطاق عناوين IP</big> \n" "يتم تعيين عنوان IP الأول و عنوان IP الأخير\n" -"لنطاق العناوين لتأجيره للعملاء. يجب أن يكون لدى هذه العناوين نفس قناع " -"الشبكة .\n" +"لنطاق العناوين لتأجيره للعملاء. يجب أن يكون لدى هذه العناوين نفس قناع الشبكة .\n" "على سبيل المثال، <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> و <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. تحقق\n" -"من تعيين الإشارة السماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي إذا كان المدى المحدد قد " -"يتم \n" +"من تعيين الإشارة السماح لـ BOOTP الديناميكي إذا كان المدى المحدد قد يتم \n" "تعيينه ديناميكيًا إلى عملاء BOOTP فضلا عن عملاء DHCP.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2066,8 +2027,8 @@ "قم بتعيين مدة التأجير الافتراضية لنطاق عنوان IP،\n" "والذي يقوم بتعيين أفضل مدة لتحديث عنوان IP للعملاء. " -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2075,8 +2036,8 @@ "يُستخدم الحد الأقصى (قيمة اختيارية) لتعيين أقصى مدة\n" "يتم إعاقة عنوان IP هذا خلالها للعميل الموجود على خادم DHCP." -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2086,8 +2047,8 @@ "لإدخال التكوين الكامل لخادم DHCP، انقر فوق \n" "تكوين خبراء خادم DHCP." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." @@ -2095,8 +2056,8 @@ "<big>إدارة المضيفين</big> \n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحرير المضيفين باستخدام ربط العنوان الثابت." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2110,18 +2071,18 @@ "لتعديل مضيف تم تكوينه، حدد هذا المضيف في الجدول\n" "وقم بتغيير كافة القيم، ثم انقر فوق تغيير في القائمة." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "لإزالة مضيف، حدده، ثم انقر فوق حذف من القائمة." -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "حدد نوع الإعلان المطلوب إضافته." -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2129,8 +2090,8 @@ "لإضافة إعلان شبكة،\n" "حدد شبكة فرعية." -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2138,8 +2099,8 @@ "لإضافة مضيف يحتاج إلى معلمات خاصة\n" "(عنوان ثابت عادة)، حدد مضيف." -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2147,8 +2108,8 @@ "لإضافة شبكة مشتركة (شبكة فعلية مع\n" "شبكات منطقية متعددة)، حدد شبكة مشتركة." -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2156,8 +2117,8 @@ "لإضافة مجموعة من الإعلانات الأخرى (عادة\n" "إذا كان من الضروري أن تشترك في بعض الإعدادات)، حدد مجموعة." -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2167,8 +2128,8 @@ "بشكل مختلف عن مجمعات العناوين الأخرى برغم أنها في نفس\n" "، حدد مجمع العناوين." -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2178,123 +2139,123 @@ "التعامل مع العملاء بشكل مختلف حسب الطبقة التي ينتمون إليها،\n" "حدد طبقة." -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "الع&ناوين" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "العنوان الذي تم إدخاله غير صحيح." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد عنوان واحد على الأقل." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "ال&قيم" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "العناوين التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد زوج عنوان واحد على الأقل." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد قيمة." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "العنوان الج&ديد" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "القي&مة الجديدة" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "قم بفصل العناوين المتعددة باستخدام مسافات." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "إ&ضافة زوج عنوان" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "يجب أن يكون أقل عنوان أصغر من أعلى عنوان." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "إذا قمت بإجراء التغيير، فقم بتحديث تكوين سجل النظام." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&نوع الأجهزة" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "عن&وان MAC" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "أد&نى عنوان IP" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "أ&على عنوان IP" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2302,8 +2263,8 @@ "في حالة ترك تكوين خادم DHCP دون حفظ،\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات. هل تريد ترك التكوين بالفعل؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2313,8 +2274,8 @@ "خادم DHCP من توفير الخدمة للشبكة الخاصة بك.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2324,8 +2285,8 @@ "%1\n" "قم بتشغيل تكوين جدار حماية YaST لتعيينها إلى إحدى المناطق." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2333,10 +2294,10 @@ "لم تتم الإشارة إلى واجهة الشبكة %1 في أي منطقة جدار حماية.\n" "قم بتشغيل تكوين جدار حماية YaST لتعيينها إلى إحدى المناطق." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2344,188 +2305,188 @@ "لا تتوفر هذه الوظيفة أثناء\n" "التحضير للتثبيت التلقائي." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "الإع&لانات المكوَّنة" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "DNS ال&ديناميكي" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "م&فتاح TSIG لمنطقة إعادة التوجيه" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "مف&تاح TSIG للمنطقة العكسية" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "تحديد ملف باستخدام مفتاح التصديق" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "تطبيق التغييرات" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "تش&غيل خادم DHCP في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "متق&دم" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "عرض ال&سجل" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "&تكوين الواجهة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "عنوان الشب&كة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&قناع الشبكة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "اسم ال&مجموعة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجمع" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "اس&م الشبكة المشتركة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "اسم ا&لطبقة" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات المتاحة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "&فتح جدار الحماية للواجهات المحددة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "تم&كين DNS الديناميكي لهذه الشبكة الفرعية" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "ت&حديث إعدادات DNS الديناميكي العمومية" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "المنطق&ة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&خادم DNS الرئيسي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "المن&طقة العكسية" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "&خادم DNS الرئيسي" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين ت&صدير خادم DHCP..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خادم DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2541,8 +2502,8 @@ "\n" "يتم الإيقاف الآن." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2550,8 +2511,8 @@ "تعذر تحديد اسم المضيف. لن يكون\n" " تكوين خادم DHCP المستند إلى LDAP متاحًا." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2559,111 +2520,111 @@ "يبدو أنه لم يتم تكوين\n" " خادم DHCP بعد. هل تريد إنشاء تكوين جديد؟" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء خادم DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء خادم DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات خادم DNS..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك لـ DHCP." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "يتم بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP في وقت التشغيل" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل خادم DHCP في وقت التشغيل" -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "الاستماع عند: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "نطاق العنوان الديناميكي: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "تكوين LDAP غير صالح. تعذر استخدام LDAP." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "لم يتم تنفيذ دعم dhcpServiceDN المتعدد." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف الاسم المميز لخدمة DHCP" -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحديث %1." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء كتابة /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,683 +14,671 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم DNS" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "معيدو توجيه DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "قوائم التحكم بالوصول" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "قواعد نقل المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "خوادم أسماء المناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "خوادم بريد المناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "بدء الجهة (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "سجلات موارد المناطق، مثل A أو CNAME أو NS أو MX أو PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "يستخدم للتعامل مع السجل A وسجل PTR المطابق في نفس الوقت" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "إظهار الإعدادات الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "إضافة سجل جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "إزالة سجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "وجهة التسجيل (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "تعيين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "اسم ملف التسجيل (المسار بالكامل)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لحجم السجل [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد إصدارات التدوير، ويعني '0' عدم وجود تدوير" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "نوع المنطقة، رئيسية أم تابعة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي لمنطقة DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "خادم الأسماء (بتنسيق مؤهل تمامًا منتهٍ بنقطة أو اسم ذي صلة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "خادم البريد (بتنسيق مؤهل تمامًا منتهٍ بنقطة أو اسم ذي صلة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "أولوية خادم البريد (رقم من 0 إلى 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "الرقم المسلسل لتحديث المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "مدة البقاء العامة للسجلات في منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "فاصل زمني قبل تجديد سجلات المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني بين محاولات التحديث الفاشل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني الذي لا تصبح بعده سجلات المنطقة موثوق بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "" -"الحد الأدنى من TTL الذي يجب تصديره باستخدام السجلات الموجودة في هذه المنطقة" +msgstr "الحد الأدنى من TTL الذي يجب تصديره باستخدام السجلات الموجودة في هذه المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "نوع سجل موارد DNS، مثل A أو CNAME أو NS أو MX أو PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "استعلام DNS، مثل example.org للسجل A" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "قيمة سجل موارد DNS، مثل 192.0.34.166 للسجل A لـ example.org" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "اسم المضيف لسجل DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "تسجيل الاستعلامات named %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "قائمة بمعيدي التوجيه مفصولة بفاصلة" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "يجب توفر المعلمة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "قيمة المعلمة %1 غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "يُسمح بمعلمة واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة خادم DNS من عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "تمكين خادم DNS في عملية التشغيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "يحتاج خادم DNS تشغيل يدويًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لمعيد التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "مسموح بمعلمة إجراء واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "وجهة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "سجلات النظام" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "ملف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "أقصى عدد للإصدارات" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "تسجيل الاستعلامات named" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات تسجيل الدخول:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "الإعداد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "قاعدة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "مناطق DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "معيدو التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "معرَّف مسبقًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "مخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "قوائم ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "نقل المنطقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "تمكين ACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "خوادم الأسماء:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "خادم الأسماء" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "خوادم البريد:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "خادم البريد" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "بدء الجهة (SOA):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "مفتاح" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "استعلام السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "نوع السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "قيمة السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "سجل اسم المضيف:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "تثبيت خادم DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "إعدادات معيد التوجيه" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "إنهاء المعالج" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>معيدو التوجيه: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>المجالات: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "د&عم LDAP نشط" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "سلوك بدء التشغيل" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "&تشغيل: بدء التشغيل الآن وعند التشغيل" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "إيقا&ف التشغيل: بدء التشغيل يدويًا فقط" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين &خبير خادم DNS..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "خادم DNS" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&سياسة تحليل DNS المحلي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل دمج معيدي التوجيه" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "الدمج التلقائي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين دمج معيدي التوجيه" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "تكوين مخصص" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "سياسة مخصصة" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&معيد توجيه تحليل DNS المحلي" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "استخدام خوادم أسماء النظام" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "خادم الأسماء الحالي (الربط(" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "خادم dnsmasq المحلي" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "إضافة عنوان IP" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "ع&نوان IPv4 أو IPv6" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&قائمة معيد التوجيه" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "تعذر تعيين معيد التوجيه المحلي إلى %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "لا يمكن العثور على معادل محلي لـ IP %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -700,12 +688,12 @@ "عنوان IP %1 قيد استخدام هذا الخادم حاليًا، لذلك\n" "تم تغييره إلى معادله المحلي %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "عنوان IPv4 أو IPv6 غير صالح." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -713,47 +701,47 @@ "يتكون عنوان IPv6 الصالح من الأحرف من a إلى f وأرقام\n" "وعلامة النقطتين." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "معيد التوجيه المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "إضافة خيار أو تغييره" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "&خيار" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "ت&غيير" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "الخيارات الحالية" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "خيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -761,8 +749,8 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل تعيين هذا\n" "الخيار دون أي قيمة؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -770,8 +758,8 @@ "يمكن تعيين قيمة yes أو no للخيار %1.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تعيينها للقيمة %2؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -779,8 +767,8 @@ "يمكن أن يكون الخيار %1 رقمًا فقط.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تعيينه للقيمة %2؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -788,8 +776,8 @@ "لا يتم استخدام علامات الاقتباس بشكل صحيح في هذا الخيار.\n" "هل تريد تعيينها بالفعل للقيمة %1؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -797,8 +785,8 @@ "لا يتم استخدام الأقواس بشكل صحيح في هذا الخيار.\n" "هل تريد تعيينها بالفعل للقيمة %1؟\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -806,78 +794,78 @@ "يجب تعيين الخيار %1 مرة واحدة فقط.\n" "هل تريد إضافة خيار آخر بالفعل؟\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "نوع السجل" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "سجل الن&ظام" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "مل&ف" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لل&حجم (ميغابايت)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "أقصى &عدد للإصدارات" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "التسجيل الإضافي" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "تسجيل كافة است&علامات DNS" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "تسجيل تحدي&ثات المنطقة" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "تسجيل عمليات ن&قل المنطقة" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "تحديد ملف للسجل" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخيار" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "قائمة ACL الحالية" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -885,71 +873,71 @@ "يتم استخدام قائمة ACL بواسطة %1 منطقة (مناطق).\n" "هل تريد إزالتها؟\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "إدخال ACL المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "إضافة منطقة جديدة " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسية" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "تابع" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "إعادة توجيه" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "مناطق DNS المكوَّنة" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "هناك منطقة بالاسم المحدد مكوَّنة بالفعل." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "فشل حفظ التكوين" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -957,83 +945,83 @@ "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل ترك تكوين خادم DNS دون حفظ؟" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "تطبيق التغييرات" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "الخيارات الأساسية" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "تسجيل" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "قوائم ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "مفاتيح TSIG" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "الس&ماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "مف&تاح TSIG" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "تمكين نقل المن&طقة" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "إنشاء سجلات تلقا&ئيًا من" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "المنطق&ة" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "المناطق العكسية المتصلة" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1041,152 +1029,152 @@ "لا تتوفر هذه الوظيفة أثناء\n" "التحضير للتثبيت التلقائي.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف مفتاح TSIG." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "خادم الأسما&ء المطلوب إضافته" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "قائمة خادم الأس&ماء" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "خادم الأسماء المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "خادم البريد المطلوب إضافته" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "العنوا&ن" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "الأ&ولوية" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "قائمة ترحيل البريد" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "لا تعتبر القيمة المحددة اسم مضيف صالحًا أو عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "خادم البريد المحدد موجود بالفعل." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "أسابيع" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "م&سلسل" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ال&وحدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "تج&ديد" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "الو&حدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "إع&ادة المحاولة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "انتها&ء الصلاحية" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "ا&لوحدة" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "الوحد&ة" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد الرقم المسلسل للمنطقة." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "يجب ألا يزيد طول الرقم المسلسل عن %1 رقم (أرقام)." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1198,107 +1186,107 @@ "من خوادم الأسماء التابعة.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "مفتاح السج&ل" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "ال&نوع" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "بر&وتوكول" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "الو&زن" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: تحويل اسم مجال IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: تحويل اسم مجال IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: الاسم المستعار لاسم المجال" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: خادم الأسماء" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: ترحيل البريد" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: تحويل عكسي" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: سجل الخدمات" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: سجل النصوص" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: إطار سياسة المرسل" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "إعدادات السجل" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "سجلات الموارد المكوَّنة" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "مفتاح السجل" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1310,28 +1298,26 @@ "يتم دعم سجلات IPv6 العكسية سواء بالشكل الكامل (%1)\n" "أو بشكل نسبي للمنطقة الحالية." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "عنوان IPv6 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. ينبغي أن يتكون من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة " -"للطباعة باستثناء '='\n" +"مفتاح تسجيل %{type} غير صالح. ينبغي أن يتكون من أحرف US-ASCII القابلة للطباعة باستثناء '='\n" "ويجب أن يكون هناك حرف واحد على الأقل." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1339,95 +1325,94 @@ "أقصى طول لسجل %{type} هي %{max} حرف.\n" "هذه الرسالة هي %{current} حرفًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يشير CNAME إلى نفسه." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "حدث خطأ داخلي." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "محرر المناطق" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "الأ&ساسيات" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "سج&لات NS" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "السجلا&ت" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "سجل&ات MX" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "الإعدادات الخاصة بالمنطقة" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين خادم NS واحد على الأقل." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "يتم إنشاء سجلات المنطقة الحالية تلقائيًا من منطقة %1.\n" "لتغيير السجلات يدويًا، قم بتعطيل الميزة إنشاء سجلات تلقائيًا من." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم DNS الأس&اسي" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "الخادم الأساسي مفقود" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1437,33 +1422,33 @@ "سيفشل تكوين خادم DNS بدون وجود خادم أساسي.\n" "وإذا قمت بالمتابعة، ستتم إزالة المنطقة الحالية." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "لم يتم تعريف خادم DNS أساسي." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "لا يعتبر خادم الأسماء الأساسي المحدد عنوان IP صالحًا." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP لم&عيد التوجيه الجديد" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "معيدو توجيه المن&طقة الحالية" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "محرر مناطق إعادة التوجيه" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1473,8 +1458,8 @@ "أنه سيتم رفض كافة استعلامات DNS لهذه المنطقة.\n" "هل تريد رفض هذه الاستعلامات بالفعل؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1482,13 +1467,13 @@ "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "تعذر تحرير منطقة من هذا النوع باستخدام هذه الأداة." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1496,18 +1481,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم DNS</big> \n" " الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -"" +"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1515,8 +1499,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم DNS</big> \n" " الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1526,21 +1510,20 @@ "قم بإيقاف الحفظ عن طريق ضغط إيقاف.\n" "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي ويبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا." -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Start DNS Server</big> \n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" "Start DNS Server." msgstr "" "<big>بدء تشغيل خادم DNS</big> \n" -"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها بدء تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم " -"بتعيين\n" +"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها بدء تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم بتعيين\n" "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS." -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1549,12 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</big> \n" "لتشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" -"تشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل " -"أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"تشغيل خادم DNS في وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" "بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة." -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Editing DNS Zones</big> \n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1568,8 +1550,8 @@ "لإضافة منطقةDNS، استخدم إضافة. لنقل\n" "منطقة DNS مكوَّنة، حدد هذه المنطقة، ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1585,9 +1567,9 @@ "أو قم بعرض خادم DNS\n" "أو استخدم متقدم." -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Zone Name</big> \n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." @@ -1595,8 +1577,8 @@ "<big>اسم المنطقة</big> \n" "أدخل اسم المنطقة (المجال) في اسم المنطقة." -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big> \n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1612,8 +1594,8 @@ "للاستخدام في التصديق. يجب أن يكون المفتاح هو نفس المفتاح\n" "لكل من خادمي DHCP وDNS." -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Editing a DNS Zone</big> \n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1623,8 +1605,8 @@ "لتحرير إعدادات المنطقة، اختر\n" "الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق تحرير." -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." @@ -1632,8 +1614,8 @@ "لإضافة سجل جديد للمنطقة، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة\n" "سجل، حدده ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record</big> \n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1643,45 +1625,39 @@ "لتحرير سجل SOA (بدء الجهة) الخاص بالمنطقة، انقر فوق\n" "تحرير SOA." -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>الخوادم الأساسية</big> \n" "قم بتعيين عناوين IP لخادم الأسماء الأساسي لهذه المنطقة. استخدمإضافة\n" -"لإضافة خادم أسماء أساسي جديد. حدد أحد الخوادم الموجودة، ثم انقر فوق حذف</" -"b>\n" +"لإضافة خادم أسماء أساسي جديد. حدد أحد الخوادم الموجودة، ثم انقر فوق حذف\n" "لإزالة أحد الخوادم الموجودة." -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>نوع المنطقة</big> \n" "لجعل خادم الأسماء هذا المصدر الرئيسي لبيانات المنطقة،\n" -"حدد رئيسية. ولكي يكون هذا الخادم هو خادم الأسماء الثانوي، حدد " -"تابع\n" +"حدد رئيسية. ولكي يكون هذا الخادم هو خادم الأسماء الثانوي، حدد تابع\n" "أو محور، بحيث يتم نسخ بيانات الشبكة من\n" "الخادم الأساسي." -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1692,9 +1668,9 @@ "عناوين IP (إعادة التوجيه) أو من \n" "عناوين IP إلى أسماء المجال (عكس).\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1704,8 +1680,8 @@ "حدد فئات الواجهة التي ينبغي وصولها لخادم DNS. يتم تعريف فئات الواجهة \n" "في مكون تكوين جدار الحماية.\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1717,10 +1693,10 @@ "واجهات شبكة الاتصال التي يستمع إليها، تحقق من \n" "تهيئة إعدادات جدار الحماية.\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record Configuration</big> \n" "Set the entries of the SOA record." @@ -1728,8 +1704,8 @@ "<big>تكوين سجل SOA</big> \n" "قم بتعيين إدخالات سجل SOA." -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "$TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -1737,8 +1713,8 @@ "تحدد $TTL مدة البقاء لكافة السجلات في\n" "المنطقة التي لم يتم تعيين TTL صريحة لها." -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." @@ -1746,8 +1722,8 @@ "يجب أن يحتوي المصدر الرئيسي على اسم المجال المؤهل بالكامل\n" "لخادم الأسماء الأساسي." -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" @@ -1755,21 +1731,20 @@ "بريد المسؤول يجب أن يحتوي على عنوان البريد الإلكتروني \n" "للمسؤول عن المنطقة.\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "يستخدم الرقم التسلسلي لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة قد تغيرت على \n" "الخوادم الرئيسية (حتى لا تحتاج الخوادم التابعة دائمًا \n" "إلى مزامنة المنطقة بأكملها).\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." @@ -1777,51 +1752,46 @@ "يقوم الخيار تجديد بتعين عدد مرات تزامن المنطقة من\n" "خادم الأسماء الأساسي إلى خادم الأسماء التابع." -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"يقوم الخيار إعادة المحاولة بتعيين عدد مرات محاولة الخوادم التابعة " -"لإجراء تزامن\n" +"يقوم الخيار إعادة المحاولة بتعيين عدد مرات محاولة الخوادم التابعة لإجراء تزامن\n" "المنطقة من الخادم الأساسي في حالة فشل التزامن." -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "Expiry means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" "يعني انتهاء الصلاحية الفترة تنتهي بعدها صلاحية المنطقة على\n" -"الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى تتم " -"مزامنتها.\n" +"الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى تتم مزامنتها.\n" "" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"يُستخدم الحد الأدنى في تعيين المدة التي تقوم فيها الخوادم التابعة " -"بتخزين\n" +"يُستخدم الحد الأدنى في تعيين المدة التي تقوم فيها الخوادم التابعة بتخزين\n" "الاستجابات السلبية (فشل تحديد الاسم)." -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>إدارة مفاتيح TSIG</big> \n" @@ -1831,20 +1801,19 @@ "ولحذف مفتاح TSIG موجود، حدده من القائمة، ثم انقر فوق حذف.\n" "" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<big>Booting</big> \n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" "On. Otherwise set Off. " msgstr "" "<big>تشغيل</big> \n" -"لبدء تشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم " -"بتعيين\n" +"لبدء تشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك، قم بتعيين\n" "تشغيل. وبخلاف ذلك، قم بتعيين إيقاف تشغيل. " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1854,8 +1823,8 @@ "لتخزين مناطق DNS في LDAP بدلاً من ملفات التكوين الأصلية، قم\n" "بتعيين دعم LDAP نشط." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1867,8 +1836,8 @@ "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS الآن أو\n" "إيقاف تشغيل خادم DNS الآن.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Forwarders</big> \n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1878,24 +1847,23 @@ "معيدو التوجيه عبارة هي خوادم DNS التي يرسل إليها خادم DNS الاستعلامات\n" "التي يتعذر عليه الاستجابة لها.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set -#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes. -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set +#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes. +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"لإضافة معيد توجيه جديد، قم بتعيين عنوان IP الخاص به، ثم انقر فوق " -"إضافة.\n" +"لإضافة معيد توجيه جديد، قم بتعيين عنوان IP الخاص به، ثم انقر فوق إضافة.\n" "لحذف معيد توجيه تم تكوينه، حدد معيد التوجيه هذا، ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Edit DNS Server Options</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." @@ -1903,8 +1871,8 @@ "<big>تحرير خيارات خادم DNS</big> \n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتحرير خيارات خادم DNS." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "To add new options, select the Option,\n" "enter its Value, and click Add.\n" @@ -1916,13 +1884,13 @@ "لتعديل خيار تم تكوينه، حدد هذا الخيار من الجدول،\n" "وقم بتغيير القيمة، ثم انقر فوق تغيير.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "لإزالة خيار، حدده ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Logging</big> \n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." @@ -1930,18 +1898,15 @@ "<big>التسجيل</big> \n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتعريف الخيارات المتنوعة لتسجيل خادم DNS." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1952,8 +1917,8 @@ "يقوم خادم DNS بتدوير ملفات السجل تلقائيًا. استخدم أقصى عدد للإصدارات\n" " لتحديد عدد ملفات السجل التي يجب حفظها.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "In Additional Logging,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1965,16 +1930,14 @@ msgstr "" "من التسجيل الإضافي،\n" "قم بتعيين الإجراءات التي يجب تسجيلها. يتم دائمًا تسجيل الإجراءات العامة.\n" -"يعمل الخيار تسجيل كافة استعلامات DNS على تسجيل كافة الاستعلامات " -"المقدمة من العملاء إلى خادم DNS.\n" +"يعمل الخيار تسجيل كافة استعلامات DNS على تسجيل كافة الاستعلامات المقدمة من العملاء إلى خادم DNS.\n" "ويعمل الخيار تسجيل تحديثات المنطقة على تسجيل وقت تحديث DNS.\n" -"ويعمل الخيار تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة على تسجيل وقت نقل المنطقة " -"بالكامل إلى\n" +"ويعمل الخيار تسجيل عمليات نقل المنطقة على تسجيل وقت نقل المنطقة بالكامل إلى\n" "خادم الأسماء\n" "الثانوي.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<big>ACLs</big> \n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1984,8 +1947,8 @@ "في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتعريف قوائم التحكم في الوصول للتحكم في\n" "الوصول إلى المناطق.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" @@ -1995,8 +1958,8 @@ " الخيار وقيمته، ثم انقر فوق إضافة. لإزالة إدخال \n" "ACL، حدده وانقر فوق حذف.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Keys</big> \n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -2008,22 +1971,21 @@ "تغيير تكوين خادم DNS عن بُعد. وهذا الإجراء مطلوب في\n" "التحديثات الديناميكية لمناطق DNS (DDNS).\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "لإضافة مفتاح تم إنشاؤه بالفعل، قم بتعيين اسم الملف\n" "(أو استخدم الزر استعراض لتحديده) وانقر فوق إضافة.\n" "لإنشاء مفتاح جديد، أدخل اسم الملف ومعرِّف المفتاح، ثم\n" "انقر فوق إنشاء. سيتم إنشاء المفتاح الجديد وإضافته أيضًا.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click Delete." @@ -2031,8 +1993,8 @@ "لإزالة مفتاح موجود بالفعل، حدد هذا المفتاح\n" "ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" @@ -2040,57 +2002,48 @@ "<big>مناطق DNS</big> \n" "استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لإدارة مناطق DNS.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"لإضافة منطقة جديدة، أدخل اسم المنطقة الخاص بها, وحدد نوع " -"المنطقة،\n" +"لإضافة منطقة جديدة، أدخل اسم المنطقة الخاص بها, وحدد نوع المنطقة،\n" "ثم انقر فوق إضافة.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "لإضافة منطقة IPv4 عكسية جديدة، أدخل جزءًا من عنوان IPv4 العكسي، ثم\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> باعتباره اسم المنطقة( على سبيل المثال، اسم " -"المنطقة\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> باعتباره اسم المنطقة( على سبيل المثال، اسم المنطقة\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> للشبكة <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>)، حدد\n" "نوع المنطقة، ثم انقر فوق إضافة.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" "لإضافة منطقة IPv6 عكسية جديدة، أدخل جزءًا من عنوان IPv6 العكسي يتبعه \n" -"<tt>%1</tt> بوصفه اسم المنطقة الخاص به. يتم دعم العديد من تنسيقات " -"إدخال\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> بوصفه اسم المنطقة الخاص به. يتم دعم العديد من تنسيقات إدخال\n" "اسم المنطقة: الصيغة القياسية: <tt>%2</tt>؛\n" "صيغة إعادة التوجيه: <tt>%3</tt>؛\n" "صيغة إعادة التوجيه بدون وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة الفرعية: <tt>%4</tt>\n" -" (وتبعًا للإعدادات الافتراضية يتم استخدام <tt>64</tt> وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة " -"الفرعية).\n" +" (وتبعًا للإعدادات الافتراضية يتم استخدام <tt>64</tt> وحدات بت لقناع الشبكة الفرعية).\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" @@ -2100,21 +2053,19 @@ "البريد الخاص بالمنطقة، حدد المنطقة، ثم اضغط تحرير.\n" "لإزالة منطقة سبق تكوينها حددها ثم انقر حذف.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>نقل المنطقة وDDNS</big> \n" -"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتغيير إعدادات DNS الديناميكية للمنطقة والتحكم في " -"الوصول\n" +"استخدم مربع الحوار هذا لتغيير إعدادات DNS الديناميكية للمنطقة والتحكم في الوصول\n" "إلى المنطقة.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set Allow Dynamic Updates\n" @@ -2122,13 +2073,12 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"للسماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية للمنطقة، قم بتعيين السماح بالتحديثات " -"الديناميكية، ثم\n" +"للسماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية للمنطقة، قم بتعيين السماح بالتحديثات الديناميكية، ثم\n" "حدد مفتاح TSIG. يجب تعريف مفتاح TSIG واحد على الأقل\n" "قبل تحديث المنطقة ديناميكيًا.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2142,8 +2092,8 @@ "نقل المنطقة. يجب تعريف قائمة ACL واحدة على الأقل\n" "للسماح بعمليات نقل المنطقة." -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2155,24 +2105,22 @@ "حدد خانة الاختيار إنشاء السجلات تلقائيًا من\n" "واختر المنطقة المطلوب إنشاء السجلات منها.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا لم تكن هذه المنطقة منطقة عكسية، يمكنك معرفة المناطق التي تم إنشاؤها من " -"المنطقة الحالية في\n" +"إذا لم تكن هذه المنطقة منطقة عكسية، يمكنك معرفة المناطق التي تم إنشاؤها من المنطقة الحالية في\n" "الحقل المناطق العكسية المتصلة." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2181,8 +2129,8 @@ "لإزالة أحد خوادم الأسماء المسرودة، حدد هذا الخادم، ثم انقر فوق\n" "حذف.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<big>MX Records</big> \n" "To add a new mail server, enter the Address and Priority\n" @@ -2196,13 +2144,12 @@ "ولإزالة أحد خوادم البريد المسرودة، حدد هذا الخادم، ثم انقر فوق\n" "حذف.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "المسلسل هو الرقم المستخدم لتحديد ما إذا كانت المنطقة قد \n" @@ -2211,8 +2158,8 @@ "إلى مزامنة المنطقة بأكملها).\n" "\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -2220,8 +2167,8 @@ "تحدد TTL مدة البقاء لكافة السجلات في\n" "المنطقة التي لا يوجد بها TTL صريحة." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "Expiration means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -2231,8 +2178,8 @@ "الخوادم التابعة وتتوقف الخوادم التابعة عن الاستجابة للردود حتى يتم التزامن.\n" "" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<big>Records</big> \n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2244,8 +2191,8 @@ "موارد جديدة، قم بتعيين مفتاح السجل والنوع والقيمة ثم\n" "انقر فوق إضافة." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" @@ -2255,8 +2202,8 @@ "انقر فوق تغيير. ولحذف سجل، حدده ثم انقر فوق\n" "حذف." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" @@ -2264,8 +2211,8 @@ "\n" "تم تعريف الصياغة الخاصة لكل نوع من أنواع السجل في RFC.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "A: Domain Name Translation:\n" "Record Key is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2277,8 +2224,8 @@ "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة.\n" " والقيمة هي عنوان IP." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name:\n" "Record Key is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2294,13 +2241,12 @@ "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة. ويجب تمثيلها\n" "بسجل من النوع A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" @@ -2311,8 +2257,8 @@ "وتعتبر القيمة اسم مضيف ذا علاقة بالمنطقة الحالية أو\n" "اسم مضيف مؤهلاً تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة. ويجب تمثيلها بسجل من النوع A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "MX: Mail Relay:\n" "Record Key is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2326,14 +2272,13 @@ "القيمة هي اسم مضيف ذو علاقة بالمنطقة الحالية أو\n" "اسم مضيف مؤهل تمامًا. ويجب تمثيلها بسجل من النوع A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2348,8 +2293,8 @@ "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "القيمة هي اسم مضيف مؤهل تمامًا متبوعًا بنقطة.\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<big>Finishing the Configuration</big>\n" "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" @@ -2357,8 +2302,8 @@ "<big>إنهاء التكوين</big>\n" "تحقق من الإعدادات التي تم إدخالها قبل إنهاء التكوين. \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." @@ -2366,21 +2311,19 @@ "حدد فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية لتوفيق\n" "إعدادات SuSEfirewall2 للسماح بكافة الاتصالات بخادم DNS الخاص بك." -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" "start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك، قم بتعيين " -"سلوك\n" -"بدء التشغيل إلى الوضع تشغيل. فيما عدا ذلك، قم بتعيينه إلى الوضع " -"إيقاف التشغيل. \n" +"لتشغيل خادم DNS في كل مرة يتم فيها تشغيل جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك، قم بتعيين سلوك\n" +"بدء التشغيل إلى الوضع تشغيل. فيما عدا ذلك، قم بتعيينه إلى الوضع إيقاف التشغيل. \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2390,8 +2333,8 @@ "لتخزين مناطق DNS في LDAP بدلاً ملفات التكوين الأصلية،\n" "قم بتعيين دعم LDAP نشط." -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2401,8 +2344,8 @@ "للدخول في وضع الخبير الخاص بتكوين خادم DNS، انقر فوق\n" "تكوين الخبير لخادم DNS." -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<big>Slave DNS Zone</big> \n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2412,8 +2355,8 @@ "يجب تعريف خادم الأسماء الأساسي لكل منطقة تابعة. استخدم\n" "عنوان IP لخادم DNS الأساسي لتعريف خادم الأسماء الأساسي." -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<big>Zone Transport</big> \n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2427,20 +2370,19 @@ "اسم مضيف نقل المنطقة. يجب تعريف قائمة ACL واحدة على الأقل\n" "للسماح بعمليات نقل المنطقة." -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<big>Forward DNS Zone</big> \n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" "defined in it." msgstr "" "<big>إعادة توجيه منطقة DNS</big> \n" -"يقوم هذا النوع من منطقة DNS فقط بإعادة توجيه استعلامات DNS إلى معيدي " -"التوجيه\n" +"يقوم هذا النوع من منطقة DNS فقط بإعادة توجيه استعلامات DNS إلى معيدي التوجيه\n" "المحددين فيها." -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2450,152 +2392,152 @@ "للمنطقة المخصصة نظرًا لعدم وجود\n" "خادم DNS تتم إعادة توجيه هذا الاستعلام إليه." -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "نوع سجل غير معروف: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "%1 للمضيف" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- تحويل اسم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "ع&ناوين IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "الاسم المستعار لـ %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- الاسم المستعار لاسم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "اسم &مستعار" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "اسم المضيف الأسا&سي" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "مؤشر %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- تحويل عكسي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "عن&وان IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "%1 لخادم الأسماء" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS -- خادم الأسماء" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "خ&وادم الأسماء" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "ترحيل البريد %1، الأولوية %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- ترحيل البريد" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "ترحيل ال&بريد" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "يتم الآن نقل الذاكرات المؤقتة الخاصة ببرنامج محرك DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الاعدادات" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "يتم الآن نقل الذاكرات المؤقتة الخاصة ببرنامج محرك DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2603,73 +2545,73 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء استدعاء netconfig.\n" "الخطأ: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ ملفات التكوين" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء البرنامج المحرك لـ DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات المنطقة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "استدعاء netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ ملفات التكوين..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء البرنامج المحرك لـ DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات المنطقة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "يتم الآن ضبط خدمة DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن استدعاء netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2677,44 +2619,44 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل الخدمة المسماة.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "محور" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "تلميح" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم DNS عند تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "عدم بدء تشغيل خادم DNS عند تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "المناطق المكوَّنة: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "تكوين LDAP غير صالح. تعذر استخدام LDAP." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "هل تريد تمكين دعم LDAP؟" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2722,27 +2664,27 @@ "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة.\n" "لن يتم تنشيط دعم LDAP." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف في تهيئة LDAP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء cn=defaultDNS,%1. عدم استخدام LDAP." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحديث %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء %1. عدم استخدام LDAP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/docker.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,271 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "التغييرات في الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&خروج" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "تثبيت الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "علامة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "المؤلف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "رسالة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&موافق" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "إدخال Shell" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Shell الهدف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "فشل تشغيل اجهاز الطرفي. الخطأ:‏ %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. هل ينبغي أن يبدأ YaST برنامج الإرساء؟ وإلا سيتم " -"إغلاق YaST." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. هل ينبغي أن يبدأ YaST برنامج الإرساء؟ وإلا سيتم إغلاق YaST." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. قم بتشغيل الوحدة النمطية هذه كجذر أو ابدأ خدمة " -"برنامج الإرساء يدويًا." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "خدمة برنامج الإرساء لا تعمل. قم بتشغيل الوحدة النمطية هذه كجذر أو ابدأ خدمة برنامج الإرساء يدويًا." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "فشل الاتصال مع برنامج الإرساء بالخطأ: %s. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تشغيل الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إبطال تشغيل الحاوية؟" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "ال&صور" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "الح&اويات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "صور برنامج الإرساء" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "حاوية برنامج الإرساء التي تعمل" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "معرف الصورة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "الحجم الظاهري" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "معرف الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "الأمر" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "المنافذ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "تج&ديد" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "تش&غيل" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "إظ&هار التغييرات" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "إدخال محطة ط&رفية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "إيق&اف الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "إب&طال الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "تثب&يت" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف الصورة \"%s\"؟" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "تشغيل الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "الحاوية" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "اختر دليل للمشاركة" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "اختر دليل هدف" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "اختر منفذ خارجي" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "اختر منفذ داخلي" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fcoe-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين fcoe..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FcoeClient" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "لا يمكن إزالة واجهة FCoE.\n" "فشل الأمر %1." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "غير متوفر" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "غير مكوَّن" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "true" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "false" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "غير معيّن" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "تكوين واجهة VLAN %1 في %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "لأنه تم بالفعل تكوين FCoE على\n" "واجهة شبكة الاتصال %2 نفسها." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "لأنه تم بالفعل تكوين FCoE على\n" "واجهة VLAN (s) %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "إنشاء وبدء FCoE على جهاز VLAN الذي تم اكتشافه" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "لواجهة VLAN %1 التي تم اكتشافها \n" "في %2 وبدء البادئ FCoE؟" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "لا يمكن إنشاء وتشغيل FCoE على %1." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "فشل الأمر \"%1\" على %2." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "فشل إنشاء واجهة FCoE.\n" "المتابعة لأنه قيد التشغيل في وضع الاختبار" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "هل تريد فعلا إزالة واجهة FCoE %1؟" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "تأكد من أن الواجهة ليست ضرورية لجهاز المستخدم.\n" "إزالتها قد تؤدي أن يكون النظام غير قابلًا للاستخدام." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "لا تقم بإزالة الواجهة إذا كانت تتصل \n" "بجهاز متعدد المسارات تم تنشيطه مسبقًا." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "فشل في إزالة الواجهة %1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "فشل إتلاف الواجهة %1." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "DCB المطلوبة تم تعيينها إلى \"نعم\" ولكن \n" "الواجهة ليس لديها دعم DCB." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,148 +191,146 @@ "تتطلب خدمة 'fcoe' تمكين خدمة 'lldpad'.\n" "تمكين بدء التشغيل للخدمة 'lldpad'." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "تمكين &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB مطلوب" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة FCoE" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة Lldpad" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "واجهة FCoE VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "تمكين FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "مطلوب DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "AUTO VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "دعم DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "وضع إشارة على FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "وضع إشارة على iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "تخزين فقط" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "إعادة محاولة &الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "تغيير الإع&دادات" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "إنشاء &واجهة FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "إزالة الو&اجهة" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التكوين" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "ت&صحيح" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "&استخدام سجل النظام" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -340,18 +338,17 @@ "<big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين عميل fcoe</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إحباط عملية التهيئة: </big> \n" -"قم بإحباط البرنامج المساعد للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق الضغط على إحباط " -"الآن.\n" +"قم بإحباط البرنامج المساعد للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق الضغط على إحباط الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -359,8 +356,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين عميل fcoe</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -372,8 +369,8 @@ "يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>FcoeClient Configuration</big> \n" "Configure fcoe-client here. \n" @@ -381,8 +378,8 @@ "<big>تكوين FcoeClient</big> \n" "قم بتكوين عميل fcoe هنا. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -391,12 +388,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>إضافة عميل Fcoe:</big> \n" "اختر عميل Fcoe من قائمة عملاء Fcoe التي تم اكتشافهم.\n" -"إذا لم يتم اكتشاف عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، فاستخدم الخيار أخرى (لم يتم " -"اكتشافها).\n" +"إذا لم يتم اكتشاف عميل Fcoe الخاص بك، فاستخدم الخيار أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها).\n" "ثم اضغط على تكوين.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -406,228 +402,157 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط تحرير، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "" -"<big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big> تمكين بدء الخدمات fcoe " -"وlldpad أو تعطيلهما في وقت التشغيل." +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "<big>بدء تشغيل الخدمات</big> تمكين بدء الخدمات fcoe وlldpad أو تعطيلهما في وقت التشغيل." -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -" بدء تشغيل الخدمة fcoe يعني بدء قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر " -"الإيثرنت برنامج محرك الخدماتfcoemon الذي يتحكم في واجهات FCoE " -"ويقوم بإنشاء اتصال مع برنامج المحركlldpad." +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr " بدء تشغيل الخدمة fcoe يعني بدء قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت برنامج محرك الخدماتfcoemon الذي يتحكم في واجهات FCoE ويقوم بإنشاء اتصال مع برنامج المحركlldpad." -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"توفر خدمة lldpad بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط برنامج محرك " -"الوكيلlldpad، الذي يقوم بإبلاغ fcoemon حول ميزات وتكوين DCB " -"(تواصل مركز البيانات) للواجهات." +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "توفر خدمة lldpad بروتوكول اكتشاف طبقة الارتباط برنامج محرك الوكيلlldpad، الذي يقوم بإبلاغ fcoemon حول ميزات وتكوين DCB (تواصل مركز البيانات) للواجهات." -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<big>Network interface overview</big>" msgstr "<big>نظرة عامة على واجهة الشبكة</big>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"يعرض مربع حوار الواجهات كل بطاقات الشبكة المكتشفة بما في ذلك حالة تكوين " -"VLAN وFCoE. يمكن استخدام FCoE إذا تم تكوين واجهة VLAN لـ FCoE في المفتاح." -" يتم عرض هذا في العمود لكل بطاقة شبكة (واجهة شبكة)واجهة FCoE VLAN </" -"i>." +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "يعرض مربع حوار الواجهات كل بطاقات الشبكة المكتشفة بما في ذلك حالة تكوين VLAN وFCoE. يمكن استخدام FCoE إذا تم تكوين واجهة VLAN لـ FCoE في المفتاح. يتم عرض هذا في العمود لكل بطاقة شبكة (واجهة شبكة)واجهة FCoE VLAN ." -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"غير مسموح بإعادة محاولة فحص خدمات FCoE باستخدام إعادة محاولة الاكتشاف</" -"b>(قد تُطلب للواجهات التي تحتاج بعض الوقت لبدء تشغيلها)." +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "غير مسموح بإعادة محاولة فحص خدمات FCoE باستخدام إعادة محاولة الاكتشاف(قد تُطلب للواجهات التي تحتاج بعض الوقت لبدء تشغيلها)." -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"قيم واجهة FCoE VLAN بالتفصيل: غير متوفرة: قناة الألياف " -"الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت غير مسموح بها (يجب تمكينها في المفتاح أولاً). غير " -"مكوَّنة : FCoE مسموح بها ولم يتم تنشيطها بعد. ضغط إنشاء واجهةFCoE " -"VLAN للتنشيط. إذا ما تم إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN بالفعل، يتم عرض الاسم " -"في العمود، على سبيل المثال eth3.200." +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "قيم واجهة FCoE VLAN بالتفصيل: غير متوفرة: قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر الإيثرنت غير مسموح بها (يجب تمكينها في المفتاح أولاً). غير مكوَّنة : FCoE مسموح بها ولم يتم تنشيطها بعد. ضغط إنشاء واجهةFCoE VLAN للتنشيط. إذا ما تم إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN بالفعل، يتم عرض الاسم في العمود، على سبيل المثال eth3.200." -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "لتغيير تكوين واجهة FCoE VLAN، انقر فوق تغيير الإعدادات." -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<big>General Configuration of FCoE</big>" msgstr "<big>تكوين FCoE العام</big>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"هنا يمكنك تكوين الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى " -"'/etc/fcoe/config'." +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "هنا يمكنك تكوين الإعدادات العامة لخدمة نظام FCoE. تتم كتابة الإعدادات إلى '/etc/fcoe/config'." -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "القيم هي: \n" -"تصحيح الأخطاء: نعم أو لا تُستخدم هذه لتمكين رسائل " -"تصحيح الأخطاء أو تعطيلها من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe وfcoemon." -" استخدام سجل النظام: نعم أو لا يتم إرسال الرسائل " -"إلى سجل النظام إذا تم تعيينها إلى نعم (يتم تسجيل البيانات إلى /متغير/" -"سجل/رسائل)." +"تصحيح الأخطاء: نعم أو لا تُستخدم هذه لتمكين رسائل تصحيح الأخطاء أو تعطيلها من البرنامج النصي لخدمة fcoe وfcoemon. استخدام سجل النظام: نعم أو لا يتم إرسال الرسائل إلى سجل النظام إذا تم تعيينها إلى نعم (يتم تسجيل البيانات إلى /متغير/سجل/رسائل)." -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx" msgstr "تحرير الإعدادات في /etc/fcoe/ethx" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"برنامج المحرك fcoemon قراءة ملفات التكوين هذه عند التهيئة. يوجد " -"ملف لكل واجهة وتشير القيم إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وما إذا كان " -"DCB مطلوبًا." +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "برنامج المحرك fcoemon قراءة ملفات التكوين هذه عند التهيئة. يوجد ملف لكل واجهة وتشير القيم إلى ما إذا كان يجب إنشاء مثيلات FCoE وما إذا كان DCB مطلوبًا." -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"القيم هي: تمكين FCoE: نعم أو لا تمكين إنشاء " -"مثيلات FCoE أو تعطيلها. DCB مطلوب: نعم أو لا</" -"i> الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم، DCB مطلوب عادةً. VLAN تلقائي</" -"b>: نعم أو لا إذا تم إعدادها إلى نعم سيقوم 'fcoemon' " -"بإنشاء واجهات VLAN تلقائيًا." +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "القيم هي: تمكين FCoE: نعم أو لا تمكين إنشاء مثيلات FCoE أو تعطيلها. DCB مطلوب: نعم أو لا الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم، DCB مطلوب عادةً. VLAN تلقائي: نعم أو لا إذا تم إعدادها إلى نعم سيقوم 'fcoemon' بإنشاء واجهات VLAN تلقائيًا." -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "الو&اجهات" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "الت&كوين" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "الخ&دمات" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية عبر تكوين الإيثرنت" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "تغيير إعدادات FCoE" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "تكوين FcoeClient" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "جارٍ التهيئة..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "لمتابعة تكوين FCoE، يجب تثبيت الحزمة %1. " -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "تعذر بدء الخدمة 'lldpad'" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة 'fcoe'" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "تعذر بدء مأخذ توصيل lldpad systemd" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "تعذر بدء مأخذ توصيل fcoemon systemd." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "تعذر بدء خدمة fcoe." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -637,113 +562,113 @@ "يمكنك تحرير الإعدادات وإعادة إنشاء واجهة FCoE VLAN\n" "للحصول على تكوين صالح." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "التحقق من الخدمات" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "اكتشاف بطاقات شبكة" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "قراءة /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من الخدمات..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "جارٍ اكتشاف بطاقات الشبكة..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "قراءة /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "فشل بدء الخدمة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "يتعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة /etc/fcoe/config." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل fcoe" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "إعادة بدء خدمة FCoE" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "ضبط بدء الخدمات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة بدء خدمة FCoE..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "جارٍ ضبط بدء الخدمات..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة الإعدادات إلى /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -751,43 +676,43 @@ "لا يمكن كتابة الإعدادات الخاصة بواجهات FCoE.\n" "لمزيد من التفاصيل انظر /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "فشلت إعادة تشغيل خدمة fcoe‏." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "تكوين عام لـ FCoE" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "واجهات المستخدم" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "بطاقة الشبكة:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "بدء الخدمات" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ممكّن" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطّل" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall-services.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,256 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "DNS للبث المتعدد لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"منافذ DNS للبث المتعدد (mDNS) لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour لاستكشاف الخدمة (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "منافذ DNS للبث المتعدد (mDNS) لـ Zeroconf/Bonjour لاستكشاف الخدمة (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "خادم cyrus-imapd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم cyrus-imapd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "خادم DHCPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم ISC DHCPv4 4.x." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "دعم mDNS/Bonjour لـ HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "ملف تكوين جدار الحماية لدعم mDNS/Bonjour لـ HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "برنامج محرك Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "فتح مأخذ توصيل برنامج محرك تجميع Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "مجدول Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "فتح منافذ مجدول Icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك لـ iSNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "فتح منافذ برنامج محرك iSNS مع السماح بالنشر." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "خادم Netbios" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "فتح منافذ خادم Samba Netbios مع السماح بالبث." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "عميل NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"تكوين جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح المنافذ لعميل NFS للسماح بالاتصال بخادم " -"NFS." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية لعميل NFS. فتح المنافذ لعميل NFS للسماح بالاتصال بخادم NFS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "خدمة خادم NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"تكوين جدار الحماية لخادم NFS kernel. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين " -"بالاتصال." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية لخادم NFS kernel. فتح منافذ NFS للسماح للمضيفين الآخرين بالاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "خادم xntp" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "فتح منافذ xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "خادم OpenLDAP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "فتح منافذ خادم OpenLDAP (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "خادم OpenSLP (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "تمكين خادم OpenSLP للإعلان عن الخدمات." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "خادم Rsync" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "فتح المنفذ لخادم rsync للسماح بالمزامنة عن بُعد" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "عميل Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "تمكين تصفح مشاركات SMB." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "خادم Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم Samba." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP مع sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "ملف تكوين جدار الحماية sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "خادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "منافذ svnserve المفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "خادم VNC mini-HTTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "تُستخدم لفتح منافذ VNC HTTP بحيث تتمكن المستعرضات من الاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم VNC بحيث يمكن لأدوات العرض الاتصال." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "خادم vsftpd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "منافذ مفتوحة لخادم vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "عميل NIS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "يربط برنامج المحرك ypbind عملاء NIS بمجال NIS." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firewall.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "لا يمكن أن تدعم الشاشة الخاصة بك واجهة المستخدم 'firewall-config'‏.‏\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "استخدم سطر الأوامر Yast2 أو الأداة المساعدة 'firewall-cmd'‏." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "تعذر تغيير تكوين جدار الحماية.\n" "لم يتم تثبيت حزمة SuSEfirewall2." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "جدار الحماية" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "جدار حماية آخر نشط" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ " تكوين SuSEfirewall2.\n" " هل تريد متابعة التكوين؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -77,137 +77,137 @@ "قد تفقد كل التغييرات.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف التكوين؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&تمكين بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&تعطيل بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "تمكين بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "تعطيل بدء التشغيل التلقائي لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "جدار الحماية في وضع التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "جدار الحماية ليس في وضع التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "ب&دء جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "إي&قاف جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "حف&ظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "إيقاف جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل جدار الحماية الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "الخدمات المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "تنكر الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "التنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "مستوى التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ "<big>تتم الآن قراءة تكوين جدار الحماية</big>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين جدار الحماية</big>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Interfaces</big>\n" " Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -249,19 +249,19 @@ " يجب تعيين كل أجهزة الشبكة إلى منطقة جدار حماية.\n" " تمت إعاقة المرور على الشبكة عبر أي واجهة غير مخصصة.\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" " Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -269,46 +269,38 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الخدمات المسموح بها</big>\n" -" تحديد الخدمات والمنافذ التي ينبغي الوصول إليها من الشبكة.يتم تقسيم " -"الشبكات إلى مناطق جدار الحماية\n" +" تحديد الخدمات والمنافذ التي ينبغي الوصول إليها من الشبكة.يتم تقسيم الشبكات إلى مناطق جدار الحماية\n" ".\n" "\n" "للسماح للخدمة، قم بتحديد المنطقة و\n" "الخدمة المطلوب السماح بها بعد ذلك اضغط فوق إضافة.\n" -"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد المنطقة والخدمة المسموح بها ثم اضغط " -"فوق حذف.\n" +"لإزالة خدمة مسموح بها، حدد المنطقة والخدمة المسموح بها ثم اضغط فوق حذف.\n" "\n" " من خلال إلغاء تحديد حماية جدار الحماية من\n" "المنطقة الداخلية، إزالة\n" -"الحماية من المنطقة. ستكون جميع الخدمات والمنافذ في الشبكة الخاصة بك غير " -"محمية.\n" +"الحماية من المنطقة. ستكون جميع الخدمات والمنافذ في الشبكة الخاصة بك غير محمية.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "يمكن تكوين إعدادات إضافية باستخدام متقدم.\n" -"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. يمكن في ذلك المكان السماح بمنافذ TCP " -"وUDP وRPC و\n" +"يجب أن تكون الإدخالات مفصولة بمسافة. يمكن في ذلك المكان السماح بمنافذ TCP وUDP وRPC و\n" "بروتوكولات IP.\n" " يمكن إدخال المنفذين TCP وUDP بأسماء المنفذ (<tt>ftp-data</tt>)،\n" "وبأرقام المنفذ (<tt>3128</tt>)، ونطاقات المنفذ (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" @@ -316,187 +308,144 @@ " أدخل بروتوكولات IP باسم البروتوكول (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>التنكر</big>\n" " التنكر عبارة عن وظيفة لإخفاء الشبكة الداخلية خلف جدار الحماية والسماح \n" -" للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة " -"الطلبات\n" +" للشبكة الداخلية بالوصول إلى الشبكة الخارجية، مثل الإنترنت، بوضوح. تمت إعاقة الطلبات\n" " من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية.\n" " حدد تنكر الشبكاتلتنكر الشبكات \n" "على الشبكة الخارجية.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "على الرغم من تعذر وصول الطلبات من الشبكة الخارجية إلى الشبكة الداخلية، يمكن\n" -"إعادة توجيه أية منافذ مطلوبة على جدار الحماية بوضوح إلى أي بروتوكول IP " -"داخلي. \n" -"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط إضافة ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة " -"التوجيه.\n" +"إعادة توجيه أية منافذ مطلوبة على جدار الحماية بوضوح إلى أي بروتوكول IP داخلي. \n" +"لإضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه جديدة، اضغط إضافة ثم استكمل نموذج إعادة التوجيه.\n" " \n" " لإزالة أي قاعدة إعادة توجيه، حددها في الجدول ثم اضغط حذف.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين النشر</big>\n" " حزم النشر عبارة عن حزم UDP خاصة تم إرسالها إلى الشبكة بالكامل للبحث عن \n" "أجهزة كمبيوتر مجاورة أو لإرسال معلومات إلى كل كمبيوتر في الشبكة.\n" -" على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة " -"باستخدام حزم النشر.\n" +" على سبيل المثال، تعمل خوادم CUPS على توفير معلومات عن قوائم انتظار الطباعة باستخدام حزم النشر.\n" " \n" -" تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ " -"النشر المطلوبة\n" -" في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من " -"المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n" +" تعمل خدمات SuSEfirewall2 المحددة في الواجهات المسموح بها على إضافة منافذ النشر المطلوبة\n" +" في هذا المكان يدويًا. لإزالة أية خدمات أخرى أو إضافتها، قم بتحرير قوائم من المنافذ المفصولة بمسافة \n" "لمناطق معينة.\n" " \n" " تم تسجيل حزم نشر أخرى تم إسقاطها. قد تكون حزم كثيرة جدًا في شبكات أوسع.\n" " لمنع تسجيل هذه الحزم، قم بإلغاء تحديد تسجيل حزم النشر غير المقبولة\n" " للمناطق المرغوب بها.\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الرد على النشر</big> \n" "يُسقط جدار الحماية عادةً الحزم المرسلة بواسطة أجهزة أخرى كحزم الرد\n" -" على النشر المرسلة من خلال نظامك، على سبيل المثال، استعراض Samba أو استعراض " -"SLP. \n" +" على النشر المرسلة من خلال نظامك، على سبيل المثال، استعراض Samba أو استعراض SLP. \n" "\n" -"يمكن هنا تكوين الحزم المسموح لها العبور من خلال جدار الحماية. قم باستخدام " -"إضافة\n" -"زر لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. سيتعين عليك اختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضًا اختيار " -"من\n" +"يمكن هنا تكوين الحزم المسموح لها العبور من خلال جدار الحماية. قم باستخدام إضافة\n" +"زر لإضافة قاعدة جديدة. سيتعين عليك اختيار منطقة جدار الحماية وأيضًا اختيار من\n" "من خدمات معرفة بالفعل أو تعيين القاعدة الخاصة بك يدويًا تمامًا.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>دعم IPsec</big>\n" -" يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير " -"الموثوق بها، مثل\n" +" يعتبر IPsec اتصالاً مشفرًا بين مضيفين أو شبكات موثوق بها عبر الشبكات غير الموثوق بها، مثل\n" " الإنترنت. يعمل مربع الحوار هذا على فتح IPsec لمنطقة خارجية باستخدام\n" " مُمكّن.\n" " \n" -" يؤدي استخدام التفاصيل إلى تكوين طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم " -"فك شفرتها \n" +" يؤدي استخدام التفاصيل إلى تكوين طريقة لمعالجة حزم IPsec التي تم فك شفرتها \n" "بنجاح. على سبيل المثال، يمكن معالجتها باعتبارها من المنطقة الداخلية.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>مستوى التسجيل</big>\n" " هو مربع حوار تكوين أساسي لإعدادات تسجيل حزمة IP. هنا،\n" -" قم بتكوين التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات " -"الصادرة على الإطلاق.\n" +" قم بتكوين التسجيل لحزم الاتصالات الواردة. لم يتم تسجيل حزم الاتصالات الصادرة على الإطلاق.\n" " \n" -" توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: الحزم المقبولة والحزم غير " -"المقبولة.\n" -" يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: تسجيل الكل " -"لتسجيل كل الحزم\n" -" أو تسجيل الحرجة فقط لتسجيل الحزم المهمة فقط أو عدم تسجيل الكل</" -"b>\n" +" توجد مجموعتان لحزم IP المسجلة: الحزم المقبولة والحزم غير المقبولة.\n" +" يمكنك الاختيار من بين ثلاثة مستويات تسجيل لكل مجموعة: تسجيل الكل لتسجيل كل الحزم\n" +" أو تسجيل الحرجة فقط لتسجيل الحزم المهمة فقط أو عدم تسجيل الكل\n" " لعدم التسجيل. يجب تسجيل الحزم الحرجة المقبولة على الأقل.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الملخص</big>\n" @@ -507,20 +456,16 @@ " بدء جدار الحماية لإظهار ما إذا كان بدء جدار الحماية سيحدث في\n" " عملية التشغيل أو يدويًا فقط.\n" " \n" -" يجب أن تحتوي مناطق جدر الحماية على واجهة شبكة معينة لسرد العناصر التالية " -"في الملخص:\n" +" يجب أن تحتوي مناطق جدر الحماية على واجهة شبكة معينة لسرد العناصر التالية في الملخص:\n" " \n" -" الواجهات: يتم سرد كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم التكوين واسم الجهاز.</" -"p>\n" +" الواجهات: يتم سرد كل الواجهات باستخدام اسم التكوين واسم الجهاز.\n" " \n" -" البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة: يسرد ذلك كافة خدمات " -"الشبكة المسموح بها، والمنافذ الإضافية\n" -" TCP (بروتوكول تحكم الإرسال) وUDP (بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم) وRPC " -"(استدعاء الإجراء عن بعد)\n" +" البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة: يسرد ذلك كافة خدمات الشبكة المسموح بها، والمنافذ الإضافية\n" +" TCP (بروتوكول تحكم الإرسال) وUDP (بروتوكول مخطط بيانات المستخدم) وRPC (استدعاء الإجراء عن بعد)\n" "، وبروتوكولات IP (بروتوكول الإنترنت).\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." @@ -528,9 +473,9 @@ "أدخل في هذا المكان \n" "المنافذ أو البروتوكولات الإضافية المطلوب تمكينها في منطقة جدار الحماية." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "TCP Ports and UDP Ports can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" @@ -540,20 +485,19 @@ "قائمة بأرقام المنفذ أو أسماء المنفذ أو نطاقات المنفذ مفصولة بمسافات، \n" " مثل <tt>22</tt> أو <tt>http</tt> أو <tt>137:139</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "منافذ RPC عبارة عن قائمة بخدمات RPC، مثل\n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt> أو <tt>ypbind</tt> أو <tt>portmap</tt> مفصولة بمسافات." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "IP Protocols is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -565,12 +509,11 @@ " ابحث عن قائمة البروتوكولات الحالية على الموقع\n" " http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -580,8 +523,8 @@ " يجب أن يكون رقم المنفذ الأول أقل من رقم المنفذ الثاني،\n" " على سبيل المثال، <tt>200:215</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "The Port Name is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" @@ -591,19 +534,17 @@ ". يمكن تخصيص أسماء منفذ متعددة لرقم منفذ واحد. ابحث عن \n" "التخصيص المستخدم حاليًا في الملف <tt>/etc/services</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>جدار الحماية</big> \n" -"جدار الحماية هو آلية دفاعية تحمي الكمبيوتر الخاص بك من الهجمات على الشبكة.</" -"p>\n" +"جدار الحماية هو آلية دفاعية تحمي الكمبيوتر الخاص بك من الهجمات على الشبكة.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -613,9 +554,9 @@ "تقوم بتعيين قواعد جدار الحماية الخاصة التي تسمح \n" "بتطابق الاتصالات الجديدة بهذه القواعد\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "Source Network \n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -627,22 +568,21 @@ "على سبيل المثال، <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> أو <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" "أو <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> أو <tt>0/0</tt> (و الذي يعني <tt>all</tt>(.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "Protocol \n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services." msgstr "" "بروتوكول \n" -"بروتوكول يتم استخدامه بواسطة هذه الحزمة. بروتوكول خاص <tt>RPC</tt> يتم " -"استخدامه لخدمات\n" +"بروتوكول يتم استخدامه بواسطة هذه الحزمة. بروتوكول خاص <tt>RPC</tt> يتم استخدامه لخدمات\n" "RPC." -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "Destination Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -652,14 +592,13 @@ msgstr "" "منفذ الوجهة \n" "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه أو نطاق المنافذ المسموح\n" -"بالوصول إليها على سبيل المثال، <tt>smtp</tt> أو <tt>25</tt> أو <tt>100:110</" -"tt>.\n" +"بالوصول إليها على سبيل المثال، <tt>smtp</tt> أو <tt>25</tt> أو <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" "In أما في حالة بروتوكول <tt>RPC</tt>، استخدم اسم الخدمة RPC.\n" "هذا الإدخال اختياري." -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Source Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -669,651 +608,646 @@ "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه أ, نطاق المنافذ من الموقع الذي يتم إنشاء\n" "الحزمة فيه. هذا الإدخال اختياري." -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: تعليمات '%1' مفقودة!" -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "واجهات جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "الواجهة أو السلسلة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "مكون في" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "ت&غيير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "م&خصص..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "منطقة لواجهة الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "من&طقة الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "إعدادات واجهة إضافية للمناطق" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "تنكر الشب&كات" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "الخدمات الم&سموح بها للمنطقة المحددة" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "ال&خدمة المطلوب السماح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "الخدمة المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "حماية &جدار الحماية من المنطقة الداخلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "مت&قدم..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "خدمات قواعد الخبير للمنطقة المحددة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "الشبكة المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "منفذ الوجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "المنفذ المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "المنافذ الإضافية المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "إعدادات للمنطقة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "مناف&ذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "منا&فذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "م&نافذ RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "&بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP مطلوب" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "منفذ مطلوب" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى المنفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "إضافة قاعدة إعادة توجيه للتنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "إعادة توجيه القاعدة المطابقة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة المصدر" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "عنوان IP المط&لوب (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "البر&وتوكول" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "المنفذ المطلو&ب" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "إع&ادة توجيه إلى منفذ (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "تسجيل الحرجة فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "عدم تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "تس&جيل الحزم المقبولة" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "ت&سجيل الحزم غير المقبولة" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "تكوين النشر" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "قبول الرد على النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "المنطقة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "مقبول من الشبكة" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "دعم IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "مُ&مكّن" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "نفس منطقة الشبكة المصدر الأصلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "منطقة IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "الو&ثوق بـ IPsec باعتباره" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "قواعد مخصصة مسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "منطقة &جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "الخيارات" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "إضافة قاعدة سماح جديد" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة المصدر" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "&منفذ الوجهة (اختياري)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "&منفذ المصدر (اختياري)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "خيارات إ&ضافية (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء الملخص..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "منافذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "منافذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "خدمات RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "منافذ النشر" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "سيتم تخصيص أية واجهة غير مخصصة إلى هذه المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "يتم دعمه حاليًا في المنطقة الخارجية فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "واجهة الشبكة غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "لا توجد أية واجهات مخصصة لهذه المنطقة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "البروتوكولات والمنافذ والخدمات المفتوحة" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "المنطقة الداخلية غير محمية. كل المنافذ مفتوحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "لا تحتوي المنطقة على منافذ مفتوحة." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "تم تحديد %1 قواعد مخصصة" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"الشبكة: %1، البروتوكول: %2، منفذ الوجهة: %3، منفذ " -"المصدر: %4، الخيارات: %5" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "الشبكة: %1، البروتوكول: %2، منفذ الوجهة: %3، منفذ المصدر: %4، الخيارات: %5" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "الكل" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "Enable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "تمكين بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "Disable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "تعطيل بدء تشغيل جدار الحماية تلقائيًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "يعمل جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "جدار الحماية يعمل بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "جدار الحماية سيتم إيقافه بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "لن يعمل جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "الواجهات غير المخصصة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "لا يسمح بأي مرور على الشبكة عبر هذه الواجهات." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء جدار الحماية..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف جدار الحماية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص أية منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "سلسلة مخصصة" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "لم يتم تخصيص أية منطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "رقم المنفذ %1 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "رقم المنفذ %1 في التعريف %2 غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "تعريف منفذ غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "يجب أن يكون رقم المنفذ في الفاصل الزمني من 1 إلى %1 (شامل)." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "تعريف نطاق منفذ غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1323,13 +1257,13 @@ "يجب تعريف هذا النطاق بالصيغة min_port_number:max_port_number\n" " على أن يكونmax_port_number أكبر من min_port_number." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "اسم المنفذ غير معروف" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1339,13 +1273,13 @@ "ولذلك قد لا يعمل.\n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا المنفذ؟\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "تعريف الخدمة الإضافية غير صالح" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1359,28 +1293,27 @@ " لا يُسمح بالفواصل.\n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام الإعدادات الحالية؟" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "يتطلب التنكر واجهة خارجية واحدة على الأقل بالإضافة لواجهة أخرى." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "يجب استكمال هذا الإدخال." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "تعريف المنفذ غير صحيح." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1390,18 +1323,18 @@ "لم يتم العثور على أي رقم منفذ لاسم المنفذ هذا.\n" " استخدم رقم المنفذ بدلاً من اسم المنفذ.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "تعريف IP غير صالح." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "ت&سجيل حزم النشر غير المقبولة" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1413,655 +1346,655 @@ "\n" "قم بإيقاف جدار الحماية بعد كتابة التكوين الجديد؟\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "تعريف شبكة غير صالح '%1'" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "نطاق المنفذ '%1 غير صالح" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه غير صالح '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "استخدام كافة الخدمات لمنفذ UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "استخدام كافة الخدمات لمنفذ TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "استعراض Samba" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "استعراض SLP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "كافة الشبكات" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "الشبكة الفرعية: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&المنطقة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "خدمة محددة من قبل المستخدم" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "&منفذ" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "حدد العنصر المطلوب حذفه." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "مناطق جدار الحماية المعروفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "تكوين واجهات الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "الخدمات والمنافذ والبروتوكولات المسموح بها" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "إعدادات حزمة النشر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "إعدادات التنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "تمكين جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "تعطيل جدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "إظهار الإعدادات الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "بدء جدار الحماية يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "سرد الإدخالات المُكَّونة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "الاسم القصير للمنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "إضافة سجل جديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "إزالة سجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "اسم تكوين واجهة الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "تسجيل الحزم المقبولة (الكل/الحرجة/بلا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "تسجيل الحزم غير المقبولة (الكل/الحرجة/بلا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "تسجيل حزم النشر (نعم/لا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "تعيين القيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم المنفذ أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "خدمة جدار الحماية المعروفة؛ خدمات متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ TCP أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ UDP أو رقمه؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "اسم منفذ RPC؛ منافذ متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "اسم برتوكول IP؛ بروتوكولات متعددة مفصولة بفواصل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "تعيين حماية المنطقة (نعم/لا)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "معلومات تفصيلية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "الشبكة المصدر، مثل 0/0 أو 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "البروتوكول (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP خارجي مطلوب (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "اسم المنفذ المطلوب أو رقمه" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى IP داخلي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "إعادة التوجيه إلى المنفذ الموجود في IP الداخلي (اختياري)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "اسم السجل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "استخدام أسماء المنفذ بدلاً من أرقام المنفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "منطقة غير معروفة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين المعلمة %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "سرد مناطق جدار الحماية المعروفة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "اختصار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "الملخص:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "يُسمح بمعلمة واحدة فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "بدء التشغيل:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة جدار الحماية من عملية التشغيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "تم تمكين جدار الحماية في عملية التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "جدار الحماية بحاجة إلى بدء التشغيل اليدوي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "واجهات الشبكة في مناطق جدار الحماية:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "السلسلة الخاصة لجدار الحماية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة السلسلة الخاصة %1 إلى المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة الواجهة %1 إلى المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة السلسلة الخاصة %1 من المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "تتم الآن إزالة الواجهة %1 من المنطقة %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "تسجيل الحرجة فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "عدم تسجيل الكل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل العمومية:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "نوع القاعدة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "مقبول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "غير مقبول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "تسجيل حزم النشر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "قصير" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "حالة التسجيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "غير مسموح بالقيمة %1 للخيار %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "منافذ النشر المسموح بها:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "يسمح بأمر إجراء واحد فقط في هذا المكان." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "خدمات جدار الحماية المُعرَّفة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "المعرف" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "اسم الخدمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "منفذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "منفذ UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "منفذ RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "الخدمات المسموح بها في المناطق:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "كل الخدمات" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "المنطقة بكاملها غير محمية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "معرف الخدمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "المنافذ الإضافية المسموح بها:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "كل المنافذ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "بروتوكولات IP الإضافية المسموح بها في المناطق:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "كل بروتوكولات IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "%1 لخدمة غير معروفة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "يمكن تعيين الحماية للمناطق الداخلية فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين إدخال واحد على الأقل من %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "يجب تعيين أمر إجراء واحد على الأقل من %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "إعادة توجيه الطلبات إلى IP تنكر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "اسم منفذ غير معروف %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التنكر:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "في كل مكان" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "في المنطقة %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "التنكر %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطل" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/firstboot.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,102 +29,99 @@ "التحقق من تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول هنا لبدء YaST\n" "برنامج التشغيل الأول المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"حدد تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول لبدء برنامج التشغيل الأول YaST " -"المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.\n" +"حدد تمكين سلسلة التشغيل الأول لبدء برنامج التشغيل الأول YaST المساعد في التشغيل الأول بعد التكوين.\n" "حدد الوثيقة yast2-وحدة التشغيل الأول للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "فارغ" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "مساعدة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&لأعلى" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "لأ&سفل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "تم&كين أو تعطيل" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "خطوة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "تسمية" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "اسم الوحدة النمطية" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -132,8 +129,8 @@ "حدد بيئة سطح المكتب \n" "المطلوب استخدامه من القائمة أدناه.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -143,31 +140,31 @@ "يحتوي هذا النظام على أكثر من بيئة سطح مكتب مثبتة. حدد\n" " سطح المكتب المطلوب تمكينه كسطح المكتب الافتراضي." -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب الافتراضي لديك" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "بدء تشغيل م&ركز تحكم YaST" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "اكتمل التكوين" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "تهانينا!" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -175,25 +172,25 @@ "اكتمل تثبيت &product; على جهازك.\n" "بعد النقر فوق إنهاء، يمكنك تسجيل الدخول إلى النظام.\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "Visit us at www.suse.com." msgstr "قم بزيارتنا على www.suse.com." -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SuSE Development Team" msgstr "تمتع بالميزات التي نقدمها لك! فريق تطوير SUSE" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "النظام جاهز للاستخدام." -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -201,8 +198,8 @@ "يؤدي النقر فوق إنهاء إلى إغلاق تثبيت YaST والمتابعة\n" "إلى شاشة تسجيل الدخول.\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -212,24 +209,21 @@ "ضبط بعض إعدادات KDE تبعًا لجهازك. لاحظ أيضًا\n" " مربع حوار الترحيب لنظام SUSE.\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"إذا رغبت في ذلك، يمكن أن يستخدم الخبراء النطاق الكامل للوحدات النمطية " -"لتكوين SuSE\n" +"إذا رغبت في ذلك، يمكن أن يستخدم الخبراء النطاق الكامل للوحدات النمطية لتكوين SuSE\n" " في الوقت الحالي. تحقق من بدء تشغيل مركز تحكم YaST وسيتم بدء التشغيل\n" " بعد إنهاء. ملاحظة: لا يحتوي مركز التحكم على الزر \"للخلف\"\n" " للرجوع إلى تسلسل التثبيت هذا.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -241,26 +235,26 @@ "إذا لزم الأمر، فقد تحتاج تعديل إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة\n" "الجديدة. استخدم أداة تكوين تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بعد تسجيل الدخول." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط اللغة ولوحة المفاتيح" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -273,8 +267,8 @@ "\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -284,8 +278,8 @@ "انقر فوق التالي للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -297,33 +291,33 @@ "التثبيت في أي وقت.\n" "\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كافة الحزم الإضافية." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "تحديث التكوين" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "تحضير النظام لتسجيل الدخول الأول" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث التكوين..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير النظام لتسجيل الدخول الأول..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -333,49 +327,49 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار حتى يتم تكوين النظام.\n" " " -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "اكتمال تكوين النظام" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "لا توجد أية نصوص متاحة" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "تعطيل تكوين التشغيل الأول" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "تمكين تكوين التشغيل الأول" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/fonts.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-13 15:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ghayss Tarraf <jodi(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Arabic <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/geo-cluster.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,482 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "ملف التكوين" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "نقل" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "الوسيط" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "موقع" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "بطاقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "إلغ&اء" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "تمكين تصديق الأمان" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "ملف المصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "ستتم كتابة الملف إلى /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "للكتابة إلى دليل آخر، أدخل مسارًا مطلقًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة للمجموعة الجغرافية التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا، اضغط الزر أدناه لإنشاء /" -"etc/booth/<key>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "بالنسبة للمجموعة الجغرافية التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا، اضغط الزر أدناه لإنشاء /etc/booth/<key>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"للانضمام إلى مجموعة جغرافية موجودة، يرجى نسخ /etc/booth/<key> من العقد " -"الأخرى يدويًا." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "للانضمام إلى مجموعة جغرافية موجودة، يرجى نسخ /etc/booth/<key> من العقد الأخرى يدويًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "إنشاء ملف مفتاح مصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "أساسي" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال عنوان ip صالح" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "إدخال بطاقة ومهلة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "مهلة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "مرات إعادة المحاولة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "الأوزان" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "انتهاء الصلاحية" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "قيمة المهلة غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "قيمة انتهاء الصلاحية غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "قيمة acquireafter غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "قيمة إعادة المحاولات غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "غير مسموح بقيم إعادة محاولة أقل من 3" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "قيمة الأوزان غير صالحة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "لا يمكن ترك قيمة التذكرة فارغة" -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جدار الحماية" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "إدخال عنوان IP للوسيط الخاص بك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "تحرير عنوان IP للوسيط الخاص بك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "إدخال عنوان IP لموقعك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "تحرير عنوان IP لموقعك" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "اسم البطاقة موجود بالفعل!" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم التكوين فارغًا." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "لا يمكن تكرار اسم التكوين." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "المنفذ غير صالح!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل النقل!" -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء قيمة الوسيط!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل الموقع!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "يجب ملء حقل البطاقة!" -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "فشل إنشاء ملف مصادقة " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "ملف المصادقة" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " تم إنشاء العلامة بنجاح" -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "تحديد تكوين GeoCluster" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "تحديد ملف التكوين:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المصادقة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "لا يمكن كتابة إعدادات التكوين العام." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "لا يمكن كتابة الإعدادات العامة." -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات البطاقة العامة." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ تهيئة تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار حمايةSuSE" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين المجموعة الجغرافية" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات SuSEfirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 1." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات 2." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل اعداد سوزي" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين ..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/http-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "تكوين خادم HTTP (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات المضيف" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "تكوين الوحدات النمطية لخادم Apache2" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "قم بإعداد المنافذ وعناوين الشبكة التي يجب أن يستمع عندها الخادم." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "تمكين أو تعطيل وضع المعالج." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "اسم الخادم، على سبيل المثال، www.example.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لمسؤول الخادم" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "الدليل الذي يتم فيه تخزين مستندات الخادم" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "اسم المضيف المطلوب تكوينه." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "إضافة إدخال استماع جديد ([العنوان:]المنفذ)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "حذف إدخال استماع موجود ([العنوان:]المنفذ)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "سرد الإدخالات المكوَنة" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "قائمة الوحدات النمطية المفصولة بفاصلة المطلوب تمكينها" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "قائمة الوحدات النمطية المفصولة بفاصلة المطلوب تعطيلها" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "إنشاء مضيف ظاهري جديد" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "حذف مضيف ظاهري موجود" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "تعيين المضيف الافتراضي المحدد كمضيف افتراضي" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "تعيين وضع المعالج \"تشغيل\" أو \"إيقاف تشغيل\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد المضيف المكوَّن" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "لا يمكن تحديد إلا الأجهزة المضيفة الموجودة كمضيف مطلوب تكوينه" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "اسم الخادم غير صالح." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "مسؤول الخادم غير صالح." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "مراجعة الخطأ " -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,190 +136,183 @@ "الحالة \tالوحدة النمطية\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "تعبيرات الاستماع:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "كافة الواجهات" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "يمكن استخدام الواجهات الموجودة فقط" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "تم مسبقًا تكوين تعبير الاستماع '%1'." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "يمكن إزالة المستقبلات الموجودة فقط" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "قائمة الأجهزة المضيفة:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "بعض المعلمات غير موجودة" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "يمكن أن تكون الوسيطة مضيفًا موجودًا فقط" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "هذا المضيف افتراضي بالفعل." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "تعذر حذف المضيف الافتراضي." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "استماع إلى المنافذ والعناوين" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية للخادم" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "المضيف الرئيسي" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "تكوين المضيف '%1'" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "معلومات المضيف الجديد" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "تفاصيل المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "تكوين SSL لـ '%1'" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "المضيف الافتراضي" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "شهادات" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "ا&ستيراد شهادة الخادم..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&استخدام شهادة الخادم العامة" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "تكوين الدليل لـ '%1'" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big>\n" " \n" @@ -329,18 +322,17 @@ " \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف الآن</big> \n" -"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -"\n" +"يمكنك إيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -348,8 +340,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم HTTP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -359,82 +351,63 @@ "يمكنك إيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط إيقاف.\n" " سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي ويبلغك ما إذا كان هذا الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"تحدد قيمة المنفذ المنفذ الذي يستمع عنده Apache2. القيمة الافتراضية " -"80." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "تحدد قيمة المنفذ المنفذ الذي يستمع عنده Apache2. القيمة الافتراضية 80." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"يحتوي الخيار استماع عند الواجهات على قائمة بكافة عناوين IP التي تم " -"تكوينها لهذا المضيف. وتكون عناوين IP التي تم فحصها هي العناوين التي يستمع " -"عندها Apache2. وفي حالة عدم التأكد، قم بفحص كافة العناوين." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "يحتوي الخيار استماع عند الواجهات على قائمة بكافة عناوين IP التي تم تكوينها لهذا المضيف. وتكون عناوين IP التي تم فحصها هي العناوين التي يستمع عندها Apache2. وفي حالة عدم التأكد، قم بفحص كافة العناوين." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." msgstr "قم هنا بتمكين لغات اسكربت التي يجب أن يدعمها خادم Apache2." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"يعرض الملخص الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى تكوين Apache2 عندما تقوم بضغط " -"إنهاء." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "يعرض الملخص الإعدادات التي ستتم كتابتها إلى تكوين Apache2 عندما تقوم بضغط إنهاء." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "اضغط تكوين الخبير لخادم HTTP \n" "\t\tلإنشاء تكوين أكثر تفصيلاً قبل كتابة التكوين." -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big> \n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>تحرير الوحدات النمطية لخادم HTTP</big> \n" "يحتوي الجدول على قائمة بكافة وحدات Apache2 النمطية المتاحة.\n" "يحتوي العمود الأول على اسم الوحدة النمطية. \n" "ويُظهر العمود الثاني ما إذا كان يجب\n" -"تحميل الوحدة النمطية بواسطة الخادم. وسيتم تحميل الوحدات النمطية الممكَّنة. " -"بينما يعرض العمود الأخير وصفًا قصيرًا\n" +"تحميل الوحدة النمطية بواسطة الخادم. وسيتم تحميل الوحدات النمطية الممكَّنة. بينما يعرض العمود الأخير وصفًا قصيرًا\n" "للوحدة النمطية.</p" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "لتغيير حالة إحدى الوحدات النمطية، اختر \n" "الإدخال المناسب في الجدول وانقر فوق تبديل الحالة.\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use Add Module.\n" @@ -442,20 +415,19 @@ "إذا كنت تريد إضافة وحدة نمطية غير مدرجة \n" "بالجدول، استخدم إضافة وحدة نمطية.\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إعدادات خادم HTTP</big> \n" "تنشيط خادم HTTP من خلال اختيار مُمكّن. لإلغاء التنشيط، اختر\n" "معطل.\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -467,8 +439,8 @@ "ولا تتم إضافة واجهات جدار الحماية أو حذفها. \n" "لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا عند تمكين جدار الحماية.\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. Listen On\n" @@ -492,110 +464,88 @@ "كمضيف افتراضي (احتياطي). وفي حالة عدم تحديد اسم الخادم\n" "للمضيف الافتراضي، يتم عرض مسار إلى جذر المستند للمضيف\n" "الافتراضي.\n" -"ويحتوي الخيار الأجهزة المضيفة على قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة " -"للخادم.\n" +"ويحتوي الخيار الأجهزة المضيفة على قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة للخادم.\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق تحرير لتغيير الإعدادات." +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق تحرير لتغيير الإعدادات." -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." msgstr "يعرض ملفات السجل ملفات سجل الخادم." -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة</big> \n" -"هذه قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة بالفعل. ويتم وضع علامة على أحد الأجهزة " -"المضيفة\n" -"على أنه افتراضي (العلامة النجمية بجوار اسم الخادم). ويتم استخدام المضيف " -"الافتراضي في حالة عدم مطابقة أحد الخوادم الأخرى مع\n" +"هذه قائمة بالأجهزة المضيفة المكوَّنة بالفعل. ويتم وضع علامة على أحد الأجهزة المضيفة\n" +"على أنه افتراضي (العلامة النجمية بجوار اسم الخادم). ويتم استخدام المضيف الافتراضي في حالة عدم مطابقة أحد الخوادم الأخرى مع\n" "أحد الطلبات الواردة. ولتعيين أحد الأجهزة المضيفة\n" "كافتراضي، اضغط تعيين كافتراضي.\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا من الجدول وانقر فوق تحرير لتغيير المضيف.\n" -"ولإضافة مضيف، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق حذف." -"" +"ولإضافة مضيف، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة مضيف، حدده وانقر فوق حذف." -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>تكوين المضيف</big> \n" -"لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال مناسب في الجدول، ثم انقر فوق تحرير</" -"b>.\n" -"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر " -"فوق حذف." +"لتحرير إعدادات المضيف، اختر الإدخال مناسب في الجدول، ثم انقر فوق تحرير.\n" +"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده وانقر فوق حذف." -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "تعمل خيارات تحديد الخادم على تعيين الدقة عند استخدام\n" -"\tالأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية. ومع ذلك، عند اختيارك تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP</" -"b>، \n" +"\tالأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية. ومع ذلك، عند اختيارك تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP، \n" "\t فلن يُخدم الخادم الافتراضي طلبات لعنوان IP \n" -"\t للاسم القائم على جهاز المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على " -"vhos، فاستخدم تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم" +"\t للاسم القائم على جهاز المضيف الظاهري. إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhos، فاستخدم تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إعدادات الاستماع لمضيف</big> \n" "تسمح تعليمات الاستماع بتحديد المنافذ وواجهات الشبكات\n" "التي يستمع عندها خادم HTTP للطلبات الواردة.\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "اختر إدخالاً مناسبًا في الجدول ثم انقر فوق تحرير لتغيير الإدخال.\n" -"ولإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة إدخال، حدده ثم انقر فوق " -"حذف." +"ولإضافة إدخال جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة إدخال، حدده ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>SSL Configuration</big> \n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -607,35 +557,30 @@ "للمضيف. ويسمح بروتوكول SSL بالاتصال الآمن مع المضيف\n" "من خلال اتصال مشفر.\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "يتم تحديد السلوك العام بواسطة خيار SSL. لا يدعم المضيف\n" -"SSL على الإطلاق (<tt>بدون SSL</tt>)، أو يسمح بالوصول بدون استخدام SSL " -"وباستخدام SSL (<tt>مسموح</tt>),\n" +"SSL على الإطلاق (<tt>بدون SSL</tt>)، أو يسمح بالوصول بدون استخدام SSL وباستخدام SSL (<tt>مسموح</tt>),\n" "أو لا يقبل إلا الاتصالات المشفرة من خلال SSL (<tt>مطلوب</tt>).\n" "\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "اختر خيارًا مناسبًا في الجدول، وانقر فوق تحرير لتغيير الخيار.\n" -"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر " -"فوق حذف." +"ولإضافة خيار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. ولإزالة أحد الخيارات، حدده ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "The Certificates menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. Import Server Certificate \n" @@ -649,58 +594,52 @@ "يقوم الخيار استخدام الشهادة العامة بتكوين استخدام الشهادة العامة\n" "التي تم إصدارها لهذا المضيف.\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"ملاحظة: إذا قمت بتمكين SSL لمضيف، يجب تحميل الوحدة النمطية " -"<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"ملاحظة: إذا قمت بتمكين SSL لمضيف، يجب تحميل الوحدة النمطية <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "بواسطة الخادم.\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>مضيف جديد</big> \n" "يسمح مربع الحوار هذا بإدخال معلومات أساسية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد." -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "يحدد تعريف الخادم المحتوى\n" -"والعرض التقديمي للمضيف الظاهري الجديد. ويعتبر اسم الخادم اسم DNS الذي " -"يتم إرجاعه\n" +"والعرض التقديمي للمضيف الظاهري الجديد. ويعتبر اسم الخادم اسم DNS الذي يتم إرجاعه\n" "كجزء من رؤوس HTTP لاستجابة الخادم. ويعتبر جذر محتويات الخادم\n" "مسارًا مطلقًا إلى دليل يحتوي على كافة المستندات التي يوفرها هذا\n" "المضيف الافتراضي. ويسمح البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول بإعداد عنوان \n" "بريد إلكتروني للتغذية الرجعية حول هذا المضيف.\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>تحديد الخادم</big> \n" @@ -710,58 +649,47 @@ " من الطلبات الواردة، يبحث الخادم عن اسم لجهاز المضيف المحدد بواسطة\n" "رؤوس طلب HTTP. الاحتمالية الأخرى هي لتحديد جهاز المضيف الظاهري\n" "من خلال عنوان IP المستخدم بواسطة العميل عند اتصاله بالخادم.\n" -"إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhost، قم باستخدام تحديد من خلال عنوان " -"IP المستخدَم\n" +"إذا كنت تخطط لتكوين SSL قائم على vhost، قم باستخدام تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم\n" "راجع دليل Apache2 للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل.\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>تفاصيل المضيف الجديد</big> \n" "يسمح مربع الحوار هذا بتحديد معلومات إضافية حول مضيف ظاهري جديد." -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "حدد تمكين دعم CGI\n" -"لتشغيل لغات اسكربت CGI في المسار في مسار دليل CGI باستخدام الاسم " -"المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"لتشغيل لغات اسكربت CGI في المسار في مسار دليل CGI باستخدام الاسم المستعار <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"لوصول HTTPS إلى الجهاز المضيف الظاهري هذا، قم بتحديد تمكين دعم SSL</" -"b>.\n" +"لوصول HTTPS إلى الجهاز المضيف الظاهري هذا، قم بتحديد تمكين دعم SSL.\n" "\n" "وبعد ذلك أدخل المسار لملف الشهادة في ملف الشهادة\n" "المسار.يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط لعنوان IP القائم على vhosts.\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"في فهرس الدليل، أدخل قائمة الملفات المفصولة بمسافة التي يجب على " -"Apache البحث عنها وتوفيرها عندما يتم طلب عنوان URL لأحد الدلائل (دليل ينتهي " -"بالحرف <tt>/</tt>). ويتم توفير أول ملف مطابق يتم العثور عليه." +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "في فهرس الدليل، أدخل قائمة الملفات المفصولة بمسافة التي يجب على Apache البحث عنها وتوفيرها عندما يتم طلب عنوان URL لأحد الدلائل (دليل ينتهي بالحرف <tt>/</tt>). ويتم توفير أول ملف مطابق يتم العثور عليه." -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "Public HTML\n" "\n" @@ -771,135 +699,130 @@ "\n" "بتمكين الوصول إلى دلائل <tt>.public_html</tt> لكافة المستخدمين." -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "كافة العناوين" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (1/5--تحديد جهاز الشبكة" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "تحديد جهاز الشبكة" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (2/5--الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (3/5--المضيف الافتراضي" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (4/5--الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "معالج خادم (HTTP (5/5--الملخص" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "التحقق من البيئة" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين الشبكة" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من البيئة..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين الشبكة..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." msgstr "لتكوين خادم HTTP، يجب تثبيت %1 حزمة (حزم)." -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد التثبيت الآن؟" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -913,54 +836,54 @@ "\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "ملف التكوين '%1' غير موجود." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "لا يوجد أي خادم من خوادم DNS قيد التشغيل على هذا الجهاز." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "تمكين خدمة Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "تعطيل خدمة Apache2" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمة Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمة Apache2..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -972,18 +895,18 @@ "%1\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "وصف الوحدة النمطية ليس باسم محدد، يتم التجاهل." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "تغيير غير معروف للوحدة النمطية الخاصة بالتثبيت التلقائي: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -991,251 +914,251 @@ "القيمة الافتراضية للوحدة النمطية %1 غير متطابقة.\n" "يمكن أن يؤدي ذلك إلى تكوين غير متسق للوحدة النمطية." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "تم العثور على تعبير استماع بدون منفذ." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>استماع عند</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>المضيف الافتراضي</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " في " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>الأجهزة المضيفة الظاهرية</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "&ملفات السجل" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل الوصول" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل الأخطاء" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "جذر المستند" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني لمسؤول الخادم" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "تحديد الخادم" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "تحديد خادم الطلب حسب رؤ&وس HTTP" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "تحديد خادم الطلب ح&سب عنوان IP للخادم" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "&خدمة HTTP" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "استماع عند المنافذ:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "عنوان الشبكة" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "المنفذ" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "تبدي&ل الحالة" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "إ&ضافة وحدة نمطية" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "الدليل" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "الم&نفذ:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&استماع عند الواجهات" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم Apache2 عند التشغيل" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خادم Apache2 يدويًا" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين الخ&بير لخادم HTTP..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "تعريف الخادم" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "جذر م&حتويات الخادم:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "البري&د الإلكتروني للمسؤول:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "تغيير معرف المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "خيارات CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "تم&كين CGI لهذا المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "م&سار دليل CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "دعم SSL" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "تمكين &دعم SSL لهذا المضيف الظاهري" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "مسار ملف ال&شهادة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "م&سار ملف مفتاح الشهادة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "خيارات الدليل" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "فهرس الد&ليل" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "HTML العامة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "تم&كين HTML العامة" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1243,61 +1166,59 @@ "عنوان IP غير مكوَّن\n" "على هذا الجهاز." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "تعذر تكوين المضيف الافتراضي باستخدام دعم SSL." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "عند عدم تعريف أي اسم للخادم، سيتم استخدام اسم المضيف بدلاً منه." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل اسم الخادم فارغًا." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." msgstr "اسم الخادم الذي تم إدخاله مكوَّن بالفعل على مضيف ظاهري آخر." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "تم بالفعل تكوين عنوان IP في جهاز مضيف ظاهري آخر" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول غير صالح." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "إ&عادة تحميل خادم HTTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة بدء &خادم HTTP" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1321,49 +1242,49 @@ "وإلا انقر فوق \"إلغاء\" حتى لا\n" "يتم تغيير المضيف الافتراضي.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "&عنوان IP للخادم" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف المضيف المحدد؟" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "تعيين كا&فتراضي" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "اختيار جذر المستند" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول فارغًا." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "كافة العناوين (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "عناوين IP" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل اسم معرف المضيف الظاهري فارغًا." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1375,63 +1296,61 @@ "الذي سيقبل الطلبات المقدمة إلى الأجهزة المضيفة.\n" "ويتم استخدام * لكافة العناوين و*:port." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "المنطقة الرئيسية %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "السجل %1 موجود بالفعل في المنطقة %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "إعدادات DNS" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "إضافة إلى المنطقة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "اسم المنطقة" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "إنشاء منطقة جديدة" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "دليل CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "اختيار ملف الشهادة" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "أدخل ملف الشهادة." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "اختر ملف مفتاح شهادة" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "أدخل ملف المفتاح." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "تحديد الشهادة" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1439,63 +1358,62 @@ "تعذر استيراد الشهادة\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "عنوان ال&شبكة:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "رقم المنفذ غير صالح." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "تحديد من خلال رؤوس HTTP" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "تحديد من خلال عنوان IP المستخدَم" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "مشكلات تبعية الوحدات النمطية" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "يتطلب" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "تمكين الوحدة النمطية المطلوبة أو تعطيل الوحدة الأولى." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "اسم الوحدة الن&مطية الجديدة:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال اسم للوحدة النمطية المطلوب إضافتها." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية موجودة بالفعل في القائمة." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "الإدخال '%1' موجود بالفعل." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1503,346 +1421,321 @@ "لا يمكن ترك قائمة المنافذ التي يجب أن يستمع\n" "إليها الخادم فارغة." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "يجب تحديد واجهة واحدة على الأقل." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "تمكين &لغة اسكربت PHP5" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "تمكين ل&غة اسكربت Perl" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "تمكين لغ&ة اسكربت Python" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "هناك مفتاح غير قانوني في جهاز مضيف ظاهري '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "الخطأ الداخلي: يجب أن تكون البيانات مرجع مصفوفة وليس %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "معرف المضيف غير صالح." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "معرف المضيف موجود بالفعل." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "تعذر حذف المضيف الافتراضي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على معرف المضيف" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "منفذ غير صالح" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "فشلت كتابة قواعد جدار الحماية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على قيمة الاستماع المطلوب حذفها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "تعذر إحضار مضيف بالمعرف المحدد." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "بيانات PEM تالفة." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي ملف مفتاح شهادة لمعرف المضيف هذا." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "فشل تحليل ملف المفتاح." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي ملف شهادة CA لمعرف المضيف هذا." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "يوفر تحكم في الوصول معتمد على اسم مضيف العميل وعنوان IP، إلى آخره." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "تنفيذ لغات اسكربت CGI المعتمدة على نوع الوسائط أو أسلوب الطلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" msgstr "تعيين أجزاء مختلفة من نظام الملفات في هيكل المستندات ولإعادة توجيه URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "التصديق الأساسي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام الملفات النصية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "تخويل المستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "تخويل المجموعة باستخدام ملفات النص العادي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام ملفات DBM" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "يقوم بإنشاء فهارس الدلائل تلقائيًا، وهو مشابه للأمر Unix ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "تنفيذ لغات اسكربت CGI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"توفر لعمليات إعادة توجيه \"الشرطة مائلة في النهاية\" وملفات فهرس الدليل" +msgstr "توفر لعمليات إعادة توجيه \"الشرطة مائلة في النهاية\" وملفات فهرس الدليل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "يقوم بتعديل البيئة التي تم تمريرها إلى لغات اسكربت CGI وصفحات SSI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "إنشاء رؤوس Expires HTTP وفقًا للمعايير المحددة بواسطة المستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "مستندات HTML التي تم تحليلها بواسطة الخادم (لغة Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "تسجيل الطلبات المقدمة إلى الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "يقوم بإقران امتدادات اسم الملف المطلوب بسلوك الملف ومحتواه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "يوفر تنوع المحتوى" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "يسمح بإعداد متغيرات البيئة المعتمدة على سمات الطلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "يوفر معلومات حول نشاط الخادم وأدائه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "يسمح بلغات اسكربت CGI لتشغيله كمستخدم ومجموعة محددان" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "الدلائل الخاصة بالمستخدم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "يُرسل الملفات التي تحتوي على رؤوس HTTP الخاصة بها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "يسمح للمستخدم \"المجهول\" بالوصول إلى المناطق المصدق عليها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "التصديق على المستخدم باستخدام تصديق MD5 الكلي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "السماح باستخدام دليل LDAP في تخزين قاعدة البيانات لتصديق HTTP الأساسي" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة للمحتوى المخصصة لمعرفات URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "تحديد ترجمة مجموعة الأحرف أو إعادة ترميزها" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "وظيفة توزيع التأليف والإصدار (WebDAV)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "موفر نظام الملفات لـ mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "ضغط المحتوى قبل تسليمه للعميل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "مدير مخازن الذاكرات المؤقتة للمحتوى المخصص لمعرفات URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "خادم echo لتوضيح الوحدات النمطية للبروتوكولات" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "تمرير نص الاستجابة الأساسي عبر برنامج خارجي قبل تسليمه إلى العميل" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "يقوم بتخزين قائمة ثابتة بالملفات مؤقتًا في الذاكرة" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "تخصيص رؤوس طلبات واستجابات HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "معالجة مخطط الصور من جانب الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "يوفر نظرة عامة شاملة على تكوين الخادم" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"تجمع اتصالات LDAP وخدمات التخزين المؤقت للنتائج لاستخدامها بواسطة وحدات LDAP " -"النمطية" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "تجمع اتصالات LDAP وخدمات التخزين المؤقت للنتائج لاستخدامها بواسطة وحدات LDAP النمطية" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "تسجيل وحدات بايت الإدخال والإخراج لكل طلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "يحدد نوع MIME لأحد الملفات بفحص عدد قليل من وحدات البايت في محتواه" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "خادم وكيل/بوابة HTTP/1.1" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "وحدة دعم AJP mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "امتداد mod_proxy لمعالجة طلبات الاتصال" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لدعم FTP لـ mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لدعم HTTP لـ mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"يوفر محرك إعادة الكتابة المعتمد على القاعدة لإعادة كتابة عناوين URL المطلوبة " -"ذات المحتوى المتغير" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "يوفر محرك إعادة الكتابة المعتمد على القاعدة لإعادة كتابة عناوين URL المطلوبة ذات المحتوى المتغير" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "يحاول تصحيح عناوين URL غير الصحيحة التي أدخلها المستخدمون" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"تشفير قوي باستخدام البروتوكولين \"طبقة مآخذ توصيل آمنة\" (SSL) و\"أمان طبقة " -"النقل\" (TLS)" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "تشفير قوي باستخدام البروتوكولين \"طبقة مآخذ توصيل آمنة\" (SSL) و\"أمان طبقة النقل\" (TLS)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "يوفر متغير بيئة بمعرف فريد لكل طلب" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "تسجيل تصفح الإنترنت لنشاط المستخدم على أحد المواقع" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "يوفر دعم الاستضافة الظاهرية الجماعية المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات PHP5 المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات Perl المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لصفحات Python المكوَّنة ديناميكيًا" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "يوفر الدعم لتقييد عمليات AppArmor الفرعية في apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "يوفر هذا الخيار الدعم لإيماءات الماوس" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على المضيف" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "معلمة '%s' غير صالحة" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "غير مسموح ببروتوكول ssl مع \"ظاهري حسب الاسم\"" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/inetd.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,273 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "تكوين خدمات الشبكة (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "إظهار حالة خدمات النظام الحالية" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "معرف فريد" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "اسم الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "إصدار RPC من الخدمة RPC" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "نوع مأخذ التوصيل" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "بروتوكولات الإنترنت (IP)" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "سمة الانتظار" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "تحدد uid (معرف المستخدم) لعملية الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "تحدد معرف المجموعة لعملية الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "اسم مسار البرنامج المطلوب تنفيذه" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "معلمات الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "تعليق المستخدم" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "يجب تحديد معرف خدمة." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "حدد الخدمة باستخدام الخيار 'الخدمة'." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "يتعذر جمع 'المعرف' مع خيارات أخرى." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "انتظار" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "سيتم تثبيت الحزمة %1 أثناء عملية الكتابة." -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة %1. تعذر تحرير الخدمة." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت الحزمة %1 بنجاح." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "تنشيط كل ال&خدمات" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "إلغاء تنشيط كل ال&خدمات" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "تع&طيل" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "تم&كين" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "الخدمات المتاحة حاليًا" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "مغيَر" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "خادم/وسيطات" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "تب&ديل الحالة (تشغيل أو إيقاف تشغيل)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "حالة كل ال&خدمات" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "تكوين خدمة شبكة (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "إضافة إدخال خدمة جديد" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "تعذر حذف الخدمة. لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "لحذف خدمة، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "لتنشيط خدمة أو إلغاء تنشيطها، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "تحرير إدخال خدمة" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "لتحرير خدمة، حدد أحد الخدمات في مربع الحوار الرئيسي" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -288,76 +288,76 @@ "تحمل كل الخدمات العلامة \"معطل\" (مؤمن).\n" "سيتم تعطيل خادم الإنترنت الأعلى." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "الخ&دمة" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "إ&صدار RPC" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "الخدم&ة نشطة." -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "نو&ع مأخذ التوصيل" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "البر&وتوكول" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "انت&ظار" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "مس&تخدم" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "م&جموعة" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "&خادم" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "وسي&طات الخادم" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "&تعليق" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--افتراضي--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -365,28 +365,28 @@ "الخدمة فارغة.\n" "أدخل قيمًا صحيحة.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "يحتوي اسم الخدمة على حرف غير مسموح به \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "المستخدم %1 محجوز لعمليات الخادم الداخلي فقط." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "لا توجد حزم محددة. تم إيقاف التكوين." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "سيتم تثبيت الحزم المحددة." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -394,18 +394,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين xinetd‏</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف عملية التهيئة:</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -413,8 +412,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين xinetd‏</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -426,8 +425,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Network Service Configuration</big> \n" "Click Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" @@ -437,7 +436,7 @@ "انقر فوق تمكين لتمكين خدمات الشبكة التي يديرها تكوين\n" " خادم أعلى. لإيقاف الخادم الأعلى، انقر فوق تعطيل.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Service Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with X in column Ch were edited\n" @@ -447,31 +446,27 @@ "تم تحرير كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة X في العمود مغيّر وسيتم\n" " تغييرها في تكوين النظام.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>حالة الخدمات:</big> \n" "كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة --- غير نشطة (مؤمنة).\n" " كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة تشغيل نشطة (غير مؤمنة).\n" -" لم يتم تثبيت كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة غير مُثبّت ويتعذر تكوينها.</" -"p>" +" لم يتم تثبيت كل الخدمات التي تحمل العلامة غير مُثبّت ويتعذر تكوينها." -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>تغيير حالة الخدمة:</big> \n" -"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو " -"إيقاف تشغيل).\n" +"حدد الخدمة المطلوب تمكينها أو تعطيلها ثم اضغط تبديل الحالة (تشغيل أو إيقاف تشغيل).\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" @@ -479,7 +474,7 @@ "<big>تحرير الخدمات:</big> \n" "حدد الخدمة المطلوب تحريرها ثم اضغط تحرير.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Deleting Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" @@ -487,7 +482,7 @@ "<big>حذف الخدمات:</big> \n" "حدد الخدمة المطلوب حذفها ثم اضغط حذف.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Entry:</big>\n" "Click Create and complete the form.\n" @@ -495,21 +490,19 @@ "<big>إضافة إدخال جديد:</big>\n" "انقر فوق إنشاء ثم استكمل النموذج.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إلغاء التكوين:</big>\n" "اترك التكوين على حالته من خلال ضغط الزر إلغاء.\n" -" إذا قمت بذلك، ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها وسيظل التكوين الأصلي " -"دون تغيير.\n" +" إذا قمت بذلك، ستفقد كافة التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها وسيظل التكوين الأصلي دون تغيير.\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -519,7 +512,7 @@ "لإنشاء إدخال صالح (خدمة) للخادم الأعلى، \n" " أدخل\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -545,15 +538,11 @@ " <li>وسيطات برنامج الخادم\n" " </ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع info xinetd.conf</" -"b>.\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "ما سبق عبارة عن وصف قصير. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع info xinetd.conf.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Enter a valid service name into the service field.\n" "\n" @@ -561,7 +550,7 @@ "أدخل اسم خدمة صالح في الحقل خدمة.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "The socket type should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -569,24 +558,21 @@ "transmission.\n" msgstr "" "يجب أن يكون نوع مأخذ التوصيل stream أو dgram أو raw أو seqpacket\n" -"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط " -"البيانات\n" +"، وذلك بناءً على إن كانت الخدمة مستندة إلى التدفق أو مستندة إلى مخطط البيانات\n" "أو تتطلب وصول مباشر إلى IP أو تتطلب نقل مخطط بيانات تسلسلي\n" " يعتمد عليه .\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"يجب أن يكون بروتوكول عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"يجب أن يكون بروتوكول عبارة عن بروتوكول صالح كما هو محدد في /etc/protocols.\n" "من أمثلة ذلك tcp وudp وrpc/tcp وrpc/udp.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "The wait/nowait entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -610,13 +596,11 @@ " للاتصال. إذا كانت قيمة السمة لا، تكون الخدمة\n" " بمؤشرات ترابط متعددة وتواصل xinetd معالجة طلبات الخدمة \n" "الجديدة ثم تقبل xinetd الاتصال. \n" -" تتوقع الخدمتان udp/dgram إعداد القيمة بشكل طبيعي على نعم، " -"نظرًا لأن الخدمة\n" -" udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمانtcp/streamأن يتم إعداد " -"القيمة\n" +" تتوقع الخدمتان udp/dgram إعداد القيمة بشكل طبيعي على نعم، نظرًا لأن الخدمة\n" +" udp غير مهيأة للاتصال. بينما يتوقع الخادمانtcp/streamأن يتم إعداد القيمة\n" " بشكل طبيعي على لا.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "User. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -628,7 +612,7 @@ " أدنى من مسؤول.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "In Server, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -642,81 +626,81 @@ " \n" " \n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "غير مُثبّت" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Xinetd" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات!" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>كل الخدمات تحمل العلامة متوقف.</ul>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "خدمات الشبكة" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "تتم إدارة خدمات الشبكة بواسطة %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "سيتم تمكين تلك الخدمات" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iplb.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "تكوين IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&Iplb" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "التكوين العمومي" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "تكوبن الخوادم الظاهرية" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "تكوين IPLB" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على IPLB" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "الجزء الأول من تكوين IPLB" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "الجزء الثاني من تكوين IPLB" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "ال&تكوين العمومي" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الخادم ال&ظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني للفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "مهلة الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "عدد محاولات الفشل" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "مهلة التفاوض" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "ترجيع" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "رد الاتصال" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "تنفيذ" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "إعادة التحميل التلقائي" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "اختبار الحالة الثابتة" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "التشعيب" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "الخاضع للإشراف" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "ملف السجل" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,223 +265,130 @@ "الإعداد الافتراضي: 10 ثوانٍ\n" "\n" "<big>مهلة الفحص</big> = n\n" -"المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص " -"الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" +"المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" "إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الفعلي، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة " -"عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " -"الافتراضي.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 5 ثوانً\n" "\n" "<big>عدد مرات الفشل</big> = n\n" -"سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص " -"قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال " -"بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة " -"تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" +"سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" "إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: ثانية واحدة\n" "\n" "<big>مهلة التفاوض</big> = n\n" "المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص التفاوض.\n" "إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا " -"قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " -"الافتراضي.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 30 ثانية\n" "\n" -"<big>احتياطي<</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. " -"عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" +"<big>احتياطي<</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" -"<big>ملف السجل</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"قد يتم تحديد ملف سجل بديل مع هذا التوجيه. إذا كان ملف السجل لا يتضمن " -"بادئة '/'، فمن المفترض أن يكون اسم منشأة <a href=\"/man/3/syslog" -"\">syslog</a>(3).\n" -"الإعداد الافتراضي: تسجيل الدخول مباشرة إلى الملف /var/log/" -"ldirectord.log.\n" +"<big>ملف السجل</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"قد يتم تحديد ملف سجل بديل مع هذا التوجيه. إذا كان ملف السجل لا يتضمن بادئة '/'، فمن المفترض أن يكون اسم منشأة <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3).\n" +"الإعداد الافتراضي: تسجيل الدخول مباشرة إلى الملف /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" -"<big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"عنوان البريد " -"الإلكتروني\"\n" -"هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم " -"تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت\n" -"MailTools لكل وحدة نمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي " -"من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول " -"الأساليب.\n" +"<big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"عنوان البريد الإلكتروني\"\n" +"هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت\n" +"MailTools لكل وحدة نمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "<big>تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني</big> = n\n" -"هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال " -"الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد " -"الثواني الصفرية على\n" -"منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على " -"عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" +"هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد الثواني الصفرية على\n" +"منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" "تكوين الفاصل الزمني للفحص.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل|بلا|" -"بدء|تشغيل|إيقاف|إعادة تحميل,...\n" -"قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد " -"الإلكتروني. حالة الكل هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات\n" -"\"بدء، تشغيل، إيقاف، إعادة تحميل\". إذا تم تحديد " -"الحالة بلا، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات\n" +"<big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل|بلا|بدء|تشغيل|إيقاف|إعادة تحميل,...\n" +"قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني. حالة الكل هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات\n" +"\"بدء، تشغيل، إيقاف، إعادة تحميل\". إذا تم تحديد الحالة بلا، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات\n" "ored مع بعضها البعض.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي الكل\n" "\n" "<big>رد الاتصال</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"إذا تم تحديد هذا التوجيه، فسيعمل ldirectord على الاتصال بـ /" -"path/to/callback القابل للتنفيذ بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في\n" -"القرص. هذا مفيد لتحديث ملف التكوين من خلال scp في مضيف heartbeated " -"آخر. الوسيطة الأولى لرد الاتصال هو اسم\n" +"إذا تم تحديد هذا التوجيه، فسيعمل ldirectord على الاتصال بـ /path/to/callback القابل للتنفيذ بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في\n" +"القرص. هذا مفيد لتحديث ملف التكوين من خلال scp في مضيف heartbeated آخر. الوسيطة الأولى لرد الاتصال هو اسم\n" "التكوين.\n" -"يمكن استخدام هذا التوجيه أيضًا لإعادة تشغيل ldirectord تلقائيًا " -"بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين " -"في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تم تعيين إعادة التحميل التلقائي إلى\n" +"يمكن استخدام هذا التوجيه أيضًا لإعادة تشغيل ldirectord تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تلقائيًا بعد تغيير ملف التكوين في القرص. ومع ذلك، إذا تم تعيين إعادة التحميل التلقائي إلى\n" "نعم، فستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين بأي طريقة.\n" "\n" "<big>تنفيذ</big> = \"تكوين\"\n" "استخدم هذا التوجيه لبدء مثيل ldirectord للتكوين المذكور.\n" "\n" "<big>إعادة التحميل التلقائي</big> = نعم|لا\n" -"تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على <ldirectord> تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي " -"على\n" -"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة " -"تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا.\n" -"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم " -"إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا: لا\n" +"تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على <ldirectord> تحديد ما إذا كان ينبغي على\n" +"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا.\n" +"في القرص وكان وقت التعديل (mtime) أجدد من الإصدار السابق، فإنه ستتم إعادة تحميل التكوين تلقائيًا: لا\n" "\n" "<big>اختبار الحالة الثابتة</big> = نعم|لا\n" -"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع " -"متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول LVS في kernel.\n" -"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات " -"جديدة.\n" -"فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات " -"مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة " -"إلى\n" -"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات " -"حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول LVS في kernel.\n" +"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات جديدة.\n" +"فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة إلى\n" +"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" "يمكن تفادي هذا الأثر الجانبي عن طريق تشغيل ما يلي:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع " -"بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم LVS أو أن إصدار kernel " -"قديم للغاية ليتضمن\n" -"ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل LVS في " -"kernel إن أمكن.\n" -"إذا تم تحديد لا، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من " -"جدول LVS في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم.\n" +"إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم LVS أو أن إصدار kernel قديم للغاية ليتضمن\n" +"ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل LVS في kernel إن أمكن.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد لا، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من جدول LVS في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم.\n" "إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: نعم\n" "\n" "<big>تشعيب</big> = نعم|لا\n" -"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإن ldirectord سيعمل على إنتاج عملية فرعية " -"لكل خادم ظاهري وإجراء فحوصات مقابل الخوادم الفعلية منها. سيعمل ذلك على " -"زيادة\n" -"توقيتات الاستجابة للتغييرات في حالة الخادم الفعلي في التكوينات مع العديد من " -"الخوادم الظاهرية. قد يعمل ذلك أيضًا على استخدام مساحة أقل في\n" -"الذاكرة وتشغيل العديد من مثيلات ldirectord المنفصلة. ستتم إعادة تشغيل " -"العمليات الفرعية تلقائيًا إذا كانت خامدة.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإن ldirectord سيعمل على إنتاج عملية فرعية لكل خادم ظاهري وإجراء فحوصات مقابل الخوادم الفعلية منها. سيعمل ذلك على زيادة\n" +"توقيتات الاستجابة للتغييرات في حالة الخادم الفعلي في التكوينات مع العديد من الخوادم الظاهرية. قد يعمل ذلك أيضًا على استخدام مساحة أقل في\n" +"الذاكرة وتشغيل العديد من مثيلات ldirectord المنفصلة. ستتم إعادة تشغيل العمليات الفرعية تلقائيًا إذا كانت خامدة.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: لا\n" "\n" "<big>خاضع للإشراف</big> = نعم|لا\n" -"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فلن يتم نقل ldirectord في وضع الخلفية. تتم " -"إعادة توجيه كافة رسائل السجل إلى stdout بدلاً من logfile. فهذا مفيد لتشغيل\n" -"ldirectord الخاضع للإشراف من قبل daemontools. راجع <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> أو <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> للحصول على تفاصيل.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فلن يتم نقل ldirectord في وضع الخلفية. تتم إعادة توجيه كافة رسائل السجل إلى stdout بدلاً من logfile. فهذا مفيد لتشغيل\n" +"ldirectord الخاضع للإشراف من قبل daemontools. راجع <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> أو <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> للحصول على تفاصيل.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: لا\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -567,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -580,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -692,203 +497,121 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>الخادم الظاهري</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"تحديد خادم وهمي عن طريق عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمدخل (أو اسم " -"الخدمة) أو علامة الجدار الناري. علامة الجدار الناري هي عدد صحيح أكبر من صفر. " -"يتم التحكم في\n" -"تكوين حزم العلامات باستخدام خيار <tt>\"-m\"</tt> لـ ipchains(8). يجب " -"أن تتبع كافة الإشارات والخدمات الفعلية لخدمة ظاهرية\n" +"<big>الخادم الظاهري</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"تحديد خادم وهمي عن طريق عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمدخل (أو اسم الخدمة) أو علامة الجدار الناري. علامة الجدار الناري هي عدد صحيح أكبر من صفر. يتم التحكم في\n" +"تكوين حزم العلامات باستخدام خيار <tt>\"-m\"</tt> لـ ipchains(8). يجب أن تتبع كافة الإشارات والخدمات الفعلية لخدمة ظاهرية\n" "هذا السطر فورًا وأن تكون محددة..\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>الخوادم الفعلية</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" +"<big>الخوادم الفعلية</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" "تحديد\n" -"خدمة فعلية حسب عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمنفذ (أو اسم الخدمة). إذا كان " -"المنفذ محذوفًا، فسيُستخدم الرقم 0، وسيتم تحديد ذلك بشكل أساسي لخدمات\n" +"خدمة فعلية حسب عنوان IP (أو اسم المضيف) والمنفذ (أو اسم الخدمة). إذا كان المنفذ محذوفًا، فسيُستخدم الرقم 0، وسيتم تحديد ذلك بشكل أساسي لخدمات\n" "fwmark حيث يتم تجاهل منفذ الخوادم الفعلية.\n" -"سيتم تحديد مجموعة من عناوين IP أو (اسمين مضيفين) اختياريًا، " -"حيث سيتم التعامل مع كل عنوان\n" -"من عناوين IP في المجموعة كخادم فعلي باستخدام المنفذ المحدد. " -"تحدد الوسيطة الثانية أسلوب إعادة التوجيه،\n" +"سيتم تحديد مجموعة من عناوين IP أو (اسمين مضيفين) اختياريًا، حيث سيتم التعامل مع كل عنوان\n" +"من عناوين IP في المجموعة كخادم فعلي باستخدام المنفذ المحدد. تحدد الوسيطة الثانية أسلوب إعادة التوجيه،\n" "حيث يجب أن يكون\n" -"gate أو ipipmasq. الوسيطة الثالثة اختيارية وتحدد وزن " -"ذلك الخادم الفعلي. إذا كانت محذوفة، فسيتم\n" -"استخدام وزن 1. تعد الوسيطتان الأخيرتان اختياريتين أيضًا. فهما تحددان زوج طلب-" -"استلام لاستخدامه\n" +"gate أو ipipmasq. الوسيطة الثالثة اختيارية وتحدد وزن ذلك الخادم الفعلي. إذا كانت محذوفة، فسيتم\n" +"استخدام وزن 1. تعد الوسيطتان الأخيرتان اختياريتين أيضًا. فهما تحددان زوج طلب-استلام لاستخدامه\n" "في التحقق من استمرار اتصال الخادم. فهما يتجاوزان زوج\n" "استلام-طلب في قسم الخادم الظاهري.\n" -"يجب وضع هاتين السلسلتين بين علامتي اقتباس. إذا كانت سلسلة الطلب تبدأ " -"بـhttp://... ، فسيتم تجاوز عنوان IP ومنفذ الخادم\n" +"يجب وضع هاتين السلسلتين بين علامتي اقتباس. إذا كانت سلسلة الطلب تبدأ بـhttp://... ، فسيتم تجاوز عنوان IP ومنفذ الخادم\n" "الفعلي، أو سيتم بخلاف ذلك استخدام عنوان IP ومنفذ الخوادم الفعلية.\n" -"بالنسبة للخدمتين الظاهرتينTCP وUDP " -"(بلا fwmark)، إذا لم يكن أسلوب إعادة التوجيه masq وكان عنوان IP</" -"small> للخادم\n" -"الفعلي غير محلي (غير موجود في الواجهة على المضيف الذي يشغّل ldirectord)، " -"فسيتم تعيين الخادم الفعلي على ذلك لخدمته\n" +"بالنسبة للخدمتين الظاهرتينTCP وUDP (بلا fwmark)، إذا لم يكن أسلوب إعادة التوجيه masq وكان عنوان IP للخادم\n" +"الفعلي غير محلي (غير موجود في الواجهة على المضيف الذي يشغّل ldirectord)، فسيتم تعيين الخادم الفعلي على ذلك لخدمته\n" "الظاهرية.\n" "حيث إنه لا يتوفر تعيين المنفذ إلا\n" -"إذا كان الخادم الفعلي جهازًا آخر وأسلوب إعادة التوجيه هو masq. ويرجع هذا إلى " -"الطريقة\n" +"إذا كان الخادم الفعلي جهازًا آخر وأسلوب إعادة التوجيه هو masq. ويرجع هذا إلى الطريقة\n" "التي يعمل بها رمز\n" "LVS الأساسي في kernel.\n" -"قد يوجد إدخال أو أكثر من هذه الإدخالات داخل قسم ظاهري. قد تظهر أيضًا " -"الخيارات مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض وفشل العد والاحتياطي وتكرار تنبيهات البريد " -"الإلكتروني والحالة الثابتة المدرجة أعلاه داخل قسم ظاهري، حيث يتم تجاوز " -"الإعداد العمومي.\n" +"قد يوجد إدخال أو أكثر من هذه الإدخالات داخل قسم ظاهري. قد تظهر أيضًا الخيارات مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض وفشل العد والاحتياطي وتكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني والحالة الثابتة المدرجة أعلاه داخل قسم ظاهري، حيث يتم تجاوز الإعداد العمومي.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>نوع الفحص</big> = اتصال|خارجي|تفاوض|" -"إيقاف|تشغيل|أداة اختبار الاتصال|مهلة الفحصN</" -"i>\n" -"نوع الفحص لإجرائه. يعمل خيار التفاوض على إرسال طلب والتطابق مع سلسلة " -"الاستلام. يعمل الخيار \"اتصال\" على محاولة إجراء اتصال TCP/IP</" -"small>، ومن ثم يمكن حذف السلسلتين طلب واستلام. إذا كان نوع الفحص رقمًا، فسيتم " -"دمج الخيارين تفاوض واتصال، بحيث يتم إجراء محاولة تفاوض واحدة بعد كل محاولة " -"اتصال N. فمن المفيد التحقق غالبًا من استجابة الخدمة، ويتم فحص التفاوض في " -"الفواصل الزمنية الأطول. يُقصد بالخيار \"أداة اختبار الاتصال\" أنه سيتم " -"استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال\n" -"ICMP لاختبار توافر الخوادم الفعلية. كما يتم استخدام أداة " -"اختبار الاتصال لفحص اتصال خدمات UDP. يُقصد بالخيار\n" -"\"إيقاف\" بأنه لن يُجرى الفحص ولن يتم تنشيط الخوادم الفعلية أو الاحتياطية. " -"يُقصد بالخيار \"تشغيل\" بأنه سيُجرى الفحص ودائمًا ما سيتم تنشيط\n" +"<big>نوع الفحص</big> = اتصال|خارجي|تفاوض|إيقاف|تشغيل|أداة اختبار الاتصال|مهلة الفحصN\n" +"نوع الفحص لإجرائه. يعمل خيار التفاوض على إرسال طلب والتطابق مع سلسلة الاستلام. يعمل الخيار \"اتصال\" على محاولة إجراء اتصال TCP/IP، ومن ثم يمكن حذف السلسلتين طلب واستلام. إذا كان نوع الفحص رقمًا، فسيتم دمج الخيارين تفاوض واتصال، بحيث يتم إجراء محاولة تفاوض واحدة بعد كل محاولة اتصال N. فمن المفيد التحقق غالبًا من استجابة الخدمة، ويتم فحص التفاوض في الفواصل الزمنية الأطول. يُقصد بالخيار \"أداة اختبار الاتصال\" أنه سيتم استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال\n" +"ICMP لاختبار توافر الخوادم الفعلية. كما يتم استخدام أداة اختبار الاتصال لفحص اتصال خدمات UDP. يُقصد بالخيار\n" +"\"إيقاف\" بأنه لن يُجرى الفحص ولن يتم تنشيط الخوادم الفعلية أو الاحتياطية. يُقصد بالخيار \"تشغيل\" بأنه سيُجرى الفحص ودائمًا ما سيتم تنشيط\n" "الخوادم الفعلية. الإعداد الافتراضي هو تفاوض.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"نوع الخدمة للمراقبة عند استخدام نوع الفحص=تفاوض. يشير الخيار \"لا\" " -"إلى خدمة لن يتم مراقبتها.\n" -"يرسل simpletcp سلسلة الطلب إلى الخادم واختبارها مقابل regexp " -"للاستلام‏. تتصل الأنواع\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"نوع الخدمة للمراقبة عند استخدام نوع الفحص=تفاوض. يشير الخيار \"لا\" إلى خدمة لن يتم مراقبتها.\n" +"يرسل simpletcp سلسلة الطلب إلى الخادم واختبارها مقابل regexp للاستلام‏. تتصل الأنواع\n" "الأخرى من عمليات الفحص بالخادم الذي يستخدم\n" -"البروتوكول المحدد. الرجاء مراجعة قسمي طلب واستلام للتعرف على " -"معلومات خاصة بالبروتوكول.\n" +"البروتوكول المحدد. الرجاء مراجعة قسمي طلب واستلام للتعرف على معلومات خاصة بالبروتوكول.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* منفذ الخادم الظاهري هو 21: ftp\n" @@ -910,10 +633,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>أمر الفحص</big> = \"مسار البرنامج النصي\"</" -"b>\n" -"يُستخدم هذا الإعداد إذا كان نوع الفحص خارجي وكان مطلوب تشغيل الأمر للتحقق " -"من حالة خادم فعلي. ينبغي أن يتم الخروج بالحالة 0 إذا كان كل شيء\n" +"</dt><dt><big>أمر الفحص</big> = \"مسار البرنامج النصي\"\n" +"يُستخدم هذا الإعداد إذا كان نوع الفحص خارجي وكان مطلوب تشغيل الأمر للتحقق من حالة خادم فعلي. ينبغي أن يتم الخروج بالحالة 0 إذا كان كل شيء\n" "على ما يرام أو كان أي رقم بخلاف الصفر. \n" "يتم تمرير 4 معلمات على البرنامج النصي:\n" "</dt><dt>* علامة ip/الجدار الناري للخادم الظاهري\n" @@ -929,92 +650,59 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>الطلب</big> = \"‏uri لطلب الكائن\"\n" -"سيتطلب هذا الكائن كل ثانية في الفاصل الزمني للفحص في كل خادم فعلي. " -"يجب وضع السلسلة داخل علامتي اقتباس.\n" +"سيتطلب هذا الكائن كل ثانية في الفاصل الزمني للفحص في كل خادم فعلي. يجب وضع السلسلة داخل علامتي اقتباس.\n" "لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز هذه السلسلة\n" "اختياريًا وفقًا لكل خادم فعلي مستند إلى سلسلة الطلب. \n" -"بالنسبة لفحصDNS ، ينبغي أن يكون اسم سجل A أو عنوان سجل " -"PTR للبحث عنه.\n" -"بالنسبة لفحص MySQL أو Oracle أو PostgeSQL، ينبغي أن يكون استعلام " -"SQL. لم يتم فحص البيانات المرتجعة، والرد عبارة عن صف واحد أو " -"أكثر فحسب. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب.\n" -"بالنسبة لفحصsimpletcp ، يتم إرسال هذه السلسلة حرفية فيما عدا استبدال " -"أي أحداث بحرف سطر جديد.\n" +"بالنسبة لفحصDNS ، ينبغي أن يكون اسم سجل A أو عنوان سجل PTR للبحث عنه.\n" +"بالنسبة لفحص MySQL أو Oracle أو PostgeSQL، ينبغي أن يكون استعلام SQL. لم يتم فحص البيانات المرتجعة، والرد عبارة عن صف واحد أو أكثر فحسب. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب.\n" +"بالنسبة لفحصsimpletcp ، يتم إرسال هذه السلسلة حرفية فيما عدا استبدال أي أحداث بحرف سطر جديد.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>استلام</big> = \"regexp للمقارنة\"\n" -"إذا كانت النتيجة المطلوبة تتضمن regexp هذا للمقارنة، يتم " -"الإعلان عن استمرار اتصال الخادم الفعلي. يجب وضع regexp داخل علامتي اقتباس. " -"تذكر أن\n" -"‏regexps لا تعتبر سلاسل عادية مما تتطلب منك تفادي الأحرف الخاصة إذا كان ينبغي " -"استخدامها كبيانات حرفية. لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز regexp هذا\n" +"إذا كانت النتيجة المطلوبة تتضمن regexp هذا للمقارنة، يتم الإعلان عن استمرار اتصال الخادم الفعلي. يجب وضع regexp داخل علامتي اقتباس. تذكر أن\n" +"‏regexps لا تعتبر سلاسل عادية مما تتطلب منك تفادي الأحرف الخاصة إذا كان ينبغي استخدامها كبيانات حرفية. لاحظ أنه يمكن تجاوز regexp هذا\n" "اختياريًا وفقًا لكل خادم فعلي مستند إلى regexp للاستلام.\n" -"بالنسبة لفحصDNS ، ينبغي أن يكون ذلك أي من عناوين سجل A " -"أو أي من أسماء سجل PTR .\n" +"بالنسبة لفحصDNS ، ينبغي أن يكون ذلك أي من عناوين سجل A أو أي من أسماء سجل PTR .\n" "بالنسبة لفحصMySQL ، لن يُستخدم إعداد الاستلام.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big> أسلوبhttp‏</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"تعيين أسلوب HTTP الذي ينبغي استخدامه لإحضار عنوان " -"URI المحدد في سلسلة الطلب. يعد GET الأسلوب " -"المستخدم افتراضيًا إذا لم يتم تعيين المعلمة. إذا تم استخدام " -"الأسلوبHEAD ، فينبغي ألا يتم تعيين سلسلة الاستلام.\n" +"<big> أسلوبhttp‏</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"تعيين أسلوب HTTP الذي ينبغي استخدامه لإحضار عنوان URI المحدد في سلسلة الطلب. يعد GET الأسلوب المستخدم افتراضيًا إذا لم يتم تعيين المعلمة. إذا تم استخدام الأسلوبHEAD ، فينبغي ألا يتم تعيين سلسلة الاستلام.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>المضيف الظاهري</big> = \"اسم المضيف\"\n" -"يُستخدم عند استخدام فحص تفاوض مع أسلوب HTTP أو " -"HTTPS. تعيين عنوان المضيف المستخدم في طلب HTTP</" -"small>. في حالة الأسلوب HTTPS، عامةً ما يحتاج إلى مطابقة الاسم " -"الشائع لشهادة SSL. إذا لم يتم تعيين عنوان المضيف، فسيتم " -"اشتقاقه\n" -"من عنوان url الخاص بالطلب للخادم الفعلي إذا كان موجودًا. وكحل أخير، سيُستخدم " -"عنوان IP للخادم الفعلي. \n" +"يُستخدم عند استخدام فحص تفاوض مع أسلوب HTTP أو HTTPS. تعيين عنوان المضيف المستخدم في طلب HTTP. في حالة الأسلوب HTTPS، عامةً ما يحتاج إلى مطابقة الاسم الشائع لشهادة SSL. إذا لم يتم تعيين عنوان المضيف، فسيتم اشتقاقه\n" +"من عنوان url الخاص بالطلب للخادم الفعلي إذا كان موجودًا. وكحل أخير، سيُستخدم عنوان IP للخادم الفعلي. \n" "\n" "\n" "<big>تسجيل الدخول</big> = \"اسم المستخدم\"\n" -"بالنسبة للأساليب FTP وIMAP " -"وLDAP وMySQL وOracle وPOP وPostgreSQL، سيُستخدم " -"اسم المستخدم لتسجيل الدخول.\n" +"بالنسبة للأساليب FTP وIMAP وLDAP وMySQL وOracle وPOP وPostgreSQL، سيُستخدم اسم المستخدم لتسجيل الدخول.\n" "بالنسبة لأسلوب Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"اسم المستخدم\".\n" -"بالنسبة للأسلوبSIP ، يُستخدم اسم المستخدم كعنوان المرسل " -"والمستلم لاستعلام OPTIONS .\n" +"بالنسبة للأسلوبSIP ، يُستخدم اسم المستخدم كعنوان المرسل والمستلم لاستعلام OPTIONS .\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP:مجهول\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle وPostgreSQL: يجب تحديدها في التكوين\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>، يُشتق اسم المضيف " -"وفقًا لخيار كلمة السر أدناه.\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>، يُشتق اسم المضيف وفقًا لخيار كلمة السر أدناه.\n" "</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارعة تشير إلى أنه لن تتم محاولة مصادقة الحالة.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>كلمة السر</big> = \"كلمة السر\"\n" "كلمة السر المطلوب استخدامها\n" -"لتسجيل الدخول إلى الخوادم FTP وIMAP " -"وLDAP وMySQL وOracle وPOP وPostgreSQL و\n" +"لتسجيل الدخول إلى الخوادم FTP وIMAP وLDAP وMySQL وOracle وPOP وPostgreSQL و\n" "SIP.\n" -"بالنسبة لخادم Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"المستخدم وكلمة السر" -"\".\n" +"بالنسبة لخادم Radius، تُستخدم كلمة السر للسمة \"المستخدم وكلمة السر\".\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname&gt، حيث يعد اسم " -"المضيف متغير البيئة HOSTNAME الذي يتم تقييمه في وقت التشغيل " -"أو اشتقاقه من uname إذا لم يتم تعيينه.\n" -"</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارغة. في حال وجود الخوادم LDAP " -"وMySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، فإنه لن يتم إجراء المصادقة.\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname&gt، حيث يعد اسم المضيف متغير البيئة HOSTNAME الذي يتم تقييمه في وقت التشغيل أو اشتقاقه من uname إذا لم يتم تعيينه.\n" +"</dt><dt>* خلاف ذلك: سلسلة فارغة. في حال وجود الخوادم LDAP وMySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، فإنه لن يتم إجراء المصادقة.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>اسم قاعدة البيانات</big> = \"اسم قاعدة البيانات</" -"i>\"\n" -"قاعدة البيانات المطلوب استخدامها للخوادم MySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، هي " -"التي سيُجرى الاستعلام (التعيين حسبالاستلام أعلاه) وفقًا لها. هذا هو " -"الإعداد المطلوب..\n" +"</dt><dt><big>اسم قاعدة البيانات</big> = \"اسم قاعدة البيانات\"\n" +"قاعدة البيانات المطلوب استخدامها للخوادم MySQL وOracle وPostgreSQL، هي التي سيُجرى الاستعلام (التعيين حسبالاستلام أعلاه) وفقًا لها. هذا هو الإعداد المطلوب..\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>سر خادم radius </big> = \"سر خادم radius \"</" -"b>\n" -"السر المطلوب استخدامه لخوادم Radius هو الذي يُستخدم لإجراء طلب-وصول " -"باستخدام اسم المستخدم (التعيين حسب تسجيل الدخول أعلاه) وكلمة السر " -"(التعيين حسب\n" +"<big>سر خادم radius </big> = \"سر خادم radius \"\n" +"السر المطلوب استخدامه لخوادم Radius هو الذي يُستخدم لإجراء طلب-وصول باستخدام اسم المستخدم (التعيين حسب تسجيل الدخول أعلاه) وكلمة السر (التعيين حسب\n" "كلمة السر أعلاه).\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: سلسلة فارغة\n" "\n" @@ -1024,230 +712,193 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>قناع الشبكة</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"قناع الشبكة المطلوب استخدامه للتنفيذ المتكرر لاتصالات العميل " -"المستمرة.\n" +"قناع الشبكة المطلوب استخدامه للتنفيذ المتكرر لاتصالات العميل المستمرة.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>المجدول</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"المجدول المطلوب استخدامه بواسطة LVS لموازنة التحميل. " -"للحصول على أي معلومة حول المجدولات المتوفرة، الرجاء مراجعة الصفحة اليدوية " -"<a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"المجدول المطلوب استخدامه بواسطة LVS لموازنة التحميل. للحصول على أي معلومة حول المجدولات المتوفرة، الرجاء مراجعة الصفحة اليدوية <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>البروتوكول</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"البروتوكول المطلوب استخدامه. إذا تم تحديد الخادم الظاهري كمنفذ وعنوان " -"IP، فيجب أن يكون البروتوكول إما tcp أوudp. إذا تم وضع علامة " -"كجدار ناري، فيجب أن يكون\n" +"البروتوكول المطلوب استخدامه. إذا تم تحديد الخادم الظاهري كمنفذ وعنوان IP، فيجب أن يكون البروتوكول إما tcp أوudp. إذا تم وضع علامة كجدار ناري، فيجب أن يكون\n" "البروتوكول fwm.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي:\n" -"</dt><dt>* إذا كان الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان IP ولم " -"يكن المنفذ 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان IP والمنفذ هو 53: " -"udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* إذا كان الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان IP ولم يكن المنفذ 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو منفذ وعنوان IP والمنفذ هو 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* الخادم الظاهري هو علامة جدار ناري: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>مهلة الفحص</big> = n\n" -"المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص " -"الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" +"المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص أداة اختبار الاتصال والفحص الخارجي وفحص الاتصال. إذا تم تجاوز المهلة، فسيتم الإعلان عن الخادم الفعلي بأنه خامد.\n" "إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة " -"عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " -"الافتراضي.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم مهلة التفاوض. تعد مهلة التفاوض أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة الفحص ومهلة التفاوض، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 5 ثوانٍ\n" "\n" "<big>مهلة التفاوض</big> = n\n" "المهلة بالثواني لعمليات فحص التفاوض.\n" "إذا تم تحديدها في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا " -"قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" -"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد " -"الافتراضي.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تحديدها، فستُستخدم قيمة مهلة الاتصال. تعد مهلة الاتصال أيضًا قيمة عمومية يمكن تجاوزها بواسطة كل إعداد ظاهري.\n" +"إذا لم يتم تعيين كل من مهلة التفاوض ومهلة الاتصال، فسيُستخدم الإعداد الافتراضي.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 30 ثانية\n" "\n" "<big>عدد مرات الفشل</big> = n\n" -"سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص " -"قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال " -"بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة " -"تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" +"سيتم الإبلاغ عن عدد المرات المتتالية للفشل عن طريق إجراء عملية فحص قبل اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل. ستشير القيمة 1 إلى اعتبار الاتصال بالخادم الفعلي فاشل من محاولة الفشل الأولى. سيعمل الفحص الناجح على إعادة تعيين عدّاد مرات الفشل إلى 0.\n" "إذا تم تحديده في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 1\n" "\n" -"<big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"عنوان البريد " -"الإلكتروني\"\n" -"هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم " -"تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت " -"MailTools لكلl\n" -"وحدة النمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب " -"المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" +"<big>تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = \"عنوان البريد الإلكتروني\"\n" +"هو عنوان بريد إلكتروني صالح لإرسال تنبيهات حول حالة الاتصال التي تم تغييرها إلى أي خادم فعلي محدد في الخدمة الظاهرية. يتطلب هذا الخيار تثبيت MailTools لكلl\n" +"وحدة النمطية. محاولة إرسال البريد الإلكتروني تلقائيًا باستخدام أي من الأساليب المضمنة. راجع perldoc Mail::Mailer لمزيد من المعلومات حول الأساليب.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "<big>تكرار تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني</big> = n\n" -"هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال " -"الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد " -"الثواني الصفرية على منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد " -"الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" +"هو التأخير بالثواني بين تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني المتكررة إذا ما زال الخادم الفعلي المحدد في الخدمة الظاهرية لا يمكن الوصول إليه. سيعمل إعداد الثواني الصفرية على منع التنبيهات المتكررة. تعتمد دقة توقيت البريد الإلكتروني لهذا الإعداد على عدد الثواني المحددة في خيار\n" "تكوين الفاصل الزمني للفحص.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل|بلا|" -"بدء|تشغيل|إيقاف|إعادة تحميل,...\n" -"قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد " -"الإلكتروني. حالة الكل هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات \n" -"\"بدء،تشغيل،إيقاف،إعادة تحميل\". إذا تم تحديد " -"الحالة بلا، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات " -"ored\n" +"<big>حالة تنبيه البريد الإلكتروني</big> = الكل|بلا|بدء|تشغيل|إيقاف|إعادة تحميل,...\n" +"قائمة حالات الخادم المفصولة بفواصل حيث ينبغي إرسال تنبيهات البريد الإلكتروني. حالة الكل هي موجز لتنفيذ الحالات \n" +"\"بدء،تشغيل،إيقاف،إعادة تحميل\". إذا تم تحديد الحالة بلا، فلن يتم تحديد أي خيار آخر، أو بخلاف ذلك، ستكون الخيارات ored\n" "مع بعضها البعض.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: الكل\n" "\n" -"<big>احتياطي</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. " -"عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" +"<big>احتياطي</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"الخادم الذي تتم إعادة توجيه خدمة ويب إليه إذا تعطلت الخوادم الفعلية. عادةً ما سيكون ذلك 127.0.0.1 مع صفحة طارئة.\n" "إذا تم تحديد ذلك في قسم الخادم الظاهري، فسيتم تجاوز القيمة العمومية.\n" "\n" "<big>اختبار الحالة الثابتة</big> = نعم|لا\n" -"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع " -"متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول LVS في kernel.\n" -"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات " -"جديدة.\n" -"فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات " -"مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة " -"إلى\n" -"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات " -"حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد نعم، فإنه عند تحديد أن الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع متعطلة، لا تتم إزالتها من جدول LVS في kernel.\n" +"وبخلاف ذلك، سيتم تعيين وزنها إلى صفر مما يعني أنه لن يتم قبول أي اتصالات جديدة.\n" +"فهذا يتضمن الأثر الجانبي، حيث إنه إذا كان الخادم الفعلي يتضمن اتصالات مستمرة، فستتم متابعة إعادة توجيه الاتصالات الجديدة من أي أجهزة عميلة موجودة إلى\n" +"الخادم الفعلي، إلى أن تنتهي مهلة الاستمرار. راجع ipvsadm لمزيد من المعلومات حول الاتصالات المستمرة.\n" "يمكن تفادي هذا الأثر الجانبي عن طريق تشغيل ما يلي:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع " -"بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم LVS أو أن إصدار kernel " -"قديم للغاية ليتضمن ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل " -"LVS في kernel إن أمكن.\n" -"إذا تم تحديد لا، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من " -"جدول LVS في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم.\n" +"إذا لم يكن الملف proc موجودًا، فقد يشير ذلك إلى أن kernel لا يتمتع بدعم lvs؛ حيث إنه لم يتم تحميل دعم LVS أو أن إصدار kernel قديم للغاية ليتضمن ملف proc. ينبغي أن يعمل تشغيل ipvsadm كجذر على تحميل LVS في kernel إن أمكن.\n" +"إذا تم تحديد لا، فستتم إزالة الخوادم الفعلية أو الإرجاع من جدول LVS في kernel. الإعداد الافتراضي هو نعم.\n" "في حالة التحديد في قسم خادم ظاهري، يتم تجاوز القيمة العامة.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي: نعم\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "نوع الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "منفذ الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "أمر الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "أسلوب Http" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "طلب" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "استقبال" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "اسم قاعدة البيانات" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "سر Radius" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "دائم" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "المجدول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "الخوادم الظاهرية" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "الخادم الظاهري" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "الخوادم الفعلية" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "نوع الفحص" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "نوع المصادقة" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "أخرى" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1255,98 +906,98 @@ "عند استخدام IPv6، ينبغي أن يكون التنسيق مثل ذلك\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP للخادم الفعلي" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "أسلوب أعادة التوجيه" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "الوزن" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "إضافة خادم فعلي جديد:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "تحرير الخادم الفعلي:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين IPLB" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات العمومية" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات المضيف الظاهري" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات العمومية..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات المضيف الظاهري..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين IPLB" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل اعداد سوزي" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,226 +14,225 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "بادئ iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "ب&ادئ iSCSI" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "عنوان iSNS" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "منفذ iSNS" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "اس&م البادئ" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "ب&طاقة إلغاء التحميل" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "عنوان الموقع المدخلي" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "الاسم الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "قطع الاتصال" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "متصل" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "اكتشاف" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "اتصال" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "بدون تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوارد" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الصادر" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "onboot" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "تلقائي" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "مفتاح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "الأهداف المتصلة" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "الأهداف المكتشفة" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على بادئ iSCSI" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>بادئ iSCSI</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "اكتشاف بادئ iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -241,18 +240,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -260,8 +258,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -273,8 +271,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" @@ -282,8 +280,8 @@ "<big>تكوين بادئ iSCSI</big> \n" "قم بتكوين بادئ iSCSI هنا. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -295,8 +293,8 @@ " إذا لم يتم اكتشاف بادئ iSCSI لديك، استخدم الخيار أخرى (غير مكتشفة).\n" " اضغط بعد ذلك تكوين.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -306,8 +304,8 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط تحرير، يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" " التكوين.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -317,8 +315,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على بادئات iSCSI المثبتة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك،\n" " يمكنك تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" @@ -326,8 +324,8 @@ "<big>إضافة بادئ iSCSI</big> \n" "اضغط إضافة لتكوين بادئ iSCSI.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -337,207 +335,138 @@ "اختر بادئ iSCSI لتغييره أو إزالته.\n" " اضغط بعد ذلك تحرير أو حذف حسب الحاجة.\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " -"Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "" -"قائمة بالجلسات الحالية.استخدم الزر إضافة للحصول على مزيد من " -"الأهداف. يبدأ الاكتشاف في البحث عن أهداف جديدة ويظل وضع البدء للأهداف " -"المتصلة بالفعل دون تغيير. استخدم قطع الاتصال لإلغاء الاتصال ثم قم " -"بإزالة الهدف من القائمة. لتغيير حالة بدء التشغيل، اضغط على تحرير.</" -"p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgstr "قائمة بالجلسات الحالية.استخدم الزر إضافة للحصول على مزيد من الأهداف. يبدأ الاكتشاف في البحث عن أهداف جديدة ويظل وضع البدء للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل دون تغيير. استخدم قطع الاتصال لإلغاء الاتصال ثم قم بإزالة الهدف من القائمة. لتغيير حالة بدء التشغيل، اضغط على تحرير." -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>تحذير</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI للقراءة/الكتابة، " -"تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف." -"\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "عند الوصول إلى جهاز يعمل ببروتوكول iSCSI للقراءة/الكتابة، تأكد من أن هذا الوصول خاص. وإلا سيكون هناك احتمال كبير لتعرُض البيانات للتلف.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "اسم البادئ هو قيمة من <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"إذا كان لديك iBFT، فستتم إضافة هذه القيمة من هناك وستتمكن من تغييرها في " -"إعداد BIOS." +"إذا كان لديك iBFT، فستتم إضافة هذه القيمة من هناك وستتمكن من تغييرها في إعداد BIOS." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام iSNS (خدمة أسماء التخزين على إنترنت) في " -"اكتشاف الأهداف بدلاً من أسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي،\n" -"قم بملء عنوان IP الخاص بخادم iSNS ومنفذه. يجب أن يكون المنفذ الافتراضي هو " -"3205.\n" +"إذا كنت ترغب في استخدام iSNS (خدمة أسماء التخزين على إنترنت) في اكتشاف الأهداف بدلاً من أسلوب SendTargets الافتراضي،\n" +"قم بملء عنوان IP الخاص بخادم iSNS ومنفذه. يجب أن يكون المنفذ الافتراضي هو 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "أدخل عنوان IP لملقم iSCSI الهدف.\n" -"قم بتغيير المنفذ فقط في حالة الحاجة إلى ذلك. للمصادقة، استخدم اسم " -"المستخدم وكلمة المرور.في حالة عدم الحاجة إلى المصادقة، \n" +"قم بتغيير المنفذ فقط في حالة الحاجة إلى ذلك. للمصادقة، استخدم اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور.في حالة عدم الحاجة إلى المصادقة، \n" "حدد عدم مصادقة.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"قائمة نقاط التوصيل التي يعرضها هدف iSCSI. حدد عنصرًا واحدًا ثم انقر فوق " -"اتصال." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "قائمة نقاط التوصيل التي يعرضها هدف iSCSI. حدد عنصرًا واحدًا ثم انقر فوق اتصال." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>بدء التشغيل</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"دليل أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلًا بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم " -"إلى\n" +"دليل أهداف iSCSI أن لا تكون متصلًا بشكل افتراضي، يحتاج المستخدم إلى\n" "القيام بذلك يدويًا\n" -"عند الإقلاع لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلًا أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما " -"يكون \n" +"عند الإقلاع لأهداف iSCSI أن تكون متصلًا أثناء الإقلاع، أي عندما يكون \n" "الجذر على iSCSI. مثل أن يتم التقييم من initrd.\n" "التلقائي لأهداف iSCSI تكون متصلًا عند بدء \n" "تشغل خدمة iSCSI نفسها.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>المصادقة</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " -"Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " -"Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming " -"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " -"server side and the other way round." -msgstr "" -"الإعداد الافتراضي هنا هو عدم المصادقة . قم بإلغاء تحديد مربع " -"الاختيار في حالة الحاجة إلى المصادقة لأسباب الأمان. أدخل اسم المستخدم " -"وكلمة المرور للمصادقة الواردة أو المصادقة الصادرة أو كلتيهما.</" -"p>الرجاء ملاحظة أن: المصادقة الواردة هنا ترتبط بالمصادقة " -"الصادرة في جانب ملقم iSCSI الهدف والعكس. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "الإعداد الافتراضي هنا هو عدم المصادقة . قم بإلغاء تحديد مربع الاختيار في حالة الحاجة إلى المصادقة لأسباب الأمان. أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور للمصادقة الواردة أو المصادقة الصادرة أو كلتيهما.الرجاء ملاحظة أن: المصادقة الواردة هنا ترتبط بالمصادقة الصادرة في جانب ملقم iSCSI الهدف والعكس. " -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " -"Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen." -" To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note:</" -"b> Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the " -"Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode." -msgstr "" -"تعرض هذه الشاشة قائمة بالأهداف التي تم اكتشافها.استخدم الزر " -"اكتشاف للحصول على أهداف iSCSI المتاحة من ملقم محدد بواسطة عنوان IP." -" قم بالتوصيل بهدف لإنشاء اتصال. إذا كان تسجيل الدخول ناجحًا، فسيعرض " -"العمود متصل الحالة صواب ويظهر الهدف على شاشة الأهداف المتصلة." -" لإزالة هدف، استخدم الزرحذف. تلميح:فصل في " -"الأهداف المتصلة أولاً.الرجاء ملاحظة: بدء الاكتشاف " -"مرة أخرى يعني إعادة اكتشاف الأهداف التي من المحتمل أن تقوم بتغيير وضع البدء " -"للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل (إلى يدوي افتراضي). انتقل إلى شاشة الأهداف " -"المتصلة واستخدم الزر إضافة في حالة الرغبة في إضافة أهداف جديدة " -"دون تغيير وضع بدء التشغيل." +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "تعرض هذه الشاشة قائمة بالأهداف التي تم اكتشافها.استخدم الزر اكتشاف للحصول على أهداف iSCSI المتاحة من ملقم محدد بواسطة عنوان IP. قم بالتوصيل بهدف لإنشاء اتصال. إذا كان تسجيل الدخول ناجحًا، فسيعرض العمود متصل الحالة صواب ويظهر الهدف على شاشة الأهداف المتصلة. لإزالة هدف، استخدم الزرحذف. تلميح:فصل في الأهداف المتصلة أولاً.الرجاء ملاحظة: بدء الاكتشاف مرة أخرى يعني إعادة اكتشاف الأهداف التي من المحتمل أن تقوم بتغيير وضع � �لبدء للأهداف المتصلة بالفعل (إلى يدوي افتراضي). انتقل إلى شاشة الأهداف المتصلة واستخدم الزر إضافة في حالة الرغبة في إضافة أهداف جديدة دون تغيير وضع بدء التشغيل." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "انتهت مهلة الأمر" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "قم بإدراج اسم المستخدم." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "قم بإدراج كلمة السر." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اتصال iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل الخروج من الهدف المحدد؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء الخروج من الهدف المحدد." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي سجل." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "عنوان IP غير صالح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "عدم ترك حقل المنفذ فارغًا" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "اسم البادئ غير صحيح" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -559,150 +488,144 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الاسم؟\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "قم بإدراج عنوان IP." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "الرجاء التحقق من اسم مضيف عنوان IP ‏(resp.)‏.‏\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "قم بإدراج المنفذ." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "صواب" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "خطأ" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف " -"البيانات." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "الهدف في TargetName هذا متصل بالفعل. تأكد من تمكين Multipathing لمنع تلف البيانات." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "متابعة" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "الهدف متصل بالفعل." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "لتكوين بادئ iSCSI، يجب تثبيت حزمة %1." -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين بادئ iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات autoYaST" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "إعداد حالة الخدمة" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "الافتراضي (برنامج)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "الكل" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -714,13 +637,13 @@ "نسخة احتياطية. إذا أردت استخدام اسم بادئ \n" "مختلف، قم بتغييرها في BIOS.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "فشل الاتصال الهدف.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/iscsi-lio-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "تكوين هدف iSCSI عبر LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "هدف &iSCSI LIO" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "عمومي" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "الأهداف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "المعرِّف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "مجموعة المداخل" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "عنوان Ip" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "رقم المنفذ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "ربط كل عناوين IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الاستخدام" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "البادئ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "تعيين LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "تحرير LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "تحرير المصادقة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "نسخ" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "بدون تصديق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوارد" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الصادر" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند ال&تمهيد" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التمهيد" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "حالة TPG" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على أهداف iSCSI LIO" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>هدف iSCSI</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "إضافة هدف iSCSI" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد بادئ هدف iSCSI" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد Lun لهدف iSCSI" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لهدف iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -259,18 +259,17 @@ "<big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين هدف iSCSI</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إحباط التهيئة</big> \n" -"يمكنك إحباط البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق الضغط على إحباط " -"الآن.\n" +"يمكنك إحباط البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق الضغط على إحباط الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -278,8 +277,8 @@ "<big>جارٍ حفظ تكوين هدف iSCSI</big> \n" "برجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -291,7 +290,7 @@ "يبلغك مربع حوار إضافي بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." @@ -299,8 +298,8 @@ "سيعمل الزر حفظ على تصدير بعض المعلومات حول\n" "الأهداف في الملف المُحدد." -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI target here. \n" @@ -308,8 +307,8 @@ "<big>تكوين هدف iSCSI</big> \n" "قم بتكوين هدف iSCSI هنا. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -321,8 +320,8 @@ "إذا لم يتم اكتشاف الهدف الخاص بك، فاستخدم أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها).\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك على تكوين.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -332,8 +331,8 @@ "إذا قمت بالضغط على تحرير، فسيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -343,8 +342,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على أهداف iSCSI المثبتة. بالإضافة إلى ذلك\n" "يمكنك تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI target." @@ -352,8 +351,8 @@ "<big>إضافة هدف iSCSI</big> \n" "اضغط على إضافة لتكوين هدف iSCSI." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -363,8 +362,8 @@ "اختر هدف iSCSI المطلوب تغييره أو إزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك على تحرير أو حذف كما ترغب.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -374,10 +373,10 @@ "اضغط على التالي للمتابعة.\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -387,8 +386,8 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -398,84 +397,55 @@ "اضغط على التالي للمتابعة.\n" " \n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم بلا مصادقة أو أحد الخيارين الوارد " -"والصادر (يمكن استخدام الخيارين معًا). قم بعد ذلك بإدراج المستخدم</" -"b> وكلمة المرور." +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم بلا مصادقة أو أحد الخيارين الوارد والصادر (يمكن استخدام الخيارين معًا). قم بعد ذلك بإدراج المستخدم وكلمة المرور." -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"InitiatorName\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" -"استخدم إضافة لمنح بادئ (عميل iSCSI) إمكانية الوصول إلى LUN مستورد " -"من\n" -" مجموعة مدخل الهدف. حدد البادئ الذي يُسمح له بالوصول إليها (استخدم " -"InitiatorName\n" -" من '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' على بادئ iSCSI). سيقوم الإعداد حذف</" -"b> بإزالة صلاحية وصول البادئ إلى LUN." +"استخدم إضافة لمنح بادئ (عميل iSCSI) إمكانية الوصول إلى LUN مستورد من\n" +" مجموعة مدخل الهدف. حدد البادئ الذي يُسمح له بالوصول إليها (استخدم InitiatorName\n" +" من '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' على بادئ iSCSI). سيقوم الإعداد حذف بإزالة صلاحية وصول البادئ إلى LUN." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to " -"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</" -"b> is disabled here." +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"مع تحرير LUN‏ يمكن للشخص أن يعدل تعيين LUN‏. الرجاء ملاحظة أنه يجب " -"أن يكون رقم LUN الهدف فريدًا.‏ بعد الضغط على تحرير المصادقة، حدد نوع " -"المصادقة. استخدم وارد،صادر أو كليهما معًا، ثم قم بإدراج " -"المستخدم وكلمة المرور‏‏. الرجاء التأكد من تعيين كلمات مرور " -"مختلفة للمصادقة الواردة والصادرة.\n" -" إذا تم تعطيل استخدام المصادقة في مربع الحوار السابق، يُعطل تحرير " -"المصادقة هنا." +"مع تحرير LUN‏ يمكن للشخص أن يعدل تعيين LUN‏. الرجاء ملاحظة أنه يجب أن يكون رقم LUN الهدف فريدًا.‏ بعد الضغط على تحرير المصادقة، حدد نوع المصادقة. استخدم وارد،صادر أو كليهما معًا، ثم قم بإدراج المستخدم وكلمة المرور‏‏. الرجاء التأكد من تعيين كلمات مرور مختلفة للمصادقة الواردة والصادرة.\n" +" إذا تم تعطيل استخدام المصادقة في مربع الحوار السابق، يُعطل تحرير المصادقة هنا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "يوفر الإعداد نسخ إمكانية منح وصول بادئ إضافي إلى LUN." -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"قائمة الأهداف المعروضة ومجموعات مداخل الأهداف. قم بإنشاء هدف جديد بالنقر فوق " -"إضافة.\n" +"قائمة الأهداف المعروضة ومجموعات مداخل الأهداف. قم بإنشاء هدف جديد بالنقر فوق إضافة.\n" "لحذف عنصر أو تعديله، حدده، ثم اضغط على تحرير أو حذف." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>إعداد LUN وعنوان IP/منفذ هدف iSCSI</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -485,11 +455,10 @@ "يجب أن يكون الاسم فريدًا في مجموعة مداخل الهدف. إذا لم يوفر المستخدم\n" "اسم لـ LUN، يتم إنشاؤه تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -497,17 +466,15 @@ "والمنفذ الذين ستتوفر الخدمة بهما. الرقم الافتراضي لرقم المنفذ هو 3260.\n" "غير مسموح سوى بعناوين ip المعينة إلى إحدى بطاقات الشبكة." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "أنشئ هدفًا جديدًا. قم بإحلال القيم الصحيحة محل قيم القوالب." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -517,192 +484,184 @@ "يجب أن يكون الاسم فريدًا في مجموعة مداخل الهدف. إذا لم يقم المستخدم\n" "بتوفير اسم لـ LUN، يتم إنشاؤه تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"يمكن إضافة كافة خيارات التكوين الإضافية أو تحريرها أو " -"حذفها." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "يمكن إضافة كافة خيارات التكوين الإضافية أو تحريرها أو حذفها." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"قم بتحرير رقم LUN إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين النوع (nullio " -"لأغراض الاختبار).\n" -"إذا كان Type=fileio، فقم بتعيين المسار لملف أو جهاز القرص.ويعتبر " -"كل من معرِّف SCSI والقطاعات من المتطلبات الاختيارية." +"قم بتحرير رقم LUN إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتعيين النوع (nullio لأغراض الاختبار).\n" +"إذا كان Type=fileio، فقم بتعيين المسار لملف أو جهاز القرص.ويعتبر كل من معرِّف SCSI والقطاعات من المتطلبات الاختيارية." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "هناك مشكلة في تغيير المصادقة" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "اسم المستخدم غير صالح" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "كلمة المرور غير صالحة" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "LUN المحدد قيد الاستخدام بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "الاسم المحدد مستخدم بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "يجب أن يكون المسار المحدد إما جهاز نقل كتل المعلومات أو ملف عادي!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "المسار المحدد مستخدم بالفعل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "مسار:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "استعراض" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "حدد الملف أو الجهاز" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "LUN الخاص بالبادئ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Lun الهدف" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "التغيير:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "رقم LUN الهدف %1 مستخدم أكثر من مرة!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "يجب تمكين مصادقة واحدة على الأقل!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "اسم البادئ:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "استيراد أرقام LUN من TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل اسم البادئ فارغًا!" -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "اسم البادئ موجود بالفعل!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "اسم البادئ الجديد:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف العنصر المحدد بالفعل؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إنشاء الهدف %1 من خلال tpg %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد مدخل الشبكة إلى %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة lun %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد lun %1 (الاسم: %2) إلى المسار %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إعداد المصادقة على %1:%2 إلى %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل الهدف فارغًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك حقل مجموعة مداخل الهدف فارغًا." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "الهدف موجود بالفعل." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "الوارد" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "الصادر" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -716,98 +675,98 @@ "(راجع /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi على البادئ).\n" "هل تريد بالفعل المتابعة دون وصول البادئ؟" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة lun %4 للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إضافة lun %4:%5 للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إزالة البادئ %3 من %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء إنشاء البادئ %3 لـ %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء تغيير المصادقة للبادئ %3 في %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "جارٍ التهيئة..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "تعذر حفظ إعداد lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "تعذر حفظ إعداد tcm" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "تتعذر المتابعة بدون تثبيت حزمة lio-utils" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة \"%1\"" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "جارٍ اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -817,37 +776,37 @@ " أن هناك تكوين صالح في /etc/ietd.conf. هل ينبغي على الوحدة النمطية \n" " محاولة استيراد الإعداد من /etc/ietd.conf إلى LIO؟" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "حدثت أخطاء أثناء الاستيراد. تحقق من حالة LIO!" -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين هدف iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين lio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة تكوين lio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/isns.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "تكوين خدمة isns" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "بادئ iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "ب&ادئ iSCSI" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "نقاط توصيل ISCSI" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "مجالات الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "اسم نقطة iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "نوع نقطة التوصيل" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "اسم مجال الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "إنشاء مجال الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "أعضاء مجالات الاكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "إضافة نقطة iSCSI موجودة" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "إنشاء عضو نقطة iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "خدمة isns" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>خدمة isns</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -124,18 +124,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين برنامج المحرك iSNS</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -143,8 +142,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين iSNS iSNS</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -156,8 +155,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSNS server. \n" @@ -166,142 +165,96 @@ "تكوين خادم iSNS. \n" "\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض كافة نقاط iSCSI المتوفرة والمسجلة بخدمة iSNS. ويتم تسجيل " -"النقاط بواسطة بادئات iSCSI وأهدافiSCSI. يمكن فقط حذف النقاط. " -"ويترتب على حذف أي نقطة حذفها من قاعدة بيانات iSNS." +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "يتم عرض كافة نقاط iSCSI المتوفرة والمسجلة بخدمة iSNS. ويتم تسجيل النقاط بواسطة بادئات iSCSI وأهدافiSCSI. يمكن فقط حذف النقاط. ويترتب على حذف أي نقطة حذفها من قاعدة بيانات iSNS." -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجالات الاكتشاف. من الممكن إنشاء مجال اكتشاف أو " -"حذف واحد.يؤدي حذف مجال إلى حذف الأعضاء من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى " -"حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجالات الاكتشاف. من الممكن إنشاء مجال اكتشاف أو حذف واحد.يؤدي حذف مجال إلى حذف الأعضاء من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف أعضاء العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض قائمة بكل عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال اكتشاف آخر يجدد " -"القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن إضافة عقدة iSCSI " -"إلى مجال اكتشاف أو حذف العقدة.حذف عقدة يزيلها من المجال. ولكن لا " -"يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI إنشاء عقدة iSCSI يسمح به " -"للعقدة المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما " -"يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال عندما " -"يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى " -"أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف. " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "يتم عرض قائمة بكل عقد iSCSI قبل اكتشاف المجال. اختيار مجال اكتشاف آخر يجدد القائمة مع الأعضاء من مجال الاكتشاف هذا. من الممكن إضافة عقدة iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف أو حذف العقدة.حذف عقدة يزيلها من المجال. ولكن لا يؤدي إلى حذف العقدة عبر بروتوكول iSCSI إنشاء عقدة iSCSI يسمح به للعقدة المسجلة حتى الآن والتي لم يتم إضافتها كعضو في مجال اكتشاف. عندما يسجل البادئ أو الهدف هذه العقدة فإنها تصبح جزءا من هذا المجال عندما يقوم بادئ iSCSI بطلب اكتشاف، خدمة iSNS تقوم بإرجاع جميع أهداف عقد iSCSI إلى أعضاء في نفس المجالات الاكتشاف. " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. تنتمي اكتشاف المجالات إلى " -"مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. يجب أن يكون مجال الاكتشاف عضوًا في مجموعة مجال " -"اكتشاف لكي يكون فعالًا. في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، تحتوي مجموعة مجال اكتشاف " -"على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقدة iSCSI." +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "في الأعلى يتم عرض قائمة بكل مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. تنتمي اكتشاف المجالات إلى مجموعات مجال الاكتشاف. يجب أن يكون مجال الاكتشاف عضوًا في مجموعة مجال اكتشاف لكي يكون فعالًا. في قاعدة بيانات iSNS، تحتوي مجموعة مجال اكتشاف على مجال اكتشاف وتتضمن مجالات اكتشاف أعضاء عقدة iSCSI." -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال " -"اكتشاف مختلفة." +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "يتم تحديث قائمة أعضاء مجموعة مجال الاكتشاف كلما تم تحديد مجموعة مجال اكتشاف مختلفة." -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "إنشاء مجال اكتشاف جديد" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "إضافة عقدة iSCSI إلى مجال اكتشاف" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "النقاط المتوفرة المطلوب إضافتها" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "إضافة نقطة توصيل" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "تم" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "الهدف أو البادئ" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف العنصر المحدد؟" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا المجال؟" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "تعذر الاتصال بملقم iSNS. تحقق من تشغيل ملقم iSNS." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "تكوين برنامج المحرك isns" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "لتكوين خدمة isns، يجب تثبيت الحزمة %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين برنامج محرك isns" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين isns" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/journal.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "إدخالات دفتر اليومية" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "عرض الإدخالات بالنص التالي" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "جارٍ تغيير عامل التصفية..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "تجديد" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "الإدخالات المطلوب عرضها" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "الفاصل الزمني" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "المرشحات" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "بدون شروط إضافية" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "منذ تمهيد النظام" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "من تمهيد سابق" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "بين %{since} و%{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "بين هذه التواريخ" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "منذ تمهيد النظام (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "منذ تمهيد سابق (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "وحدات القياس" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "لوحدات النظام هذه" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "الملفات" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "لهذه الملفات (القابلة للتنفيذ أو للجهاز)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "بهذه الأولوية على الأقل" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "الوقت" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "المصدر" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "رسالة" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,371 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "تكوين kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "إعدادات العرض" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "إعدادات بدء التشغيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "رقم مستوى النسخة 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة لصورة النسخة none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "يتضمن هدف النسخة وجهة لحفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"مخطط التسمية هو:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال " -"\"kernel_string\" فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "مخطط التسمية هو:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] الرجاء إدخال \"kernel_string\" فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "سطر أوامر kdump هو سطر الأوامر المطلوب تمريره إلى kdump kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"قم بتعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت ترغب فقط في _append_ القيم بسلسلة سطر الأوامر " -"الافتراضية." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "قم بتعيين هذا المتغير إذا كنت ترغب فقط في _append_ القيم بسلسلة سطر الأوامر الافتراضية." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "قم بإعادة التشغيل فورًا بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية في kdump kernel." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "نَسخ kernel إلى دليل النُسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"يحدد عدد النُسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." +msgstr "يحدد عدد النُسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "خادم SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "اسم مستخدم SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص " -"عادي)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "كلمة مرور SMTP لإرسال رسائل إعلام. مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص عادي)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لإرسال رسائل الإخطار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لإرسال نسخة من رسائل الإخطار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "تمكين الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "تعطيل الخيار" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "عرض حالة الخيار الحالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "حجم الذاكرة المخصصة بالميغابايت" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "يتضمن العدد الخاص بمستوى النسخة صفحات للحفظ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "يمكن أن يكون تنسيق النسخة none أو ELF أو compressed أو lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"يتضمن هدف تفريغ نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، ftp، ssh، sftp، " -"nfs، cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "يتضمن هدف تفريغ نوع الهدف من: ملف (نظام الملفات المحلي)، ftp، ssh، sftp، nfs، cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "منفذ الاتصال" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "دليل حفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "المشاركة المصدرة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "مسار الملف الذي يتضمن كلمة السر (ملف نص عادي)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id للقسم الأولي" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"مخطط التسمية هو: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel يعني " -"\"kernel_string\" فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "مخطط التسمية هو: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel يعني \"kernel_string\" فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "تضمين خيارات سطر الأوامر." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"الخيار يعني مستوى التشغيل الذي يتم عنده تشغيل kdump kernel. مسموح بإدخال قيم " -"مثل 1 أو 2 أو 3 أو 5 أو s فقط" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "الخيار يعني مستوى التشغيل الذي يتم عنده تشغيل kdump kernel. مسموح بإدخال قيم مثل 1 أو 2 أو 3 أو 5 أو s فقط" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "عدد النُسخ. القيمة 0 تعني الاحتفاظ بالكل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "يعالج استخدام النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "إعدادات العرض:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "تم تمكين Kdump (تمت إضافة خيار التشغيل \"crashkernel\")" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "تخصيص الذاكرة [ميغابايت] لـ kdump هو: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "مستوى النسخة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "إعدادات هدف النسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "الهدف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "دليل الملف: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "اسم الخادم: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "المنفذ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "اسم المستخدم: مسموح باتصال مجهول" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "اسم المستخدم: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "المشاركة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "فارغ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "kdump kernel المخصص: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "سطر أوامر Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "إلحاق سطر أوامر Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "عمليات إعادة التشغيل الفوري لـ Kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "عدد النُسخ القديمة: تم حفظ كل النُسخ بدون حذف النُسخ القديمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "عدد النُسخ القديمة: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "خادم Kdump SMTP: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "مستخدم Kdump SMTP: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "كلمة سر Kdump SMTP: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "إرسال إخطار من Kdump إلى: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "إرسال نسخة من إخطار Kdump إلى: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -386,393 +359,388 @@ "يشتمل خيار Kernel \"crashkernel\" على قيم متكررة و/أو نطاقات. \n" " سيتم إعادة كتابته." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "لتطبيق التغييرات، يجب إعادة التشغيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "تم استخدام خيارات غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "تم تعيين مستوى النسخة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "قيمة الخيار غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "تم تعيين تنسيق النسخة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أن يتضمن الخيار قيمة \"none\" أو \"ELF\" أو \"compressed\" أو \"lzo\" " -"فقط." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "يمكن أن يتضمن الخيار قيمة \"none\" أو \"ELF\" أو \"compressed\" أو \"lzo\" فقط." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"الدليل\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"الخادم\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "قيمة \"المشاركة\" مفقودة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "قيمة الهدف غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "قيمة خيارات \"العدد\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"خادم\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"مستخدم\" غير صحيحة." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "قيمة خيار \"بريد إلكتروني\" غير صحيحة." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خيار." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "حفظ تكوين kdump" -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "تمكين/تعطيل Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "تم&كين Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "تع&طيل Kdump" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "تضمين في النسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&صفحات مملؤة بأصفار" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "تخ&زين الصفحات مؤقتًا" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "تخزين الصفحات الخا&صة مؤقتًا" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "صفحات بيانات الم&ستخدم" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "صفحات &خالية" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "تنسيق &نسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "&بدون نسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "تنسيق &ELF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "تنسيق &مضغوط" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "&تنسيق LZO مضغوط" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "تحديد ال&هدف" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "الدليل المحلي" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "بروتوكول NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "(CIFS (SMB" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&خادم SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "إرسال إ&علام" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "نس&خة إعلام" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Kdump Kernel ال&مخصص" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "سطر أوام&ر Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "إلحاق س&طر أوامر Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "تم&كين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "تمكين &نسخ Kernel إلى دليل النُسخة" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "تمكين &حذف نُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "&عدد النسخ القديمة" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "ذاكرة Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "بدء تشغيل Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - ترشيح النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "ترشيح النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "حفظ هدف لنسخة محتويات Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "هدف النسخة" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "خادم SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "إعلام عبر عناوين البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "إخطار البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kernel المخصص لـ Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "سطر الأوامر" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "إعدادات النسخة الاحتياطية" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لـ Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump &ذاكرة منخفضة ]ميجابايت]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump ا&لذاكرة [ميجابايت[" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "إجمالي ذاكرة النظام ]ميجابايت]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "الذاكرة الصالحة للاستخدام [ميجابايت[:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump الذا&كرة مشغولة [ميجابايت[" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "تمكين/تعطيل Kdump \n" -" تمكين kdump أو تعطيله. تمت إضافة/إزالة معلمة crashkernel لخيار " -"التشغيل. \n" +" تمكين kdump أو تعطيله. تمت إضافة/إزالة معلمة crashkernel لخيار التشغيل. \n" " لتطبيق التغييرات، يلزم إعادة التشغيل. \n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "Kdump Memory \n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. \n" @@ -780,28 +748,18 @@ "ذاكرة Kdump \n" " تخصيص الذاكرة لـ kdump kernel. \n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "النسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة \n" -" لا يتم إنشاء النسخ الاحتياطية قبل أن يتم إعادة تثبيت القسم، لكن يحدث " -"ذلك عند إعادة تشغيل القسم. عند تنفيذ نسخة احتياطية بمساعدة البرامج " -"الثابتة، تتجمد ذاكرة النظام ويُعاد تشغيل القسم، الذي يسمح لمثيل " -"جديد من نظام التشغيل بنسخ البيانات نسخًا احتياطيًا من عطل kernel سابق. " -"هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط عندما يتوفر للنظام مساحة ذاكرة أكبر من 1.5 جيجابايت.</" -"p>" +" لا يتم إنشاء النسخ الاحتياطية قبل أن يتم إعادة تثبيت القسم، لكن يحدث ذلك عند إعادة تشغيل القسم. عند تنفيذ نسخة احتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة، تتجمد ذاكرة النظام ويُعاد تشغيل القسم، الذي يسمح لمثيل جديد من نظام التشغيل بنسخ البيانات نسخًا احتياطيًا من عطل kernel سابق. هذه الميزة مناسبة فقط عندما يتوفر للنظام مساحة ذاكرة أكبر من 1.5 جيجابايت." -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Dump Level \n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -813,16 +771,14 @@ " تم نسخ الصفحات ذات النوع المحدد إلى ملف النسخة. \n" " تم تضمين نوع الصفحة المحدد في الجدول التالي. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "تنسيق النسخة \n" @@ -832,43 +788,37 @@ " تنسيق LZO المضغوط - ملفات أكبر قليلاً ولكن أسرع بكثير. \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "حفظ هدف لنسخة محتويات Kdump \n" -" الهدف المطلوب لحفظ نسخ محتويات لـ kdump. حدد نوع الهدف المطلوب لحفظ " -"النُسخ. " +" الهدف المطلوب لحفظ نسخ محتويات لـ kdump. حدد نوع الهدف المطلوب لحفظ النُسخ. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"نظام الملفات المحلي - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump في نظام الملفات " -"المحلي.\n" +"نظام الملفات المحلي - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump في نظام الملفات المحلي.\n" " دليل حفظ النُسخ - مسار لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump.\n" -" تحديد دليل لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump من خلال مربع الحوار بضغط استعراض</" -"i>\n" +" تحديد دليل لحفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump من خلال مربع الحوار بضغط استعراض\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of ftp server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - لحفظ نسخة محتويات kdump من خلال FTP.\n" " اسم الخادم - اسم خادم ftp.\n" @@ -877,8 +827,8 @@ " تمكين FTP مجهول لتمكين اتصال مجهول بالخادم.\n" " اسم المستخدم لاتصال ftp. كلمة السر لاتصال ftp. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -894,8 +844,8 @@ " اسم المستخدم لاتصال SSH. \n" " كلمة المرور لاتصال SSH. \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -911,7 +861,7 @@ " اسم المستخدم لاتصال SSH. \n" " كلمة المرور لاتصال SSH. \n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -921,8 +871,8 @@ "تفاصيل تكوين الملقم. تدعم ملقمات SLE كليهما\n" "بشكل افتراضي." -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -932,8 +882,8 @@ " اسم الخادم - اسم خادم nfs.\n" " الدليل على الخادم - مسار حفظ نُسخ محتويات kdump. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -949,21 +899,20 @@ " استخدام التصديق لتمكين الاتصال المصدق عليه بالخادم.\n" " اسم المستخدم للاتصال. كلمة السر للاتصال. " -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" "Kdump Kernel المخصص يمكن للمستخدم إدخال kernel المخصص.\n" -" مخطط التسمية هو:[boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz/</" -"i>\n" +" مخطط التسمية هو:[boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz/\n" " \n" "الرجاء إدخال kernel_string فقط. " -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -971,8 +920,8 @@ "سطر أوامر Kdump\n" " تم تمرير الوسيطات الإضافية إلى kexec. " -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -985,8 +934,8 @@ " . \n" "\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " @@ -994,21 +943,19 @@ "تمكين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية - \n" " لتمكين إعادة التشغيل الفوري بعد حفظ المكونات الأساسية في kdump. " -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "تمكين حذف نُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة - \n" -" لتمكين حذف نُُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة. في حالة تجاوز عدد ملفات النُسخ " -"في \n" +" لتمكين حذف نُُسخ محتويات النسخة القديمة. في حالة تجاوز عدد ملفات النُسخ في \n" " عدد النُسخ القديمة هذا العدد، تتم إزالة النُسخ الأقدم. " -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1020,76 +967,58 @@ " في حالة تحديد\n" " الخيار، سيتم نسخ kernel ومصحح أخطاء \n" " (إذا كان مثبتًا) في دليل نسخة \n" -" الاحتياطية. حالة دليل النسخة الاحتياطية الافتراضية هي \"إيقاف\". من " -"المفيد أن تضع كل شيء بمكانه لتصحيحه. \n" +" الاحتياطية. حالة دليل النسخة الاحتياطية الافتراضية هي \"إيقاف\". من المفيد أن تضع كل شيء بمكانه لتصحيحه. \n" "\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"يُستخدم خادم SMTP في إرسال إعلام عبر البريد إلكتروني بعد إنشاء نسخة " -"احتياطية." +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "يُستخدم خادم SMTP في إرسال إعلام عبر البريد إلكتروني بعد إنشاء نسخة احتياطية." -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "اسم المستخدم لتصديق SMTP عندما يتم تعيين \n" -" خادم SMTP. يعد ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم أو كلمة " -"سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.\n" +" خادم SMTP. يعد ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم أو كلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "كلمة السر لتصديق SMTP عندما يتم تعيين خادم SMTP. يعد\n" -" ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم وكلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي." -"\n" +" ذلك اختياريًا. إذا لم تقم بتحديد اسم مستخدم وكلمة سر، سيتم استخدام SMTP عادي.\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"إرسال إعلام تحديد عنوان البريد الإلكتروني الذي سيتم إرسال رسالة " -"إعلام إليه عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "إرسال إعلام تحديد عنوان البريد الإلكتروني الذي سيتم إرسال رسالة إعلام إليه عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" "نسخة إعلام تحديد قائمة عناوين بريد إلكترونية مفصولة بمسافات الذي\n" -" سيتم إرسال إعلام بريد إلكتروني إليه من خلال النسخة عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.</" -"p>\n" +" سيتم إرسال إعلام بريد إلكتروني إليه من خلال النسخة عند حفظ نسخة احتياطية.\n" "\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"عدد النسخ القديمةيحدد عدد النسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. إذا " -"تجاوز عدد ملفات النسخ \n" +"عدد النسخ القديمةيحدد عدد النسخ القديمة التي يتم الاحتفاظ بها. إذا تجاوز عدد ملفات النسخ \n" "هذا الرقم، يتم إزالة النسخ الأقدم." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1097,18 +1026,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين Kdump</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1116,8 +1044,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين Kdump</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1129,8 +1057,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1138,8 +1066,8 @@ "<big>تكوين Kdump</big> \n" "قم بتكوين kdump هنا. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1151,8 +1079,8 @@ "في حالة عدم اكتشاف kdump، حدد أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافها).\n" "ثم اضغط تكوين.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1162,8 +1090,8 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط تحرير، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1173,8 +1101,8 @@ "للحصول على نظرة عامة على kdump التي تم تثبيتها. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1182,8 +1110,8 @@ "<big>إضافة Kdump:</big> \n" "اضغط إضافة لتكوين kdump." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1193,102 +1121,102 @@ "اختر kdump المطلوب تغييره أو إزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك تحرير أو حذف كما ترغب.\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "نظام الملفات المحلي" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&دليل حفظ النُسخ" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "است&عراض" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "ا&سم الخادم" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "المن&فذ" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "ال&دليل على الخادم" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "تمكين FTP م&جهول" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH / SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "م&شاركة مصدرة" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "استخدام التص&ديق" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"دليل حفظ النُسخ\"" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"اسم الخادم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"الدليل على الخادم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"اسم المستخدم\"" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "يجب تحديد \"المشاركة المصدرة\"" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "حدد دليلاً لحفظ نُسخ محتويات النسخة" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "يشتمل خيار Kernel على قيم مكررة ونطاقات عديدة. هل تريد إعادة كتابته؟" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "استخدام ال&نسخة الاحتياطية بمساعدة البرامج الثابتة" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1300,14 +1228,14 @@ "على سبيل المثال، لن تتم قراءة بعض الإعدادات بطريقة صحيحة\n" "ومن المحتمل أن يكون التكوين الناتج غير مجدٍ.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump غير مدعم" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1315,132 +1243,130 @@ "حدث خطأ في تحديث initrd أثناء استدعاء '%{cmd}'.\n" "راجع %{log} للحصول على التفاصيل." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة ملف التكوين..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة خيارات تشغيل kernel..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب حدود الذاكرة..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أقسام الأقراص..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الذاكرة المتاحة ومعايرة الاستخدام..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف التكوين /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة خيارات تشغيل kernel." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة الذاكرة المتوفرة." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "تحديث خيارات التشغيل" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث خيارات التشغيل..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة معلمة crashkernel إلى خطأ أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "حالة Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطَّل" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "قيم خيار crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "تنسيق النسخة: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "هدف النسخ: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "عدد النسخ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "تحذير! لا توجد مساحة كافية. %{required} مطلوب، %{available} متوفر." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/languages_db.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "الأفريكانس" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "الأسترية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "البلغارية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "بنجلاديشي" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "البوسنية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "الكاتالانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "التشيكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "الويلزية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "المانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "بريطانية وعربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "أمريكية وعربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "اسبانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "الجاليكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "الغوجاراتية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "العبرية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "هندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "الكرواتية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "هنغارية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "الإندونيسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "الجورجية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "الخميرية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "الكورية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "الليتوانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "المقدونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "المراثي" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "نروجية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "نينورسك" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "البنجابية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "(برتغالية (برازيلية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "الرومانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "روسية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "السينهالا" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "السلوفاكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "السلوفينية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "الصربية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "التاميلية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "الطاجكية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "التايلاندية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "التركية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "اوكرانية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "الفييتنامية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "الولونية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "الهاوسا" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "صينية مبسطة" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "صينية تقليدية" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "الزولو" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ldap.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,23 +14,22 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "تحقق من أن خادم LDAP يعمل ويمكن الوصول إليه." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "فشل إنشاء تشفير TLS.\n" "تحقق من تثبيت شهادة CA الصحيحة، ومن صلاحية شهادة الخادم." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -38,8 +37,8 @@ "فشل إنشاء تشفير TLS.\n" "تحقق من تمكين دعم StartTLS على الخادم." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -47,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "قد يكون الخادم غير مستجيب أو غير قابل للوصول.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "قيمة الاسم المميز غير موجودة أو غير صالحة.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -65,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على نوع السمة.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -74,69 +73,69 @@ "\n" "لم يتم العثور على طبقة الكائن.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "يتعذر تأسيس الاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء الاتصال بخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء قراءة البيانات من خادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة مستخدمي LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة مجموعات LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء كتابة البيانات لخادم LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "حدثت مشكلة أثناء قراءة المخطط من خادم LDAP." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "حدث خطأ LDAP غير معروف." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "إ&ظهار التفاصيل" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف. قد يكون 'yast2-ldap' غير متاح." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بهذا التكوين؟" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -148,31 +147,31 @@ "\n" "هل تريد محاولة الاتصال بدون TLS/SSL؟\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "كلمة &سر خادم LDAP" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "الخادم: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "و&صول مجهول" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -182,8 +181,8 @@ "في دليل LDAP.\n" " يتعذر إنشاء الكائن المحتوي على الاسم المميز المحدد.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -191,8 +190,8 @@ "يوجد بالفعل كائن بـ DN المحدد، ولكنه لا يمثل كائن قالب.\n" "حدد اسمًا آخر.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -200,19 +199,19 @@ "لا يوجد أي إدخال بالاسم المميز '%1'\n" "على خادم LDAP. هل تريد إنشاءه الآن؟\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "ف&تح" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." msgstr "قم بتعيين القيمة الجديدة للسمة الحالية." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -228,44 +227,44 @@ "فمن الممكن اختيارها من هيكل LDAP باستخدام استعراض.\n" " \n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" -#. or: -#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" +#. or: +#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " msgstr "وصف السمة \"%1\": " -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "قي&مة السمة \"%1\"" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "قيم ال&سمة \"%1\"" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "إ&ضافة قيمة" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "إد&خال فارغ" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -273,28 +272,28 @@ "القيمة '%1' موجودة بالفعل.\n" "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أخرى." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "تكوين أدوات إدارة المستخدمين" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "تكوين أدوات إدارة المجموعات" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "طبقة الكائن للوحدة النمطية الجديدة" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "اسم الوحدة النم&طية الجديدة (قيمة \"cn\")" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -302,70 +301,61 @@ "القيمة المدخلة موجودة بالفعل.\n" "حدد قيمة أخرى.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "أدخل اسم الوحدة النمطية." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "حدد في هذا المكان قيم السمات التي تنتمي إلى أحد الكائنات\n" "باستخدام القالب الحالي. يتم استخدام مثل هذه القيم كقيم افتراضية عند\n" " إنشاء الكائن الجديد.\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template. -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template. +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" "يمكن استخدام بناء جملة خاص لإنشاء قيم\n" "السمة من قيم موجودة. سيتم استبدال التعبير %attr_name بقيمة\n" -" السمة \"attr_name\" (على سبيل المثال، استخدم \"/home/%uid\\n كقيمة " -"\"homeDirectory\").\n" +" السمة \"attr_name\" (على سبيل المثال، استخدم \"/home/%uid\\n كقيمة \"homeDirectory\").\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "اسم ال&سمة" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "&قيمة السمة" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." msgstr "استعرض هيكل LDAP في الجزء الأيمن من مربع الحوار." -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"بمجرد تحديد كائن LDAP في الهيكل يعرض الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدم " -"تحرير لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. واستخدم حفظ لحفظ التغييرات " -"التي قمت بإجرائها على LDAP." +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "بمجرد تحديد كائن LDAP في الهيكل يعرض الجدول بيانات الكائن. استخدم تحرير لتغيير قيمة السمة المحددة. واستخدم حفظ لحفظ التغييرات التي قمت بإجرائها على LDAP." -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -373,49 +363,49 @@ "توجد تغييرات غير محفوظة في الإدخال الحالي.\n" "هل تريد تجاهل هذه التغييرات؟\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "مستعرض LDAP" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "إعداد عميل LDAP الحالي" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "اتصالات DSL" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "خادم LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "الاسم المميز للمسؤول" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "وصول &مجهول" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "إدخال اسم اتصال LDAP الجديد" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -423,17 +413,17 @@ "السمة \"%1\" إلزامية.\n" "أدخل قيمة." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "إ&عادة التحميل" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "سمة" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "القيمة" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/mail.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "تكوين البريد" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين البريد" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<BIG>Initializing mail</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ " الآن.\n" " \n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ "حدد نظام البريد (وكيل نقل البريد، MTA)\n" "المطلوب تثبيته." -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,18 +97,16 @@ " لن يتم إرسال البريد بشكل فوري ولكن بعد استدعاء\n" " sendmail -q.\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "إذا تم تحديد الخيار بلا اتصال، سيتم بدء تشغيل خادم البريد.\n" -"ومع ذلك، يمكن فقط نقل البريد المحلي. وتقوم خدمة MTA بالإصغاء إلى المُضيف " -"المحلي.\n" +"ومع ذلك، يمكن فقط نقل البريد المحلي. وتقوم خدمة MTA بالإصغاء إلى المُضيف المحلي.\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" @@ -116,13 +114,12 @@ "\n" "حدد إعادة كتابة عنوان المرسل هنا لكل مستخدم.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -130,32 +127,28 @@ " إدخال معلومات عن هذا الخيار. إذا لم تكن تريد استخدام التصديق، اترك\n" "هذه الحقول فارغة بكل بساطة.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "خادم البريد الصادر مخصص بشكل عام لاتصالات الطلب الهاتفي.\n" -" أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل smtp.provider.com.</" -"p>\n" +" أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل smtp.provider.com.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"في الحقل اسم المستخدم، أدخل اسم المستخدم المخصص بواسطة الموفر " -"الخاص بك.\n" +"في الحقل اسم المستخدم، أدخل اسم المستخدم المخصص بواسطة الموفر الخاص بك.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Enter your password in the Password field.\n" @@ -163,8 +156,8 @@ "\n" "أدخل كلمة السر في الحقل كلمة السر.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -176,8 +169,8 @@ " بالرغم من احتمال وجود أكثر من خادم في ملف التكوين الخاص بك.\n" " لن يتم فقد هذه الخوادم.\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -187,22 +180,21 @@ "هي عبارة عن معلمات لإنزال البريد من\n" " أحد خوادم POP أو IMAP باستخدام fetchmail.\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "يُستخدم هذا الجدول لإعادة توجيه البريد المُسلَّم محليًا.\n" " قم بإعادة توجيهه إلى مستخدم محلي آخر (تتضح فائدة ذلك مع حسابات النظام،\n" " خاصة مع المسؤول)، إلى عنوان بعيد أو إلى قائمة عناوين.\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -212,8 +204,8 @@ "راجع الصفحة اليدوية الأسماء المستعارة (5)\n" " للحصول على وصف للميزات المتقدمة.\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -221,13 +213,12 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء " -"المستعارة،\n" +"يعمل هذا الجدول على إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد. على العكس من جدول الأسماء المستعارة،\n" "فإنه يعتبر المجال\n" " جزءًا من العنوان.\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -237,9 +228,9 @@ "كما يسمح باستضافة \"مجالات ظاهرية\"متعددة\n" " على جهاز واحد.\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -251,14 +242,14 @@ "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم تشغيل الإعداد و\n" "ستتم الكتابة على التغييرات اليدوية بسبب تكوين Postfix.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -266,130 +257,129 @@ "تتمكن YaST2 من تكوين Postfix وSendmail فقط،\n" "إلا أنه لم يتم تثبيت أيٍ منهما." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "ستتم كتابة التكوين الآن.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "وكيل نقل البريد" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "نوع الاتصال" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&دائم" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "&طلب هاتفي" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "بدون ات&صال" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "لا تقم بتشغيل Postfix كبرنامج محرك" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "بريد صادر" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "لا تقم بتشغيل بحث MX لخادم البريد الصادر." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "تشفير TLS" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "استخدام" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "فرض" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "تن&كر" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "تص&ديق" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "بريد وارد" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "بدء &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "إن&زال" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "أ&سماء مستعارة" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "مجالات &ظاهرية..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -399,11 +389,11 @@ "سيتم تعيين قيمة %1 في %2 إلى\n" " \"%3\"." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -415,213 +405,213 @@ " ويجب أن يبدأ بحرف أو \"_\".\n" " الرجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "إعادة كتابة عنوان المرسل" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&مستخدم محلي" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "عر&ض كـ" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف عنوان هذا المستخدم بالفعل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان البريد غير صحيح." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "تنكر" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "تنكر الم&جالات المحلية" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "تنكر &مجالات أخرى" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "المجالات ال&مطلوب تنكرها" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "مستخدم محلي" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "عرض كـ" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "اسم المجال غير صحيح" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "تصديق خادم البريد الصادر" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&خادم البريد الصادر" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "إنزال البريد" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "إعادة توجيه البريد الوارد" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "اسم &مستعار" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "وج&هات" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق الاسم المستعار غير صحيح." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف الوجهات الخاصة بالاسم المستعار بالفعل." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "أسماء مستعارة" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "اسم مستعار" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "وجهات" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "مجالات ظاهرية" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "تكوين البريد" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "خادم ال&بريد الصادر" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -633,13 +623,13 @@ " أدخل خادم SMTP الخاص بموفر خدمة الإنترنت، مثل\n" " smtp.provider.com.\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "م&جال رأس الرسالة 'من'" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -651,13 +641,13 @@ " company.comبدلاً من pc-042.company.com.\n" " استخدم خانة اختيار النص المزودة أو استخدم مربع حوار أكثر تفصيلاً.\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "مجالات ال&بريد المُستلم محليًا" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -669,13 +659,13 @@ " لها محليًا. في حالة عدم إدخال أي شيء، يتم\n" " افتراض اسم المضيف المحلي.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "قبول ات&صالات SMTP عن بعد" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -687,26 +677,24 @@ " يمكن إنزاله من\n" "أحد خوادم POP أو IMAP باستخدام fetchmail." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "تم&كين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"تمكين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS) يعمل على فحص البريد الصادر " -"والوارد\n" +"تمكين البحث عن الفيروسات (AMaViS) يعمل على فحص البريد الصادر والوارد\n" "باستخدام AMaViS.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: \n" "Spamassassin SPAM scanner\n" @@ -718,8 +706,8 @@ "DKIM يفحص مفتاح المجال للبريد الوارد الموقع\n" "Clamav محرك برنامج بحث عن الفيروسات مفتوح المصدر" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -729,13 +717,13 @@ "في حالة عدم تثبيت AMaViS وتريد استخدامه، سيتم تثبيته\n" "تلقائيًا.\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "&تمكين توقيع DKIM لرسائل البريد الصادرة." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" @@ -743,87 +731,78 @@ "\n" "تمكين توقيع DKIM لرسائل البريد الصادرة.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"يتطلب تمكين DKIM لرسائل البريد الإلكتروني الصادرة إجراءات إضافية. سيتم " -"إنشاء\n" +"يتطلب تمكين DKIM لرسائل البريد الإلكتروني الصادرة إجراءات إضافية. سيتم إنشاء\n" " مفتاح SSL لقيمة 'mydomain' المحددة في Postfix. وسيتم تكوين \n" "خدمة جديدة 'إرسال' في Postfix. بعد أن يتم تعيين هذا،يمكنك إرسال\n" " البريد الإلكتروني باستخدام هذه الخدمة 'إرسال' من 'mynetworks' مع تمكين \n" -"تصديق SASL. ولن يتم توقيع إلا رسائل البريد الإلكتروني المرسلة باستخدام هذه " -"الخدمة الجديدة \n" +"تصديق SASL. ولن يتم توقيع إلا رسائل البريد الإلكتروني المرسلة باستخدام هذه الخدمة الجديدة \n" "بواسطة مفتاح المجال.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "يجب عرض المفتاح العام لمفتاح المجال بواسطة خدمة\n" " اسم المجال. سيتم حفظ المفتاح العام \n" -"كسجل DNS TXT في /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt، كما يلزم نشره على " -"خدمة اسم مجال \n" +"كسجل DNS TXT في /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt، كما يلزم نشره على خدمة اسم مجال \n" "مطابقة. في حالة وجود خدمة اسم \n" -"قيد التشغيل على هذا الخادم، الذي يعد هو الخادم المخول لهذا المجال، ستتم " -"إضافة \n" +"قيد التشغيل على هذا الخادم، الذي يعد هو الخادم المخول لهذا المجال، ستتم إضافة \n" "المفتاح العام كسجل TXT إلى\n" "منطقة المجال تلقائيًا.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "إذا قمت بتمكين دعم DKIM، فسيتم أيضًا تمكين الفيروسات (AMaViS)." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&خادم" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "بر&وتوكول" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم البعيد" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "إعادة تو&جيه بريد المسؤول إلى" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." @@ -831,86 +810,82 @@ "يوصى بأن يكون لديك حساب مستخدم منتظم\n" "لمسؤول النظام وإعادة توجيه بريد المسؤول إلى هذا الحساب." -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "و&ضع التسليم" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"عادةً ما يكون وضع التسليم هو مباشرةً، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه " -"البريد الجذر أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "عادةً ما يكون وضع التسليم هو مباشرةً، ما لم تقم بإعادة توجيه البريد الجذر أو تريد الوصول إلى البريد عبر IMAP." -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "قراءة قائمة الم&ستخدمين" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "مستخدمون محليون" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "مستخدمو LDAP" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "مستخدمو NIS" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "اسم المضيف غير صحيح" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "تنسيق اسم المستخدم غير صحيح." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "يتعذر استخدام procmail عند عدم إعادة توجيه البريد الخاص بالمسؤول." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "بشكل مباشر" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "من خلال procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "إلى خادم IMAP" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت برنامج البحث عن الفيروسات AMaViS.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -920,57 +895,57 @@ "بالبحث الفعلي، إلا أنه لم يتم العثور على ClamAV.\n" "قم بإعداد برنامج البحث يدويًا." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت البرنامج الإضافي لإنزال البريد Fetchmail.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت خادم Dovecot IMAP، .\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين البريد" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد وكيل نقل البريد (MTA)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات العامة" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات التنكر" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات الإنزال" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة جداول الأسماء المستعارة" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات التصديق..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -980,161 +955,161 @@ "تنسيق محدد كي تتمكن YaST2 من قراءته. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع\n" "%2" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة تكوين Fetchmail." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الملف %1" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "خطأ في تشغيل config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل الخدمة %1." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات العامة" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات التنكر" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة جداول الأسماء المستعارة" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الإنزال" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات التصديق..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "يتم الآن إنهاء كتابة ملفات التكوين" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "تشغيل تكوين Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة تشغيل الخدمات" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين البريد" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "دائم" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "طلب هاتفي" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "نوع الاتصال" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "خادم البريد الصادر" -#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "رأس الرسالة 'من'" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "المجالات المحلية" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "تنكر المجالات الأخرى" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "مستخدمو التنكر" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "قبول اتصالات SMTP عن بعد" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "استخدام AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "استخدام DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "مستخدمون ظاهريون" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/multipath.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,191 +14,181 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "تكوين multipath" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do &not use Multipath" msgstr "&عدم استخدام Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "&استخدام Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "العنصر" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "استثناءات القائمة السوداء" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "الإعدادت الافتراضية" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "أجهزة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "المنتج" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaths" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "اسم مستعار" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "تكوين الأجهزة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "تكوين القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "تكوين" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "معلمات غير صالحة:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "التكوين المكرر." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "إظهار التفاصيل" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "معلمة غير صالحة:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "معلمات غير صالحة:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "العنصر" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "عملية تكوين مكررة" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "تعذر العثور على /sbin/multipath" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "فشل استخدام multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن تمكين multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن بدء multipathd." -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "فشل عدم استخدام multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* لا يمكن إيقاف multipath." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* لا يمكن تعطيل multipath." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -206,8 +196,8 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين Multipath</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -215,339 +205,272 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين Multipath</big> \n" "\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Multipath Status</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>حالة Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tقم ببدء تشغيل multipathd أو إيقافه، وتحقق من معلومات multipath." -" \n" +"\t\t\tقم ببدء تشغيل multipathd أو إيقافه، وتحقق من معلومات multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>إيقاف/بدء تشغيل Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق \"استخدام Multipath\" لبدء تشغيل multipathd. انقر فوق " -"\"عدم استخدام Multipath\" لإيقاف multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tيمكن أن تظل معلومات حالة Multipath معروضة عندما يتوقف multipathd." -" \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق \"استخدام Multipath\" لبدء تشغيل multipathd. انقر فوق \"عدم استخدام Multipath\" لإيقاف multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tيمكن أن تظل معلومات حالة Multipath معروضة عندما يتوقف multipathd. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>تكوين Multipath</big> \n" "\t\t\tانقر فوق علامة التبويب تكوين لإجراء تكوينات multipath. \n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "p><big>التكوين</big> \n" -"\t\t\tيمكن تكوين جميع محتويات /etc/multipath.conf هنا. توحد أربعة مقاطع في " -"ملف التكوين:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths، الإعدادات الافتراضية، القائمة السوداء</" -"b>، blacklist_exception، الأجهزة. \n" +"\t\t\tيمكن تكوين جميع محتويات /etc/multipath.conf هنا. توحد أربعة مقاطع في ملف التكوين:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths، الإعدادات الافتراضية، القائمة السوداء، blacklist_exception، الأجهزة. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: قائمة بإعدادات multipaths التفصيلية . \n" -"\t\t\tالإعدادات الافتراضية: الإعدادات الافتراضية لأدوات multipath." -" \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية\" لتكوين الإعدادات " -"الافتراضية. \n" -"\t\t\tالقائمة السوداء: قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب تجاهلها باعتبارها " -"غير متوافقة مع multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين القائمة السوداء\" لتكوين إعدادات القائمة " -"السوداء. \n" -"\t\t\tاستثناءات القائمة السوداء: قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب " -"استبعادها من القائمة السوداء. \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء\" لتكوين " -"إعدادات blacklist_exception. \n" -"\t\t\tالأجهزة: قائمة بإعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين. تتجاوز " -"الإعدادات الافتراضية، ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath . \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين الأجهزة\" لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة." -" \n" -"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"إنهاء\"لحفظ عمليات التكوين وتحديثها. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tالإعدادات الافتراضية: الإعدادات الافتراضية لأدوات multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية\" لتكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية. \n" +"\t\t\tالقائمة السوداء: قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب تجاهلها باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين القائمة السوداء\" لتكوين إعدادات القائمة السوداء. \n" +"\t\t\tاستثناءات القائمة السوداء: قائمة بأسماء الأجهزة المطلوب استبعادها من القائمة السوداء. \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء\" لتكوين إعدادات blacklist_exception. \n" +"\t\t\tالأجهزة: قائمة بإعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين. تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية، ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath . \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"تكوين الأجهزة\" لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة. \n" +"\t\t\tانقر فوق الزر \"إنهاء\"لحفظ عمليات التكوين وتحديثها. \n" "\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية</big> \n" "\t\t\tيمكن تكوين الإعدادات الافتراضية العمومية ومسحها هنا. \n" -"\t\t\tسيتم تطبيق أية إعدادات افتراضية موجودة هنا في كافة تكوينات multipath " -"ما لم يتم استخدام أي إعداد محلي مطابق بدلاً منها. \n" -"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح إعداد افتراضي موجود، سيقوم multipath بتعيين القيمة الخاصة " -"به كإعداد افتراضي. \n" +"\t\t\tسيتم تطبيق أية إعدادات افتراضية موجودة هنا في كافة تكوينات multipath ما لم يتم استخدام أي إعداد محلي مطابق بدلاً منها. \n" +"\t\t\tإذا تم مسح إعداد افتراضي موجود، سيقوم multipath بتعيين القيمة الخاصة به كإعداد افتراضي. \n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين القائمة السوداء</big> \n" -"\t\t\tيمكن نبذ أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath." -" \n" -"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: wwid وdevnode " -"والجهاز. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يقوم بتعريف الجهاز في القائمة السوداء." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في " -"udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العمومية هي " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tالجهاز: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين في القائمة السوداء. " -"يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع. \n" +"\t\t\tيمكن نبذ أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا باعتبارها غير متوافقة مع multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: wwid وdevnode والجهاز. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يقوم بتعريف الجهاز في القائمة السوداء. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العمومية هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tالجهاز: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين في القائمة السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع. \n" "" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين استثناءات القائمة السوداء</big> \n" "\t\t\tيتم استثناء أسماء الأجهزة المسرودة هنا من القائمة السوداء. \n" -"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: wwid وdevnode " -"والجهاز. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يعرِّف الجهاز الذي يتم استثناؤه من " -"القائمة السوداء. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في " -"udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العامة هي " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tالجهاز: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين تم استثناؤه من القائمة " -"السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع. \n" +"\t\t\tتوجد ثلاثة أساليب لتعريف اسم جهاز: wwid وdevnode والجهاز. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: المعرِّف العالمي الذي يعرِّف الجهاز الذي يتم استثناؤه من القائمة السوداء. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: تعبير عادي يمكن استخدمه هنا لتعريف أسماء الأجهزة في udev_dir (الإعداد الافتراضي في الدليل /dev). تعتبر أسماء الأجهزة العامة هي cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tالجهاز: يُستخدم لتعريف جهاز تحكم بالتخزين تم استثناؤه من القائمة السوداء. يمكن تحديد الجهاز حسب اسم المنتج والبائع. \n" "" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين الأجهزة</big> \n" -"\t\t\tيتم سرد إعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين هنا، حيث تتجاوز الإعدادات " -"الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tيتم سرد إعدادات وحدة التحكم حسب التخزين هنا، حيث تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية ويتم تجاوزها بواسطة إعدادات multipath. \n" "\t\t\tيتم تعريف كل جهاز حسب المورد واسمالمنتج. \n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "يجب إدخال عدد عشري صحيح" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "يجب أن تكون أكبر من 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "العدد العشري الصحيح غير صالح" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "لا يجب ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع multipath في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع الإعدادات الافتراضية في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع القائمة السوداء في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع blacklist_exceptions في عملية تكوين multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة مقطع الأجهزة في عملية تكوين multipath." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوينات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوينات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف الأجهزة." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "فشلت عملية إعادة تشغيل Multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "هل تريد تجاهل التعديلات التي أجريتها؟" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses-pkg.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -15,1438 +15,1112 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الحزم" -#. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "قائمة بجميع إصدارات الحزم المتاحة:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "الحز&م بحالة" -#. headline - packages with automatic status change -#. headline of a popup with packages -#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "تغييرات تلقائية" -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "بالإضافة إلى التحديدات اليدوية، تم" -#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes -#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "تغيير الحزم التالية لحل التبعيات:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "يمكن اختيار التثبيت على أي حال، ولكنك تخاطر بالحصول على نظام تالف." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&متابعة على أي حال" -#. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي" -#. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "المرشح: " -#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "حجم الإنزال الإجمالي: " -#. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&تعليمات" -#. add the Cancel button -#. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#. add the OK button -#. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "قب&ول" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "ت&كوين" -#. fill seclection box -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "مستحسن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 msgid "Suggested" msgstr "مقترح" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 msgid "Orphaned" msgstr "وحيد" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 msgid "Unneeded" msgstr "غير ضروري" -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"هذه قائمة بالحزم المفيدة. سيتم تثبيتها بشكل إضافي في حالة التوصية بها من قِبل " -"حزمة مثبتة حديثًا." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "هذه قائمة بالحزم المفيدة. سيتم تثبيتها بشكل إضافي في حالة التوصية بها من قِبل حزمة مثبتة حديثًا." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"من المقترح تثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم المثبتة بالفعل. يرجع قرار " -"تثبيتها إلى المستخدم." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "من المقترح تثبيت هذه الحزم لأنها تتناسب مع الحزم المثبتة بالفعل. يرجع قرار تثبيتها إلى المستخدم." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "اكتشف المحلل أن هذه الحزم بدون مخزن، أي لا يمكن تحديثها." -#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "قد تكون هذه الحزم غير ضرورية نظرًا لأن التبعيات السابقة لم تعد تنطبق." -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 msgid "Install" msgstr "تثبيت" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 msgid "Taboo" msgstr "محظور" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 msgid "Protected" msgstr "محمية" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 msgid "Keep" msgstr "إبقاء" -#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 msgid "Do not install" msgstr "عدم تثبيت" -#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB -#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى للإعداد المحلي %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى للإعداد المحلي %s" -#. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 msgid "RPM Groups" msgstr "مجموعات RPM" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "المخازن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 msgid "Search" msgstr "بحث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 msgid "Package Classification" msgstr "تصنيف الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d package installed" msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" msgstr[0] "تم تثبيت %d من %d حزمة (حزم)" msgstr[1] "تم تثبيت %d من %d حزمة (حزم)" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 msgid "@System: local RPM database" msgstr "@System: قاعدة بيانات RPM المحلية" -#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 msgid "Repository URL:" msgstr "URL للمخزن:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 msgid "&Ignore Case" msgstr "تجا&هل الحالة" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 msgid "Search &Mode" msgstr "و&ضع البحث" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 msgid "Contains" msgstr "يتضمن" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 msgid "Begins with" msgstr "يبدأ بـ" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 msgid "Exact Match" msgstr "تطابق تام" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 msgid "Use Wildcards" msgstr "استخدام أحرف البدل" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 msgid "Use RegExp" msgstr "استخدام RegExp" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string -#. entered for package search isn't correct -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 msgid "Query Error:" msgstr "خطأ استعلام:" -#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 #, c-format msgid "%d packages found" msgstr "تم العثور على %d حزمة (حزم)" -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&تبديل [شريط المسافة]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "&تثبيت [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 msgid "&Delete [-]" msgstr "حذ&ف [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 msgid "&Update [>]" msgstr "تحدي&ث [>]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 msgid "Ta&boo [!]" msgstr "مح&ظور [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 msgid "&Lock [*]" msgstr "&قفل [*]" -#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 msgid "&All Listed Packages" msgstr "ك&افة الحزم المسرودة" -#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 msgid "&Install All" msgstr "تثب&يت الكل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 msgid "&Delete All" msgstr "حذف ال&كل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 msgid "&Keep All" msgstr "الا&حتفاظ بالكل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" msgstr "تحديث الكل دون &شرط" -#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" msgstr "تحدي&ث في حالة توفر إصدار أحدث" -#. YOU mode -#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well -#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: -#. begin: Online Update Actions menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" msgstr "&تبديل [شريط المسافة]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 msgid "&Install [+]" msgstr "ت&ثبيت [+]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" msgstr "ع&دم التثبيت [-]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" msgstr "&قفل أو حظر [!]" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" msgstr "بدء تشغيل مدير ال&خازن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" msgstr "بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإ&نترنت" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 msgid "&Action after Package Installation" msgstr "الإ&جراء بعد تثبيت الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 msgid "&Restart Package Manager" msgstr "إ&عادة تشغيل مدير الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 msgid "&Close Package Manager" msgstr "إ&غلاق مدير الحزم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 msgid "&Show Summary" msgstr "إ&ظهار الملخص" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" msgstr "التحقق التلقا&ئي من التبعيات" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" msgstr "التح&قق من التبعيات الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&وضع التحقق من النظام" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 msgid "&Verify System Now" msgstr "الت&حقق من النظام الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "تثبيت ال&حزم الموصى بها" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "ت&ثبيت الحزم الموصى بها للحزم المثبتة بالفعل الآن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "ال&تنظيف عند حذف الحزم (تغيير مؤقت)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "ال&سماح بتغيير البائع (تغيير مؤقت)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "إنشاء حالة اختبار محل&ل التبعيات" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "كافة تبعيات الحزمة صالحة." -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "بناء عن التوصية من خلال الحزم المثبتة بالفعل، فما يلي من" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "الحزم التي تم تحديدها بالفعل للتثبيت:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "حالة اختبار محلل التبعية المكتوبة إلى " -#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "لاستيفاء تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل التالية" -#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "تم التحقق من تبعيات النظام بنجاح." -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 msgid "&Export Package List to File" msgstr "ت&صدير قائمة الحزم إلى الملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 msgid "&Import Package List from File" msgstr "ا&ستيراد قائمة الحزم من الملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" msgstr "إ&ظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" msgstr "تصدير كافة الحزم والأنماط إلى ملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تصدير قائمة الحزم والأنماط إلى " -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" msgstr "استيراد كافة الحزم والأنماط من ملف" -#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استيراد قائمة الحزم والأنماط من " -#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short -#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 msgid "&Needed Patches" msgstr "التصحيحات الم&طلوبة" -#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 msgid "&Installed Patches" msgstr "ت&صحيحات مثبتة" -#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 msgid "&Recommended" msgstr "م&ستحسن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 msgid "&Security" msgstr "الأما&ن" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 msgid "&Optional" msgstr "اخ&تياري" -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 msgid "&All Patches" msgstr "كا&فة التصحيحات" -#. end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "بح&ث" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 msgid "&General Help" msgstr "تعليما&ت عامة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "حالة ال&حزمة ورموزها" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 msgid "&How to Use the Filters" msgstr "كيفية استخدام عوامل التص&فية" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "الوظا&ئف المفيدة في القائمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "حالة الت&صحيح وتثبيت التصحيح" -#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu -#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "بيانا&ت فنية" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 msgid "&Package Description" msgstr "وص&ف الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 msgid "Package &Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الح&زم" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 msgid "&File List" msgstr "قائم&ة الملفات" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "ت&بعيات" -#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and -#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: -#. begin: -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 msgid "&Long Description" msgstr "وصف &طويل" -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 msgid "&Package List" msgstr "قا&ئمة الحزم" -#. end: menu items of the view menu -#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "الإصدار&ات" -#. name of the source package -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 msgid "Source Package: " msgstr "حزمة المصدر: " -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." msgstr "تتوفر هذه المعلومات للحزم المثبتة فقط." -#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " msgstr "المراجع: " -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 msgid "Search for Patches" msgstr "البحث عن التصحيحات" -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 msgid "Name of the Patch" msgstr "اسم التصحيح" -#. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "الملخص" -#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 msgid "&Problems" msgstr "الم&شكلات" -#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgstr "الحل&ول المحتملة" -#. hint for the user: more information below -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 msgid " see below" msgstr " راجع أدناه" -#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information -#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) -#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 msgid "No further solution details available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل إضافية عن الحلول" -#. a help line for the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " msgstr " [+] تحديد [-] حذف [>] تحديث " -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" msgstr "الخطأ: نفاد المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" msgstr "تحذير: تتناقص المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 msgid "Name of the Package" msgstr "اسم الحزمة" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "الكلمات الأساسية" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 msgid "Description (time-consuming)" msgstr "الوصف (استهلاك للوقت)" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 msgid "Provides" msgstr "يوفر" -#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 msgid "Required by" msgstr "مطلوب بواسطة" -#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 msgid "&View" msgstr "عر&ض" -#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 msgid "&Extras" msgstr "إ&ضافيات" -#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. All installed Packages -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 msgid "Package: " msgstr "الحزمة: " -#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 msgid "A&ctions" msgstr "إجر&اءات" -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 msgid "General Help" msgstr "تعليمات عامة" -#. part1 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"مرحبًا بك في محدد الحزمهذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة البرنامج " -"على النظام. يمكنك تثبيت حزم فردية أو تحديثها أو إزالتها، إلى جانب الأنماط " -"(مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادةً لا تحتاج للقلق حول " -"تبعيات الحزمة عند تثبيت أي شيء أو إزالته، سيقوم محلل التبعيات بذلك بالنيابة " -"عنك. يتكون محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: عوامل التصفية وجدول " -"الحزم والقائمة." +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "مرحبًا بك في محدد الحزمهذه الأداة ستساعدك على إدارة البرنامج على النظام. يمكنك تثبيت حزم فردية أو تحديثها أو إزالتها، إلى جانب الأنماط (مجموعات من الحزم التي تخدم غرض معين) أو اللغات. عادةً لا تحتاج للقلق حول تبعيات الحزمة عند تثبيت أي شيء أو إزالته، سيقوم محلل التبعيات بذلك بالنيابة عنك. يتكون محدد الحزم من ثلاثة أجزاء رئيسية: عوامل التصفية وجدول الحزم والقائمة." -#. part of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"عامل التصفية الموجود في اللوحة اليمنى مصمم للتوجيه السهل في كمية " -"كبيرة من الحزم. استخدم عوامل التصفية لعرض فقط الحزم من مخزن معين أو في نمط " -"محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو C/C++ Development) أو البحث عن كلمات أساسية " -"معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل التصفية في كيفية " -"استخدام عوامل التصفية." +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "عامل التصفية الموجود في اللوحة اليمنى مصمم للتوجيه السهل في كمية كبيرة من الحزم. استخدم عوامل التصفية لعرض فقط الحزم من مخزن معين أو في نمط محدد (على سبيل المثال، ألعاب أو C/C++ Development) أو البحث عن كلمات أساسية معينة. يمكن العثور على مزيد من المعلومات حول عوامل التصفية في كيفية استخدام عوامل التصفية." -#. additional help text for post installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"جدول الحزم هو المكون الرئيسي لمحدد الحزم. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي " -"تطابق عامل التصفية الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعة RPM المحددة أو نتيجة " -"البحث). يحتوي كل سطر في جدول الحزم على عدة أعمدة:" +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "جدول الحزم هو المكون الرئيسي لمحدد الحزم. ستشاهد قائمة الحزم التي تطابق عامل التصفية الحالي (على سبيل المثال، مجموعة RPM المحددة أو نتيجة البحث). يحتوي كل سطر في جدول الحزم على عدة أعمدة:" -#. part2 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع حالة الحزم والرموز)</li> " -"<li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المخازن " -"المكونة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت (فارغ للحزم التي لم يتم تثبيتها بعد)</li> " -"<li>حجم الحزمة</li></ol>" +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>حالة الحزم (لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع حالة الحزم والرموز)</li> <li>اسم الحزمة</li><li>وصف الحزمة</li><li>الإصدار المتاح (في بعض المخازن المكونة)</li> <li>الإصدار المثبت (فارغ للحزم التي لم يتم تثبيتها بعد)</li> <li>حجم الحزمة</li></ol>" -#. part3 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"تسمح لك قائمةالإجراءات أسفل الجدول بتغيير حالة حزمة محددة (أو كافة " -"الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف حزمة أو تحديد حزمة إضافية لتثبيتها. " -"يمكن أيضًا تغيير الحالة مباشرةً بالضغط على المفتاح المحدد في عنصر القائمة " -"(لمزيد من المعلومات التفصيلية حول حالة الحزمة، راجع حالة الحزمة والرموز</" -"i>)." +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "تسمح لك قائمةالإجراءات أسفل الجدول بتغيير حالة حزمة محددة (أو كافة الحزم في القائمة)، على سبيل المثال، حذف حزمة أو تحديد حزمة إضافية لتثبيتها. يمكن أيضًا تغيير الحالة مباشرةً بالضغط على المفتاح المحدد في عنصر القائمة (لمزيد من المعلومات التفصيلية حول حالة الحزمة، راجع حالة الحزمة والرموز)." -#. part4 of help text package installation -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"توفر القائمة مهام متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزمة، وعرض المعلومات " -"ذات الصلة حول الحزم أو تنفيذ إجراءات مثل فتح محرر المخزن. لمزيد من " -"المعلومات، راجع وظائف مفيدة في القائمة." +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "توفر القائمة مهام متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزمة، وعرض المعلومات ذات الصلة حول الحزم أو تنفيذ إجراءات مثل فتح محرر المخزن. لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع وظائف مفيدة في القائمة." -#. the headline of the help window -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 msgid "Package Status and Symbols" msgstr "حالة الحزمة ورموزها" -#. part 1 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تغيير حالة الحزمة باستخدام قائمة إجراءات أو المفاتيح المحددة " -"في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.يُقصد " -"بحالة \"حظر\" أنه ينبغي ألا يتم تثبيت الحزمة أبدًا. وعلى النقيض، يُقصد بحالة " -"\"قفل\" أنه ينبغي الاحتفاظ دائمًا بالإصدار المثبت من الحزمة." +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "يمكن تغيير حالة الحزمة باستخدام قائمة إجراءات أو المفاتيح المحددة في عناصر القائمة. على سبيل المثال، استخدم '+' لتثبيت حزمة إضافية.يُقصد بحالة \"حظر\" أنه ينبغي ألا يتم تثبيت الحزمة أبدًا. وعلى النقيض، يُقصد بحالة \"قفل\" أنه ينبغي الاحتفاظ دائمًا بالإصدار المثبت من الحزمة." -#. part 2 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك أيضا استخدام RET أو SPACE لتبديل حالة الحزمة. كما " -"تتيح لك القائمةإجراءات تغيير حالة كافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد 'كافة " -"الحزم المدرجة')." +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "يمكنك أيضا استخدام RET أو SPACE لتبديل حالة الحزمة. كما تتيح لك القائمةإجراءات تغيير حالة كافة الحزم في القائمة (حدد 'كافة الحزم المدرجة')." -#. part 3 of help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 msgid "The meaning of the status flags:" msgstr "المقصود بإشارات الحالات:" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : تثبيت الحزمةa+ : تثبيت الحزمة تلقائيًا</" -"p> > : تحديث الحزمةa> : تحديث الحزمة تلقائيًا</" -"p> i : الحزمة مثبَّتة - : حذف الحزمة---</" -"b>: ضرورة عدم تثبيت هذه الحزمة (محظور)" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : تثبيت الحزمةa+ : تثبيت الحزمة تلقائيًا > : تحديث الحزمةa> : تحديث الحزمة تلقائيًا i : الحزمة مثبَّتة - : حذف الحزمة---: ضرورة عدم تثبيت هذه الحزمة (محظور)" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه أو حذفه أبدًا ( حزمة " -"مقفلة )معلومات الحالة للنمط واللغات: i : تم استيفاء " -"كافة متطلبات هذا النمط/اللغة" +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: الاحتفاظ بالإصدار المثبت وعدم تحديثه أو حذفه أبدًا ( حزمة مقفلة )معلومات الحالة للنمط واللغات: i : تم استيفاء كافة متطلبات هذا النمط/اللغة" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 msgid "How to Use Filters" msgstr "كيفية استخدام المرشحات" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"يسمح لك عامل التصفية بتصفية كافة الحزم المتاحة وفقًا للمعايير " -"المحددة. تستند عوامل تصفية الحزمة إلى خصائص الحزمة (مخزن، مجموعة RPM) أو " -"\"حاويات\" الحزم (أنماط، لغات) أو تصنيف الحزم أو نتائج البحث. حدد عامل " -"التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل تصفية محددة." +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "يسمح لك عامل التصفية بتصفية كافة الحزم المتاحة وفقًا للمعايير المحددة. تستند عوامل تصفية الحزمة إلى خصائص الحزمة (مخزن، مجموعة RPM) أو \"حاويات\" الحزم (أنماط، لغات) أو تصنيف الحزم أو نتائج البحث. حدد عامل التصفية المطلوب من القائمة المنسدلة. وفيما يلي وصف لعوامل تصفية محددة." -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"تصف الأنماط الميزات والوظائف التي ينبغي أن يتمتع بها أي نظام (على " -"سبيل المثال، خادم X أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). يحتوي كل نمط على مجموعة الحزم " -"التي تحتاجها (يجب تثبيتها) وتوصي بها (ينبغي تثبيتها) وتقترحها (يمكن " -"تثبيتها). إذا حددت نمطًا لتثبيته أو تحديثه أو حذفه، فسيتم تشغيل المحلل وتغيير " -"حالة الحزم الفرعية تبعًا لذلك.." +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "تصف الأنماط الميزات والوظائف التي ينبغي أن يتمتع بها أي نظام (على سبيل المثال، خادم X أو أدوات وحدة التحكم). يحتوي كل نمط على مجموعة الحزم التي تحتاجها (يجب تثبيتها) وتوصي بها (ينبغي تثبيتها) وتقترحها (يمكن تثبيتها). إذا حددت نمطًا لتثبيته أو تحديثه أو حذفه، فسيتم تشغيل المحلل وتغيير حالة الحزم الفرعية تبعًا لذلك.." -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"تحتوي اللغات على حاويات حزم تشبه كثيرًا الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع " -"ترجمات وقواميس وملفات خاصة بلغات أخرى للغة محددة. لا تعد ‏مجموعات RPM‏ " -"حاويات حزم يمكن تثبيتها. وبدلاً من ذلك، تعد العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة خاصية " -"للحزمة نفسها. ولها هيكل هرمي (شجرة). يعرض عامل تصفية المخازن الحزم " -"المتوفرة من مخزن محدد." +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "تحتوي اللغات على حاويات حزم تشبه كثيرًا الأنماط. وتحتوي على حزم مع ترجمات وقواميس وملفات خاصة بلغات أخرى للغة محددة. لا تعد ‏مجموعات RPM‏ حاويات حزم يمكن تثبيتها. وبدلاً من ذلك، تعد العضوية في مجموعة RPM معينة خاصية للحزمة نفسها. ولها هيكل هرمي (شجرة). يعرض عامل تصفية المخازن الحزم المتوفرة من مخزن محدد." -#. help text package search -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"لاستخدام عامل تصفية بحث، أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة " -"الأساسية) للبحث عن الحزم. على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة الحزم ثلاثية " -"الأبعاد باستخدام التعبير \"3d\". يمكنك أيضًا البحث في أوصاف الحزم التي توفرها " -"RPM أو تحتاجها. حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة وانقر فوق الزر 'بحث'." +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "لاستخدام عامل تصفية بحث، أدخل كلمة أساسية (أو جزء من الكلمة الأساسية) للبحث عن الحزم. على سبيل المثال، للبحث عن كافة الحزم ثلاثية الأبعاد باستخدام التعبير \"3d\". يمكنك أيضًا البحث في أوصاف الحزم التي توفرها RPM أو تحتاجها. حدد خانة الاختيار المناسبة وانقر فوق الزر 'بحث'." -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"يقدم ملخص التثبيت نظرة عامة حول الحزم التي تم تغييرها أثناء هذه " -"الجلسة (أي المميزة للتثبيت أو الإزالة) إما بواسطة المستخدم أو المحلل " -"تلقائيًا. يوفر عامل التصفية تصنيف الحزم معلومات حول الحزم التي بحالة " -"مستحسن ومقترح ووحيد وغير ضروري." +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "يقدم ملخص التثبيت نظرة عامة حول الحزم التي تم تغييرها أثناء هذه الجلسة (أي المميزة للتثبيت أو الإزالة) إما بواسطة المستخدم أو المحلل تلقائيًا. يوفر عامل التصفية تصنيف الحزم معلومات حول الحزم التي بحالة مستحسن ومقترح ووحيد وغير ضروري." -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" msgstr "الوظائف المفيدة في القائمة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"التبعيات: توفر هذه القائمة إجراءات متنوعة متعلقة بالتعامل مع " -"تبعيات الحزم. وبشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من تبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير حالة. " -"سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزم في مربع حوار يقدم قرارات التعارض المحتملة. لحل " -"التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط على 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "التبعيات: توفر هذه القائمة إجراءات متنوعة متعلقة بالتعامل مع تبعيات الحزم. وبشكل افتراضي، يتم التحقق من تبعيات الحزم مع كل تغيير حالة. سيتم إبلاغك بتعارضات الحزم في مربع حوار يقدم قرارات التعارض المحتملة. لحل التعارض، حدد أحد الحلول المقدمة واضغط على 'موافق -- حاول مرة أخرى'." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"لتعطيل التحقق من التبعية عند كل تغيير حالة، بدّل التحقق التلقائي من " -"التبعيات إلى \"مغلق\". يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدويًا عن طريق تحديد " -"التحقق من التبعيات الآن. سيعمل الإدخال التحقق من النظام على " -"التحقق من تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل وحل التعارضات بشكل غير تفاعلي وتمييز " -"الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. لأغراض تصحيح الأخطاء، استخدم " -"إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات. سيتم النسخ الاحتياطي لبيانات تبعيات " -"الحزم في الدليل <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. هذا عادةً ما تحتاجه " -"عندما يُطلب منك \"حالة اختبار محلل\" في Bugzilla." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "لتعطيل التحقق من التبعية عند كل تغيير حالة، بدّل التحقق التلقائي من التبعيات إلى \"مغلق\". يمكنك التحقق من التبعيات يدويًا عن طريق تحديد التحقق من التبعيات الآن. سيعمل الإدخال التحقق من النظام على التحقق من تبعيات الحزم المثبتة بالفعل وحل التعارضات بشكل غير تفاعلي وتمييز الحزم المفقودة للتثبيت التلقائي إذا لزم الأمر. لأغراض تصحيح الأخطاء، استخدم إنشاء حالة اختبار محلل التبعيات. سيتم النسخ الاحتياطي لبيانات تبعيات الحزم في الدليل <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. هذا عادةً ما تحتاجه عندما يُطلب منك \"حالة اختبار محلل\" في Bugzilla." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعية التحقق التلقائي من التبعية " -"(راجع المذكور أعلاه)، تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها: في حالة التشغيل، سيتم " -"رفع التبعية الضعيفة، وضع التحقق من النظام: إصلاح تبعية الحزم المثبتة " -"وحلها فورًا. الرجاء ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من النظام بواسطة التحقق من النظام " -"الآن سيتم تشغيل الخيار وضع التحقق من النظام (قم بإلغاء تحديد " -"الخيار، في حالة الرغبة في ذلك) يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات في ملف تكوين YaST <tt>/" -"etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "الخيارات المتاحة للتحقق من التبعية التحقق التلقائي من التبعية (راجع المذكور أعلاه)، تثبيت الحزم الموصى بها: في حالة التشغيل، سيتم رفع التبعية الضعيفة، وضع التحقق من النظام: إصلاح تبعية الحزم المثبتة وحلها فورًا. الرجاء ملاحظة: بعد التحقق من النظام بواسطة التحقق من النظام الآن سيتم تشغيل الخيار وضع التحقق من النظام (قم بإلغاء تحديد الخيار، في حالة الرغبة في ذلك) يتم حفظ هذه الخيارات في ملف تكوين YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"خيارات متقدمة: التنظيف عند حذف الحزم: إزالة الحزم غير " -"المستخدمة. السماح بتغيير البائع: إمكانية اختلاف بائع الحزمة عن بائع " -"الحزمة المثبتة. لن يتم حفظ هذين الخيارين، يمكن تعيينهما فقط في ملف تكوين " -"مكتبة الحزم <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "خيارات متقدمة: التنظيف عند حذف الحزم: إزالة الحزم غير المستخدمة. السماح بتغيير البائع: إمكانية اختلاف بائع الحزمة عن بائع الحزمة المثبتة. لن يتم حفظ هذين الخيارين، يمكن تعيينهما فقط في ملف تكوين مكتبة الحزم <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"عرض: حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار " -"أسفل جدول الحزم. الخيارات المتوفرة هي: وصف الحزم والبيانات الفنية (الإصدار " -"والحجم والترخيص وغيرها) وإصدارات الحزم (كل ما هو متوفر) وقائمة الملفات (كافة " -"الملفات المضمنة في الحزمة) والتبعيات (التي توفرها وتحتاجها وغيرها)." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "عرض: حدد المعلومات التي سيتم عرضها حول الحزمة المحددة في الإطار أسفل جدول الحزم. الخيارات المتوفرة هي: وصف الحزم والبيانات الفنية (الإصدار والحجم والترخيص وغيرها) وإصدارات الحزم (كل ما هو متوفر) وقائمة الملفات (كافة الملفات المضمنة في الحزمة) والتبعيات (التي توفرها وتحتاجها وغيرها)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"التكوين: تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية البرامج المساعدة " -"لإدارة الحزم. من هنا، يمكنك بدء تشغيل مدير المخازن وتحرير المخازن " -"المكونة أو التسجيل لتحديث المخزن وتكوين إنزال دوري للتحديثات المتوفرة " -"(بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإنترنت). كما يمكنك اختيار أحد سلوكيات " -"التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة لمحدد الحزم عند الانتهاء في قائمة الإجراء بعد " -"تثبيت الحزمة." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "التكوين: تدمج هذه القائمة محدد الحزم مع بقية البرامج المساعدة لإدارة الحزم. من هنا، يمكنك بدء تشغيل مدير المخازن وتحرير المخازن المكونة أو التسجيل لتحديث المخزن وتكوين إنزال دوري للتحديثات المتوفرة (بدء تشغيل تكوين التحديث عبر الإنترنت). كما يمكنك اختيار أحد سلوكيات التحديث المتاحة الثلاثة لمحدد الحزم عند الانتهاء في قائمة الإجراء بعد تثبيت الحزمة." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"إضافات: الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. سيعمل الخيار تصدير " -"قائمة الحزم إلى ملف على نسخ البيانات في الحزم المثبتة والأنماط واللغات " -"في ملف XML المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام الخيار " -"استيراد قائمة الحزم من ملف، أي على كمبيوتر مختلف. سيجلب مجموعة الحزم " -"على الكمبيوتر الهدف بنفس الحالة كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. سيعمل الخيار " -"إظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة على إظهار جدول منبثق يعرض استخدام القرص " -"والمساحة الخالية على القرص في القسم المثبت حاليًا." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "إضافات: الوظائف المتنوعة موجودة هنا. سيعمل الخيار تصدير قائمة الحزم إلى ملف على نسخ البيانات في الحزم المثبتة والأنماط واللغات في ملف XML المحدد. يمكن قراءة هذا الملف في وقت لاحق باستخدام الخيار استيراد قائمة الحزم من ملف، أي على كمبيوتر مختلف. سيجلب مجموعة الحزم على الكمبيوتر الهدف بنفس الحالة كما هو موضح في ملف XML المتوفر. سيعمل الخيار إظهار مساحة القرص المتوفرة على إظهار جدول منبثق يعرض استخدام القرص والمساحة الخالية على القرص في القسم المثبت حاليًا." -#. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "بح&ث في " -#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) -#. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&عبارة البحث" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "الرمز" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "إصدار متاح" -#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "إصدار مثبَّت" -#. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل" -#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "النوع" -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "يتم الآن الحل..." -#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "يتم الآن الحفظ..." -#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحميل..." -#. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "عرض استخدام القرص" -#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "مستخدمة" -#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "خالية" -#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "الإجمالي" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "نفاد المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "تتناقص المساحة المتوفرة على القرص!" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "يحتاج إلى" -#. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "مساحة أكبر على القرص." -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "الإصدار: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "الحجم: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "مثبت: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "المؤلفون: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "الترخيص: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "عدد الوسائط: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "مجموعة الحزم: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "يوفر: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "يتطلب: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "تستلزم: " -#. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "يتعارض مع: " -#. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "قائمة الملفات المثبتة: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "الترجمات والقواميس والملفات المتعلقة باللغات الأخرى لـ " -#. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "حالة التصحيح وتثبيت التصحيح" -#. help text online udpate -#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:التصحيحات من النوع الأمان تحل " -"المشكلات المتعلقة بالأمان، ونوصي بشدة بتثبيتها. ينبغي عليك أيضًا تثبيت " -"التصحيحات الموصى بها، لأنها عادةً ما تحتوي على إصلاحات الأخطاء المهمة. " -"وتثبيت تصحيحات الميزات إذا كنت مهتمًا بالميزات." +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "معلومات عامة حول التصحيحات:التصحيحات من النوع الأمان تحل المشكلات المتعلقة بالأمان، ونوصي بشدة بتثبيتها. ينبغي عليك أيضًا تثبيت التصحيحات الموصى بها، لأنها عادةً ما تحتوي على إصلاحات الأخطاء المهمة. وتثبيت تصحيحات الميزات إذا كنت مهتمًا بالميزات." -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"دائمًا ما سيتم تثبيت تصحيحات \"libzypp\" (الحزمة والتصحيح والنمط وإدارة " -"المنتجات) أولاً. ثم يجب تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني." +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "دائمًا ما سيتم تثبيت تصحيحات \"libzypp\" (الحزمة والتصحيح والنمط وإدارة المنتجات) أولاً. ثم يجب تثبيت التصحيحات الأخرى عند التشغيل الثاني." -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"معنى إشارات الحالات:a+ : التصحيحات الخاصة بالتثبيت الذي قمت " -"به محددة مسبقاً. سيتم إنزالها وتثبيتها على نظامك. إذا كنت لا تريد تصحيحاً " -"معيناً، فقم بإلغاء تحديده باستخدام '-'. i : تم استيفاء كل " -"متطلبات هذا التصحيح. + : قمت بتحديد هذا التصحيح ليتم تثبيته.</" -"p>" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "معنى إشارات الحالات:a+ : التصحيحات الخاصة بالتثبيت الذي قمت به محددة مسبقاً. سيتم إنزالها وتثبيتها على نظامك. إذا كنت لا تريد تصحيحاً معيناً، فقم بإلغاء تحديده باستخدام '-'. i : تم استيفاء كل متطلبات هذا التصحيح. + : قمت بتحديد هذا التصحيح ليتم تثبيته." -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة: إذا كانت هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة معينة (أو " -"مجموعة من الحزم) لم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام، فكلها يتم تحديدها مسبقاً " -"وتأخذ الحالة a+. إذا تم إلغاء تحديد واحد من هذه التصحيحات باستخدام " -"'-'، فمن المحتمل أن يظهر بالحالة i فيما بعد. ويرجع ذلك إلى أنه لم يعد " -"هناك أي تصحيحات أخرى بخصوص نفس الحزم محددة. سيتم تثبيت الإصدارات الأحدث " -"للحزم، وسيتم معها استيفاء هذا التصحيح. يعد إلغاء تحديد كل التصحيحات إجراءً " -"مطلوباً إذا كانت التصحيحات غير لازمة." +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "مزيد من التفاصيل حول الحالة: إذا كانت هناك عدة تصحيحات لحزمة معينة (أو مجموعة من الحزم) لم يتم تطبيقها بعد على النظام، فكلها يتم تحديدها مسبقاً وتأخذ الحالة a+. إذا تم إلغاء تحديد واحد من هذه التصحيحات باستخدام '-'، فمن المحتمل أن يظهر بالحالة i فيما بعد. ويرجع ذلك إلى أنه لم يعد هناك أي تصحيحات أخرى بخصوص نفس الحزم محددة. سيتم تثبيت الإصدارات الأحدث للحزم، وسيتم معها استيفاء هذا التصحيح. يعد إلغاء تحديد كل التصحيحات إجراءً مطلوباً إذا كانت التصحيحات غير لازمة." -#. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"القوائم:تسمح القائمة تصفية بتصفية التصحيحات، مثل إظهار " -"'المثبّت' منها أو سرد التصحيحات 'الأمنية'. كما أنها تتيح إمكانية البحث عن " -"تصحيحات. استخدم القائمة إجراءات لتغيير حالة تصحيح ما. تقدم " -"القائمة عرض إمكانية الاطلاع على الحزم المعنية بالتصحيح. الرجاء " -"ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية معين على 'كافة التصحيحات'، فقد تكون قائمة الحزم " -"لبعض التصحيحات فارغة. وهذا يعني عدم وجود حزم معنية نظراً لعدم تثبيت أي حزم " -"تصحيحات على النظام. تحتوي القائمة تبعيات على تحديدات التبعيات " -"وإدخال 'إنشاء حالة اختبار المحلل'.</p" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "القوائم:تسمح القائمة تصفية بتصفية التصحيحات، مثل إظهار 'المثبّت' منها أو سرد التصحيحات 'الأمنية'. كما أنها تتيح إمكانية البحث عن تصحيحات. استخدم القائمة إجراءات لتغيير حالة تصحيح ما. تقدم القائمة عرض إمكانية الاطلاع على الحزم المعنية بالتصحيح. الرجاء ملاحظة: إذا كان عامل التصفية معين على 'كافة التصحيحات'، فقد تكون قائمة الحزم لبعض التصحيحات فارغة. وهذا يعني عدم وجود حزم معنية نظراً لعدم تثبيت أي حزم تصحيحات على النظام. تحتوي القائمة تبعيات على تحديدات التبعيات وإدخال 'إنشاء حالة اختبار المحلل'.</p" -#. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "إعلام" -#. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "م&تابعة" -#. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&نعم" -#. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 msgid "&No" msgstr "&لا" -#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user -#. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&موافق -- محاولة مرة أخرى" -#. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"ستفقد كافة التغييرات في تحديد النمط أو التصحيح أو الحزمة. هل تريد " -"الخروج بالفعل؟" +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "ستفقد كافة التغييرات في تحديد النمط أو التصحيح أو الحزمة. هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "اللغات المتاحة" -#. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المتاحة" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) -#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); -#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "التصحيحات المطلوبة" -#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "تصحيحات مثبتة" -#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "تصحيحات التحديث عبر الإنترنت" -#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "مشكلة التحديث -- راجع التعليمات" -#. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "نتائج البحث" -#. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "تبعيات الحزمة" -#. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"قائمة مشكلات التحديث تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.</" -"p>الأسباب المحتملة:أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.لا يوجد " -"أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.الحزم تابعة " -"لطرف ثالثحدد يدويًا ما تريد إجراءه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم " -"الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا." +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "قائمة مشكلات التحديث تعذر تحديث الحزم في هذه القائمة تلقائيًا.الأسباب المحتملة:أصبحت قديمة بعد إصدار حزم أحدث.لا يوجد أي إصدار أحدث للحزمة ليتم التحديث إليه في أية وسائط تثبيت.الحزم تابعة لطرف ثالثحدد يدويًا ما تريد إجراءه على الحزم. ويُعد حذف هذه الحزم الإجراء الأكثر أمانًا." -#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 msgid "Source" msgstr "المصدر" -#. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "قائمة التحد&يثات" -#. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "التصحيح: " -#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تصحيحات" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 msgid "Script" msgstr "اسكربت" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "إصدارات الحزم غير المتوافقة" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "" -"تحاول تثبيت إصدارات ذات إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات وإصدارات بدون هذه " -"الإمكانية لهذه الحزمة في نفس الوقت." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "تحاول تثبيت إصدارات ذات إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات وإصدارات بدون هذه الإمكانية لهذه الحزمة في نفس الوقت." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "" -"هذا الإصدار ذو إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت " -"هذا الإصدار وإلغاء تحديد الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات، واضغط على " -"\"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "هذا الإصدار ذو إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت هذا الإصدار وإلغاء تحديد الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "" -"هذا الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت " -"هذا الإصدار فقط وإلغاء تحديد كل الإصدار الأخرى، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء " -"تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "هذا الإصدار بدون إمكانية تعدد الإصدارات.اضغط على \"متابعة\" لتثبيت هذا الإصدار فقط وإلغاء تحديد كل الإصدار الأخرى، واضغط على \"إلغاء\" لإلغاء تحديد هذا الإصدار والاحتفاظ بالآخر." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ncurses.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,69 +14,69 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. label for text field showing the selected dir -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" msgstr "الدليل المحدد:" -#. label for checkbox -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 msgid "&Detailed View" msgstr "عرض &تفصيلي" -#. column header name of diretcory -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "اسم الدليل" -#. stretchable = true -#. add the OK button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" msgstr "مواف&ق" -#. add the Cancel button -#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "إل&غاء" -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 msgid "Directory name" msgstr "اسم الدليل" -#. column header name of the file -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 msgid "File name" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#. label for text field showing the filename -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 msgid "&File name:" msgstr "اس&م الملف:" -#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) -#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 msgid "Filter:" msgstr "المر&شح:" -#. column header size of the file -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. column header file permissions -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "الأذونات" -#. column header user -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#. column header group -#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "المجموعة" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل NIS." -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "تمكين الجهاز الخاص بك كعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "تعطيل عميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "ملخص التكوين لعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات العمومية لعميل NIS" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "إظهار خوادم NIS المتاحة للمجال المحدد" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "اسم خادم NIS أو عنوانه" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "بدء تشغيل المُوصل التلقائي أو إيقافه" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "تعيين البحث عن النشر أو إلغاء تعيينه" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "تمكين المُوصل التلقائي" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "The Broadcast option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "في الشبكة المحلية للبحث عن خادم بعد فشل استجابة\n" " الخوادم المحددة. مما يعرض الأمان للخطر.\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "Expert gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.\n" @@ -106,48 +106,46 @@ "يؤدي استخدام خبير إلى إتاحة الوصول إلى بعض\n" "الإعدادات الأقل استخدامًا.\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&عدم التحديد" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "البحث عن خوادم NIS في المجال %1 الموجود في بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "خ&وادم NIS في المجال %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "إعدادات جدار الحماية \n" "لفتح جدار الحماية للسماح بالوصول إلى الخدمة 'ypbind'\n" " من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية.\n" -" لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق تفاصيل جدار الحماية</" -"b>.\n" +" لتحديد الواجهات التي سيتم فتح المنفذ فيها، انقر فوق تفاصيل جدار الحماية.\n" " يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية فقط.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" @@ -155,41 +153,33 @@ "أدخل مجال NIS، على سبيل المثال example.com\n" " وعنوان خادم NIS، على سبيل المثال nis.example.com أو 10.20.1.1.\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" "تحديد طريقة تعديل تكوين NIS. عادة، تتم المعالجة بواسطة النص\n" "البرمجي netconfig الذي يقوم بدمج البيانات المحددة بشكل ثابت هنا \n" -"مع تلك التي تم الحصول عليها بشكل ديناميكي (على سبيل المثال من عميل DHCP " -"وNetworkManager وغير ذلك). \n" +"مع تلك التي تم الحصول عليها بشكل ديناميكي (على سبيل المثال من عميل DHCP وNetworkManager وغير ذلك). \n" "وهذه هي السياسة الافتراضية الكافية لمعظم عمليات التكوين. \n" -"باختيار التغييرات اليدوية فقط، لن يُسمح بعد ذلك لـ netconfig بتعديل التكوين. " -"ومع ذلك يمكنك تحرير الملف يدويًا.\n" +"باختيار التغييرات اليدوية فقط، لن يُسمح بعد ذلك لـ netconfig بتعديل التكوين. ومع ذلك يمكنك تحرير الملف يدويًا.\n" "باختيار تخصيص \n" -"السياسة، يمكنك تحديد سلسلة سياسة مخصصة، تتكون من قائمة بأسماء الواجهة " -"مفصولة \n" +"السياسة، يمكنك تحديد سلسلة سياسة مخصصة، تتكون من قائمة بأسماء الواجهة مفصولة \n" "بمسافة، بما في ذلك أحرف البدل، مع \n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACKكقيم خاصة محددة مسبقًا. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، " -"راجع \n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACKكقيم خاصة محددة مسبقًا. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، راجع \n" "صفحة دليل netconfig.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.\n" @@ -197,8 +187,8 @@ "حدد خوادم عديدة\n" "بفصل عناوينها بمسافات.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -210,131 +200,126 @@ "ويفترض أن تكون ملفات التكوين الخاصة بها (auto.*) موجودة بالفعل،\n" "محليًا أو عبر NIS." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"يمكن تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على كيفية عمل الموصل التلقائي في عميل " -"NFS، الذي يمكن تكوينه باستخدام الزر تكوين NFS." +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "يمكن تعيين إعدادات NFS التي تؤثر على كيفية عمل الموصل التلقائي في عميل NFS، الذي يمكن تكوينه باستخدام الزر تكوين NFS." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "إعداد تل&قائي (عبر NetworkManager وDHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "إ&عداد تلقائي (عبر DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "عميل NIS" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "&سياسة Netconfig NIS" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "التغييرات اليدوية فقط" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "السياسة الافتراضية" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخصصة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخ&صصة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "م&جال NIS" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "ع&ناوين خوادم NIS" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&نشر" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "بح&ث" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "مجالات NIS الإضافية" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do &not use NIS" msgstr "عد&م استخدام NIS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "است&خدام NIS" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "&خبير..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين NFS..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "بدء المُو&صل التلقائي" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "تكوين عميل NIS" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "البحث عن خوادم تعمل في حالة التعرف على المجال فقط." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -344,89 +329,77 @@ "لن تتمكن من استرداد بيانات المستخدم من LDAP.\n" " هل أنت متأكد؟" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي " -"تعطيل الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي " -"فقط." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "في الغالب، يمكن لأي مضيف الاستعلام عن الخادم الذي يستخدمه العميل. يؤدي تعطيل الاستجابة للأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة إلى قصر ذلك على المضيف المحلي فقط." -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"حدد خادم معطل في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على " -"منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم.</" -"p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "حدد خادم معطل في حالة وجوب قبول الردود من الخوادم التي تعمل على منفذ بدون امتيازات. يمثل ذلك خطرًا على الأمان ويفضل استبدال مثل هذا الخادم." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "راجع man ypbind للحصول على تفاصيل حول الخيارات الأخرى." -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "الاستجابة للأجه&زة المضيفة البعيدة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "خادم مع&طل" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "&خيارات ypbind الأخرى" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "خ&وادم (مفصولة بمسافات أو فواصل)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "إعدادات المجال" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "ا&سم المجال" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "تم تعريف هذا المجال بالفعل." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان الخادم '%1' غير صحيح." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -434,65 +407,62 @@ "تمكين الخيارين النشر وSLP معًا غير صحيح.\n" " حدد أحد هذين الخيارين فقط." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "حدد الخوادم للمجالات الإضافية." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (SLP) للبحث عن خادم NIS." +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "يمكن استخدام بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (SLP) للبحث عن خادم NIS." -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "مجالات إضافية" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "مجال" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "خوادم" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا المجال؟" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين NIS الآن." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -502,8 +472,8 @@ "ويجب ألا تكون قيمته \"(none)\"\n" " ويجب أن يكون طوله 64 حرفًا بحد أقصى.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -513,100 +483,100 @@ "بسبب تحليل أسماء المضيفين باستخدام NIS.\n" " \n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت حزمة المُوصل التلقائي.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "بواسطة DHCP (بروتوكول التكوين الديناميكي للمضيف)" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "تمكين عميل NIS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "خوادم NIS" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "مجالات أخرى" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "الاستجابة للمضيف المحلي فقط" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "خادم معطل" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "خيارات ypbind" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "تمكين العميل" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "كتابة تكوين NIS..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمات" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "بدء الخدمات" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف الخدمات..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء الخدمات..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات عميل NIS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تشغيل ypclient." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على خادم NIS." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/nis_server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم NIS." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "ملخص تكوين خادم NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "إيقاف خادم NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS التابع" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "عنوان IP لخادم NIS الأساسي" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "بدء تشغيل خدمة yppasswd أو إيقاف تشغيلها" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "دليل مصدر YP" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "التخطيطات الموزعة بواسطة الخادم" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها لخادم الاستعلامات ('netmask:network')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين خادم NIS." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS أساسي." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS تابع." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "مجال NIS" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "دليل مصدر YP: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "التخطيطات المتاحة: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "خادم NIS الأساسي: " -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها لخادم الاستعلامات (netmask:network):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة (%1)." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "قناع الشبكة غير صالح: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "الشبكة غير صالحة: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "هذه التخطيطات غير مدعومة:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد عنوان IP لخادم NIS الأساسي." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." @@ -157,77 +157,74 @@ "يمكنك تغيير دليل مصدر خادم NIS (عادةً\n" "'/etc')." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "حدد ما إذا كان يجب دمج ملف كلمة السر مع ملف الظل\n" " (ولا يكون ذلك ممكنًا إلا في حالة وجود ملف الظل).\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." msgstr "يمكنك أيضًا ضبط الحد الأدنى لمعرِّف المجموعة والمستخدم." -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى لـ UID" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "الحد الأد&نى لـ GID" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "دليل م&صدر YP" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "دمج كلمات ال&سر" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "إعداد تفاصيل خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." msgstr "من مربع الحوار هذا، قم بضبط التخطيطات التي ستكون متاحة." -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "الت&خطيطات" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "إعداد تخطيطات خادم NIS" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"أدخل مجال NIS. إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا " -"الجهاز كخادم، حدد\n" +"أدخل مجال NIS. إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد\n" "الخيار المطابق.\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "Active Slave NIS server exists. If you check\n" @@ -239,8 +236,8 @@ "توزيع التخطيط السريع، فسيؤدي ذلك إلى تسريع نقل تخطيطات\n" "الخوادم التابعة.\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "Allow changes to passwords lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -249,63 +246,62 @@ msgstr "" "يتيح السماح بتغيير كلمات السر للمستخدمين تغيير\n" "كلمات السر في وجود NIS. يمكن استخدام الأزرار التي تتيح\n" -"تغيير برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول أو GECOS (الاسم بالكامل والمعلومات ذات " -"الصلة)\n" +"تغيير برنامج الواجهة شل الخاص بالدخول أو GECOS (الاسم بالكامل والمعلومات ذات الصلة)\n" "لإعداد هذه الخيارات المحددة بشكل أكثر دقة.\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "السماح بإجراء تغييرات في ح&قل GECOS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "السماح بإجراء تغييرات في برنامج الواجهة &شل الخاص بالدخول" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "السماح بتغيير &كلمات السر" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "هذا المضيف أيضًا &عميل NIS" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "اسم مجا&ل NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "خادم NIS التابع النشط موج&ود" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "تو&زيع التخطيط السريع (rpc.ypxfrd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "تغيير كلمات السر" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية الأ&خرى..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخادم الأساسي" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -315,57 +311,53 @@ "وهذا قد يؤدي إلى استبدال اسم المجال الذي تم إدخاله. قم بالتحقق من\n" "الإعدادات الخاصة بك مع مراعاة عدم تشغيل عميل DHCP على خادم NIS.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "إعدادات جدار الحماية \n" "لفتح جدار الحماية للسماح بالوصول إلى خادم NIS\n" "من أجهزة الكمبيوتر البعيدة، قم بتعيين فتح منفذ في جدار الحماية.\n" -"لتحديد الواجهات المطلوب فتح المنفذ عليها، انقر فوق تفاصيل جدار الحماية</" -"b>.\n" +"لتحديد الواجهات المطلوب فتح المنفذ عليها، انقر فوق تفاصيل جدار الحماية.\n" "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط في حالة تمكين جدار الحماية.\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "تحرير الشبكة وقناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ق&ناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "ال&شبكة" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "قناع الشبكة غير صحيح!\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "الشبكة غير صحيحة!\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"الرجاء إدخال الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح لها بإرسال استعلامات إلى خادم NIS.</" -"p>" +msgstr "الرجاء إدخال الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح لها بإرسال استعلامات إلى خادم NIS." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." @@ -373,18 +365,17 @@ "سيتم السماح بعنوان مضيف إذا كانت الشبكة تساوي\n" "AND الخاص بوحدات البت لعنوان المضيف وقناع الشبكة." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"يجب توفر الإدخال الذي يحتوي على قناع الشبكة <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> " -"والشبكة\n" +"يجب توفر الإدخال الذي يحتوي على قناع الشبكة <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> والشبكة\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> للسماح بالاتصال من المضيف المحلي.\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." @@ -392,122 +383,109 @@ "يتيح إدخال قناع الشبكة <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> و\n" "الشبكة <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> الوصول إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة." -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "الشبكة" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "إعداد الأجهزة المضيفة لاستعلامات خادم NIS" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"أدخل مجال NIS وعنوان IP أو اسم المضيف لخادم NIS الأساسي." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "أدخل مجال NIS وعنوان IP أو اسم المضيف لخادم NIS الأساسي." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد الخيار " -"المطابق." +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "إذا كان هذا المضيف هو أيضًا عميل NIS يستخدم هذا الجهاز كخادم، حدد الخيار المطابق." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "اسم مجا&ل NIS:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "&خادم NIS الأساسي:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخادم التابع" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "الأجهزة المضيفة الب&عيدة" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "اسم مضيف الخادم التاب&ع" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "تحرير الخادم التابع" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن أجهزة مضيفة بشبكة LAN هذه..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"أدخل هنا أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة لتكوينها كخوادم NIS تابعة. استخدم " -"إضافة لإضافة اسم مضيف جديد، وتحرير لتغيير إدخال موجود، " -"وحذف لإزالة إدخال." +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "أدخل هنا أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة لتكوينها كخوادم NIS تابعة. استخدم إضافة لإضافة اسم مضيف جديد، وتحرير لتغيير إدخال موجود، وحذف لإزالة إدخال." -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "الخ&وادم التابعة" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "إعداد الخوادم التابعة لخادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "إنهاء" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حفظ التكوين؟" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "خروج" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "هل تريد الخروج من التكوين بدون حفظ بالفعل؟" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "تفاصيل الخطأ" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -515,13 +493,13 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تكوين:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" @@ -529,8 +507,8 @@ "حدد ما إذا كان يتم تكوين خادم NIS كخادم أساسي أو\n" "تابع أو عدم تكوين خادم NIS.\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." @@ -538,210 +516,210 @@ "سيتم تثبيت حزمة خادم NIS أولاً إذا كنت تريد\n" "تكوينها." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت أي برامج NIS." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "تثبيت ال&خادم الأساسي لـ NIS وإعداده" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "تثبيت خا&دم NIS التابع وإعداده" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "&عدم القيام بأي إجراء ومغادرة الإعداد" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت برامج NIS." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسية" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "تابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "تم تكوين خادم NIS %1" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "إعادة تكوين الخادم الأس&اسي لـ NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "&تغيير إلى خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "إعادة تكوين خادم NISال&تابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "تغيير إلى خادم NIS التاب&ع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "إل&غاء تنشيط أي تكوين لخادم NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "إنشاء &خادم NIS الأساسي" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "إنشاء خا&دم NIS التابع" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "الحالة الحالية:" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "حدد الإجراءات التي تريد القيام بها" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "إعداد خادم خدمة معلومات الشبكة (NIS)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم NIS" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "Please wait while reading the configuration." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار بينما تتم قراءة التكوين." -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "تهيئة إعداد خادم NIS" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "تحميل الملف '%1'" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "تحديد الخدمات قيد التشغيل" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "تحديد نوع الخادم" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل '%1'..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الخدمات قيد التشغيل..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد نوع الخادم..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "تم." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "Please wait until the configuration is saved." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار حتى يتم حفظ التكوين." -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "حفظ إعداد خادم NIS" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إزالة %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الدليل %1.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "تعذر الحصول على قائمة التخطيطات.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء استرداد تخطيط %1 من الخادم الأساسي.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "تعذر الحصول على قائمة بالخوادم التابعة.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -749,165 +727,165 @@ "لم يتم إدراج اسم المضيف الخاص بهذا المضيف (%1)\n" "في قائمة الخادم الأساسي.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ الملف %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعداد اسم المجال\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إعداد المتغير %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إيقاف برنامج المحرك لـ %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك لـ %1\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء قاعدة بيانات مستخدمين فارغة.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء تخطيط ypservers.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء قاعدة البيانات.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تكوين العميل.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "إزالة /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "إزالة /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "إيقاف برامج المحرك قيد التشغيل." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف برامج المحرك قيد التشغيل." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "الحصول على تخطيطات من الخادم الأساسي." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "يتم الآن الحصول على تخطيطات من الخادم الأساسي." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "حفظ الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها في خادم الاستعلامات." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ الأجهزة المضيفة المسموح بها في خادم الاستعلامات." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "تعيين متغيرات التكوين." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "يتم الآن تعيين متغيرات التكوين." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "حفظ الخوادم التابعة." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ الخوادم التابعة." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "بدء تشغيل برامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل برامج المحرك." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "إنشاء قاعدة بيانات أولية." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قاعدة البيانات." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "بدء تشغيل عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "إيقاف عميل NIS:" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "يتم الآن إيقاف عميل NIS:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/ntp-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,81 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "كتابة تكوين NTP..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"اضغط المزامنة الآن، للحصول على إعداد وقت النظام الخاص بك بشكل صحيح " -"من خلال استخدام خادم NTP المحدد. إذا كنت تريد استخدام NTP باستمرار، قم " -"بتمكين الخيار حفظ تكوين NTP" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "اضغط المزامنة الآن، للحصول على إعداد وقت النظام الخاص بك بشكل صحيح من خلال استخدام خادم NTP المحدد. إذا كنت تريد استخدام NTP باستمرار، قم بتمكين الخيار حفظ تكوين NTP" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"تمكين خيارتشغيل NTP كبرنامج محرك ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP " -"كبرنامج خفي. خلاف ذلك، ستتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني " -"الافتراضي هو 15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت باستخدام الوحدة النمطية " -"yast2 ntp-client ." +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "تمكين خيارتشغيل NTP كبرنامج محرك ، سيتم بدء تشغيل الخدمة NTP كبرنامج خفي. خلاف ذلك، ستتم مزامنة وقت النظام بشكل دوري. الفاصل الزمني الافتراضي هو 15 دقيقة. يمكنك تغييره بعد التثبيت باستخدام الوحدة النمطية yast2 ntp-client ." -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "باستخدام الزر تكوين، افتح تكوين NTP المتقدم." -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء مزامنة مع الخادم NTP إلا عندما يتم تكوين الشبكة." -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "اسم مضيف خادم NTP %1 غير صالح." -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "ع&نوان خادم NTP" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "تشغ&يل NTP كبرنامج محرك" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "ح&فظ تكوين NTP" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "المز&امنة الآن" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "تكوي&ن..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -96,19 +78,19 @@ "لا يمكن المزامنة مع خادم NTP دون \n" "تثبيت الحزمة %1." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "تتم الآن المزامنة مع خادم NTP..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "فشل الاتصال بملقم NTP المحدد." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -118,471 +100,467 @@ " لا يمكن الوصول إلى الملقم حتى الآن أو لم يتم تكوين الشبكة\n" " انقر فوق 'لا' للتجاهل. زيارة تكوين ملقم NTP من جديد؟" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "ساعة محلية غير تابعة لنظام (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 8820 GPS من Trak" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 1020 WWV/WWVH من PSTI/Traconex" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال WWVB وGPS من Spectracom" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال GPS/GOES/OMEGA من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "أداة فك ترميز الصوت IRIG" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -msgstr "" -"ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة " -"القصيرة" +msgstr "ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو الموجة القصيرة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل المرجع العام" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال MX4200 GPS من Magnavox" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال 2200A/2201A GPS من Austron" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 1088A/B GPS من Arbiter" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "واجهة TPRO/S IRIG من KSI/Odetics" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "جهاز التحكم في الساعة الرئيسية CSD 5300 من Leitch" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال M201 MSF من EES" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "أجهزة الاستقبال العامة من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال GPS/IRIG من Bancomm" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "نظام وقت دقة البيانات" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم NIST" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال WWV/WWVH من Heath" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال NMEA GPS عام" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "واجهة GPS-VME من TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "نظام الساعة PPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم PTB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "خدمة وقت المودم USNO" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال 58503A GPS من Hewlett Packard" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال MSF من Arcron" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل الذاكرة المشتركة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "جهاز استقبال WWVB لسلسلة Chrono-log K" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "ساعة بدون وحدة معالجة" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال WWVB من Ultralink" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة راديو المنفذ المتوازي من Conrad" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "ناقل الإشارات التمثيلية إلى بيانات رقمية/أداة فك ترميز صوت راديو WWV/H" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp للخط التسلسلي" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 لناقل PCI" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "أجهزة استقبال JJY" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "طباعة حالة برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "طباعة كل علاقات المزامنة التي تم تكوينها" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "تمكين برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "تعطيل برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "إضافة علاقة مزامنة جديدة" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "تحرير علاقة مزامنة موجودة" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "حذف علاقة مزامنة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "عنوان الخادم" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "عنوان النظير" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "العنوان المطلوب النشر إليه" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "العنوان المطلوب قبول عمليات النشر منه" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "خيارات العلاقة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "خيارات معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "استخدام الخادم للمزامنة الأولية" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "عدم استخدام الخادم للمزامنة الأولية" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد نظير المزامنة." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على نظير المزامنة المحدد." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين برنامج المحرك NTP." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل برنامج المحرك NTP." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "خادم" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "نظير" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "قبول عمليات النشر" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "رقم الوحدة: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة الراديو المحلية" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "فشلت قراءة الإعدادات." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين NTP" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "إعدادات عامة" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الأمان" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين NTP متقدم" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "مزامنة جديدة" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP محلي" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "خادم NTP عام" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "نظير NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "ساعة المرجع المحلية" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "النشر الصادر" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "النشر الوارد" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "م&عرف المرجع" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "إزاحة المعايرة 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "إزاحة المعايرة 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "الإ&شارة 1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "الإشا&رة 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "الإشار&ة 3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "ا&لإشارة 4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -590,18 +568,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين عميل NTP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -609,8 +586,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين عميل NTP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -620,25 +597,23 @@ "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط إيقاف.\n" " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا." -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>بدء البرنامج المحرك NTP‏</big> ‏\n" "حدد ما إذا يتم بدء البرنامج المحرك NTP الآن وفي كل مرة يتم تشغيل النظام.\n" -"لن يؤدي تحديد مزامنة بدون البرنامج المحرك إلى تنشيط البرنامج المحرك " -"NTP‏\n" +"لن يؤدي تحديد مزامنة بدون البرنامج المحرك إلى تنشيط البرنامج المحرك NTP‏\n" "وسيتم ضبط وقت النظام دوريًا بواسطة برنامج cron النصي. \n" "الفاصل الزمني قابل للتكوين، ويكون افتراضيًا %d من الدقائق." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -646,32 +621,24 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "<big>وضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)</big> \n" -"لتشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم " -"بتعيين\n" -" تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). " -"يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" +"لتشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)، قم بتعيين\n" +" تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر). يتسم بدء تشغيل أي برنامج محرك في وضع حماية chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)\n" " بقدر أكبر من الأمان ويوصى به بشدة." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>تأمين تكوين NTP</big> \n" -"بتحديد تقييد خدمة NTP على الخدمات التي تم تكوينها فقط، لن يتمكن " -"المضيفون البعيدون من عرض إعدادات NTP على\n" -"جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك أو تعديلها. تقتصر خدمة NTP على الخوادم الموجودة في الملف " -"<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> وعلى المضيفين المحليين. \n" -"يمكن أن تكون إشارات التحكم بالوصول fine-tuded في جدول النظرة العامة على " -"الخوادم. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تكوين NTP عبر DHCP.\n" +"بتحديد تقييد خدمة NTP على الخدمات التي تم تكوينها فقط، لن يتمكن المضيفون البعيدون من عرض إعدادات NTP على\n" +"جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك أو تعديلها. تقتصر خدمة NTP على الخوادم الموجودة في الملف <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> وعلى المضيفين المحليين. \n" +"يمكن أن تكون إشارات التحكم بالوصول fine-tuded في جدول النظرة العامة على الخوادم. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار في حالة تكوين NTP عبر DHCP.\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -682,17 +649,15 @@ "<big>تكوين عبر DHCP</big> \n" "لاسترداد المعلومات حول خوادم NTP عبر بروتوكول DHCP من\n" " خادم الشبكة بدلاً من تعيينها يدويًا،\n" -" قم بتعيين تكوين برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP. راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك " -"إذا كانت المعلومات\n" +" قم بتعيين تكوين برنامج المحرك NTP عبر DHCP. راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك إذا كانت المعلومات\n" " حول خوادم NTP متوفرة من خادم DHCP." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -702,8 +667,8 @@ " جديد، انقر فوق إضافة. لحذف نظير مزامنة موجود، حدده\n" " ثم انقر فوق حذف." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -711,21 +676,19 @@ "<big>عرض السجل</big>\n" "لعرض سجلات برنامج محرك NTP، انقر فوق الزر عرض السجل.\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>تكوين متقدم</big> \n" -"لتكوين هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو " -"بالمقارنة \n" +"لتكوين هذا المضيف المطلوب مزامنته بالمقارنة بمضيفين بعيدين متعددين أو بالمقارنة \n" " بساعة متصلة محليًا، استخدم تكوين متقدم." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -733,8 +696,8 @@ "<big>نوع الساعة</big> \n" "حدد برنامج تشغيل الساعة المطلوب تكوينها." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -744,12 +707,11 @@ "إذا كان لديك ساعات عديدة من نفس النوع، يجب تعيين\n" " رقم الوحدة." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -759,14 +721,13 @@ "<big>الجهاز</big> \n" "لتشغيل الساعة، فقد يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي خاص إلى \n" " الجهاز الذي يتم توصيل الجهاز به. للقيام بذلك، حدد\n" -" إنشاء ارتباط رمزيثم قم بتعيين الجهاز. للاستعراض للوصول " -"للجهاز،\n" +" إنشاء ارتباط رمزيثم قم بتعيين الجهاز. للاستعراض للوصول للجهاز،\n" " انقر فوق استعراض.\n" " بالنسبة لبعض أنواع الساعات، يلزم إنشاء ارتباط رمزي أو \n" " يجب إنشاؤه يدويًا." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -774,8 +735,8 @@ "<big>معايرة برنامج التشغيل</big> \n" "لمعايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة، انقر فوق معايرة برنامج التشغيل." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -787,8 +748,8 @@ " للعثور على خادم NTP، راجع مسؤول الشبكة لديك أو\n" " موفر خدمة الإنترنت." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -800,8 +761,8 @@ " أو من قائمة خوادم NTP المعروفة، انقر فوق تحديد ثم\n" "اختر من بين خادم NTP محلي وخادم NTP عام." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -811,8 +772,8 @@ "لاختبار تشغيل الخادم المحدد وأنه يستجيب على النحو الصحيح،\n" " انقر فوق اختبار." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -822,8 +783,8 @@ "لتعيين عنوان المضيف المطلوب المزامنة معه يدويًا،\n" " استخدم العنوان." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -833,8 +794,8 @@ "لتعيين العنوان المطلوب النشر إليه، استخدم الحقل النصي العنوان\n" "." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -844,13 +805,12 @@ "لتعيين العنوان المطلوب قبول حزم النشر منه، استخدم \n" " العنوان." -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -859,30 +819,26 @@ "الحقل النصيالخيارات. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع \n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>خيارات التحكم في الوصول</big> \n" -"حدد علامات التحكم في الوصول (تعليمات <tt>التقييد</tt> البرمجية في " -"الملف\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) الخاصة بهذا الخادم، بما في ذلك تحديد أنواع الإجراءات " -"التي يمكن أن يقوم المضيف\n" -"البعيد بتنفيذها على برنامج المحرك لـ NTP لديك. وحسب الإعدادات الافتراضية، " -"يتم تعيين هذه التعليمات البرمجية إلى القيمة notrap\n" +"حدد علامات التحكم في الوصول (تعليمات <tt>التقييد</tt> البرمجية في الملف\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) الخاصة بهذا الخادم، بما في ذلك تحديد أنواع الإجراءات التي يمكن أن يقوم المضيف\n" +"البعيد بتنفيذها على برنامج المحرك لـ NTP لديك. وحسب الإعدادات الافتراضية، يتم تعيين هذه التعليمات البرمجية إلى القيمة notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا إذا قمت بتحديد الخيار\n" "تقييد خدمة NTP على الخوادم المكوَّنة فقط في \n" "إعدادات الأمان.\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -890,8 +846,8 @@ "<big>نوع نظير المزامنة</big> \n" "حدد نوع نظير المزامنة المطلوب إضافته هنا." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -899,8 +855,8 @@ "لإضافة خادم NTP المطلوب المزامنة إليه،\n" "حدد الخادم." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -908,8 +864,8 @@ "لإضافة نظير NTP المطلوب مزامنته يدويًا، حدد\n" "نظير." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -917,8 +873,8 @@ "لتكوين ساعة محلية متصلة مباشرةً بالكمبيوتر الخاص بك،\n" "حدد ساعة الراديو." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -926,8 +882,8 @@ "لنشر معلومات الوقت من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، حدد\n" "النشر الصادر." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -935,8 +891,8 @@ "لقبول حزم NTP التي تم نشرها بواسطة مضيفين آخرين على الشبكة\n" "واستخدامها لإعداد التوقيت المحلي، حدد النشر الوارد." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -946,8 +902,8 @@ "حدد هذا الخيار إذا كنت تريد العثور على الخادم NTP في الشبكة المحلية أو حدد\n" " الخادم NTP من قائمة خوادم NTP المعروفة." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -961,20 +917,19 @@ " بروتوكول موقع الخدمة (SLP)، انقر فوق بحث.\n" " ثم حدد خادم من قائمة الخوادم الموجودة." -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>تحديد خادم NTP عام</big> \n" "حدد خادم NTP المطلوب استخدامه من القائمة خوادم NTP العامة. لعرض\n" "خوادم NTP فقط لدولة معينة، حددها في الدولة." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -991,12 +946,11 @@ " قبل استخدام أي خادم NTP من القائمة، راجع مسؤول النظام لديك\n" " أو موفر خدمة الإنترنت إذا كان خادم NTP أكثر قربًا منك\n" " وتفضل هذا الخادم الموصى به على أي خادم موجود في القائمة.\n" -" يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</" -"i>\n" +" يمكنك أيضًا الرجوع إلى http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" " للبحث عن خادم NTP قريب منك." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -1004,33 +958,28 @@ "<big>اختبار قابلية الخادم للوصول</big> \n" "لاختبار إن كان الخادم يستجيب على النحو الصحيح، انقر فوق اختبار." -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>استخدام الخوادم العشوائية</big> \n" "تتوفر هذه الخدمة من pool.ntp.org. في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار،\n" "تتم إضافة ثلاثة خوادم إلى التكوين. أسماء الخوادم دائمة\n" -"، إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما " -"يعني مزامنة\n" +"، إلا أنه يتم تغيير سجلات DNS (بروتوكولات الإنترنت) الخاصة بها كل ساعة. مما يعني مزامنة\n" " عميل NTP الخاص بك مع خوادم مختلفة كل ساعة.\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>معايرة برنامج تشغيل الساعة</big> \n" @@ -1038,19 +987,17 @@ " خيارات معايرة عديدة. يتوقف معنى الخيارات المعينة على\n" " برنامج التشغيل المعين. لا تستخدم بعض برامج التشغيل كافة الخيارات." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "لمعرفة المزيد حول الخيارات المتوفرة، قم بتثبيت الحزمة \n" -"ntp-docثم راجع /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-docثم راجع /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1058,18 +1005,18 @@ "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1083,8 +1030,8 @@ " قد يستغرق بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP مدة طويلة للغاية وقد لا يعمل \n" " برنامج المحرك على النحو الصحيح." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1092,8 +1039,8 @@ "خادم NTP '%1' ليس اسم مضيف صالح،\n" "اسم المضيف المؤهل الكامل هو عنوان IPv4 أو عنوان IPv6." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1105,45 +1052,45 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استبدال خادم NTP الحالي؟" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "تحديد الجهاز" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&خوادم NTP العامة" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "حدد خادم NTP." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "كل الدول" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "الدول&ة" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث عن خوادم NTP على الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1153,304 +1100,304 @@ "قد ينتج ذلك عن تشغيل SuSEfirewall2،\n" " الذي قد يعيق تفحص الشبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي خادم NTP على الشبكة لديك." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "العنوان" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خادم." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "ال&عنوان" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "تكوين مت&قدم" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "معايرة برنامج التش&غيل" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "الفاصل ال&زمني للمزامنة بالدقائق" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا فقط" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "م&زامنة دون استخدام برنامج محرك" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "الآن وعند التش&غيل" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP في و&ضع حماية Chroot (تغيير الدليل الجذر)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "تقييد &خدمة NTP على الخوادم المكوَّنة فقط " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "يدوي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "تلقائي" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "مخصص" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "سياسة تكوين &وقت التشغيل" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "سياسة مخ&صصة" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "است&خدام الخوادم العشوائية من pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "العنوا&ن" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "تح&ديد..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "نوع المزامنة" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "عرض الس&جل..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "نوع ال&ساعة" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "رقم ال&وحدة" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "إنشاء ارتباط رم&زي" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "خيارات التحكم في الوصول" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "ال&خادم" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "الن&ظير" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "ساعة ال&راديو" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "النشر ال&صادر" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "الن&شر الوارد" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "الشب&كة المحلية" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&خادم NTP عام" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "موقع خادم NTP" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "بح&ث" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "تكوين عميل NTP" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP عند بدء تشغيل النظام." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك NTP تلقائيًا." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "خوادم: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "ساعات الراديو: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "النظراء: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "نشر معلومات الوقت إلى: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "قبول معلومات الوقت المنشورة من: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "يتم دمج التكوين الثابت والتكوين عن طريق بروتوكول DHCP." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "التكوين الثابت فقط." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "سياسة التكوين المخصص." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار خادم NTP..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "الخادم قابل للوصول ويستجيب على النحو الصحيح." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "الخادم غير قابل للوصول ولا يستجيب على النحو الصحيح." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1458,65 +1405,65 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن خادم NTP في الشبكة\n" "المحلية دون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين الشبكة" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين الشبكة..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات NTP..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "تعذر تحديث سياسة التكوين الديناميكي." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "تعذرت إعادة بدء برنامج المحرك NTP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/oneclickinstall.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-07 09:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: openSUSE\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update-configuration.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "تعليمات وحدة تكوين التحديث النمطية على الإنترنت" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "لا يتوفر نموذج التسجيل." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "الرجاء تثبيت تسجيل yast2 والمحاولة مرة أخرى." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "تكوين تحديث عبر إنترنت" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(بلا)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "مخزن التحديث" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "تعيين الافتراضي" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "خيارات متقدمة" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "ترشيح حسب الفئة" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "فئات التصحيح" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ممكّن" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "معطّل" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "تحرير مخازن البرامج" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "تسجيل للحصول على الدعم ومخزن التحديث" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "إرسال معلومات الأجهزة إلى مشروع smolt" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "فاصل زمني" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "تخطي التصحيحات التفاعلية" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "الموافقة على الترخيص" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "تشمل الحزم الموصى بها" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "استخدام delta rpms" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "مستودع التحديث الحالي:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,90 +125,77 @@ "لإضافة مخزن التحديث الافتراضي\n" "يجب أن تقوم بتسجيل هذا المنتج." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "هل تريد إجراء التسجيل الآن؟" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "In %1 the current update repository is shown." msgstr "في %1يتم عرض مخزن التحديث الحالي." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." msgstr "اضغط %1 لاستخدام مخزن التحديث الافتراضي." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." msgstr "ابحث عن الإجراءات المرتبطة في قائمة %1." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update." msgstr "في %1 إعداد التحديث التلقائي عبر الإنترنت." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، " -"وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائيًا." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "حدد فاصل زمني للتحديث وحدد إذا كان يجب أن يتم تجاهل التصحيحات التفاعلية، وإذا كان ينبغي الموافقة على التراخيص تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين " -"%1 ." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "سيتم تثبيت كافة الحزم التي يتم ترشيحها بواسطة حزمة محدثة عندما يتم تمكين %1 ." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم %1. سيتم تثبيت فقط " -"تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "يمكن إعداد عامل ترشيح فئة التصحيح في القسم %1. سيتم تثبيت فقط تصحيحات الفئات المدرجة في القائمة. سيتم تخطي التصحيحات الأخرى." -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "يومي" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "أسبوعي" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "شهري" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "مدير الحزم وYaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "مستحسن" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "اختياري" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "مستند" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/online-update.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "هل تقبل اتفاقية الترخيص هذه؟" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,89 +33,83 @@ "تم تحديث بعض التطبيقات التي تتطلب إعادة تشغيل. سيقوم النظام\n" "بإعادة التشغيل الآن ثم متابعة عملية التثبيت.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية للتحديث عبر الإنترنت" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "تشغيل تحديث القرص المضغوط للتصحيح" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "استخدام محدد الحزم البسيط" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "عنوان URL للقرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"دليل بيانات التصحيح على القرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" +msgstr "دليل بيانات التصحيح على القرص المضغوط للتصحيح (القيمة الافتراضية هي '%1')" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"يقوم النظام بتهيئة مخازن التحديث والتثبيت. ويمكن تغيير مخازن البرامج في " -"الوحدة النمطية مصدر التثبيت." +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "يقوم النظام بتهيئة مخازن التحديث والتثبيت. ويمكن تغيير مخازن البرامج في الوحدة النمطية مصدر التثبيت." -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "تهيئة النظام الهدف" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "تجديد مخازن البرامج" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "التحقق من التحديثات المتاحة" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة النظام الهدف..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "تجديد مخازن البرامج..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "التحقق من التحديثات المتاحة..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "تهيئة تحديث القرص المضغوط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "تهيئة التحديث عبر إنترنت" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -123,30 +117,30 @@ "لم يتم تكوين مخزن\n" "التحديث حتى الآن. هل تريد تشغيل تدفق عمل التكوين الآن؟" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أي مخزن تحديث بعد." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "سجل التقدم" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "تقدم الحزمة" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "إجمالي التقدم" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -156,65 +150,61 @@ "يقوم YaST2 بإنزال جميع التصحيحات المحددة.\n" "قد يستغرق الأمر بعض الوقت. تظهر تفاصيل الإنزال في نافذة السجل." -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"في حالة توفر رسائل خاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيحات، ستظهر هذه الرسائل في مربع حوار " -"إضافي عند تثبيت التصحيح.\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "في حالة توفر رسائل خاصة مرتبطة بالتصحيحات، ستظهر هذه الرسائل في مربع حوار إضافي عند تثبيت التصحيح.\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "إنزال التصحيح وتثبيته" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "انتهى التثبيت.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "انتهى تثبيت التصحيح." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "فشلت معالجة التصحيح." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "تتم الآن التهيئة لتحديث القرص المضغوط..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -222,9 +212,9 @@ "فشلت التهيئة. تحقق من\n" "أنك قد قمت بإدخال القرص المضغوط الصحيح.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -232,18 +222,17 @@ "لا يمكن تكوين مستودع التحديث عبر الإنترنت \n" "دون تثبيت الحزمة %1" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"تتطلب عملية تحديث واحدة على الأقل من عمليات التحديث المثبتة إعادة تشغيل " -"الجلسة.\n" +"تتطلب عملية تحديث واحدة على الأقل من عمليات التحديث المثبتة إعادة تشغيل الجلسة.\n" "أعد تسجيل الدخول إلى النظام في أقرب وقت ممكن.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -251,8 +240,8 @@ "تم تحديث الحزم لإدارة الحزم.\n" "إنهاء وإعادة تشغيل YaST الآن." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." @@ -260,8 +249,8 @@ "يتطلب واحد من التحديثات المثبتة على الأقل إعادة تشغيل النظام للعمل\n" "بشكل صحيح. قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام بأسرع وقت ممكن." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -275,11 +264,10 @@ "\n" "قم بإعادة تشغيل النظام في أقرب وقت ممكن." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -293,78 +281,78 @@ "\n" "هل تريد متابعة تثبيت التحديد الذي قمت به؟" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن استرداد %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "تقدم إنزال الحزمة" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "إزالة" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "تثبيت" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "تقدم تثبيت الحزمة" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "موافق" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "إنزال RPM لدلتا %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "تقدم إنزال RPM لدلتا" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل إنزال RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "تقدم تطبيق RPM لدلتا" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "تقدم تنفيذ البرنامج النصي" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "بدء تشغيل %1 الخاص بالبرنامج النصي" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -372,73 +360,72 @@ "التصحيح %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة المخزن." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "الت&فاصيل <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "ت&فاصيل >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطأ" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "محاولة مرة أخرى" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "تخطي التصحيح" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "تخطي الكل" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "إيقاف التحديث" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "تحذير" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -446,8 +433,8 @@ "في حالة إيقاف التثبيت الآن، لن يتم تثبيت أية تصحيحات.\n" "ستظل عملية التثبيت دون تغيير.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -457,8 +444,8 @@ "إذا قمت بإيقاف التثبيت الآن، لن يكتمل التحديث.\n" " أعد التحديث، بما في ذلك عملية الإنزال، إذا كنت ترغب في ذلك.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -468,64 +455,62 @@ "تصحيح واحد على الأقل بطريقة صحيحة.\n" " ستحتاج إلى إجراء التحديث مرة أخرى." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تحديث YaST عبر إنترنت؟" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "إي&قاف التحديث" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&متابعة التحديث" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "Patch: %1 " msgstr "التصحيح: %1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "Summary: %1 " msgstr "الملخص: %1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "Packages:" msgstr "الحزم:" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "تفا&صيل التصحيح <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "تفا&صيل التصحيح >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "تثبيت التصحيح" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "ستحتاج هذه التصحيحات إلى إعادة التشغيل بعد تثبيتها" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "ت&خطي الكل" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"تعذر على عملية التحديث عبر الإنترنت إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تحتاج إلى " -"إعادة تشغيل." +msgstr "تعذر على عملية التحديث عبر الإنترنت إلغاء تحديد بعض التصحيحات التي تحتاج إلى إعادة تشغيل." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/opensuse_mirror.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 08:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: openSUSE\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "التحقق من سلامة وسائط القرص المضغوط وقرص الفيديو الرقمي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "محرر \"عدم الإظهار مرة أخرى\"" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ "حذف. ستتم إزالة الإدخال فورًا من \n" "التكوين الحالي.\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "معرف الانبثاق" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "معلومات إضافية" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة معلومات الحزمة." -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ "تستخدم Evolution كمرسل بريد \n" "وFirefox كمستعرض وNautilus كمدير ملفات.\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ "وDolphin كمدير ملفات، وتقدم\n" "كلاً من Firefox وKonqueror كمستعرضين.\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "Both KDE and GNOME are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ " والواجهات الرسومية الجذابة بمجموعة تطبيقاتها\n" "المتكاملة بشكل تام." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "Choosing the default GNOME or KDE desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ " تطبيقات سطح المكتب على\n" " النظام الخاص بك." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "Choose Other then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -120,29 +120,29 @@ "البدائل، مثل نظام نصي فقط أو أقل حزم للنظام\n" "الرسومي الذي يحتوي على مدير إطارات أساسي." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "&KDE" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "&GNOME" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "أخر&ى" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "تحديد سطح المكتب" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -150,32 +150,32 @@ "لم يتم تحديد أي سطح مكتب. حدد\n" "سطح المكتب لإجراء التثبيت." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "أ&قل حزم للنظام الرسومي" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "وض&ع النص" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1. راجع %2 لمزيد من التفاصيل." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "نسخ وسائط التثبيت" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -185,55 +185,55 @@ "لإنشاء مخزن يمكن استخدامه لتثبيت\n" "الأنظمة الأخرى.\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المسجلة" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "نسخة" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ محتويات القرص المضغوط إلى دليل محلي..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين المخزن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد إيقاف التكوين؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين الشبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" @@ -243,43 +243,43 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تكوين هذه المصادر؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "التحقق من تكوين الشبكة" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "إنزال قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من تكوين الشبكة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "تهيئة مدير المخازن" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة مدير المخازن..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "قراءة قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ "تتم تهيئة الرابط \n" "وقائمة الخوادم التي تم إنزالها من الويب.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ "تعذر إنزال قائمة بالمخازن\n" "ولم يتم تكوين أية شبكة." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ "لم يتم تحديد URL للمنتج حيث سيتم إنزال\n" "قائمة المخازن منه.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -314,26 +314,26 @@ "تعذر إنزال قائمة بالمخازن\n" "أو لم يتم تحديد أية مخازن." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "مستحسن: %1 " -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -351,30 +351,29 @@ "%5\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "قائمة الم&خازن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "وصف المخزن" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -382,87 +381,79 @@ "قائمة بالمخازن الافتراضية عبر الإنترنت.\n" "انقر فوق في مخزن للحصول على التفاصيل.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق التالي.</" -"p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق التالي.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق إنهاء.</" -"p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "حدد المخازن عبر الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق إنهاء.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "لإزالة مخزن مستخدم، الغ تحديده بكل بساطة." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "كتابة قائمة بالمخازن عبر الإنترنت" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "يقوم مدير المخازن بإنزال تفاصيل المخازن..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المخزن %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "حذف المخازن عبر الإنترنت المُلغى تحديدها" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن حذف المخازن عبر الإنترنت المُلغى تحديدها..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "إضافة كافة المخازن عبر الإنترنت المحددة" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة كافة المخازن عبر الإنترنت المحددة..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "إضافة المخزن: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة المخزن: %1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -477,8 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" "تم اكتشاف انخفاض الذاكرة .\n" "\n" -"لا يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت أثناء التثبيت الأولي عندما تكون ذاكرة " -"النظام أقل من\n" +"لا يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت أثناء التثبيت الأولي عندما تكون ذاكرة النظام أقل من\n" "%d ميبي بايت.\n" "\n" "قد يتعطل المثبِّت أو يتوقف عن العمل إذا ما احتاجت بيانات\n" @@ -487,37 +477,35 @@ "يوصى باستخدام المخازن عبر الإنترنت فيما بعد في النظام\n" "المثبَّت في هذه الحالة." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "فشلت تهيئة الدليل الهدف." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "فشل تحديد %1 حزم لإجراء التثبيت." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "تعذر تعيين الأنماط: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "فشل تشغيل محلل الحزم. تحقق من قسم البرامج لديك في ملف تعريف AutoYaST." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -533,223 +521,219 @@ "\n" "سيتم إيقاف تثبيت الحزمة.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة معلومات الحزمة..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "لا توجد وسائط تثبيت صالحة" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "وسائط التثبيت" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "الوسائ&ط" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "الأ&ولوية" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"مخازن التثبيت - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " -"بدلاً من ذلك." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "مخازن التثبيت - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "اسم غير معروف" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "عنوان %1 :URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "عنوان URL للصف: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "اسم المخزن غير معروف" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "الفئة: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "الخدمة: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "كل المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "كل الخدمات" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "الخدمة '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "المخازن غير المقدمة بواسطة الخدمة فقط" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "عرض" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "الأولوية" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "تجديد تلقائي" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "الخدمة" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "رابط" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "اس&تبدال..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "ت&جديد المحدد" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "إ&يقاف أو تشغيل الحالة" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "إيقاف أو تشغيل الت&جديد" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "تعيين ال&اسم..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "خصائص" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "مُ&مكّن" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "التج&ديد تلقائيًا" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "م&فاتيح GPG..." -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "تجديد" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "تجديد كافة الم&جدد تلقائيًا" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "تجديد كافة الم&مكّن" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "مخازن البرامج المكوَّنة" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -757,36 +741,26 @@ "\n" "إدارة مخازن البرامج الممكّنة والخدمات.\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"الخدمة أو خدمة فهرسة المخازن (RIS) هي عبارة عن بروتوكول " -"مسؤول عن إدارة مخازن الحزم. ويمكن أن توفر هذه الخدمة مخزن أو أكثر من مخازن " -"البرامج التي يمكن تغييرها ديناميكيًا بواسطة مسؤول الخدمة." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "الخدمة أو خدمة فهرسة المخازن (RIS) هي عبارة عن بروتوكول مسؤول عن إدارة مخازن الحزم. ويمكن أن توفر هذه الخدمة مخزن أو أكثر من مخازن البرامج التي يمكن تغييرها ديناميكيًا بواسطة مسؤول الخدمة." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "إضافة مخزن جديد أو خدمة \n" "لإضافة مخزن جديد، استخدم إضافة وحدد مخزن البرامج أو الخدمة.\n" -"سيقوم Yast تلقائيًا باكتشاف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المخزن متاحًا على الموقع " -"المدخل.\n" +"سيقوم Yast تلقائيًا باكتشاف ما إذا كانت الخدمة أو المخزن متاحًا على الموقع المدخل.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -798,8 +772,8 @@ "قم بتوفير مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -819,70 +793,52 @@ "كافة الأقراص المضغوطة إلى دليل واحد.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "تعديل حالة مخزن أو خدمة \n" "لتغيير موقع مخزنٍ ما، استخدم تحرير. لإزالة مخزنٍ ما، استخدم\n" -"حذف. لتمكين المخزن أو تعطيله أو لتغيير حالة التجديد في وقت التهيئة، " -"حدد المخزن في الجدول، ثم قم باستخدام خانات الاختيار المتوفرة أدناه.\n" +"حذف. لتمكين المخزن أو تعطيله أو لتغيير حالة التجديد في وقت التهيئة، حدد المخزن في الجدول، ثم قم باستخدام خانات الاختيار المتوفرة أدناه.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "أولوية مخزن \n" -"أولوية مخزن هي قيمة عددية صحيحة تتراوح بين 0 (أعلى أولوية) و200 (أقل " -"أولوية). القيمة الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كان يوجد حزمة متوفرة في أكثر من مخزن، " -"فسيُستخدم المخزن بالأولوية الأعلى.\n" +"أولوية مخزن هي قيمة عددية صحيحة تتراوح بين 0 (أعلى أولوية) و200 (أقل أولوية). القيمة الافتراضية هي 99. إذا كان يوجد حزمة متوفرة في أكثر من مخزن، فسيُستخدم المخزن بالأولوية الأعلى.\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "حدد الخيار المناسب من أعلى النافذة للتنقل في المخازن والخدمات." -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها حدد هذا الخيار لحفظ الحزم التي " -"تم\n" -"إنزالها في ذاكرة مؤقتة محلية لتتمكن من إعادة استخدامها في وقت لاحق عند " -"إعادة\n" +"الحفاظ على الحزم التي تم إنزالها حدد هذا الخيار لحفظ الحزم التي تم\n" +"إنزالها في ذاكرة مؤقتة محلية لتتمكن من إعادة استخدامها في وقت لاحق عند إعادة\n" "تثبيت الحزم. إذا لم تحدده، فسيتم حذف الحزم التي تم إنزالها بعد التثبيت." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"الذاكرة المؤقتة المحلية الافتراضية موجودة في الدليل /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة المحلية الافتراضية موجودة في الدليل /var/cache/zypp/packages. يمكن تغيير الموقع في الملف /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -890,28 +846,28 @@ "تعذر حفظ التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها على تكوين\n" "المخزن." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "التفاصيل:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "هل تريد المحاولة مرة أخرى؟" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "إيقاف تكوين المخزن" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -919,8 +875,8 @@ "هل تريد إيقاف تكوين المخزن؟\n" "ستفقد كافة التغييرات." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -928,41 +884,41 @@ "لا توجد أية خدمة في عنوان URL:\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "تجديد المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "تجديد الخدمات" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "تجديد المخازن" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "تجديد الخدمات" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجديد المخزن %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجديد الخدمة %1..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف المخزن المحدد من القائمة؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -970,8 +926,8 @@ "هل تريد حذف الخدمة %1\n" "والمخازن الخاصة بها؟" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -979,8 +935,8 @@ "تعذر تعيين التجديد\n" "للمخزن المحدد." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -992,65 +948,60 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إضافة المخزن مرة أخرى؟" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "حدثت أخطاء أثناء استعادة تكوين المخزن.\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "تتم إعادة تعيين اقتراح البرنامج إلى القيم الافتراضية." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "تعذر حل التبعيات تلقائيًا. مطلوب تدخل يدوي." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "البرامج" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "ال&برامج" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"تثبيت البرامج - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " -"بدلاً من ذلك." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "تثبيت البرامج - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً من ذلك." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن نسخ الحزمة %1 إلى المخزن المؤقت." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن إضافة دليل مؤقت، لا يمكن تثبيت الحزم." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن الاستعلام عن ملف الحزمة %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1062,17 +1013,17 @@ "التفاصيل:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على الحزمة %1 في الوسيط." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة المخزن." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1080,27 +1031,27 @@ "لم يتم تحديد أي مخزن.\n" "يتم عرض الحزم المثبّتة فقط." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "تهيئة النظام الهدف" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "تحميل المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "إعادة تعيين النظام الهدف إلى %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "بدء تشغيل مدير البرامج" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1110,8 +1061,8 @@ "فشل تثبيت حزم عديدة.\n" "هل تريد تثبيتها الآن؟\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1119,7 +1070,7 @@ "لا يمكن تكوين مخزن تحديث عبر الإنترنت \n" "بدون وجود حزمة مثبتة %1" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1127,8 +1078,8 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن الحزم في المخازن \n" "عبر الإنترنت دون تثبيت الحزمة %1" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1136,82 +1087,77 @@ "لم يتم العثور على الحزم التالية في الوسيط:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG>%1</BIG>" msgstr "<BIG>%1</BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>الوسيط: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>الحجم: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>النتيجة: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." msgstr "لا يحتوي المشغل على وسيط أو أن نظام ملفات ISO معطل." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "OK -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "موافق -- تم التحقق من الوسيط بنجاح." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"خطأ -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري غير متطابق يجب عدم استخدام هذا الوسيط." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "خطأ -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري غير متطابق يجب عدم استخدام هذا الوسيط." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "غير معروف -- مجموع MD5 الاختباري الصحيح للوسيط غير معروف." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "أدخل وسيط التثبيت الأول." -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "التحقق من الوسائط" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "التحقق من الوسائط" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "عندما تصادفك مشكلة مع\n" -"التثبيت وكنت تستخدم وسيط تثبيت \"قرص مضغوط\" أو \"قرص فيديو رقمي\"، يجب " -"التحقق\n" +"التثبيت وكنت تستخدم وسيط تثبيت \"قرص مضغوط\" أو \"قرص فيديو رقمي\"، يجب التحقق\n" "مما إذا كان الوسيط معطلاً أم لا.\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1219,22 +1165,19 @@ "حدد محرك أقراص وأدخل وسيطًا فيه، ثم اضغط بدء التحقق\n" "أو استخدم الخيار التحقق من ملف ISO، ثم حدد ملف ISO.\n" "قد يستغرق التحقق بضع دقائق استنادًا إلى سرعة\n" -"محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. تعمل عملية التحقق هذه على التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 " -"الاختباري. " +"محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. تعمل عملية التحقق هذه على التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 الاختباري. " -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "إذا فشل التحقق من الوسيط، فينبغي عدم متابعة التثبيت.\n" "قد يفشل التثبيت أو تفقد بياناتك. من الأفضل استبدال الوسيط المعطل.\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1242,38 +1185,28 @@ "بعد التحقق، أدرج الوسيط التالي وابدأ إجراء التحقق مرة أخرى. \n" "ترتيب الوسائط غير مهم.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"ملاحظة: لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قِبل النظام." +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "ملاحظة: لا يمكنك تغيير الوسيط أثناء استخدامه من قِبل النظام." -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"للتحقق من الوسائط قبل التثبيت، استخدم عنصر التحقق من الوسائط من قائمة " -"التشغيل." +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "للتحقق من الوسائط قبل التثبيت، استخدم عنصر التحقق من الوسائط من قائمة التشغيل." -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "إذا قمت بنسخ الوسائط بنفسك، فاستخدم الخيار pad في برنامج\n" -"التسجيل لديك. يعمل هذا الخيار على تفادي أخطاء القراءة في نهاية الوسائط أثناء " -"التحقق.\n" +"التسجيل لديك. يعمل هذا الخيار على تفادي أخطاء القراءة في نهاية الوسائط أثناء التحقق.\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" @@ -1281,46 +1214,46 @@ "يُوصى بالتحقق من كافة وسائط التثبيت\n" "لتفادي مشاكل التثبيت. لتخطي هذه الخطوة، اضغط على 'التالي'" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "&مشغل الأقراص المضغوطة أو أقراص DVD" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "بد&ء التحقق" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "إخر&اج" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "التحقق من ملف ISO..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "معلومات الحالة" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "تحديد ملف ISO للتحقق منه" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "لا يمكن قراءة الوسيط في المشغل %1." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1332,85 +1265,83 @@ "\n" "سيتم فقط التحقق من قابلية قراءة الوسيط.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "ملغى" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "الاسم: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "البصمة: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1 (The key is expired.)" -msgstr "" -"تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: %1 (انتهت صلاحية " -"المفتاح.)" +msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: %1 (انتهت صلاحية المفتاح.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "لا تنتهي صلاحية المفتاح أبدًا." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "المفتاح: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "تحديد مفتاح GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "خصائص مفتاح GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "معرف المفتاح: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "الاسم: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "البصمة: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "تاريخ الإنشاء: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "إضافة مفتاح GPG العام" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.\n" @@ -1418,7 +1349,7 @@ "\n" "إدارة مفاتيح GPG العامة المعروفة.\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1430,22 +1361,22 @@ "لإضافة مفتاح GPG جديد، حدد المسار إلى ملف المفاتيح.\n" "\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "تحديد مفتاح GPG المطلوب استيراده" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "إدخال اسم ملف" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "إدارة مفتاح GPG العام" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1457,8 +1388,8 @@ "لإضافة مفتاح GPG جديد، استخدم إضافة، ثم حدد المسار إلى ملف المفاتيح.\n" "" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying a GPG Key Status\n" @@ -1468,18 +1399,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "تعديل حالة مفتاح GPG\n" -"لتعديل العلامة الموثوق بها، استخدم الزر تحرير. لإزالة مفتاح GPG، " -"استخدم الزر \n" +"لتعديل العلامة الموثوق بها، استخدم الزر تحرير. لإزالة مفتاح GPG، استخدم الزر \n" "حذف.\n" "\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "معرف المفتاح" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1487,44 +1417,44 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل حذف المفتاح '%1'\n" "'%2'؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن جديد" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "التحقق من نوع المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "قراءة ترخيص المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "التحقق من نوع المخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "إضافة مخزن" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "قراءة ترخيص المخزن" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "المخزن" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1538,10 +1468,10 @@ "لإتاحة حزم rpm الموجودة في الموقع المحدد\n" "في تحديد الحزم، الرجاء المتابعة.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1549,8 +1479,8 @@ "تعذر إنشاء مخزن\n" "من عنوان URL '%1'." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1558,13 +1488,13 @@ "لا يمكن استخدام صورة ISO عبر بروتوكول ftp أو http.\n" "الرجاء تغيير البروتوكول أو تفريغ صورة ISO من جهة الخادم." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "هل تريد تغيير عنوان URL والمحاولة مرة أخرى؟" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1572,31 +1502,31 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن مخازن SLP\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوين مدير البرامج..." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تحضير نظام التثبيت." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على ملف التحكم %1 في الوسائط." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1604,75 +1534,74 @@ "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة '%s'.\n" "يتعذر تسجيل المنتج الإضافي." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "ملاحظات الإص&دار ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "تعذر استخدام المنتجات الإضافية." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1، عنوان URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "عنوان URL: %1، المسار: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "يتضمن مخزن التثبيت أيضًا مخازن إضافية مدرجة في القائمة.\n" "حدد تلك التي تريد استخدامها.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "المنتجات الإضافية المطلوب تحديدها" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "إضافة الم&نتجات المحددة" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "إدراج الوسيط %1 الإضافي" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "إدراج الوسيط %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "تعذرت إضافة المنتج %s‏." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1680,8 +1609,8 @@ "لا يحتوي الملف '%1'\n" "على مفتاح GPG صالح.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1691,297 +1620,266 @@ " بالاسم '%2'\n" "معروف بالفعل، ولا يمكن إضافته مرة أخرى." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "تعذر نسخ المفتاح إلى الدليل المؤقت." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "إظهار قائمة الح&زم الفاشلة" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "إظهار &سجل كامل" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "فشل تثبيت بعض الحزم" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "تم إيقاف التثبيت من قبل المستخدم." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "الوسيط %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "تم." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "التالي: %1-- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "التالي: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "الإجمالي" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "إنزال %1 (حجم الإنزال %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (المتبقي: %1%2 حزمة)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال الحزم..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (تم تنزيل %1 من %2 حزمة)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "حذف %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "تثبيت %1 (الحجم المثبَّت %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "الكمبيوتر بنظام 64 بت x86-64، ومع ذلك تحاول تثبيت توزيع 32 بت." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"تعمل قائمة الأنماط على تحديد الوظيفة المتاحة التي يمكن تنفيذها بعد تثبيت " -"النظام." +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "تعمل قائمة الأنماط على تحديد الوظيفة المتاحة التي يمكن تنفيذها بعد تثبيت النظام." -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"يوضح الاقتراح الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي سيتم تثبيتها في النظام. بيد أن " -"النظام سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (ملفات العمل والمؤقتة)، لذا ستكون " -"المساحة المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون " -"هناك ما لا يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغابايت) من المساحة الخالية قبل بدء " -"التثبيت." +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "يوضح الاقتراح الحجم الإجمالي للملفات التي سيتم تثبيتها في النظام. بيد أن النظام سوف يحتوي على بعض الملفات الأخرى (ملفات العمل والمؤقتة)، لذا ستكون المساحة المستخدمة أكبر قليلاً من القيمة المقترحة. لذلك من المستحسن أن يكون هناك ما لا يقل عن 25% (أو حوالي 300 ميغابايت) من المساحة الخالية قبل بدء التثبيت." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "إجمالي 'الحجم المطلوب للإنزال' هو حجم الحزم التي سيتم\n" -"إنزالها من المخازن (الشبكة) البعيدة. تعد هذه القيمة مهمة عندما يكون الاتصال " -"بطيئًا أو عندما يكون إنزال البيانات محدودًا.\n" +"إنزالها من المخازن (الشبكة) البعيدة. تعد هذه القيمة مهمة عندما يكون الاتصال بطيئًا أو عندما يكون إنزال البيانات محدودًا.\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح البرنامج" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "المنتج: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "نوع النظام: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "الأنماط: " -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "حجم الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "حجم الإنزال من المخازن البعيدة: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "تم تحديد هذه المنتجات الإضافية للإزالة التلقائية: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"الرجاء الاتصال ببائعي هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال ببائعي هذه الوظائف الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "الرجاء الاتصال ببائع الوظيفة الإضافية للحصول على وسائط تثبيت جديدة." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا " -"يمكن بدء التثبيت." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "خطأ: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل الأساسي %1 (الجهاز %2)، لا يمكن بدء التثبيت." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "تحذير: لا يمكن التحقق من المساحة الخالية في الدليل %1 (الجهاز %2)." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "عدم توفر مساحة كافية على القرص. قم بإزالة بعض الحزم في التحديد الفردي." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "تتوفر المساحة الخالية %1 (%2%%) فقط على القسم %3. " -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "سيتم تثبيت المنتج الجديد %s" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "سيتم تحديث المنتج %s" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "سيتم تحديث المنتج %{old_product} إلى %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "سيظل المنتج %s مثبتًا" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "تحذير: ستتم إزالة المنتج %s." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "خطأ: ستتم إزالة المنتج %s تلقائيًا." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>يتم تحديد بعض المنتجات لإجراء الإزالة التلقائية.</li>\n" "<ul><li>اتصل ببائع الوظيفة الإضافية التي تمت إزالتها لتزويدك\n" -"بوسائط تثبيت جديدة</li><li>أو حدد الوحدة النمطية والملحق المناسب المتوفر على " -"الإنترنت\n" +"بوسائط تثبيت جديدة</li><li>أو حدد الوحدة النمطية والملحق المناسب المتوفر على الإنترنت\n" "في خطوة التسجيل</li><li>أو للاستمرار في ترقية المنتج، يمكن الانتقال إلى\n" "تحديد البرامج ووضع علامة على المنتج (حزمة الإصدار) لتتم إزالته.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي مخزن في '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1989,32 +1887,32 @@ "التثبيت. في حال توفر اتصال بالإنترنت أثناء التكوين، يمكنك\n" "إنزال ملاحظات الإصدار المحدَّثة من خادم الويب SUSE Linux.\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكامل وسائط تم تشغيلها..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "فشل تكامل مخزن حزمة الخدمات." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن تهيئة المخازن..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "أدخل القرص المضغوط ? الخاص بـ %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "لم يتم العثور على القرص المضغوط 1 الخاص بـ %1" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2022,8 +1920,8 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء تهيئة أوصاف الحزمة.\n" "راجع ملف السجل %1 لمزيد من المعلومات." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2031,13 +1929,13 @@ "تم تغيير تحديد البرامج خارجيًا.\n" "سيتم استدعاء اقتراح البرنامج مرة أخرى." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "يتم الآن تقييم تحديد الحزمة..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2045,34 +1943,30 @@ "فشل تحديد نمط المنتج الافتراضي %{pattern_name}.\n" "لم يتم العثور على النمط." -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف الترخيص %1." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz عند جذر الوسائط " -"المباشرة أثناء إنشاء الصورة." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "لإظهار ترخيص المنتج بشكل صحيح، ضع الملف license.tar.gz عند جذر الوسائط المباشرة أثناء إنشاء الصورة." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "الل&غة" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "نعم، أ&وافق على بنود الترخيص." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2080,19 +1974,18 @@ "يمكن البحث عن اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه في الدليل\n" "‏%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" -"إذا كنت تريد طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه، يمكنك العثور " -"عليها\n" +"إذا كنت تريد طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم النهائي (EULA) هذه، يمكنك العثور عليها\n" "في الوسائط الأولى المتوفرة في الملف %s" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2102,23 +1995,23 @@ "أحد الخيارات المتوفرة. في حالة عدم الموافقة على اتفاقية الترخيص،\n" " سيتم إيقاف التكوين.\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية الترخيص" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إيقاف تثبيت المنتج الإضافي؟" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2126,19 +2019,19 @@ "يؤدي رفض اتفاقية الترخيص إلى إلغاء تثبيت المنتج\n" "الإضافي. هل تريد بالفعل رفض الاتفاقية؟" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "بتم الآن إيقاف تشغيل النظام..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2146,8 +2039,8 @@ "إذا أردت طباعة اتفاقية ترخيص المستخدم (EULA) هذه، يمكن إنزالها من \n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2155,18 +2048,18 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل\n" "إنهاء التثبيت؟" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "بدء تشغيل %1 الخاص بالبرنامج النصي" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2174,8 +2067,8 @@ "التصحيح %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2183,8 +2076,8 @@ "تم استنفاد مساحة القرص المتوفرة في القسم %1 تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت؟" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2192,104 +2085,104 @@ "تم ملء مساحة القرص تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد متابعة التثبيت؟" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "إنزال RPM لدلتا %1 (حجم الإنزال %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل إنزال RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "فشل تطبيق RPM لدلتا: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "مسح باستخدام SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "مخاز&ن الجماعة" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "ملح&قات ووحدات نمطية من خادم التسجيل..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "تح&ديد عنوان URL..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "القرص الم&ضغوط" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "قرص ال&فيديو الرقمي..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "ال&قرص الصلب..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "ذ&اكرة USB كبيرة السعة التخزينية (عصا، قرص ذاكرة USB)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ال&دليل المحلي..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&نسخة محتويات ISO المحلية..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&إن&زال ملفات وصف المخزن" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2297,8 +2190,8 @@ "إذا كان الموقع ملفًا يحتوي على نسخة محتويات ISO\n" "للوسائط، عين نسخة محتويات ISO." -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2306,151 +2199,146 @@ "في حالة وجود المخزن في وسائط متعددة،\n" "قم بتعيين موقع الوسائط الأولى للمجموعة.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خادم" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "المسا&ر إلى الدليل أو نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "برتوكول N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "خيارات التحميل" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "عنوان URL للمخزن" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "ب&روتوكول" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL للمخزن" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "عنوان URL الخاص بالمخزن" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "خادم NFS" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "وسائط القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "قرص صلب" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "عصا أو قرص ذاكرة USB" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "الدليل المحلي" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO محلية" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "الخادم والدليل" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون حقل اسم المخزن فارغًا." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "اسم الم&خزن" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>اسم المخزن</big> \n" -"استخدم اسم المخزن لتحديد اسم المخزن. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم " -"YaST باستخدام اسم المنتج (في حالة توفره) أو عنوان URL باعتباره الاسم.\n" +"استخدم اسم المخزن لتحديد اسم المخزن. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم YaST باستخدام اسم المنتج (في حالة توفره) أو عنوان URL باعتباره الاسم.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خدمة" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>اسم الخدمة</big> \n" -"استخدم اسم الخدمة لتحديد اسم الخدمة. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم " -"YaST باستخدام جزء من عنوان URL للخدمة باعتباره الاسم.\n" +"استخدم اسم الخدمة لتحديد اسم الخدمة. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، ستقوم YaST باستخدام جزء من عنوان URL للخدمة باعتباره الاسم.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون عنوان URL فارغًا." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2458,20 +2346,20 @@ "<big>عنوان URL للمخزن</big> \n" "استخدم URL لتحديد عنوان URL للمخزن." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "تحرير أجزاء URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "تحرير URL بالكامل" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2481,46 +2369,43 @@ "استخدم اسم الخادم والمسار إلى الدليل أو نسخة محتويات ISO\n" "لتحديد اسم مضيف خادم NFS ومساره على الخادم." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>خيارات التحميل</big> \n" "يمكنك تحديد خيارات إضافية لتحميل وحدة التخزين NFS.\n" -"هذا الخيار مخصص للخبراء، ويوصى بحفظ القيمة الافتراضية. انظر man 5 nfs</" -"b>\n" +"هذا الخيار مخصص للخبراء، ويوصى بحفظ القيمة الافتراضية. انظر man 5 nfs\n" "للتفاصيل وقائمة بالخيارات المعتمدة." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المض&غوط" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "قر&ص الفيديو الرقمي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>وسائط القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي</big> \n" -"قم بتعيين القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي لتحديد نوع " -"الوسائط." +"قم بتعيين القرص المضغوط أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي لتحديد نوع الوسائط." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ملف نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2528,8 +2413,8 @@ "المسار الذي تم إدخاله ليس دليلاً\n" "أو أن الدليل غير موجود.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2537,8 +2422,8 @@ "المسار الذي تم إدخاله ليس ملفًا\n" "أو أن الملف غير موجود.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2548,18 +2433,18 @@ "يمثل نسخة محتويات ISO.\n" "هل تريد استخدامه على أي حال؟\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "الم&سار إلى الدليل" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "دليل RPM ال&عادي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2573,21 +2458,21 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد\n" "الخيار دليل RPM العادي.\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "جهاز ت&خزين USB كبير السعة" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&نظام الملفات" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "الد&ليل" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2605,9 +2490,9 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد الخيار\n" "دليل RPM العادي.\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2617,12 +2502,12 @@ "إذا تم تحديد نظام الملفات 'auto'. إذا فشلت عملية الاكتشاف أو كنت تريد\n" "استخدام نظام ملفات محدد، فقم بتحديده من القائمة.\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ج&هاز القرص" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2640,13 +2525,13 @@ "أي بيانات تعريف (أي لا توجد معلومات المنتجات)، فحدد الخيار\n" "دليل RPM العادي.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "م&سار إلى نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2656,72 +2541,72 @@ "استخدم الخيار مسار إلى نسخة محتويات ISO لتحديد المسار إلى\n" "ملف نسخة محتويات ISO." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "اس&م الخادم:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "م&نفذ" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "مشارك&ة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ن&سخة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "الدليل على ال&خادم" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "التصدي&ق" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "مج&هول" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&مجموعة العمل أو المجال" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2729,8 +2614,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2746,29 +2630,28 @@ "إذا كان الموقع ملفًا يحتوي على نسخة محتويات ISO\n" "للوسائط، قم بتعين نسخة محتويات ISO.\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "من الممكن تعيين رقم المنفذ الخاص بمخزن HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "اترك هذا الحقل فارغًا لاستخدام المنفذ الافتراضي.\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "أر&غب في تثبيت منتج إضافي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ تكوين الشب&كة..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2778,8 +2661,8 @@ "يمكن وضع مخزن البرامج على قرص مضغوط أو على أحد خوادم الشبكة\n" "أو على القرص الصلب." -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2789,8 +2672,8 @@ "لإضافة قرص مضغوط أو قرص فيديو رقمي،\n" " احصل على مجموعة الأقراص المضغوطة للمنتج أو قرص الفيديو الرقمي." -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2804,8 +2687,8 @@ "يجب إدخال المسار الأساسي فقط إذا تم نسخ كافة الأقراص المضغوطة\n" "إلى نفس الدليل.\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2817,208 +2700,206 @@ "حدد الدليل الموجود فيه الحزم من\n" "القرص المضغوط الأول، مثل /data1/CD1.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "تحديد نوع الوسائط" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "أدخل القرص المضغوط الخاص بالمنتج الإضافي" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "أدخل قرص الفيديو الرقمي الخاص بالمنتج الإضافي" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أي قرص ذاكرة USB." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "تحميل الملفات \n" "يحتوي كل مخزن على ملفات وصف توضح محتوى\n" "المخزن. حدد الخيار إنزال ملفات وصف المخزن لإنزال\n" -"الملفات عند إغلاق وحدة YaST النمطية.إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا الخيار، فسيقوم YaST " -"بإنزال الملفات\n" +"الملفات عند إغلاق وحدة YaST النمطية.إذا لم يتم تحديد هذا الخيار، فسيقوم YaST بإنزال الملفات\n" "تلقائيًا عند الحاجة لها لاحقًا.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "نوع الوسائط" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "منتج إضافي" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "مخطط URL '%s' غير صالح." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "تهيئة المخازن المتاحة" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "قراءة المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة بواسطة SLP" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة المخازن المكوَّنة..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة المخازن." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "تعذر اكتشاف المخازن المتاحة." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "لا يمكن حفظ التغييرات إلى المخزن.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين المخزن" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات المخزن" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "تتم الآن إضافة المخزن..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "المخازن المكوَّنة" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "ال&مشغل المطلوب الخروج منه" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "بحث SLP" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "يتم الآن مسح الشبكة للبحث عن خدمات التثبيت..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "نموذج المرشح" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "اختيار مخزن SLP" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "&منتجات التثبيت المتاحة" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "تفاصيل المخزن" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "المفتاح" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3026,8 +2907,8 @@ "الرجاء تحديد أحد الخيارات المتاحة.\n" "يتوفر المزيد من المخازن لهذا المنتج.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3035,13 +2916,13 @@ "حدث خطأ داخلي.\n" "لا يتوفر عنوان URL للمخزن المحدد." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "يتم الآن تجميع معلومات الخدمات %1 التي تم العثور عليها..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3051,18 +2932,18 @@ "قد يرجع سبب ذلك إلى تشغيل SuSEfirewall2،\n" "الذي ربما يتسبب في إعاقة مسح الشبكة." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على مخازن SLP على الشبكة لديك." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "يحتاج القسم \"%1\" مساحة أكبر على القرص تقدر بـ %2." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3070,7 +2951,7 @@ "الرجاء إلغاء تحديد الحزم أو حذف البيانات أو الملفات المؤقتة\n" "قبل تحديث النظام.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "الرجاء إلغاء تحديد بعض الحزم." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/printer.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,78 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "تكوين الطابعة" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "خطأ: فشلت كتابة /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "خطأ: فشلت كتابة /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "تحذير: لا يمكن قراءة %1 (الملف غير موجود)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "خطأ: فشلت قراءة %1 (ربما الملف فارغ)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "تحذير: فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1 كـ %1.yast2save." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "تحذير: فشل النسخ الاحتياطي لـ %1 كـ %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطباعة (لم يتم تثبيت عميل cups المطلوب للحزمة)" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطابعات المحلية (لم يتم تثبيت cups المطلوب للحزمة)" -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (استخدام خادم CUPS البعيد '%1' للطباعة)" +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "لا توجد طابعة محلية يمكن الوصول إليها (استخدام خادم CUPS البعيد '%1' للطباعة)" -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -93,17 +89,17 @@ "بدأ برنامج المحرك CUPS.\n" "انتظر نصف دقيقة ليكون جاهزًا للعمل...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -111,629 +107,600 @@ "لا يمكن الوصول إلى برنامج المحرك CUPS حتى الآن.\n" "انتظر دقيقة واحدة ليكون جاهزًا للعمل..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "تعذر تكوين الطابعات المحلية (لا يوجد cupsd محلي يمكن الوصول إليه)" -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أية طابعة محلية." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "إنشاء إعداد طابعة جديدة" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "لم يتم تخزين تكوين الطابعة الجديدة حتى الآن في النظام" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "قد يؤدي ذلك إلى تكوينات طابعة معطلة." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "تم العثور على تكوين موجود" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "تم إنشاء تكوين" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "لم يتم تكوين أية طابعة محلية." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "الطاب&عة" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "&قم بتكوين تلقائي للطابعات المتصلة المحلية الآن" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "حدد ما إذا كان ينبغي تكوين تلقائي لطابعات USB عند التوصيل" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "&استخدام حزمة udev-configure-printer للتكوين التلقائي لطابعات USB" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "تعطيل خادم CUPS البعيد '%1'" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع التكوين التلقائي للطباعات الخاصة بالنظام " -"المحلي." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع التكوين التلقائي للطباعات الخاصة بالنظام المحلي." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخال 'ServerName' من /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "فشل تثبيت udev-configure-printer." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "فشلت إزالة udev-configure-printer." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "تم التكوين التلقائي للطابعات ولكن دون جدوى." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "نتائج التكوين التلقائي للطابعات" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "أي نموذج" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "إضافة تكوين الطابعة الجديد" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "أدخل طراز طابعتك هنا." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "تحديد الاتصال" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "ال&كشف عن المزيد" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "معالج الا&تصال" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "الاتصال" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "العثور على برنامج تشغيل وتعيينه" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "&بحث عن" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "ال&عثور على المزيد" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "&حزم برامج التشغيل" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "حدد برنامج تشغيل." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "حجم الورق الافتراضي ‏(إذا كانت الطابعة وبرنامج التشغيل يدعمان ذلك)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "تعيين ا&سم عشوائي" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "&استخدام كافتراضي" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "إعداد بديل لطابعات HP:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "تشغ&يل hp-setup" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "تشغيل hp-setup باللغة الإنجليزية" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي شيء" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "حدد اتصالاً ثم قم بتخصيص برنامج تشغيل." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي اتصال" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "حدد اتصالاً." -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "لا يوجد أي اسم قائمة انتظار" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "أدخل اسم قائمة انتظار." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار غير صالح" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"يُسمح فقط بالأحرف ‏(a-z و A-Z)‏ والأرقام (0-9) والشرطة السفلية '_' لاسم قائمة " -"الانتظار." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "يُسمح فقط بالأحرف ‏(a-z و A-Z)‏ والأرقام (0-9) والشرطة السفلية '_' لاسم قائمة الانتظار." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "تأكيد اسم قائمة الانتظار الذي تمت مراجعته" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "'%1' غير صالح أو موجود بالفعل. استخدم '%2' بدلاً منه؟" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما هو متوقع، فانتظر " -"قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي تكوين الطابعة الجديدة كما هو متوقع، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "فشل تشغيل hp-setup." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "تعديل %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "كافة ال&خيارات لبرنامج تشغيل الطابعة الحالي" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "حجم الورق الافتراضي لبرنامج التشغيل الحالي" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "الاتصال الحالي" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"لم يتم تشغيل أي برنامج تشغيل (إنها قائمة انتظار 'أولية' أو يتم استخدام " -"'برنامج نصي للواجهة بالنمط V للنظام')" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "لم يتم تشغيل أي برنامج تشغيل (إنها قائمة انتظار 'أولية' أو يتم استخدام 'برنامج نصي للواجهة بالنمط V للنظام')" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل الحالي" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "قم بتعديل خيارات برنامج التشغيل الحالي أو تعيين برنامج تشغيل آخر" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "&نص الوصف" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "المو&قع" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "قبول &مهام الطباعة" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "تمكين ال&طباعة" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "فشل تعديل %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "تعديل إعداد الطابعة" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "لم يتم تخزين تكوين الطابعة المعدل حتى الآن في النظام" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي التعديلات المتوقعة، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم " -"زر 'تجديد القائمة'." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "إذا لم يظهر في مربع الحوار التالي التعديلات المتوقعة، فانتظر قليلاً ثم استخدم زر 'تجديد القائمة'." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "لا تتوفر أية خيارات لبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." msgstr "الأسباب المحتملة: لم يتم تحديد أي عنصر أو التكوين تكوين عن بُعد." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "الاحتفاظ بطراز الطابعة أو تحديد &شركة مصنّعة أخرى" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"الاحتفاظ بالطراز أو تحديد &شركة مصنعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' " -"ضروريًا" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "الاحتفاظ بالطراز أو تحديد &شركة مصنعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "تحديد الش&ركة المصنّعة للطابعة" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"تحديد الشركة الم&صنعة للطابعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا." +msgstr "تحديد الشركة الم&صنعة للطابعة إذا لم يكن إعداد 'قائمة الانتظار raw' ضروريًا." -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "&عنوان IP أو اسم المضيف" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "ع&نوان IP أو اسم المضيف [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "البحث عن" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "البحث عن كافة الأجهزة المضيفة" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "المعلمة 'الخيار = القيمة' الاختيارية (فارغ عادةً) [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "ا&ختبار الاتصال" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -741,67 +708,66 @@ "للوصول إلى جهاز HP من خلال خلفية 'hp'،\n" "يجب تثبيت hplip لحزمة RPM." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت hplip لحزمة rpm." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "الجهاز التس&لسلي" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "معدل البا&ود" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "وحدات بت الب&يانات" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "تدقيق التما&ثل" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "التحك&م في التدفق" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "إيقا&ف وحدات البت" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى طابعة bluetooth، يجب تثبيت bluez-cups لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت bluez-cups لحزمة RPM." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -811,334 +777,332 @@ "شغل 'فحص hcitool' للحصول على معرفات أجهزة bluetooth .\n" "أدخل المعرف بدون نقطتين مثل '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "استرداد معرفات أجهزة bluetooth..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "فشل الحصول على قائمة بمعرفات أجهزة bluetooth." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "معرف جهاز &Bluetooth" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "معرفات أجهزة bluetooth المتوفرة حاليًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم مآخذ التوصيل المباشرة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "رقم منفذ TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار (انظر دليل الطابعة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (انظر دليل للطابعة) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى مشاركة طابعة SMB، يجب تثبيت samba-client لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت samba-client لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "ال&خادم (اسم المضيف NetBIOS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "ال&طابعة (اسم المشاركة)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&مجموعة العمل (اسم النطاق)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "المصادقة (إذا لزم الأمر)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "استخدام كلمة السر واسم المستخدم المحددين" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "مس&تخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "دعم لل&دليل النشط (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "اسم قائمة الانتظار" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "البحث عن خوادم LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "بحث عن عمليات نشر IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." msgstr "للوصول إلى قائمة انتظار طباعة IPX، يجب تثبيت ncpfs لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت ncpfs لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "عنوان IP أو اسم المضيف" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "التصديق كـ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "مستخدم" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (معرف الموارد الموحد) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "للطباعة عبر 'المسار'، يجب تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "برنامج (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "لاستخدام \"beh\"، يجب تثبيت cups-backends لحزمة RPM." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI الخاص بالجهاز (حيث ينبغي تطبيق 'beh') [percent-encoded]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "عدم تعطيل قائمة الانتظار مطلقًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "عدد إعادة المحاولات (يعني الرقم '0' عددًا لا نهائي من إعادة المحاولات)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "التأخير بين مرتين من إعادة المحاولة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "حدد نوع اتصال معين." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "نوع الات&صال" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "جهاز متصل مباشرةً" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "منفذ USB" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "أجهزة HP (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "الوصول إلى طابعة الشبكة أو مربع خادم الطباعة من خلال" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "منفذ TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول خدمة تلقي الملفات للطباعة (LPD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "بروتوكول الطباعة عبر الإنترنت (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "الطباعة عبر جهاز خادم الطباعة" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) أو Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "خادم UNIX التقليدي (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "خادم CUPS ‏(IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "خاص" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "تحديد URI للجهاز الإجباري" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "إرسال بيانات طباعة لبرنامج آخر (ممر بيانات)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "معالج الأخطاء في الخلفية لسلسلة الأجهزة (سلوك)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الاتصال" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "منفذ الاتصال" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "في CUPS الإصدار 1.5، يتم إسقاط دعم الطابعة SCSI." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1148,16 +1112,16 @@ "لتعيين 'FileDevice Yes' في cupsd.conf\n" "واستخدام مسار جهاز DeviceURI مثل 'file:/dev/sg...'" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "تحديد اتصال" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1167,13 +1131,13 @@ "الوصول إلى الجهاز عبر هذا النوع من الاتصال.\n" "هل كانت الطابعة متصلة وفي وضع التشغيل طوال الوقت؟" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "تحديد اتصال صالح" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1183,93 +1147,91 @@ "فلن يمكن الوصول إلى الجهاز عبر هذا الاتصال.\n" "هل الطابعة لا تزال متصلة وفي وضع التشغيل؟" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون الجهاز التسلسلي ومعدل الباود فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات و1 بت إيقاف." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "لا يتم دعم تدقيق التماثل 'الفارغ' إلا مع 7 وحدات بت البيانات و1 بت إيقاف." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون معرف جهاز Bluetooth فارغًا." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون URI فارغًا." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم والطابعة فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد كل من المستخدم وكلمة السر." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم فارغًا." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون اسم الخادم وقائمة الانتظار فارغين." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون URI للجهاز وعدد مرات إعادة المحاولة فارغين." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "تعذر أن يكون فارغًا." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "حدد الشركة المصنعة أو 'قائمة الانتظار raw'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "البحث عن كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في الشبكة المحلية" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1277,37 +1239,36 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار...\n" "يمكن أن يستغرق ذلك أكثر من دقيقة." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ TCP‏ %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر Samba ‏(SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "" -"البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)" +msgstr "البحث عن الأجهزة المضيفة التي يمكن الوصول إليها عبر منفذ 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1315,26 +1276,26 @@ "لم يسفر البحث في الشبكة عن العثور على أي مضيف.\n" "(هل توجد مشكلة في الشبكة أو جدار حماية نشط؟)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول للمنفذ '%1' الموجود على المضيف '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول لقائمة الانتظار '%1' الموجودة على المضيف '%2'." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1346,248 +1307,243 @@ "في هذه الحالة، يجب على المستخدم المسموح له بالطباعة عبر الدليل النشط (R) \n" "تسجيل الدخول بنفسه واختبار ما إذا كان يمكنه الطباعة من Gnome أو KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "يبلغ الاختبار العام عن وجود حالات فشل في مشاركة '%1' على المضيف '%2'." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "فشل اختبار الوصول للمشاركة '%1' على المضيف '%2'." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "تم الاختبار بنجاح" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "لدعم الدليل النشط (R)، يجب تثبيت samba-krb-printing لحزمة RPM." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "سيتم تعطيل دعم الدليل النشط (R) لكافة قوائم انتظار الطباعة SMB." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الطابعة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "الطباعة من خلال الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "مشاركة الطابعات" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "السياسات" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "التكوين التلقائي" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الطابعة AutoYaST" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "طباعة AutoYaST عبر إعدادات الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "الطابعات المكتشفة:" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "إعدادات AutoYaST للطباعة مع CUPS عبر الشبكة" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "حزم برنامج التشغيل" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "تثبيت حزم برنامج تشغيل الطابعة أو إزالتها" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لبرامج تشغيل Ghostscript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لبعض طابعات PCL" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "ملفات وصف الطابعة لطابعات PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل Gutenprint/Gimp-Print" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل طابعات HP وأجهزة HP الكل في واحد" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "ملفات وصف طابعة PostScript الخاصة بالشركة المصنعة" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل SpliX لطابعات SPL بدون JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل الطابعة النافثة للحبر Epson ESC/P-R" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "التأكد من إتاحة ملف وصف الطابعة" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "وصف الطابعة واسم الم&لف مع المسار الكامل للموقع" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "تحديد ملف وصف طابعة" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "تعذر الوصول إلى '%1'" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "ملف وصف الطابعة غير مطابق للمواصفات." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "هل تريد استخدام ملف وصف الطابعة بغض النظر عن أخطائه؟" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"قد يتسبب ملف وصف الطابعة غير المتوافق في حدوث محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "قد يتسبب ملف وصف الطابعة غير المتوافق في حدوث محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "فشل توفير ملف وصف الطابعة" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "فشل إعداد خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1597,8 +1553,8 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين الطابعة</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1608,21 +1564,19 @@ "<big>إنهاء تكوين الطابعة</big> \n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1633,14 +1587,12 @@ "الطابعة. \n" "من الممكن أن توجد عدة قوائم انتظار لجهاز\n" "الطابعة نفسها.\n" -"على سبيل المثال، قائمة انتظار ثانية مع برنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط لجهاز " -"ملون\n" -"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة " -"PostScript+PCL.\n" +"على سبيل المثال، قائمة انتظار ثانية مع برنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط لجهاز ملون\n" +"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة PostScript+PCL.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" @@ -1662,8 +1614,8 @@ "متوفرة بالفعل عن طريق قائمة انتظار بعيدة. \n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Configure a printer:</big> \n" @@ -1675,8 +1627,8 @@ "اضغط إضافة لإعداد قائمة انتظار جديدة لأحد أجهزة الطابعات.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Change the settings for a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1688,8 +1640,8 @@ "حدد قائمة انتظار محلية واضغط تحرير.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Remove a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1701,8 +1653,8 @@ "حدد قائمة انتظار محلية ثم اضغط حذف.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print a test page:</big> \n" @@ -1714,8 +1666,8 @@ "حدد قائمة الانتظار ثم اضغط طباعة صفحة اختبار.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" @@ -1737,8 +1689,8 @@ "قائمة محدثة تتضمن قوائم الانتظار البعيدة المتوفرة.\n" "\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big> \n" @@ -1752,26 +1704,21 @@ "لا يوجد أي دعم AutoYaST لإعداد قوائم انتظار الطباعة المحلية.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1784,14 +1731,12 @@ "عدة برامج تشغيل طابعة مختلفة لنفس جهاز الطابعة.\n" "على سبيل المثال قائمة انتظار ثانية لبرنامج تشغيل أحادي اللون فقط\n" "لفرض إخراج نسخة مطبوعة بالأسود فقط على جهاز ملون\n" -"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة " -"PostScript+PCL\n" -"نظرًا لأن عادةً ما تكون الطباعة عن طريق برنامج التشغيل PCL أسرع (ولكن بجودة " -"أقل).\n" +"أو قائمة انتظار PostScript وقائمة انتظار مع برنامج تشغيل PCL لطابعة PostScript+PCL\n" +"نظرًا لأن عادةً ما تكون الطباعة عن طريق برنامج التشغيل PCL أسرع (ولكن بجودة أقل).\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new queue: \n" @@ -1807,12 +1752,11 @@ "بإعداد اسم قائمة انتظار فريد.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1820,10 +1764,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1841,15 +1783,14 @@ "يجب استخدام الاتصال hp:/...'.\n" "\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1874,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1898,8 +1838,7 @@ " برنامج التشغيل يحدد أنه تم إصدار البيانات الصحيحة \n" "لطراز طابعة محدد. \n" "في حالة تعيين برنامج تشغيل خاطئ، يتم إرسال بيانات خاطئة إلى الطابعة\n" -"مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة " -"على الإطلاق. \n" +"مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة على الإطلاق. \n" " مبدئيًا يتم تعيين حقل إدخال سلسلة بحث برامج التشغيل مسبقًا \n" "مع اسم الطراز الذي يتم اكتشافه تلقائيًا الخاص بالاتصال المحدد حاليًا\n" "بالإضافة إلى عرض برامج التشغيل التي يتوافق وصفها مع اسم الطراز\n" @@ -1908,15 +1847,13 @@ " وبدت أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوافقة تنتمي إلى نفس الطراز،\n" "يتم ترتيب أوصاف البرنامج حيث يجب سرد\n" "برنامج التشغيل الأكثر صلاحية بالأعلى ويتم تحديده مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي.\n" -"أما في حالة عدم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا، يجب البحث يدويًا عن " -"برنامج تشغيل ملائم\n" +"أما في حالة عدم تحديد أي برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا، يجب البحث يدويًا عن برنامج تشغيل ملائم\n" "وتحديده. \n" " ومن ناحية أخرى، إذا تم تحديد برنامج تشغيل بشكل مسبق تلقائيًا،\n" "فهذا لا يعني بالضرورة أن برنامج التشغيل\n" "برنامج تشغيل ملائم لاحتياجاتك الخاصة.\n" "بمعنى أدق قد لا يعمل\n" -"برنامج التشغيل المحدد مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي على الإطلاق مع طراز الطابعة المحدد " -"لديك.\n" +"برنامج التشغيل المحدد مسبقًا بشكل تلقائي على الإطلاق مع طراز الطابعة المحدد لديك.\n" "ويرجع السبب في ذلك أنه\n" " قد يعتمد تحديد برنامج التشغيل المؤتمت على مقارنة السلاسل فقط\n" "(اسم الطراز المكتشَف تلقائيًا وأوصاف برامج التشغيل)\n" @@ -1925,8 +1862,7 @@ "وبالتالي تحقق من أن القيم المحددة مسبقًا صالحة\n" "ولا تتردد في تجريب الإعدادات وتعديلها\n" " لما هو أفضل مع طابعتك. \n" -" في حالة عدم توافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه " -"تلقائيًا،\n" +" في حالة عدم توافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا،\n" " فلا يعني هذا بالضرورة عدم توفر أي برنامج تشغيل يتوافق مع الطراز.\n" "فغالبًا ما يكون اسم الطراز الموجود في أوصاف الطراز\n" " مختلفًا عن اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا فقط.\n" @@ -1934,8 +1870,7 @@ " والبحث خلال جميع أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة. \n" "وغالبًا يجب أن تكون إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل الافتراضية صالحة\n" " حتى يعمل برنامج التشغيل مع طراز الطابعة المعين لديك.\n" -" كما يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع الطابعة المحددة " -"لديك \n" +" كما يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع الطابعة المحددة لديك \n" "وبالأخص يجب أن يتوافق إعداد حجم الورقة الافتراضي\n" " مع الورقة التي يتم تحميلها بالفعل إلى طابعتك.\n" " يمكنك الاختيار بشكل واضح بين A4 أو Letter كحجم ورقة افتراضي \n" @@ -1947,8 +1882,8 @@ "يجب أولاً إعداد قائمة الانتظار، ثم بإمكانك\n" " تعديل كافة خيارات برنامج التشغيل في مربع الحوار ‘تحرير/تعديل’.n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -1964,8 +1899,8 @@ " في اسم قائمة الانتظار، كما يجب أن يبدأ الاسم بحرف.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be used by default. \n" @@ -1987,18 +1922,16 @@ "وذلك في حالة عدم تحديد أية قائمة انتظار طباعة أخرى من قبل المستخدم.\n" "ولكن لا يوجد مثل قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية \"الوحيدة\".\n" "بجانب قائمة الانتظار الافتراضية للنظام، يمكن لأي مستخدم صيانة\n" -"إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي الخاص به، علاوة على أنه بإمكان أي برنامج " -"تطبيق\n" +"إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي الخاص به، علاوة على أنه بإمكان أي برنامج تطبيق\n" "تنفيذ طريقته الخاصة في إعداد قائمة الانتظار الافتراضي\n" -"(على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن يتذكر التطبيق قائمة الانتظار التي تم استخدامها " -"سابقًا). \n" +"(على سبيل المثال، يمكن أن يتذكر التطبيق قائمة الانتظار التي تم استخدامها سابقًا). \n" "للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع مقالة قاعدة بيانات دعم openSUSE\n" "طباعة الإعدادات بواسطة CUPS) المتوفرة على \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to run hp-setup. \n" @@ -2030,8 +1963,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Modify a Print Queue</big> \n" @@ -2043,12 +1976,11 @@ "لتعديل قائمة انتظار، حدد ما الذي تريد تغييره بالفعل. \n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2056,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2116,8 +2046,7 @@ "يقوم بمقارنة السلاسل (اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا وأوصاف\n" "برامج التشغيل) لذلك تكون النتيجة مجرد أفضل اقتراح تم تخمينه\n" " حول كيفية إعداد طراز طابعة محدد. \n" -" وبالتالي يرجى التحقق إذا ما كانت القيم المحددة مسبقًا في الوقت الحالي " -"صالحة.\n" +" وبالتالي يرجى التحقق إذا ما كانت القيم المحددة مسبقًا في الوقت الحالي صالحة.\n" "ولا تتردد في تجريب الإعدادات وتعديلها\n" " إلى الأفضل لطابعتك. \n" " وإذا لم يتوافق أي وصف برنامج تشغيل مع اسم الطراز الذي تم اكتشافه تلقائيًا،\n" @@ -2128,19 +2057,16 @@ " والبحث خلال جميع أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة.\n" "\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2149,8 +2075,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2158,8 +2083,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2172,17 +2096,13 @@ "يحدد برنامج التشغيل يحدد أنه تم إصدار البيانات الصحيحة \n" " لطراز طابعة محدد. \n" "في حالة تعيين برنامج تشغيل خاطئ، يتم إرسال بيانات خاطئة إلى الطابعة\n" -" مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة " -"على الإطلاق. \n" -" يمكن إما تحديد برنامج تشغيل آخر وتعديل إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل " -"لاحقًا \n" -" أو بقاء برنامج التشغيل المستخدم حاليًا وتعديل إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل " -"الخاصة به الآن. \n" +" مما ينتج عنه إصدار نسخة مطبوعة سيئة أو مشوشة أو عدم إصدار أية نسخة مطبوعة على الإطلاق. \n" +" يمكن إما تحديد برنامج تشغيل آخر وتعديل إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل لاحقًا \n" +" أو بقاء برنامج التشغيل المستخدم حاليًا وتعديل إعدادات خيار برنامج التشغيل الخاصة به الآن. \n" " يجب أن تتوافق بعض إعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل مع جهاز الطابعة لديك.\n" " على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يتوافق إعداد حجم الورقة الافتراضي لبرنامج التشغيل \n" " مع الورقة التي يتم تحميلها بالفعل إلى طابعتك. \n" -" أما بالنسبة لإعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل الأخرى، يمكنك اختيار ما يحلو " -"لك.\n" +" أما بالنسبة لإعدادات خيارات برنامج التشغيل الأخرى، يمكنك اختيار ما يحلو لك.\n" " على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يعمل أي اختيار خاص بمستويات دقة الطباعة المتوفرة \n" " مع برنامج التشغيل المحدد.\n" " وبالرغم من ذلك يمكن أن تفشل طابعتك في الطباعة \n" @@ -2204,15 +2124,13 @@ " والبحث خلال كافة أوصاف برامج التشغيل المتوفرة.\n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2239,8 +2157,8 @@ "(مثال 'Room 123' أو 'Front Desk').\n" "" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Driver Options</big> \n" @@ -2255,19 +2173,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>تعيين خيارات برنامج التشغيل</big> \n" -"في أغلب الأحيان، يكون من الأفضل ترك الإعدادات الافتراضية لبرنامج التشغيل كما " -"هي\n" +"في أغلب الأحيان، يكون من الأفضل ترك الإعدادات الافتراضية لبرنامج التشغيل كما هي\n" "لأنه من الضروري أن تكون الإعدادات الافتراضية صالحة في أغلب الحالات. \n" "إضافةً إلى ذلك، تعرض مربعات حوار الطباعة في أغلب التطبيقات\n" -"خيارات برنامج التشغيل أيضًا حتى يتمكن كل مستخدم من تحديد خيارات برنامج " -"التشغيل\n" +"خيارات برنامج التشغيل أيضًا حتى يتمكن كل مستخدم من تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل\n" "لكل نسخة مطبوعة فردية. \n" "ولكن الإعداد الوحيد الذي يجب فحصه في كل الأحوال هو حجم الورقة،\n" "الذي يجب تعيينه إلى ما هو مستخدم بالفعل افتراضيًا في الطابعة.\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2284,12 +2200,11 @@ "على سبيل المثال، قد لا يعمل إعداد الدقة العالية مع طابعة ليزر\n" "وذلك عندما تكون الذاكرة المضمنة الافتراضية غير كافية لمعالجة الصفحات\n" "ذات الدقة العالية. \n" -"أو قد تكون الطباعة بواسطة إعداد الجودة العالية بطيئة للغاية مع الطابعة نفاثة " -"للحبر.\n" +"أو قد تكون الطباعة بواسطة إعداد الجودة العالية بطيئة للغاية مع الطابعة نفاثة للحبر.\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2305,15 +2220,14 @@ "في حالات معينة، يجب ضبط إعدادات برنامج التشغيل الخاصة بالطابعة\n" "للحصول على وظائف الطابعة كاملة. \n" "وتحديدًا عندما يكون للطابعة وحدات اختيارية مثبتة مثل\n" -"وحدة ازدواج أو علب تغذية ورق اختيارية، يجب فحص إعدادات برنامج التشغيل " -"المعني\n" +"وحدة ازدواج أو علب تغذية ورق اختيارية، يجب فحص إعدادات برنامج التشغيل المعني\n" "وتعديلها. \n" "على سبيل المثال، يجب تعيين خيار وحدة ازدواج إلى 'مثبتة' أو 'صحيحة'\n" "وإلا يمكن أن يتجاهل برنامج التشغيل إعدادات خيار الطباعة المزدوجة.\n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big> \n" @@ -2336,8 +2250,8 @@ "يحتاج برنامج التشغيل. \n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add a Printer Description File</big> \n" @@ -2395,13 +2309,12 @@ "برنامج تشغيل طابعة. \n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2413,30 +2326,25 @@ "حتى لا يتم إخراج نسخة مطبوعة.\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2461,31 +2369,26 @@ "ولذلك يتم ترميز المسافة في قيمة مكون URI\n" " بالقيمة '%20' (20 هي قيمة ست عشرية للمسافة). \n" "ويتم فصل مكونات URI عن طريق حروف خاصة محجوزة مثل\n" -"النقطتين ':' أو الشرطة المائلة '/' أو علامة الاستفهام '؟' أو علامة العطف " -"'&' أو علامة المساواة '='. \n" +"النقطتين ':' أو الشرطة المائلة '/' أو علامة الاستفهام '؟' أو علامة العطف '&' أو علامة المساواة '='. \n" "وفي النهاية يمكن أن يكون هناك معلمات اختيارية (مفصولة بعلامة استفهام '؟')\n" "بالنموذج 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' وبذلك\n" "a يمكن أن يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز على سبيل المثال: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "بعض الأمثلة: \n" -"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطراز طابعة USB 'Fun Printer 1000+' مصنوع " -"بواسطة 'ACME'\n" +"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطراز طابعة USB 'Fun Printer 1000+' مصنوع بواسطة 'ACME'\n" "بالرقم المسلسل 'A1B2C3' مثل: : \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.1 والتي " -"يمكن الوصول إليه\n" +"قد يكون معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.1 والتي يمكن الوصول إليه\n" "بواسطة المنفذ 9100 مثل: \n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" -"قد يكون لها معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.2 " -"والتي يمكن الوصول إليها\n" +"قد يكون لها معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز لطابعة الشبكة بعنوان IP 192.168.100.2 والتي يمكن الوصول إليها\n" "من خلال بروتوكول LPD باسم قائمة الانتظار 'LPT1'\n" "مثل: \n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Percent Encoding</big> \n" @@ -2588,13 +2491,11 @@ "فبالنسبة لمثل حقول الإدخال هذه،\n" "سيتم ترميز كافة المسافات والأحرف المحجوزة\n" "تلقائيًا بالنسبة المئوية. \n" -"على سبيل المثال إذا كانت كلمة المرور بالفعل 'Foo%20Bar' (غير مرمزة بالنسبة " -"المئوية)،\n" +"على سبيل المثال إذا كانت كلمة المرور بالفعل 'Foo%20Bar' (غير مرمزة بالنسبة المئوية)،\n" "يجب إدخالها حرفيًا في حقل إدخال كلمة المرور الموجود بمربع الحوار.\n" "وسينتج عن الترميز بالنسبة المئوية التلقائي القيمة 'Foo%2520Bar' وهي\n" "الطريقة التي يتم بها تخزين قيمة مكون كلمة المرور بالفعل في URI. \n" -"على العكس عند الرغبة في إدخال أكثر من قيمة فردية واحدة لمكون فردي في معرف " -"URI\n" +"على العكس عند الرغبة في إدخال أكثر من قيمة فردية واحدة لمكون فردي في معرف URI\n" " (مثل حقل إدخال فردي لكل المعلمات الاختيارية)\n" "مثل 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" "أو حقل إدخال فردي لإدخال معرف URI كامل)، \n" @@ -2619,8 +2520,7 @@ "يتم ترميز علامة الدولار $ بالنسبة المئوية كتالي %24 \n" "يتم ترميز النسبة المئوية % بالنسبة المئوية كتالي%25 \n" "يتم ترميز علامة العطف & بالنسبة المئوية كتالي %26 \n" -"يتم ترميز الفاصلة العليا/ علامة الاقتباس المفردة ' بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي " -"%27 \n" +"يتم ترميز الفاصلة العليا/ علامة الاقتباس المفردة ' بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %27 \n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليسار بالنسبة المئوية ( كالتالي%28 \n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليمين) بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %29 \n" "يتم ترميز العلامة النجمية * بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %2A \n" @@ -2634,13 +2534,12 @@ "يتم ترميز علامة at @ بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %40 \n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليسار [ بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %5B \n" "يتم ترميز قوس اليمين ] بالنسبة المئوية كالتالي %5D \n" -"للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع 'معرف الموارد الموحد (URI): بناء جملة عام ' على " -" \n" +"للحصول على تفاصيل، راجع 'معرف الموارد الموحد (URI): بناء جملة عام ' على \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" @@ -2649,18 +2548,16 @@ "For example: \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>معرفات URI الخاصة بالجهاز المرتبطة بشكل مباشر بالأجهزة</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>معرفات URI الخاصة بالجهاز المرتبطة بشكل مباشر بالأجهزة</big> \n" "الأجهزة المتصلة عن طريق USB\n" "يتم اكتشافها تلقائيًا كما يتم إنشاء معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز المناسب تلقائيًا.\n" "على سبيل المثال: \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2697,8 +2594,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>معرفات URI للأجهزة للوصول إلى طابعة شبكة أو مربع خادم طباعة</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>معرفات URI للأجهزة للوصول إلى طابعة شبكة أو مربع خادم طباعة</big> \n" "مربع خادم الطباعة عبارة عن جهاز صغير مزود باتصال شبكة\n" " وUSB أو اتصال منفذ متوازي للاتصال بالطابعة الفعلية.\n" "وتكون طابعة الشبكة مزودة بمثل هذا الجهاز مضمنًا.\n" @@ -2724,8 +2620,7 @@ "بروتوكول الطباعة عبر الإنترنت (IPP) \n" "IPP هو البروتوكول الأساسي في تشغيل CUPS على جهاز كمبيوتر حقيقي،\n" "ولكن إذا تم تطبيق بروتوكول IPP في مربع خادم طباعة صغير،\n" -"غالبًا لا يتم تطبيقه بطريقة صحيحة. يمكنك استخدام بروتوكول IPP فقط إذا كان " -"البائع\n" +"غالبًا لا يتم تطبيقه بطريقة صحيحة. يمكنك استخدام بروتوكول IPP فقط إذا كان البائع\n" "يُسجل بالفعل دعمًا رسميًا لهذا البروتوكول.\n" "معرف URI للجهاز المتوافق هو: \n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource .\n" @@ -2736,8 +2631,8 @@ "\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2747,8 +2642,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2791,8 +2685,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2863,8 +2756,7 @@ "معرف URI الخاص بالجهاز التالي للوصول إلى مشاركة: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" " لمزيد من المعلومات راجع <tt>man smbspool</tt> و \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "يعد كل من 'Windows' و'Active Directory' علامتين تجاريتين لشركة\n" "Microsoft Corporation في الولايات المتحدة و/أو البلدان الأخرى. \n" "ملقم UNIX التقليدي (LPR) \n" @@ -2884,8 +2776,8 @@ "معرف URI المطابق الخاص بالجهاز هو: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2918,12 +2810,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2961,18 +2851,16 @@ "محاولات خلفية beh للوصول إلى طابعة بالشبكة 3 مرات مع تأخير 5 ثوانٍ\n" "بين المحاولات. في حالة استمرار فشل الوصول، لن يتم تعطيل قائمة الانتظار\n" "ويتم فقد مهمة الطباعة. \n" -"للحصول علىمزيد من المعلوماتقم بالاطلاع على <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/" -"backend/beh</tt> و \n" +"للحصول علىمزيد من المعلوماتقم بالاطلاع على <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> و \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3011,10 +2899,8 @@ "بشكل افتراضي، يستخدم CUPS وضع ‘الاستعراض’ الخاص به\n" "لتوفير الطابعات عبر شبكة الاتصال. \n" "في هذه الحالة، يتعين أن تنشر خوادم CUPS البعيدة طابعاتها عبر شبكة الاتصال\n" -"وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل (cupsd) وهي معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف " -"الخاص بك\n" -"مما يعني الاستماع للمعلومات الواردة حول الطابعات التي تم نشرها. يتم تلقي " -"معلومات استعراض\n" +"وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل (cupsd) وهي معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك\n" +"مما يعني الاستماع للمعلومات الواردة حول الطابعات التي تم نشرها. يتم تلقي معلومات استعراض\n" "CUPS عبر منفذ UDP 631. \n" "بالنسبة لجدار الحماية: \n" "تحقق ما إذا كان جدار الحماية نشطًا أم لا لمنطقة شبكة الاتصال\n" @@ -3042,8 +2928,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3066,21 +2952,18 @@ "التي يتم نشر الطابعات بها)، يمكنك طلب معلومات حول الطابعة\n" "من خوادم CUPS (بشرط أن تسمح خوادم CUPS باتصالك). \n" "لأنه أمام كل خادم CUPS يتم طلبه،\n" -"يتم تشغيل معالجة cups-polld بواسطة (cupsd) وهو معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام " -"CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" +"يتم تشغيل معالجة cups-polld بواسطة (cupsd) وهو معالجة البرنامج الخفي لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" "بشكل افتراضي، تستطلع كل معالجة cups-polld خادم CUPS البعيد بمعدل\n" "كل 30 ثانية للحصول على معلومات حول الطابعة.\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3091,20 +2974,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "إذا قمت بالطباعة فقط من خلال الشبكة وكنت تستخدم خادم CUPS واحد فقط،\n" -"فلا تحتاج إلى استخدام الاستعراض في نظام CUPS ولا تشغيل برنامج المحرك لنظام " -"CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" +"فلا تحتاج إلى استخدام الاستعراض في نظام CUPS ولا تشغيل برنامج المحرك لنظام CUPS على المضيف الخاص بك.\n" "بدلاً من ذلك، من الأسهل تحديد خادم CUPS والوصول إليه مباشرةً. \n" "قد يحدث عائق يمنع الوصول نظرًا لتأخير برامج التطبيقات\n" "لبعض الوقت (حتى تنتهي مهلة الاتصال) عندما محاولتها الوصول\n" "إلى خادم CUPS، في حين يكون غير متوفر فعليًا\n" -"(على سبيل المثال أثناء السفر بأحد الكمبيوترات المحمولة). عادةً تتسبب مهلة " -"تحليل\n" +"(على سبيل المثال أثناء السفر بأحد الكمبيوترات المحمولة). عادةً تتسبب مهلة تحليل\n" "اسم المضيف (DNS) في التأخير، لذلك قد يكون من المفيد الحصول على\n" "إدخال يتعذر تغييره لخادم CUPS في ملفات المضيفات /etc/.\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3128,16 +3009,15 @@ "لشركة Microsoft Corporation بالولايات المتحدة الأمريكية و/أو بالدول الأخرى.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3146,48 +3026,41 @@ "<big> مشاركة قوائم انتظار الطباعة ونشرها عبر الشبكة </big> \n" "غالبًا ما يجب إعداد CUPS (نظام طباعة Unix المشترك) لاستخدام\n" " وضعه المسمى 'استعراض' حتى تتوفر طابعات على الشبكة. \n" -"في هذه الحالة، تقوم خوادم CUPS بنشر قوائم الطباعة المحلية الخاصة بها على " -"الشبكة\n" +"في هذه الحالة، تقوم خوادم CUPS بنشر قوائم الطباعة المحلية الخاصة بها على الشبكة\n" " وبالتبعية يجب تشغيل معالجة برنامج CUPS الخفي(cupsd)\n" " على أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة التي تستجيب إلى المعلومات الواردة حول\n" " الطابعات المنتشرة. \n" " يتم تلقي معلومات استعراض CUPS عبر منفذ UDP 631." -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -" يجب السماح لجميع أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة للوصول إلى خادم CUPS في المقام " -"الأول.\n" +" يجب السماح لجميع أنظمة أجهزة CUPS العميلة للوصول إلى خادم CUPS في المقام الأول.\n" " ومن ثم حدد ما إذا كان يجب نشر الطابعات على الأجهزة العميلة أم لا. \n" "ففي أية شبكة محلية، تكون الطريقة المعتادة لإعداد استعراض CUPS\n" "هي السماح بالوصول البعيد لكافة الأجهزة المضيفة المتوفرة على الشبكة المحلية\n" " ونشر الطابعات على تلك الأجهزة المضيفة جميعها. \n" "لا يلزم نشر الطابعات في أية حالة. \n" -" فإذا كان لديك خادم CUPS فردي واحد فقط، فلا توجد حاجة إلى استخدام استعراض " -"CUPS.\n" +" فإذا كان لديك خادم CUPS فردي واحد فقط، فلا توجد حاجة إلى استخدام استعراض CUPS.\n" "بدلاً من ذلك من الأسهل تحديد خادم CUPS على أنظمة الأجهزة العميلة\n" -"(من خلال 'طباعة عبر الشبكة') حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة من الوصول إلى الخادم " -"بشكل مباشر.\n" +"(من خلال 'طباعة عبر الشبكة') حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة من الوصول إلى الخادم بشكل مباشر.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3221,8 +3094,8 @@ "عناوين IP المسموح بها و/أو الشبكات بشكل بديل أو إضافي.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3288,8 +3161,8 @@ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3302,14 +3175,13 @@ "\n" "<big>سياسة تشغيل CUPS</big> \n" "تعتبر سياسات التشغيل قواعد تُستخدم لكل عملية تشغيل في CUPS.\n" -"وتكون عمليات التشغيل هذه، على سبيل المثال، 'طباعة شيء ما' و'إلغاء عملية " -"طباعة'\n" +"وتكون عمليات التشغيل هذه، على سبيل المثال، 'طباعة شيء ما' و'إلغاء عملية طباعة'\n" "و'تكوين طابعة' و'تعديل تكوين طابعة أو إزالته'\n" "و'تمكين الطباعة أو تعطيلها'.\n" "" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" @@ -3329,8 +3201,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3352,13 +3223,12 @@ " \n" "سياسات الخطأ التالية موجودة: \n" "إيقاف الطابعة والاحتفاظ بالمهمة لإجراء المزيد من الطباعة. \n" -"إعادة إرسال المهمة من البداية بعد الانتظار لبعض الوقت (30 ثانية بشكل " -"افتراضي). \n" +"إعادة إرسال المهمة من البداية بعد الانتظار لبعض الوقت (30 ثانية بشكل افتراضي). \n" "إحباط المهمة وحذفها ومتابعة المهمة التالية.\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3390,8 +3260,8 @@ "وقبول القيم المحددة مسبقًا هناك.\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3415,8 +3285,7 @@ "<big>الإعداد التلقائي لطابعات USB</big> \n" "توفر حزمة RPM 'udev-configure-printer'\n" "إعدادًا تلقائيًا عند توصيل طابعات USB. \n" -"في حالة عدم تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، تكون الحزمة غير " -"مثبتة\n" +"في حالة عدم تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، تكون الحزمة غير مثبتة\n" "ومن ثم يمكنك تحديدها حتى يتم تثبيتها. \n" "عند تحديد خانة الاختيار الخاصة بها في البداية، فقد تم تثبيتها بالفعل\n" "، ومن ثم يمكنك إلغاء تحديدها حتى تتم إزالتها. \n" @@ -3430,109 +3299,107 @@ "باستثناء إذا ما قام أحد بتغيير ملف 70-printers.rules يدويًا.\n" "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "اعرض" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "م&حلي" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&بعيد" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التكوين" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "الموقع" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "افتراضي" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "ت&جديد القائمة" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "طباعة &صفحة اختبار" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "مطلوب برنامج CUPS خفي قيد التشغيل محليًا، ولكن يبدو أنه لا يمكن الوصول إليه.\n" -" تحقق مستخدمًا 'lpstat -h localhost -r' لمعرفة ما إذا كان يمكن الوصول إلى " -"cupsd محلي أم لا.\n" +" تحقق مستخدمًا 'lpstat -h localhost -r' لمعرفة ما إذا كان يمكن الوصول إلى cupsd محلي أم لا.\n" "يؤدي cupsd غير قابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من حالات الفشل.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3545,20 +3412,18 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "يبدو أن برنامج CUPS الخفي لا يستجيب على منفذ IANA IPP الرسمي (631).\n" -"تحقق مستخدمًا 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' من المكان الذي من خلاله يستمع له " -"برنامج cupsd الخفي بالفعل.\n" +"تحقق مستخدمًا 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' من المكان الذي من خلاله يستمع له برنامج cupsd الخفي بالفعل.\n" "يحدث هذا عند وجود الإعداد 'Listen ...:1234' أو 'Port 1234'\n" "(حيث يشير 1234 إلى أي رقم منفذ غير المنفذ الرسمي 631)\n" "في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (تحقق أيضًا إذا ما كان هناك 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" "لا تدعم وحدة طابعة YaST أي منفذ غير رسمي.\n" "يؤدي المنفذ غير الرسمي إلى حدوث سلسلة لا نهائية من الفشل.\n" "إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام\n" -"إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام لإعداد " -"الطابعات.\n" +"إذا كان يتعين عليك بالفعل استخدام منفذ غير رسمي، لا يمكنك استخدام لإعداد الطابعات.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3566,581 +3431,567 @@ "جارٍ تشغيل اختبارات متعددة فيما يتعلق بإمكانية وصول خادم CUPS...\n" "(قد يستغرق هذا بعض الوقت)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "هل لم تعد تستخدم خادم CUPS غير قابل للوصول '%1'؟" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "للمتابعة، يجب أن توافق على ألا يتم '%1' بعد." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "يؤدي الخادم غير القابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من التأخير والفشل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "خادم CUPS: %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "يتم الآن الاختبار إذا كان خادم CUPS قابلاً للوصول..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "حدد إدخالاً." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "يتعذر الحذف" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "هذا التكوين تكوين بعيد. ولا يمكن حذف إلا التكوينات المحلية." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "تأكيد الحذف" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "ييتم حذف التكوين المحدد في الحال ولا يمكن استعادته." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "حذف التكوين %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "عدم حذفه" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "تأكيد حذف فئة" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "لا يمكن إعادة إنشاء فئة محذوفة بهذه الأداة." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "لا يمكن طباعة صفحة الاختبار بسبب رفض مهام الطباعة." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "لا يمكن طباعة صفحة الاختبار بسبب تعطيل الطباعة." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "توجد مهام طباعة معلقة يتعين حذفها قبل طباعة صفحة الاختبار." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "حذف مهام الطباعة المعلقة لـ %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "حذفها قبل طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "طباعة صفحة الاختبار بعد المهام الأخرى" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "فشل حذف كافة مهام %1 المعلقة." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "نسخة مطبوعة للاختبار" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "طباعة صفحة واحدة أو اثنتين أي لاختبار الطباعة المزدوجة" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "صفحة اختبار واحد" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "صفحتا اختبار" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "فشلت طباعة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "الانتظار حتى انتهاء طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "صفحة الاختبار المرسلة إلى %1. ينبغي بدء الطباعة قريبًا." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "تمت طباعة صفحة الاختبار بنجاح" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "فشلت طباعة صفحة الاختبار" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "توجد مهام طباعة معلقة يتعين حذفها الآن." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "حذف كافة المهام المعلقة" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "عدم حذفها" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "للحصول على سجل كامل، راجع الملف /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"معلومات سجل CUPS أثناء معالجة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1 (باللغة الإنجليزية فقط)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "معلومات سجل CUPS أثناء معالجة صفحة الاختبار لـ %1 (باللغة الإنجليزية فقط)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "للحصول على معلومات سجل CUPS، راجع ملف /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "عند فشل الطباعة عن طريق نظام بعيد، يمكنك أن تسأل مسؤول النظام البعيد." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع إضافة تكوين." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "تعذر التعديل" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "هذا التكوين تكوين بعيد. ولا يمكن تعديل إلا التكوينات المحلية." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "إيقاف الطابعة والاحتفاظ بالمهمة لإجراء المزيد من الطباعة" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "إعادة إرسال المهمة بعد الانتظار بعض الوقت" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "إيقاف المهمة وحذفها ومتابعة المهمة التالية" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "تحديد سياسة الخ&طأ" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "&تطبيق سياسة الخطأ هذه على كافة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "تحديد س&ياسة التشغيل" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "تطبيق &سياسة التشغيل هذه على كافة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع سياسات إعداد النظام المحلي." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "فشل تطبيق السياسة على '%1'" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'DefaultPolicy %1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'ErrorPolicy %1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "فشل تطبيق الإعدادات على النظام." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "عدم قبول أي بلاغ طابعة" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "قبول جميع البلاغات من أي مكان" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "القبول من كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في الشبكة المحلية" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "القبول فقط من العناوين المحددة أدناه" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "استخدام CUPS للطباعة من خلال الشبكة" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&قبول بلاغات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "الإع&داد العام" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "عناوين IP الإضافية أو الشبك&ة/قناع الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&طلب معلومات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "أسماء خوادم CUPS المختارة أو عناوين &IP (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "ال&قيام بكافة مهام الطباعة مباشرة عبر خادم CUPS فردي واحد" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "اسم خادم CUPS فردي &واحد أو عنوان IP" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "اخت&بار الخادم" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "استخدام خادم طباعة أخرى أو استخدام طابعة شبكة مباشرةً" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "قد يرفض جدار الحماية بلاغات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "فيما يتعلق بإعداد جدار الحماية، راجع نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار هذا." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم خادم CUPS صالح." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بغرض النظر عن تعذر الوصول إلى '%1'؟" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." msgstr "يؤدي وجود خادم غير قابل للوصول إلى سلسلة لا نهائية من حالات الفشل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "تمت محاولة تعيين 'ServerName %1' في /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'ServerName %1' في /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل خانة الاختيار للقيام بكافة عمليات الطباعة عبر خادم CUPS واحد." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'تصفح على' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين قيم BrowseAllow‏ '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'BrowseAllow none' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "يجب إدخال اسم خادم CUPS واحد صالح على الأقل." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين قيم BrowsePoll‏ '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "فشل تعيين 'BrowsePoll none' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4148,172 +3999,167 @@ "أو بعد تعطيل 'طلب معلومات الطابعة من خوادم CUPS'،\n" "فإنه يستغرق عادةً 5 دقائق حتى تصل المعلومات بالفعل..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "يمكن الوصول إلى الخادم '%1' من المنفذ 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&رفض الوصول البعيد" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "ال&سماح بالوصول البعيد" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "توجد طرق متنوعة لتحديد أي الأجهزة المضيفة البعيدة مسموح بها:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "بالنسبة لأجهزة الكمبيوتر الموجودة على الشب&كة المحلية" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&نشر الطابعات داخل الشبكة المحلية" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "عبر واجهات الشبكة" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "واجهة" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "نشر الطابعات عبر هذه الواجهة" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "إ&ضافة" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "تح&رير" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "للشبكات أو عناوين IP المحددة" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "السماح بالوصول من عناوين IP هذه أو الشبك&ة/قناع الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "نشر إلى عناوين IP هذه أو عناوين ب&ث الشبكة (مفصولة بمسافة)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "ن&شر الطابعات بشكل افتراضي من خلال واجهة الشبكة أدناه." -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "واج&هات الشبكة المتاحة:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "قد يمنع جدار حماية الوصول البعيد" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'Listen localhost' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخالات 'Allow' من /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشلت إزالة إدخالات 'BrowseAddress' من /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين إدخالات 'Allow' '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين إدخالات 'BrowseAddress' '%1' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "فشل تعيين 'Listen *:631' في /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "يتعارض إعداد خادم CUPS البعيد مع مشاركة تكوينات الطابعة المحلية." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الطابعة" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network. \n" @@ -4325,15 +4171,15 @@ "لا يوجد دعم AutoYaST لقوائم انتظار الطباعة المحلية.\n" "" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "يتم الآن استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة......" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4341,265 +4187,263 @@ "يتم الآن استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة...\n" "(قد تستغرق هذه العملية أكثر من دقيقة واحدة)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات PPD." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "فشلت قراءة %1." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "تم استرداد معلومات برنامج تشغيل الطابعة" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الطابعات..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف الطابعات تلقائيًا." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "انتهى الكشف عن الطابعة" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف قوائم انتظار الطباعة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "فشل تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل لقائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الطابعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "إنهاء تكوين الطابعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "إنهاء تكوين الطابعة" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنهاء تكوين الطابعة..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." msgstr "تعذر إظهار قوائم انتظار الطباعة (فشل اكتشاف قوائم انتظار الطباعة)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "محلي" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "فئة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "بعيد" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "جاهز" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة، تم تعطيل الطباعة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "يتم الآن رفض مهام الطباعة" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "لا توجد أية قائمة انتظار طباعة" -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "فشل الاكتشاف التلقائي للطابعات." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "لا توجد اتصالات." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "حاول 'كشف المزيد' أو استخدام 'معالج الاتصال'." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات برامج تشغيل الطابعة." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "اختر اتصالاً، وسوف تظهر برامج التشغيل المتطابقة هنا." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "تحديد برامج تشغيل الطابعة المطابقة..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم العثور على أي برنامج تشغيل مطابق. غيّر سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على " -"المزيد'." +msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي برنامج تشغيل مطابق. غيّر سلسلة البحث أو حاول 'العثور على المزيد'." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "تتم الآن معالجة العديد من برامج تشغيل الطابعة. الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "فشلت إضافة قائمة الانتظار %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "فشل حذف التكوين %1." -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "فشل تحديد خيارات برنامج التشغيل." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "قيمة محفوظة" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "الملقم'" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4613,9 +4457,9 @@ "أو إذا لم يُسمح لعملية YaST بالوصول إلى العرض الرسومي.\n" "وفي هذه الحالة ينبغي تشغيل hp-setup يدويًا مباشرةً كمستخدم 'مسؤول'.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4625,22 +4469,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup غير قابل للتنفيذ\n" "أو غير موجود.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "بدأ تشغيل hp-setup.\n" "يجب إنهاء hp-setup قبل متابعة تكوين الطابعة.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4648,102 +4491,99 @@ "لتشغيل hp-setup، يجب تثبيت hplip لحزمة RPM.\n" "استخدم 'حزم برنامج التشغيل' لتثبيتها." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "الحزمة المطلوبة %1 غير مثبَّتة ولا يتوفر أي مخزن حزم." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1 وهي غير متوفرة في المخزن." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الحزمة %1؟" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "قد تؤدي إزالة الحزمة %1 إلى تعطيل التبعيات." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة %1 بغض النظر عن تعطيل التبعيات؟" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." msgstr "يؤدي تعطيل التبعيات إلى وجود محاولات فاشلة بشكلٍ عشوائي في أي مكان." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "فشلت إزالة الحزمة %1." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "يستلزم وجود برنامج محرك CUPS يتم تشغيله محليًا." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "فشل بدء برنامج محرك CUPS" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "لا يوجد برنامج محرك CUPS يتم تشغيله محليًا قابل للوصول." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "فشل تمكين بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS أثناء تشغيل النظام" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "أعد تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "يعطل إعادة التشغيل كافة مهام الطباعة النشطة حاليًا." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "فشل بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4751,44 +4591,44 @@ "تمت إعادة تشغيل برنامج المحرك CUPS.\n" "انتظر نصف دقيقة ليكون برنامج المحرك CUPS جاهزًا للعمل...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "تمكين بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS أثناء تشغيل النظام" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "لا يتم بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك CUPS في الوقت الحالي أثناء تشغيل النظام." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "إيقاف برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "يعطل إيقاف التشغيل كافة مهام الطباعة النشطة حاليًا." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "لا يزال برنامج المحرك CUPS الذي يتم تشغيله محليًا قابلاً للوصول." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "خادم CUPS '%1' غير قابل للوصول." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث ملفات التكوين..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "تخط&ي الانتظار" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/product-creator.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "تكوين منشئ نُسخ المحتويات" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,207 +32,207 @@ "فشل تثبيت الحزم\n" "المطلوبة." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "تكوين Kiwi" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "طباعة التكوينات الموجودة" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO للتثبيت" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "إنشاء تكوين المنتج الجديد" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "حذف التكوين الموجود" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "تحرير التكوين الموجود" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "إظهار ملخص التكوين المحدد" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "اسم التكوين" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "مطلوب إدخال عبارة مرور GPG لتوقيع المصدر." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "مطلوب إدخال الملف المحتوي على عبارة مرور GPG لتوقيع المصدر" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف التكوين (الملف الافتراضي هو %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "يجب أن تكون المخرجات في شكل نسخة محتويات ISO بدلاً من هيكل الدليل" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "اسم نسخة محتويات ISO للمخرجات" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "نسخ الملفات المطلوبة فقط لتوفير مساحة" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف AutoYaST" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "نسخ ملف تعريف AutoYaST إلى نسخة محتويات القرص المضغوط" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "معرف مفتاح GPG المستخدَم في توقيع المنتج" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "قائمة مخازن الحزم (تفصل بينها فواصل)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "اسم التكوين مفقود." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "التكوين %1 غير موجود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج مفقود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "قائمة مخازن الحزم فارغة." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "المسار إلى ملف تعريف AutoYaST مفقود." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحميل التكوين %1..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "تعذر تحميل التكوين %1." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO %1." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "تمت كتابة نسخة محتويات ISO %1." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون حقل اسم التكوين فارغًا." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "مصدر الحزمة" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "استخدام ملف تعريف AutoYaST %1" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO %1/%2" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "إنشاء هيكل الدليل في %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "توقيع الوسيط رقميًا باستخدام مفتاح GPG %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "لن يتم توقيع الوسيطة رقميًا" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -244,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "تعذر على Kiwi إنشاء نسخ محتويات لهياكل مختلفة." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "المنتج" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "مفتاح GPG" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO مباشرة" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "إن&شاء منتج..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "هيكل الدليل" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "إن&شاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" @@ -328,108 +328,108 @@ "إنشاء بنية الدليل لنسخة محتويات ISO الجديدة.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." msgstr "اضغط التالي لبدء إنشاء ملف ISO." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "إنشاء البنية باستخدام الملفات العامة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "نسخ الملفات الإضافية والمخصصة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم المحددة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "إنشاء البنية باستخدام الملفات الأساسية" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ الملفات الإضافية والمخصصة إلى هيكل الدليل..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "نسخ الحزم المحددة" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "توقيع المصدر باستخدام مفتاح GPG" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "يتم الآن توقيع المصدر باستخدام مفتاح GPG..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "تعطيل التحقق من التوقيع في linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل التحقق من التوقيع في linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء دليل نُسخ محتويات ISO..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء إنشاء البنية." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "دليل نُسخ محتويات ISO جاهز" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء نسخة محتويات القرص المضغوط..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "قد يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ملخص ISO" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "الحزم المفقودة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ "تحقق من البيانات الموجودة في مربع الملخص ثم\n" "اضغط إنهاء للعودة إلى مربع الحوار الرئيسي.\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "الأقراص المضغوطة المخصصة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "Verifying data and packages...\n" " \n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ " \n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.\n" @@ -462,164 +462,158 @@ "قم بإصلاح المشكلة، ثم حاول مرة أخرى.\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "إعداد مصدر الحزمة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "إنشاء قائمة الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "التحقق من توفر الحزم" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "فحص الوجهة" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين مصدر الحزمة..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قائمة الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص الوجهة..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "التحقق من بيانات نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين المصادر..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الحزم..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من دليل الوجهة..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." msgstr "البدء في إنشاء تكوين نسخة محتويات جديد باستخدام إضافة." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"استخدم تحرير لتغيير تكوين نسخة المحتويات المحددة أو إنشاء نسخة " -"المحتويات." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "استخدم تحرير لتغيير تكوين نسخة المحتويات المحددة أو إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." msgstr "حذف الدليل باستخدام التكوين المحدد عن طريق تحديد حذف." -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "يتم حفظ كافة تكوينات نُسخ المحتويات في الدليل <tt>%1</tt>." -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ نُسخ المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف التكوين %1 (%2) الآن؟" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "تشغيل" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "إيقاف تشغيل" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "نظرة عامة على تكوين منشئ المنتجات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "&موقع ملف التعريف:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ت&حديد الملف" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "نسخ ملف التعريف إلى نسخة محتويات ال&قرص المضغوط" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "مدير الح&زم" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "ملف &تحكم AutoYaST" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "اسم الت&كوين:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "أدخل اسم التكوين." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -627,88 +621,88 @@ "يوجد بالفعل تكوين بهذا الاسم.\n" " حدد اسمًا جديدًا.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "" "الملف '%1' غير موجود.\n" "اختر ملفًا صحيحًا." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "تحديد الملف" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "الإخراج:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "الم&سار إلى هيكل الدليل الذي تم إنشاؤه:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "ت&حديد الدليل" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "إن&شاء ملف نسخة محتويات ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "ملف نس&خة محتويات ISO:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "إنشاء &هيكل الدليل فقط" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "خيارات أخرى" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "نسخ الملفات المطلوبة فقط لتوفير مساحة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "ناشر القرص المضغوط:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "مُعِد القرص المضغوط:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "تحديد الدليل" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "المسار إلى هيكل الدليل الذي تم إنشاؤه مفقود." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -718,56 +712,56 @@ " الهيكل الأساسي الحالي (%2).\n" "هل تريد تغيير الهيكل الأساسي؟\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "تحديد المصدر" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "محدد" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "عنوان URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "إنشاء &جديد..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "الهيكل الأساسي: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "حدد مصدرًا واحدًا على الأقل." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -781,62 +775,61 @@ "إما أن تقوم بتحديد مستودع مختلف أو\n" "أن تقوم بتغيير الهيكل المستهدف.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "حدد الهيكل الأساسي الجديد." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "تحديد المصدر الأساسي" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "المصدر الأساسي المحدد" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "محتويات الملف: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "تحميل الملف" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة البيانات من قاعدة بيانات الحزم..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات الحزم..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -845,15 +838,15 @@ "مزيد من التحديدات والحزم الإضافية.\n" "" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "تحديد البرنامج" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -863,80 +856,74 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "&توقيع المنتج رقميًا في الوسيط" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>توقيع</big> \n" -"لإتاحة الفرصة للمستخدمين للتحقق من المنتج الخاص بك، قم بتوقيعه باستخدام " -"مفتاح GPG. \n" +"لإتاحة الفرصة للمستخدمين للتحقق من المنتج الخاص بك، قم بتوقيعه باستخدام مفتاح GPG. \n" "يتم التحقق من هذا المفتاح عند إضافة المنتج كمخزن." -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" "إذا لم يتم توقيع المنتج، فيقوم Yast تلقائيًا بإضافة الخيار 'غير آمن:\n" -"1' إلى ملف تكوين linuxrc، وإلا سيرفض linuxrc تحميل نظام تثبيت لم يتم توقيعه " -"عند التشغيل. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات." +"1' إلى ملف تكوين linuxrc، وإلا سيرفض linuxrc تحميل نظام تثبيت لم يتم توقيعه عند التشغيل. انظر http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc لمزيد من المعلومات." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "توقيع المنتج في الوسيط" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "ملخص التكوين" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1 حزمة (حزم) محددة" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "الهيكل" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "دليل الإخراج" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2 " msgstr "إنشاء هيكل الدليل في %1/%2 " -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "توقيع" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "توقيع الوسيط رقميًا باستخدام مفتاح GPG %1%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" @@ -944,8 +931,8 @@ "تحقق من صحة البيانات الواردة في الملخص ثم اضغط \"التالي\" للمتابعة.\n" "\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -955,40 +942,37 @@ "إضافة إدخالات إضافية لقائمة التشغيل مع بعض خيارات التشغيل.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "على سبيل المثال، \n" "قم بتكوين القرص المضغوط الخاص بعمليات التثبيت التلقائية وحدد\n" -"موقع مصدر التثبيت. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، اترك الملف بدون تغييرات وسيتم استخدام " -"الملف الأصلي.\n" +"موقع مصدر التثبيت. إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، اترك الملف بدون تغييرات وسيتم استخدام الملف الأصلي.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>تهيئة التكوين</big>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>حفظ التكوين</big>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1000,8 +984,8 @@ "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -1011,8 +995,8 @@ "يمكنك إلقاء نظرة عامة على التكوينات المتاحة. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير هذه التكوينات. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Configuration:</big> \n" "Press Add to create a new configuration." @@ -1020,8 +1004,8 @@ "<big>إضافة تكوين:</big> \n" "اضغط إضافة لإنشاء تكوين جديد." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1031,8 +1015,8 @@ "اختر أحد التكوينات لتغييره أو لإزالته.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك تحرير أو حذف حسب الحاجة.\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." @@ -1040,21 +1024,17 @@ "استخدم إنشاء منتج لإنشاء نُسخ محتويات ISO أو دليل مستودع\n" "التثبيت مع المنتج المحدد." -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"اضغطإنشاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI لإجراء تكوين إضافي لأنواع " -"مختلفة\n" -"من نُسخ المحتويات، مثل وسائط Live أو نُسخ محتويات Xen، وذلك باستخدام نظام نُسخ " -"محتويات KIWI." +"اضغطإنشاء نسخة محتويات باستخدام KIWI لإجراء تكوين إضافي لأنواع مختلفة\n" +"من نُسخ المحتويات، مثل وسائط Live أو نُسخ محتويات Xen، وذلك باستخدام نظام نُسخ محتويات KIWI." -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Name and Packages</big> \n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1064,8 +1044,8 @@ "اختر اسم تكوين والطريقة التي تريد بها تحديد الحزم \n" "المطلوب إضافتها إلى نسخة محتويات ISO. \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "AutoYaST Profile\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1075,8 +1055,8 @@ "حدد ملف تعريف AutoYaST الذي يحتوي على تكوين البرامج.\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Software Manager\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1092,8 +1072,8 @@ "بإنشاء هذا القرص المضغوط لها.\n" "\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<big>Select Package Sources</big> \n" "Select at least one package source. \n" @@ -1101,29 +1081,25 @@ "<big>تحديد مصادر الحزمة</big> \n" "حدد مصدر حزمة واحدًا على الأقل. \n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الهيكل الأساسي</big> \n" "من الممكن إنشاء منتج لهيكل مختلف عن\n" "هيكل الجهاز الذي تعمل عليه.\n" "يجب أن تدعم كل المستودعات المحددة الهيكل الأساسي. \n" -"ملحوظة: لا يدعم KIWI الهياكل المختلفة حتى الآن، لا تقم بتغيير الهيكل " -"إذا كنت\n" +"ملحوظة: لا يدعم KIWI الهياكل المختلفة حتى الآن، لا تقم بتغيير الهيكل إذا كنت\n" "تنوي إنشاء نسخة محتويات KIWI من التكوين الحالي.\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>ISO Directory and Image</big> \n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1137,8 +1113,8 @@ "على القرص.\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1148,8 +1124,8 @@ "لإنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO في وقت لاحق.\n" "\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1159,36 +1135,31 @@ "إلى البنية. \n" "\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "The Base Product" msgstr "المنتج الأساسي" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" "يجب تحديد أحد المخازن المستخدمة كمنتج أساسي. يجب أن يكون\n" "مخزن المنتج الأساسي قابلاً للتشغيل للتأكد أن المنتج الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثًا\n" "قابلاً للتشغيل أيضًا.\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." msgstr "سيتم استخدام المخازن الأخرى كوظائف إضافية للمخزن الأساسي." -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1196,43 +1167,43 @@ "المنتج الأساسي. إذا كانت القيمة المقترحة خاطئة، فحدد\n" "المستودع الأساسي الصحيح من القائمة.\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "حزم نسخة المحتويات" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "حزم Xen الخاصة" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "الأنماط" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "ال&برامج التي تم تجاهلها" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "الحزم التي يجب تضمينها في صورة محتويات التشغيل" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1242,73 +1213,73 @@ "للتثبيت في قائمة الحذف.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة على أية حال؟" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب حذفها" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "اختبار" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "نسخة المحتويات، ملف التعريف %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "تضمين في صورة محتويات التشغيل" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "إضافة مستخدم جديد" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "اسم الد&خول" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "ا&لاسم بالكامل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئي&سي" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "اسم المجموعة&" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "معرف& المجموعة" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "تحرير بيانات المستخدم" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1316,117 +1287,111 @@ "كلمتا السر غير متطابقين.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "الدليل المطلوب استيراده" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "البرنامج النصي المطلوب استيراده" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل root" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل config" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف images.sh" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "لم يتم تطبيق الميزة بعد." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "جارٍ التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "الحزم المفقودة" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "لا تتوفر هذه الحزم من القسم '%1' في المستودعات المحددة:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"يمكنك إما إزالة الحزم من القسم، أو التحقق من تحديد الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل " -"هذا الموقف.\n" +"يمكنك إما إزالة الحزم من القسم، أو التحقق من تحديد الحزم بشكل مفصل أو تجاهل هذا الموقف.\n" "\n" -"ينتج عن الذهاب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقبول العرض دون أي تغيير حدوث إزالة " -"أو حدوث مشكلات في الحزم في القسم.\n" +"ينتج عن الذهاب إلى خيارات الحزم المفصلة وقبول العرض دون أي تغيير حدوث إزالة أو حدوث مشكلات في الحزم في القسم.\n" "\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "إزالة الحزم" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "التحقق من تحديد الحزم" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "تجاهل" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "إلغاء الأمر" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات ISO الآن؟" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات Xen الآن؟" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري الآن؟" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1436,8 +1401,8 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1447,8 +1412,8 @@ "%1\n" ".\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1458,15 +1423,15 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "هل تريد إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الآن؟" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1476,568 +1441,483 @@ "%1\n" "." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة تكوين نسخة المحتويات الحالية..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "تكوين نسخة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "البرامج المثبَّتة" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "المستخدمون" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "البرامج النصية" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "تم تعطيل تحرير الملفات التالية للإعدادات المستوردة من Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "الدلائل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "ض&غط" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "حدد قيمة ضغط نسخة المحتويات. ويترتب على ذلك تعديل قيمة\n" "الإشارات لنوع نسخة المحتويات. راجع دليل kiwi لشرح القيم المتوفرة." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "تحديد ال&برنامج" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "ت&غيير..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "Adapt the software selection with Change." msgstr "قم بتهيئة تحديد البرامج باستخدام تغيير." -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة إلى البرامج التي تم تجاهلها، قم بإدراج كل مُدخل (مثل " -"'smtp_daemon') في سطر جديد." +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "بالنسبة إلى البرامج التي تم تجاهلها، قم بإدراج كل مُدخل (مثل 'smtp_daemon') في سطر جديد." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "الح&زم المطلوب حذفها" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"يمثل كل إدخال من الحزم المطلوب حذفها اسم حزمة مطلوب إلغاء تثبيتها " -"من نسخة المحتويات الهدف." +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "يمثل كل إدخال من الحزم المطلوب حذفها اسم حزمة مطلوب إلغاء تثبيتها من نسخة المحتويات الهدف." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "Enter the Version of your image configuration." msgstr "أدخل الإصدار الخاص بتكوين نسخة المحتويات." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "ال&حجم" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "قم بتعيين حجم الصورة باستخدام الوحدة المحددة.\n" -"إذا تم تحديد الخيار قابل للإضافة، يختلف معنى الحجم بحيث يصبح " -"الحد الأدنى للمساحة الخالية المتاحة على الصورة." +"إذا تم تحديد الخيار قابل للإضافة، يختلف معنى الحجم بحيث يصبح الحد الأدنى للمساحة الخالية المتاحة على الصورة." -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ال&وحدة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "قابل للإضافة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "تشفير صورة باستخدام LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS وقم " -"بإدخال كلمة السر." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "لإنشاء نظام ملفات مشفرة، راجع تشفير الصورة باستخدام LUKS وقم بإدخال كلمة السر." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "كلمة سرر LUKS لإحدى الصورالمشفرة" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"تحرير النصوص البرمجية للتكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك." -"" +msgstr "تحرير النصوص البرمجية للتكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك." -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"الإشارة إلى دلائل التكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك." +msgstr "الإشارة إلى دلائل التكوين المستخدمة في إنشاء نسخة المحتويات الخاصة بك." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على ت&كوين النظام" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"حدد المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام (الدليل <tt>root</" -"tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</" -"tt>." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "حدد المسار إلى الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>." -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى الدليل" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"قم بتكوين الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). " -"يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>.</" -"p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "قم بتكوين الدليل المحتوي على تكوين النظام (الدليل <tt>root</tt>). يتم نسخ الدليل بالكامل إلى جذر هيكل نسخة المحتويات باستخدام <tt>cp -a</tt>." -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "المسار إلى الملف" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"قم بتكوين الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية (الدليل <tt>config</tt>). " -"يحتوي هذا الدليل على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم نُسخ " -"المحتويات." +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "قم بتكوين الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية (الدليل <tt>config</tt>). يحتوي هذا الدليل على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت كافة حزم نُسخ المحتويات." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "برنامج نصي مخصص لبناء Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "استي&راد..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي لتكوين نس&خة المحتويات" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"قم بتحرير البرنامج النصي لتكوين نسخة المحتويات، والمسمى <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في نهاية عملية التثبيت، ولكن قبل تشغيل " -"البرامج النصية للحزم." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "قم بتحرير البرنامج النصي لتكوين نسخة المحتويات، والمسمى <tt>config.sh</tt>. يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في نهاية عملية التثبيت، ولكن قبل تشغيل البرامج النصية للحزم." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "الم&سار إلى الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"يحتوي الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية الاختياري (الدليل<tt>config</" -"tt>) على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت حزم نُسخ المحتويات." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "يحتوي الدليل المحتوي على برامج نصية الاختياري (الدليل<tt>config</tt>) على البرامج النصية التي يتم تشغيلها بعد تثبيت حزم نُسخ المحتويات." -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "است&عراض..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي للتن&ظيف" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"قم بتحرير البرنامج النصي للتنظيف (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل " -"هذا البرنامج النصي في بداية عملية إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "قم بتحرير البرنامج النصي للتنظيف (<tt>images.sh</tt>). يتم تشغيل هذا البرنامج النصي في بداية عملية إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "اس&تيراد..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "ال&مؤلف:" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"قم بتعيين قيم المؤلف لنسخة المحتويات ومعلومات جهة الاتصال " -"ومواصفات نسخة المحتويات." +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "قم بتعيين قيم المؤلف لنسخة المحتويات ومعلومات جهة الاتصال ومواصفات نسخة المحتويات." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "ج&هة الاتصال" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "الموا&صفات" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "الإع&دادات المحلية" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"تحدد قيمة الإعدادات المحلية ‏(مثل <tt>en_US</tt>) محتويات متغير " -"RC_LANG في ‏<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.‏" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "تحدد قيمة الإعدادات المحلية ‏(مثل <tt>en_US</tt>) محتويات متغير RC_LANG في ‏<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.‏" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ت&خطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"يقوم تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بتحديد اسم خريطة لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم " -"المطلوب استخدامها. وتقابل القيمة ملف خريطة يوجد في <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>." +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "يقوم تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بتحديد اسم خريطة لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم المطلوب استخدامها. وتقابل القيمة ملف خريطة يوجد في <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة ال&زمنية" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"من الممكن أيضا تعيين منطقة زمنيةمعينة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية " -"المتاحة في الدليل <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "من الممكن أيضا تعيين منطقة زمنيةمعينة. وتقع المناطق الزمنية المتاحة في الدليل <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." msgstr "إنشاء المستخدمين اللذين ينبغي أن يكونوا متاحين في النظام الهدف." -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "اسم الدخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "اسم كامل" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئيسي" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "معرف المجموعة" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"حدد لكل مستخدم الاسم وكلمة السر والدليل الرئيسي " -"والمجموعة\n" +"حدد لكل مستخدم الاسم وكلمة السر والدليل الرئيسي والمجموعة\n" "التي ينتمي إليها المستخدمون.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "تكوين القرص المضغوط الحي" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "تكوين نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "إن&شاء ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "إ&نشاء نسخة محتويات Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "إن&شاء نسخة محتويات القرص الظاهري" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"أدخل اسم تكوين نسخة البيانات. قم بإجراء التكوين الجديد استنادًا إلى القالب " -"من القائمة أو إلى الدليل المحتوي على التكوين الموجود." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "أدخل اسم تكوين نسخة البيانات. قم بإجراء التكوين الجديد استنادًا إلى القالب من القائمة أو إلى الدليل المحتوي على التكوين الموجود." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "ضع قوالب التكوين المخصص ضمن دليل <tt>%1</tt>." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "Choose the Image Type which should be created." msgstr "اختر نوع نسخة المحتويات التي يجب إنشاؤها." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." msgstr "حدد دليل الإخراج لنسخة المحتويات التي تم إنشاؤها." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"قم بتعديل قائمة مخازن الحزم التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء نسخة " -"المحتويات. استخدم إضافة من النظام لإضافة أحد مخازن النظام الحالية." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "قم بتعديل قائمة مخازن الحزم التي سيتم استخدامها لإنشاء نسخة المحتويات. استخدم إضافة من النظام لإضافة أحد مخازن النظام الحالية." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." msgstr "اضغط التالي لمتابعة التكوين." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات تشغيل الشبكة" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "نسخة محتويات OEM" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "لا يحتوي الدليل المحدد على وصف صحيح لتكوين النظام." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "يتم الآن استيراد المخازن..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1، الإصدار %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "&صورة معمارية 32 بت" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "الهدف هو i586 فقط" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "&تكوين Kiwi" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "إنشاء من جديد" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "على أساس القالب" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "على أساس التكوين الموجود" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "ا&ختيار..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "نوع نس&خة المحتويات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "&دليل الإخراج" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "مخزن الحزم" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "&إضافة من النظام" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "تحضير نسخة البيانات" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2045,13 +1925,13 @@ "لا يمكن البحث عن مستودعات SLP\n" "بدون تثبيت الحزمة %1.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "المسار إلى دليل الإخراج" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2059,18 +1939,18 @@ "التكوين الذي له الاسم \"%1\" موجود بالفعل.\n" "اختر تكوينًا آخر." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "أدخل المسار إلى دليل الإخراج." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "حدد مخزن حزم واحدًا على الأقل." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2084,22 +1964,22 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة على أية حال؟" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "المسار للدليل لتخزين ملفات السجل" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "اسم ملف المخرجات القياسي" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "خطأ في اسم ملف المخرجات" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2107,106 +1987,106 @@ "الملف %1 موجود بالفعل.\n" " هل تريد الكتابة فوقه؟" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "فشلت إزالة دليل chroot القديم." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "التحضير لإنشاء نسخة محتويات" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "حف&ظ السجل" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "فشل إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "إنشاء نسخة محتويات" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "تم إنشاء نسخة المحتويات بنجاح." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "فشل إنشاء نسخة المحتويات." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "قراءة التكوين" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة التكوين." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين منشئ المنتج" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الإعدادات" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء كتابة الإعدادات." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين ..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "بدون ملفات" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2214,14 +2094,14 @@ "تعذرت قراءة الدليل %1\n" "من المصدر %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة ملف التحكم." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2229,8 +2109,8 @@ "تعذرت إضافة مفتاح GPG %1 إلى initrd\n" "%2.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2238,8 +2118,8 @@ "الخطأ: تعذر توقيع المصدر رقميًا.\n" "هل تريد المحاولة مرة أخرى؟\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2247,18 +2127,18 @@ "لم يتم العثور على هذه المصادر:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إزالة الدليل الوجهة %1؟" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "الوجهة %1 موجودة بالفعل." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2266,25 +2146,25 @@ "الدليل الوجهة موجود أو يكون ملفًا. \n" "هل تريد إزالة الدليل %1؟" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من توفر الحزم..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "لا تتوفر %1 حزمة (حزم)." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "يتم الآن نسخ %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2292,7 +2172,7 @@ "تعذر إنزال الحزمة %1\n" " من المصدر %2.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/proxy.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "لا تتوفر أية تفاصيل." -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "الت&فاصيل <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "الت&فاصيل >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "رمز خطأ غير معروف" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل %1.\n" "الرمز المرجع للوكيل: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,55 +57,52 @@ "حدث خطأ غير معروف أثناء اختبار وكيل %1.\n" "الرمز المرجع للوكيل: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار الإعدادات الحالية للوكيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل HTTP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل HTTPS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء اختبار وكيل FTP." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "إعدادات الوكيل تعمل بشكل صحيح." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الوكيل" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "ضبط إعدادات وكيل (التخزين المؤقت) للإنترنت هنا.\n" -"ملاحظة: من المستحسن عمومًا إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات نافذة " -"المفعول،\n" +"ملاحظة: من المستحسن عمومًا إعادة تسجيل الدخول لتصبح الإعدادات نافذة المفعول،\n" "لكن في بعض الحالات قد يسجل التطبيق الإعدادات الجديدة فورًا. الرجاء تحقق مما \n" " يدعمه التطبيق الخاص بك (مستعرض ويب، عميل ftp،...)." -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" @@ -113,23 +110,22 @@ "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول\n" "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول الآمن\n" "إلى شبكة الإنترنت العالمية (WWW).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" msgstr "مثال: http://proxy.example.com:3128/?" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." @@ -137,8 +133,8 @@ "عنوان URL لوكيل FTP هو اسم الخادم الوكيل للوصول\n" "إلى خدمات نقل الملفات (FTP)." -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -148,8 +144,8 @@ "عنوان URL وكيل HTTP. وسيتم استخدامه لكل البروتوكولات\n" "(HTTP وHTTPS وFTP).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -159,21 +155,19 @@ "التي يجب تقديم الطلبات الخاصة بها مباشرةً بدون تخزين مؤقت،\n" " مثل %1.\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت تستخدم خادم وكيل بتصريح\n" -"أدخل اسم مستخدم الوكيل وكلمة مرور الوكيل. يتكون اسم المستخدم " -"الصالح\n" +"أدخل اسم مستخدم الوكيل وكلمة مرور الوكيل. يتكون اسم المستخدم الصالح\n" "من أحرف ASCII القابلة للطباعة فقط (باستثناء علامات الاقتباس).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" @@ -181,61 +175,61 @@ "اضغط اختبار إعدادات الوكيل ليتم اختبار\n" "التكوين الحالي لوكيل HTTP ووكيل HTTPS ووكيل FTP. \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "ت&مكين الوكيل" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الوكيل" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "&عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لوكيل HTTPS" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "عن&وان URL لوكيل FTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "استخدام نفس الوكيل ل&كافة البروتوكولات" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "&بدون مجالات وكيل" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "تصديق الوكيل" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "اسم مست&خدم الوكيل" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "كلمة &سر الوكيل" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "اختبار إعدادا&ت الوكيل" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -243,7 +237,7 @@ "الوكيل ممكَّن، لكنه لم يتم تحديد عنوان URL للوكيل.\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذه الإعدادات بالفعل؟" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -255,43 +249,43 @@ "في ملف نص عادي يمكن قراءته حول العالم.\n" "هل ترغب حقًا في استخدام هذه الإعدادات؟" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "لا يمكنك إدخال كلمة سر مع ترك حقل اسم المستخدم فارغًا." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل HTTP على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل HTTPS على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "عنوان URL لوكيل FTP غير صالح." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي عنوان URL لوكيل FTP على مواصفة مخطط (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -307,141 +301,140 @@ "* اسم مضيف مؤهل بالكامل‏\n" "* اسم مجال يبدأ بالبادئة '.'" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "حالة تكوين الوكيل" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "تمكين إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "تعطيل إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات الحالية للوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "تعيين التصديق للوكيل" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "إظهار ملخص الإعدادات الحالية" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل HTTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل HTTPS" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "تعيين وكيل FTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "مسح كافة الخيارات المعروضة" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "تعيين مجالات لعدم استخدام إعدادات الوكيل" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "اسم المستخدم المطلوب استخدامه لتصديق الوكيل" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "كلمة السر المطلوب استخدامها لتصديق الوكيل" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "تم حفظ تكوين الوكيل بنجاح" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"من المستحسن إعادة تسجيل الدخول لجعل إعدادات الوكيل الجديدة نافذة المفعول." +msgstr "من المستحسن إعادة تسجيل الدخول لجعل إعدادات الوكيل الجديدة نافذة المفعول." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "تحديث تكوين الوكيل" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الوكيل" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث تكوين الوكيل..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "تم تعطيل الوكيل." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين الوكيل." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل HTTP: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل HTTPS: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "وكيل FTP: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/registration.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "الاتصال بخادم التسجيل" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "القيود" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "استخدم '%s' بدلاً من الوحدة النمطية YaST." -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "تم التسجيل بنجاح." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "فشل اكتشاف SLP، وتعذر العثور على أي خادم" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "تنزيل شهادة SSL" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "استيراد شهادة SSL" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "جارٍ تسجيل %s..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "تسجيل المنتج" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "تشغيل التسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "تخطي التسجيل أثناء التثبيت التلقائي" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "تم تكوين رمز التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "تثبيت التحديثات المتوفرة" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "خادم التسجيل" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL الخادم: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "استخدام اكتشاف SLP" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "عنوان URL لشهادة خادم SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "بصمة شهادة SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الملحقات والوحدات النمطية" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "خطأ في الاتصال الآمن" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "التفاصيل:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "تفاصيل الشهادة التي فشلت" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "تم الإصدار إلى" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "الاسم العام (CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "المؤسسة (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "وحدة المؤسسة (OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "تم الإصدار من قِبل" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "الصلاحية" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "تاريخ الإصدار: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "تحذير: لم تصبح الشهادة صالحة بعد!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "تحذير: انتهت صلاحية الشهادة!" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "الرقم المسلسل: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "بصمة SHA1: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "بصمة SHA256: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "مهلة الاتصال." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "تأكد من أن خادم التسجيل يمكن الوصول إليه و\n" "الاتصال موثوق فيه." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "التحقق من أن هذا النظام معروف لخادم التسجيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "فقط انتظر عدة دقائق بعد تسجيل الدخول وبعد ذلك أعد محاولة \n" "التحديث مرة أخرى." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "فشل الاتصال بخادم التسجيل." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "خطأ في عميل التسجيل." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "حدث خطأ في خادم التسجيل.‏\n" "أعد محاولة التسجيل لاحقًا." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "لا تتوافق شهادة SSL المستلمة مع الشهادة المتوقعة." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "التفاصيل: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -299,23 +299,23 @@ "الرجاء إصلاح مشكلة الشهادة يدويًا والتأكد من إمكانية\n" "توصيل الملقم وبدء الوحدة النمطية YaST مرة أخرى." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "استيراد شهادة SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "جارٍ استيراد شهادة '%s'..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "خطأ في الاتصال الآمن: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ "تأكد من تثبيت أحدث منتج يدعم بروتوكول\n" " التسجيل الجديد على الخادم." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "عنوان URL غير صالح." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -343,17 +343,17 @@ "لم يتم تكوين الشبكة، لا يمكن الوصول إلى خادم التسجيل.\n" "هل تريد تكوين الشبكة الآن؟" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "حدث خطأ في الشبكة. تحقق من تكوين الشبكة." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ تخزين تكوين التسجيل..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ "لم يتم العثور على المنتج الأساسي.\n" "تحقق من النظام." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "وسيط التثبيت أو المثبت ذاته معطل بشكل خطير.\n" "الرجاء إرسال تقرير بالخطأ على %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -378,56 +378,56 @@ "تأكد من أن المنتج مثبت وأن /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" " هو ارتباط رمزي يشير إلى ملف .prod الخاص بالمنتج الأساسي." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "جارٍ تسجيل النظام..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "جارٍ التحديث إلى %s ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "جارٍ مزامنة المنتجات..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل منتجات الترحيل..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "تسجيل الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "جارٍ تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية." -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -436,8 +436,8 @@ "\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ "هل تريد تمكين تلك المستودعات أثناء التثبيت \n" "لتلقي آخر التحديثات؟" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -455,15 +455,15 @@ "هل تريد تمكين تلك المستودعات أثناء الترقية \n" "لتلقي آخر التحديثات؟" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "الشهادة:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -475,42 +475,42 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تخطي المخزن أم إيقافه؟" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "منتج غير معروف" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ تكوين المخزن." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل تحديث الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ الخدمة '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "فشل تجديد الخدمة '%s'." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -518,30 +518,30 @@ "يتعذر العثور على المنتج البعيد %s.\n" "يتعذر تسجيل المنتج." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "هل تريد الإيقاف بالفعل؟" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية الترخيص" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال التراخيص..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "جارٍ إنزال اتفاقية الترخيص..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -551,319 +551,289 @@ "%s\n" "." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "اتفاقية ترخيص %s" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "رموز تسجيل الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "أدخل رموز التسجيل للملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية المطلوبة.\n" -"يجب إدخال رموز التسجيل لإتمام التسجيل بنجاح. وإذا لم تتمكن من توفير رمز " -"تسجيل، فارجع ثم قم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية." +"يجب إدخال رموز التسجيل لإتمام التسجيل بنجاح. وإذا لم تتمكن من توفير رمز تسجيل، فارجع ثم قم بإلغاء تحديد الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية." -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "يتطلب الملحق الذي حددته رمز تسجيل منفصلاً." msgstr[1] "تتطلب الملحقات التي حددتها رموز تسجيل منفصلة." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "أدخل رمز التسجيل في الحقل أدناه." msgstr[1] "أدخل رموز التسجيل في الحقول أدناه." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&ترشيح لإزالة إصدارات بيتا" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "التفاصيل" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "حدد امتداداً أو وحدة نمطية لإظهار تفاصيلها هنا" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (غير متوفر)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "يتيح YaST تحديد %s على الأكثر من الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تتطلب رمز تسجيل خاصًا." -"" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "الرجاء ملاحظة أن بعض الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية قد تتطلب رمز تسجيل خاصًا." -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"إذا أردت إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء " -"SUSE وإزالتها من هناك يدويًا." +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "إذا أردت إزالة أي ملحق أو وحدة نمطية، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالتها من هناك يدويًا." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "تحديد الملحق والوحدة النمطية" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "يمكن هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة لنظامك." -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الامتدادات والوحدات النمطية المتوفرة" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "إعادة تسجيل الملحق والوحدة النمطية" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" -msgstr "" -"يمكنك من هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مرة أخرى.</" -"p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "يمكنك من هنا تحديد الملحقات والوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مرة أخرى." -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية والملحقات المسجلة" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." -msgstr "" -"يمكن من هنا تحديد الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مع المنتج " -"الأساسي." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "يمكن من هنا تحديد الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية التي سيتم تسجيلها مع المنتج الأساسي." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية الاختيارية" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "المعرِّف" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "نوع الإصدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "رمز التسجيل" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "إنزال الملحقات المتوفرة..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف '%s'؟" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "م&عرف الملحق أو الوحدة النمطية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "الإ&صدار" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "اله&يكل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&نوع الإصدار" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&رمز التسجيل" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"تشتمل عملية تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك بقاعدة بيانات مركز عملاء " -"SUSE،\n" +"تشتمل عملية تسجيل المنتج على المنتج الخاص بك بقاعدة بيانات مركز عملاء SUSE،\n" "وهذا يتيح لك الحصول على تحديثات عبر الإنترنت إلى جانب الدعم الفني.\n" "للتسجيل أثناء التثبيت تلقائيًا، حدد تشغيل تسجيل المنتج." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"إذا تم نشر خادم تسجيل مخصص من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، فقم بتعيين عنوان URL " -"صحيح للخادم\n" +"إذا تم نشر خادم تسجيل مخصص من خلال الشبكة الخاصة بك، فقم بتعيين عنوان URL صحيح للخادم\n" "وموقع شهادة SMT في إعدادات خادم SMT. ارجع\n" "إلى دليل SMT للحصول على مزيد من المساعدة." -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "تسجيل المنتج" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "الب&ريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "تثبيت التحديثات المتوفرة من مخازن التحديث" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "العثور على خادم التسجيل باستخدام اكتشاف SLP" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "استخدام عنوان URL خادم معين بدلاً من الإعداد الافتراضي" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "عنوان URL لشهادة خادم SSL الاختيارية" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة شهاة خادم SSL الاختيارية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "بلا" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "بصمة شهادة SSL" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "تسجيل النظام عبر %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "تسجيل النظام عبر خادم SMT محلي" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لخادم التسجيل المحلي" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ت&خطي التسجيل" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "&تسجيل الملحقات أو الوحدات النمطية مرة أخرى" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "النظام مسجل بالفعل." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "الرجاء تحديد طريقتك المفضلة للتسجيل." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"أدخل بيانات اعتماد مركز عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام للحصول على التحديثات " -"والملحقات." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "أدخل بيانات اعتماد مركز عملاء SUSE هنا لتسجيل النظام للحصول على التحديثات والملحقات." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -877,84 +847,66 @@ "يمكنك التسجيل بعد إجراء التثبيت أو زيارة\n" "مركز العملاء للتسجيل عبر الإنترنت." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "(W&)جارٍ تكوين الشبكة..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "انتهت صلاحية الشهادة" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "شهادة موقعة ذاتياً" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "شهادة موقعة ذاتياً في سلسلة الشهادات" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "ال&وثوق والاستيراد" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "" -"تستخدم الاتصالات الآمنة )مثل: HTTPS‏( شهادات SSL للتحقق من مصادقة الخادم، " -"ولتشفير البيانات المنقولة." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "تستخدم الاتصالات الآمنة )مثل: HTTPS‏( شهادات SSL للتحقق من مصادقة الخادم، ولتشفير البيانات المنقولة." -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة إلى قائمة هيئات إصدار الشهادات المعروفة " -"(CA)، مما يعني أنك تثق في موضوع الشهادة غير المعروفة وجهة إصدارها.‏" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "يمكنك اختيار استيراد الشهادة إلى قائمة هيئات إصدار الشهادات المعروفة (CA)، مما يعني أنك تثق في موضوع الشهادة غير المعروفة وجهة إصدارها.‏" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "سيسمح استيراد شهادة باستخدام شهادة موقعة ذاتيًا على سبيل المثال.‏" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "" -"هام:‏‏ يجب التحقق دائمًا من بصمات الشهادات التي تقوم باستيرادها لضمان " -"أنها أصلية.‏" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "هام:‏‏ يجب التحقق دائمًا من بصمات الشهادات التي تقوم باستيرادها لضمان أنها أصلية.‏" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"يشوب استيراد شهادة غير معروفة دون تحقق مخاطر أمنية كبيرة." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "يشوب استيراد شهادة غير معروفة دون تحقق مخاطر أمنية كبيرة." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "خطأ داخلي: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -962,46 +914,40 @@ "يجب تسجيل النظام الأساسي لتسجيل المكوّن الإضافي لـ \n" ".'%s'هل تريد تخطي تسجيل النظام الأساسي والمكوّن الإضافي؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"في مربع الحوار هذا يمكنك يدويًا تحديد أي مستودع من المستودعات سيتم " -"استخدامه للترحيل المباشر. ستتم ترقية الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار تم العثور عليه في " -"المستودعات المحددة. " +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "في مربع الحوار هذا يمكنك يدويًا تحديد أي مستودع من المستودعات سيتم استخدامه للترحيل المباشر. ستتم ترقية الحزم إلى أحدث إصدار تم العثور عليه في المستودعات المحددة. " -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "تحديد المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "إدارة المستودعات..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "العنوان: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "الأولوية: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -1011,114 +957,103 @@ "لتشغيل الترحيل على الإنترنت، يجب\n" "تسجيل النظام أولاً." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على منتج مثبّت." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على منتج ترحيل." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "جارٍ تحضير مخازن الترحيل..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "تحديد هدف الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك من هنا تحديد منتجات هدف الترحيل. يمكن لملقم التسجيل تقديم عدة " -"ترحيلات محتملة إلى المنتجات الجديدة." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "يمكنك من هنا تحديد منتجات هدف الترحيل. يمكن لملقم التسجيل تقديم عدة ترحيلات محتملة إلى المنتجات الجديدة." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "يمكن تحديد هدف ترحيل واحد فقط من القائمة." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." -msgstr "" -"استخدم مربع التحديد %s لتحديد مخازن الترحيل يدويًا في وقت لاحق." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "استخدم مربع التحديد %s لتحديد مخازن الترحيل يدويًا في وقت لاحق." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "التحديد اليدوي لمستودعات الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "حدد الترحيل الهدف." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "تعديل المستودعات المستخدمة للترحيل يدويًا" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "أهداف الترحيل المحتمل" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "ملخص الترحيل" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"خطأ: المنتج %{product} غير متوفر في ملقم التسجيل (%{url}). قم بتوفير " -"المنتج للسماح باستخدام هذا الترحيل." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "خطأ: المنتج %{product} غير متوفر في ملقم التسجيل (%{url}). قم بتوفير المنتج للسماح باستخدام هذا الترحيل." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s سيتم تثبيته." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s يظل بدون تغيير." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} ستتم ترقيته إلى %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} سيتم تخفيضه إلى %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1132,47 +1067,39 @@ "حدد هدف ترحيل مختلفًا أو قم بتوفير المنتجات\n" "غير الموجودة في ملقم التسجيل." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "تم تسجيل النظام بالفعل." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"يمكن إعادة تسجيله مرة أخرى أو يمكن تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية " -"الإضافية لتحسين وظائف النظام." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "يمكن إعادة تسجيله مرة أخرى أو يمكن تسجيل الملحقات والوحدات النمطية الإضافية لتحسين وظائف النظام." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"إذا أردت إلغاء تسجيل نظامك، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالة " -"النظام يدويًا من هناك." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "إذا أردت إلغاء تسجيل نظامك، يجب تسجيل الدخول إلى مركز عملاء SUSE وإزالة النظام يدويًا من هناك." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "حدد الامتدادات" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "التسجيل مرة أخرى" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "يتم تحديث التسجيل..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث التسجيل السابق." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1180,18 +1107,18 @@ "فشلت ترقية التسجيل التلقائي.\n" "يمكنك تسجيل النظام من البداية يدويًا." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. -#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "خوادم التسجيل المحلية" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -1199,45 +1126,45 @@ "حدد خادم تسجيل تم اكتشافه من القائمة\n" "أو خادم التسجيل SUSE الافتراضي." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خادم تسجيل" -#. Default registration server -#. -#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "مركز عملاء SUSE (%s)" -#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "جارٍ البحث عن خوادم التسجيل المحلية..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "تحديد الخدمة" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "حدد خدمة تم الكشف عنها من القائمة." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي خدمة." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/relocation-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟\n" "ستفقد جميع التغييرات." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "تحديد ملف مفتاح SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "تحديد ملف SSL Cert" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "إضافة منفذ جديد" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "تحرير المنفذ الحالي" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "الم&نفذ" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل رقم المنفذ فارغًا." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "رقم المنفذ يقع خارج النطاق." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "اسم المنفذ موجود بالفعل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات العمومية" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "عنوان إعادة تحديد الموقع:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "استخدم SSL كالإعدادات الافتراضي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "بخلاف خادم SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "المنفذ:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "تمكين" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "خادم SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "ملف مفتاح SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "ملف SSL Cert:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "ترحيل نفقي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "تأكد من عمل الترحيل النفقي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "ترحيل عادي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "تأكد من عمل الترحيل العادي" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "منافذ TCP" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "المنفذ" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "إ&ضافة..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&تحرير..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&حذف" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "تضمين نطاق المنفذ الافتراضي" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -189,18 +189,17 @@ "<big>جارٍ تهيئة تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<big>جارٍ حفظ تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -221,183 +220,167 @@ "يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "عنوان إعادة تحديد الموقع \n" -"العنوان الذي يجب على xend استخدامه للإصغاء إلى اتصالات مقبس إعادة تحديد " -"الموقع\n" +"العنوان الذي يجب على xend استخدامه للإصغاء إلى اتصالات مقبس إعادة تحديد الموقع\n" "أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها \n" -"أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها لإجراء اتصال بمنفذ إعادة تحديد الموقع. إذا كان هذا " -"الحقل فارغًا، فكل الاتصالات مسموح بها. وإلا، فإن هذا الحقل يجب أن يحتوي على " -"تسلسل دون مسافات من التعبيرات الاعتيادية. سيتم قبول أي جهاز مضيف باسم مجال " -"أو عنوان IP يُطابق أحد التعبيرات الاعتيادية هذه.\n" +"أجهزة المضيف المسموح بها لإجراء اتصال بمنفذ إعادة تحديد الموقع. إذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، فكل الاتصالات مسموح بها. وإلا، فإن هذا الحقل يجب أن يحتوي على تسلسل دون مسافات من التعبيرات الاعتيادية. سيتم قبول أي جهاز مضيف باسم مجال أو عنوان IP يُطابق أحد التعبيرات الاعتيادية هذه.\n" "ملف مفتاح SSL/ملف SSL Cert \n" "الفتاح والشهادة المطلوب استخدامهما لواجهة إعادة تحديد موقع ssl" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>الترحيل النفقي</big> \n" -"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر libvirtd اتصالاً مباشرًا بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة " -"libvirtd لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وهو ما يسمح باستخدام خيار تشفير دفق البيانات." -"\n" +"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر libvirtd اتصالاً مباشرًا بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة libvirtd لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وهو ما يسمح باستخدام خيار تشفير دفق البيانات.\n" "<big>ترحيل عادي</big> \n" -"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر للجهاز الظاهري اتصال TCP مباشر غير مشفر بالجهاز " -"المضيف الوجهة لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وما لم يتم تحديد أحد المنافذ يدويًا، " -"فسوف يختار libvirt منفذ ترحيل في النطاق الافتراضي." +"يفتح الجهاز المضيف المصدر للجهاز الظاهري اتصال TCP مباشر غير مشفر بالجهاز المضيف الوجهة لإرسال بيانات الترحيل. وما لم يتم تحديد أحد المنافذ يدويًا، فسوف يختار libvirt منفذ ترحيل في النطاق الافتراضي." -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "&Xen Libxl" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين xend الحالي" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "قراءة حالة xend الحالية" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة تكوين xend الحالي..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة حالة xend الحالية..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة حالة Xend الحالية." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "تتعذر قراءة حالة libvirtd/sshd الحالية." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "جارٍ حفظ تكوين خادم إعادة تحديد الموقع" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات Xend" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "تعديل خدمة Xend" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات Xend..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "جارٍ تعديل خدمة Xend..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "تعديل خدمة libvirtd/sshd" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "جارٍ تعديل خدمة libvirtd/sshd" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة إعدادات xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "تتعذر كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/s390.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,171 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "تكوين DASD" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف قرص DASD" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "إنشاء أجهزة S/390 للتفريغ" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "تكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات المحطة الطرفية IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "تكوين OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "اكتشاف أجهزة التحكم المتاحة" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهاز التحكم بقرص S/390" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "تكوين أ&قراص DASD" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "تكوين أق&راص ZFCP" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "تكوين ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "لم يتم تكوين جهاز zFCP" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&تنشيط" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "إل&غاء التنشيط" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "تعيين &تشغيل DIAG" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "تعيين إيقا&ف تشغيل DIAG" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "تعيين التنسيق على تشغيل" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "تعيين التنسيق على إيقاف" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "الأقراص التي تم تنسيقها بشكل متوا&زي" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "لم تتم تهيئة الجهاز %1. هل تريد تهيئة الجهاز الآن؟" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "يوجد %1 من الأجهزة غير المهيئة. هل تريد تهيئتها الآن؟" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "تعذر العثور على جهاز للقناة %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "القرص %1 غير نشط." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "تعذر الوصول للقرص %1 للكتابة." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" "Really format the following disks? \n" @@ -188,120 +187,120 @@ "هل تريد تنسيق الأقراص التالية بالفعل؟ \n" "%1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "إدارة قرص DASD" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "معرف القناة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "تنسيق" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "استخدام DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "نوع الوصول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "منسق" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "معلومات القسم" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "مُعّرِف القناة الأد&نى" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "معرف القناة الأق&صى" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "تنفيذ إج&راء" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "تحديد ال&كل" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "إ&لغاء تحديد الكل" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "مُرشح مُعّرِفات القنوات غير صالح." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "إضافة قرص DASD جديد" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "مُعّرِف الق&ناة" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "تهيئة القرص" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "است&خدام DIAG" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -309,23 +308,23 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل الخروج من عملية تكوين القرص DASD دون الحفظ؟\n" "سيتم فقدان كافة التغييرات." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "مُعّرِف قناة غير صالح." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "الجهاز موجود بالفعل." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -333,19 +332,18 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين وحدة التحكم</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة:</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -353,9 +351,9 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين وحدة التحكم</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -365,9 +363,9 @@ "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ بالضغط على إيقاف.\n" "سيظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." @@ -375,9 +373,9 @@ "<big>أقراص DASD المكوَّنة</big> \n" "في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بإدارة أقراص DASD في النظام الخاص بك." -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" @@ -385,13 +383,13 @@ "لتصفية الأقراص المعروضة، قم بتعيين مُعّرِف القناة الأدنىو\n" " مُعّرِف القناة الأقصى ثم اضغط تصفية.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." msgstr "لتكوين قرص DASD جديد، انقر فوق إضافة." -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -399,19 +397,17 @@ "لإزالة قرص DASD مكوَّن، حدد هذا القرص، ثم انقر فوق \n" "حذف." -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"لتنفيذ إجراءات على عدة أقراص مرة واحدة، قم بتعليم هذه الأقراص. لتحديد كل " -"الأقراص المعروضة (يمكن إجراء هذا بعد تطبيق عامل تصفية)، انقر فوق\n" +"لتنفيذ إجراءات على عدة أقراص مرة واحدة، قم بتعليم هذه الأقراص. لتحديد كل الأقراص المعروضة (يمكن إجراء هذا بعد تطبيق عامل تصفية)، انقر فوق\n" "تحديد الكل أو إلغاء تحديد الكل.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" @@ -419,8 +415,8 @@ "لتنفيذ إجراء على الأقراص المحددة، استخدم تنفيذ إجراء.\n" "سيتم تنفيذ الإجراء مباشرة!" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -430,8 +426,8 @@ "لإضافة قرص، أدخل مُعّرِف القناة لقرص DASD \n" "كمعرّف." -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use Format the Disk.\n" @@ -440,154 +436,125 @@ "استخدم تهيئة القرص.\n" "\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" msgstr "لاستخدام وضع DIAG، حدد استخدم DIAG.\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهاز التحكم" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"قم بتحضير وحدة تخزين أو أكثر من وحدة للاستخدام كجهاز تفريغ S/390.</" -"p>" +msgstr "قم بتحضير وحدة تخزين أو أكثر من وحدة للاستخدام كجهاز تفريغ S/390." -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"الجهازان المدعومان هما قرصا ECKD DASD وZFCP، بينما تقتصر وحدات التخزين " -"المتعددة على DASD. " +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "الجهازان المدعومان هما قرصا ECKD DASD وZFCP، بينما تقتصر وحدات التخزين المتعددة على DASD. " -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" -"لا يمكن إلا استخدام الأقراص الكاملة، وليست الأقسام. إذا تمت تهيئة الجهاز أو " -"تقسيمه \n" +"لا يمكن إلا استخدام الأقراص الكاملة، وليست الأقسام. إذا تمت تهيئة الجهاز أو تقسيمه \n" "بشكل غير متوافق، فقم بتفعيل خانة الاختيار فرض الكتابة فوق القرص." -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"لاستخدام جهازي DASD و ZFCP، يجب تنشيطهما في مربع الحوار DASD أو ZFCP " -"المناسب في YaST. " +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "لاستخدام جهازي DASD و ZFCP، يجب تنشيطهما في مربع الحوار DASD أو ZFCP المناسب في YaST. " -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "لن يتم عرض الأجهزة المستخدمة أو التي تحتوي على أقسام موصلة." -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" "dumpdevice بعد أن يُعّرَف القرص على أنه جهاز تفريغ قابل \n" -"للاستخدام. تتم الإشارة إلى أجهزة التفريغ ذات وحدات التخزين المتعددة في قائمة " -"معرفات DASD." +"للاستخدام. تتم الإشارة إلى أجهزة التفريغ ذات وحدات التخزين المتعددة في قائمة معرفات DASD." -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " msgstr "أعمدة ZFCP: الجهاز، الحجم، المعرف، WWPN، LUN، التفريغ " -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" msgstr "أعمدة DASD: الجهاز، الحجم، المعرف، التفريغ" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&فرض الكتابة فوق القرص" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "لم تقم بتحديد أي جهاز." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"ستتم تهيئة القرص %1 باعتباره جهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على " -"هذا الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "ستتم تهيئة القرص %1 باعتباره جهاز تفريغ. سيتم فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا الجهاز! هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "تمت العملية بنجاح. هل تريد تهيئة جهاز تفريغ آخر؟" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" msgstr "<big>معرفات z/VM</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"لتكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV، يجب تحديد معرفات z/VM المطلوب " -"استخدامها.\n" +"لتكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية IUCV، يجب تحديد معرفات z/VM المطلوب استخدامها.\n" " هذه المعرفات مفصولة بواسطة فواصل الأسطر.\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"يسمح TS-Shellبتحديد التخويللكل مستخدم ومجموعة مستخدمين TS-Shell. " -"يتم اكتساب حقوق مجموعة المستخدمين من أعضائها." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "يسمح TS-Shellبتحديد التخويللكل مستخدم ومجموعة مستخدمين TS-Shell. يتم اكتساب حقوق مجموعة المستخدمين من أعضائها." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"يمكن تحديد معرف z/VM مسموح به يدويًا تحت تحديد، أو يمكن تعريفه " -"بواسطة Regex أو تحميله من ملف يحتوي على جميع معرفات z/VM " -"المسموح بها المفصولة بفواصل الأسطر." +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "يمكن تحديد معرف z/VM مسموح به يدويًا تحت تحديد، أو يمكن تعريفه بواسطة Regex أو تحميله من ملف يحتوي على جميع معرفات z/VM المسموح بها المفصولة بفواصل الأسطر." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." @@ -595,53 +562,40 @@ "انقر فوق مستخدم جديد لإنشاء مستخدمين TS-Shell جدد أو حذف\n" "المستخدم لإزالة المستخدمين." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" "لإضافة مجموعات من جدول تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها أو لتغيير \n" "عضوية المستخدمين، انتقل إلى إدارة المجموعات." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"باستخدام المعرفات المراجعة حدد معرفات z/VM التي يجب جمع النصوص " -"منها." +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "باستخدام المعرفات المراجعة حدد معرفات z/VM التي يجب جمع النصوص منها." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" msgstr "<big>مستخدم TS-Shell جديد</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد، يجب توفير اسم المستخدم والدليل " -"الرئيسي وكلمة المرور.\n" -"\t ومن الممكن أيضًا تحديد مجموعات إضافية من خلال تحديدها في الجهة " -"اليمنى." +"لإنشاء مستخدم TS-Shell جديد، يجب توفير اسم المستخدم والدليل الرئيسي وكلمة المرور.\n" +"\t ومن الممكن أيضًا تحديد مجموعات إضافية من خلال تحديدها في الجهة اليمنى." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"لضمان قيام المستخدم بتغيير كلمة السر الخاصة به بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول، قم " -"بتنشيط الخيار فرض تغيير كلمة السر." +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "لضمان قيام المستخدم بتغيير كلمة السر الخاصة به بعد تسجيل الدخول الأول، قم بتنشيط الخيار فرض تغيير كلمة السر." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." @@ -649,12 +603,12 @@ "يمكنك تحديد الدليل الرئيسي ذاته لكل مستخدم TS SHell نظرًا لعدم\n" " وجود بيانات سيتم تخزينها هناك." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" msgstr "<big>إدارة مجموعات TS-Authorization</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." @@ -662,19 +616,17 @@ "حدد عمليات تخويل TS-Shell لكل مجموعة في حالة رغبتك في اكتساب كل \n" "عضو TS-Shell في هذه المجموعة الحقوق ذاتها." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "يمكن إضافة مجموعات موجودة إلى عملية \n" -"تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها منها. حدد المجموعات في الجدول وانقر فوق تحديد " -"أو إلغاء تحديد. تظهر الحالة الحالية في العمود TS تخويل." +"تخويل TS-Shell أو إزالتها منها. حدد المجموعات في الجدول وانقر فوق تحديد أو إلغاء تحديد. تظهر الحالة الحالية في العمود TS تخويل." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." @@ -682,645 +634,565 @@ "قم بتغيير أعضاء TS-Shell لمجموعة محددة في اختيار TS أعضاء\n" "." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة من خلال إدخال الاسم في حقل الإدخال مجموعة " -"جديدة والتأكيد من خلال إنشاء.\n" -"\t لحذف مجموعات تم إنشاؤها مسبقًا، يجب استخدام مربع الحوار مستخدمو " -"YaST." +"يمكن إنشاء مجموعات جديدة من خلال إدخال الاسم في حقل الإدخال مجموعة جديدة والتأكيد من خلال إنشاء.\n" +"\t لحذف مجموعات تم إنشاؤها مسبقًا، يجب استخدام مربع الحوار مستخدمو YaST." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا بالنقر فوق الزر للخلف</" -"b>." +msgstr "يمكنك التراجع عن التغييرات في مربع الحوار هذا بالنقر فوق الزر للخلف." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" msgstr "<big>IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول إلى مستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء " -"هؤلاء المستخدمين، يجب توفير كلمة السر والدليل الرئيسي." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "يحتاج IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول إلى مستخدم واحد لكل معرف z/VM. لإنشاء هؤلاء المستخدمين، يجب توفير كلمة السر والدليل الرئيسي." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"من الممكن إجراء مزامنة بين المستخدمين يدويًا بواسطة النقر فوق مزامنة</" -"b> أو التأكيد فقط على التغييرات باستخدام موافقة أثناء تمكين الخيار " -"IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول. " +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "من الممكن إجراء مزامنة بين المستخدمين يدويًا بواسطة النقر فوق مزامنة أو التأكيد فقط على التغييرات باستخدام موافقة أثناء تمكين الخيار IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول. " -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "المستخدم" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "المجموعة" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "مُعرفات z/&VM (تم فرزها تلقائيًا)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "&تمكين TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "تخويل" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم/معرف المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "المجموعات/الأعضاء" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&مستخدم جديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&حذف مستخدم" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "إ&دارة المجموعات" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "معرفات z/VM المسموح بها" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&تحديد" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Regex" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "المل&ف" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "استعرا&ض" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "المعرفات الم&راجعة" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "&تمكين IUCVConn عند تسجيل الدخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "معرف المستخدم" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "الصفحة الرئيسية" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "الإعدادات الخاصة بالمستخدمين الجدد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "تأكيد كلمة المرو&ر" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "الدليل الرئي&سي" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "است&عراض" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&مزامنة" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&فرض تغيير كلمة المرور" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "م&جموعات إضافية" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "تخويل TS" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "معرف المجموعة" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "أعضاء TS" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "ت&حديد أو إلغاء تحديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "إ&نشاء" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "م&جموعة جديدة" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "أ&عضاء TS" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "&معرفات z/VM" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "كلمتا المرور غير متطابقتين أو غير صالحتين." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "اسم المستخدم غير صالح!" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "يجب تحديد دليل رئيسي!" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "فشلت إضافة المستخدم." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "مستخدم TS-Shell جديد" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "إدارة مجموعات تخويل TS" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، يُسمح بالأرقام والحروف فقط." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، لا يُسمح باستخدام الأرقام في البداية." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، لا يُسمح بأكثر من ثمانية أحرف." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "معرف z/VM \"%1\" خاطئ في سطر %2، مطلوب حرف واحد على الأقل." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "تتطلب كلمة مرور يتم إدخالها بشكل صحيح لتزامن مستخدمي IUCVConn." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "الدليل الرئيسي IUCVConn المحدد غير صالح." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "اسم المجموعة غير صالح!" -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "لا يمكن تكوين خادم المحطة الطرفية بدون معرفات z/VM صالحة." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "إدخال خاطئ، يُسمح فقط بالأحرف الصغيرة والأرقام والفواصل للفصل." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "تعد الفاصلة مجرد فاصل." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "لا تسمح معرفات z/VM بأكثر من ثمانية أحرف." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "معرف IUCV خاطئ، يُسمح فقط بالأحرف الصغيرة." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "لا يمكن أن تزيد معرفات IUCV عن %1 من الأحرف." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" msgstr "<h2>تكوين إعدادات نظام الجهاز الطرفي المحلي</h2>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"يمكن تشغيل عدة مثيلات IUCVtty لتوفير أجهزة طرفية متعددة. تتميز " -"المثيلات بمعرف المحطة الطرفية وهو تركيبة من بادئة معرف المحطة الطرفية " -"ورقم المثيل. " +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "يمكن تشغيل عدة مثيلات IUCVtty لتوفير أجهزة طرفية متعددة. تتميز المثيلات بمعرف المحطة الطرفية وهو تركيبة من بادئة معرف المحطة الطرفية ورقم المثيل. " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"على سبيل المثال، إذا حددت عشرة مثيلات بالبادئة "lxterm"، " -"تتوفر معرفات الأجهزة الطرفية من lxterm0 إلى lxterm9." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "على سبيل المثال، إذا حددت عشرة مثيلات بالبادئة "lxterm"، تتوفر معرفات الأجهزة الطرفية من lxterm0 إلى lxterm9." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"برنامج تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هو وحدة kernel النمطية حيث يستخدم عقد " -"الجهاز لتمكين ما يصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية HVC للتواصل باستخدام برامج getty " -"وتسجيل الدخول." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "برنامج تشغيل الجهاز z/VM IUCV HVC هو وحدة kernel النمطية حيث يستخدم عقد الجهاز لتمكين ما يصل إلى ثمانية أجهزة طرفية HVC للتواصل باستخدام برامج getty وتسجيل الدخول." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"باستخدام تقييد الوصول، يمكنك عدم السماح إلا للاتصالات من بعض " -"خوادم الأجهزة الطرفية." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "باستخدام تقييد الوصول، يمكنك عدم السماح إلا للاتصالات من بعض خوادم الأجهزة الطرفية." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." msgstr "حدد المحاكاة لجميع المثيلات في وقت واحد أو لكل واحد على حدة." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" "قم بتنشيط توجيه رسائل kernel إلى hvc0 لتوجيه رسائل kernel إلى\n" " الجهاز hvc0 بدلًا من ttyS0. " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"في حالة استمرار ظهور رسائل kernel على ttyS0، قم يدويًا بإضافة وحدة التحكم " -"= ttyS0 إلى معلمة kernel لتحديد التشغيل الحالي في الوحدة النمطية </" -"b>. YaST bootloader" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "في حالة استمرار ظهور رسائل kernel على ttyS0، قم يدويًا بإضافة وحدة التحكم = ttyS0 إلى معلمة kernel لتحديد التشغيل الحالي في الوحدة النمطية . YaST bootloader" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>تحذير: تظل الأجهزة الطرفية HVC في حالة تسجيل الدخول عليها دون تسجيل خروج " -"يدوي من خلال الاختصار: ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>تحذير: تظل الأجهزة الطرفية HVC في حالة تسجيل الدخول عليها دون تسجيل خروج يدوي من خلال الاختصار: ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&بادئة معرف الجهاز الطرفي" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "مثيلات I&UCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "مثيلات H&VC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "تقييد ال&وصول إلى" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "&خادمات الأجهزة الطرفية المسموح بها" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "&توجيه رسائل kernel إلى hvc0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل المغادرة دون الحفظ؟" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "معرف IUCV غير صالح." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "خادمات الأجهزة الطرفية غير صالحة." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "يجب إعادة تشغيل النظام لتطبيق بعض التغييرات." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر لـ VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "تكوين On Panic" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"تكوين الإجراءات المطلوب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث اضطراب kernel" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "تكوين الإجراءات المطلوب اتخاذها في حالة حدوث اضطراب kernel" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"يتطلب تمكين البرنامج المحرك Dumpconf للتأثير على السلوك أثناء حدوث " -"اضطرابات kernel." +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "يتطلب تمكين البرنامج المحرك Dumpconf للتأثير على السلوك أثناء حدوث اضطرابات kernel." -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " msgstr "تعد إجراءات التعامل مع الاضطراب التالية ممكنة: " -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " msgstr "إيقاف قم بإيقاف Linux (افتراضي). " -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " msgstr "تفريغ قم بتفريغ Linux وإيقاف النظام. " -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " msgstr "reipl أعد تشغيل Linux. " -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl تفريغ Linux وإعادة تشغيل النظام. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا " -"على \n" +"dump_reipl تفريغ Linux وإعادة تشغيل النظام. لا يتوفر هذا الخيار إلا على \n" "LPAR المزود بأجهزة z9(r) والأحدث وعلى z/VMversion 5.3 والإصدارات الأحدث ." -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." msgstr "vmcmd قم بتنفيذ أوامر CP المحددة، ثم قم بإيقاف النظام." -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"يقوم الوقت المحدد في تأجيل دقائق بتأجيل تنشيط إجراء التعامل مع " -"الاضطراب المحدد بالنسبة لنظام مبدوء حديثًا لمنع الحلقات. في حالة تعطل النظام " -"قبل انقضاء الوقت، يتم تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (الإيقاف)." +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "يقوم الوقت المحدد في تأجيل دقائق بتأجيل تنشيط إجراء التعامل مع الاضطراب المحدد بالنسبة لنظام مبدوء حديثًا لمنع الحلقات. في حالة تعطل النظام قبل انقضاء الوقت، يتم تنفيذ الإجراء الافتراضي (الإيقاف)." -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"يمكن إعداد جهاز تفريغ الذاكرة من خلال جهاز التفريغ. في حالة عدم " -"عرض أي جهاز، يجب عليك إنشاء جهاز من خلال مربع الحوار أجهزة تفريغ YaST." -"" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "يمكن إعداد جهاز تفريغ الذاكرة من خلال جهاز التفريغ. في حالة عدم عرض أي جهاز، يجب عليك إنشاء جهاز من خلال مربع الحوار أجهزة تفريغ YaST." -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"باستخدام VMCMD حدد أوامر CP المطلوب تنفيذها قبل إيقاف نظام Linux. " -"غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر وبإجمالي %2 من الأحرف." +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "باستخدام VMCMD حدد أوامر CP المطلوب تنفيذها قبل إيقاف نظام Linux. غير مسموح إلا بـ %1 من الأسطر وبإجمالي %2 من الأحرف." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&عدم بدء تشغيل Dumpconf" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&بدء تشغيل Dumpconf" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "إ&جراء التعامل مع الاضطراب" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "تأجيل &دقائق" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "جهاز النس&خة" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "لا يمكن تمكين عملية التفريغ دون جهاز تفريغ." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "لا يمكن استخدام vmcmd دون تحديد أمر واحد على الأقل." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "أجهزة ZFCP المكوَّنة" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1328,50 +1200,48 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل ترك تكوين جهاز ZFCP دون حفظ؟\n" "سيتم فقد كافة التغييرات." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "إضافة جهاز ZFCP جديد" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "الحصول على أرقام WWPN" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "الحصول على أرقام LUN" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." msgstr "إذا لم يتم تحديد أي WWPN وLUN، فسيحاول النظام استخدام allow_lun_scan." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "رقم WWPN الذي تم إدخاله غير صحيح." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "إدخال LUN غير صالح." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1379,8 +1249,8 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين جهاز ZFCP </big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1388,8 +1258,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين جهاز ZFCP </big> \n" "\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" @@ -1397,13 +1267,13 @@ "<big>أجهزة ZFCP التي تم تكوينها</big> \n" "قم بإدارة أجهزة ZFCP على نظامك.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." msgstr "لتكوين جهاز ZFCP جديد، انقر فوق إضافة." -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -1411,13 +1281,13 @@ "لإزالة جهاز ZFCP مكوَّن، حدده، ثم انقر فوق\n" "حذف." -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>تحذير</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1427,8 +1297,8 @@ "قراءة/كتابة، تأكد أن هذا الوصول خاص.\n" "وإلا قد تتعرض البيانات للتلف." -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1440,20 +1310,15 @@ "معرف القناة لوحدة تحكم ZFCP ورقم المنفذ في جميع أنحاء العالم \n" "(WWPN) ورقم LUN.\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN " -"and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." msgstr "" "يجب إدخالمعرف القناة بحروف لاتينية صغيرة في sysfs وطبقًا \n" "للتنسيق 0.0.<devno>, مثل tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" @@ -1462,193 +1327,191 @@ "يجب إدخال LUN بحروف لاتينية صغيرة كقيمة ست عشرية مكونة من 16 رقمًا \n" "بجميع الأصفار النهائية مثل <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "تشغيل mkinitrd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "مُعرف القناة: %1، التنسيق: %2، DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "مُعرف القناة: %1، الجهاز: %2، DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "قراءة أقراص DASD المكوَّنة" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "لم يتم توصيل %1: sysfs." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: حالة غير صالحة لـ <online>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: لم يتم العثور على جهاز لـ <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: تعذر تغيير حالة الجهاز." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: ليس الجهاز DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: تعذر تحميل الوحدة النمطية." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: فشل تنشيط DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD غير مهيأ." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: الخطأ %2 غير معروف." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "تهيئة %1:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "فشلت عملية تهيئة الأقراص. رمز الخروج: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "يتم الآن تنسيق %1: تم تنسيق %2 اسطوانة من %3" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "فحص الأقراص" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "فحص أقراص DASD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "فحص أقراص ZFCP" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أقراص DASD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أقراص ZFCP..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "جارٍ إنشاء جهاز تفريغ" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "إنشاء جهاز تفريغ. قد تستغرق هذه العملية بضع دقائق." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "قرص غير صالح أو غير مستخدم (فادح)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "التقسيم أو التهيئة غير متوافقة، قم بتصحيح ذلك بالقوة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "برامج الدعم مفقودة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "معلمات مفقودة أو خاطئة." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "مشكلة وصول." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "رمز الخطأ من برنامج الدعم: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1656,195 +1519,195 @@ "تعذر إنشاء جهاز النسخة %1:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "فحص إدخالات IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "فحص إدخالات HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "قراءة معلمات kernel" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص إدخالات IUCVtty‏..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص إدخالات HVC‏..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة معلمات kernel..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "كتابة معلمات kernel" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات IUCVtty‏..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة إعدادات HVC‏..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة معلمات kernel..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<كل>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "تحميل تكوين خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "قراءة ملفات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "تحميل إعدادات المستخدم/المجموعة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة ملفات التكوين..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "جارٍ تحميل إعدادات المستخدم/المجموعة..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم الجهاز الطرفي لـ IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "كتابة ملفات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "تحديث إعدادات المستخدم" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة ملفات التكوين..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث إعدادات المستخدم..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "قراءة تكوين Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "فحص أجهزة التفريغ" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "جارٍ فحص أجهزة التفريغ..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة الإعدادات..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "إعادة بدء الخدمة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "جارٍ كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة بدء الخدمة..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "معرف القناة: %1، WWPN: %2، LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr ": مُعّرِف القناة %1، WWPN: %2، LUN: %3: الجهاز ،%4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1852,62 +1715,62 @@ "لا يمكن تقييم متحكمي ZFCP (كما في القسم المنطقي LPAR). \n" "فسيجب إذًا تعيينه يدويًا." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "قراءة أجهزة ZFCP المكوَّنة" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN غير صالح." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: تعذر تنشيط WWPN للمحول %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: تعذر تنشيط جهاز ZFCP." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تنشيط قرص SCSI." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تسجيل LUN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: تعذر إلغاء تسجيل WWPN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: الجهاز <ccwid> غير موجود." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: تعذر تحميل zfcp الخاص بالوحدة النمطية." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: تعذر تغيير حالة المحول." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: منافذ WWPN لازالت نشطة." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: يدعم محول هذا المضيف allow_lun_scan." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-client.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين عميل Samba.\n" "راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Winbind (winbindd) أو تعطيلها" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان الجهاز عضوًا في أحد المجالات" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "ضم هذا الجهاز إلى مجال" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "تغيير إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "تمكين الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمة" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "اسم المجال المطلوب الانضمام إليه" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,190 +67,186 @@ "المستخدم المستعمل في ضم المجال. في حالة حذفه، فسيحاول YaST \n" "ضم المجال بدون تحديد المستخدم وكلمة السر.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بالمستخدم عند الانضمام إلى المجال" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "حساب الجهاز" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "اسم مجموعة عمل" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "أدخل اسم مجال." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "تعذر اختبار عضوية المجال." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "هذا الجهاز هو أحد أعضاء %1." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "هذا الجهاز ليس من أعضاء %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "تم الانضمام إلى المجال %1 بنجاح." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "اس&م المجموعة الأساسية" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "اسم المجموعة الث&انوية" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "معر&ف المجموعة:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "اسم ال&خادم" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "مسار ب&عيد" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "نق&طة التوصيل" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&خيارات" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "اسم المست&خدم" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"حدد نطاق مستخدم Samba ومعرفات المجموعات (قيم <tt>winbind uid</tt> " -"و<tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "حدد نطاق مستخدم Samba ومعرفات المجموعات (قيم <tt>winbind uid</tt> و<tt>winbind gid</tt>)." -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "ن&طاق UID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "&نطاق GID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "الح&د الأدنى" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "الحد الأق&صى" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "المجموعات المسموح بها" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "معرفات الأمان الخاصة بالمجموعات أو أسماؤها" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "أ&سلوب Kerberos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "خدمة Windows للأسماء على الإنترنت" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "توصيل دلائل الخادم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "اسم الخادم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "مسار بعيد" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل المحلية" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "اسم المستخدم" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -258,116 +254,116 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى للقيمة في النطاق\n" "أكبر من الحد الأقصى.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "عضوية مجال Windows" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من عضوية مجال AD..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "خروج&" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "يعتبر أحد أعضاء هذا المجال حاليًا" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "ا&ستخدام معلومات SMB لتصديق Linux." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "إن&شاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الانضمام" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "الوحدة التشغيلي&ة لحساب الجهاز" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "خادم Active Directory" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "تكوين N&TP..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "تعطيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لخدمة الاسم" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "بدء مراقبة تغيير الملفات" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "العضوية" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "الم&جال" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "المجال أو مجم&وعة العمل" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "تصديق &بدون اتصال" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&تسجيل دخول فردى إلى SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات الخبير..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -375,13 +371,13 @@ "تعذر استخدام مجموعة العمل\n" "'%1' لتصديق Linux." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "أدخل مجالاً صالحًا." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -389,12 +385,11 @@ "أدخل مجالاً أو قم بتعطيل\n" "استخدام SMB لتصديق Linux." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -402,10 +397,10 @@ "التالية في smb.conf إلى القيم الافتراضية:\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -413,8 +408,8 @@ "يجب أن يكون المضيف عضوًا في مجال\n" "لتصديق Linux باستخدام SMB." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -422,13 +417,13 @@ "قم بالانضمام إلى مجال أو قم بتعطيل استخدام SMB\n" "لتصديق Linux." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين Samba الآن." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -438,20 +433,19 @@ "اسم المضيف باستخدام DHCP حدوث مشكلات.\n" "هل تريد تعطيل تغيير اسم المضيف باستخدام DHCP؟" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "يؤثر هذا التغيير فقط على العمليات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا وليس على الخدمات\n" -"التي قيد التشغيل بالفعل. قم بإعادة بدء تشغيل الخدمات يدويًا أو قم بإعادة " -"تشغيل \n" +"التي قيد التشغيل بالفعل. قم بإعادة بدء تشغيل الخدمات يدويًا أو قم بإعادة تشغيل \n" " الجهاز لتمكينه لكافة الخدمات.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -459,8 +453,8 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين عميل Samba</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -468,8 +462,8 @@ "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" "قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -477,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين عميل Samba</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -490,62 +484,55 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big>" msgstr "<big>تحديد عضوية مجال Windows</big>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "يمكن أن يكون عميل Linux عضوًا في مجموعة عمل أو مجال NT، أو مجال دليل نشط.\n" "حدد اسم العضوية.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "استخدام معلومات SMB لمصادقة Linux\n" -" يتيح التحقق من كلمات السر من خلال خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos عند الانضمام إلى " -"مجال AD.\n" +" يتيح التحقق من كلمات السر من خلال خادم NT أو خادم Kerberos عند الانضمام إلى مجال AD.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"تحقق من تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خادمات " -"الاسم.\n" +"تحقق من تغيير لاحقة DNS الأساسية لإضافة خادم AD إلى قائمة خادمات الاسم.\n" "يتوفر هذا الخيار فقط لإعدادات الشبكة الثابتة على الأجهزة." -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "عندما تضغط موافق، يتحقق النظام من العضوية،\n" -"وإذا كان ذلك هو مجال NT أو مجال دليل نشط، يسمح لهذا المضيف بالانضمام إلى " -"المجال.\n" +"وإذا كان ذلك هو مجال NT أو مجال دليل نشط، يسمح لهذا المضيف بالانضمام إلى المجال.\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" msgstr "حدد اسم مجال NT أو مجال Active Directory.\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "When you press Next, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.\n" @@ -553,71 +540,42 @@ "عند ضغط التالي، يقوم النظام بالتحقق من المجال و\n" "يتيح لهذا المضيف إمكانية الانضمام إلى المجال.\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"تحقق من إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول للحصول على الدلائل " -"الرئيسية التي تم إنشاؤها عند أول دخول." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "تحقق من إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي عند الدخول للحصول على الدلائل الرئيسية التي تم إنشاؤها عند أول دخول." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"يتيح الخيار تصديق بدون اتصال للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة " -"عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال " -"مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على جهاز " -"الكمبيوتر لديك وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية " -"إنشاء أي اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. يعد ذلك مفيدًا خاصةً بالنسبة لمستخدمي " -"الهواتف المحمولة." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "يتيح الخيار تصديق بدون اتصال للمستخدم إمكانية الدخول حتى في حالة عدم وجود اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. لكي يعمل هذا الخيار، يجب الدخول إلى المجال مرةً واحدةً على الأقل. يتم بعد ذلك تخزين صلاحيات المستخدم مشفرة على جهاز الكمبيوتر لديك وتتم إعادة استخدامها للدخول إلى مجال في حالة عدم إمكانية إنشاء أي اتصال بوحدة تحكم المجال. يعد ذلك مفيدًا خاصةً بالنسبة لمستخدمي الهواتف المحمولة." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"انقر فوق إعدادات الخبير لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو " -"توصيل دلائل الخادم الأساسية من مجالات الدليل النشط." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "انقر فوق إعدادات الخبير لتمكين ميزات متقدمة مثل خيارات WINS أو توصيل دلائل الخادم الأساسية من مجالات الدليل النشط." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الانضمام" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" "قم بتعيين اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر التي يجب استخدامهما\n" -"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أنه سيتم حفظ كلمة " -"السر في ملف التعريف بأوضح صيغة (غير مشفرة)." +"للانضمام إلى المجال المحدد أثناء التثبيت التلقائي. لاحظ أنه سيتم حفظ كلمة السر في ملف التعريف بأوضح صيغة (غير مشفرة)." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"حدد خادم Active Directory لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال Active " -"Directory. وهو يستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في تكوين Kerberos." +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "حدد خادم Active Directory لاستخدامه للانضمام إلى مجال Active Directory. وهو يستخدم أيضًا كقيمة KDC في تكوين Kerberos." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -626,26 +584,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "لمزامنة الوقت مع خادم NTP، قم بتكوين جهاز الكمبيوتر\n" -" بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى التكوين باستخدام الخيار تكوين NTP</" -"b>.\n" +" بحيث يكون عميل NTP. قم بالوصول إلى التكوين باستخدام الخيار تكوين NTP.\n" " \n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(الافتراضي)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "الوحدة التشغيلي&ة لحساب الجهاز" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "الحص&ول على القائمة" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -653,36 +610,36 @@ "يجب توفر اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر\n" "لسرد حسابات الجهاز." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "حسا&ب الجهاز" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "التحقق من عضوية مجموعة العمل..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر للخروج من المجال %1." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "سيتم معالجة الإعداد عبر عقد الكتلة." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر للانضمام إلى المجال %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "للانضمام إلى المجال كمستخدم مجهول، اترك إدخالات النص فارغة.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -690,8 +647,8 @@ "تعذر تحديد ما إذا كان هذا المضيف\n" "عضوًا في المجال %1 تلقائيًا." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -699,12 +656,12 @@ "هذا المضيف ليس عضوًا\n" "في المجال %1." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "هل تريد الانضمام إلى المجال %1؟" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -712,7 +669,7 @@ "تعذر تحديد ما إذا كانت هذه الكتلة\n" "عضوًا في المجال %1 تلقائيًا." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -720,297 +677,251 @@ "هذه الكتلة ليست عضوًا\n" "في المجال %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟" +msgstr "مشاركات المستخدم موجودة بالفعل. هل تريد الاحتفاظ بهذه المشاركات أم حذفها؟" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "ا&حتفاظ" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "ح&ذف" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "خدمات مشاركة Windows الأخرى متاحة. هل تريد إيقافها أيضًا؟" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "استخ&دام WINS في تحديد اسم المضيف" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"إذا كنت تريد استخدام خدمة Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) " -"في تحديد الاسم، فتحقق من استخدام WINS في تحديد الاسم المضيف." +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "إذا كنت تريد استخدام خدمة Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) في تحديد الاسم، فتحقق من استخدام WINS في تحديد الاسم المضيف." -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "استرداد خادم WINS عبر بروتو&كول DHCP" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"تحقق من استرداد خادم WINS عبر برتوكول DHCP لاستخدام أحد خوادم WINS " -"التي يتيحها بروتوكول DHCP." +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "تحقق من استرداد خادم WINS عبر برتوكول DHCP لاستخدام أحد خوادم WINS التي يتيحها بروتوكول DHCP." -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "المشاركة من قِبل المستخدمين" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "مشاركة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "السماح للمست&خدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "السماح بوصول ال&ضيف" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "المجموعة المسموح ب&ها" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "الحد الأقصى ل&عدد المشاركات" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"يتيح الخيار السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم لأعضاء " -"المجموعة في المجموعة المسموح بها إمكانية مشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم مع " -"مستخدمين آخرين. على سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>مستخدمو " -"مجال%1</tt> لنطاق مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام " -"الملفات تتيح إمكانية الوصول." +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "يتيح الخيار السماح للمستخدمين بمشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم لأعضاء المجموعة في المجموعة المسموح بها إمكانية مشاركة الدلائل الخاصة بهم مع مستخدمين آخرين. على سبيل المثال، <tt>مستخدمو</tt> نطاق محلي أو <tt>مستخدمو مجال%1</tt> لنطاق مجال. يجب أن يتأكد المستخدم أيضًا من أن أذونات نظام الملفات تتيح إمكانية الوصول." -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"باستخدام الخيار الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية " -"المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها." +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "باستخدام الخيار الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات، قم بتقييد إجمالي كمية المشاركات التي يمكن إنشاؤها." -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين السماح بوصول " -"الضيف." +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "للسماح بالوصول إلى مشاركات المستخدم بدون تصديق، قم بتمكين السماح بوصول الضيف." -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "في الجدول توصيل دلائل الخادم، يمكنك تحديد دلائل\n" "الخادم (كالدليل الأساسي) التي ينبغي توصيلها محليًا عندما يتم تسجيل\n" "المستخدم. إذا كان ينبغي أن يكون التوصيل مخصص بالمستخدم، فحدد اسم\n" -"مستخدم للقاعدة المحددة. وإلا، فسيتم توصيل الدليل لكل مستخدم. للحصول على " -"مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf." +"مستخدم للقاعدة المحددة. وإلا، فسيتم توصيل الدليل لكل مستخدم. للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات، انظر صفحة دليل pam_mount.conf." -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> مع " -"المسار البعيد، والقيمة <tt>~/</tt> مع نقطة التوصيل المحلية " -"لتوصيل الدليل الرئيسي، بالإضافة إلى استخدام قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</" -"tt> كجزء من خيارات." +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "على سبيل المثال، يمكنك استخدام القيمة <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> مع المسار البعيد، والقيمة <tt>~/</tt> مع نقطة التوصيل المحلية لتوصيل الدليل الرئيسي، بالإضافة إلى استخدام قيمة <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> كجزء من خيارات." -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"تعمل قيمة أسلوب Kerberos على تحديد طريقة التحقق من بطاقات " -"kerberos. عندما يتم استخدام تسجيل دخول فردي إلى SSH ، يكون أسلوب " -"Kerberos الافتراضي الذي تم تحديده عن طريق YaST <tt>الأسرار وkeytab</tt>. " -"انظر صفحة دليل smb.conf للحصول على التفاصيل." +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "تعمل قيمة أسلوب Kerberos على تحديد طريقة التحقق من بطاقات kerberos. عندما يتم استخدام تسجيل دخول فردي إلى SSH ، يكون أسلوب Kerberos الافتراضي الذي تم تحديده عن طريق YaST <tt>الأسرار وkeytab</tt>. انظر صفحة دليل smb.conf للحصول على التفاصيل." -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات PAM" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات PAM..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات عميل Kerberos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات OpenSSH..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "دخول PAM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "استخدام Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "عدم استخدام Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "النطاق الافتراضي" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "المجال الافتراضي" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "عنوان خادم KDC" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "انحراف الساعة" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "خادم KDC: %1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "المجال الافتراضي: %1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "النطاق الافتراضي: %1 " -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "تمكين تصديق Kerberos: %1 " -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "تكوين مطلوب بواسطة DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1018,8 +929,8 @@ "انحراف الساعة غير صالح.\n" "برجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1027,143 +938,143 @@ "المدة غير صالحة.\n" "برجاء المحاولة مرة أخرى." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "قراءة حالة winbind" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة winbind..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين عميل Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "تعطيل خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمات Samba..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين Kerberos" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة تكوين Kerberos..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل خدمة winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "تعذر بدء تشغيل برنامج محرك winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "تعذر إيقاف خدمة winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "تعذر إيقاف برنامج محرك winbind." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات PAM." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "التكوين العمومي" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "مجموعة العمل أو المجال: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "إنشاء الدليل الرئيسي في الدخول" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "تم تمكين التصديق بدون اتصال" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد المشاركات: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "مجموعة العمل أو المجال: %1" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "تصديق باستخدام SMB: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "تعذر متابعة الانضمام: حالة مجموعة غير متسقة" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,207 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم Samba (راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل)" +msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين خادم Samba (راجع وثائق Samba للتعرف على التفاصيل)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "معالجة مشاركة فردية" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "إظهار قائمة المشاركات المتاحة" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "تعيين دور الخادم" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "تعيين الجزء الموجود على الخادم لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba أو تعطيلها (smb وnmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "تغيير الإعدادات العمومية لخادم Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "تمكين المشاركة أو إحدى الخدمات" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "تعطيل المشاركة أو إحدى الخدمات" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "إزالة المشاركة من ملف التكوين" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "اسم مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "إضافة مشاركة جديدة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "تغيير خيارات مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "إظهار خيارات مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "تعليق مشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "مسار (دليل) المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري أن تقوم المشاركة بدور طابعة" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالقراءة من المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالكتابة إلى المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري إظهار المشاركة عند استعراض LAN" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "إشارة إذا كان من الضروري أن تسمح المشاركة بوصول الضيف" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" msgstr "قائمة مستخدمين مفصولة بفاصلة مسموح لهم بالوصول إلى المشاركة" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور وحدة تحكم مجال أساسي" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور وحدة تحكم مجال احتياطية" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يقوم بدور عضو مجال" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" msgstr "خادم يجب أن يوفر مشاركات، ولكن يجب ألا يسمح بعمليات الدخول للمجال" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "استخدام ملف 'smbpasswd' لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "استخدام ملف 'passdb.tdb' لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "استخدام خادم LDAP لتخزين معلومات المستخدم" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "كلمة سر خادم LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "اسم مجموعة عمل" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "وصف يمكن للمستخدم قراءته خاص بخادم Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "الاسم المميَّز للاحقة LDAP لمعالجة معلومات المستخدم على خادم LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير " -"كلمات السر)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "الاسم المميَّز لبروتوكول LDAP لتعديل محتويات خادم LDAP (على سبيل المثال، تغيير كلمات السر)" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "حدد اسم المشاركة." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "المشاركة %1 غير موجودة." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "أدخل مسار أحد الدلائل المطلوب مشاركتها." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "المشاركة %1 موجودة بالفعل." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -222,134 +216,130 @@ "الحالة ?\tالنوع\tالاسم\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tالقرص\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\tالطابعة\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "تمت إعادة تحميل تكوين الخادم بدلاً من إعادة بدء تشغيله، نظرًا\n" "لاتصال المستخدمين حاليًا بخادم Samba هذا.\n" -" لتأكيد تطبيق جميع الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم " -"بتشغيل\n" +" لتأكيد تطبيق جميع الإعدادات بالرغم من إمكانية قطع اتصال المستخدمين، قم بتشغيل\n" " '/etc/init.d/smb restart' و'/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "ملف smbpasswd" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات TDB" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "يجب ألا تبدأ القيمة الاختيارية بمسافة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"يجب أن تكون القيم الاختيارية المتعددة لأحد الأجزاء الموجودة على الخادم بين " -"علامتي اقتباس." +msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيم الاختيارية المتعددة لأحد الأجزاء الموجودة على الخادم بين علامتي اقتباس." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "عنوان URL '%1' الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الإدخال المحدد؟" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "يجب تحديد جزء واحد موجود على الخادم على الأقل." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف الجزء الموجود على الخادم المحدد؟" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "نوع الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "ملف smbpasswd" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "قاعدة بيانات TDB" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -365,117 +355,117 @@ " راجع مجموعة Samba HOWTO\n" " للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "وحدة &تحكم المجال الأساسية (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم ال&مجال الاحتياطية (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "ليس و&حدة تحكم مجال" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "تثبيت Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "الخطوة 1 من 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "اسم م&جموعة العمل أو المجال" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "الخطوة 2 من 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "اسم المجال الحالي:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "نوع خادم Samba" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "غير متاح بسبب وجود PDC." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "إعادة تسمية المشاركة" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "اسم المش&اركة الجديد" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "أدخل اسم المشاركة الجديدة." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -483,8 +473,8 @@ "المشاركة '%1' موجودة بالفعل.\n" "الرجاء اختيار اسم آخر للمشاركة.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -494,27 +484,27 @@ "ستفقد كافة الإعدادات الخاصة بها.\n" " هل تريد حذفها بالفعل؟" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "المجال المو&ثوق به" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&كلمة السر" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المجال فارغًا." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء علاقة مجال موثوق به." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -526,15 +516,15 @@ " كنص عادي. قد يعتبر هذا\n" " تهديدًا للأمان." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "المجالات الم&وثوق بها" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -542,233 +532,233 @@ "هل تريد بالفعل إلغاء علاقة الثقة\n" "بالمجال الموثوق به%1؟" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "المشاركة %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "تكوين إعدادات الخبير العمومية" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "التعريف" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "اسم المشا&ركة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "و&صف المشاركة" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "&نوع المشاركة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "الطاب&عة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&دليل" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "م&سار المشاركة" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "ال&قراءة فقط" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "تو&ارث قوائم ACL" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "عرض اللقطات" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "استخدام ميزات Btrfs" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "مشاركة جديدة" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "مسار مشاركة" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك اسم المشاركة فارغًا." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "لا يمكن ترك مسار المشاركة فارغًا." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "المشاركات المتاحة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "المر&شح" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "إ&ظهار كافة المشاركات" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "عدم إظ&هار مشاركات النظام" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "القراءة فقط" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "المسار" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "وصول إلى الضيف" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "التعليق" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "إع&ادة تسمية..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "تبدي&ل الحالة" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "دعم خادم WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "خادم WINS البعيد" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "الا&سم" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "استخدام خدمة WINS لتحديد اسم المضيف" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "ليس وحدة تحكم مجال" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات الأساسية" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "وحد&ة تحكم المجال" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخب&ير العمومية" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "مصادر تصديق المست&خدم" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Samba" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "بدء التش&غيل" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "ا&لمشاركات" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "اله&وية" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "إع&دادات LDAP" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "اسم م&ضيف NetBIOS" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "مصادر معلومات المستخدم" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -778,16 +768,16 @@ "حساب إداري (مسؤول).\n" " سيتم إنشاؤه الآن." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "كلمة سر المسؤول لـ Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "التحقق من ك&لمة السر" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -795,13 +785,13 @@ "لا تتطابق كلمة السر\n" "الأولى مع الثانية." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء حساب للمستخدم %1." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -809,7 +799,7 @@ "أدخل اسم المستخدم وكلمة السر\n" "للانضمام إلى المجال %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -817,23 +807,23 @@ "للانضمام إلى المجال كمجهول، اترك\n" "إدخالات النص فارغة." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ا&سم المستخدم" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "ع&دم الانضمام" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "تم الانضمام إلى المجال %1 بنجاح." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -841,18 +831,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم ‏‏Samba‏</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -860,8 +849,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم Samba‏</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -873,63 +862,51 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي سيبلغك ما إذا كان ذلك الإجراء آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>مُحدد مجموعات العمل أو المجال</big> \n" -" حدد اسمًا موجودًا لمجموعة عمل أو مجال أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الخاص بك ثم انقر " -"فوق التالي.\n" +" حدد اسمًا موجودًا لمجموعة عمل أو مجال أو اكتب الاسم الجديد الخاص بك ثم انقر فوق التالي.\n" "\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>نوع خادم Samba</big>\n" -"جهاز تحكم في المجال يسمح للحسابات العميلة على Windows بتسجيل الدخول إلى " -"مجال بنمط Windows NT.\n" +"جهاز تحكم في المجال يسمح للحسابات العميلة على Windows بتسجيل الدخول إلى مجال بنمط Windows NT.\n" "يستخدم جهاز التحكم في النسخ الاحتياطي جهاز تحكم في المجال آخر للمراجعة.\n" -"يستخدم جهاز التحكم الأساسي معلوماته الخاصة حول المستخدمين وكلمات مرورهم.</" -"p>\n" -"تعتمد الخيارات المتوفرة في مربعات حوار التكوين على الإعدادات الموجودة في " -"هذا التحديد. وسيتم تقسيم مراحل وظائف جهاز التحكم في المجال بنمط Windows NT " -"في الإصدارات المستقبلية." +"يستخدم جهاز التحكم الأساسي معلوماته الخاصة حول المستخدمين وكلمات مرورهم.\n" +"تعتمد الخيارات المتوفرة في مربعات حوار التكوين على الإعدادات الموجودة في هذا التحديد. وسيتم تقسيم مراحل وظائف جهاز التحكم في المجال بنمط Windows NT في الإصدارات المستقبلية." -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>نوع خادم Samba</big>\n" -"إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال " -"Windows.\n" +"إحدى وحدات تحكم المجالات التي تتيح لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى مجال Windows.\n" " وتعتمد الخيارات المتاحة في مربعات \n" " حوار التكوين على إعدادات هذا التحديد." -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<big>Shares</big>" msgstr "<big>المشاركات</big>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " @@ -937,8 +914,8 @@ "هذه قائمة بالمشاركات التي تم تكوينها بالفعل، سواء كانت \n" "ممكَّنة أو معطَّلة، وكذلك بعض المعلومات الأساسية عن هذه المشاركات. " -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -952,8 +929,8 @@ " ولذلك يمكن تمكين هذه المشاركة مرةً أخرى فيما بعد.\n" " " -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -967,8 +944,8 @@ " عن طريق تحديد عدم إظهار مشاركات النظام في القائمة المرشح\n" ".\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\n" "already existing share, and Delete to \n" @@ -978,8 +955,8 @@ "مشاركة موجودة بالفعل وحذف\n" " لإزالة المعلومات الخاصة بمشاركة.\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Identity</big> \n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -989,29 +966,25 @@ "تتيح هذه الخيارات إمكانية إعداد هوية الخادم ودورها\n" " الأساسي في الشبكة.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "تقوم الإعدادات الأساسية بإعداد المجال\n" -"ودور الخادم. تتيح وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية ووحدة تحكم المجال " -"الأساسية لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم " -"وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n" +"ودور الخادم. تتيح وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية ووحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية لعملاء Windows إمكانية الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. تستخدم وحدة التحكم الاحتياطية \n" " وحدة تحكم مجال أخرى للمراجعة. وتستخدم وحدة التحكم الأساسية\n" " المعلومات المتوفرة لديها عن المستخدمين وكلمات السر الخاصة بهم.\n" " إذا كان مطلوبًا ألا يشارك الخادم كوحدة تحكم مجال، اختر القيمة\n" " ليس وحدة تحكم مجال.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "The Base Settings set up the domain and the\n" "server role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1023,8 +996,8 @@ " الدخول إلى أحد مجالات Windows. إذا كان مطلوبًا ألا يشارك الخادم\n" " كوحدة تحكم مجال، اختر ليس وحدة تحكم مجال.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1040,8 +1013,8 @@ " الخاصة به. بالنسبة للحالة الثانية، اختر خادم WINS بعيد\n" "، ثم أدخل عنوان IP لخادم WINS.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." @@ -1049,17 +1022,16 @@ "قم بتعيين الخيار اسم NetBIOS للخادم إذا رغبت في ذلك. ويعتبر اسم\n" "NetBIOS هو الاسم الذي يستخدمه الخادم في شبكة SMB." -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "تتيح الإعدادات المتقدمة إمكانية الوصول إلى \n" "التكوين التفصيلي ومصادر تصديق المستخدم وإعدادات الخبير العمومية.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<big>Trusted Domains</big> \n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1073,7 +1045,7 @@ " قم هنا بإنشاء قائمة بالمجالات التي يجب أن يقدم خادم \n" " Samba إمكانية الوصول لها.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1085,12 +1057,11 @@ "لإضافة مجال جديد إلى القائمة، اضغط إضافة.\n" "أدخل اسم المجال المطلوب الوثوق به\n" " وكلمة سر في مربع الحوار الذي يظهر لك. يستخدم خادم Samba\n" -" كلمة السر هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط موافق، يتم " -"إنشاء\n" +" كلمة السر هذه للوصول إلى المجال الموثوق به. بعد ضغط موافق، يتم إنشاء\n" " علاقة الثقة. لحذف أحد المجالات،\n" " اختر المجال من القائمة، ثم اضغط حذف.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" @@ -1098,8 +1069,8 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل عن كيفية عمل المجالات الموثوق بها،\n" "راجع مجموعة Samba HOWTO.\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Edit a Share</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" @@ -1107,8 +1078,8 @@ "<big>تحرير مشاركة</big> \n" "يمكنك هنا إجراء ضبط دقيق لخيارات إحدى المشاركات.\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1116,8 +1087,8 @@ "استخدم إضافة لإضافة خيار تكوين جديد، وتحرير لتعديل\n" "خيار موجود، وحذف لحذف أحد الخيارات.\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" @@ -1125,8 +1096,8 @@ "<big>تكوين إعدادات الخبير العمومية</big> \n" "يمكنك هنا إجراء ضبط دقيق للخيارات العمومية للخادم.\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1134,8 +1105,8 @@ "استخدم إضافة لإضافة خيار تكوين جديد، وتحرير لتعديل\n" "خيار موجود بالفعل، وحذف لحذف أحد الخيارات.\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1145,33 +1116,28 @@ "يمكنك هنا إعداد تفاصيل عن استخدام بروتوكول LDAP بواسطة خادم Samba\n" ".\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "يعتبر الاسم المميَّز لأساس البحث هو\n" -"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم الاسم المميَّز " -"للإدارة عند\n" +"الأساس الذي تبدأ عنده عملية البحث عن المعلومات. ويُستخدم الاسم المميَّز للإدارة عند\n" " إنشاء مجموعات ومستخدمين جدد. وإذا تطلب الاسم المميَّز للإدارة\n" " كلمة سر لتوفير إمكانية الوصول للكتابة، قم بتعيين كلمة السر باستخدام الخيار\n" " تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP.\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"ملاحظة: يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP.\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "ملاحظة: يتم حفظ الإعدادات قبل تعيين كلمة السر لإدارة LDAP.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1183,18 +1149,17 @@ "التصديق. لا يدعم Samba خادمات متعددة في وقت واحد، \n" "بل يسمح بواحد فقط.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت تريد تغيير مصدر تصديق المستخدم، قم بإزالة الإصدار الحالي \n" "أولًا بالضغط على حذف ثم إضافة كلمة سر جديدة باستخدامإضافة.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1206,8 +1171,8 @@ " ملف passwd. ومن الممكن أن تكون هناك ملفات متعددة بنفس هذا \n" " التنسيق.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.\n" @@ -1215,47 +1180,45 @@ "LDAP هو عبارة عن عنوان URL لخادم LDAP للتحقق من وجود\n" "المعلومات.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"تستخدم قاعدة بيانات TDB تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba " -"الداخلية\n" +"تستخدم قاعدة بيانات TDB تنسيقًا ثنائيًا لقاعدة بيانات Samba الداخلية\n" "لتخزين المعلومات والبحث عنها.\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information. -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify -#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. -#. Use Up and Down to change the order -#. of the back-ends. -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("The LDAP button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end. -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information. +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify +#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. +#. Use Up and Down to change the order +#. of the back-ends. +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("The LDAP button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end. +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<big>Add a New Share</big> \n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إضافة مشاركة جديدة</big> \n" -"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها." -"\n" +"يمكنك هنا إدخال المعلومات الأساسية المتعلقة بإحدى المشاركات المطلوب إضافتها.\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Share Name is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. Share Description describes the\n" @@ -1265,8 +1228,8 @@ "المشاركة من العملاء. ويوضح وصف المشاركة الغرض من\n" " المشاركة." -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "There are two types of shares. A Printer share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \n" @@ -1278,8 +1241,8 @@ "كقرص شبكة. يجب إدخال مسار المشاركة لمشاركة\n" " دليل.\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "If Read-Only is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1289,134 +1252,82 @@ "أية خدمة بإنشاء ملفات أو تعديلها في دليل\n" " الخدمة.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" "honored when creating a subdirectory.\n" msgstr "" -"يمكن استخدام توارث قوائم ACL للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية " -"في\n" +"يمكن استخدام توارث قوائم ACL للتأكد من وجود قوائم ACL الافتراضية في\n" "الدلائل الرئيسية، ويتم دائمًا\n" "منحها عند إنشاء دليل فرعي.\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"عند تحديد عرض اللقطات، يعرض Samba اللقطات التي أنشأها Snapper " -"للوصول والمعالجة من قِبل عملاء CIFS/SMB. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان Samba " -"يقدم دعم Snapper ومسار المشاركة يستجيبان لوحدة التخزين الفرعية لتكوين " -"Snapper المدعوم بـ Btrfs. يجب كذلك منح الأذونات ذات الصلة. انظر صفحة man " -"لـ vfs_snapper(8) الخاص بـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل." +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "عند تحديد عرض اللقطات، يعرض Samba اللقطات التي أنشأها Snapper للوصول والمعالجة من قِبل عملاء CIFS/SMB. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كان Samba يقدم دعم Snapper ومسار المشاركة يستجيبان لوحدة التخزين الفرعية لتكوين Snapper المدعوم بـ Btrfs. يجب كذلك منح الأذونات ذات الصلة. انظر صفحة man لـ vfs_snapper(8) الخاص بـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل." -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"يوجه استخدام ميزات Btrfs Samba إلى الاستفادة من الميزات الخاصة " -"بنظام ملفات Btrfs. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كانت تطبيقات Samba تقدم دعم " -"Btrfs، وكان مسار المشاركة هو وحدة التخزين الفرعية في Btrfs. انظر صفحة man " -"vfs_btrfs(8) لـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل." +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "يوجه استخدام ميزات Btrfs Samba إلى الاستفادة من الميزات الخاصة بنظام ملفات Btrfs. ويتوفر هذا الخيار فقط إذا كانت تطبيقات Samba تقدم دعم Btrfs، وكان مسار المشاركة هو وحدة التخزين الفرعية في Btrfs. انظر صفحة man vfs_btrfs(8) لـ Samba لمزيد من التفاصيل." -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Settings</big> \n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP إعدادات </big> \n" "هنا، قم بتحديد خادم LDAP لاستخدامه للتصديق.\n" "\n" "\n" -" إعداد كلمة سر LDAP الموجودة على الخادم تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم " -"في شجرة LDAP المحددة بواسطة المسار. باستخدام جزء LDAP Idmap الموجود على " -"الخادم ، يمكن تخزين جداول خرائط SID/uid/gid في LDAP.\n" +" إعداد كلمة سر LDAP الموجودة على الخادم تسمح بتخزين معلومات المستخدم في شجرة LDAP المحددة بواسطة المسار. باستخدام جزء LDAP Idmap الموجود على الخادم ، يمكن تخزين جداول خرائط SID/uid/gid في LDAP.\n" "\n" -"في قسم التصديق، قم بتعيين بيانات اعتماد خادم LDAP، بما في ذلك مسؤول الكامل " -"DN.\n" +"في قسم التصديق، قم بتعيين بيانات اعتماد خادم LDAP، بما في ذلك مسؤول الكامل DN.\n" "\n" "قاعدة بحث DNهي لاحقة LDAP الملحقة بكائنات LDAP المحددة Samba .\n" "\n" -"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق اختبار الاتصال. لتعيين " -"إعدادات LDAP الخبير أو قم باستخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق >إعدادات " -"متقدمة." +"لاختبار الاتصال بخادم LDAP الخاص بك، انقر فوق اختبار الاتصال. لتعيين إعدادات LDAP الخبير أو قم باستخدام القيم الافتراضية، انقر فوق >إعدادات متقدمة." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"لاحقة المستخدم تحدد أين يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. " -"والقيمة اللاحقة مسبقًا لقيمة قاعدة بحث DN، بشكل مماثل فإن لاحقة " -"المجموعة تحدد موقع المجموعة، لاحقات الأجهزة للأجهزة و لاحقة " -"Idmap لمخططات idmap." +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "لاحقة المستخدم تحدد أين يتم إضافة المستخدمين إلى شجرة LDAP. والقيمة اللاحقة مسبقًا لقيمة قاعدة بحث DN، بشكل مماثل فإن لاحقة المجموعة تحدد موقع المجموعة، لاحقات الأجهزة للأجهزة و لاحقة Idmap لمخططات idmap." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"إيقاف الاستنساخ هو فترة انتظار Samba بالمللي ثانية بعد الكتابة إلى " -"خادم LDAP، حتى تستطيع نسخ LDAP المتماثلة اللحاق بالحدث. يحدد خيار \n" +"إيقاف الاستنساخ هو فترة انتظار Samba بالمللي ثانية بعد الكتابة إلى خادم LDAP، حتى تستطيع نسخ LDAP المتماثلة اللحاق بالحدث. يحدد خيار \n" "المهلة وقت انتهاء مهلة عمليات LDAP (بالثواني)." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع استخدام SSL أو TLS.</" -"p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "وتحديد ما إذا كان استخدام SSL للاتصال LDAP مع استخدام SSL أو TLS." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"حذف الاسم المميَّز يقوم بتحديد ما إذا كانت عملية الحذف تحذف دخول " -"LDAP كاملًا أو سمات محددة Samba فقط.\n" -"عن طريق مزامنة كلمات السر، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة السر " -"LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر صفحة دليل <tt>smb.conf</tt> للحصول على التفاصيل." -"" +"حذف الاسم المميَّز يقوم بتحديد ما إذا كانت عملية الحذف تحذف دخول LDAP كاملًا أو سمات محددة Samba فقط.\n" +"عن طريق مزامنة كلمات السر، قم بتعريف المزامنة المحتملة لكلمة السر LDAP مع تجزئات LM و NT. انظر صفحة دليل <tt>smb.conf</tt> للحصول على التفاصيل." -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1428,8 +1339,8 @@ " عميل. ونظرًا لأن معرف SID الجديد لا يماثل المعرف القديم، لا يمكن للعملاء\n" " التصديق كأعضاء في مجال.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1441,8 +1352,8 @@ " فترة يتم تكوينها. راجع MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP وTMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR في\n" " /etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1450,8 +1361,8 @@ "قد يؤدي تصدير ?/var إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان. يتضمن\n" "الدليل أسرارًا عديدة من أسرار النظام.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1459,57 +1370,55 @@ "قد يؤدي تصدير ?/etc إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان. يتضمن\n" "الدليل أسرارًا عديدة من أسرار النظام.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"قد يؤدي تصدير / إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان لأنه يتسبب في تمكن عملاء Samba من " -"استعراض نظام الملفات بالكامل\n" +"قد يؤدي تصدير / إلى مشكلات تتعلق بالأمان لأنه يتسبب في تمكن عملاء Samba من استعراض نظام الملفات بالكامل\n" ".\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "تتيح الإعدادات المتقدمة إمكانية الوصول إلى \n" "إعدادات التكوين التفصيلية، مثل إعدادات LDAP ومصادر تصديق المستخدم و\n" "إعدادات الخبير العمومية.\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "فقط" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "أدخل عنوان URL للخادم." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "كلمات السر غير متطابقة." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "كلمات السر متطابقة." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1517,182 +1426,182 @@ "ستتم إعادة كتابة كافة القيم الحالية المرتبطة ببروتوكول LDAP.\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "تم الاتصال بنجاح." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "الاسم المميَّز لأساس الب&حث" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "تصديق" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "الاسم ال&مميَّز للإدارة" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "&كلمة سر الإدارة" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "كلمة سر الإ&دارة (مرة أخرى)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "جزء Passdb الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "استخدام الجز&ء الموجود على الخادم لكلمة سر LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "ع&نوان URL لخادم LDAP" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "جزء Idmap الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "استخدام &جزء Idmap الموجود على الخادم لبروتوكول LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "عن&وان URL لخادم LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "ا&ختبار الاتصال" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "إعدادات متقدم&ة..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير لبروتوكول LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "القيم الافتراضية" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "اللاحقات" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "لاح&قة المستخدم" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "لاحقة المجمو&عة" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "لاحقة الجها&ز" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "لا&حقة Idmap" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "المُهل" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "إيقاف الا&ستنساخ" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "الم&هلة" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "استخد&ام SSL أو TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "إعدادات أخرى" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "ح&ذف الاسم المميَّز" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "مزامنة كلمات ال&سر" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم Samba" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "معلومات إضافية:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "خطأ غير معروف. قد يكون yast2-ldap غير متاح." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "طبقة غير معروفة:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." msgstr "يتم دعم الطبقتين dcObject (dc)? وorganizationalUnit (ou)? فقط." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1701,204 +1610,204 @@ "يبدو أنه لا يوجد خادم\n" "LDAP وظيفي على %s.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "مشاركة الملفات والطابعات" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الاحتياطية" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "وحدة تحكم المجال الأساسية" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "خادم عضو المجال" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "قراءة أسرار Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات خدمة Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "قراءة حسابات Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات دور خدمة Samba" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba العمومية..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أسرار Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات خدمة Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حسابات Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات Samba..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات العمومية" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "تعطيل خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "كتابة حسابات Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات العمومية..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تعطيل خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "يتم الآن تمكين خدمات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الجزء الموجود على الخادم..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة حسابات Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات إلى ?/etc/samba/smb.conf." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "التكوين العمومي:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "مجموعة العمل أو المجال: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "الدور: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "تم تعطيل خادم Samba" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "تكوين المشاركة:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "بلا" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/samba-users.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,122 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." msgstr "قم هنا بتحرير إعداد حساب samba الخاص بالمستخدم." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "في حالة عدم إدخال قيم مخصصة لـ" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"المشغل الرئيسي والمسار الرئيسي ومسار ملف التعريف " -"والبرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "المشغل الرئيسي والمسار الرئيسي ومسار ملف التعريف والبرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في تكوين Samba المحلي الخاص بك.</" -"p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "سيتم استخدام القيم الافتراضية كما هي محددة في تكوين Samba المحلي الخاص بك." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "سواقة المنزل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "استخدام القيم الافتراضية" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "مسار المنزل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "مسار ملف التعريف" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "البرنامج النصي لتسجيل الدخول" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "حساب سامبا معطل" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "كلمة السر غير منتهية" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "تعديل خصائص سامبا" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"يمكن استخدام هذه الأداة الإضافية لتمكين مجموعة LDAP لتكون متاحة إلى " -"Samba.\n" +"يمكن استخدام هذه الأداة الإضافية لتمكين مجموعة LDAP لتكون متاحة إلى Samba.\n" " الإعداد الوحيد الذي تستطيع تعديله هنا هو خاصية اسم مجموعة Samba \n" "\n" " وهو اسم المجموعة كما يجب أن يظهر لعملاء Samba. ستتم حوسبة كل\n" "الإعدادات الأخرى تلقائيًا. إذا تركت اسم مجموعة Samba خاليًا\n" -"فسيتم استخدام نفس اسم الذي تم تكوينه في الإعدادات العامة في هذه المجموعة.</" -"p>\n" +"فسيتم استخدام نفس اسم الذي تم تكوينه في الإعدادات العامة في هذه المجموعة.\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "اسم مجموعة سامبا" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "خصائص سامبا" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "إدارة معلمات حساب samba" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "تعذر تحديث سمة طبقة الكائن." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "تعذرت تهيئة معرف خدمة Samba. تعطيل الأداة الإضافية." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "غير كلمة السر لعمل حساب للسامبا" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "إدارة سمة Samba لمجموعات LDAP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/scanner.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "إعادة ب&دء الاكتشاف" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "تشغ&يل hp-setup" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "المسح ال&ضوئي من خلال الشبكة..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي شيء" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "حدد إدخالاً." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء التحرير" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط حذف برنامج تشغيل بدون ماسحة ضوئية مطابقة." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط إضافة ماسحة ضوئية." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء أي حذف" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "يمكن فقط تحرير إحدى الماسحات الضوئية التي تم اكتشافها." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "هل تريد إلغاء تنشيط %1؟" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "فشل إلغاء تنشيط %1." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء أي اختبار" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "فشل اختبار %1." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "فشل تشغيل hp-setup." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "تحديد طراز الطابعة وبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "سلسلة البح&ث" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "إظ&هار القائمة الكاملة" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "طرازات الماسحة الض&وئية" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "كاف&ة طرازات الماسحات الضوئية" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "طراز غير مدعم" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "هذا الطراز غير مدعم.\n" "ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة لبرنامج تشغيل Linux." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "الطراز غير مدعم بواسطة برنامج التشغيل %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,45 +253,41 @@ "حدد طرازًا متوافقًا،\n" " أو ارجع إلى الشركة المصنّعة لبرنامج تشغيل Linux." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل غير مدعم" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"لا يتوفر برنامج تشغيل epkowa إلا للهياكل المتوافقة i386 (32 بت وأيضًا 64 بت " -"x86_64)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "لا يتوفر برنامج تشغيل epkowa إلا للهياكل المتوافقة i386 (32 بت وأيضًا 64 بت x86_64)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل يُحتمل وجود مشكلات به" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." msgstr "قد يسبب برنامج التشغيل epkowa مشاكل في هيكل x86_64 64 بت." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل قديم" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -299,70 +295,70 @@ "من المفترض أن برنامج التشغيل hpoj صالح للعمل، لكن عمليات صيانته توقفت.\n" "يمكنك تجربة استخدام برنامج التشغيل الحديث hpaio." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "إعداد الماسحة الضوئية وبرنامج التشغيل" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "فشل تنشيط %1." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "إعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "ال&عملاء المسموح بهم لبرنامج saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "الخوادم المستخدمة لبرنامج &تشغيل بيانات التعريف net" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخادم" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "إعدادات العميل" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "التكوينات المحددة مسبقًا" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "تكو&ين المضيف المحلي" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "تع&طيل المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -374,8 +370,8 @@ " الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " " -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -387,45 +383,41 @@ " الرجاء الانتظار...\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>تكوين الماسحة الضوئية</big> \n" -" إعداد تكوين الماسحة الضوئية أو تغييره وإظهار الماسحات الضوئية النشطة " -"بالفعل.\n" +" إعداد تكوين الماسحة الضوئية أو تغييره وإظهار الماسحات الضوئية النشطة بالفعل.\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "لإعداد ماسحة ضوئية جديدة، اختر الماسحة الضوئية من قائمة\n" " الماسحات الضوئية التي تم اكتشافها، ثم اضغط تحرير.\n" -" في حالة عدم اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية الخاصة بك، استخدم إضافة لإجراء " -"التكوين اليدوي.\n" +" في حالة عدم اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية الخاصة بك، استخدم إضافة لإجراء التكوين اليدوي.\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -442,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -464,17 +455,16 @@ "إذا لم يتم إدراجها هناك، لا يمكن أن يتصل نظام USB بالماسحة الضوئية.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -485,9 +475,9 @@ " تحقق من تحميل وحدة kernel النمطية المناسبة لمحول مضيف SCSI.\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -495,8 +485,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -506,20 +495,18 @@ "يجب تكوين الماسحات الضوئية العامة المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ يدويًا.\n" "لإعداد وحدة الماسحة الضوئية في جهاز HP all-in-one،\n" "الذي يتم توصيله بالمنفذ المتوازي،\n" -"قد تضطر إلى تشغيل <tt>إعداد hp</tt> من خلال أخرى وتشغيل إعداد hp</" -"b>\n" -"قبل أن تتمكن من تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام إضافة</" -"b>.\n" +"قد تضطر إلى تشغيل <tt>إعداد hp</tt> من خلال أخرى وتشغيل إعداد hp\n" +"قبل أن تتمكن من تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام إضافة.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -531,10 +518,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -551,22 +536,21 @@ "قبل تكوين وحدة الماسحة الضوئية مع هذه الأداة باستخدام إضافة.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -575,28 +559,26 @@ "اضغط إضافة لتحديد الطراز وبرنامج التشغيل، ثم تمكينه.\n" "اضغط تحرير لتحديد برنامج التشغيل وتمكينه.\n" "اضغط حذف لتعطيل برنامج التشغيل.\n" -"في حالة ضغط أخرى، يمكنك إعادة بدء تشغيل عملية الاكتشاف أو اختبار " -"برامج التشغيل الممكنة أو إعداد \n" +"في حالة ضغط أخرى، يمكنك إعادة بدء تشغيل عملية الاكتشاف أو اختبار برامج التشغيل الممكنة أو إعداد \n" "أجهزة HP all-in-one أو إعداد المسح الضوئي عبر الشبكة.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -606,8 +588,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا تم إعداد برنامج التشغيل دون التعرف على الماسحة الضوئية، قد يرجع ذلك إلى " -"الأسباب التالية:\n" +"إذا تم إعداد برنامج التشغيل دون التعرف على الماسحة الضوئية، قد يرجع ذلك إلى الأسباب التالية:\n" "الماسحة الضوئية غير متصلة أو تم إيقاف تشغيلها،\n" "برنامج التشغيل غير مناسب للطراز\n" "(حتى الاختلافات البسيطة في أسماء الطرازات أو الاختلافات الداخلية في\n" @@ -616,15 +597,14 @@ "(على سبيل المثال، مشكلة USB ذات مستوى منخفض أو مشكلة SCSI ذات مستوى منخفض).\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -637,63 +617,48 @@ " <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>على ويب\n" " " -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"يتم دعم طراز ما إذا توفر أحد برنامج التشغيل المناسب على الأقل للماسحة " -"الضوئية.\n" -"تنتمي معظم برامج تشغيل الماسحات الضوئية إلى مشروع SANE ويتم توفيرها في حزمة " -"الخوادم الخلفية لواجهة sane.\n" +"يتم دعم طراز ما إذا توفر أحد برنامج التشغيل المناسب على الأقل للماسحة الضوئية.\n" +"تنتمي معظم برامج تشغيل الماسحات الضوئية إلى مشروع SANE ويتم توفيرها في حزمة الخوادم الخلفية لواجهة sane.\n" "تختلف حالة الدعم لطراز معين من الحد الأدنى إلى كامل. \n" -"عندما يتم عرض برنامج تشغيل على أنه 'غير محتفظ به'، لا يعنى هذا أن برنامج " -"التشغيل لا يعمل.\n" +"عندما يتم عرض برنامج تشغيل على أنه 'غير محتفظ به'، لا يعنى هذا أن برنامج التشغيل لا يعمل.\n" "على العكس يمكن أن يعمل برنامج التشغيل غير المحتفظ به على نحو جيد تمامًا.\n" -"لكن معنى ذلك أنه لم يعد يوجد الشخص الذي تتوفر له معرفة بالوحدات الداخلية " -"لبرنامج التشغيل \n" -"لذلك، لن يتم الحصول عادةً على مساعدة في حالة وجود مشاكل ببرنامج تشغيل غير " -"محتفظ به.\n" +"لكن معنى ذلك أنه لم يعد يوجد الشخص الذي تتوفر له معرفة بالوحدات الداخلية لبرنامج التشغيل \n" +"لذلك، لن يتم الحصول عادةً على مساعدة في حالة وجود مشاكل ببرنامج تشغيل غير محتفظ به.\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"حتى في حالة عدم توفر برنامج تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة " -"برنامج تشغيل.\n" -" لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية برنامج تشغيل لماسحة " -"ضوئية غير مدعمة.\n" +"حتى في حالة عدم توفر برنامج تشغيل لطراز ما، قد يتوفر لدى الشركة المصنّعة برنامج تشغيل.\n" +" لذلك، يجب أن تطلب من الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية برنامج تشغيل لماسحة ضوئية غير مدعمة.\n" " " -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -703,50 +668,40 @@ "عند توفر تعليقات إضافية، تظهر في أقواس مربعة.\n" " " -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "استخدم سلسلة البحث للبحث عن إدخال مناسب بسرعة.\n" " للبحث عن نص ما في أي مكان بالجدول، أدخل النص في الحقل.\n" -" يمكنك أيضًا إجراء بحث أكثر تعقيدًا باستخدام تعبير عادي غير مميز لحالة " -"الأحرف.\n" +" يمكنك أيضًا إجراء بحث أكثر تعقيدًا باستخدام تعبير عادي غير مميز لحالة الأحرف.\n" " في حالة اكتشاف الماسحة الضوئية وتوفر اسم الشركة المصنّعة في هذه القائمة،\n" " يتم تعيين سلسلة البحث مسبقًا باسم الشركة المصنّعة، مثل <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" " لترشيح نتائج البحث، قم بإلحاق تفاصيل خاصة بالطراز بسلسلة البحث.\n" -" على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -" أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +" على سبيل المثال، قم بإلحاق كلمة تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +" أو قم بإلحاق بعض الأرقام التي تمثل جزءًا من اسم الطراز كما في <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" " " -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -757,8 +712,8 @@ " في حالة ضغط الخلف، يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج التشغيل.\n" " " -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" @@ -774,8 +729,8 @@ "قد لا تتوفر مثل هذه الحزم لجميع الهياكل.\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Firmware Upload</big> \n" @@ -789,29 +744,25 @@ " في هذه الحالة، يتم عرض نص توضيحي مناسب.\n" " " -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "\n" "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -829,14 +780,13 @@ "يمكن تثبيت كل من حزمتي البرامج في نفس الوقت\n" "ولكن لا يمكن تشغيل\n" "خدمة ptal وبرنامج التشغيل hpaio معًا.\n" -" ولذلك، يجب استخدام خدمة ptal أو برنامج التشغيل hpaio مع كافة أجهزة HP all-" -"in-one.\n" +" ولذلك، يجب استخدام خدمة ptal أو برنامج التشغيل hpaio مع كافة أجهزة HP all-in-one.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanning via Network</big> \n" @@ -850,21 +800,18 @@ " لإعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة.\n" " " -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -874,25 +821,22 @@ "\n" "<big>إعدادات الخادم</big> \n" "إذا كان لديك ماسحات ضوئية متصلة محليًا وتريد إتاحة الوصول إليها عبر الشبكة،\n" -"قم بإعداد برنامج محرك مسح الشبكة لبرنامج saned حتى يصبح الجهاز المضيف الخاص " -"بك خادمًا.\n" -"في الأجهزة العميلة المسموح بها، أدخل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل المسموح " -"لها بالوصول إلى برنامج saned على خادمك.\n" -"أدخل قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للأجهزة المضيفة للعميل (أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو " -"عناوين IP)\n" +"قم بإعداد برنامج محرك مسح الشبكة لبرنامج saned حتى يصبح الجهاز المضيف الخاص بك خادمًا.\n" +"في الأجهزة العميلة المسموح بها، أدخل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل المسموح لها بالوصول إلى برنامج saned على خادمك.\n" +"أدخل قائمة مفصولة بفواصل للأجهزة المضيفة للعميل (أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو عناوين IP)\n" " أو الشبكات الفرعية (تدوين CIDR، مثل 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "في حالة عدم السماح بأجهزة مضيفة للعميل، لا يتم تنشيط برنامج saned.\n" "وإذا تم تنشيط saned، يتم تنشيط برنامج xinetd أيضًا وإعداد برنامج saned.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Regarding Firewall</big> \n" @@ -927,10 +871,8 @@ "\n" "<big>بخصوص جدار الحماية</big> \n" "يستخدم جدار الحماية بغرض حماية عمليات الخادم التي يتم تشغيلها\n" -"على المضيف الخاص بك لتوفير الحماية من محاولات الوصول غير المرغوب فيها عبر " -"الشبكة.\n" -"لاستخدام الماسحات الضوئية عبر الشبكة، يمثل برنامج محرك شبكة SANE (برنامج " -"(saned)\n" +"على المضيف الخاص بك لتوفير الحماية من محاولات الوصول غير المرغوب فيها عبر الشبكة.\n" +"لاستخدام الماسحات الضوئية عبر الشبكة، يمثل برنامج محرك شبكة SANE (برنامج (saned)\n" "عملية الخادم التي يجب تشغيلها حتى تتمكن الأجهزة العميلة البعيدة\n" "من الاتصال بالجهاز المضيف المحلي الخاص بك\n" "تتصل الأجهزة المضيفة للعميل ببرنامج saned عبر منفذ sane(منفذ TCP 6566)\n" @@ -938,8 +880,7 @@ "وبالتالي، لا يكفي المنفذ 6566 فقط لإجراء المسح عبر الشبكة. \n" "لا تفتح منفذ sane 6566 أو أي منفذ آخر\n" "بخصوص استخدام الماسحات الضوئية للمنطقة الخارجية في جدار الحماية.\n" -"يُعد هذا لأمر خطرًا لأنه يسمح بالوصول إلى برنامج saned من الأجهزة المضيفة " -"الخارجية\n" +"يُعد هذا لأمر خطرًا لأنه يسمح بالوصول إلى برنامج saned من الأجهزة المضيفة الخارجية\n" "لذلك لا يعد يوفر جدار الحماية أي حماية لبرنامج saned.\n" "كما أن السماح بالوصول من طريق الشبكة الخارجية (أي للمنطقة الخارجية)\n" "لا معنى له لأن المستندات الممسوحة تتطلب\n" @@ -951,25 +892,22 @@ "إلى المنطقة الداخلية لجدار الحماية.\n" "استخدم الوحدة النمطية لإعداد جدار الحماية YaST للقيام بهذا الإعداد الأساسي\n" "بخصوص أمان الشبكة وجدار الحماية والمسح عبر الشبكة\n" -"سيعمل بدون أي إعداد إضافي لجدار الحماية. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع مقال " -"قاعدة بيانات\n" +"سيعمل بدون أي إعداد إضافي لجدار الحماية. للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع مقال قاعدة بيانات\n" "دعم openSUSE\n" " 'إعدادات جدار الحماية لـ CUPS وSANE' في \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -978,26 +916,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>إعدادات العميل</big> \n" -"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في " -"الشبكة،\n" -"قم بإعداد برنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج المحرك " -"قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n" -"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية " -"الوصول.\n" +"إذا أردت الوصول إلى الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بأجهزة مضيفة (خوادم) أخرى في الشبكة،\n" +"قم بإعداد برنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net للوصول إليها من خلال برنامج المحرك قيد التشغيل على الخوادم.\n" +"يجب أن يتيح كل من برنامج saned وجدار الحماية الموجودين على الخوادم إمكانية الوصول.\n" "في الخوادم المستخدمة، أدخل الخوادم التي يجب استخدامها.\n" "أدخل قائمة خوادم، مفصولة بفاصلة (أسماء الخوادم أو عناوين IP).\n" "في حالة عدم إدخال أية خوادم، لن يتم تنشيط الشبكة.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Local Host Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1011,26 +946,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>تكوين المضيف المحلي</big> \n" -" باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned وبرنامج تشغيل بيانات " -"التعريف net\n" +" باستخدام شبكة الاسترجاع، يمكن استخدام برنامج saned وبرنامج تشغيل بيانات التعريف net\n" " حتى على المضيف المحلي الخاص بك.\n" " في هذه الحالة، يقوم جهاز واحد بدور الخادم والعميل (localhost).\n" -" تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، " -"امتيازات المسؤول.\n" +" تتطلب بعض الماسحات الضوئية، مثل الماسحات الضوئية المتصلة بمنفذ متوازٍ، امتيازات المسؤول.\n" " عند إدخال <tt>localhost</tt> لكل من الخادم والعميل،\n" -" يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف " -"المحلي.\n" +" يمكنك الوصول إلى هذه الماسحة الضوئية حتى باعتبارك مستخدمًا عاديًا على المضيف المحلي.\n" " " -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1040,23 +972,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "فشل تحديد إصدار الحزمة %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1085,215 +1016,209 @@ "حزمة 'iscan' للبرنامج الأساسي وحزمة 'الأداة الإضافية لـ iscan' \n" " المعتمدة على الطراز الإضافي بالوحدة النمطية المملوكة.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "الحزمة المطلوبة %1 غير مثبَّتة ولا يتوفر أي مخزن حزم." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1 وهي غير متوفرة في المخزن." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "فشل تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة.\n" "في حالة تنشيط برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف النت أثناء وجود مشكلة\n" "في الشبكة، قد لا يستجيب الأمر 'scanimage -L'. على سبيل المثال،\n" -"قد يحدث هذا في حالة تشويه الاتصال بأحد الخوادم الذي يستخدمه برنامج تشغيل " -"بيانات تعريف النت\n" +"قد يحدث هذا في حالة تشويه الاتصال بأحد الخوادم الذي يستخدمه برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف النت\n" "نظرًا لإسقاط جدار الحماية بعض عمليات السر عبر الشبكة.\n" -"وفي هذه الحال، يتم تعطيل برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف الشبكة حتى يتم إصلاح " -"المشكلة في الشبكة.\n" +"وفي هذه الحال، يتم تعطيل برنامج تشغيل بيانات تعريف الشبكة حتى يتم إصلاح المشكلة في الشبكة.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "فشل تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "الملف %1 غير موجود." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "فشلت قراءة %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "فشل تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "فشل اكتشاف الماسحات الضوئية تلقائيًا." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية أو إنشاؤها" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "اكتشاف الماسحات الضوئية" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم المثبَّتة..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية أو إنشاؤها..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد الماسحات الضوئية النشطة..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديد برامج التشغيل النشطة..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "اكتشاف بطاقات الماسحات الضوئية..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنشاء قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "إيقاف: فشل إنشاء قاعدة بيانات الماسحة الضوئية." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "إيقاف: فشلت قراءة %1." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "كتابة تكوين الماسحة الضوئية" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "حفظ البيئة الفعلية" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ البيئة الفعلية..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1309,9 +1234,9 @@ "وإيقاف خدمةptal وتغيير تكوين الطابعة لاستخدام HPLIP\n" "وبدء تكوين الماسحة الضوئية مرة أخرى بعد ذلك.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1321,17 +1246,16 @@ "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "لا يمكن تشغيل إعداد hp بسبب عدم إمكانية فتح عرض رسومي. \n" -"يحدث هذا في حالة تشغيل YaST في وضع نص فقط، أو عندما لا يتوفر للمستخدم الذي " -"يشغل YaST مجموعة متغيرة لبيئة \n" +"يحدث هذا في حالة تشغيل YaST في وضع نص فقط، أو عندما لا يتوفر للمستخدم الذي يشغل YaST مجموعة متغيرة لبيئة \n" " DISPLAY، أو إذا لم يُسمح لعملية YaST بالوصول إلى \n" "العرض الرسومي. في هذه الحالة، قم بإيقاف تكوين الماسحة الضوئية \n" "، وتشغيل إعداد hp يدويًا، وبدء تكوين الماسحة الضوئية\n" "مرة أخرى فيما بعد.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" @@ -1339,9 +1263,9 @@ "يبدو أنه لم يتم تثبيت hplip المطلوبة لتشغيل إعداد hp.\n" " هل تريد أن يتم تثبيت hplip الحزمة؟\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1351,204 +1275,192 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup غير قابل للتنفيذ\n" "أو غير موجود.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "تم بدء تشغيل hp-setup.\n" "يجب أن تقوم بإنهاء hp-setup قبل متابعة تكوين الطابعة.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "غير مكوَّن:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "شركة مصنّعة غير معروفة" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "طراز غير معروف" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 في %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "لم يتم التعرف على أية ماسحة ضوئية بواسطة برنامج التشغيل هذا" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو برامج تشغيل نشطة." +msgstr "لم يتم اكتشاف أية ماسحة ضوئية ولا توجد أية ماسحات ضوئية أو برامج تشغيل نشطة." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "مطلوب تحميل البرنامج الثابت." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." msgstr "مطلوب برنامج تشغيل مسح صور الطرف الثالث من Epson/Avasys." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "الحزمة %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "قد توفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به وظيفة جيدة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "ينبغي أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 وظيفة جيدة." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "هذه الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "هذا الماسح الضوئي غير معتمد من قبل برنامج التشغيل %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج تشغيل التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 وظيفة كاملة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "ينبغي أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 وظيفة كاملة." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "قد يعمل برنامج التشغيل %1، ولكن لم يتم اختباره." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الوظائف الأساسية." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "يجب أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الوظائف الأساسية." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." +msgstr "قد يوفر برنامج التشغيل الذي لم يتم الاحتفاظ به %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "يجب أن يوفر برنامج التشغيل %1 الحد الأدنى من الوظائف." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "قد يعمل برنامج التشغيل %1، ولكن الوظيفة غير معروفة." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي أي ملف برنامج ثابت على برنامج يجب تحميله إلى ذاكرة الماسحة الضوئية.\n" "لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية بدون البرنامج الثابت.\n" "\n" -"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة " -"الضوئية.\n" -"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة " -"المصنّعة.\n" +"لا يمكن توزيع البرنامج الثابت، لأنه تم ترخيصه بواسطة الشركة المصنّعة للماسحة الضوئية.\n" +"يتم تخزين ملف البرنامج الثابت عادةً في مكان ما على قرص مضغوط خاص بالشركة المصنّعة.\n" "بدلًا من ذلك، يمكن إنزاله من موقع الشركة المصنّعة على الويب.\n" -"قم بالرجوع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج " -"الثابت الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n" +"قم بالرجوع إلى الشركة المصنّعة للتعرف على كيفية الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت الخاص بماسحة ضوئية معينة.\n" "يمكنك العثور على معلومات إضافية مفيدة على موقع SANE التالي على الويب\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "بعد الحصول على ملف البرنامج الثابت، يجب تكوين برنامج التشغيل يدويًا.\n" -"توضح صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل كيفية تكوينه لتحميل البرنامج " -"الثابت.\n" +"توضح صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل كيفية تكوينه لتحميل البرنامج الثابت.\n" "ويتيح الأمر التالي إمكانية عرض صفحة الدليل الخاصة ببرنامج التشغيل لديك:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1560,29 +1472,26 @@ "ولن تعمل قوائم انتظار الطباعة التي تستخدم خدمة ptal بعد الآن.\n" "إذا أردت المتابعة، فقم بتغيير تكوين الطابعة لاستخدام خدمة hplip.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1600,133 +1509,130 @@ " إذا كان لديك جهاز لا يدعم USB أو في حالة فشل التهيئة التلقائية لـ USB،\n" " قم بإعداد نظام PTAL يدويًا.\n" " إذا كان لديك جهاز متعدد الإمكانات (ماسحة ضوئية+طابعة)، لاحظ أن\n" -" خدمة ptal قيد التشغيل تسيطر على ملف جهاز USB (على سبيل المثال، /dev/usb/" -"lp0)،\n" +" خدمة ptal قيد التشغيل تسيطر على ملف جهاز USB (على سبيل المثال، /dev/usb/lp0)،\n" " لذا لن يمكن توجيه الطابعة بعد ذلك من خلال ملف جهاز USB.\n" " \n" " هل يجب تهيئة نظام PTAL لـ USB وتنشيطه وبدء تشغيله الآن؟\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "يوجد تكوين طابعة واحد على الأقل يستخدم خدمة hplip.\n" "يمكن المتابعة، لكن سيتم إيقاف خدمة hplip\n" " ولن تعمل كافة قوائم انتظار الطباعة التي تستخدم خدمة hplip بعد الآن.\n" -" إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم " -"بالمتابعة.\n" +" إذا كانت الماسحة الضوئية غير مدعمة أيضًا بواسطة برنامج التشغيل hpaio، لا تقم بالمتابعة.\n" " بدلاً من ذلك، استخدم hpoj لإعداد الماسحة الضوئية.\n" " أو ??بمتابعة تكوين الطابعة وتغييره لاستخدام خدمة ptal.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "إعداد برنامج التشغيل %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان يجب تثبيت حزم إضافية أم لا" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "التحقق مما إذا كان تحميل البرنامج الثابت مطلوبًا أم لا" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "اختبار المتطلبات الخاصة لبرامج تشغيل معينة وإعدادها" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "تنشيط برنامج التشغيل" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق مما إذا كان يجب تثبيت حزم إضافية أم لا..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق مما إذا كان تحميل البرنامج الثابت مطلوبًا أم لا..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "يتم الآن اختبار المتطلبات الخاصة لبرامج تشغيل معينة وإعدادها..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "يتم الآن تنشيط برنامج التشغيل..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت الحزمة المطلوبة" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "يتطلب برنامج التشغيل %1 وجود الحزمة %2." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "تم إيقافه" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "مطلوب تحميل البرنامج الثابت" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "في حالة عدم تشغيل خدمة ptal، لا يمكن أن تعمل الماسحة الضوئية." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "فشل إعداد نظام PTAL." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1734,68 +1640,64 @@ "تستخدم الماسحات الضوئية التالية نفس برنامج التشغيل.\n" "لذا سيتم إلغاء تنشيط كافة هذه الماسحات الضوئية:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة " -"لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "يتم إلغاء تنشيط برنامج تشغيل hpoj، لكن لن يتم إلغاء تنشيط خدمة ptal المرتبطة لأنها مطلوبة بواسطة نظام الطباعة CUPS." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "فشل إيقاف خدمة ptal." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "فشل تعطيل خدمة ptal." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "لا توجد ماسحة ضوئية لـ %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "لا يمكن إجراء الاختبار بدون ماسحة ضوئية نشطة مطابقة." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "الماس&حة الضوئية المطلوب اختبارها" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "اختبار %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "يتم الآن الاختبار باستخدام 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1807,27 +1709,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(لا تتوفر أية نتائج)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "تم اختبار %1 بنجاح" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1839,40 +1741,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "فشل تحديد تكوين المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "فشل إعداد المسح الضوئي من خلال الشبكة." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "تحقق من أن جدار الحماية يسمح بالمسح الضوئي عبر الشبكة." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار " -"هذا." +msgstr "لمزيد من التفاصيل فيما يتعلق بجدار الحماية انظر نص التعليمات في مربع الحوار هذا." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/security.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,295 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين الأمان" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "عرض ملخص التكوين الحالي" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "تعيين مستوى الأمان" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "تعيين قيمة الخيار المحدد" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "مستوى تأمين جهاز الكمبيوتر" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" -msgstr "" -"مستوى تأمين الجهاز المتنقل (مثل جهاز الكمبيوتر المحمول أو الجهاز اللوحي)" +msgstr "مستوى تأمين الجهاز المتنقل (مثل جهاز الكمبيوتر المحمول أو الجهاز اللوحي)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "مستوى أمان خادم الشبكة" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "أسلوب تشفير كلمة السر" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "تعيين أذونات الملفات إلى النوع المطلوب" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "تعيين عدد كلمات سر المستخدمين التي يمكن تذكرها" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "يجب أن يكون عدد كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها بين صفر و400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأمان المحلي" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "إع&دادات مخصصة" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الأمان" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "استخدام مفاتيح SysRq السحرية" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "استخدام أذونات الملفات الآمنة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "الوصول عن بُعد إلى مدير العرض" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "إعادة كتابة وقت النظام إلى ساعة الأجهزة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "دائمًا إنشاء رسالة سجل نظام لبرامج cron النصية" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "تشغيل برنامج محرك الخاص بـ DHCP في chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "تشغيل البرنامج المحرك الخاص بـ DHCP باعتباره مستخدم dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "تسجيل دخول بعيد للجذر في مدير العرض" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "الوصول عن بعد إلى خادم X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "الوصول عن بُعد إلى النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "إعادة تشغيل الخدمات عند التحديث" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "إيقاف الخدمات عند الإزالة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "تمكين ملفات تعريف الارتباط لتزامن TCP" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "إعادة توجيه IPv4" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "إعادة توجيه IPv6" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "تعطيل الخدمات الإضافية" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "تكوين" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "إعداد الأمان" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "الحالة" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "حالة الأمان" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "تعليمات" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " أو" -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "لم يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي هذه: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين كافة الخدمات الأساسية." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "تم تمكين الخدمات الإضافية هذه: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "افحص قائمة الخدمات، ثم قم بتعطيل كافة الخدمات غير المستخدمة." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "تم تمكين قائمة الخدمات الأساسية فقط." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على الأمان" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "ت&غيير الحالة" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "الو&صف" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "يتم الآن تحليل النظام" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "إعدادات التشغيل" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "أذونات التشغيل" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "إعدادات متنوعة" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "إعدادات كلمة السر" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "عمليات التحقق" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "عمر كلمة السر" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -310,8 +309,8 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لعدد الأيام أكبر\n" "من الحد الأقصى." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -319,18 +318,18 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لطول كلمة السر أكبر من الحد الأقصى.\n" "الحد الأقصى لطول كلمة السر الخاصة بأسلوب التشفير المحدد هو %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الدخول" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "تسجيل دخول" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -338,18 +337,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين الأمان</big>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكل آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -357,8 +355,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين الأمان</big>\n" " الرجاء الانتظار... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -366,27 +364,23 @@ "<big>إيقاف الحفظ</big> \n" "قم بإيقاف إجراء الحفظ عن طريق ضغط إيقاف." -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>تكوين الأمان المحلي</BIG>\n" -"باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، " -"التي تتضمن\n" -" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة السر وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن " -"تعديل الإعدادات\n" +"باستخدام القيم الافتراضية المحددة مسبقًا، قم بتغيير إعدادات الأمان المحلي، التي تتضمن\n" +" التشغيل والدخول وكلمة السر وإنشاء حساب المستخدم وأذونات الملفات. يمكن تعديل الإعدادات\n" " الافتراضية حسب الحاجة.\n" " " -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." @@ -394,8 +388,8 @@ "جهاز الكمبيوتر: لجهاز كمبيوتر متصل\n" "بأي نوع من الشبكات بما في ذلك شبكة الإنترنت. " -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." @@ -403,8 +397,8 @@ "الجهاز المتنقل: لجهاز كمبيوتر محمول أو جهاز لوحي أو جهاز مشابه\n" "يتصل بشبكات مختلفة. " -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -412,13 +406,13 @@ "خادم الشبكة: لأي جهاز كمبيوتر يقدم\n" "أي نوع من الخدمات." -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "الإعدادات المخصصة: قم بإنشاء التكوين الخاص بك." -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -428,55 +422,45 @@ "يتم تسجيل إعدادات الدخول هذه\n" " بشكلٍ أساسي في ملف /etc/login.defs." -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "فترة التأخير بعد محاولة دخول غير صحيحة:\n" "من المستحسن انتظار بعض الوقت بعد أي محاولة دخول غير صحيحة لتجنب\n" -" توقع كلمة السر. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون " -"للانتظار\n" -" لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة السر بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة " -"المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>)." +" توقع كلمة السر. اجعل المدة الزمنية قصيرة ومناسبة، بحيث لا يحتاج المستخدمون للانتظار\n" +" لإعادة المحاولة في حالة قيامهم بكتابة كلمة السر بشكل غير صحيح. القيمة المعقولة هي ثلاث ثوانٍ (<tt>3</tt>)." -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "تسجيل محاولات الدخول الناجحة: من المفيد تسجيل محاولات الدخول\n" -"الناجحة. فهذا من شأنه تحذيرك بخصوص محاولات الوصول التي لم يتم التصديق عليها " -"إلى\n" -"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع " -"المعتاد).\n" +"الناجحة. فهذا من شأنه تحذيرك بخصوص محاولات الوصول التي لم يتم التصديق عليها إلى\n" +"النظام (على سبيل المثال، مستخدم يقوم بالدخول من موقع مختلف عن الموقع المعتاد).\n" " \n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد: يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية " -"الوصول\n" +"السماح بواجهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد: يتيح تحديد هذا الخيار إمكانية الوصول\n" "إلى شاشة دخول رسومية لهذا الجهاز عن طريق الشبكة. قد يؤدي الوصول عن بُعد\n" " لجهازك باستخدام مدير عرض إلى مخاطرة أمان." -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -484,25 +468,23 @@ "يتم تسجيل إعدادات كلمة السر هذه\n" "بشكلٍ أساسي في ملف /etc/login.defs." -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة: من المستحسن اختيار كلمة سر\n" "ليست مأخوذة من قاموس وليست اسمًا وليست إحدى الكلمات الشائعة أو البسيطة.\n" " عن طريق تحديد المربع، يتم فرض التحقق من كلمة السر وفقًا لهذه القواعد." -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -510,61 +492,51 @@ "أدنى حد مقبول لكلمة السر الجديدة ينخفض بعدد الفئات \n" "المختلفة الطابع (أحرف علوية وسفلية وأرقام) المستخدمة في \n" "كلمة السر الجديدة. انظر man pam_cracklib للحصول على شرح مفصل.\n" -"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة</" -"b> ." +"يمكن تعديل هذا الخيار فقط عندما يتم تعيين التحقق من كلمات السر الجديدة ." -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها:\n" -"أدخل عدد كلمات سر المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة " -"استخدامها.\n" +"أدخل عدد كلمات سر المستخدم المطلوب تخزينها ومنع المستخدم من إعادة استخدامها.\n" " أدخل 0 في حالة عدم ضرورة تخزين كلمات السر." -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "أسلوب تشفير كلمة السر:" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "يعمل أسلوب Linux الافتراضي DES، في كل بيئات الشبكة،\n" "لكنه يقيِّد كلمة السر على ثمانية أحرف بحد أقصى. إذا كنت ترغب في\n" "التوافق مع الأنظمة الأخرى، استخدم هذا الأسلوب." -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"يتيح أسلوب MD5 إمكانية استخدام كلمات سر أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل كافة " -"توزيعات Linux \n" +"يتيح أسلوب MD5 إمكانية استخدام كلمات سر أطول وهو مدعم من قِبل كافة توزيعات Linux \n" "الحالية، لكنه غير مدعم من قِبل الأنظمة الأخرى أو البرامج القديمة." -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"يعد SHA-512 هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا يُنصح باستخدام " -"خوارزميات أخرى إلا عند الحاجة لأغراض التوافق." +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "يعد SHA-512 هو أسلوب التجزئة القياسي الحالي، لا يُنصح باستخدام خوارزميات أخرى إلا عند الحاجة لأغراض التوافق." -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -572,32 +544,28 @@ "عمر كلمة السر: قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد\n" "الأقصى لعدد الأيام التي يمكن خلالها استخدام كلمة السر." -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر: يُستخدم هذا الإدخال " -"في تعيين\n" -"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات " -"السر الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام\n" +"الأيام التي تسبق تحذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر: يُستخدم هذا الإدخال في تعيين\n" +"عدد الأيام التي يتم خلالها توجيه تحذير للمستخدمين قبل انتهاء صلاحية كلمات السر الخاصة بهم. وكلما زاد عدد الأيام\n" "، تضاءل احتمال تعرف أي شخص على كلمات السر." -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>أمان المستخدم</big>\n" -"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات " -"مستخدمين." +"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المستخدمة لإنشاء حسابات مستخدمين." -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -605,8 +573,8 @@ "قيود معرف المستخدم:\n" "قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى لقيمة معرف المستخدم المحتملة." -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -614,86 +582,67 @@ "قيود معرف المجموعة:\n" "قم بتعيين الحد الأدنى والحد الأقصى لقيمة معرف المجموعة المحتملة." -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>إعدادات الأمان الأخرى</big>\n" -"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي." -"" +"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير الإعدادات المتنوعة المرتبطة بالأمان المحلي." -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" -"أذونات الملفات: يتم تعيين الإعدادات الخاصة بأذونات ملفات نظام " -"معينة\n" +"أذونات الملفات: يتم تعيين الإعدادات الخاصة بأذونات ملفات نظام معينة\n" "وفقًا للبيانات الموجودة في /etc/permissions.secure\n" -" أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا " -"التحديد.\n" -" يؤدي بدء تشغيل SuSEconfig إلى تعيين هذه الأذونات وفقًا لـ /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -" يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر " -"بدون قصد\n" +" أو /etc/permissions.easy. ويعتمد اختيار الملف الذي يتم استخدامه على هذا التحديد.\n" +" يؤدي بدء تشغيل SuSEconfig إلى تعيين هذه الأذونات وفقًا لـ /etc/permissions.*.\n" +" يؤدي هذا إلى إصلاح الملفات التي لها أذونات غير صحيحة، سواء حدث هذا الأمر بدون قصد\n" " أو عن طريق دخلاء.\n" -" باستخدام الإعداد سهل، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها " -"فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n" +" باستخدام الإعداد سهل، يتم تعديل معظم ملفات النظام التي يمكن قراءتها فقط بواسطة المسؤول في\n" " الإعداد \"آمن\" بحيث يمكن للمستخدمين الآخرين قراءة هذه الملفات أيضًا.\n" -" وباستخدام الإعداد آمن، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/" -"messages،\n" -" بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو " -"بواسطة\n" +" وباستخدام الإعداد آمن، يمكن فقط عرض ملفات نظام معينة، مثل /var/log/messages،\n" +" بواسطة المستخدم المسؤول. يمكن بدء تشغيل بعض البرامج فقط بواسطة المسؤول أو بواسطة\n" " برامج المحرك، وليس بواسطة المستخدمين العاديين.\n" " الإعداد الأكثر أمنًا هو Paranoid. باستخدام هذا الإعداد، يجب\n" " تحديد المستخدمين الذين يمكنهم تشغيل تطبيقات X وبرامج setuid.\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "المستخدم القائم ببدء تشغيل updatedb: يتم تشغيل البرنامج updatedb \n" -"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة " -"بيانات (locatedb)\n" +"مرة واحدة كل يوم. يقوم البرنامج بمسح نظام الملفات بالكامل وإنشاء قاعدة بيانات (locatedb)\n" " لتخزين موقع كل ملف. ويمكن البحث في قاعدة البيانات بواسطة\n" -" البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: " -"nobody\n" +" البرنامج \"locate\". قم هنا بتعيين المستخدم الذي يقوم بتشغيل هذا الأمر: nobody\n" " (بعض الملفات) أو root (كافة الملفات)." -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "الدليل الحالي في مسار المسؤول في نظام DOS،\n" @@ -701,12 +650,11 @@ " الحالي ثم في متغير المسار الحالي. على العكس، يقوم أي نظام مثل UNIX\n" " بالبحث عن الملفات التنفيذية بشكلٍ خاص من خلال مسار البحث (المتغير PATH)." -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -715,29 +663,25 @@ " ثم في متغير المسار الحالي. على العكس، يقوم أي نظام مثل UNIX بالبحث\n" " عن الملفات التنفيذية بشكلٍ خاص من خلال مسار البحث (المتغير PATH)." -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "تقوم بعض الأنظمة بإعداد حل بديل عن طريق إضافة نقطة (\".\") إلى\n" "مسار البحث، مما يتيح إمكانية العثور على الملفات في المسار الحالي وتنفيذها.\n" -" يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة " -"في\n" -" الدليل الحالي بدلاً من الملفات المعتادة الموجودة على مستوى النظام. ونتيجة " -"لذلك، يؤدي تعيين هذا الخيار إلى سهولة أكبر في تشغيل برامج\n" +" يعتبر هذا الحل خطيرًا جدًا لأنك قد تقوم بدون قصد ببدء تشغيل برامج غير معروفة في\n" +" الدليل الحالي بدلاً من الملفات المعتادة الموجودة على مستوى النظام. ونتيجة لذلك، يؤدي تعيين هذا الخيار إلى سهولة أكبر في تشغيل برامج\n" "أحصنة طروادة التي تستغل هذا الضعف وتقوم بغزو النظام.\n" "" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -745,8 +689,8 @@ "\"نعم\": يتم إلحاق النقطة (\".\") بنهاية مسار بحث\n" "المسؤول، مما يجعله آخر عنصر يتم البحث عنه." -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -754,65 +698,46 @@ "لا\": يجب أن يقوم المستخدم المسؤول دائمًا ببدء تشغيل البرامج في\n" "الدليل الحالي مسبوقة بـ \"./\". مثال: \"./تكوين\"." -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"تمكين مفاتيح SysRq السحرية في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار، ستتمكن من " -"التحكم بشكل جزئي في\n" +"تمكين مفاتيح SysRq السحرية في حالة تحديد هذا الخيار، ستتمكن من التحكم بشكل جزئي في\n" "النظام حتى في حالة تعطله (على سبيل المثال، أثناء تصحيح أخطاء\n" -" kernel). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</" -"p>" +" kernel). للحصول على التفاصيل، راجع /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"نظرة عامة على الأمان هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "نظرة عامة على الأمان هذه لمحة عامة عن أهم إعدادات الأمان." -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "لتغيير القيمة الحالية انقر فوق الارتباط ذو الصلة بالخيار ." -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -" علامة الاختيار في العمود حالة الأمن تعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار " -"آمنة." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr " علامة الاختيار في العمود حالة الأمن تعني أن القيمة الحالية للخيار آمنة." -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو أن الخيار غير " -"موجود في النظام." +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "تعذر قراءة القيمة الحالية. ربما لم يتم تثبيت الخدمة أو أن الخيار غير موجود في النظام." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" "يوفر مدير العرض شاشة تسجيل دخول مرئية ويمكن الوصول إليها عبر \n" @@ -820,256 +745,149 @@ "إذا تم تكوينه.ثم ستنقل \n" "بيانات النافذة التي يتم عرضها عبر شبكة \n" "الاتصال. إذا كانت هذه الشبكة غير موثوق \n" -"بها بالكامل، يمكن تنصت المهاجمين على حركة مرور الشبكة، والوصول ليس فقط إلى " -"محتويات \n" -"العرض المرئية، بل أيضا إلى أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات السر التي يتم استخدامها.</" -"P>إذا كنت لا تحتاج XDMCP لتسجيلات الدخول عن بعد المرئية \n" +"بها بالكامل، يمكن تنصت المهاجمين على حركة مرور الشبكة، والوصول ليس فقط إلى محتويات \n" +"العرض المرئية، بل أيضا إلى أسماء المستخدمين وكلمات السر التي يتم استخدامها.إذا كنت لا تحتاج XDMCP لتسجيلات الدخول عن بعد المرئية \n" " فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "عند بدء التشغيل، يتم تعيين وقت النظام من ساعة\n" "جهاز الكمبيوتر. لذلك، يلزم \n" -"تعيين ساعة الأجهزة قبل إيقاف التشغيل.ويعتبر ضبط وقت النظام ضروري " -"لإنشاء رسائل\n" +"تعيين ساعة الأجهزة قبل إيقاف التشغيل.ويعتبر ضبط وقت النظام ضروري لإنشاء رسائل\n" "السجل الصحيحة." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بعدم الانتظام في سلوكه. تعتبر رسائل Syslog " -"حول الأحداث التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل " -"فردي يمكن أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.ولذلك، تعتبر رسائل " -"syslog عن أحداث النظام مفيدة فقط إذا لم يوجد سجل." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "الأعطال في النظام تتحدد عادة بعدم الانتظام في سلوكه. تعتبر رسائل Syslog حول الأحداث التي تتكرر بشكل منتظم هامة للبحث عن أسباب المشاكل. وعدم وجود سجل فردي يمكن أن يخبر أكثر من عدم وجود سجل تسجيل شامل.ولذلك، تعتبر رسائل syslog عن أحداث النظام مفيدة فقط إذا لم يوجد سجل." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"بيئات تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر تقوم بتقييد العملية لملفات الوصول فقط التي " -"تحتاج إليها بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية بجذر متغير (تغيير " -"الدليل الجذر) الذي تم تعيينه إلى هذا الدليل." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "بيئات تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر تقوم بتقييد العملية لملفات الوصول فقط التي تحتاج إليها بوضعها في مجلد فرعي منفصل وتشغيل العملية بجذر متغير (تغيير الدليل الجذر) الذي تم تعيينه إلى هذا الدليل." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"يجب تشغيل برنامج المحرك لعميل DHCP كمستخدم dhcpd وذلك لتقليل خطر " -"محتمل إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.</" -"P>يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية جذر أو مع القدرة " -"CAP_SYS_CHROOT وأن القدرة على تقييد تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر يجب أن " -"تكون فعالة." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "يجب تشغيل برنامج المحرك لعميل DHCP كمستخدم dhcpd وذلك لتقليل خطر محتمل إذا تم العثور على نقطة ضعف على الشفرة البرمجية الخاصة بالبرنامج.يرجى ملاحظة أن dhcpd يجب أن لا تعمل بصلاحية جذر أو مع القدرة CAP_SYS_CHROOT وأن القدرة على تقييد تنفيذ تغيير الدليل الجذر يجب أن تكون فعالة." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"يجب أن لا يقوم المسئولون بتسجيل الدخول بصلاحية جذر إلى جلسة " -"نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، " -"ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية جذر من خلال مدير " -"العرض لو قاموا بتخمين أو طلبوا الحصول على كلمة السر." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "يجب أن لا يقوم المسئولون بتسجيل الدخول بصلاحية جذر إلى جلسة نوافذ x لتقليل استخدام الجذر.هذا الخيار لا يساعد المسؤولين المهملين، ولكن قد يمنع المهاجمين من تسجيل الدخول بصلاحية جذر من خلال مدير العرض لو قاموا بتخمين أو طلبوا الحصول على كلمة السر." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"تتصل عملاء النوافذ X، مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة في العرض الخاص بك، " -"بالخادم X الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف " -"ليمكنك عرض محتوى\n" +"تتصل عملاء النوافذ X، مثل البرامج التي تفتح نافذة في العرض الخاص بك، بالخادم X الذي يتم تشغيله على الجهاز الفعلي. كما يمكنك تشغيله على نظام مختلف ليمكنك عرض محتوى\n" "البرامج على خادم X عبر اتصالات شبكة الاتصال.عند تمكينه فإنه\n" "يجعل الخادم X يستمع على منفذ 6000 إضافةً إلى رقم العرض. حيث\n" "يتم نقل حركة مرور شبكة الاتصال بطريقة غير مشفرة فتخضع للتعرف على الشبكة\n" "وعندما يكون منفذ آخر مفتوح باستخدام خادم x فإنه يفتح\n" "خيارات الهجوم عبر إعدادات\n" -"الأمان لتعطيلها.لعرض نوافذ عملاء X عبر شبكة، نوصى باستخدام برنامج " -"الواجهة شل الآمن(ssh) ، الذي يسمح\n" +"الأمان لتعطيلها.لعرض نوافذ عملاء X عبر شبكة، نوصى باستخدام برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن(ssh) ، الذي يسمح\n" "لعملاء نافذة x بالاتصال بخادم X عن طريق وصلة ssh المشفرة." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"يتم بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائمًا. ومع ذلك، " -"فإنها لا تعرض\n" -" نفسها إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي، حيث إنها لا تستمع إلى منفذ شبكة اتصال " -"SMTP 25.إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك " -"عن طريق بروتوكول SMTP فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار." +"يتم بدء تشغيل النظام الفرعي لتسليم البريد الإلكتروني دائمًا. ومع ذلك، فإنها لا تعرض\n" +" نفسها إلى خارج النظام بشكل افتراضي، حيث إنها لا تستمع إلى منفذ شبكة اتصال SMTP 25.إذا لم تقم بتسليم رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى النظام الخاص بك عن طريق بروتوكول SMTP فقم بتعطيل هذا الخيار." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "إذا كان يتم تحديث الحزمة قيد التشغيل حاليًا، فيتم إعادة تشغيل الخدمة\n" -"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم " -"الحالات\n" +"بعد أن يتم تثبيت ملفات الحزمة.هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" "ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من\n" "الخدمات تحتاج إما إلى الثنائيات أو ملفات التكوين التي\n" -"يمكن الوصول إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه الخدمات فقط في التشغيل " -"حتى يتم إيقاف \n" +"يمكن الوصول إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه الخدمات فقط في التشغيل حتى يتم إيقاف \n" "الخدمات، على سبيل المثال إيقاف تشغيل برامج \n" "المحرك.يجب تغيير هذا الإعداد فقط إذا كان \n" "هناك سبب محدد للقيام بذلك." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "إذا كان يتم الآن إزالة تثبيت حزمة تتضمن خدمة قيد التشغيل \n" -"حاليًا، فيتم إيقاف الخدمة قبل أن تتم إزالة ملفات الحزمة.هذا الأمر يبدو " -"معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" -"ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات " -"الخاصة بها أو ملفات التكوين التي يمكن الوصول \n" +"حاليًا، فيتم إيقاف الخدمة قبل أن تتم إزالة ملفات الحزمة.هذا الأمر يبدو معقولا تماما في معظم الحالات\n" +"ويعتبر آمن للقيام به، على اعتبار أن العديد من الخدمات تحتاج إما الثنائيات الخاصة بها أو ملفات التكوين التي يمكن الوصول \n" "إليها في نظام الملفات. وإلا سوف تستمر هذه\n" "الخدمات فقط في التشغيل حتى يتم إيقاف \n" "الخدمات، على سبيل المثال إيقاف تشغيل برامج \n" "المحرك.يجب تغيير هذا الإعداد فقط إذا كان \n" "هناك سبب محدد للقيام بذلك." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة " -"النظام، مما يؤدي إلى حرمان خدمة (DoS) أو رفضها.إن استخدام syncookies " -"هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن تمنع محاولات " -"الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان التكوين ممكنًا في الإعدادات ويمكن أن " -"يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل العالي.</" -"P>لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، يعتبر syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد " -"فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو تمكين." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "يمكن أن يطغى على النظام العديد من محاولات الاتصال حيث تعمل على نفاذ ذاكرة النظام، مما يؤدي إلى حرمان خدمة (DoS) أو رفضها.إن استخدام syncookies هو الطريقة التي يمكن أن تساعد في مثل هذه الحالات. لكن يمكن أن تمنع محاولات الاتصال من مصدر واحد إذا كان التكوين ممكنًا في الإعدادات ويمكن أن يتسبب ببعض المشاكل مع اتصالات TCP المشروعة ويرفضها تحت التحميل العالي.لا يزال، في معظم البيئات، يعتبر syncookies هو الخط الأول للدفاع ضد فيضانات SYN وهجمات DoS، حيث أن الإعداد الآمن هو تمكين." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"تعني إعادة توجيه IP تمرير حزم الشبكة التي تم استلامها ولم يتم تحديد " -"وجهتها إلى إحدى واجهات الشبكة التي تم تكوينها للنظام مثل عناوين واجهة الشبكة." -"في حالة قيام أحد الأنظمة بإعادة توجيه حركة نقل بيانات الشبكة على " -"الطبقة ISO/OSI رقم 3، يتم استدعاء أحد الموجهات. إذا لم ترغب في وظيفة التوجيه " -"هذه، قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "تعني إعادة توجيه IP تمرير حزم الشبكة التي تم استلامها ولم يتم تحديد وجهتها إلى إحدى واجهات الشبكة التي تم تكوينها للنظام مثل عناوين واجهة الشبكة.في حالة قيام أحد الأنظمة بإعادة توجيه حركة نقل بيانات الشبكة على الطبقة ISO/OSI رقم 3، يتم استدعاء أحد الموجهات. إذا لم ترغب في وظيفة التوجيه هذه، قم بتعطيل هذا الخيار." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "يسري هذا الإعداد على IPv4 فقط." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "يسري هذا الإعداد على IPv6 فقط." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"تتيح مفاتيح SysRq السحرية التحكم بشكل محدود في النظام حتى في حالة حدوث " -"خلل في النظام (خلال تصحيح kernel على سبيل المثال) أو في حالة عدم استجابة " -"النظام." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "تتيح مفاتيح SysRq السحرية التحكم بشكل محدود في النظام حتى في حالة حدوث خلل في النظام (خلال تصحيح kernel على سبيل المثال) أو في حالة عدم استجابة النظام." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"توجد أذونات ملفات محددة مسبقًا في ملفات /etc/permissions.*. ويتم تحديد " -"أكثر أذونات الملفات صرامة باعتبارها ملف 'secure' أو 'paranoid'." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "توجد أذونات ملفات محددة مسبقًا في ملفات /etc/permissions.*. ويتم تحديد أكثر أذونات الملفات صرامة باعتبارها ملف 'secure' أو 'paranoid'." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير اتساق النظام والتشغيل الآمن " -"للخدمات ذات الصلة." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "يجب أن يتم تمكين خدمات النظام الأساسي لتوفير اتساق النظام والتشغيل الآمن للخدمات ذات الصلة." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"تعتبر أي خدمة قيد التشغيل هدفًا محتملاً لأي هجمات تتعلق بالأمان. ولذلك يوصى " -"بإيقاف تشغيل كافة الخدمات التي لا يستخدمها النظام." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "تعتبر أي خدمة قيد التشغيل هدفًا محتملاً لأي هجمات تتعلق بالأمان. ولذلك يوصى بإيقاف تشغيل كافة الخدمات التي لا يستخدمها النظام." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<big>Boot Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>تشغيل الأمان</big>\n" -"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات التشغيل المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان.</" -"p>" +"في مربع الحوار هذا، قم بتغيير إعدادات التشغيل المتعددة المرتبطة بالأمان." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1079,8 +897,8 @@ "هذا الحدث أحيانًا، على سبيل المثال، عندما يعمل النظام\n" " كمحطة عمل وخادم على السواء." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1090,9 +908,9 @@ "هذا الحدث أحيانًا، على سبيل المثال، عندما يعمل النظام\n" "كمحطة عمل وخادم على السواء." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1104,8 +922,8 @@ "لشخص ما يقوم بالضغط على \n" "مجموعة المفاتيح CTRL + ALT + DEL في لوحة التحكم. %s" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" @@ -1113,72 +931,69 @@ "سلوك إيقاف تشغيل مدير تسجيل الدخول:\n" "قم بتعيين الشخص المسموح له بإيقاف تشغيل الجهاز من %s.\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "وضع النظام في حالة السبات:\n" -"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع النظام في حالة السبات. بشكل افتراضي، لدى " -"المستخدم على وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n" +"ضع شروط السماح للمستخدمين بوضع النظام في حالة السبات. بشكل افتراضي، لدى المستخدم على وحدة المراقبة النشطة هذا الحق.\n" "تتيح خيارات أخرى العمل لأي مستخدم أو تتطلب التصديق في جميع الحالات.\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "محطّة عمل" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "الجهاز المتنقل" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "خادم الشبكة" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&جهاز كمبيوتر" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&جهاز متنقل" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "خا&دم الشبكة" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "إضافة المستخدم" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "قيود معرف المستخدم" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "قيود معرف المجموعة" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لمعرف المستخدم أكبر من الحد الأقصى." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1186,310 +1001,310 @@ "لا يمكن أن يكون الحد الأدنى لمعرف المجموعة أكبر من\n" "الحد الأقصى." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "تجاهل" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "إعادة تشغيل" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "إيقاف" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "المسؤول فقط" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "كافة المستخدمين" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "لا أحد" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "تف&سير Ctrl + Alt + Del" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "السماح بوا&جهة دخول رسومية عن بُعد" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "م&فاتيح SysRq السحرية" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "تعطيل" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "تمكين كل الوظائف" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "ف&ترة التأخير بعد محاولة دخول غير صحيحة" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "الح&د الأدنى" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "سبات النظام" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "المستخدم في وحدة المراقبة النشطة" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "أي شخص يمكنه التحويل إلى وضع السبات" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "التصديق مطلوبٌ دائمًا" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "أسلوب تشفير كلم&ة السر" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "التحقق م&ن كلمات السر الجديدة" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "&عدد كلمات السر المطلوب تذكرها" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "الحد الأدنى ل&طول كلمة السر المقبولة" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "الأيام التي تسبق تح&ذير انتهاء صلاحية كلمة السر" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "أذ&ونات الملفات" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "سهل" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "آمن" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "المستخدم القائم ببدء تش&غيل updatedb" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "الحد الأ&قصى" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "سلوك إيق&اف تشغيل مدير تسجيل الدخول إلى %s:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "تكوينات الأمان المحددة مسبقًا" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمان" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الأمان" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الأمان" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات الأمان" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات inittab" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات PAM" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "تحديث إعدادات النظام" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات الأمان..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات inittab..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات PAM..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "جاري الآن تحديث إعدادات النظام..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "مستوى الأمان الحالي: إعدادات مخصصة" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "مستوى الأمان الحالي: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/slp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "خادم SLP" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&خادم SLP" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "إظهار السجل" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "استجابة لـ" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "نشر" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "بث متعدد" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "خادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "تحويل إلى خادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "&عناوين IP لخوادم DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&نطاقات" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "إعدادات خادم SLP" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "تكوين SLP العام" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "تفاصيل الخادم" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "ملفات التكوين الثابت" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الملف؟" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "اسم الملف الجديد" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "يجب إدراج النطاق وعنوان IP." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "يجب إدراج النطاق." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على خادم SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>خادم SLP</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP--مربع الحوار الخبير" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "تكوين خادم SLP--تحرير ملف .reg" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -156,18 +156,17 @@ "<big>تتم الآن تهيئة تكوين خادم SLP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -175,8 +174,8 @@ "<big>يتم الآن حفظ تكوين خادم SLP</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -188,8 +187,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على نظرة عامة على خوادم SLP التي تم تثبيتها. بالإضافة إلى\n" "تحرير التكوينات الخاصة بها. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Adding an SLP Server</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an SLP server.\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<big>إضافة خادم SLP</big> \n" "اضغط إضافة لتكوين خادم SLP.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ "حدد خادم SLP المطلوب تغييره أو حذفه.\n" "اضغط بعد ذلك تحرير أو حذف كما ترغب.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -230,9 +229,9 @@ "اضغط التالي للمتابعة.\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -253,149 +252,132 @@ "اضغط التالي للمتابعة.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." msgstr "لإظهار ملف سجل slpd، استخدم إظهار السجل." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"هنا، قم بتعيين وضع لتشغيل برنامج المحرك SLP. أبسط طريقة هي نشر." -"فيه، يقوم برنامج المحرك SLP بالإجابة على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل النشر. " -"الوضع التالي هو البث المتعدد. فيه، يقوم برنامج\n" +"هنا، قم بتعيين وضع لتشغيل برنامج المحرك SLP. أبسط طريقة هي نشر.فيه، يقوم برنامج المحرك SLP بالإجابة على جميع الطلبات المرسلة من قبل النشر. الوضع التالي هو البث المتعدد. فيه، يقوم برنامج\n" "المحرك بالإجابة على الاستعلامات \n" -"المرسلة عن طريق نطاقات مناسبة. في وضع خادم DA ، يخبر خوادم DA بعناوين " -"IP المحددة\n" -"حول الخدمات المسجلة بشكل ثابت ومتحرك. الخيار الأخير هو تحويل إلى خادمDA</" -"b>. يعتبر ذلك خادم\n" +"المرسلة عن طريق نطاقات مناسبة. في وضع خادم DA ، يخبر خوادم DA بعناوين IP المحددة\n" +"حول الخدمات المسجلة بشكل ثابت ومتحرك. الخيار الأخير هو تحويل إلى خادمDA. يعتبر ذلك خادم\n" "التخزين المؤقت لإجابات الخدمة.\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"من خلال إعدادات الخبير، قم بالوصول إلى كافة الخيارات المتاحة في /" -"etc/slp.conf." +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "من خلال إعدادات الخبير، قم بالوصول إلى كافة الخيارات المتاحة في /etc/slp.conf." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"ملفات التكوين للتسجيل الثابت في SLP. باستخدام الخيار إضافة، قم بإنشاء " -"ملف فارغ. باستخدام الخيار تعديل،\n" -"قم بتغيير القيم الخاصة بأي ملف موجود. باستخدام الخيار حذف، يمكنك حذف " -"أية ملفات غير مملوكة بواسطة أية حزمة." +"ملفات التكوين للتسجيل الثابت في SLP. باستخدام الخيار إضافة، قم بإنشاء ملف فارغ. باستخدام الخيار تعديل،\n" +"قم بتغيير القيم الخاصة بأي ملف موجود. باستخدام الخيار حذف، يمكنك حذف أية ملفات غير مملوكة بواسطة أية حزمة." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "تعليمات regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "لتكوين خادم SLP، يجب تثبيت حزمة .%1" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "هل تريد التثبيت الآن؟" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "قراءة قاعدة البيانات" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات السابقة" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة قاعدة البيانات..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات السابقة..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف الأجهزة..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة قاعدة البيانات2." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين خادم SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/snapper.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,163 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "تكوين لقطات النظام" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "بيانات المستخدم" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "تنظيف الخوارزمية" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "تعديل اللقطة %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "تعديل اللقطة %{pre} و%{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "سابقة (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "لاحقة (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "إنشاء لقطة جديدة" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "لقطة واحدة" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "قبل" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "بعد، يقترن مع:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذق اللقطة %{num}؟" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف القطات %{pre} و%{post}؟" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "لقطات" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "فردي" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "قبل وبعد" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة قائمة اللقطات..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "التكوين الحالي" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "معرّف" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "تاريخ البدء" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "تاريخ النهاية" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "بيانات المستخدم" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "إظهار التغييرات" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "تعديل" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -178,132 +178,132 @@ "لم يتم إقران هذه اللقطة 'قبل' مع أي لقطة 'بعد' حتى الآن.\n" "لا يمكن عرض الاختلافات." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على اللقطة المحددة" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب الملفات المتغيرة..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "جارٍ حساب تعديلات الملف..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "تم إنشاء ملف جديد." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "تمت إزالة الملف." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "لم يتم تغيير محتوى الملف." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "الملف غير موجود في أي من اللقطات." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "تم تعديل محتوى الملف." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير وضع الملف من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير ملكية مستخدم الملف من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "تم تغيير ملكية مجموعة الملفات من '%1' إلى '%2'." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "اس&تعادة من الأول" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "استعادة" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "استعا&دة من الثاني" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين نظام اللقطة والنظام الحالي" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الحالية واللقطة المحددة:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الأولى والثانية" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الأولى والنظام الحالي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "عرض الفرق بين اللقطة الثانية والنظام الحالي" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة الأولى:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "الوقت المستغرق في التقاط اللقطة الثانية:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "ف&تح" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "استعادة المحدد" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "من النظام الحالي؟" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,25 +333,24 @@ "\n" "من لقطة الشاشة '%2' إلى النظام الحالي؟" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف لاسترجاعه." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "استعادة الملفات" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "ستتم استعادة هذه الملفات من لقطة الشاشة '%1':\n" @@ -361,8 +360,8 @@ "سيتم نسخ الملفات الموجودة في لقطة الشاشة الأصلية إلى النظام الحالي.\n" "وسيتم حذف الملفات غير الموجودة في لقطة الشاشة.هل أنت متأكد؟" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -370,74 +369,51 @@ "<big>قراءة قائمة اللقطات</big> \n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>تكوين اللقطات</big>\n" -"يتم من خلال الجدول إظهار قائمة بلقطات نظام الملفات الجذر. ويوجد ثلاثة " -"أنواع\n" +"يتم من خلال الجدول إظهار قائمة بلقطات نظام الملفات الجذر. ويوجد ثلاثة أنواع\n" "من اللقطات، فردية وسابقة ولاحقة. اللقطات الفردية يتم \n" -"استخدامها لتخزين حالة نظام الملفات في وقت معين، بينما يتم استخدام اللقطات " -"السابقة واللاحقة لتحديد التغييرات التي تم تنفيذها بواسطة عملية خاصة تم " -"إجراؤها بين التقاط هذين اللقطتين. ويتم إقران اللقطتين السابقة واللاحقة في " -"الجدول. \n" -"قم بتحديد لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات وانقر إظهار التغييرات لعرض " -"تغييرات \n" +"استخدامها لتخزين حالة نظام الملفات في وقت معين، بينما يتم استخدام اللقطات السابقة واللاحقة لتحديد التغييرات التي تم تنفيذها بواسطة عملية خاصة تم إجراؤها بين التقاط هذين اللقطتين. ويتم إقران اللقطتين السابقة واللاحقة في الجدول. \n" +"قم بتحديد لقطة أو زوج من اللقطات وانقر إظهار التغييرات لعرض تغييرات \n" "نظام الملفات الجديدة في اللقطة المحددة.\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>عرض اللقطة</big>\n" "\n" -"يتم من خلال الشجرة عرض كل الملفات التي تم تعديلها أثناء إنشاء اللقطتين " -"الأولى (السابقة) والثانية (اللاحقة). على الجانب الأيمن، سترى الوصف الذي تم " -"إنشاؤه عند إنشاء اللقطة الأولى ووقت إنشاء كلا اللقطتين. \n" +"يتم من خلال الشجرة عرض كل الملفات التي تم تعديلها أثناء إنشاء اللقطتين الأولى (السابقة) والثانية (اللاحقة). على الجانب الأيمن، سترى الوصف الذي تم إنشاؤه عند إنشاء اللقطة الأولى ووقت إنشاء كلا اللقطتين. \n" "\n" "\n" -"عندما يتم تحديد ملف في الشجرة، سترى التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها عليها. بشكل " -"افتراضي، سيتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقترنة المحددة، لكن يمكن مقارنة " -"الملف بإصدارات مختلفة.\n" +"عندما يتم تحديد ملف في الشجرة، سترى التغييرات التي تم إجراؤها عليها. بشكل افتراضي، سيتم إظهار التغييرات بين اللقطات المقترنة المحددة، لكن يمكن مقارنة الملف بإصدارات مختلفة.\n" "\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>نظرة عامة على اللقطة</big>\n" @@ -445,74 +421,73 @@ "تعرض الشجرة كل الملفات المختلفة بين اللقطة المحددة والنظام الحالي. على \n" "الجانب الأيسر، يمكنك مشاهدة وصف اللقطة ووقت إنشائها.\n" "\n" -"عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الاختلاف بين إصدار اللقطة والنظام " -"الحالي.\n" +"عند تحديد ملف في الشجرة، يمكنك أن ترى الاختلاف بين إصدار اللقطة والنظام الحالي.\n" "\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "فشل الحصول على التكوين:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "فشل الحصول على نقطة تحميل اللقطة:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل إنشاء لقطة جديدة:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل تعديل اللقطة:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "فشل حذف اللقطة:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "تهيئة Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "قراءة قائمة عمليات التكوين" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "قراءة قائمة اللقطات" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "قراءة قائمة عمليات التكوين" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "قراءة قائمة اللقطات" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "فشلت عمليات تكوين الاستعلام عن snapper:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -522,21 +497,21 @@ "أو أكثر لاستخدام yast2-snapper. يمكن استخدام أداة سطر أمر snapper\n" "لإنشاء التكوينات." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "فشلت لقطات الاستعلام عن snapper:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "جارٍ استعادة الملفات..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 محذوف\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 تم تخطيه\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sound.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,143 +14,135 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على قاعدة بيانات بطاقات الصوت. الرجاء التحقق من التثبيت." -#. translators: command line help text for Sound module -#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgstr "الوحدة النمطية لتكوين بطاقة الصوت." -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" msgstr "ملخص تكوين بطاقات الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." msgstr "أضف بطاقة صوت. بدون استخدام المعلمات، أضف أول بطاقة يتم اكتشافها." -#. help text for unknownd parameters -#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." msgstr "قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة." -#. translators: command line help text for remove action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 msgid "Remove sound cards" msgstr "إزالة بطاقات الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" msgstr "تشغيل اختبار الصوت على بطاقة الصوت المحددة" -#. translators: command line help text for test action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 msgid "Show the information of given sound card" msgstr "إظهار معلومات بطاقة الصوت المحددة" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." msgstr "قم بتعيين القيم الجديدة لمعلمات البطاقة المحددة." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' -#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'show' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات " -"المسموح بها." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "قيمة معلمة الوحدة النمطية المحددة. استخدم الأمر 'show' لعرض قائمة بالمعلمات المسموح بها." -#. translators: command line help text for volume action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." msgstr "قم بتعيين مستوى الصوت للقنوات المحددة للبطاقة المعطاة." -#. - for unknown parameter names -#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'channels' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات " -"المتاحة." +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "قيمة القناة المحددة (0-100). استخدم الأمر 'channels' لعرض قائمة بالقنوات المتاحة." -#. translators: command line help text for modules action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." msgstr "قم بسرد كافة وحدات الصوت النمطية المتاحة لـ kernel." -#. translators: command line help text for channels action -#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 msgid "List available volume channels of given card." msgstr "قم بسرد القنوات المتاحة لمستوى الصوت للبطاقة المحددة." -#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 msgid "Number of sound card" msgstr "رقم بطاقة الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 msgid "All available sound cards" msgstr "كافة بطاقات الصوت المتاحة" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" msgstr "الوحدة النمطية (برنامج التشغيل) Kernel لبطاقة الصوت" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgstr "تشغيل اختبار الصوت عند تكوين البطاقة" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option -#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" msgstr "قيمة مستوى الصوت لبطاقة الصوت (0-100)" -#. result message, %1 is card name -#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." msgstr "تمت إضافة البطاقة '%1' بنجاح." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 msgid "You must specify the card number." msgstr "يجب تحديد رقم البطاقة." -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 -#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 msgid "There is no such sound card." msgstr "بطاقة الصوت هذه غير موجودة." -#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver -#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "معلمات البطاقة '%1' (باستخدام الوحدة النمطية %2):\n" -#. label (default value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 msgid "" "\n" "\tDefault Value: %1" @@ -158,8 +150,8 @@ "\n" "\tالقيمة الافتراضية: %1" -#. label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 msgid "" "\n" "\tCurrent Value: %1" @@ -167,86 +159,86 @@ "\n" "\tالقيمة الحالية: %1" -#. Do not show any progress during Read() -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Detecting sound cards..." msgstr "يتم الآن اكتشاف بطاقات الصوت..." -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Sound" msgstr "الصوت" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 msgid "&Sound" msgstr "ال&صوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 msgid "Save module configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الوحدة النمطية" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 msgid "Save sound card information" msgstr "حفظ معلومات بطاقة الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 msgid "Save sysconfig values" msgstr "حفظ قيم sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 msgid "Start sound card" msgstr "بدء تشغيل بطاقة الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 msgid "Store volume" msgstr "تخزين إعدادات مستوى الصوت" -#. progress bar item -#. progres bar label -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات بطاقة الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 msgid "Saving card information..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ معلومات البطاقة..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ قيم sysconfig..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 msgid "Starting sound card..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل بطاقة الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 msgid "Storing volume settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن تخزين إعدادات مستوى الصوت..." -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة" -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة..." -#. log mixer settings -#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 msgid "" "These required packages are not available: %1\n" "Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" @@ -258,24 +250,24 @@ "\n" "قم بتمكين أو إضافة مخزن برامج إضافية يحتوي على الحزم.\n" -#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states -#. (running/not running/dissappeared) -#. @return [Array] table contents -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" msgstr "مكوَّن برقم بطاقة الصوت %1" -#. sort the cards by index -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 msgid "Driver %1" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل %1" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "غير مكوَّن" -#. popup question text -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 msgid "" "To apply changes, the sound system\n" "must be restarted.\n" @@ -285,7 +277,7 @@ "تشغيل نظام الصوت.\n" " هل تريد إعادة بدء تشغيل نظام الصوت الآن؟\n" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 msgid "" "Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" "Check options of the driver.\n" @@ -293,289 +285,285 @@ "فشلت إعادة بدء تشغيل نظام الصوت.\n" "الرجاء التحقق من خيارات برنامج التشغيل.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." msgstr "لم يتم تثبيت PulseAudio أو تعذر تكوينه." -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" msgstr "تكوين PulseAudio" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" msgstr "&تمكين دعم PulseAudio" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "خيارات متقدمة" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" msgstr "&أداة تشغيل (تحميل أجهزة MIDI)" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 msgid "&Volume..." msgstr "مستو&ى الصوت..." -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 msgid "Play &Test Sound" msgstr "تشغيل ال&صوت واختباره" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 msgid "&Start Sequencer" msgstr "بدء تشغيل أداة التش&غيل" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" msgstr "تعيين كبطاقة أساسي&ة" -#. menu item -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." msgstr "ت&كوين PulseAudio..." -#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." msgstr "&تثبيت soundfonts..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الصوت" -#. table header -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Index" msgstr "الفهرس" -#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 msgid "Card Model" msgstr "طراز البطاقة" -#. table entry (vendor was not defined) -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 msgid "Other" msgstr "أخرى" -#. table entry (all vendors) -#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 msgid "All" msgstr "الكل" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" msgstr "&بائع بطاقات الصوت" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 msgid "Sound card &driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل بطاقة ال&صوت" -#. selection box title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 msgid "Sound card &model" msgstr "&طراز بطاقة الصوت" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" msgstr "إظهار قائمة الوحدات النمطية لـ Kernel" -#. input field - label -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" msgstr "تحديد يدوي لبطاقة الصوت" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 msgid "Master" msgstr "رئيسي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 msgid "PCM" msgstr "PCM" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 msgid "Master Mono" msgstr "أحادي رئيسي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 msgid "Headphone" msgstr "سماعة الرأس" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 msgid "Line" msgstr "الخط" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 msgid "CD" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 msgid "Mic" msgstr "الميكروفون" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 msgid "Video" msgstr "فيديو" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 msgid "Phone" msgstr "الهاتف" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 msgid "Aux" msgstr "المساعد" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 msgid "PC Speaker" msgstr "سماعة الكمبيوتر" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 msgid "Bass" msgstr "جهير" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 msgid "Treble" msgstr "طنين ثلاثي" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 msgid "Surround" msgstr "مجسم" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 msgid "LFE" msgstr "LFE" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 msgid "Center" msgstr "المركز" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 msgid "Wave" msgstr "الموجة" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 msgid "Wave Center" msgstr "مركز الموجات" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 msgid "Wave Surround" msgstr "صوت مجسم" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 msgid "AC97" msgstr "AC97" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 msgid "Music" msgstr "موسيقى" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 msgid "Front" msgstr "المقدمة" -#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 msgid "iSpeaker" msgstr "iSpeaker" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 msgid "&Master volume" msgstr "مستوى الصو&ت الرئيسي" -#. push button label -#. Test - button label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبا&ر" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 msgid "&Other channels" msgstr "ق&نوات أخرى" -#. card name -#. add vendor/device ID -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. help text - mixer setting -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت " -"المحددة. \n" -"اضغط التالي لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط الخلف لاستعادة " -"الإعدادات الأصلية." +"يمكنك من خلال مربع الحوار هذا تعيين مستوى الصوت لكل قناة ببطاقة الصوت المحددة. \n" +"اضغط التالي لحفظ إعدادات مستوى الصوت واضغط الخلف لاستعادة الإعدادات الأصلية." -#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name -#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" msgstr "إعدادات حجم الصوت لبطاقة %1- %2" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة: %1 رقمًا" -#. To translators: "space" means blank character -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 msgid "(space)" msgstr "(مسافة)" -#. To translators: popup message, wrong value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 msgid "String cannot contain: %1" msgstr "لا يمكن أن تحتوي السلسلة على: %1" -#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 msgid "" "The value must be one of\n" "%1" @@ -583,8 +571,8 @@ "يجب أن تكون القيمة أحد \n" "%1" -#. label text -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 msgid "" "Possible value:\n" "not known" @@ -592,25 +580,25 @@ "القيمة الممكنة:\n" "غير معروفة" -#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update -#. combo with values -#. @param [String] values list of values -#. @param [String] default_item default item -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 msgid "Name of the &Option" msgstr "ا&سم الخيار" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Value" msgstr "ال&قيمة" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 msgid "&Option: " msgstr "ا&لخيار:" -#. all non-ASCII characters from value -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 msgid "" "Value of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -622,8 +610,8 @@ "\n" "قم بإدخال قيمة صالحة." -#. all non-ASCII characters from name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 msgid "" "Name of the option contains invalid\n" "characters '%1'.\n" @@ -635,81 +623,81 @@ "\n" "أدخل اسمًا صالحًا." -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" msgstr "تغيير الخيار" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 msgid "Add a New Option" msgstr "إضافة خيار جديد" -#. Returns description of card module option -#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list -#. @return [String] description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 msgid "No description available" msgstr "لا يتوفر أي وصف" -#. Table header -- option description -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. Table header -- option name -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 msgid "Option" msgstr "الخيار" -#. Table header -- value of an option -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 msgid "Value" msgstr "قيمة" -#. restore original option values -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 msgid "R&eset all" msgstr "إ&عادة تعيين الكل" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" msgstr "الخيارات المتقدمة لبطاقة الصوت" -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 msgid "There are no options for this module" msgstr "لا توجد خيارات لهذه الوحدة النمطية" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة تعيين كافة القيم؟" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 msgid "Sound Cards" msgstr "بطاقات الصوت" -#. list of all sound modules (table items) -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" msgstr "محرك أقراص مضغوطة غير معروف" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" msgstr "محرك أقراص مضغوطة غير معروف" -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 msgid "CD-ROM &Device" msgstr "م&حرك الأقراص المضغوطة" -#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) -#. @return [Array] as above -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. label to error popup, %1 is module name -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 msgid "" "The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" "could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" @@ -719,8 +707,8 @@ "بدعم الصوت. يمكن أن يكون ذلك قد نتج عن معلمات\n" " غير صحيحة للوحدة النمطية، بما في ذلك معلمات IO أو IRQ غير الصالحة." -#. popup question: different module has to be choosed -#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 msgid "" "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" "On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" @@ -738,9 +726,9 @@ " تحذير: قد يستغرق إجراء الفحص فترة من الوقت\n" " وقد يصبح النظام لديك غير مستقر.\n" -#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 -#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 msgid "" "\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" @@ -752,8 +740,8 @@ " الخاص بها، حدد إعداد عادي.\n" " \n" -#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 msgid "" "To set a special option, \n" "check Advanced setup.\n" @@ -765,8 +753,8 @@ " لن يحتاج معظم المستخدمين إلى هذا.\n" " \n" -#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" @@ -780,8 +768,8 @@ " الخيارات لاحقًا.\n" " \n" -#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check Quick \n" @@ -795,8 +783,8 @@ " الخيارات لاحقًا.\n" " \n" -#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "To configure a card that was not detected, \n" @@ -808,8 +796,8 @@ "تثبيت أكثر تفصيلاً لبطاقات الصوت.\n" " \n" -#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Manually choose the sound card to \n" @@ -823,8 +811,8 @@ " عن طريق إدخال الاسم في مربع البحث.\n" " \n" -#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 msgid "" "\n" "Select All to see the entire list of \n" @@ -836,8 +824,8 @@ " لطُرز بطاقات الصوت المدعمة.\n" " \n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 msgid "" "\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" @@ -847,8 +835,8 @@ "حدد نوع البطاقة المطلوب تكوينها.\n" " \n" -#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 msgid "" "\n" "If the list contains autodetected cards not yet \n" @@ -857,15 +845,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات مكتشفة تلقائيًا ولكن لم يتم تكوينها " -"بعد، حدد \n" +"في حالة احتواء القائمة على بطاقات مكتشفة تلقائيًا ولكن لم يتم تكوينها بعد، حدد \n" " إحداها وتابع. بخلاف ذلك, استخدم\n" " التحديد اليدوي.\n" " \n" -#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated -#. (popup label message) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 msgid "" "There are programs running that are currently using \n" "the audio device.\n" @@ -877,8 +864,8 @@ " لإعادة تعيين التكوين، يجب \n" " إنهاء هذه البرامج. هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. help text - options dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" @@ -892,8 +879,8 @@ " مربع الحوار هذا دون تغيير. \n" " \n" -#. help text - options dialog 2/2 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the option to set then use Set \n" @@ -913,8 +900,8 @@ " (سداسي عشري ببادئة 0x).\n" " \n" -#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 msgid "" "\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" @@ -924,8 +911,8 @@ "اضبط مستوى الصوت.\n" " \n" -#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "Test your sound card by pressing Test.\n" @@ -937,8 +924,8 @@ " \n" " \n" -#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 msgid "" "\n" "After configuration is complete, use amixer \n" @@ -950,8 +937,8 @@ " أو أي برنامج من اختيارك لضبط مستوى الصوت.\n" " \n" -#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 msgid "" "WARNING: Start testing your\n" "sound card with very low volume settings to prevent \n" @@ -963,8 +950,8 @@ "\n" " \n" -#. warning/question message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 msgid "" "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" "may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" @@ -976,13 +963,13 @@ " snd_vaio_hack إلى 1 أو بتكوين \n" " هذه البطاقة خارج X. هل تريد المتابعة?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" -#. list of error -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 msgid "" "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -990,8 +977,8 @@ "حدثت هذه الأخطاء أثناء حفظ التكوين:\n" "%1" -#. information message - success -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 msgid "" "The sound card was successfully configured.\n" "It is now available for use.\n" @@ -999,21 +986,21 @@ "تم تكوين بطاقة الصوت بنجاح.\n" "وهي الآن متاحة للاستخدام.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." msgstr "تم حفظ تكوين الصوت." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ الملف: %1 \n" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تعيين مستوى الصوت.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 msgid "" "The sound volume and configuration\n" "for the sound card \n" @@ -1023,34 +1010,34 @@ "والتكوين لبطاقة \n" " الصوت الآن.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." msgstr "سيتم حفظ تكوين الصوت الآن." -#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الأولى (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الثانية (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت الثالثة (%1)" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" msgstr "سيتم تكوينها كبطاقة الصوت رقم %2 (%1)" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 msgid "Install SoundFonts" msgstr "تثبيت soundfonts" -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 msgid "" "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" @@ -1058,7 +1045,7 @@ "هل يقوم YaST2 بتثبيت ملفات wavetable SoundFont من\n" "برنامج تشغيل Soundblaster Live! أو من برنامج تشغيل AWE للقرص المضغوط؟\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 msgid "" "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" "in the CD-ROM drive.\n" @@ -1066,22 +1053,22 @@ "أدخل القرص المضغوط لبرنامج تشغيل Soundblaster Live! أو بطاقة AWE\n" "في مشغل الأقراص المضغوطة.\n" -#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." msgstr "%1 SoundFont-files تم تثبيتها في %2." -#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 msgid "No SoundFont-files found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية ملفات Soundfont." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgstr "هل تريد تغيير القرص المضغوط وإعادة المحاولة؟" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 msgid "" "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" @@ -1091,7 +1078,7 @@ "لأداء وظيفي مناسب، قم بتخطي بطاقة الصوت '%1' \n" " وتكوين '%2' فقط.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 msgid "" "\n" "Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" @@ -1105,7 +1092,7 @@ " تكوين.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Press Change to configure cards already installed.\n" @@ -1115,7 +1102,7 @@ "اضغط تغيير لتكوين بطاقات تم تثبيتها بالفعل.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "To save the current configuration, press Finish.\n" @@ -1125,12 +1112,12 @@ "لحفظ التكوين الحالي، اضغط إنهاء.\n" " \n" -#. sound system dependent part: -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 msgid "<big>Sound Cards<big>" msgstr "<big>بطاقات الصوت</big> " -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 msgid "" "Select an unconfigured card from the list and press Edit to\n" "configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" @@ -1140,7 +1127,7 @@ "لتكوينها. إذا لم يتم اكتشاف البطاقة، اضغط إضافة\n" " وقم بتكوين البطاقة يدويًا.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" @@ -1152,7 +1139,7 @@ " ثم اضغط تحرير.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 msgid "" "\n" "Use Other to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" @@ -1166,7 +1153,7 @@ "استخدم تشغيل اختبار الصوت لاختبار البطاقة المحددة.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 msgid "" "PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" @@ -1174,33 +1161,29 @@ "يمكن استخدام برنامج المحرك PulseAudio لتشغيل الأصوات.\n" "استخدم تكوين PulseAudio لتمكينه أو تعطيله.\n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام " -"والتطبيقات.\n" +"يعتبر جهاز الصوت بفهرس 0 الجهاز الافتراضي المستخدم بواسطة النظام والتطبيقات.\n" "استخدم أخرى لتعيين جهاز الصوت المحدد كجهاز رئيسي." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" "يمكن للتطبيقات التي تستخدم OSS (نظام الصوت المفتوح) أن تستخدم\n" -"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></" -"tt>\n" +"خالط البرامج باستخدام مغلف aoss. استخدم الأمر <tt>aoss <application></tt>\n" " لبدء تشغيل التطبيق." -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "An error has occurred. " msgstr "حدث خطأ. " -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 msgid "" "\n" "If the the problem persists, try passing \n" @@ -1216,7 +1199,7 @@ " أو وحدة نمطية أخرى.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the Finish button \n" @@ -1228,7 +1211,7 @@ " لحفظ معلومات بطاقة الصوت.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 msgid "" "\n" "Use Delete to remove a configured sound card. \n" @@ -1240,64 +1223,64 @@ " استخدم إضافة بطاقة صوت لإضافة بطاقة صوت.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "You can try to pass some options to the module." msgstr "يمكنك محاولة تمرير بعض الخيارات إلى الوحدة النمطية." -#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' -#. will be configured as the first snd card" -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "بطاقة الصوت\n" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 msgid "&Quick automatic setup" msgstr "إعداد &تلقائي سريع" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 msgid "Normal &setup" msgstr "إعدا&د عادي" -#. radio button label - type of setup -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" msgstr "إعداد &متقدم مع إمكانية تغيير الخيارات" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 msgid "Sound Card Configuration" msgstr "تكوين بطاقة الصوت" -#. volume slider label -#. volume slider label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 msgid "&Volume" msgstr "مستو&ى الصوت" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 msgid "Settings for sound card" msgstr "إعدادات بطاقة الصوت" -#. frame label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" msgstr "ضبط مستوى الصوت واختباره" -#. message label -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" msgstr "اضغط \"اختبار\" لبدء تشغيل عينة صوتية" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 msgid "Sound Card Volume" msgstr "مستوى صوت بطاقة الصوت" -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 msgid "" "Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" "using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" @@ -1309,13 +1292,13 @@ " Logic CS4236\" وقم بتكوين \n" " معلماتها باستخدام \"إعداد متقدم\"." -#. error message -#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء تثبيت" -#. popup message: test audio file was not found -#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 msgid "" "Cannot find file:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1325,22 +1308,22 @@ "%1\n" " (ملف اختبار الصوت)" -#. popup question -#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف هذا الإدخال؟" -#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "معطل" -#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 msgid "" "It looks like probing the chip\n" "%1\n" @@ -1354,8 +1337,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد فحص الشريحة الآن؟\n" -#. label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 msgid "" "No card was found.\n" "Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" @@ -1369,53 +1352,53 @@ " تحذير: قد يستغرق إجراء الفحص فترة من الوقت\n" " وقد يصبح النظام لديك غير مستقر.\n" -#. selection box label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" msgstr "تحديد برامج التشغيل المطلوب فحص&ها" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 msgid "&Yes, Probe" msgstr "نعم، &فحص" -#. popup dialog header -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 msgid "Probing:" msgstr "فحص:" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 msgid "Progress:" msgstr "التقدم:" -#. label (%1 is name of the chip) -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 msgid "Card with %1 Chip" msgstr "بطاقة بالشريحة %1" -#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 msgid "Required packages to install: %1" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها: %1" -#. separator for constructing package list -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 msgid ", " msgstr "،" -#. sound Read dialog caption: -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الصوت" -#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 msgid "Configured as %1." msgstr "مكوَّن كـ %1." -#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. -#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] -#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "بطاقة الصوت" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/squid.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "تكوين وكيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لـ Squid" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "قيم غير صالحة." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل اسم النطاق فارغًا." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "تعبير عادي" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "مميِّز لحالة الأحرف" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل التعبير العادي فارغًا." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "يجب تحديد يوم واحد على الأقل." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد الوقت بالتنسيق الصحيح." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "يجب أن تكون قيمة الحقل \"من\" أقل من الحقل \"إلى\"." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "قيمة غير صالحة." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل البروتوكول فارغًا." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقلي اسم الرأس والتعبير العادي فارغين." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل عنوان MAC فارغًا." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "تنسيق عنوان MAC غير صحيح." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "عند التشغ&يل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&يدويًا" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "خدمة Squid قيد التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "خدمة Squid ليست قيد التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&بدء خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "إيقاف &خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "حف&ظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "بدء خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "إيقاف خدمة Squid الآن" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "حفظ الإعدادات وإعادة تشغيل خدمة Squid الآن" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "فتح منافذ في جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "بدء التشغيل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "إعدادات منافذ HTTP" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "منافذ HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "إعدادات أنماط التجديد" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "أنماط التجديد" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "إعداد الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "إعداد دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "إعداد التحكم في الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "التحكم في الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "إعداد التسجيل والمُهل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "التسجيل والمُهل" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "إعدادات متنوعة" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "متنوع" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "الحد الأدنى" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "النسبة المئوية" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "الحد الأقصى" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "الذ&اكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "الحد الأقصى &لحجم الكائن" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "ال&حد الأدنى لحجم الكائن" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "ال&علامة المائية السفلى للتبديل (النسبة المئوية)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "العلامة ال&مائية العليا للتبديل (النسبة المئوية)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "&سياسة استبدال الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "سياسة ا&ستبدال الذاكرة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "&اسم الدليل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "ال&حجم (بالميغابايت)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "&دلائل المستوى الأول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "دلائل ال&مستوى الثاني" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "مجموعات ACL" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "الوصف" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "السماح/الرفض" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "تسجيل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "&سجل الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "سجل ال&ذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "سجل &تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "المُهل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&مهلة الاتصال" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "&عمر العميل" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "لغة &رسائل الخطأ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "ب&ريد المسؤول" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "اس&تخدام وضع FTP السلبي" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "سجل الوصول" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "سجل تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "ال&وحدات" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "ثوانٍ" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "دقائق" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "ساعات" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "أيام" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -498,18 +498,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين Squid</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Saving Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -517,8 +516,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين Squid</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -530,8 +529,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration</big> \n" "Configure Squid here. \n" @@ -539,8 +538,8 @@ "<big>تكوين Squid</big> \n" "تكوين Squid من هنا. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -550,8 +549,8 @@ " نظرة عامة على برامج Squid المثبتة\n" "وتحرير إعداداتها عند اللزوم. \n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.\n" @@ -559,7 +558,7 @@ "تعريف كل المنافذ التي سيستقبل منها\n" "برنامج Squid طلبات http من العملاء.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Host can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.\n" @@ -567,16 +566,12 @@ "المضيف يمكن أن يحتوي على اسم المضيف\n" "أو عنوان IP أو يمكن أن يظل فارغًا.\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"أنماط التجديد تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في الذاكرة " -"المؤقتة.\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgstr "أنماط التجديد تعريف طريقة تعامل Squid مع الكائنات في الذاكرة المؤقتة.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" @@ -584,7 +579,7 @@ "يتم فحص أنماط التجديد بالترتيب المحدد هنا.\n" "يتم استخدام أول إدخال مطابق.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" @@ -592,7 +587,7 @@ "دقيقة تحديد مدة اعتبار الكائن جديد (بالدقائق)\n" "إذا لم يتم تحديد وقت انتهاء صلاحية واضح.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "Percent is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -602,7 +597,7 @@ "الأخير). دون وقت انتهاء صلاحية واضح،\n" "سيعتبر الكائن جديدًا..\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" @@ -610,16 +605,12 @@ "الحد الأقصى الحد الأقصى لمدة اعتبار الكائنات دون\n" "موعد انتهاء واضح جديدة.\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"الذاكرة المؤقتة تُعرف القيمة المثالية للذاكرة المطلوب استخدامها " -"للكائنات." +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة تُعرف القيمة المثالية للذاكرة المطلوب استخدامها للكائنات." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" @@ -627,16 +618,15 @@ "الحجم الأقصى للكائن يحدد الحجم الأقصى للكائنات التي يتم تخزينها \n" "في القرص. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات أكبر من هذا الحجم على القرص.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" -"الحد الأدنى لحجم الكائن يحدد أقل حجم للكائنات. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات " -"الأصغر\n" +"الحد الأدنى لحجم الكائن يحدد أقل حجم للكائنات. لن يتم حفظ الكائنات الأصغر\n" " على القرص.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "Swap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -646,20 +636,17 @@ "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" "يبدأ الاستبدال عند تخطي استخدام (قرص) التبديل\n" -"العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل ويحاول الحفاظ على الاستخدام حول " -"مستويات\n" +"العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل ويحاول الحفاظ على الاستخدام حول مستويات\n" "العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل. وعندما يقترب استخدام التبديل من\n" "العلامة المائية العليا للتبديل، تصبح عملية استرداد الكائن أكثر شدة.\n" "إذا اقترب الاستخدام من العلامة المائية السفلى للتبديل، يكون\n" "الاستبدال أقل في كل مرة.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -707,70 +694,55 @@ "</table>\n" "" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"اسم الدليل يُعرف دليل ذو مستوى أعلى بحيث يتم تخزين ملفات تبديل " -"الذاكرة المؤقتة." +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "اسم الدليل يُعرف دليل ذو مستوى أعلى بحيث يتم تخزين ملفات تبديل الذاكرة المؤقتة." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"الحجم يُعرف قيمة مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) المطلوب استخدامها ضمن " -"الدليل." +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "الحجم يُعرف قيمة مساحة القرص (بالميغابايت) المطلوب استخدامها ضمن الدليل." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" "دلائل بالمستوى 1 يحدد عدد من الدلائل الفرعية بالمستوى الأول التي\n" "سيتم إنشاؤها ضمن الدليل اسم الدليل.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" "مستوى الدليل 2 يحدد عدد الدلائل الفرعية بالمستوى الثاني\n" "التي سيتم إنشاؤها ضمن كل دليل بالمستوى الأول.\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "يمكن التحكم بالوصول إلى خادم Squid عبر مجموعات ACL." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "مجموعة ACL لها أنواع متعددة ويعتمد وصف\n" "مجموعة ACL على النوع المحدد.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"في جدول التحكم بالوصول، يمكن رفض الوصول لمجموعات ACL أو السماح " -"به.\n" +"في جدول التحكم بالوصول، يمكن رفض الوصول لمجموعات ACL أو السماح به.\n" "إذا كان هناك المزيد من مجموعات ACL في سطر واحد، يعني ذلك أنه سيتم السماح\n" "بالوصول أو رفضه للأعضاء اللذين ينتمون إلى كل مجموعات ACL في نفس الوقت.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" @@ -778,35 +750,30 @@ "يتم التحقق من جدول التحكم بالوصول بالترتيب المحدد هنا.\n" "يتم استخدام الإدخال الأول المطابق.\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." msgstr "سجل الوصول يحدد الملف حيث يتم تسجيل أنشطة العميل." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة يحدد الملف حيث يتم تسجيل معلومات\n" "عامة حول السلوك الذاكرة المؤقتة الخاصة بك.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" "سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة يحدد موقع سجل عمليات كافة الكائنات التي \n" "يتم تخزينها في مخزن الكائنات، وكما يحدد وقت حذف\n" "الكائنات. يمكن ترك هذا الخيار فارغًا.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" @@ -814,7 +781,7 @@ "باستخدام محاكاة سجل httpd، حدد أن يقوم Squid بكتابة\n" "سجل الوصول الخاص به بتنسيق ملف سجل httpd عام.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." @@ -822,7 +789,7 @@ "مهلة الاتصال هو خيار يُستخدم لإجبار خدمة Squid على إغلاق\n" "الاتصالات بعد وقت محدد." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." @@ -830,110 +797,109 @@ "عمر العميل يُعرف الحد الأقصى لمقدار الوقت المسموح به للعميل\n" "(المستعرض) للاستمرار في الاتصال بعملية معالجة الذاكرة المؤقتة." -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول هو العنوان الذي ستتم إضافته لأي صفحة " -"خطأ\n" +"البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول هو العنوان الذي ستتم إضافته لأي صفحة خطأ\n" "يتم عرضها للعملاء. لمسؤول الويب افتراضيًا.\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "شفاف" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "إضافة منفذ HTTP جديد" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "تحرير منفذ HTTP الحالي" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "إضافة نمط تجديد جديد" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "تحرير نمط التجديد الحالي" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "الحد الأدنى (بالدقائق)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى (بالدقائق)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "إضافة وصول جديد لـ HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "تحرير وصول HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "سماح" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "رفض" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "&مقابل" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "إضافة ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "لا" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "إضافة مجموعة ACL جديدة" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "تحرير مجموعة ACL" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل رقم المنفذ فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي المضيف على اسم المضيف أو عنوان IP صالح." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل التعبير العادي فارغًا." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -941,26 +907,26 @@ "الذاكرة المؤقتة + حجم دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة\n" "يجب أن يكون أكبر من الحد الأقصى لحجم الكائن.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة فارغًا." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب يترك جدول ACL فارغًا." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "توجد مجموعة ACL '%1' بالفعل بنوع مختلف.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "يجب أن تكون مجموعة ACL '%1' من النوع '%2'.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -968,8 +934,8 @@ "إذا كنت ترغب في تغيير نوع مجموعة ACL هذه، يجب\n" "حذف مجموعات ACL الأخرى التي تحمل الاسم ذاته قبل ذلك.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -977,7 +943,7 @@ "لا يمكنك تغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، نظرًا لأنه\n" "يتم استخدامها في جدول التحكم بالوصول.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -985,27 +951,26 @@ "إذا أردت تغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، يجب حذف\n" "كافة تكراراتها في جدول التحكم بالوصول." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "إذا قمت بتغيير اسم مجموعة ACL هذه، قد تتأثر هذه الخيارات: \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "تغيير الاسم على أية حال" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "عدم تغيير الاسم" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل الاسم فارغًا." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1013,643 +978,632 @@ "يجب ألا تحذف مجموعة ACL هذه، نظرًا لأنه\n" "يتم استخدامها في جدول التحكم بالوصول.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "إذا قمت بحذف مجموعة ACL هذه، قد تتأثر هذه الخيارات: \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "حذف على أية حال" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "عدم الحذف" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل سجل الوصول فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة فارغًا." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل الوصول لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل الذاكرة المؤقتة لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "فشل سجل تخزين الذاكرة المؤقتة لأن اسم المسار غير صحيح." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "يجب ألا يحتوي البريد الإلكتروني للمسؤول على مسافات بيضاء." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خدمة Squid" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين Squid" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "قراءة منافذ HTTP من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "قراءة أنماط التجديد من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "قراءة مجموعة ACL من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "قراءة جدول التحكم بالوصول من ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "قراءة الإعدادات الأخرى." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "قراءة حالة الخدمة." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة منافذ HTTP..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة أنماط التجديد..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة مجموعات ACL..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "جارٍ قراءة جدول التحكم بالوصول..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة الإعدادات الأخرى..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة حالة الخدمة..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة ملف التكوين." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "تعذرت قراءة حالة الخدمة." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين Squid" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "بدء تشغيل الخدمة" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "يتم الآن بدء تشغيل الخدمة..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة إعدادات جدار الحماية." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "وكيل الذاكرة المؤقتة لـ Squid" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "بدء تشغيل برنامج المحرك: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "عند التشغيل" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "المنافذ المكوَّنة:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr ")شفاف(" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "دليل الذاكرة المؤقتة: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "عنوان IP أو نطاق من عناوين IP" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "قناع الشبكة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "عنوان IP لعميل القائم بالطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "عنوان IP للوجهة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "عنوان IP محلي" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "عنوان IP المحلي الموجود عليه اتصال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "أسماء مجالات العملاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "يطابق هذا النوع اسم مجال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "مجال الوجهة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "يشير هذا إلى المجال الوجهة أي المجال المصدر حيث يوجد الخادم الأصلي." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "يطابق اسم مجال العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "يوفر مطابقة للمجال الوجهة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "الوقت" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "أيام" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "الاثنين" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "الثلاثاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "الأربعاء" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "الخميس" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "الجمعة" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "السبت" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "الأحد" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "من (س:د)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "إلى (س:د)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "يتطابق باستخدام تعبير عادي مع عنوان URL الكامل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "يطابق مسار URL دون أي بروتوكول ومنافذ ومعلومات اسم المضيف" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "منفذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "رقم المنفذ أو نطاق من المنافذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "يطابق منفذ الوجهة للطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "رقم المنفذ" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "يوفر مطابقة لرقم منفذ TCP المحلي." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "بروتوكول" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "يطابق بروتوكول الطلب." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "أسلوب" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "أسلوب HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "يتطابق هذا النوع مع أسلوب HTTP الموجود في رؤوس الطلبات." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العميل استنادًا إلى عنوان وكيل المستخدم." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع مستعرض العميل استنادًا إلى عنوان وكيل المستخدم." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد اتصالات HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"يتطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP الخاص بالعميل أكبر من عدد اتصالات HTTP المحددة " -"التي تم إنشاؤها." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "يتطابق عندما يكون عنوان IP الخاص بالعميل أكبر من عدد اتصالات HTTP المحددة التي تم إنشاؤها." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "يطابق عنوان المرجع." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "اسم الرأس" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "تعبير (تعبيرات) عادي" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق أي من عناوين الطلب المعروفة." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "التعبير العادي الذي يطابق نوع mime للرد الوارد إلى \n" "squid.يمكن استخدامه للكشف عن تحميل ملف أو بعض أنواع طلبات HTTP النفقية.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "يطابق نوع الطلب mime الذي تم إنشاؤه بواسطة العميل." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "يطابق نوع الرد mime الوارد إلى Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "مطابقة عنوان إيثرنت (MAC)." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "الأفريكانس" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "أرمينية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "أذربيجانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "بلغارية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "قطالونية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "تشيكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "ألمانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "إنجليزية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "إسبانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "الفارسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "عبرية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "مجرية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "الإندونيسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "كورية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "اللاتفية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "لتوانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "الملايو" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitan" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "برتغالية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية البرازيلية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "رومانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "الروسية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "سلوفاكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "السلوفينية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "السيريلية الصربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "اللاتينية الصربية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "التايلاندية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "تركية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "الأوكرانية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "الأوزبكية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "الفيتنامية" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "الصينية المبسطة" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "صينية تقليدية" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "للمتابعة بالرغم من التحذير، انقر فوق 'نعم'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "مقسم خبير" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "جاري اكتشاف وحدات التخزين." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التخزين" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص والأقسام" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقسام" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "التقسيم المقترح" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "مقسم ال&خبراء..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "إنشاء إعداد الق&سم" -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,17 +96,17 @@ "الاقتراح التلقائي غير ممكن.\n" "قم بتحديد نقاط التوصيل يدويًا في مربع الحوار 'المقسم'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "تحرير إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ "تم التحقق من الأقراص الصلبة الموجودة لديك. يتم اقتراح إعداد التقسيم\n" " المعروض من أجل المشغل الصلب الموجود لديك." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ "%1 وقم بتعديل الإعدادات في مربع الحوار المقسم\n" "الخبير.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -151,27 +151,27 @@ "وهذا هو الخيار الذي يتعين عليك تحديده\n" "في الخيارات المتقدمة مثل RAID والتشفير.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الاقتراح المطلوب." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة كافية لعرض لقطات لوحدة تخزين الجذر." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "المساحة المتوفرة غير كافية لاقتراح /home منفصل." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام الملفات الجذر. تتعذر المتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -179,22 +179,22 @@ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير الأقراص..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "ميغابايت" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ "\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ "غير مستخدم\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -226,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows غير مستخدم (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ "اختر الحجم الجديد من أجل قسم Windows.\n" " " -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ "قسم Windows بدون تغيير.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -288,23 +288,23 @@ " الخلف.\n" " \n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "الآن" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "بعد التثبيت" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -320,9 +320,9 @@ " تغيير حجم القسم).\n" " \n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ "حقل الإدخال لضبط القيمة المقترحة.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -352,29 +352,29 @@ " الأقسام تلقائيًا عند الضرورة.\n" " " -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "يتم استخدام Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "خالية" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ " كما هو مطلوب من أجل &product;.\n" " \n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ "Windows المستخدم هو حجم الجزء المستخدم في قسم Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -416,13 +416,13 @@ " على القسم.\n" " " -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "تغيير حجم قسم Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ "Windows بما في ذلك حيز العمل في Windows و\n" "مساحة من أجل %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ " ومقدار المساحة المستخدمة، قد يستغرق هذا الأمر بعض الوقت.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ " في حالة ظهور المشكلة مرة ثانية، قم بتغيير\n" " قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "المساحة المتاحة غير كافية لعملية التثبيت." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -516,15 +516,15 @@ " \t قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" " ‎\t" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "يمكن تكوين النظام الخاص بك بخيارات التقسيم المخصصة." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -544,10 +544,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -563,10 +563,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في تقليص قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "تقلي&ص Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -615,13 +615,13 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في حذف قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "ح&ذف Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -633,40 +633,38 @@ " لتثبيت نظام التشغيل Linux، حدد المزيد من الأقسام لإزالتها\n" "أو حدد قرصًا بمساحة أكبر." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "الأقراص المتاح&ة" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&تقسيم مخصص (للخبراء)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "القرص الصلب" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -678,8 +676,8 @@ "على النظام الخاص بك. حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product; عليه.\n" " \n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -689,8 +687,8 @@ "ربما ترغب لاحقًا في تحديد الجزء من القرص الذي سيتم فيه استخدام &product;.\n" " \n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -706,81 +704,81 @@ " الأقسام إلى نقاط التوصيل عند تثبيت &product;.\n" " \n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "تحضير القرص الصلب" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "حدد أحد الخيارات للمتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "القرص %1 قيد الاستخدام بواسطة %2" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "هل تريد تنشيط multipath؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -788,25 +786,25 @@ "لن تتم تهيئة قسم /home. بعد التثبيت،\n" "تأكد من تعيين ملكيات الدلائل الرئيسية بشكل صحيح." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "تقسيم" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&تقسيم" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوينات نظام الملفات..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -814,15 +812,15 @@ "التحديد الحالي غير صالح:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2، غير مخصص" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -830,16 +828,16 @@ "مناطق بالقرص للاستخدام\n" "لتثبيت %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "استخدام القرص الصلب &كاملاً" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -847,8 +845,8 @@ "لا توجد أقسام على هذا القرص بعد.\n" "سيتم استخدام القرص بالكامل من أجل %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -856,18 +854,18 @@ "يبدو أن هذا القرص يتم استخدامه بواسطة Windows.\n" "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "ح&ذف Windows تمامًا" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "تقلي&ص قسم Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -877,8 +875,8 @@ "حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product؛ عليه.\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -886,13 +884,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام القرص الصلب بأكمله أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر " -"من \n" +"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام القرص الصلب بأكمله أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر من \n" "الأقسام أو المناطق الخالية المعروضة.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -906,8 +903,8 @@ " نظم التشغيل الأخرى.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -919,16 +916,16 @@ " هناك. لن تكون هناك طريقة لاستعادة هذه البيانات.\n" " \n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "تثبيت على:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -937,14 +934,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة " -"كافية من أجل\n" +"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة كافية من أجل\n" " &product;. يمكنك الاختيار بين حذف Windows تمامًا أو\n" " تقليصه للحصول على المساحة الخالية الكافية.\n" " " -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -954,35 +950,34 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم بصورة " -"نهائية\n" +"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم بصورة نهائية\n" " في عملية التثبيت. عند تقليص Windows، فإننا ننصح بشدة\n" " بعمل نسخ احتياطي للبيانات، حيث إنه يجب إعادة تنظيمها.\n" " قد تتعرض هذه العملية للفشل في حالات نادرة.\n" " \n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "اقتراح فصل قسم &Home" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "إنشاء اقتراح استنادًا على &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "تشفير مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "نوع الاقتراح" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -996,8 +991,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد بالفعل؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1006,14 +1001,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "لقد حاولت توصيل قسم FAT إلى واحدة من\n" -"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح " -"سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" +"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" "استخدام نظام ملفات Linux، مثل ext3 أو ext4، لنقاط التوصيل هذه.\n" "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1027,8 +1021,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1042,9 +1036,9 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1060,8 +1054,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد حقًا استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1081,8 +1075,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1096,8 +1090,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد الاحتفاظ بهذا الحجم من قسم التمهيد؟\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1111,10 +1105,10 @@ "أن يبلغ حجمه 1 ميغا بايت تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1132,8 +1126,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد دون /قسم تمهيد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1153,7 +1147,7 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1165,8 +1159,8 @@ "%s\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1182,8 +1176,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1207,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1232,20 +1226,19 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1259,8 +1252,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام برنامج الإعداد بدون قسم للمبادلة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1272,8 +1265,8 @@ "تهيئته بعد. لا يضمن YaST نجاح التثبيت،\n" "خاصة في أي من الحالات التالية:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1285,20 +1278,19 @@ " الكتابة فوقه\n" " - إذا كان هذا القسم لا يحتوي على نظام الملفات\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت مترددًا، من الأفضل العودة للخلف ووضع علامة على هذا القسم\n" "للتنسيق، خاصة إذا كان يتم تعيينه إلى إحدى نقاط التوصيل القياسية\n" "مثل / أو /boot أو /opt أو /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1308,8 +1300,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بالقسم غير منسق؟\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1317,8 +1309,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1326,8 +1318,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى مجموعة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من مجموعة وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1335,8 +1327,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد يتم استخدامه بواسطة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1344,8 +1336,8 @@ "الجهاز (%2) ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل حذفه.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1353,12 +1345,12 @@ "الجهاز (%2) يتم استخدامه بواسطة %1.\n" "إزالة %1 قبل حذفه.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن حذفه عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1366,14 +1358,12 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز (%1) لأنه يمثل قسمًا منطقيًا ويوجد قسم \n" "منطقي آخر يحتوي على رقم كبير قيد الاستخدام.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي القسم الموسع الذي تم تحديده على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1381,8 +1371,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" "برجاء اختيار 'إلغاء' إذا لم تكن متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1396,8 +1386,8 @@ " الأقسام من مجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1411,8 +1401,8 @@ " الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل \n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1424,31 +1414,31 @@ " يتم استخدامه. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين المستخدمة قبل\n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "تذكر جيدًا ما قمت بإدخاله هنا!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "مسموح بإدخال كلمة سر فارغة." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر على %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1456,38 +1446,38 @@ "أدخل كلمة المرور المشفرة\n" "للجهاز %1 الموصل على %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفرة" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "أدخ&ل كلمة مرور لنظام الملفات:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة المرور من أجل التحق&ق:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "تخط&ي" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1497,10 +1487,10 @@ "المرور غير متطابقة.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1508,10 +1498,10 @@ "لم تقم بإدخال كلمة سر.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1519,17 +1509,17 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي كلمة السر على الأقل على %1 حرفًا.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "لا يوجد رقم الفاصلة العائمة." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "خيارات نظام الملفات:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1537,15 +1527,14 @@ "غير مسموح بوضع الحرف '/' في تسمية وحدة التخزين.\n" "قم بتغيير تسمية وحدة التخزين الخاصة بك بحيث يتم استبعاد هذا الحرف من الاسم.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "قم بالتوصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:\n" @@ -1553,63 +1542,60 @@ "بواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لكي يتم العثور على نظام \n" "الملفات الذي تم توصيله عن طريق البحث عن UUID أو عن طريق تسمية\n" "القرص. لا تقبل كل أنظمة \n" -"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن " -"يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" +"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "تسمية وحدة التخزين:\n" -"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم " -"هذا الخيار عادةً \n" +"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم هذا الخيار عادةً \n" "عند تنشيط خيار التوصيل بواسطة تسمية وحدة التخزين فقط.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي تسمية وحدة التخزين على الحرف / أو على مسافات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "توصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "اس&م الجهاز" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "تسم&ية وحدة التخزين" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&المعرف الفريد العالمي (UUID)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "معرف الج&هاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "مسار الج&هاز" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "خيارات Fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1619,63 +1605,63 @@ "الحد الأقصى لطول تسمية وحدة التخزين لنظام الملفات المحدد\n" "هو %1. تم قص تسمية القرص إلى هذا الحجم.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "قم بتوفير تسمية للقرص ليتم توصيله باستخدام التسمية." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "تسمية القرص هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "نظام المل&فات" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "خيارا&ت..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&تشفير الجهاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "معر&ف نظام الملفات:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "تهيئة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "عدم التنسي&ق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&تنسيق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "خيارات Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "نق&طة التوصيل" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1699,8 +1685,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1710,8 +1696,8 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بالقسم بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1721,22 +1707,22 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص هذا القسم." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص وحدة التخزين المنطقية هذه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1746,8 +1732,8 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بالقسم المحددYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1757,20 +1743,20 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة بواسطةYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "هل تريد متابعة تغيير الحجم؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم قسم بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1784,13 +1770,12 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تقليص نظام الملفات الآن؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي الجهاز المحدد على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1798,8 +1783,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف جدول الأقسام.\n" "حدد إلغاء إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1813,8 +1798,8 @@ "الأقسام من مجموعات وحدات التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1828,8 +1813,8 @@ "الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل\n" "حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1841,57 +1826,56 @@ "يُستخدم بواسطة وحدة تخزين أخرى. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين\n" "قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "إنشاء وحدات تخزين فرعية وإزالتها من نظام ملفات Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط." +msgstr "تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفرعية الموجودة:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "وحدة تخزين فرعية جديدة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "إضافة جديد" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "تمكين الالتقاط" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "معالجة وحدة التخزين الفرعية" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "غير مسموح بوجود اسم لوحدة تخزين فرعية فارغة." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1899,16 +1883,16 @@ "لا يُسمح إلا بأسماء وحدة التخزين الفرعية التي تبدأ بـ \"%1\" حاليًا!\n" "سيتم تلقائيًا إضافة \"%1\" إلى بداية اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية %1 موجود بالفعل." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "سيتم فقد التعديلات التي تم إدخالها في مربع الحوار هذا." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1918,8 +1902,8 @@ "قم بإنشاء نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1929,8 +1913,8 @@ "قم بالوصول إلى نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1944,13 +1928,12 @@ " نظام ملفات آخر من Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1959,41 +1942,36 @@ "\n" "نقطة التوصيل هذه تتوافق مع نظام الملفات المؤقتة مثل /tmp أو /var/tmp.\n" "إذا تركت كلمة مرور التشفير فارغة، سينشئ \n" -"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك " -"ستفقد كافة\n" +"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد كافة\n" "البيانات الموجودة على أنظمة الملفات هذه عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام " -"الملفات.\n" -" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة " -"السر.\n" +"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام الملفات.\n" +" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة السر.\n" " للتحقق من كتابة كلمة السر بشكل صحيح، \n" " أدخلها مرتين.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2004,8 +1982,8 @@ " (على سبيل المثال، الأحرف التي تحتوي على لهجات خاصة أو لهجة ألمانية).\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2019,10 +1997,10 @@ "والأحرف (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) والأرقام من <tt>0</tt> إلى <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2032,8 +2010,8 @@ "احرص على ألا تنسي كلمة السر هذه!\n" " " -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2043,25 +2021,22 @@ "يجب إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة " -"إليه لذلك\n" -" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد تخطي. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول " -"إلى \n" +"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة إليه لذلك\n" +" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد تخطي. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول إلى \n" " نظام الملفات أثناء عملية التحديث.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2081,7 +2056,7 @@ "إذا كنت بحاجة لاستخدام هذا القرص في عملية التثبيت، فينبغي التخلص من \n" "تسمية القرص في المقسم الخبير.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2095,18 +2070,18 @@ "\n" "تحتاج إلى وضع علامات على كل الأقسام بهذا القرص لإزالتها.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل \"%1\" مع LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل %1 مع RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2122,8 +2097,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2135,8 +2110,8 @@ "/var\". يتعذر القيام بهذا الأمر. قم بتغيير نقطة التوصيل هذه أو استخدم \n" " نظام ملفات يحتوي على جمل برمجية لا يمكن عكسها.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2145,41 +2120,39 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام " -"الملفات\n" +"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام الملفات\n" "قد يحتوي على ملفات قد تحتاجها للتنفيذ.\n" "\n" "وهذا عادة يؤدي إلى حدوث مشاكل.\n" "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل نقطة التوصيل فارغًا." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي أجهزة التبديل على برنامج تبديل يتم استخدامه كنقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." +msgstr "قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "نقطة التوصيل هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2187,15 +2160,13 @@ "نظام الملفات FAT مستخدم لنقاط توصيل النظام (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "هذا غير ممكن." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2205,13 +2176,13 @@ "/bin، /dev، /etc، /lib، /lib64، /lost+found، /mnt، /proc، /sbin، /sys،\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "يجب أن تبدأ نقطة التوصيل الخاصة بك بالتالي \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2219,9 +2190,9 @@ "لا يُسمح بتعيين تبديل نقطة التبديل\n" "لجهاز ما بدون نظام ملفات تبديل." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2229,8 +2200,8 @@ "القسم الخاص بك يعتبر صغيرًا جدًا للاستخدام %1.\n" "يعتبر الحد الأدنى لحجم نظام الملفات هذا هو %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2238,8 +2209,8 @@ "غير مسموح بتخصيص نقطة توصيل\n" "إلى أحد الأجهزة بنظام ملفات غير موجود أو غير معروف." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2261,30 +2232,29 @@ "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام نظام الملفات هذا؟\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "تم توصيل نظام الملفات حاليًا على %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء " -"الأمر.\n" +"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "إلغاء التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2292,75 +2262,75 @@ "يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تمديد نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تغيير حجم نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "إعادة فحص الأجهزة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "استيراد نقطة التوصيل..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "توفير &كلمات مرور Crypt..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "ت&كوين iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "تكوين &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "تكوين &متعدد المسارات..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "تك&وين DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "تكوين &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "تكوين &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "تكوين..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "السعة التخزينية المتوفر في %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2368,8 +2338,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة أجهزة التخزين\n" "المتوفرة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2379,8 +2349,8 @@ "يمكنك التنقل إلى العرض الذي يحتوي على معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "الجهاز.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2388,8 +2358,8 @@ "بتحديد أحد إدخالات الجدول\n" "يمكنك الانتقال إلى طريقة العرض بمعلومات تفصيلية حول الجهاز." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2397,8 +2367,8 @@ "يؤدي إعادة فحص الأقراص إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأقراص؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2406,8 +2376,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين iSCSI إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين iSCSI؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2415,10 +2385,10 @@ "يلغي استدعاء تكوين FCoE كل التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين FCoE؟" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2426,8 +2396,8 @@ "تعمل استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2435,8 +2405,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين DASD إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين DASD؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2444,8 +2414,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين zFCP إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين zFCP؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2453,50 +2423,50 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين XPRAM إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين XPRAM؟" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "تحرير Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "حدد جهازًا واحدًا على الأقل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "تغيير الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل وحدة التخزين Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة المحددة" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدات التخزين Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "لا يوجد جهاز Btrfs محدد." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2504,178 +2474,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "فشلت إزالة بعض الأجهزة الفعلية." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات تخزين Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "تحرير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "حذف..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2683,8 +2649,8 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2692,74 +2658,72 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "أجهزة Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "عر&ض" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة الم&ستخدمة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "اختر دور الجهاز." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "قسم تمهيد EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "نظام التشغيل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "تطبيقات ISV والبيانات" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "تبديل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "وحدة تخزين ثنائية النوع (بدون تنسيق)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "الدور" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2767,21 +2731,19 @@ "أولاً، قم باختيار ما إذا كان يجب تنسيق القسم\n" "ونوع نظام الملفات المطلوب." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت تريد تشفير كافة البيانات\n" -"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد تشفير الجهاز. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على " -"وحدة تخزين \n" +"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد تشفير الجهاز. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على وحدة تخزين \n" "موجودة على حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2789,49 +2751,48 @@ "ثم اختر توصيل القسم أم لا\n" "وأدخل نقطة التوصيل (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "خيارات التنسيق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "عدم تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "عدم توصيل القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "خيارات التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "قسم التوصيل" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "&خيارات Fstab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "يجب تشفير ملفات التشفير." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2843,18 +2804,18 @@ "\n" "تحقق أيضًا من خيار التنسيق.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب ملفات التشفير نقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب Tmpfs نقطة توصيل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2868,8 +2829,8 @@ "نظام ملفات آخر منLinux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2883,21 +2844,21 @@ "(تعليق القرص).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة مسبقاً على وحدة التخزين!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "لا يدعم الجهاز الأساسي تغيير الحجم." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2907,7 +2868,7 @@ "لا يمكن إعادة تغيير القسم المحدد نظرًا لأن نظام الملفات\n" " على هذا القسم لا يدعم تغيير الحجم.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2915,8 +2876,8 @@ "لا يمكن التحقق من إمكانية تغيير \n" "حجم NTFS أثناء توصيله." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2924,79 +2885,79 @@ "القسم %1 لا يمكن تغيير حجمه\n" "نظرًا لعدم تناسق نظام الملفات.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم القسم %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "إعادة تغيير حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الحالي: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "مستخدم حاليًا: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "الحجم المخصص" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "اختر حجمًا جديدًا." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "الحجم الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح. أدخل حجمًا بين %1 و%2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3008,28 +2969,28 @@ "النظر في إلغاء توصيل نظام الملفات، مما سيزيد من سرعة\n" "تغيير الحجم كثيرًا." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "مخرجات %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة فحص الأقراص..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "تحرير معيِّن الجهاز %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أجهزة DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3037,13 +2998,13 @@ "معيِّن الجهاز %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3053,8 +3014,8 @@ "في بعض طرق العرض الأخرى. لذلك الأقراص متعددة المسارات،\n" "وحداتBIOS RAID ووحدات التخزين المنطقية LVM لا ترد هنا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3062,8 +3023,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3071,185 +3032,185 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة \n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "جهاز DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "إضافة RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "إضافة مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "رسم بياني للجهاز" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للجهاز..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسم الأجهزة." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ ملف الرسم البياني." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "الرسم البياني للتوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للتوصيل..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسمًا بيانيًا لنقاط التوصيل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "اختر نوع القسم للقسم الجديد." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "ق&سم رئيسي" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "قس&م موسع" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "قس&م منطقي" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "نوع القسم الجديد" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "اختر حجم القسم الجديد." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "حجم القسم الجديد" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "منطقة مخصصة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "المنطقة التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "إضافة قسم في %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "تحرير قسم %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة للقسم المنقول %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للأمام؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للخلف؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1؟" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "إعادة توجيه" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "توجيه للخلف" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "قم بالتأكيد على حذف جميع الأقسام" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3257,83 +3218,82 @@ "يحتوي القرص \"%1\" على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "إذا أردت المتابعة، سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على \"%1\"؟" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص صلب." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء جدول الأقسام على DASD بتنسيق LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "القرص قيد الاستخدام ويتعذر تعديله." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "حدد جدول الأقسام الجديدة لـ %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "هل تريد بالفعل إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة في %1؟ سوف يؤدي ذلك\n" -" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في " -"%1." +" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مصفوفة RAID لـ BIOS %1؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف RAID %1 المقسم؟" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "لا يوجد أي أقسام للحذف على هذا القرص." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء قسم على %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قسم." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3341,13 +3301,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "لا يمكن تحرير أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3355,13 +3315,13 @@ "يتم إنشاء القسم %1 بالفعل على القرص\n" "ولا يمكن نقله." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "لا يمكن نقل أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3369,13 +3329,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تغيير حجمه. ولتغيير حجمه %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "لا يمكن تغير حجم أي قسم موسع." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3391,7 +3351,7 @@ "أكثر من الأقسام. بعد الاستنساخ، سيتم\n" "حذف هذه الأقسام.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3399,11 +3359,11 @@ "سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية\n" "وستضيع كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف هذه الأقسام؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3413,7 +3373,7 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "قم بإنشاء أقسام قبل استنساخ القرص.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3421,20 +3381,20 @@ "يتعذر استنساخ هذا القرص. لا توجد أقراص مناسبة\n" "من المحتمل أن تحتوي على تخطيط التقسيم نفسه." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "استنساخ تخطيط قسم %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "الأقراص الهدف المتاحة:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "حدد قرص مستهدف لإنشاء استنساخ" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3442,8 +3402,8 @@ "تشغيل أمر dasdfmt يقوم بحذف كافة البيانات من القرص.\n" "هل ترغب حقًا في تشغيل أمر dasdfmt على القرص %1؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3455,58 +3415,58 @@ " يتم عرض الأقسام الموجودة حالياً على هذا القرص\n" " مرة أخرى.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "إضافة قسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "نقل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "إعادة تحجيم" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "جارٍ النقل..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "تغيير الحجم..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3514,8 +3474,8 @@ "لا يمكن تحريك الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3523,19 +3483,19 @@ "لا يمكن تغيير حجم الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "الأقراص الصلبة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "جارٍ إضافة قسم..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3543,18 +3503,18 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأقراص الثابتة بما في ذلك\n" "أقراص iSCSI ووحدات BIOS RAID والأقراص متعدد المسارات وأيضاً الأقسام.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "اختبار الحماية (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "الخصائص (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3562,45 +3522,45 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القرص الصلب المحدد." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "استنساخ هذا القرص" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "تنفيذ أمر dasd&fmt على جهاز DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "إضافة..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "خبير..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3610,35 +3570,34 @@ "إذا كان القرص مستخدم بواسطة BIOS RAID على سبيل المثال أو متعدد المسارات لن\n" "تعرض أقسام هنا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة بواسطة\n" -"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID " -"البرمجية\n" +"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID البرمجية\n" "المقسمة والأقراص متعددة المسارات.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "الأ&قسام" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "القرص الصلب: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "القسم: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3646,8 +3605,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القسم المحدد." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3657,8 +3616,8 @@ "Linux الحالية مع نقاط توصيل. ويبين الجدول\n" "نقاط التوصيل القديمة.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3666,52 +3625,51 @@ msgstr "" "يمكنك اختيار ما إذا كانت وحدات تخزين\n" "النظام الموجود مثل / و/usr، سيتم تنسيقها أثناء\n" -"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</" -"p>" +"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي نظام سابق بنقاط توصيل." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "إ&ظهار السابق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "إ&ظهار التالي" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "استيراد نقاط التوصيل من النظام القائم:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "تهيئة وحدات تخزين النظام" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "استيراد" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "تحتوي علامة التبويب الموجودة في /etc/fs في %1 على:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "تم إدخال كلمة مرور خاطئة." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3721,15 +3679,15 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم حذف مجموعة أجهزة التخزين التالية\n" "وكذلك وحدات التخزين المنطقية فيها:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" ومجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%2\" الآن؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3739,24 +3697,24 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم\n" "حذف أجهزة RAID التالية:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" وRAID \"%2\" الآن؟" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على %1؟" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف %1؟" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3764,81 +3722,80 @@ "\n" "هل ينبغي إزالة %1 ملف السلسلة أيضًا؟\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "غير مقسم" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "غير مخصص" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "لا يوجد أي تغييرات للتقسيم." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "تغييرات على التقسيم:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "لا يوجد تغييرات لإعدادات التخزين." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التخزين:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "لا توجد حزم مطلوب تثبيتها." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "سجل" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "محتويات %1:" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "تحديث" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه محتويات%1." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة: يجب أن يكون هذا مسارًا مطلقًا للملف الذي\n" " يحتوي على بيانات جهاز تسلسل مشفر للإعداد.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3850,8 +3807,8 @@ "بالحجم الموجود في الحقل التالي.ملاحظة:إذا كان الملف\n" " موجودًا بالفعل، فسيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة به.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3861,8 +3818,8 @@ "الحجم: هذا هو حجم ملف الحلقة. سيكون نظام الملفات\n" "الذي تم إنشاؤه في جهاز الحلقة المشفرة بهذا الحجم.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3876,23 +3833,23 @@ "سيتم إنشاؤه في نهاية التثبيت. الرجاء الحذر\n" "عند إدخال الحجم واسم المسار.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "استعراض..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "إنشاء ملف سلسلة" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3900,13 +3857,13 @@ "اسم الملف \"%1\" غير صالح.\n" "استخدم اسم المسار المطلق.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "الحجم الذي أدخلته غير صحيح. أدخل حجمًا يساوي %1 على الأقل." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3916,47 +3873,47 @@ "وعلامة الإنشاء في وضع إيقاف التشغيل. قم باستخدام ملف موجود أو قم بتنشيط\n" " إشارة الإنشاء." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "تحرير الملف المشفر %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف مشفر." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3964,30 +3921,30 @@ "الملف المشفر %1 قيد الاستخدام. لذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "الملفات المشفرة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الملفات المشفرة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "الملف المشفر: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -3995,38 +3952,37 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "للملف المشفر المحدد." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لمجموعة وحدات التخزين." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين أكبر من 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "يجب أن يبدأ اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالحرف \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " -"بها\n" +"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4034,13 +3990,13 @@ "مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالاسم \"%1\" تتعارض\n" "مع إدخال آخر في الدليل /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4050,15 +4006,13 @@ "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم إلغاء توصيل وحدات التخزين التالية (إذا كانت موصلة)\n" "وحذفها:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية " -"المرتبطة بها؟" +msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية المرتبطة بها؟" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4066,28 +4020,27 @@ "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة. أدخل حجم نطاق فعلي أكبر من %1\n" "من مضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"%2\" أو \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لوحدة التخزين المنطقية." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية تحتوي على أحرف يزيد عددها عن 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " -"بها\n" +"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4095,58 +4048,56 @@ "وحدة التخزين المنطقية بالاسم \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل\n" "في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "أدخل الاسم وحجم النطاق الفعلي لمجموعة وحدة التخزين الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها." +msgstr "حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "حجم الن&طاق الفعلي" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المتوفرة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المحددة:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "قم بتغيير الأجهزة المُستخدمة لمجموعة وحدة التخزين." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "أدخل حجمًا بالإضافة إلى عدد تقسيمات وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة\n" "وحجمها. لا يمكن أن يكون عدد التقسيمات\n" " أكبر من عدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية لمجموعة وحدات التخزين." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4159,168 +4110,159 @@ "باستخدام حجم وحدة التخزين العشوائي. المساحة المطلوبة يتم تحديها من \n" "قبل التجمع الرقيق المعين. لذلك يمكنك إنشاء جهاز تخزين رقيق بحجم أكبر\n" "من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على وحدات\n" -"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا " -"الطلب.\n" +"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا الطلب.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي وحدات التجمع الرقيقة عد شريطي." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "الشرائح" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "الرقم" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية %1 إلى %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدة التخزين %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "أدخل اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقي كوحدة حجم عادي.\n" -"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين " -"قبل وجود ميزة التوفير الرقيق .\n" +"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين قبل وجود ميزة التوفير الرقيق .\n" "إذا كنت غير متأكد فهذا هو على الأرجح الاختيار المناسب" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه التجمع الرقيق.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن جهاز التخزين الرقيق يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب " -"الطلب من هذا المجمع." +"وهذا يعني أن جهاز التخزين الرقيق يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب الطلب من هذا المجمع." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه تجمع رقيق.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من التجمع الرقيق.</" -"p>" +"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من التجمع الرقيق." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المن&طقية" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "الحجم العادي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "التجمع الرقيق" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "جهاز تخزين رقيق" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "التجمع المستخدم" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية في %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "تحرير وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1 على %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء مجموعة وحدة تخزين.\n" "\n" -"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) " -"أو جهاز \n" +"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو جهاز \n" "RAIDغير مستخدم. قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مجموعة وحدة تخزين." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل ترغب حقًا في إزالة مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "فشل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية وحدات تخزين منطقية." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة خالية في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4328,8 +4270,8 @@ "جهاز التخزين %1 عبارة عن تجمع رقيق.\n" "لا يمكن تحريره." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4337,46 +4279,46 @@ "وحدة التخزين %1 قيد الاستخدام. يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامها." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "إضافة وحدات تخزين منطقية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "إدارة وحدات التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4384,8 +4326,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة مجموعات وحدة تخزين الخاصة بـ LVM\n" "ووحدات التخزين المنطقية الخاصة بها." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4393,8 +4335,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "حول مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4402,8 +4344,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين المنطقية\n" "الخاصة بمجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4411,28 +4353,28 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي تستخدمها\n" "مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المن&طقية" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الف&علية" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "وحدة التخزين المنطقية: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4440,56 +4382,56 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "وحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "بروتوكول NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4499,36 +4441,34 @@ "في حالة الخروج من المقسم باستخدام %1.\n" "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "يمكنك هنا الإطلاع على ملخص التقسيم." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": الملخص" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "طريقة عرض النظام" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "لا يتوفر تكوين NFS. قم بالتحقق من تثبيت حزمة yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "نظام ملفات الشبكة (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4536,59 +4476,51 @@ "فشل توصيل اختبار مشاركة NFS '%1'.\n" "هل تريد الحفظ على أي حال؟" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "بالنسبة لـ %1، حدد على الأقل %2 جهاز." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "حدد نوع RAID لمصفوفة RAID الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: هذا المستوى يعمل على زيادة أداء القرص.\n" -"لا يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح " -"عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.\n" +"لا يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: يتحقق في هذا الوضع أفضل تكرار. ويمكن استخدامه\n" "مع قرصين أو أكثر. يقوم هذا الوضع بالحفاظ على نسخة متطابقة من كافة البيانات\n" -"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية " -"بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" +"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" " المستخدمة في هذا النوع من RAID بنفس الحجم تقريبًا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: يجمع هذا الوضع بين إمكانية إدارة عددًا أكبر من الأقراص\n" "مع الحفاظ على بعض التكرار. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع ثلاثة أقراص أو أكثر.\n" -" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا " -"فستفقد كافة البيانات\n" +" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا فستفقد كافة البيانات\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4598,21 +4530,19 @@ " لعملية raid. يُعد هذا الأمر اختياريًا. في حالة إدخال الاسم، يتوفر\n" "الجهاز كـ <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "قم بإضافة أقسام إلى مصفوفة RAID الخاصة بك. وفقًا لنوع\n" "RAID، يكون حجم القرص القابل للاستخدام هو مجموع هذه الأقسام (RAID0) أو حجم\n" "أصغر قسم (RAID 1) أو (N-1)*أصغر قسم (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4620,86 +4550,80 @@ "عمومًا، يجب أن تكون الأقسام على مشغلات مختلفة،\n" " للحصول على التكرار والأداء الذين ترغب فيهما.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "نوع RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (تقسيم)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (نسخ)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (تقسيم متكرر)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (تقسيم متكرر ثنائي)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (نسخ وتقسيم)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "ا&سم Raid (اختياري)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "حجم الكتلة: يعتبر أصغر كتلة \"بسيطة\"\n" -"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو " -"128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" -"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا " -"يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.\n" +"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو 128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" +"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "خوارزمية التكافؤ:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "خوارزمية التكافؤ لاستخدامها مع RAID5/6.\n" -"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي " -"تعمل بالتناوب.\n" +"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل بالتناوب.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4707,66 +4631,66 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل بشأن خوارزمية التماثل \n" "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "حجم الكتلة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية الم&ساواة" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "خيارات RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "قم بتغيير الأجهزة التي تستخدمها مع RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "إضافة RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "تحرير RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4778,22 +4702,22 @@ "وهذا يعني عادةً أن المجموعة الفرعية لأجهزة raid صغيرة للغاية\n" "بحيث لا يمكن معها استخدامraid.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء إحدى مصفوفات RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مصفوفة RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4801,8 +4725,8 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4810,8 +4734,8 @@ "توحد مصفوفة RAID %1 بالفعل على القرص. لا يمكن\n" "تغيير %1، لذلك قم بإزالته ثم إنشائه مرة أخرى." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4819,18 +4743,18 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تغيير حجمها. ولتغيير حجم %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "إضافة RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "تعرض طريقة العرض هذه جميع وحدات RAID عدا وحدات BIOS RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4838,8 +4762,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "RAID المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4847,130 +4771,123 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة التي تستخدمها\n" "RAID المحددة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "التسمية" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "موصل بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "معرف BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "معلومات الأسطوانة" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "معلومات قناة الألياف الصناعية" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "التشفير" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "مسار الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "الأمثل" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "المعلومات الظاهرة على أجهزة التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4978,28 +4895,25 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه إعدادات\n" "التخزين العامة:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "التوصيل الافتراضي حسب يعمل على توفير أسلوب التوصيل لنظم \n" "الملفات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا. اسم الجهاز يستخدم اسم جهاز النواة \n" "غير المستمرة. معرف الجهازو \n" "مسار الجهاز\n" -"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن " -"تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا UUID و\n" +"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا UUID و\n" "تسمية وحدة التخزين استخدم أنظمة الملفات UUID والتسمية.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5007,24 +4921,21 @@ "نظام الملفات الافتراضي يوفر نوع نظام الملفات\n" "للملف الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "يحدد المحاذاة للأقسام المنشأة حديثًا\n" -"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. الأسطوانة عبارة عن " -"المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. الأمثل \n" +"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. الأسطوانة عبارة عن المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. الأمثل \n" "محاذاة الأقسام للحصول على أفضل أداء وفقا لتلميحات المقدمة من نواة Linux \n" "أو يحاول الاتساق مع نظام التشغيل Windows Vista وWin 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5032,8 +4943,8 @@ "يتحكم إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب في\n" "الاسم المعروض للأقراص الصلبة في هيكل التنقل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5041,23 +4952,23 @@ "يسمح المعلومات المرئية\n" "في أجهزة التخزين بإخفاء المعلومات في الجداول والنظرة العامة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه ملخص التثبيت." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "إضافة توصيل وحدات tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد جهاز tmpfs محدد." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5065,18 +4976,18 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل حذف tmpfs الموصلة إلى %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين Tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5084,18 +4995,18 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة تخزين tmpfs المحددة.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs موصلة في %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "إعادة فحص" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5105,8 +5016,8 @@ "نقطة توصيل لها والأقراص التي لم يتم تقسيمها\n" "ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي لا تحتوي على وحدات تخزين منطقية." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5114,30 +5025,30 @@ "تؤدي إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة\n" "إلى إلغاء التغييرات الحالية. هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5145,17 +5056,17 @@ "لا يمكن إنشاء وحدة تخزين منطقية \n" "بالحجم المطلوب.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "حاول تصغير عدد تقسيم وحدة التخزين." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "يمكنك إزالة وحدات التخزين المنطقية فقط." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5163,8 +5074,8 @@ "هناك على الأقل لقطة واحدة نشطة لوحدة التخزين هذه.\n" "قم بإزالة اللقطة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5172,100 +5083,100 @@ "هناك على الأقل واحد من وحدات التخزين الرقيقة يستخدم هذا التجمع.\n" "قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين رقيقة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "هل ترغب في إزالة وحدة التخزين المنطقية%1؟" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الإجمالي: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الناتج: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "الفئة" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "مصنّف" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "إضافة الكل" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "إزالة الكل" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "الملف %1 ليس ملف عاديا!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "الملف %1 كبيرة جداً!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5277,37 +5188,33 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي الملف على أسطر مع تعبير عادي واسم الفئة لكل\n" ". على سبيل المثال:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "الكشف عن نمط الأسطر التالية:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "هل توافق على مطابقة الأجهزة للفئات بهذه الأنماط؟" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "هذا الحوار لتعريف فئات أجهزة الغارة\n" "التي تحتويها raid. الفئات المتوفرة هي A وB وC وD وE لكن في حالات متعددة\n" "قد تحتاج لفئات أقل (A وB فقط على سبيل المثال). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "يمكنك وضع جهاز في فئة بالنقر بالزر الأيمن على الجهاز واختيار الفئة \n" @@ -5316,8 +5223,8 @@ "استخدام الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" إلى \"%2\" لوضع الأجهزة \n" "المحددة حاليا في هذه الفئة." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5325,8 +5232,8 @@ "بعد اختيار فئات للأجهزة يمكنك ترتيب الأجهزة \n" "عن طريق الضغط على أحد الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" أو \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5334,20 +5241,19 @@ "مصنف يعمل على وضع كافة الأجهزة من فئة A قبل كافة \n" "الأجهزة من فئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "التداخل يستخدم الجهاز الأول من فئة A، ثم أول\n" "جهاز من الفئة B، ثم جميع الفئات التالية مع الأجهزة المعينة. ثم \n" "الجهاز الثاني من فئة A والجهاز الثاني من الفئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5357,51 +5263,45 @@ "عند ترك النافذة المنبثقة يتم استخدام نظام السرد الحالي كترتيب\n" "لأجهزة RAID المراد إنشاؤها." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "بالضغط على الزر \"%1\" يمكنك تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على\n" -"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي " -"تطابق\n" +"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي تطابق\n" "التعبير العادي في الفئة على هذا السطر. يتم مطابقة التعبير العادي \n" "في مقابل اسم النواة (على سبيل المثال /dev/sda1), \n" -"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " -"ومعرف\n" +"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) ومعرف\n" "udev (مثل/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" "وأخيراً. يحدد تطابق الفئة الأولى إذا كان اسم الأجهزة يطابق تعبير\n" "عادي واحد أكثر." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "نمط الملف" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "حج&م Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5409,35 +5309,33 @@ "تم تحديد حجم غير صالح. استخدم رقم متبوعًا بـ K أو M أو G أو %.\n" "يجب أن تكون القيمة أكبر من 100 كيلو أو بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة ما بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "حجم Tmpfs:\n" -"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت " -"أو \n" +"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت أو \n" "كعدد متبوع بعلامة النسبة المئوية مما يعني نسبة الذاكرة." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "أ&ولوية التبديل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تتراوح القيمة بين 0 و32767. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5445,30 +5343,29 @@ "أولوية التبديل:\n" "أدخل أولوية التبديل. الأرقام الكبيرة تدل على أولوية أعلى.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "توصيل للقراءة فق&ط" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "توصيل للقراءة فقط:\n" "لا يمكن الكتابة في نظام الملفات. القيمة الافتراضية خطأ. أثناء التثبيت،\n" "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات دائمًا للقراءة والكتابة." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "لا يوجد وقت و&صول" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5476,13 +5373,13 @@ "لا يوجد وقت للوصول:\n" "لم يتم تحديث أوقات الوصول عند قراءة الملف. الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "قابل للتحميل بواسطة العميل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5490,36 +5387,33 @@ "قابلة للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدم:\n" "يمكن توصيل نظام الملفات بواسطة مستخدم عادي. الإعداد الافتراضي غير صحيح.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "تجنب التوصيل عند ت&شغيل النظام" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "غير موصل عند تشغيل النظام:\n" "لا يتم توصيل نظام الملفات تلقائيًا عند تشغيل النظام.\n" -"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة " -"عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" " (<mount point> هو الدليل الذي يتم توصيل نظام الملفات إليه). \n" "الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "تمكين دعم الحص&ة النسبية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5529,23 +5423,21 @@ "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالحصص النسبية للمستخدم التي تم تمكينها.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي 'خطأ'.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "وضع استرجاع &البيانات:" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "وضع يوميات البيانات:\n" "يحدد صيغة العمل اليومية لملفات البيانات.\n" @@ -5553,16 +5445,15 @@ "كتابتها في نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى. \n" "<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية\n" "قبل أن يتم كتابة بيانات التعريف لليومية. تأثير الأداء المتوسط. \n" -"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</" -"p>\n" +"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5570,13 +5461,13 @@ "قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL):\n" "تمكين قوائم التحكم بالوصول في ملفات النظام.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&سمات موسعة للمستخدم" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5584,39 +5475,33 @@ "سمات موسعة للمستخدم:\n" "السماح بالسمات الموسعة للمستخدم على ملفات النظام.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "قيم&ة خيار عشوائي" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات " -"التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "قيمة خيار عشوائي:\n" -"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /etc/fstab.\n" " يتم الفصل بين الخيارات المتعددة عن طريق فواصل.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "مجموعة الأ&حرف لأسماء الملفات" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5624,66 +5509,60 @@ "مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات:\n" "تعيين مجموعة الأحرف المستخدمة لعرض أسماء الملفات في قسم Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "صفحة الترمي&ز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة:\n" -"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام " -"FAT.\n" +"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "رقم FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "رقم FATs:\n" "تحديد رقم جداول تعيين الملفات في ملفات النظام. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "ح&جم FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "حجم FAT:\n" -"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده " -"تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.\n" +"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "إدخالات الد&ليل الجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "الحد الأدنى لحجم \"إدخالات مجلد الجذر\" هو 112. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5691,69 +5570,58 @@ "إدخالات الدليل الجذر:\n" "تحديد عدد الإدخالات المتوفرة في الدليل الجذر.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "دالة الت&جزئة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "دالة التجزئة:\n" -"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</" -"p>\n" +"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&مراجعة FS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "مراجعة FS:\n" -"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق " -"مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن " -"استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.\n" +"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "حجم ال&كتلة بالبايت" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "حجم الكتلة:\n" -"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 " -"و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي " -"4096.\n" +"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "حجم &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5761,33 +5629,30 @@ "حجم Inode:\n" "يحدد هذا الخيار حجم inode لنظام الملفات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "النسبة المئوية لمساح&ة inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "نسبة مساحة Inode:\n" -"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن " -"تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.\n" +"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "محا&ذاة Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5796,13 +5661,13 @@ "من عدمها. تتم محاذاة وحدات inode بشكل افتراضي، الأمر الذي يعتبر\n" "أكثر كفاءة في المعتاد من الوصول دون محاذاة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "حجم ال&سجل بالميغابايت" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5810,30 +5675,28 @@ "قيمة \"حجم السجل\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء إدخال قيمة أكبر من صفر.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "حجم السجل\n" -"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد " -"الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.\n" +"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "استدعاء البرنامج الإ&ضافي لقائمة قطع التخزين التالفة" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&طول التوسيع بالكتل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5841,8 +5704,8 @@ "قيمة \"طول التوسيع بالكتل\" غير ممكنة.\n" "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أكبر من 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5850,31 +5713,26 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "الطول الموسع بقطع التخزين:\n" -"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة " -"حاليًا هي\n" +"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة حاليًا هي\n" " 'stride'، والتي تأخذ عدد قطع التخزين في مخطط\n" " RAID باعتبارها الوسيطة.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "حجم كتل التخزين:\n" -"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 " -"و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن " -"طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.\n" +"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "البايت لكل &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5882,8 +5740,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "البايت لكل Inode:\n" @@ -5891,18 +5748,17 @@ "<bytes-لكل-inode>بايت من المساحة على القرص. كلما زاد معدل \n" "البايت لكل inode قل عدد inode التي يتم إنشاؤها. بشكل عام، لا ينبغي \n" "أن تقل هذه القيمة عن حجم كتلة نظام الملفات \n" -"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد " -"inode في نظام الملفات \n" +"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد inode في نظام الملفات \n" "بعد إنشائه. لذا, احرص على إدخال قيمة\n" "مناسبة لهذه المعلمة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "نسبة كتل التخزين المح&جوزة للجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5910,26 +5766,19 @@ "قيمة \"نسبة قطع التخزين المحجوزة للجذر\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء استخدام قيمة أكبر من 99 (كمثال 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة: تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل " -"المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت " -"بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة: تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5937,45 +5786,43 @@ "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد:\n" "تعطيل فحص نظام الملفات المعتاد عند التمهيد.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "مي&زة فهرسة الدليل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "يمكن الخيار فهرسة الدليل:\n" -"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</" -"p>\n" +"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&لا يوجد دفتر يومية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "دون دفتر يومية:\n" "استخدام معطل لإنشاء دفتر يومية في filesystem. قم بتنشيط ذلك فقط إذا كنت\n" "على علم بالإجراء الذي تقوم به.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "غير مسموح بإجراء العملية على القرص %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5995,8 +5842,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من هذا القرص هنا أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6008,8 +5855,7 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة " -"لتغيير\n" +"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة لتغيير\n" "جدول الأقسام أو أن التقسيم \n" "غير مدعم بواسطة هذه الأداة.\n" " \n" @@ -6017,8 +5863,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من ذلك القرص هنا أو تحريرها أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6038,8 +5884,8 @@ "تنسيقه وتعيين نقطة توصيل إليه، ولكن لا يمكنك تغيير حجم\n" "القسم أو إزالته من ذلك القرص هنا.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6053,8 +5899,8 @@ "خبير عن طريق تحديد \"خبير\"->\"إنشاء جدول الأقسام \"، \n" "ولكن سيؤدي ذلك إلى فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على تقسيمات هذا القرص.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6066,26 +5912,26 @@ " يمكنك تجاهل هذه الرسالة بكل أمان إذا لم تكن لديك حاجة لاستخدام \n" " هذا القرص أثناء التثبيت.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "تغيير الحجم غير ممكن:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6097,8 +5943,8 @@ " \n" "كلمة مرور التشفير التي تم إدخالها قد تكون غير صحيحة.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6108,8 +5954,8 @@ "مع الثانية.‏\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6119,26 +5965,26 @@ "0..9، a..z، وأي من \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "أد&خل كلمة مرور التشفير:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "توفير كلمة المرور" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "تتوفر بالفعل وحدات التخزين المشفرة التالية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "تنشيط وحدة تخزين مشفرة" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6150,12 +5996,12 @@ "يجب معرفة كلمات المرور إذا كانت وحدات التخزين ستكون مطلوبة \n" "أثناء تحديث أو إذا كانت تضم وحدة تخزين LVM فعلية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "هل تريد تقديم كلمات مرور التشفير؟" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6165,71 +6011,70 @@ "الأجهزة في قائمة الأجهزة المؤمنة.\n" "ستتم محاولة كلمة المرور لجميع الأجهزة." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "لا توجد وحدة تخزين مشفرة لإلغاء تأمينها." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كلمة المرور لأي من الأجهزة التالية:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "الرجاء توفير كلمة المرور للجهاز التالي:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "جارٍ محاولة إلغاء تأمين وحدات تخزين مشفرة..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "كلمة المرور لا تحظر أي وحدة تخزين." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "قرص IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "قرص SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بالرغم من الخطأ؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الأقسام نظراً لاستخدام أقسام أخرى على القرص." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6239,7 +6084,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 لأنه يحتوي على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "وهو مطلوب لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6249,7 +6094,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على بيانات\n" "التثبيت الضرورية لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6259,7 +6104,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "ضروري لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6269,7 +6114,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على معلومات التثبيت\n" "الضرورية لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6281,7 +6126,7 @@ "\n" "الجهاز %2 والتي تحتوي على مبادلة نشطة مطلوبة لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6291,8 +6136,8 @@ "الجهاز %1 لا يمكن إزالته لأن هذا سيؤدي بشكل غير مباشر إلى تغييرات على \n" "الجهاز %2 والذي يحتوي على البيانات اللازمة لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6302,114 +6147,114 @@ "لا يمكن إزالة القسم %1 وذلك لاستخدام الأقسام الأخرى الموجودة \n" "على القرص %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام ملفات المسؤول!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "ستفشل عملية التثبيت فشلًا ذريعًا!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "فشلت إضافة الحلول التالية: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "حدث فشل أثناء اتخاذ الإجراء التالي:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "كود خطأ النظام: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "أدخل &كلمة المرور للجهاز %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "التنسيق" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "مشفّر" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "نوع نظام الملفات" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "بداية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "نهاية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "مُعرف FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "تسمية القرص" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "بيانات التعريف" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "حجم الحد الفعلي" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "إصدار RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6417,18 +6262,17 @@ "يُظهر معرف BIOS معرف BIOS للقرص\n" "الصلب. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "يُظهر الناقل كيفية اتصال الجهاز\n" -"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل " -"المثال." +"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل المثال." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6436,8 +6280,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار حجم الكتلة حجم الكتلة أجهزة\n" "RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6445,8 +6289,8 @@ "يُظهر حجم الأسطوانة حجم أسطوانات\n" "القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6454,8 +6298,8 @@ "يُظهر حجم القطاع حجم\n" "قطاعات القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6463,8 +6307,8 @@ "يُظهر الجهاز اسم kernel\n" "للجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6472,8 +6316,8 @@ "تُظهر تسمية القرص نوع جدول الأقسام\n" "للقرص، مثل <tt>MSDOS</tt> أو <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6481,8 +6325,8 @@ "يشير الخيار مشفر إلى ما إذا كان الجهاز\n" "مشفرًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6490,8 +6334,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار أسطوانة النهاية أسطوانة النهاية\n" "في القسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6499,8 +6343,8 @@ "يُظهر LUN رقم الوحدة المنطقية\n" "أقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6508,8 +6352,8 @@ "يُظهرمعرف المنفذ معرف المنفذ لأقراص\n" "قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6517,8 +6361,8 @@ "يُظهر WWPN اسم المنفذ العالمي\n" "لأقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6526,28 +6370,27 @@ "يُظهر مسار الملف مسار الملف\n" "لأحد أجهزة التسلسل المشفرة." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"يترتب على استخدام الخيار تهيئة ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</" -"tt>\n" +"يترتب على استخدام الخيار تهيئة ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</tt>\n" "أنه تم تحديد الجهاز لإجراء تهيئة له." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "مُعرف FS يظهر معرف نظام الملف." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "يُظهرنوع نظام الملفات نوع النظام." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6555,8 +6398,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود التسمية تسمية\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6564,30 +6407,28 @@ "يُظهر العمود بيانات التعريف نوع بيانات تعريف LVM لمجموعات\n" "وحدة التخزين." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "يُظهر الطراز طراز الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "التوصيل حسب تشير إلى كيفية إجراء توصيل نظام \n" "الملفات: (النواة) حسب اسم النواة (التسمية) تسمية نظام الملفات، (UUID) \n" "حسب ملف النظام UUID، (المعرف) حسب معرف الجهاز، و(المسار) حسب مسار الجهاز.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "تشير علامة استفهام (؟) إلى \n" @@ -6595,8 +6436,8 @@ "يدويًا أو بواسطة أحد أنظمة التوصيل التلقائي. عند تغيير إعداد حجم هذا \n" "لن يتم تحديث YaST<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6604,20 +6445,18 @@ "يُظهر العمود نقطة التوصيل النقطة التي يتم عندها توصيل\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "تشير النجمة (*) الموجودة بعد نقطة التوصيل\n" -"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار " -"<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار <tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6625,8 +6464,8 @@ "يُظهر عدد الأسطوانات عدد\n" "الأسطوانات التي يحتوي عليها القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6634,8 +6473,8 @@ "تُظهر خوارزمية المساواة خوارزمية المساواة\n" "لأجهزة RAID بأنواع RAID 5 أو 6 أو 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6643,13 +6482,13 @@ "يُظهر حجم النطاق الفعلي حجم النطاق الفعلي\n" "لمجموعات وحدة تخزين LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "إصدار RAID يظهر إصدار RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6657,13 +6496,13 @@ "يُظهر نوع RAID نوع RAID، المسمى\n" "مستوى RAID، لأجهزة RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "يُظهر الحجم حجم الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6671,8 +6510,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود أسطوانة البداية أسطوانة البداية\n" "للقسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6680,8 +6519,8 @@ "الأشرطة يظهر عدد أشرطة وحدات التخزين المنطقية \n" "LVM، وإذا كان أكبر من واحد، يتم عرض حجم الشريط بين أقواس.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6689,8 +6528,8 @@ "يعطي النوع نظرة عامة\n" "حول نوع الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6698,8 +6537,8 @@ "معرف الجهاز يظهر معرفات الأجهزة \n" "الثابتة. يمكن ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6707,8 +6546,8 @@ "يُظهر مسار الجهاز مسار الجهاز\n" "الثابت. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6716,8 +6555,8 @@ "المستخدم بواسطة يظهر إذا كان الجهاز يستخدم بواسطة\n" "RAID أو LVM. إذا كان الجهاز غير مستخدم، يتم ترك هذا العمود فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6725,236 +6564,236 @@ "يُظهر UUID المعرف الفريد العمومي\n" "لنظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "يُظهر البائع بائع الجهاز." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "الجهاز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "الحجم: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "القرص %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "النوع: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "التنسيق: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "مشفر: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "نظام الملفات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "موصل بواسطة: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "التسمية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الجهاز: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "معرف الجهاز %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "معرف BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "تسمية القرص: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "البائع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "الطراز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "الناقل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "بيانات التعريف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "الشرائح: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "إصدار RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "نوع RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الكتلة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "عدد الأسطوانات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الأسطوانة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "حجم القطاع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "مُعرف FS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الملف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "معرف المنفذ: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "يحتوي الجدول على:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "الجهاز:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "القرص الصلب:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "يحتوي العرض على:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6962,8 +6801,8 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة تطبيق غير معروف.\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6971,37 +6810,33 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة التطبيق \"%1\" (%2).\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على " -"نظام ملفات نظام Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على نظام ملفات نظام Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم Home" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "تكبير الت &بديل للتعليق" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -7011,8 +6846,8 @@ "اختراقتراح مستند إلى LVM لـ LVM عادي واقتراح مستند إلى\n" "LVM مشفَّر إذا كنت تريد تشفير النظام." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7021,12 +6856,11 @@ msgstr "" "يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر باستخدام مربع\n" "التحرير والسرد المقابل. مع نظام الملفات BtrFS، يتمكن الاقتراح \n" -"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى " -"زيادة\n" +"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى زيادة\n" "حجم القسم الجذر." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -7034,8 +6868,8 @@ "يمكن للاقتراح إنشاء قسم home منفصل. يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات\n" " لقسم home باستخدام مربع التحرير والسرد المقابل." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -7043,74 +6877,74 @@ "يمكن جعل قسم المبادلة كبيرًا بما يكفي لاستخدامه في تعليق\n" "النظام بالقرص في معظم الحالات." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "أدخل كلمة السر الخاصة بتشفير الاقتراح." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر‏:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة السر من أجل التحقق‏:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&اقتراح مستند إلى قسم" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مشفر مستند إلى &LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "محاذاة القسم:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "المعلومات المرئية في أجهزة التخزين:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sudo.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "تكوين sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,312 +54,308 @@ "( 4 أعداد في نطاق 128 - 255 مفصولة بنقاط) \n" "أو عددًا فرديًا في النطاق 0 - 32" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "إضافة مضيف جديد إلى الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "اسم المضيف أو الشبكة" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "إضافة مستخدم جديد إلى الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "(مجموعات) مستخدمي النظام والمستخدمين المحليين" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "الملف أو الدليل أو الاسم المستعار للأمر '%1' غير موجود." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "إضافة أمر جديد بمعلمات اختيارية" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "الأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "استعراض" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "المعلمات (اختياري)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "فشل حفظ تكوين sudoer. هل تريد تغيير الإعدادات؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الجديد للأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "الاسم المستعار (بأحرف كبيرة)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "أسماء الأوامر أو الدلائل بالأسماء المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "المعلمات" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "اسم مستعار بالاسم %1 موجود بالفعل" -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "يجب أن يحتوي حقل الاسم المستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة الجديدة للأجهزة المضيفة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار للمضيف الموجود" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "أسماء الأجهزة المضيفة أو الشبكات بالأسماء المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "اسم المضيف/الشبكات" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعار الجديد" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "أسماء الأعضاء المستعارة" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "قاعدة Sudo الجديدة" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "قاعدة Sudo الموجودة " -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "المستخدم أو المجموعة أو الاسم المستعار للمستخدم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "المضيف أو الاسم المستعار للمضيف" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs أو اسم RunAs المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "بدون كلمة سر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "الأوامر المطلوب تشغيلها" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "يجب ألا يكون اسم المستخدم فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "يجب ألا يكون اسم المضيف فارغًا." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "قائمة الأوامر يجب أن تحتوي إدخال واحد على الأقل." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الجديد للمستخدم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "تكوين Sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "مستخدمون" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "المضيف" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "الأوامر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "قواعد sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "قواعد sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "الاسم المستعار" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "أعضاء" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "اسم RunAs المستعارة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "ﻻ" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للمضيف %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للمستخدم %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام أسماء RunAs المستعارة %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفها إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "يتم استخدام الاسم المستعار للأمر %1 في إحدى قواعد sudo.\n" "قد يؤدي حذفه إلى عدم تناسق ملف تكوين sudo. هل تريد حذفه؟\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -367,18 +363,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين sudo</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -386,8 +381,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين sudo</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -399,8 +394,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Rules for sudo</big> \n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -413,16 +408,15 @@ msgstr "" "<big>قواعدsudo</big> \n" "\tتحدد قواعد sudo بشكل أساسي الأوامر التي قد يستخدمها المستخدم \n" -"\tعلى الأجهزة المضيفة المحددة (اختياريًا أيضًا هوية المستخدمين الذين يحق لهم " -"تشغيل هذه الأوامر). تمثل كل قاعدة\n" +"\tعلى الأجهزة المضيفة المحددة (اختياريًا أيضًا هوية المستخدمين الذين يحق لهم تشغيل هذه الأوامر). تمثل كل قاعدة\n" "\tمجموعة قيم تتكون من المستخدم والمضيف وقائمة الأوامر، بمواصفة \n" "\tRunAs اختيارية وعلامات إضافية. ويتم تلخيصها \n" "\tفي الجدول التالي. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Users column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\tHosts column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -430,50 +424,44 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يشير العمود المستخدمون إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم نظام أو اسم " -"مستعار لمستخدم. \n" -"\tبينما يحدد العمود الأجهزة المضيفة الأجهزة المضيفة أو مجموعات " -"الأجهزة المضيفة التي يشير إليها الاسم المستعار للمضيف والتي قد يقوم\n" +"يشير العمود المستخدمون إلى مستخدم محلي أو مستخدم نظام أو اسم مستعار لمستخدم. \n" +"\tبينما يحدد العمود الأجهزة المضيفة الأجهزة المضيفة أو مجموعات الأجهزة المضيفة التي يشير إليها الاسم المستعار للمضيف والتي قد يقوم\n" "\tالمستخدم بتشغيل الأوامر المحددة عليها.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "يعتبر العمود RunAs معلمة\n" "\tاختيارية تحتوي على اسم المستخدم (أو الاسم المستعار) التي سيتم استخدام\n" -"\tامتيازات الوصول الخاص به لتشغيل الأوامر. وتعتبر NOPASSWD علامة تحدد " -"ما إذا كان المستخدمون\n" +"\tامتيازات الوصول الخاص به لتشغيل الأوامر. وتعتبر NOPASSWD علامة تحدد ما إذا كان المستخدمون\n" "\tسيحتاجون إلى التصديق على أنفسهم قبل تشغيل الأوامر.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin Commands column. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يتم تلخيص مجموعة من الأوامر التي يمكن للمستخدم تشغيلها على أجهزة مضيفة " -"محددة \n" +"يتم تلخيص مجموعة من الأوامر التي يمكن للمستخدم تشغيلها على أجهزة مضيفة محددة \n" "\tفي عمود الأوامر. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" " To add a new rule, click on Add button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" @@ -485,12 +473,11 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -499,88 +486,65 @@ "\t \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"قد يتم تحديد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مستعار بواسطة اسم مستخدم فردي (على " -"سبيل المثال foo)، أو بواسطة اسم مجموعة تبدأ بالبادئة \n" -"\t'%' (على سبيل المثال %bar)، أو اسم مستعار للمستخدم. إذا استخدمت الكلمة " -"الأساسية \n" -"\t'ALL'، فسوف تشير إلى أي مستخدم. حدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين والمجموعات " -"والأسماء المستعارة \n" +"قد يتم تحديد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مستعار بواسطة اسم مستخدم فردي (على سبيل المثال foo)، أو بواسطة اسم مجموعة تبدأ بالبادئة \n" +"\t'%' (على سبيل المثال %bar)، أو اسم مستعار للمستخدم. إذا استخدمت الكلمة الأساسية \n" +"\t'ALL'، فسوف تشير إلى أي مستخدم. حدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين والمجموعات والأسماء المستعارة \n" "\tفي القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يتكون إدخال اسم المضيف أو الاسم المستعار من اسم المضيف (على سبيل " -"المثال www.example.com <http://www.example.com>) أو عنوان IP \n" -"\t(على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.1) أو عنوان IP المضمن مع قناع الشبكة أو الاسم " -"المستعار للمضيف. وفي حالة إمكانية تشغيل\n" -"\tعلى أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'ALL'. تتم مطابقة اسم المضيف أو عنوان " -"IP باسم المضيف الخاص بك\n" -"\tأو عنوان IP address، لذلك إذا لم تكن تريد مشاركة أحد ملفات /etc/sudoers " -"file بين أجهزة متعددة، سيكون إدخال \n" +"يتكون إدخال اسم المضيف أو الاسم المستعار من اسم المضيف (على سبيل المثال www.example.com <http://www.example.com>) أو عنوان IP \n" +"\t(على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.1) أو عنوان IP المضمن مع قناع الشبكة أو الاسم المستعار للمضيف. وفي حالة إمكانية تشغيل\n" +"\tعلى أي مضيف، استخدم الكلمة الأساسية 'ALL'. تتم مطابقة اسم المضيف أو عنوان IP باسم المضيف الخاص بك\n" +"\tأو عنوان IP address، لذلك إذا لم تكن تريد مشاركة أحد ملفات /etc/sudoers file بين أجهزة متعددة، سيكون إدخال \n" "\t'ALL' أو 'localhost' كافيًا لكافة الأغراض. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"يعتبر اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار لـ RunAs معلمة اختيارية تحدد " -"المستخدم، الذي سوف \n" +"يعتبر اسم المستخدم أو الاسم المستعار لـ RunAs معلمة اختيارية تحدد المستخدم، الذي سوف \n" "\tيتم استخدام امتيازات الوصول الخاصة به\n" -"\tلتنفيذ أمر محدد. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، سيكون المستخدم المسؤول " -"المستخدم \n" -"\tالافتراضي. ويمكن أن يكون مثلما سبق اسم مستخدم واحدًا أو اسم مجموعة واحدًا " -"يبدأ بالبادئة '%' أو الاسم المستعار run_as\n" -"\tحدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين، بالإضافة إلى المجموعات والأسماء المستعارة " -"في القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك.\n" +"\tلتنفيذ أمر محدد. وإذا كان هذا الحقل فارغًا، سيكون المستخدم المسؤول المستخدم \n" +"\tالافتراضي. ويمكن أن يكون مثلما سبق اسم مستخدم واحدًا أو اسم مجموعة واحدًا يبدأ بالبادئة '%' أو الاسم المستعار run_as\n" +"\tحدد من بين المستخدمين الموجودين، بالإضافة إلى المجموعات والأسماء المستعارة في القائمة المنسدلة، أو أدخل القيمة الخاصة بك.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -589,469 +553,382 @@ "بدون كلمة سر هي علامة اختيارية. عادة، يضطر المستخدمون التصديق\n" "\tعلى أنفسهم (أي توفير كلمة السر الخاصة بهم، وليست كلمة سر الجذر) قبل\n" "\tتشغيل أمر\n" -"\tمعين. قم بتعيين العلامة \"بدون كلمة سر\" إلى 'نعم' إذا رغبت بتعطيل هذا " -"التصديق\n" +"\tمعين. قم بتعيين العلامة \"بدون كلمة سر\" إلى 'نعم' إذا رغبت بتعطيل هذا التصديق\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "يعتبر الجدولالأوامر المطلوب تشغيلها قائمة من الأوامر (اختياريًا\n" "\tبعلامات) والدلائل والأسماء المستعارة للأوامر التي سيُسمح لمستخدم محدد \n" -"\tبتشغيلها. وفي حالة استخدام أحد أسماء الدلائل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا " -"الدليل. \n" +"\tبتشغيلها. وفي حالة استخدام أحد أسماء الدلائل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا الدليل. \n" "\tمثلما سبق، تشير الكلمة الأساسية'ALL' إلى أي أمر، ولذلك استخدمها بحرص.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "لإضافة أمر جديد، انقر فوق الزر إضافة، قم بملء اسم الأمر بالمعلمات\n" -"\tالاختيارية، ثم انقر فوق موافق. ولإزالة الأمر، حدد الإدخال المناسب " -"من\n" +"\tالاختيارية، ثم انقر فوق موافق. ولإزالة الأمر، حدد الإدخال المناسب من\n" "\tالجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر حذف\n" "\t." -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين</big> \n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين. يعتبر الاسم " -"المستعار للمستخدم مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. يُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " -"المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للمستخدمين. يعتبر الاسم المستعار للمستخدم مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. يُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمستخدم، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات " -"المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة " -"فارغة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمستخدم، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " -"الزر تحرير\n" +"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمستخدم، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر تحرير\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر حذف. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة</big> \n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة. ويعتبر " -"الاسم المستعار للمضيف مجموعة من الأجهزة المضيفة\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " -"الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأجهزة المضيفة. ويعتبر الاسم المستعار للمضيف مجموعة من الأجهزة المضيفة\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمضيف، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات " -"المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأجهزة المضيفة بالأسماء المستعارة " -"فارغة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لمضيف، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأجهزة المضيفة بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمضيف، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " -"الزر تحرير\n" +"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للمضيف، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر تحرير\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر حذف. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>أسماء RunAs المستعارة</big> \n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين أسماء RunAs المستعارة. ويعتبر اسم RunAs " -"المستعار مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" -"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة " -"المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين أسماء RunAs المستعارة. ويعتبر اسم RunAs المستعار مجموعة من المستخدمين\n" +"\tالتي يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم RunAs مستعار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات " -"المناسبة. \n" -"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة " -"فارغة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم RunAs مستعار جديد، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" +"\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة المستخدمين بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لتحرير اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر " -"تحرير\n" +"لتحرير اسم RunAs المستعار الموجود، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر تحرير\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر حذف. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر</big> \n" -"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر. ويعتبر الاسم " -"المستعار للأمر مجموعة من الأوامر\n" -"\t(اختياريًا بمعلمات) يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد " -"للإشارة\n" +"\tفي مربع الحوار هذا، يمكنك تكوين الأسماء المستعارة للأوامر. ويعتبر الاسم المستعار للأمر مجموعة من الأوامر\n" +"\t(اختياريًا بمعلمات) يتم تحديد اسم فريد لها. ويُستخدم هذا الاسم فيما بعد للإشارة\n" "\tإلى كافة الأوامر في هذه المجموعة في تكوين sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لأمر، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات " -"المناسبة. \n" +"لإضافة اسم مستعار جديد لأمر، انقر فوق إضافة وقم بملء الإدخالات المناسبة. \n" "\tيجب عدم ترك حقول الاسم المستعار وقائمة الأوامر بالأسماء المستعارة فارغة. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " -"الزر تحرير\n" +"لتحرير الاسم المستعار الموجود للأمر، حدد إدخالاً من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر تحرير\n" "\t. ولحذف الإدخال المحدد، انقر فوق الزر حذف. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الاسم المستعار للمستخدم</big> \n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمستخدم من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر، أو مجموعة أنظمة " -"واحدة أو أكثر (يبدأ بالبادئة '%') أو الأسماء المستعارة\n" -"\tللمستخدم الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم واحد له (يحتوي على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام" -"\tوتسطير سفلي فقط)، الذي يُستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين بالاسم المستعار " -"هذا\n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمستخدم من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر، أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر (يبدأ بالبادئة '%') أو الأسماء المستعارة\n" +"\tللمستخدم الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم واحد له (يحتوي على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام\tوتسطير سفلي فقط)، الذي يُستخدم للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين بالاسم المستعار هذا\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار. ولإضافة مستخدمين أو " -"مجموعات إلى\n" -"\tالاسم المستعار، حدد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة، ثم انقر " -"فوق الزر إضافة.\n" -"\tلإزالة مستخدم من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر " -"فوق الزر \n" +"أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار. ولإضافة مستخدمين أو مجموعات إلى\n" +"\tالاسم المستعار، حدد اسم مستخدم أو اسم مجموعة من القائمة المنسدلة، ثم انقر فوق الزر إضافة.\n" +"\tلإزالة مستخدم من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر \n" "\tإزالة. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق موافق.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"ملاحظة:يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا. يجب أن يحتوي كل اسم " -"مستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل.\n" +"ملاحظة:يجب عدم ترك حقل الاسم المستعار فارغًا. يجب أن يحتوي كل اسم مستعار على عضو واحد على الأقل.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الاسم المستعار للمضيف</big> \n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمضيف من اسم مضيف واحد أو أكثر أو عنوان IP فردي أو " -"عنوان IP\n" -"\tمضمن مع ترقيم رباعي نقطي لمعرف قناع الشبكة (على سبيل المثال، " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو\n" -"\tعدد ترقيم وحدات البت لـ CIDR (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/24) أو الأسماء " -"المستعارة الأخرى للمضيف. يتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" -"\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم " -"فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة \n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للمضيف من اسم مضيف واحد أو أكثر أو عنوان IP فردي أو عنوان IP\n" +"\tمضمن مع ترقيم رباعي نقطي لمعرف قناع الشبكة (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) أو\n" +"\tعدد ترقيم وحدات البت لـ CIDR (على سبيل المثال، 192.168.0.0/24) أو الأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للمضيف. يتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" +"\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة وأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة الأجهزة المضيفة \n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"أدخل اسمًا فريدًا في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار. ولإضافة أجهزة " -"مضيفة إلى\n" -"\tالاسم المستعار، انقر فوق الزر إضافة. سوف يظهر إطار منبثق، حيث يمكنك " -"إدخال\n" +"أدخل اسمًا فريدًا في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار. ولإضافة أجهزة مضيفة إلى\n" +"\tالاسم المستعار، انقر فوق الزر إضافة. سوف يظهر إطار منبثق، حيث يمكنك إدخال\n" "\tاسم مضيف أو عنوان IP صالح، ثم انقر فوق موافق.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإزالة الاسم المضيف من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم " -"انقر فوق الزر \n" +"لإزالة الاسم المضيف من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر \n" "\tإزالة. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق موافق.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>اسم RunAs المستعار</big> \n" -"\tيتطابق اسم RunAs المستعار كثيرًا مع الاسم المستعار للمستخدم. ويتكون من " -"مستخدم واحد أو أكثر أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر\n" -"\t(بالبادئة '%') أو أسماء RunAs المستعارة الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي له (لا " -"يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" +"\tيتطابق اسم RunAs المستعار كثيرًا مع الاسم المستعار للمستخدم. ويتكون من مستخدم واحد أو أكثر أو مجموعة أنظمة واحدة أو أكثر\n" +"\t(بالبادئة '%') أو أسماء RunAs المستعارة الأخرى. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي له (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" "\tوأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين\n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>الاسم المستعار للأمر</big> \n" -"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للأمر من قائمة تحتوي على أمر واحد أو أكثر (بمعلمات " -"اختيارية) أو دلائل أو\n" +"\tيتكون الاسم المستعار للأمر من قائمة تحتوي على أمر واحد أو أكثر (بمعلمات اختيارية) أو دلائل أو\n" "\tالأسماء المستعارة الأخرى للأمر. ويتم تحديد اسم فردي\n" "\tله (لا يحتوي إلا على أحرف هجائية كبيرة\n" "\tوأرقام وتسطير سفلي)، الذي يُستخدم فيما بعد للإشارة إلى كافة المستخدمين\n" "\tبهذا الاسم المستعار. ويمكن أن يحتوي حسب اختيارك على معلمة محددة واحدة\n" -"\tأو أكثر. وإذا احتوى على معلمة واحدة أو أكثر، لا يستطيع المستخدم تشغيل " -"الأمر إلا بهذه المعلمات. وفي حالة استخدام \n" +"\tأو أكثر. وإذا احتوى على معلمة واحدة أو أكثر، لا يستطيع المستخدم تشغيل الأمر إلا بهذه المعلمات. وفي حالة استخدام \n" "\tاسم دليل، يمكن تشغيل أي أمر في هذا الدليل. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار . لإضافة أمر جديد " -"للاسم المستعار\n" +"أدخل اسم فريد في الإدخال النصي الاسم المستعار . لإضافة أمر جديد للاسم المستعار\n" "\tانقر فوق زر إضافة .ستظهر قائمة منبثقة حيث يمكنك إدخال اسم الأمر\n" "\t(أو اختر واحدًا من مستعرض\n" "\tالملفات بالنقر فوق زر استعراض . بالإضافة إلى ذلك يمكنك تحديد\n" "\t مٌعلمات الأمر في الإدخال النصي مُعلمات" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"لإزالة أمر من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب، من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق " -"الزر\n" +"لإزالة أمر من الاسم المستعار، حدد الإدخال المناسب، من الجدول، ثم انقر فوق الزر\n" "\tإزالة. ولإنهاء التكوين، انقر فوق موافق.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "هذه القاعدة عبارة عن قاعدة نظام ضرورية لتشغيل sudo بطريقة صحيحة.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -1059,7 +936,7 @@ "بعد حذفها، قد لا تعمل بعض التطبيقات بعد ذلك.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل حذفها؟" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1067,33 +944,32 @@ "بعد تغييرها، قد لا تعمل بعض التطبيقات بعد ذلك.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل تحريرها؟ " -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "سيتم فقدان كل التغييرات. هل تريد إنهاء تكوين sudo بدون حفظ؟" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء قراءة المستخدمين والمجموعات." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين sudo" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "اكتب الاعدادات" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "..كتابة الاعدادات" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/support.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,68 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "تكوين الدعم" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "الدعم" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "&دعم" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "مربع الحوار نظرة عامة على Supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "مركز دعم SUSE مفتوح" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "سيعمل ذلك على بدء تشغيل مستعرض متصل بمدخل مركز دعم SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "مفتوح" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "تجميع البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "سينشئ هذا أرشيفًا متضمنًا ملفات السجلات المجمعة." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "إنشاء أرشيف تقارير" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "تحميل البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "سيُحمل هذا السجلات المجمعة إلى عنوان URL المحدد." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "تحميل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "تعذر العثور على أي مستعرض مثبت." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,189 +87,189 @@ "%1.\n" "هل تريد بدء مستعرض الويب؟\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "مربع الحوار تحميل Supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "حفظ باسم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "الدليل المطلوب حفظه" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "حزمة تضم ملفات سجل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "تحميل أرشيف ملفات السجلات إلى عنوان URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "تحميل الهدف" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "تعذرت كتابة الإعدادات." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "اختيار مسار موقع حفظ الأرشيف" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "اختيار ملف أرشيف ملفات السجل" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "تكوين معلمات Supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "إنشاء قائمة ملف بالكامل من '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "استبعاد عمليات فحص ومعلومات القرص المفصلة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "جذر بحث نظام الملفات لمثيلات eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "تضمين قوائم خدمة SLP الكاملة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "يعمل على إجراء rpm -V واحد لكل rpm مثبت" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "تضمين سطور ملف السجل وجمع السجلات الإضافية التي تم تدويرها" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "استخدام الإعدادات الافتراضية (تجاهل /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "يستخدم في تنشيط كافة وظائف الدعم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "جمع قدر ضئيل من المعلومات فقط" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "استخدام إعدادات مخصصة (خبير)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الخبير" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "خيارات" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خبير Supportconfig" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "خيارات افتراضية" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "تكوين جهة اتصال sysconfig" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "معلومات الاتصال" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "الشركة" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "أرقام الهواتف" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "معرف التخزين" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز الطرفي" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "مُعرف فريد لـ GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "معلومات التحميل" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "رقم طلب الخدمة المكون من 11 رقمًا" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "يجب أن يتكون SR من 11 رقمًا" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "تجميع البيانات" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "مراجعة البيانات المجمعة" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "اسم الملف" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "إزالة من البيانات" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -277,18 +277,17 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين الدعم</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>إيقاف التهيئة</big> \n" -"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.</" -"p>\n" +"قم بإيقاف البرنامج الإضافي للتكوين بشكلٍ آمن عن طريق ضغط إيقاف الآن.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -296,8 +295,8 @@ "<big>حفظ تكوين الدعم</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -309,8 +308,8 @@ " يظهر مربع حوار إضافي يبلغك بما إذا كان ذلك آمنًا أم لا.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" @@ -318,8 +317,8 @@ "<big>تكوين الدعم</big> \n" "قم بتكوين الدعم هنا. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<big>Adding a support:</big> \n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -331,8 +330,8 @@ "إذا لم يتم اكتشاف الدعم الذي تريده، استخدم أخرى (لم يتم اكتشافه).\n" "، ثم اضغط تكوين.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -342,26 +341,23 @@ "إذا قمت بضغط تحرير، يتم فتح مربع حوار إضافي يتم من خلاله تغيير\n" "التكوين.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>فتح مركز دعم SUSE</big> \n" -"لبدء تشغيل مستعرض ويب يفتح مدخل مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم فتح مركز دعم SUSE</" -"b>.\n" +"لبدء تشغيل مستعرض ويب يفتح مدخل مركز دعم SUSE، استخدم فتح مركز دعم SUSE.\n" "يمكنك بعد ذلك فتح طلب خدمة باستخدام الدعم الفني العمومي. تأكد من تدوين\n" "رقم طلب الخدمة لتضمينه في عملية تحميل بيانات supportconfig.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big> \n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" @@ -369,8 +365,8 @@ "<big>تجميع البيانات</big> \n" "لبدء تشغيل أداة تجميع بيانات supportconfig، استخدم تجميع البيانات" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Uploading Collected Data</big> \n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\n" @@ -380,21 +376,19 @@ "لتحميل البيانات المجمعة بالفعل على خادم، استخدم تحميل البيانات.\n" "قد يكون أو لا يكون الخادم هو الدعم الفني العمومي." -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>خيارات Supportconfig</big> \n" -"حدد خيارًا لاستبدال الإعدادات الافتراضية. يمكنك استخدام الإعدادات " -"الافتراضية،\n" +"حدد خيارًا لاستبدال الإعدادات الافتراضية. يمكنك استخدام الإعدادات الافتراضية،\n" "مع معظم البيانات أو مع الحد الأدنى لكمية البيانات." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<big>Expert Settings</big> \n" "Select Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\n" @@ -404,93 +398,76 @@ "حدد استخدام مخصص وانقر فوق الزر إعدادات الخبير \n" "لتحديد مجموعات بيانات معينة للتجميع.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>الخيارات</big> \n" "تجميع الخيارات الإضافية. عادةً تكون هذه الخيارات غير\n" "ضرورية، لكن يمكن تضمينها إذا تطلبت الظروف مزيدًا من المعلومات.\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>خيارات إفتراضية</big> \n" -"حدد كل مجموعات البيانات التي تريد تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig أو قم " -"بإلغاء تحديدها." +"حدد كل مجموعات البيانات التي تريد تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig أو قم بإلغاء تحديدها." -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>معلومات جهة الاتصال</big> \n" "قم بملء كافة حقول معلومات جهة الاتصال التي تريد تضمينها في\n" "أرشيف supportconfig. وتم حفظ الحقول في الملف basic-environment.txt." -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>معلومات التحميل</big> \n" -"يكون هدف التحميل هو مُعرف URI الخاص بوجهة أرشيف supportconfig. تتضمن خدمة " -"التحميل المدعمة ما يلي \n" -"ftp وhttp وhttps وscp. إذا كنت تريد تضمين اسم ملف أرشيف supportconfig في هدف " -"التحميل الخاص بك،\n" -"استخدم كلمة السر الخاصة بـ أرشيف. سيتم استبدال هذا الأرشيف باسم ملف " -"الأرشيف الفعلي.\n" +"يكون هدف التحميل هو مُعرف URI الخاص بوجهة أرشيف supportconfig. تتضمن خدمة التحميل المدعمة ما يلي \n" +"ftp وhttp وhttps وscp. إذا كنت تريد تضمين اسم ملف أرشيف supportconfig في هدف التحميل الخاص بك،\n" +"استخدم كلمة السر الخاصة بـ أرشيف. سيتم استبدال هذا الأرشيف باسم ملف الأرشيف الفعلي.\n" "راجع man supportconfig(1) للحصول على مزيد من التفاصيل." -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>أمثلة على هدف التحميل</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=أرشيف</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=أرشيف \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"ملاحظة:إذا كنت تقوم بتحميل أرشيف supportconfig إلى الدعم الفني " -"العمومي،\n" -"فتأكد من تضمين رقم طلب الخدمة المُكون من 11 رقمًا من طلب الخدمة المفتوح الخاص " -"بك.\n" +"ملاحظة:إذا كنت تقوم بتحميل أرشيف supportconfig إلى الدعم الفني العمومي،\n" +"فتأكد من تضمين رقم طلب الخدمة المُكون من 11 رقمًا من طلب الخدمة المفتوح الخاص بك.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big>> \n" "Data is being collected.\n" @@ -498,41 +475,36 @@ "<big>تجميع البيانات</big>> \n" "يتم تجميع البيانات الآن.\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>مراجعة البيانات المجمعة</big> \n" -"راجع البيانات التي تم تجميعها بواسطة supportconfig. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة " -"بعض البيانات التي تم تجميعها،\n" +"راجع البيانات التي تم تجميعها بواسطة supportconfig. إذا كنت لا تريد مشاركة بعض البيانات التي تم تجميعها،\n" "استخدم إزالة من البيانات وسيتم إزالة الملف المحدد.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big> \n" "إذا كنت تريد تخزين نسخة من supportconfig tarball، فحدد الدليل\n" "الهدف، وتأكد من تحديد هذا الخيار.\n" " \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -543,9 +515,9 @@ "قم بتغيير هذه القيمة فقط في الحالات الخاصة.\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -555,22 +527,20 @@ "يمكنك الحصول على سياسة الخصوصية لـ SUSE على\n" "%1.\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>تحميل supportconfig tarball إلى الدعم الفني العمومي</big> \n" "إذا كنت بالفعل أنشأت supportconfig tarball، فاكتب المسار الكامل\n" "في الحقل حزمة تضم ملفات سجل.\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -580,8 +550,8 @@ "اضغط التالي للمتابعة.\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -591,427 +561,350 @@ "هذا غير ممكن، يجب ترميزه أولاً. :-)\n" "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "معلومات AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "معلومات autofs. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بالتشغيل وkernel. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "حالات خدمة النظام الحالية. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بالنسخة الاحتياطية الأساسية للنظام. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بأداتي الجدولة cron وat. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "معلومات القسم وتوصيلات نظام الملفات والقرص. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "معلومات خدمة اسم المجال. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "معلومات فحص كفاءة Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "معلومات بيئة النظام، بما فيها بيئة الجذر وsysctl. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"بشكل متكرر يتم الحصول على ملفات *.conf، إلى جانب ملفات التكوين المتعددة " -"الأخرى الموجودة في /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "بشكل متكرر يتم الحصول على ملفات *.conf، إلى جانب ملفات التكوين المتعددة الأخرى الموجودة في /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام إدارة وحدات التخزين للمؤسسة. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "معلومات مجموعة Heartbeat/عالية التوفر. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "معلومات بادئ وهدف iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بـ LDAP، بما فيها بحث DSE أولي. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"معلومات متعلقة بإدارة مستخدمي Novell Linux، بما في ذلك تكوين Root DSE وUNIX " -"وعمليات البحث عن كائنات محطات العمل . novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإدارة مستخدمي Novell Linux، بما في ذلك تكوين Root DSE وUNIX وعمليات البحث عن كائنات محطات العمل . novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإدارة وحدات تخزين Linux . lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالذاكرة. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "معلومات وحدة Kernel النمطية للنظام. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعددة المسارات لمعيِّن الجهاز الأصلي. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالبروتوكول الأساسي لـ Novell. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بخدمات مجموعة Novell . novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالشبكة، بما في ذلك قواعد جدار الحماية. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام ملفات الشبكة. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بخدمات تخزين Novell. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة ببروتوكول وقت الشبكة ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بنظام ملف OCFS2. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "قائمة بكافة الملفات المفتوحة التي تقوم باستخدام lsof. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية لمصادقة كافة المستويات، بما في ذلك معلومات " -"حساب المستخدم. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالوحدة النمطية لمصادقة كافة المستويات، بما في ذلك معلومات حساب المستخدم. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المرتبطة بـ CUPS والطباعة. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "يقوم بتضمين محتوى الملف key /proc. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة ببرنامج المحرك للتحديث. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة بتحديث العميل. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"معلومات متعلقة بإعداد التقارير عن نشاط النظام، بما في ذلك إعداد نُسخ من ملفات " -"بيانات SAR. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بإعداد التقارير عن نشاط النظام، بما في ذلك إعداد نُسخ من ملفات بيانات SAR. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ kernel في الوقت الحقيقي لخادم SLES. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "معلومات ذات صلة ببروتوكول موقع الخدمة. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"معلومات متعلقة بتقنية المراقبة الذاتية والتحليل والإبلاغ عن أخطاء بالأقراص " -"الصلبة. تحذير: تتسم بعض وحدات التحكم ومحركات الأقراص الصلبة بعدم سلوكها " -"سلوكًا\n" -"جيدًا في التشغيل. ولقد عرف عن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\" بقدرته على تغيير " -"أنظمة الملفات إلى وضع للقراءة فقط أو حتى التسبب في توقف الخادم عن " -"الاستجابة. لذلك تأكد من أن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\"\n" +"معلومات متعلقة بتقنية المراقبة الذاتية والتحليل والإبلاغ عن أخطاء بالأقراص الصلبة. تحذير: تتسم بعض وحدات التحكم ومحركات الأقراص الصلبة بعدم سلوكها سلوكًا\n" +"جيدًا في التشغيل. ولقد عرف عن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\" بقدرته على تغيير أنظمة الملفات إلى وضع للقراءة فقط أو حتى التسبب في توقف الخادم عن الاستجابة. لذلك تأكد من أن الخيار \"فحص بيانات SMART\"\n" "يعمل في البيئة الخاصة بك قبل تمكينه. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المتعلقة بـ CIFS وSamba. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بـ Software RAID. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "معلومات خادم برنامج الواجهة شل الآمن. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "تم العثور على ملفات التكوين في /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "المعلومات المتعلقة بمدير جهاز UDEV. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالنظام الرسومي X. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "معلومات متعلقة بالظاهرية لبرنامج XEN. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"يوضح للبرنامج النصي supportconfig أن يبحث نظام الملفات عن كل ملفات مثيلات " -"eDirectory. إذا تم تعيينه، يتم تعيين ADD_OPTION_FSLIST تلقائيًا أيضًا. تم " -"التعيين باستخدام -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "يوضح للبرنامج النصي supportconfig أن يبحث نظام الملفات عن كل ملفات مثيلات eDirectory. إذا تم تعيينه، يتم تعيين ADD_OPTION_FSLIST تلقائيًا أيضًا. تم التعيين باستخدام -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"قائمة ملفات كاملة تستخدم وظيفة البحث من جذر نظام الملفات. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "قائمة ملفات كاملة تستخدم وظيفة البحث من جذر نظام الملفات. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"يقوم بتضمين ملف السجل بالكامل، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT فقط من السطور الخاصة به. يتم تضمين سجلات تدوير إضافية " -"في حالة توفرها. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "يقوم بتضمين ملف السجل بالكامل، بما في ذلك التعليقات، بدلاً من VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT فقط من السطور الخاصة به. يتم تضمين سجلات تدوير إضافية في حالة توفرها. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "يعمل على تقليل كم معلومات القرص ومقدار الفحص المفصل. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"عادةً ما يتم تضمين كافة سجلات /var/log/YaST2/*. يتيح لك هذا الخيار تقليل حجم " -"كل ملف تم استرداده." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "عادةً ما يتم تضمين كافة سجلات /var/log/YaST2/*. يتيح لك هذا الخيار تقليل حجم كل ملف تم استرداده." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"يعمل على تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزمة RPM مثبتة. يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت حتى يكتمل. " -"-v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "يعمل على تشغيل rpm -V على كل حزمة RPM مثبتة. يستغرق ذلك بعض الوقت حتى يكتمل. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"عادةً يتم سرد أنواع خدمة SLP الرئيسية فقط. يتيح لك هذا الخيار إمكانية " -"الاستفسار عن كل نوع خدمة، تم اكتشافه، على حده. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "عادةً يتم سرد أنواع خدمة SLP الرئيسية فقط. يتيح لك هذا الخيار إمكانية الاستفسار عن كل نوع خدمة، تم اكتشافه، على حده. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "اسم الشركة المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لجهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "عنوان البريد الإلكتروني لجهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "اسم جهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "رقم هاتف جهة الاتصال المطلوب تضمينه في basic-environment.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"عدد السطور المطلوب تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. ويعني الرقم صفر الحصول " -"على الملف بالكامل." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "عدد السطور المطلوب تضمينها عند الحصول على ملف سجل. ويعني الرقم صفر الحصول على الملف بالكامل." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"موقع أرشيف supportconfig. يتم دائمًا استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "موقع أرشيف supportconfig. يتم دائمًا استخدام الموقع الصالح الأول في القائمة." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"أقصى عدد لسطور /var/log/messages المطلوب الحصول عليها. يعني الرقم صفر الحصول " -"على الملف بالكامل." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "أقصى عدد لسطور /var/log/messages المطلوب الحصول عليها. يعني الرقم صفر الحصول على الملف بالكامل." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات سجل محرك سياسة إشارة تأكيد الوجود المطلوب تضمينها في " -"أرشيف supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات سجل محرك سياسة إشارة تأكيد الوجود المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات بيانات SAR المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "الحد الأقصى لعدد ملفات بيانات SAR المطلوب تضمينها في أرشيف supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل supportconfig في الوضع الصامت. يفيد هذا الخيار " -"إذا كنت \n" -"تخطط لتشغيل supportconfig بشكل منتظم في مهمة من مهام cron على سبيل المثال. " -"تعيين باستخدام -Q." +"عند التعيين إلى 1، يتم تشغيل supportconfig في الوضع الصامت. يفيد هذا الخيار إذا كنت \n" +"تخطط لتشغيل supportconfig بشكل منتظم في مهمة من مهام cron على سبيل المثال. تعيين باستخدام -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"يُستخدم في تحديد الموقع الذي سيتم تحميل أرشيف supportconfig فيه، عند استخدام " -"خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم التحميلات المجهولة. " -"الخادم الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام لـ SUSE." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "يُستخدم في تحديد الموقع الذي سيتم تحميل أرشيف supportconfig فيه، عند استخدام خيار بدء التشغيل -u srnum. يمكنك تحديد أي خادم FTP يدعم التحميلات المجهولة. الخادم الافتراضي هو خادم ftp العام لـ SUSE." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "تكوين الدعم" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "للمتابعة، أدخل كلمة سر root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "كلمة سر root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "كلمة السر غير صحيحة" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "تهيئة تكوين الدعم" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين الدعم" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "تشغيل SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "تتم الآن كتابة الإعدادات..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "يتم الآن تشغيل SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "ملخص التكوين..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/sysconfig.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,85 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "محرر ملفات /etc/sysconfig" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "عرض ملخص التكوين" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "قم بتعيين قيمة المتغير. يتطلب وجود خيارات 'متغير' و'قيمة'" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "أو 'متغير=قيمة'، على سبيل المثال، متغير=DISPLAYMANAGER قيمة=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "أو ببساطة DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "تعيين قيمة فارغة (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "عرض تفاصيل المتغير المحدد" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "عرض كل المتغيرات" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "المتغير المحدد" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "إذا كان المتغير متوفر في استخدام ملفات متعددة" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," msgstr "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "مثلًا، CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "كل المتغيرات:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "المتغيرات المعدَّلة:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -100,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "تعيين المتغير '%1' إلى '%2': %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "نجح" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "فشل" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "القيمة الجديدة:" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "القيمة:" -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على المتغير %1." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" @@ -134,128 +134,128 @@ "استخدم الاسم الكامل للمتغير بالصيغة <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" " (على سبيل المثال%1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "حدث خطأ أثناء حفظ التغييرات وتنشيطها." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "أو أية قيمة" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "القيمة التي تطابق التعبير العادي:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "أو أية قيمة صحيحة" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "قيمة صحيحة تساوي %1 أو أكبر" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "قيمة صحيحة تساوي %1 أو أقل" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "أية قيمة صحيحة من %1 إلى %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "أية قيمة" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4 أو IPv6" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv4" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "عنوان IPv6" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "الملف:" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "القيم المحتملة:" -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "القيمة الافتراضية:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "القيمة الأصلية:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "تحضير الأمر:" -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "البرنامج النصي للتكوين:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "الخدمة المطلوب إعادة تحميلها:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "الخدمة المطلوب إعادة بدئها:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "أمر التنشيط:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "الوصف:" -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(تم تغييره)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "ت&عيين:" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ "القيمة المحددة حاليًا تحتوي على أكثر من سطر واحد.\n" "يتم عرض السطور المترابطة في مربع التحرير والسرد.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "التحديد الحالي:" -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -282,209 +282,188 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل تعيين هذه القيمة؟\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&بحث" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "خيارات الت&كوين" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "بعد أن تقوم بحفظ التغييرات، يقوم هذا المحرر بتغيير المتغيرات في الملف\n" -"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات التكوين " -"الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n" -" وتشغيل أدوات التكوينات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل تكوينات sysconfig." -"\n" +"sysconfig المقابل. تم تبدأ أوامر التنشيط، التي تقوم بتغيير ملفات التكوين الأساسية وإيقاف برنامج المحرك وتشغيله،\n" +" وتشغيل أدوات التكوينات ذات المستوى المنخفض لكي يتم تفعيل تكوينات sysconfig.\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"مهم: ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف تكوين يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم عرض " -"اسم الملف في وصف المتغير." +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "مهم: ما يزال بإمكانك تحرير كل ملف تكوين يدويًا بصورة فردية. يتم عرض اسم الملف في وصف المتغير." -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "محرر etc/sysconfig/" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "ا&فتراضي" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"محرر تكوين النظاميمكن من خلاله تغيير بعض إعدادات النظام. " -"كما يمكن استخدام YaST لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام." +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "محرر تكوين النظاميمكن من خلاله تغيير بعض إعدادات النظام. كما يمكن استخدام YaST لتكوين إعدادات الأجهزة والنظام." -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"ملاحظة: لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات " -"التكوينات." +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "ملاحظة: لا يتم ترجمة الأوصاف نظرًا لأنها تُقرأ مباشرة من ملفات التكوينات." -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "است&خدام القيمة الحالية" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "إضافة متغ&ير جديد..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "حفظ المتغيرات المُعدلة" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "تأكيد كل أمر تنشيط" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "نتيجة البحث" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر " -"فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "يتم عرض نتائج البحث هنا. عند ظهور العنصر الذي ترغب به، قم بتحديده ثم انقر فوق \"انتقال إلى\". كما يمكنك النقر فوق \"إلغاء\" لإغلاق هذا المربع." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "انت&قال إلى" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "تعذر العثور على إدخالات" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "مساعدة" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "البحث عن أحد متغيرات التكوين" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "البح&ث عن:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "بحث &مميز لحالة الأحرف" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "البحث عن اسم المت&غير" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "و&صف البحث" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "قيم&ة البحث" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "قيمة جديدة" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "القيمة القديمة" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "ملف" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "وصف" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "اسم المت&غير" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "القي&مة" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "اس&م الملف" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "قيمة اسم المتغير المفقود." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "قيمة اسم الملف المفقود." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "المسار المطلق مفقود في اسم الملف." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -492,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>تهيئة تكوين sysconfig</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -503,108 +482,108 @@ "الرجاء الانتظار... \n" " \n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "يتم الآن البحث..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "تخ&طي" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "كتابة الإعدادات الجديدة" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "تنشيط التغييرات" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ التغييرات إلى الملفات..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "ملخص التكوين" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "بدء تشغيل الأمر: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "فشل الأمر %1" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "سيتم تنفيذ الأمر" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "الأمر:" -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "جارِ إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "فشل إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "ستتم إعادة تحميل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "جارٍ إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "فشل إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "ستتم إعادة تشغيل الخدمة %s" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "لا يمكن تحديد حالة الخدمة، لا توجد خدمة systemd:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ المتغير %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ المتغير %1 إلى الملف %2." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tftp-server.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,129 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "تكوين خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "حالة خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "دليل خادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بتمكين خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بتعطيل خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "قم بإظهار حالة خدمة TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "قم بتعيين الدليل الخاص بخادم TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "قم بإظهار الدليل الخاص بخادم TFTP" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "حالة الخدمة: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الدليل: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "تكوين خادم TFTP" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<big>Configuring a TFTP Server</big>" msgstr "<big>تكوين خادم TFTP</big>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم لـ TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات غير المهمة). سيتم " -"بدء تشغيل الخادم باستخدام xinetd." +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "استخدم هذا لتمكين خادم لـ TFTP (بروتوكول نقل الملفات غير المهمة). سيتم بدء تشغيل الخادم باستخدام xinetd." -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same." msgstr "لاحظ أن TFTP وFTP مختلفين. " -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "دليل صورة التشغيل:\n" "حدد الدليل الذي حفظت فيه ملفات الخدمة. القيمة المعتادة هي\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. سيتم إنشاء الدليل إذا كان غير موجود. \n" "يستخدم الخادم هذا كدليل أولي خاص به (باستخدام الخيار <tt>-s</tt> ).\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&تعطيل" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "ت&مكين" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "&دليل نسخة محتويات التشغيل" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "استعرا&ض..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "&عرض السجل" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -144,19 +138,19 @@ "يجب أن يبدأ الدليل بالشرطة المائلة ( /)\n" "ويجب ألا يحتوي على مسافات ." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "تهيئة ..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -166,24 +160,24 @@ "ويقوم برنامج آخر بتقديم TFTP: %1.\n" "خروج.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "تعذر إعادة تحميل الخدمة %{name}" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "تم تمكين خادم TFTP:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "دليل نسخة محتويات التشغيل:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/timezone_db.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "أوروبا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "هولندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "أندورا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "اليونان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "صربيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ألمانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "سلوفاكيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "بلجيكا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "رومانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "المجر" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "مولدافا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "الدنمارك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "أيرلندا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "جبل طارق" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "غويرنسي" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "فنلندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "جزيرة مان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "تركيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "جيرسي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "روسيا (كالينجراد)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (كييف)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "البرتغال" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "سلوفينيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "المملكة المتحدة" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "لوكسمبورغ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "جزر أولان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "أسبانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "مالطة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "روسيا البيضاء" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "موناكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "(روسيا (موسكو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "النرويج" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "فرنسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "الجبل الأسود" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "جمهورية التشيك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "لاتفيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "إيطاليا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "سان مارينو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "روسيا (سمراء)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "البوسنة والهرسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (سيمفروبول)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "مقدونيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "بلغاريا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "السويد" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "استونيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "البانيا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "أوزجرود" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "ليشتنشتاين" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "الفاتيكان" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "النمسا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "ليتوانيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "روسيا (فولجوجراد)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "بولندا" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "كرواتيا" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "أيسلندا" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "أزورس" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "جزر الكاناري" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "سويسرا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "أوكرانيا (زابوروزهي)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "مكولون" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "امريكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "ألاسكا (أنكوردج)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "ألوشيان (أداك)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "بويز" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "أريزونا (فينيكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "مركزي (شيكاغو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "كنتاكي (لوزيفيل)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "كنتاكي (مونتيسيلو)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "شرق إنديانا (إنديانابوليس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "إنديانا ستاركي (كنوكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "إنديانا (فينسينيس)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "إنديانا (ويناماك)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "إنديانا (مارينجو)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "إنديانا (فيفاي)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "إنديانا (تيل سيتي)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "إنديانا (بطرسبرج)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "جونو" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "متشيجان (ديترويت)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "جبل (دينفر)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "باسيفيك (لوس أنجلوس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "مينوميني" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "إيسترن (نيويورك)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "نوموسي" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "داكوتا الشمالية (وسط)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "داكوتا الشمالية (نيو سالم)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "بورتوريكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "شيبروك" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "جزر فيرجين (سانت توماس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "ياكوتات" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "هاواي (هونولولو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "ساموا (باجو باجو)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "كندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "أتلانتك (هاليفاكس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "مركزي (وينبيج)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "الشرقي (تورونتو)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "جبل (إدمنتون)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "نيوفاوندلاند (سانت جونز)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "باسيفيك (فانكوفر)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "ساسكاتشوان (ريجينا)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "يوكون (وايتهورس)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "جلاس باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "مونكتون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "جوس باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "بلانك سابلون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "مونتريال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "نيبيجون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "ثاندر باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "إيكالويت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "بانجنيرتونج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "ريسولت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "أتيكوكان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "رانكين إنليت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "رايني ريفر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "سويفت كرنت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "كامبريدج باي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "يلونايف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "إنيوفيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "داوسون كريك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "داوسون" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "بوينوس أيرس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "كاتاماركا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "كوردوبا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "جوجوي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "لا ريوجا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "ميندوزا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "ريو جاييجوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "سان خوان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "سان لويس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "توكومان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "أوسوايا" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "البرازيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "أراجوينا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "بايا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "بيليم" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "بوافيستا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "كامبو جراندي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "كويابا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "ايرونبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "فورتاليز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "ماسيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "ماناوس" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "فيرناندو دو نورونها" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "بورتو فيلو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "ريسايف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "ريو برانكو" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "ساو باولو" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "المكسيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "كانكون" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "شيواوا" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "هيرموسيلو" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "مازاتلان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "ميكسيكو سيتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "ميريدا" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "مونتري" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "تيخوانا" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "أمريكا الوسطى والجنوبية" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "أنتيجوا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "أنجيلا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "أروبا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "أسانسيون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "بربادوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "بليز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "بوجوتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "كاراكاس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "كايين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "جزر كيمان" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "كوستاريكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "كوراكاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "دومينيكان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "السلفادور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "جراند تورك" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "جواياكيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "غرينادا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "جوادلوب" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "غواتيمالا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "جيانا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "هافانا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "جامايكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "لاباز" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "ليما" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "ماناجوا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "مارتينيك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "مونتسيرات" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "الأوروغواي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "ناسو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "بنما" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "باراماريبو" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "بورت او برينس" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "بورت أوف سبين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "تشيلي كونتيننتال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "سانتو دومينجو" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "سانت لوشا" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "سانت كيتس ونيفيس" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "سانت توماس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "سانت فينسنت" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "تيجوسيجالبا" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "تورتولا" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "ستانلي" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "جزيرة إيستر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "جالاباجوس" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "روسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "كالينينغراد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "موسكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "سمراء" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "فولجاجراد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "أنادير" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "إركوتسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "كامشَتكا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "كراسنويارسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "مَجادان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "نوفوسيبيرسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "أُمْسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "ساخالين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "فلاديفستك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "ياكوتسك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "يكاترينبورج" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "اسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "عدن" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "الماتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "عمَّان" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "اكتوبي" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "أكتا" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "عشق أباد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "بغداد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "البحرين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "باكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "بانجكوك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "بيروت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "بيشكِكْ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "بروناى" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "كولكاتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "شويبالسان" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "شونجنج" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "كولومبو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "دمشق" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "داكّا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "ديلي" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "دبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "دوشانبي" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "غزة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "هابرين" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "هونج كونج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "هوفد" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "جاكرتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "جايابورا" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "اسرائيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "افغانستان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "كاراتشي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "كاشجار" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Kathmandu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "كوالالمبور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "كوشنغ" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "الكويت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "ماكاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "ماكاسار" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "مانيلا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "مسقط" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "نيقوسيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "أورال" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "فنوم بن" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "بونتياناك" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "بيونج يانج" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "قطر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "كيزيلوردا" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "ميانمار" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "مدينة هو شي منه" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "سمرقند" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "تاشكنت" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "طهران" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "تيمفو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "طوكيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "شنغهاي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "بكين" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "تايباي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "سيول" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "الرياض" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "سنغفورا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "تبليسي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "اليابان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "أولان باتور" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "أورومكي" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "فينتيان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "يريفان" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "الرياض 87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "الرياض 88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "الرياض 89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "أستراليا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "لينديمان" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "إيكلا" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "لورد هو أيلاند" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "الإقليم الشمالي (داروين)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "كوينز لاند (بريسباين)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "جنوب أستراليا (أديلايد)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "نيو ساوث ويلز (سيدني)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "نيو ساوث ويلز (بروكين هيل)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "تاسمانيا (هوبارت)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "تاسمانيا (كيري)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "فيكتوريا (ملبورن)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "جنوب أستراليا--برث" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "افريقيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "أبيدجان" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "أديس أبابا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "الجزائر" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "أسمرة" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "أكرا" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "باماكو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "بانغي" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "بنجول" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "بيساو" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "بلانتاير" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "برازافيل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "بوجمبورا" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "القاهرة" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "المغرب" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "سيوتا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "كوناكري" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "داكار" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "دار السلام" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "جيبوتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "دوالا" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "العيون" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "فري تاون" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "جابورن" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "هاراري" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "جوهنسبرغ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "كامبالا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "الخرطوم" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "كينشاسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "كيغالي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "لاغوس" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "ليبرفيــل" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "لومي" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "لواندا" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "لوبومباشي" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "لوكاسا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "مالابو" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "مابوتو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "ماسيرو" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "مبابان" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "مقديشيو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "مونروفيا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "نيروبي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "نجامينا" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "نيامي" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "نواكشوط" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "واجادوجو" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "بورتو نوفو" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "ساوتومي" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "طرابلس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "تونس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "ويندهوك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "انتاناناريفو" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "ريونيون" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "الباسيفيكي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "نيوزيلاندا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "فيجي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "غوادالكانال" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "جوام" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "منتصف" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "ناورو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "بالاو" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "بيتكيرن" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "تاهيتي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "ساموا" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "بورت مورسباى" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "راروتونجا" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "تشوك" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "بوهنبي" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "كوسراي" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "تاراوا" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "اندروبوري" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "كيريتيماتي" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "ماجورو" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "كواجالين" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "سايبان" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "نوميا" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "نورفولك" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "نيوي" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "شاتام" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "ماركيزس" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "جامبير" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "فاكاوفو" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "تونغاتابو" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "فونافوتي" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "جونستون" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "وايك" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "إيفاتي" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "والس" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "آبيا" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "الأطلنطي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "برمودا" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "الرأس الأخضر" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "جزر فيرو" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "ساوث جيورجيا" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "ماديرا" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "سانت هيلين" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "جان مايان" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "جرينلاند نووك" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "جرينلاند (دانماركشافن)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "جرينلاند (سكورسبيسوند)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "جرينلاند (ثول)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "المحيط الهندي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "جزر كوكوس" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "جزيرة الكريسماس" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "شاجوس" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "جزر القمر" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "موريشيوس" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "جزر المالديف" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "ماهي" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "كيرجويلين" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "مايوت" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "عالمي" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "أركتيك لونجيربن" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (القطب الجنوبي)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ماكموردو)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (روسيرا)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (بالمر)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ماوسون)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (دافيس)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (كاسي)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (فوستك)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (ديمونت دي يورفيل)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "أنتاركتيكا (سايووا)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "جرين ويتش" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "نافاجو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "عالمي" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "الزولو" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "غير ذلك" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/tune.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,152 +14,133 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"اكتشاف الأجهزة - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' " -"بدلاً منها." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "اكتشاف الأجهزة - لا تدعم هذه الوحدة النمطية واجهة سطر الأوامر، استخدم '%1' بدلاً منها." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "يتم الآن فحص الأجهزة..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "تقدم" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&كافة الإدخالات" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "ح&فظ إلى ملف..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "معلومات الأجهزة" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "تعرض الوحدة النمطية لمعلومات الأجهزة تفاصيل\n" -"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل " -"للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" +"الأجهزة الموجودة بجهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك. انقر فوق أي نقطة من نقاط التوصيل للحصول على مزيد من المعلومات.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق حفظ إلى ملف ثم " -"أدخل اسم الملف." +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "يمكنك حفظ معلومات الأجهزة إلى أحد الملفات. انقر فوق حفظ إلى ملف ثم أدخل اسم الملف." -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "إعدادات النظام والأجهزة" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "النظام" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "الن&ظام" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "ت&فاصيل" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." msgstr "التفاصيليتم عرض تفاصيل مكون الجهاز المحدد هنا." -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "المكون '%1'" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "جهاز غير معروف" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "طبقة جهاز غير معروفة" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "طبقة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "إ&عدادات Kernel..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "الت&فاصيل..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "حفظ إلى ملف..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"الأجهزة المكتشفة يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي " -"تم اكتشافها على النظام." +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "الأجهزة المكتشفة يحتوي هذا الجدول على كافة مكونات الأجهزة التي تم اكتشافها على النظام." -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"التفاصيل حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط التفاصيل لمشاهدة مزيد " -"من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون." +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "التفاصيل حدد أحد المكونات، ثم اضغط التفاصيل لمشاهدة مزيد من الوصف التفصيلي للمكون." -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." @@ -167,1000 +148,969 @@ "حفظ إلى ملف يمكنك حفظ\n" " معلومات الأجهزة (مخرج hwinfo) إلى ملف." -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "الأجهزة المكتشفة" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات النظام..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "إعداد معرف PCI" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "برنامج الت&شغيل" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "ال&بائع" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "البائع الفرعي" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&طبقة" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "دليل Sys&FS" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "الجها&ز" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "جهاز فر&عي" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "قناع الطب&قة" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "أدخل اسم برنامج التشغيل أو اسم دليل SysFS." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "مطلوب قيمة معرف PCI واحد على الأقل." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "جها&ز PCI" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "اسم البطاقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "البائع الفرعي" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "الجهاز الفرعي" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "القناع الطبقة" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "دليل SysFS." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&قائمة مِن" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "ي&دويًا" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "PCI ID Setup " msgstr "إعداد معرف PCI " -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة " -"البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "من الممكن إضافة معرف PCI إلى برنامج تشغيل أحد الأجهزة لتوسيع قاعدة البيانات الداخلية الخاصة به والتي تتعلق بالأجهزة المدعمة." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. SysFS Dir.</" -"b> هو اسم الدليل الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه " -"فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم الدليل." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "يتم إدخال أرقام معرف PCI وعرضها على هيئة أرقام ست عشرية. SysFS Dir. هو اسم الدليل الموجود في /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. في حالة كونه فارغًا، يتم استخدام اسم برنامج التشغيل كاسم الدليل." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل " -"خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "في حالة تحويل برنامج التشغيل إلى محرك الشبكة، اترك اسم برنامج التشغيل خاليًا وأدخل اسم دليل SysFS بدلاً منه." -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفات PCI. اضغط %1</" -"b> لتنشيط الإعدادات." +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "استخدم الأزرار الموجودة أسفل الجدول لتغيير قائمة معرفات PCI. اضغط %1 لتنشيط الإعدادات." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"تحذير: هذا التكوين للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما " -"تقوم به." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "تحذير: هذا التكوين للخبراء. قم بالمتابعة في حالة كونك متأكدًا مما تقوم به." -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "هيكل" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "الناقل" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "معرف الناقل" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "الذاكرة المؤقتة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "نوع البطاقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "نوع القرص المضغوط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "أرقام الأجهزة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "معرف Sysfs" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "برامج التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "الرئيسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "الثانوي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "النطاق" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "الواجهة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "الموارد" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "يتطلب" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "مراجعة" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "معرف الفتحة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "الطول" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "العرض" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "الارتفاع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "نشط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "أسماء الأجهزة" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "ألوان" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "الهندسة المنطقية" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "عدد" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "الوضع" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "منافذ الإدخال والإخراج" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "الذاكرة" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "ناقل Hwcfg" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "معرف فريد للعنصر الرئيسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "واجهة برنامج التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "مُعرف فريد" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "تردد رأسي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للتردد الأفقي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للتردد الرأسي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للتردد الأفقي" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للتردد الرأسي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "برنامج تشغيل Kernel" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "عنوان HW" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "معرف BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "مُمكّن" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "الدقة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "مفتاح فريد قديم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "الطبقة (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "الجهاز (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "معرف الجهاز (مواصفات)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "معرف البائع الفرعي" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "المفتاح الفريد" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "معرف البائع" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "فيديو BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "هيكل التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "قرص التشغيل" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "أجهزة قطع التخزين" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "أقراص DASD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "القرص المضغوط" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "شاشة العرض" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "القرص المرن" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "يوجد APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "يوجد PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "يوجد SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "نظام UML" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "بيانات الأجهزة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "لوحة المفاتيح" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "الشاشة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "أجهزة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "الطابعة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "مودم" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "الصوت" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "وسائط التخزين" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "بطاقة التلفزيون" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "بطاقة DVB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "نوع USB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "الإصدار" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "بطاقة الشبكة" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "جهاز مخزن الإطارات المؤقت" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "محور شبكة USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم IEEE1394" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "الماسحة الضوئية" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "الماوس" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "جويستيك" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "شاشة بريل" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "قارئ Chipcard" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "الكاميرا" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP عبر إيثرنت" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "Bogus ملايين الإرشادات في الثانية" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Coma Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "مستوى معرف CPU" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "التردد" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "خطأ تقسيم الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "اعلام" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "وحدة الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "استثناء وحدة الفاصلة العائمة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Halt Bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "المعالج" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "تدريج" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "العائلة" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "شبكة LAN لا سلكية" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "الشريط" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة توصيل شبكة إيثرنت" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "واجهة توصيل شبكة الاسترجاع" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "القسم" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم القرص المرن" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "جهاز PnP غير مصنف" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "جهاز غير مصنف" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "الذاكرة الرئيسية" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف UHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف EHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "جهاز تحكم المضيف OHCI" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "الوحدات النمطية" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "حفظ ناتج hwinfo إلى أحد الملفات" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ معلومات الأجهزة..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ الناتج إلى الملف '%1'." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "إعدادات Kernel" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "مجدول المدخلات/المخرجات العامة" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "غير مكون" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "وضع في قائمة الانتظار بالتساوي المطلق [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "الموعد النهائي [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>مجدول المدخلات/المخرجات العامة</big> \n" "حدد الخوارزمية التي تأمر وترسل الأوامر إلى أجهزة\n" "الأقراص. هذا خيار عام، سيُستخدم لكل أجهزة الأقراص في\n" "النظام. إذا لم يتم تكوين هذا الخيار، فسوف تُستخدم الجدولة\n" -"الافتراضية (عادةً ما يكون 'cfq'). راجع الوثائق في الدليل /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/block\n" +"الافتراضية (عادةً ما يكون 'cfq'). راجع الوثائق في الدليل /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" " (الحزمة kernel-source) لمزيد من المعلومات.\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "تم&كين مفاتيح SysRq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>تمكين مفاتيح SysRq</big> \n" "إذا قمت بتمكين مفاتيح SysRq، فسوف تتمكن من التحكم بالنظام حتى في حالة\n" -"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح kernel). في حالة تمكينه فستقوم مجموعة " -"المفاتيح\n" -" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ببدء الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال إعادة تشغيل " -"جهاز\n" +"حدوث فشل (مثل الذي يحدث أثناء تصحيح kernel). في حالة تمكينه فستقوم مجموعة المفاتيح\n" +" Alt-SysRq-<command_key> ببدء الأمر المعني (على سبيل المثال إعادة تشغيل جهاز\n" "الكمبيوتر، تفريغ معلومات kernel). لمزيد من المعلومات، راجع\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (حزمة مصدر kernel).\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "تتم الآن قراءة التكوين" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات معرف PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "قراءة إعدادات النظام" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات معرف PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن قراءة إعدادات النظام..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "انتهى" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1168,31 +1118,31 @@ "<big>قراءة التكوين</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "حفظ التكوين" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات معرف PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات النظام" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات معرف PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات النظام..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1200,62 +1150,62 @@ "<big>حفظ التكوين</big> \n" "الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "معالج غير معروف" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "،" -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "غير معروف" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "الكشف عن الأجهزة" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "كشف عن الأجهزة" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "يتم الآن الكشف عن الأجهزة..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "تتم الآن عملية الكشف عن الأجهزة. الرجاء الانتظار." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "الملف '%1' غير موجود. تعذر تعيين معرف PCI جديد." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "برنامج التشغيل: %1، معرف PCI الجديد: %2" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/vm.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,28 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "تثبيت Hypervisor والأدوات" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين الجهاز الظاهري..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"تُعد x86_64 البنية الوحيدة الداعمة لاستضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. حيث تعتبر " -"البنية الخاصة بك هي " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "تُعد x86_64 البنية الوحيدة الداعمة لاستضافة الأجهزة الظاهرية. حيث تعتبر البنية الخاصة بك هي " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -43,215 +39,185 @@ "تعذر بدء تثبيت الجهاز الظاهري داخل جهاز UML.\n" "ابدأ التثبيت في النظام المضيف.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "التحقق من الحزم المثبتة" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "تكوين رابط شبكة" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري (المجال 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري</big>يوجد في تكوين خادم " -"الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري</big>يوجد في تكوين خادم الجهاز الظاهري (مجال 0) جزءان." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -" يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة تحميل " -"التشغيل إلى GRUB، إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة " -"أداة تحميل التشغيل إذا كان مفقودًا." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr " يتم تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة إلى النظام أولاً. ثم يتم تبديل أداة تحميل التشغيل إلى GRUB، إذا لم يكن مستخدمًا بالفعل وتتم إضافة قسم Xen إلى قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل إذا كان مفقودًا." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"مطلوب GRUB لأنه يدعم المواصفات القياسية المطلوبة للتشغيل المتعدد لتشغيل " -"Xen وLinux kernel." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "مطلوب GRUB لأنه يدعم المواصفات القياسية المطلوبة للتشغيل المتعدد لتشغيل Xen وLinux kernel." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"عندما ينتهي التكوين بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الأجهزة الظاهرية من قائمة أداة " -"تحميل التشغيل." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "عندما ينتهي التكوين بنجاح، يمكن تشغيل خادم الأجهزة الظاهرية من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "سيتم إيقاف التثبيت." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "اختر أنظمة Hypervisor المطلوب تثبيتها" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "الخادم: الحد الأدنى للنظام للحصول على Hypervisor قيد التشغيل" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "الأدوات: تكوين الأجهزة الظاهرية وإدارتها ومراقبتها" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "خادم KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "أدوات KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "حاويات libvirt LXC" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "برنامج المحرك libvirt LXC" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "البرنامج المطلوب اتصاله بخادم الظاهرية" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "أدوات العميل الظاهرية" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "خادم Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "أدوات Xen" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لـ lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لنمط عميل sled\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزمة لأنماط sles\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "" -"جاري التنفيذ في النمط النصي هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟" +msgstr "جاري التنفيذ في النمط النصي هل تريد تثبيت المكونات المرئية على كل الأحوال؟" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن التحقق من الحزم..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "تعذر تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "جارٍ تحديث ملفات التكوين grub2..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "يتم الآن تكوين رابط شبكة افتراضي..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "جسر الشبكة." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"بالنسبة لتكوينات شبكة عادية تستضيف أجهزة ظاهرية، يُوصى بجسر شبكة.هل " -"تريد تكوين جسر شبكة افتراضي؟" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "بالنسبة لتكوينات شبكة عادية تستضيف أجهزة ظاهرية، يُوصى بجسر شبكة.هل تريد تكوين جسر شبكة افتراضي؟" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. المضيف الخاص بك جاهز لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. قم بإعادة تشغيل الجهاز وحدد الـ kernel الأصلية في قائمة " -"أداة تحميل التشغيل لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات KVM. قم بإعادة تشغيل الجهاز وحدد الـ kernel الأصلية في قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل لتثبيت ضيوف KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"لتثبيت ضيوف Xen، أعد تشغيل الجهاز وحدد قسم Xen من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "لتثبيت ضيوف Xen، أعد تشغيل الجهاز وحدد قسم Xen من قائمة أداة تحميل التشغيل." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت Xen Hypervisor والأدوات." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت أدوات عميل الظاهرية." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "تم تثبيت مكونات Libvirt LXC." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ar/po/wol.ar.po 2016-09-22 12:52:16 UTC (rev 97095) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,48 +50,47 @@ "الحزمة لم تركب.\n" "ركب الحزم المفقودة وجرب مرة اخرى." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "عنوان MAC" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "اسم المضيف" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "نهوض" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"مع وضع WOL، يمكنك 'تشغيل' جهاز الحاسب الشخصي الخاص بك عن طريق إرسال " -"'الحزمة السحرية' \n" +"مع وضع WOL، يمكنك 'تشغيل' جهاز الحاسب الشخصي الخاص بك عن طريق إرسال 'الحزمة السحرية' \n" " عبر الشبكة." -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "حقا حذف هذه المادة ؟" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "إيقاظ مضيف بعيد" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr ":اسم المضيف" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -99,8 +98,8 @@ "عنوان MAC الخاص\n" "بالعميل: " -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" @@ -108,7 +107,6 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "لم يتم العثور على أية عملاء مكونين من قبل.\n" -"على الرغم من ذلك، فقد تم العثور على تكوينات DHCP على هذا النظام. استيراد إلى " -"المضيف\n" +"على الرغم من ذلك، فقد تم العثور على تكوينات DHCP على هذا النظام. استيراد إلى المضيف\n" " بيانات التكوين (عناوينMAC وأسماء المضيفين) من\n" " '/etc/dhcpd.conf'؟\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97094 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:52:05 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97094 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on-creator.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/audit-laf.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control-center.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall-services.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ftp-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/http-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/inetd.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/instserver.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iplb.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/isns.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journal.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/languages_db.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/multipath.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs_server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis_server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/oneclickinstall.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update-configuration.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/opensuse_mirror.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pam.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/product-creator.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/proxy.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/relocation-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-users.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/scanner.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/slp-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sound.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/squid.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sshd.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sudo.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/support.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sysconfig.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tftp-server.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/timezone_db.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tune.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/wol.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/yast2-apparmor.pa.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on-creator.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on-creator.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on-creator.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-26 06:51+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Brar <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/add-on.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 17:05+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/audit-laf.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/audit-laf.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/audit-laf.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੋ" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ" #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਚੱਲ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" @@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -1021,8 +1021,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1214,541 +1214,571 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਲਈ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port" msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਪੋਰਟ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "The name of a domain to join" +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "ਜੁੜਨ ਲਈ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address" msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "ਸਥਿਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਦਾ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ (ਜਾਂ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਨਾਂ)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 #, fuzzy #| msgid "I&P adress or name of NFS server:" msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "I&P ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 #, fuzzy #| msgid "I&P adress or name of NFS server:" msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "I&P ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਜਾਂ NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਂ:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "ਸਵੈ-ਮਾਊਂਟਰ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਈ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।\n" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/auth-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -298,7 +298,8 @@ msgstr "ਇੱਕ &SLP ਡਾਈਮੋਨ 'ਤੇ ਰਜਿਸਟਰ" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" @@ -481,6 +482,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1824,7 +1830,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2581,10 +2588,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/autoinst.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 06:57+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -643,55 +643,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&w)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ(&g)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ (ਸਕਿੰਟ)(&T)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&o)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀਆਂ(&r)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ (ਸਕਿੰਟ)(&e)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "ਗਲਤੀਆਂ" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "ਗਲਤੀਆਂ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&s)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਗਲਤੀਆਂ(&L)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ (ਸਕਿੰਟ)(&u)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" @@ -699,13 +699,13 @@ "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਤਜਰਬੇ ਦੇ ਅਧਾਰ ਤੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੁਨਹਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ, ਲਾਗ ਅਤੇ ਵੇਖਣ (ਸਮਾਂ-\n" "ਅੰਤਰਾਲ) ਆਦਿ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਕਰਨ ਚੁਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਅਤੇ ਲਾਗ" @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1035,11 +1035,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ(&P):" @@ -1047,11 +1047,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਚੁਣੋ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਡਿਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ ਹੈ।" @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1073,13 +1073,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਚੋਣ" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ।" @@ -1498,7 +1498,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਚੁਣੋ" @@ -2235,46 +2236,60 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&U)" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "AutoYaST ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਲਈ ਮਾਰਗ" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "TFTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "HTTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "FTP ਸਰਵਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ (%1) ਪਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %2" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ: %1" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 ਜੰਤਰ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਟਿਕਾਣੇ ਤੋਂ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਅਣਜਾਣ ਹੈ।" @@ -2284,7 +2299,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2294,7 +2309,7 @@ "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਸਰੋਤਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪਰਬੰਧਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ\n" "ਰਾਹੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2303,7 +2318,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2440,7 +2455,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2450,18 +2465,18 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ਡਰਾਇਵ" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2469,23 +2484,23 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ-ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ" @@ -2493,28 +2508,28 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "ਪ੍ਰੀ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "ਪੋਸਟ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨਿੰਗ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/base.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 22:56+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -1677,13 +1677,13 @@ msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿਖਾਏ ਜਾਣ: %1" @@ -1694,23 +1694,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "ਹਾਂ" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1718,64 +1718,64 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "ਅੰਤਰਾਲ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨੀਆਂ" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨੀਆਂ ਵੇਖਾਓ: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ ਸਾਵਧਾਨੀਆਂ: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਸਾਵਧਾਨੀਆਂ: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "ਗਲਤੀਆਂ" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "ਗਲਤੀਆਂ ਵੇਖੋ: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ ਗਲਤੀ: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਗਲਤੀਆਂ: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1792,8 +1792,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ: " @@ -3552,15 +3552,15 @@ msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ ਵੇਖੋ(&d)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "ਆਕਾਰ: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/bootloader.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:10+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ msgstr "ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਬਦਲੋ: %1" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" @@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ "ਬੂਟ-ਲੋਡਰ ਲਈ ਟਾਈਮ ਦਿਓ, ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਉਹ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਕਰਨਲ ਲੋਡ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਉਡੀਕੇ।\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਫਲੈਗ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ(&a)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" @@ -282,50 +282,50 @@ "ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਆਮ ਬੂਟ ਕੋਡ MBR ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ ਚੁਣੋ" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ(&H)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਸਮੇਂ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ ਚੁਣ ਨਾਲ ਬੂਟ ਮੇਨੂ ਓਹਲੇ ਰਹੇਗਾ।" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਟਾਈਪ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਲ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਲਾਇਨ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&p)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -333,57 +333,74 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Security Event Notification" msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਘਟਨਾ ਨੋਟੀਫਿਕੇਸ਼ਨ" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ(&t)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ।" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -392,57 +409,57 @@ "ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਖਾਂਦੇ। ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੁੜ-ਲਿਖੋ।" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ਗਰਾਫਿਕਲ ਮੇਨੂ ਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੰਨਸੋਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "ਅਪਵਾਦ ਹੱਲ਼:" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "ਕਨਸੋਲ ਆਰਗੂਮੈਂਟ(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "ਆਟੋ-ਖੋਜਿਆ ਕਾਰਡ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "ਸੀਰੀਅਲ ਕੰਨਸੋਲ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "ਕਨਸੋਲ ਆਰਗੂਮੈਂਟ(&C)" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਬੂਟ ਸ਼ੈਕਸ਼ਨ(&D)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -459,44 +476,44 @@ "ਉੱਤੇ ਅਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਬਟਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਵੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&t)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "ਮਾਸਟਰ ਬੂਟ ਰਿਕਾਰਡ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ(&M)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈੱਡ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਬੂਟ ਕਰੋ(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਬੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ(&u)" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਕ੍ਰਮ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -506,21 +523,21 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਲੋਡਰ ਚੋਣ" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ca-management.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 07:40+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P):" @@ -207,7 +208,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦਾ।" @@ -2209,7 +2211,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LD&AP ਪਾਸਵਰਡ:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P):" @@ -2259,23 +2262,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਅਣ-ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਡ(&r)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "P&EM ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਟਡ" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "DER ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "PKCS12 ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਕੁੰਜੀ(&t)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&N)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cio.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/cluster.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control-center.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control-center.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control-center.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-26 06:54+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/control.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 17:01+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" @@ -99,21 +99,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ਲਾਈਵ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" @@ -131,17 +131,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" @@ -153,82 +154,83 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ਜੀ ਆਇਆਂ ਨੂੰ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ" - #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪੜਚੋਲ" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪੜਚੋਲ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" @@ -236,8 +238,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ" @@ -245,22 +247,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "ਟਾਈਮ ਜ਼ੋਨ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਖੇਪ" @@ -311,31 +313,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਰੋ" @@ -347,10 +349,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" @@ -359,17 +361,17 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਸਟਮ" @@ -377,8 +379,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" @@ -415,47 +417,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕਰੋ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "ਬੇਸ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "ਆਟੋ-YaST ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" @@ -463,9 +465,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" @@ -473,8 +475,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" @@ -672,19 +674,18 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "ਬਦਲਵੇਂ ਵੇਹੜੇ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੋਣ (ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "ਆਨਲਾਈਨ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਚੋਣ" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਸਰਵਰ ਚੋਣ (ਟੈਕਸਟ ਮੋਡ)" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/country.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:11+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -348,8 +348,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ: %1" @@ -613,25 +613,35 @@ msgstr "ਸਮਾਂ ਖੇਤਰ %1 ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ(&T)" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਇਕਸਟੈਨਸ਼ਨ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -640,7 +650,7 @@ "ਕੁਝ ਪਾਠ ਨੂੰ ਅੰਗਰੇਜ਼ੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -648,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/crowbar.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਢਾਂਚਾ" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dhcp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-07 06:44+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/dns-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-23 07:59+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -308,7 +308,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -379,7 +380,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -456,7 +458,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/docker.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਮਾਰਗ" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਨਾਂ" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 #, fuzzy @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ(&C)" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 #, fuzzy @@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/drbd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -415,47 +415,43 @@ "ਅੱਗੇ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਓ।\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "SCPM ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Microphone." msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "ਮਾਈਕ੍ਰਰੋਫੋਨ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ।" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -471,78 +467,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸੋਧ" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸੰਭਾਲੋ" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਠੀਕ ਹੈ" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ ਦੇਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node name must be different." @@ -656,90 +652,90 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DSL ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸਾਂਬਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LVM configuration" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸਾਂਬਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" @@ -748,57 +744,57 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਲਿਖੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਲਿਖੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fcoe-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall-services.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall-services.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall-services.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-11 07:40+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firewall.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-11 07:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/firstboot.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-10 23:13+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/fonts.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ftp-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ftp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ftp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 21:54+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/geo-cluster.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,8 +59,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Configuration" @@ -136,7 +138,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -281,7 +284,8 @@ msgstr "ਨੈਟਮਾਸਕ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/http-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/http-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/http-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-03 07:32+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/inetd.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/inetd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/inetd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 06:23+0530\n" "Last-Translator: ASB <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/installation.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-12 23:34+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 ਲਈ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" @@ -577,16 +577,16 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -656,53 +656,53 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ(&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਲੇਆਉਟ(&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keyboard &test:" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "ਕੀ-ਬੋਰਡ ਜਾਂਚ(&t):" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ(&T)..." @@ -893,35 +893,35 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure &Resources" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰੋ(&R)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." @@ -954,17 +954,17 @@ msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgid "Show &package updates" @@ -1312,108 +1312,108 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਇਰ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਇਰ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਜੰਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲੋਡ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਰਨਲ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "ਹਾਰਡ ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਲਈ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize the source manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "ਮੂਲ ਸਰੋਤ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਖੋਜ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ, ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ " (ਖਾਸ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ s390 ਜਾਂ iSCSI ਸਿਸਟਮਾਂ ਲਈ)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1446,8 +1446,32 @@ "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।\n" "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ।" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1455,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1467,9 +1491,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1479,7 +1504,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1492,6 +1517,59 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਰੱਖੋ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਨਕਲ ਕਰੋ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ(&R)" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "AutoYaST ਪਰੋਫਾਇਲ ਚੁਣੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ ਹੈ।" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1545,8 +1623,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ(&C)..." @@ -1861,8 +1939,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" @@ -1943,16 +2024,16 @@ msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਸਿਟਟਮ 'ਤੇ ਲਾਗ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" @@ -1960,11 +2041,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" @@ -1993,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੰਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -2002,25 +2083,25 @@ "ਹੱਲ਼ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਮੰਨਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ: ਕੋਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਨਹੀਂ" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2033,40 +2114,40 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&U)" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਸੁਰਖੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ \"ਬਦਲੋ...\" ਮੇਨੂ ਵਰਤੋਂ।" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਸੁਰਖੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ ਜਾਂ ਹੇਠਾਂ \"ਬਦਲੋ...\" ਮੇਨੂ ਵਰਤੋਂ।" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਮੁੜ-ਸੈੱਟ(&R)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ(&U)" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ(&I)" @@ -2106,7 +2187,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2119,7 +2200,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2131,7 +2212,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2143,7 +2224,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2155,7 +2236,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2166,12 +2247,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸੁਝਾਅ" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2180,7 +2261,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2198,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2219,7 +2300,7 @@ #. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) #: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਲੀਨਕਸ" #. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer #. @@ -2257,11 +2338,11 @@ #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "%1/%2 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n" #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed @@ -2269,7 +2350,7 @@ #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "%1 ਮਾਊਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ।" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 @@ -2280,7 +2361,7 @@ #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ" #. this is workaround for bnc#849767 #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now @@ -2293,7 +2374,7 @@ #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਲੱਭੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ" #. Device #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/instserver.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/instserver.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/instserver.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 08:28+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iplb.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iplb.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iplb.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 08:21+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/iscsi-lio-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "ਗਲੋਬਲ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/isns.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/isns.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/isns.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journal.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journal.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journal.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਾ" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸਮਾਂ" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kdump.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 08:11+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "ਇਹ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।" @@ -1247,148 +1247,148 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "ਕਰਨਲ ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "'/etc/sysconfig/openldap' ਨੂੰ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਮੈਮੋਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ।" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ਸਥਾਪਨ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ਸਥਾਪਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "ਰਨਲੈਵਲਾਂ %1 ਵਿੱਚ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ਯੋਗ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "ਚੋਣ ਲਈ ਖਾਲੀ ਮੁੱਲ: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ(&F)" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਗਿਣਤੀ(&x)" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਦੀ ਵੱਧ-ਤੋਂ-ਵੱਧ ਗਿਣਤੀ(&x)" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/languages_db.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/languages_db.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/languages_db.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-26 07:08+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 07:58+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ldap.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/mail.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 07:43+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/multipath.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/multipath.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/multipath.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/network.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-13 07:52+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "ਚੋਣ" @@ -820,13 +820,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ: ਕੋਈ ਇੰਕ੍ਰਿਪਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਰਤੀ ਗਈ।" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "ਤਬਦੀਲ।" @@ -1200,14 +1200,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਕਿਸਮ(&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ(&C)" @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "ਟਨਲ ਗਰੁੱਪ" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ਬਰਿੱਜ਼ ਜੰਤਰ" @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ" @@ -1396,57 +1396,56 @@ "ਡੁਪਲੀਕੇਟ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਖੋਜਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n" "ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "ਆਮ(&G)" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਸ਼ਨ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਜ਼ੋਨ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "ਮੈਕਸੀਮੱਮ ਟਰਾਂਸਫਰ ਯੂਨਿਟ (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "ਵੇਰਵੇ ਸਹਿਤ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਇੱਥੇ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਕਰੋ।" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ(&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "ਆਪਣੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ।" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ਬੇਤਾਰ(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1454,7 +1453,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1464,12 +1463,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1844,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ ਰੂਟ ਨੂੰ DHCP ਰਾਹੀਂ ਬਦਲੋ" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1854,20 +1853,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1875,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1883,19 +1882,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1905,7 +1904,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1914,71 +1913,71 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf ਜਾਂ /etc/chandev.conf ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "ਕਰਨਲ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ(&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਨਾਂ(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "ਬਦਲੋ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "ਸਕਿੰਟ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "ਬਲਿਨ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਚੋਣ" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1988,27 +1987,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ(&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "ਖੋਜ(&S)" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।\n" "ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਚੁਣੋ।" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਂ %1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ।\n" +"ਇੱਕ ਵੱਖਰਾ ਚੁਣੋ।" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 ਨੈਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" @@ -2016,138 +2031,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 ਜੰਤਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨਾਂ(&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ(&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA ਪਰਾਪਤੀ ਯੋਗ(&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "ਲੇਅਰ 2 ਸਹਿਯੋਗ ਯੋਗ(&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "ਲੇਅਰ 2 &MAC ਐਡਰੈੱਸ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਲਿਖੋ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ ਦਿਓ (ਅੱਖਰ ਅਕਾਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ)।" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ ਚੋਣਾਂ ਦਿਓ (ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਦੇਕੇ)।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ ਚੁਣੋ।" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "ਇਹ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ LANCMD ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ ਦਿਓ।" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਮੋਡ" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "ਐਕਸਟੈਂਡ ਮੋਡ" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-ਅਧਾਰਿਤ tty (ਲਿਨਕਸ ਤੋਂ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390 ਅਤੇ z/OS ਨਾਲ ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਮੋਡ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "ਇਸ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਲਈ ਪਰੋਟੋਕਾਲ ਚੁਣੋ।" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ਪੀਅਰ ਨਾਂ(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2161,7 +2176,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "ਹਾਰਡਵੇਅਰ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ" @@ -2710,31 +2725,31 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ਨੈਟਮਾਸਕ(&m)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "ਸਬ-ਨੈੱਟ ਮਾਸਕ ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।" @@ -3342,33 +3357,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "ਮਾਡਮ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN ਕਾਰਡ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL ਜੰਤਰ" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "ਸਭ ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਜੰਤਰ" @@ -4321,42 +4336,42 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕਰਨ ਸਮੇਂ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "ਕੇਬਲ ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ-ਮੈਨੇਜਰ ਵਲੋਂ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਅਧੀਨ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਵੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "ਦਸਤੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕਰਕੇ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਲਵੋ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4364,45 +4379,45 @@ #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਨਾਂ: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ਬੌਂਡ ਸਲੇਵ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ ਜੁੜਿਆ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ਕੋਈ hwinfo ਨਹੀਂ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਕਾਰਡ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ, ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਕਰਨਲ ਜੰਤਰ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4414,11 +4429,11 @@ "ਜੰਤਰ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ\n" "ਸੋਧ ਦੱਬੋ।\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਮਵੇਅਰ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 07:38+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs_server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs_server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nfs_server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 07:36+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 07:31+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis_server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis_server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/nis_server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-22 06:23+0530\n" "Last-Translator: ASB <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/ntp-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-07 06:45+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -488,12 +488,14 @@ msgstr "NTP ਸਰਵਰ" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ NTP ਸਰਵਰ" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "ਪਬਲਿਕ NTP ਸਰਵਰ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/oneclickinstall.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/oneclickinstall.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/oneclickinstall.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update-configuration.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update-configuration.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update-configuration.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/online-update.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:43+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/opensuse_mirror.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/opensuse_mirror.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/opensuse_mirror.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 13:34+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ:" @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼?" @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਸਮੇਂ ਇੱਕ ਗਲਤੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ।" @@ -1665,8 +1665,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।" @@ -1693,44 +1693,46 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, ਪਾਥ: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "ਚੁਣਨ ਲਈ ਹੋਰ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "ਚੁਣੇ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "ਐਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ CD ਪਾਓ" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਮੀਡਿਅਮ ਪਾਓ।" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "%1 ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।" #. update the trusted flag @@ -1879,82 +1881,82 @@ msgstr "ਡੈਲਟਾ RPM ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ 64-ਬਿੱਟ x86_64 ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੈ। ਭਾਵੇਂ, ਤੁਸੀਂ 32-ਬਿੱਟ ਡਿਸਟਰੀਬਿਊਸ਼ਨ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ।" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਸੁਝਾਅ" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "ਉਤਪਾਦ: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਟਾਈਪ: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "ਪੈਟਰਨ: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਅਕਾਰ: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1965,52 +1967,52 @@ "ਕਿਸੇ ਤਰਾਂ ਜਾਰੀ ਕਰੋ?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਦੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਥਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਚੀ ਹੈ।" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਂਦੀ ਡਿਸਕ ਥਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ। ਇਕਹੇਰੀ ਚੋਣ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕੁਝ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਹਟਾਓ।" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "ਭਾਗ %3 ਉੱਤੇ ਕੇਵਲ %1 (%2%%) ਖਾਲੀ ਥਾਂ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੈ। " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -2021,12 +2023,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' ਉੱਤੇ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ।" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -2044,31 +2046,31 @@ "ਵੀ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "ਬੂਟ ਕੀਤੇ ਮੀਡਿਏ ਦੀ ਇਕਸਾਰਤਾ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਪੈਕ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਐਂਟੀਗਰੇਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ਪਾਓ" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2077,19 +2079,19 @@ "ਵਧੇਰੇ ਵੇਰਵੇ ਲਈ ਲਾਗ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਵੇਖੋ।" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਚੋਣ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2098,27 +2100,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "ਭਾਸ਼ਾ(&L)" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "ਮੈਂ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਸ਼ਰਤਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਸਹਿਮਤ ਹਾਂ(&A)" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2126,7 +2128,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" @@ -2139,7 +2141,7 @@ "ਪਹਿਲੇ ਮੀਡਿਏ ਤੋਂ ਫਾਇਲ %1 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2153,28 +2155,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "ਕੀ ਐਂਡ-ਆਨ ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮੇ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।\n" -"ਕੀ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਨਕਾਰ ਹੈ?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2182,20 +2176,20 @@ "ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ। ਕੀ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਨਕਾਰ ਹੈ?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਬੰਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮਾ" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -3151,6 +3145,13 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "ਕੁਝ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਹਟਾਓ ਜੀ।" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਇਕਰਾਰਨਾਮੇ ਨੂੰ ਰੱਦ ਕਰਨ ਨਾਲ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।\n" +#~ "ਕੀ ਲਾਈਸੈਂਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਨਕਾਰ ਹੈ?" + #~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" #~ msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ RPM %1 (ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਆਕਾਰ %2) ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pam.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pam.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pam.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 08:39+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/pkg-bindings.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-09 22:43+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Brar <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/printer.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-20 19:01+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/product-creator.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/product-creator.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/product-creator.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-20 18:12+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/proxy.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/proxy.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/proxy.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/rear.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/registration.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:40+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" @@ -313,15 +313,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -331,19 +330,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -587,11 +586,11 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details" @@ -599,13 +598,13 @@ #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/relocation-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/relocation-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/relocation-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-client.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 19:53+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 19:43+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-users.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-users.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/samba-users.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 18:57+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/scanner.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/scanner.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/scanner.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 08:43+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/security.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" @@ -1291,6 +1291,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/services-manager.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/slp-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/slp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/slp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 07:58+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/snapper.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sound.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sound.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sound.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-13 07:58+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/squid.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/squid.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/squid.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sshd.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sshd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sshd.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:29+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:28+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" @@ -109,7 +109,8 @@ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਬਣਾਓ(&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -1084,14 +1085,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1104,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1120,7 +1122,7 @@ "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1132,18 +1134,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1155,7 +1158,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1164,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1175,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1190,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1205,13 +1208,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਇਹ ਮਾਰਗ ਵਰਤੋ?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1224,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1240,7 +1243,7 @@ "ਖਾਸ ਕਰਕੇ ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਹਾਲਤਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1253,7 +1256,7 @@ " - ਜੇ ਇਹ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1269,7 +1272,7 @@ "/, /boot, /usr, /opt, ਜਾਂ /var ਨੂੰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1281,7 +1284,7 @@ "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਬਦਲਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1290,7 +1293,7 @@ "ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ RAID ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1299,7 +1302,7 @@ "ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਗਰੁੱਪ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1308,7 +1311,7 @@ "ਇਹ ਸੋਧਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਹਟਾਓ।\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1317,7 +1320,7 @@ "ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ RAID ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਹਟਾਓ।\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1325,14 +1328,14 @@ "ਜੰਤਰ (%2) %1 ਵਲੋਂ ਵਰਤਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" "ਹਟਾਉਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ %1 ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਓ।\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The disk cannot be deleted." msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਹਟਾਈ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1347,7 +1350,7 @@ "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ, ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਨੰਬਰ ਨਾਲ, ਵਰਤੋਂ ਅਧੀਨ ਹੈ।\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1356,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1366,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1376,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2492,9 +2495,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "ਸੋਧ" @@ -2525,8 +2530,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2550,7 +2556,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "ਸੋਧ..." @@ -2567,7 +2574,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3203,7 +3211,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3411,7 +3419,8 @@ msgstr "ਉੱਤੇ ਭੇਜੋ(&U)" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਆਕਾਰ(&s)" @@ -3511,7 +3520,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -6005,7 +6015,7 @@ msgstr "ਕੀ %1 ਦਾ ਮੁੜ ਅਕਾਰ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6015,35 +6025,35 @@ "ਭਾਗ %1 ਦਾ ਅਕਾਰ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ,\n" "ਕਿਉਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6051,7 +6061,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6059,7 +6069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6073,20 +6083,20 @@ "ਕਿਉਕਿ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "root ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਾਪੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਦਿੱਤੀਆਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ ਬਦਲੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sudo.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sudo.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sudo.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 23:12+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/support.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/support.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/support.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sysconfig.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sysconfig.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/sysconfig.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-12 15:04+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tftp-server.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tftp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tftp-server.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-12 14:59+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/timezone_db.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/timezone_db.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/timezone_db.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:36+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tune.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tune.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/tune.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-12 15:08+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/update.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:34+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" @@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ" @@ -297,19 +297,6 @@ "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਯਕੀਨਨ ਆਪਣੀ ਵੇਰਵਾ\n" "ਚੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਮੁੜ-ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -357,6 +344,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "root ਭਾਗ %2 ਉੱਤੇ %1 ਹੈ" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -603,8 +598,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "ਹਾਂ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖੋ(&Y)" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -613,17 +613,17 @@ "ਵਾਸਤੇ %1 ਉੱਤੇ SBD ਅੰਕ ਵੇਖੋ।" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਲਿਨਕਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ "ਜਾਂ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਮੁੜ ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰੋ।\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ" @@ -647,23 +647,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 ਉੱਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਜਾਂਚ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -679,24 +679,24 @@ "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜੰਤਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਾਲੇ ਵੀ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨਾ ਛੱਡੋ(&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -738,27 +738,27 @@ "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਰੋਕਣ ਲਈ, ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ ਦਬਾਓ।" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਚੋਣ ਦਿਓ(&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਚੋਣ" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -767,12 +767,12 @@ "(ਆਟੋ-ਖੋਜ ਲਈ ਖਾਲੀ)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ %1 ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -784,17 +784,17 @@ "udev ID: %5, \n" "udev ਪਾਥ: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ /var ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਲੱਭਣ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -802,22 +802,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "ਇੱਕ /var ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਜੰਤਰ ਚੁਣੋ(&S)" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "ਇਸ ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਨਾਲ /var ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ।\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -839,32 +839,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "ਕੋਈ fstab ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀ।" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab ਵਿੱਚ ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਗਲਤ ਰੂਟ ਜੰਤਰ ਹੈ।\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "ਇਹ ਹੁਣ %1 ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਹੈ, ਪਰ %2 ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਹੈ।\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ਰੂਟ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦਾ ਪਤਾ ਲਗਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਪਲ ਠਹਿਰੋ..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਮਾਊਂਟ ਕਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਇੱਕ ਪਲ ਠਹਿਰੋ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgid "Searching for Available Systems" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/users.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-10 16:33+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)users.sf.net>\n" @@ -253,6 +253,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ UID" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -683,7 +695,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -718,7 +730,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਾ ਪੂਰਾ ਨਾਂ(&F)" @@ -740,7 +752,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)" @@ -757,7 +769,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪਰਸ਼ਾਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&s)" @@ -953,7 +965,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really use this path?" msgid "Really use this password?" @@ -1093,7 +1105,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1272,7 +1284,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1325,7 +1337,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -2137,7 +2149,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" @@ -3241,7 +3254,7 @@ "ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgid "" @@ -3251,13 +3264,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ /etc/passwd ਅਤੇ /etc/shadow ਹੀ ਵਰਤੀਆਂ ਜਾਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "Create new user" msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਓ" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3270,7 +3283,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3288,7 +3301,7 @@ "ਹੈ।\n" "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3306,17 +3319,17 @@ "ਨੂੰ /etc/login.defs ਫਾਇਲਾ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਵਧਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਇਸ man ਸਫ਼ਾ ਵੇਖੋ।\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3326,11 +3339,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3339,14 +3352,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Users" msgid "Local User" msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3354,7 +3367,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3362,42 +3375,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New User" msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਬਣਾਓ" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "ਪਿਛਲੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਤੋਂ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਟਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ(&R)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Users" msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਲਾਗਇਨ(&A)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No user was specified." msgid "No users selected" msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ।" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "%d user will be imported" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/vm.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-10 22:42+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/wol.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/wol.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/wol.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 23:09+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/yast2-apparmor.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/yast2-apparmor.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/yast2-apparmor.pa.po 2016-09-22 12:52:05 UTC (rev 97094) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 19:07+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)lists.sf.net>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97093 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:51:20 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97093 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on-creator.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/audit-laf.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control-center.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall-services.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ftp-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/http-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/inetd.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/instserver.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iplb.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/isns.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journal.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/languages_db.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/multipath.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs_server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis_server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/oneclickinstall.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update-configuration.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/opensuse_mirror.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pam.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/product-creator.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/proxy.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/relocation-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-users.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/scanner.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/slp-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sound.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/squid.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sshd.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sudo.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/support.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sysconfig.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tftp-server.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/timezone_db.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tune.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/wol.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/yast2-apparmor.ka.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on-creator.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on-creator.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on-creator.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:29+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/add-on.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 00:47+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/audit-laf.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/audit-laf.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/audit-laf.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -253,12 +253,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "მომხმარებლები" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ჟგუფები" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 @@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის სახელი" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "პაროლი" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1196,531 +1196,559 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "დადგება ავტომონტირების პაკეტი.\n" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/auth-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,7 +291,8 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -474,6 +475,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "პორტი" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1815,7 +1821,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2570,10 +2577,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "პორტი" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/autoinst.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 15:57+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -602,67 +602,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "შეტყობინებები" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "შეცდომები" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -958,11 +958,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "" @@ -970,11 +970,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "" @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -992,13 +992,13 @@ msgstr "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" @@ -1403,7 +1403,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "პარამეტრები" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "აირჩიეთ დირექტორია" @@ -2099,46 +2100,60 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "პროფილის ჩვენება" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "&AutoYaST-ის პროფილი" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2148,14 +2163,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2164,7 +2179,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2297,7 +2312,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2307,17 +2322,17 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not configured" msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2325,23 +2340,23 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" @@ -2349,28 +2364,28 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "დისკის დაყოფა" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/base.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:44+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -1593,13 +1593,13 @@ msgstr "&დეტალები..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "შეტყობინებები" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1610,23 +1610,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "დიახ" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1634,69 +1634,69 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "შეცდომები" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1705,8 +1705,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "პაკეტი: " @@ -3392,15 +3392,15 @@ msgstr "&მომხმარებლის სახელი" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&დეტალების ჩვენება" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "ზომა:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/bootloader.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ნაგულისხმები" #. popup - Continue/Cancel #: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "დიახ" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -198,22 +198,22 @@ msgstr "არქივის მდე&ბარეობა" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -222,61 +222,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "წყაროს ტიპის მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -284,109 +284,126 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი კონტოლერი" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "აირჩიეთ გარჩევადობა:" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "კონსოლი" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "მიმდევრობითი კონტოლერი" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "ნაგულისხმები პარამეტრები" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -397,41 +414,41 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "დანაყოფი" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -441,19 +458,19 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 #, fuzzy msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "კავშირის ო&ქმი:" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "პარამეტრები" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "პარამეტრები" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ca-management.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -2151,7 +2153,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2197,23 +2200,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cio.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/cluster.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control-center.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control-center.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control-center.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-23 12:57+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/control.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:10+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" @@ -92,21 +92,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ქსელიდან ჩადგმის პარამეტრები" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების განახლება" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "აპარატურის გამართვა" @@ -124,17 +124,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "მომზადება" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" @@ -146,82 +147,83 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "ქსელიდან განახლება" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "მოგესალმებით" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" - #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "ქსელიდან განახლება" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "სისტემის ანალიზი" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" @@ -229,8 +231,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "დისკი" @@ -238,22 +240,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "დროის სარტყელი" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "მომხმარებლის პარამეტრები" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ჩადგმის მიმოხილვა" @@ -304,31 +306,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმა" @@ -340,10 +342,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" @@ -352,17 +354,17 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "ჩადგმა" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "სისტემა განახლებისთვის" @@ -370,8 +372,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "განახლება" @@ -408,47 +410,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "განახლება" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "საბაზო ჩადგმა" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-ის პარამეტრები" @@ -456,9 +458,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "კონფიგურაცია" @@ -466,8 +468,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "სისტემის გამართვა" @@ -663,19 +665,18 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "მოშორებული გარემო" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "მინიმალური სერვერი (ტექსტური რეჟიმი)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "ინტერნეტ-რეპოზიტორიები" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "სამუშაო გარემოს არჩევა" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "მინიმალური სერვერი (ტექსტური რეჟიმი)" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტის ჩადგმა" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/country.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:46+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "დამატებითი ენები: %1" @@ -517,25 +517,35 @@ msgstr "" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "პირველადი ენა: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "პაკეტების დაყენება..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -544,7 +554,7 @@ "ტექსტის ნაწილი შეიძლება გამოჩნდეს ინგლისურად.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -552,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/crowbar.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "არქიტექტურა" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dhcp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/dns-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -301,7 +301,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -372,7 +373,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -449,7 +451,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/docker.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "გეზი" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "დასახელება" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "გაუ&ქმება" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "დამატება" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ამოღება" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/drbd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 00:55+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -380,44 +380,40 @@ " \n" msgstr "" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "მოწყობილობის ტიპი" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -432,78 +428,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "დამატება" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "რედაქტირება" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "წაშლა" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "ოქმი" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "შეწყვეტა" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "პროფილის სახელის მითითება აუცილებელია." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node name must be different." @@ -612,87 +608,87 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "რესურსების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "რესურსების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-ის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" @@ -700,55 +696,55 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების ჩაწერა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "რესურსების ჩაწერა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configurations" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის დანიშნვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "რესურსების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "NIS-ის კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის დანიშნვა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fcoe-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall-services.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall-services.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall-services.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firewall.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 15:50+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/firstboot.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:05+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/fonts.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ftp-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ftp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ftp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/geo-cluster.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,8 +59,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resource Configuration" @@ -134,7 +136,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -277,7 +280,8 @@ msgstr "პორტის ველი არ შეიძლება იყოს ცარიელი" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/http-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/http-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/http-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/inetd.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/inetd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/inetd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/installation.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 15:18+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <>\n" @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" @@ -480,16 +480,16 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "გამოცემის შენიშვნები" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -534,53 +534,53 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ენა" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&კლავიატურის განლაგება" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "მე ვეთ&ანხმები სალიცენზიო პირობებს." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "ჩადგმული სისტემის შემოწმება..." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keyboard" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "კლავიატურა" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ლიცენზიის &თარგმანები..." @@ -746,35 +746,35 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "ხელმისაწვდომი კონტროლერების აღმოჩენა" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "დისკის აქტივირება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD დისკების გამართვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP დისკების გამართვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Devices" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "მოწყობილობების კონფიგურირება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI დისკების გამართვა" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." @@ -807,17 +807,17 @@ msgstr "ჩადგმის ინიციალიზება..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -1127,112 +1127,112 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "მიმდინარეობს კომპიუტერის ანალიზი" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire მოწყობილობების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "ხისტი დისკების მოწყობილობების მოწინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..." msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "ხისტი დისკების მოწყობილობების მოწინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "მყარი დისკების კონტროლერების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "მყარი დისკების კონტროლერების მოსინჯვა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "მყარი დისკის კონტროლერის მოდულების ჩატვირთვა ბირთვში" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "მყარი დისკის კონტროლერის მოდულების ჩატვირთვა ბირთვში..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "მყარი დისკების მოსინჯვა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "მყარი დისკების მოსინჯვა" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "სისტემური ფაილების ძებნა" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "სისტემური ფაილების მოძებნა..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "პაკეტების მმართველის გაშვება" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "პაკეტების მმართველის გაშვებაr..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "სისტემის მოსინჯვა" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ ჩადგმული აპარატურის და სისტემის შემოწმების დასრულებამდე..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1249,14 +1249,38 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1264,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1276,9 +1300,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1288,7 +1313,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1301,6 +1326,59 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adding the Repository..." +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "რეპოზიტორიის დამატება..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "პაკეტის ჩამოტვირთვა" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "პაკეტების კოპირება" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "გადატ&რთვა" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "&AutoYaST-ის პროფილი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "ჩადგმული სისტემის შემო&წმება..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "შეცდომა ჟურნალის წაკითხვისას." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -1356,8 +1434,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "შე&ცვლა..." @@ -1635,8 +1713,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" @@ -1717,16 +1798,16 @@ msgstr "ჟურნალის ფაილების ჩადგმულ სისტემაზე კოპირება..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" @@ -1734,11 +1815,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" @@ -1767,33 +1848,33 @@ msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "წინა პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "თქვენი სისტემის ანალიზირება..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1806,36 +1887,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "გამარ&თვის გამოტოვება" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "გამოიყენე შემდეგი პარამე&ტრები" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "ნაგულისხმებზე დაბ&რუნება" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "გა&ნახლება" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&ჩადგმა" @@ -1863,7 +1944,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1873,7 +1954,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1882,7 +1963,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1891,7 +1972,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1900,7 +1981,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1908,12 +1989,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1922,7 +2003,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1937,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2320,9 +2401,6 @@ #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#~ msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." -#~ msgstr "ჩადგმული სისტემის შემო&წმება..." - #~ msgid "Trying to chroot..." #~ msgstr "სათაო დასტის შეცვლა..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/instserver.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/instserver.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/instserver.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iplb.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iplb.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iplb.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 01:29+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/iscsi-lio-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ msgstr "სერვისი" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "გლობალური" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/isns.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/isns.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/isns.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 00:17+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journal.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journal.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journal.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "განახლება" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "დრო" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kdump.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1136,136 +1136,136 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "დასრულებულია" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ჩართულია" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "გათიშულია" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/languages_db.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/languages_db.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/languages_db.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 14:11+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ldap.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/mail.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "არა" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/multipath.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/multipath.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/multipath.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 01:13+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/network.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "მოწყობილობა" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "პარამეტრები" @@ -745,13 +745,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1114,14 +1114,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP მისამართი" @@ -1297,62 +1297,61 @@ "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&ძირითადი" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1362,12 +1361,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1734,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1742,20 +1741,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1763,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1771,19 +1770,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1791,76 +1790,76 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1868,25 +1867,32 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&ძებნა" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." +msgstr "კონფიგურირების მოდული %1 ვერ შესრულდა." + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1894,139 +1900,139 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ტელეფონის ნომერი" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "YaST2 მართვის ცენტრი" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2035,7 +2041,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2489,31 +2495,31 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP მისამართი" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ქსელის &მასკა" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3086,33 +3092,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -4031,93 +4037,93 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No IP address assigned" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP არაა მინიჭებული" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "არაა გამართული" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "მოწყობილობის სახელი" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-07 13:10+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs_server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs_server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nfs_server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 01:45+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-13 12:33+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis_server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis_server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/nis_server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/ntp-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -480,12 +480,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/oneclickinstall.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/oneclickinstall.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/oneclickinstall.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update-configuration.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update-configuration.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update-configuration.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/online-update.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:45+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/opensuse_mirror.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/opensuse_mirror.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/opensuse_mirror.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/packager.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:23+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "დეტალები:" @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "კიდევ ვცადო?" @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1418,8 +1418,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "უცნობი პროდუქტი" @@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" @@ -1446,45 +1446,47 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, გეზი: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "დამატებითი &პროდუქტები" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "მოათავსეთ პირველი მატარებელი." #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "მოათავსეთ პირველი მატარებელი." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." +msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტის დამატება ვერ მოხერხდა." #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 @@ -1626,130 +1628,130 @@ msgstr "დელტა RPM-ის დაყენება: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "პროდუქტი: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "სისტემის ტიპი: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "ჩასადგმელი პაკეტების ზომა: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "გარე რეპოზიტორიებიდან ჩამოტვირთვა: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1760,12 +1762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1773,50 +1775,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების ინიციალიზება..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "მოათავსეთ %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1825,27 +1827,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ენა" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "მე ვეთ&ანხმები სალიცენზიო პირობებს." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1853,14 +1855,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1871,45 +1873,39 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "სისტემა ითიშება..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "სალიცენზიო შეთანხმება" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pam.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pam.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pam.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-23 12:36+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/pkg-bindings.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-26 01:56+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/printer.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:20+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/product-creator.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/product-creator.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/product-creator.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/proxy.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/proxy.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/proxy.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/rear.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/registration.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:22+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -296,15 +296,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -314,19 +313,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -552,23 +551,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "დეტალები" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/relocation-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/relocation-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/relocation-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-client.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-users.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-users.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/samba-users.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 14:56+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/scanner.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/scanner.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/scanner.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:25+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/security.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1101,6 +1101,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "უსაფრთხოება" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/services-manager.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/slp-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/slp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/slp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-10 00:22+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/snapper.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sound.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sound.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sound.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-17 15:03+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/squid.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/squid.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/squid.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sshd.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sshd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sshd.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-07 13:02+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/storage.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:03+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -833,14 +834,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -853,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -863,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -875,18 +877,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -898,7 +901,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -907,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -918,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -933,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -948,13 +951,13 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "ნამდვილად გსურთ ამ ელემენტის წაშლა?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -967,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -976,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -985,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -993,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1001,53 +1004,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1056,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1066,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1076,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2066,9 +2069,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "რედაქტირება" @@ -2099,8 +2104,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2122,7 +2128,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "რედაქტირება..." @@ -2139,7 +2146,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2734,7 +2742,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -2932,7 +2940,8 @@ msgstr "ამოღება" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "ზომა" @@ -3027,7 +3036,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -5282,39 +5292,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5322,7 +5332,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5330,7 +5340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5338,20 +5348,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "იწერება root ფაილური სისტემა..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sudo.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sudo.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sudo.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/support.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/support.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/support.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sysconfig.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sysconfig.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/sysconfig.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-13 12:18+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tftp-server.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tftp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tftp-server.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 14:58+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/timezone_db.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/timezone_db.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/timezone_db.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 22:14+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tune.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tune.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/tune.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-18 10:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/update.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 15:01+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "უცნობი" @@ -235,19 +235,6 @@ "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -295,6 +282,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -518,25 +513,30 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "გაგრძელება" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "უცნობი Linux სისტემა" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "არა-Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "%1 დანაყოფის შემოწმება" @@ -555,23 +555,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&დეტალების ჩვენება" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "სისტემის შემოწმება %1-ზე..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -579,24 +579,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "მონტირები&ს გამოტოვება" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "პაროლი არასწორია. კიდევ ვცადო?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "გაფრთხილება" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -620,39 +620,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "მონტირები&ს პარამეტრების მითითება" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "მონტირების პარამეტრები" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&მონტირების წერტილი" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "მო&წყობილობა" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var-ის %1 დანაყოფის მონტირება ვერ მოხერხდა.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -660,17 +660,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -678,24 +678,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "აირჩიეთ ფაილი ან მოწყობილობა" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "მოწყობილობის ID" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -714,32 +714,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab ვერ მოიძებნა." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "დანაყოფების მონტირება. გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Search Available Products" msgid "Searching for Available Systems" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/users.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:02+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -646,7 +658,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -677,7 +689,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "" @@ -699,7 +711,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" @@ -716,7 +728,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "" @@ -907,7 +919,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgid "Really use this password?" @@ -1034,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1161,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1196,7 +1208,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -1854,7 +1866,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2802,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -2810,11 +2823,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -2823,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -2831,7 +2844,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -2841,15 +2854,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -2859,11 +2872,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -2872,12 +2885,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2885,7 +2898,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2893,34 +2906,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/vm.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 14:55+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/wol.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/wol.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/wol.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.ka\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-23 21:04+0500\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <giasher(a)telenet.ge>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/yast2-apparmor.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/yast2-apparmor.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/yast2-apparmor.ka.po 2016-09-22 12:51:20 UTC (rev 97093) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 16:03+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97092 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:51:06 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97092 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on-creator.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/audit-laf.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control-center.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall-services.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ftp-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/http-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/inetd.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/instserver.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iplb.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/isns.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journal.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/languages_db.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/multipath.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs_server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis_server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/oneclickinstall.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update-configuration.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/opensuse_mirror.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pam.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/product-creator.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/proxy.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/relocation-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-users.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/scanner.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/slp-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sound.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/squid.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sshd.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sudo.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/support.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sysconfig.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tftp-server.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/timezone_db.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tune.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/wol.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/yast2-apparmor.lt.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on-creator.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on-creator.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on-creator.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/add-on.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-25 21:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/audit-laf.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/audit-laf.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/audit-laf.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 13:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -260,12 +260,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naudotojai" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupės" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP adresai" #: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 #, fuzzy @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paleista" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" @@ -722,11 +722,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naudotojo vardas" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slaptažodis" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -1016,8 +1016,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1209,529 +1209,559 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP schemos tipas" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The name of a domain to join" +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Srities vardas prisijungimui" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/auth-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -302,7 +302,8 @@ msgstr "Registruoti &SLP paslaugoje" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Užkardos nustatymai" @@ -485,6 +486,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Teikėjo pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Prievadas" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Naudoti StartTLS" @@ -1834,7 +1840,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2591,10 +2598,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Teikėjo pavadinimas" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Prievadas" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/autoinst.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -646,55 +646,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Pranešimai" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "&Rodyti pranešimus" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Re&gistruoti pranešimus" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "Laiko limi&tas (sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Įspėjimai" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "R&odyti įspėjimus" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Re&gistruoti įspėjimus" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Laiko limitas (s&ek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Klaidos" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Rodyti klaida&s" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Registruoti k&laidas" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "La&iko limitas (sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ "Priklausomai nuo jūsų patirties, jūs galite praleisti, registruoti ir rodyti\n" "(su tam tikru uždelsimu) diegimo pranešimus. \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ "Rekomenduojama rodyti visus pranešimus su tam tikru uždelsimu.\n" "Įspėjimai tam tikrose vietose gali būti praleisti, tačiau neturėtų būti ignoruojami.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Pranešimai ir registracija" @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1025,11 +1025,11 @@ "valdymo rinkmenas, pagrįstas kompiuterio pavadinimu, jūs turite iš naujo pradėti\n" "diegimo procesą ir įsitikinti, kad valdymo rinkmenos yra pasiekiamos.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Sistemos profilio vieta" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profilio vieta:" @@ -1037,11 +1037,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Pasirinkite standųjį diską" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Nerasta diskų." @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1063,13 +1063,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Standžiojo disko pasirinkimas" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Norėdami tęsti, pasirinkite vieną iš parinkčių." @@ -1493,7 +1493,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Pasirinkti katalogą" @@ -2293,45 +2294,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Pasirinkti profilį" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Sukuriamą autoyast profilį rasite %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Naudojamas AutoYaST profilis %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena iš diskelio." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš TFTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš NFS serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš HTTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Gaunama valdymo rinkmena (%1) iš FTP serverio: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš rinkmenos: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš įrenginio: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopijuojama valdymo rinkmena iš numatytosios vietos." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Nežinomas šaltinis." @@ -2341,7 +2358,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2351,7 +2368,7 @@ "Beveik visi valdymo rinkmenos ištekliai gali būti\n" "konfigūruojami naudojant konfigūracijos tvarkymo sistemą.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2365,7 +2382,7 @@ "gali būti naudojama kitos sistemos diegimui.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2495,7 +2512,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Tomų grupė „%1“ privalo turėti bent vieną fizinį tomą. Parinkite vieną." @@ -2505,12 +2522,12 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Diskai" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "Iš viso %s diskas" @@ -2518,56 +2535,56 @@ msgstr[2] "Iš viso %s diskų" msgstr[3] "Iš viso %s diskas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Dar neklonuota." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Paruošiamieji scenarijai diegimui" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Užbaigiamieji scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init scenarijai" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Scenarijai po diskų skaidymo" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Iki" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Po" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Po skaidymo" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinoma" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 10:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question #. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. @@ -240,21 +239,13 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Trūksta rinkmenos pavadinimo („xmlfile“ parinktis). Naudokite xmlfile=<" -"target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Trūksta rinkmenos pavadinimo („xmlfile“ parinktis). Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Paskirties rinkmenos pavadinimas („xmlfile“ parinktis) nenurodytas. Naudokite " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Paskirties rinkmenos pavadinimas („xmlfile“ parinktis) nenurodytas. Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 @@ -666,8 +657,7 @@ "set %1." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP palaikymas</big> \n" -"Norėdami išsaugoti nuostatas į LDAP, o ne vietinėse konfigūracijos " -"rinkmenose,\n" +"Norėdami išsaugoti nuostatas į LDAP, o ne vietinėse konfigūracijos rinkmenose,\n" "rinkitės %1." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -808,8 +798,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Egzistuojančio TSIG rakto pridėjimas</big> \n" -"Norėdami įtraukti jau sukurtą TSIG raktą, rinkitės rinkmenos, kurioje yra " -"raktas,\n" +"Norėdami įtraukti jau sukurtą TSIG raktą, rinkitės rinkmenos, kurioje yra raktas,\n" "pavadinimą ir spauskite Pridėti.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -821,8 +810,7 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Naujo TSIG rakto kūrimas</big> \n" -"Norėdami sukurti naują TSIG raktą, nurodykite rinkmenos, kurioje bus " -"sukurtas raktas,\n" +"Norėdami sukurti naują TSIG raktą, nurodykite rinkmenos, kurioje bus sukurtas raktas,\n" "pavadinimą ir Rakto ID rakto identifikavimui, tada spauskite\n" "Generuoti.\n" @@ -837,8 +825,7 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG rakto šalinimas</big> \n" -"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą TSIG raktą, pasirinkite jį ir spauskite " -"Šalinti.\n" +"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą TSIG raktą, pasirinkite jį ir spauskite Šalinti.\n" "Ištrinami visi toje pačioje rinkmenoje esantys raktai.\n" "Jei TSIG raktas naudojamas serverio konfigūracijoje,\n" "jo ištrinti nebus negalima. Pirmiausia turite sustabdyti serverį\n" @@ -936,8 +923,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Norėdami pridėti naują parametrą, spauskite Pridėti. Norėdami " -"pašalinti\n" +"Norėdami pridėti naują parametrą, spauskite Pridėti. Norėdami pašalinti\n" "parametrą, pažymėkite jį ir spauskite Pašalinti." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1015,23 +1001,14 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Pagrindai \n" -"Po dialogo elementus vaikščiokite su <TAB> ėjimui prie kito elemento ir " -"[LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT]) + [TAB] ėjimui atgal.\n" +"Po dialogo elementus vaikščiokite su <TAB> ėjimui prie kito elemento ir [LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT]) + [TAB] ėjimui atgal.\n" "Pasirinkite arba aktyvuokite elementus su [TARPU] arba [ĮVESTI/ENTER].\n" "Kai kurie elementai naudoja rodyklinius klavišus (pvz., slinkimui sąraše)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration " -"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Judėti galite ir klaviatūros krypčių klavišais. Norėdami atverti ar " -"užverti šaką, spauskite [TARPĄ]. Kairėje esančius medį turinčius " -"konfigūracijos modulius (gali atrodyti kaip sąrašas) išskleisite dešinėje " -"pusėje nuspaudę [ĮVESTIES] klavišą." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Judėti galite ir klaviatūros krypčių klavišais. Norėdami atverti ar užverti šaką, spauskite [TARPĄ]. Kairėje esančius medį turinčius konfigūracijos modulius (gali atrodyti kaip sąrašas) išskleisite dešinėje pusėje nuspaudę [ĮVESTIES] klavišą." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1061,11 +1038,9 @@ "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." msgstr "" "2) Klavišų paspaudimų pakaitalai \n" -"Kadangi aplinka veikia klaviatūros naudojimą, yra daugiaunei vienas " -"metodas vaikščioti po dialogus.\n" +"Kadangi aplinka veikia klaviatūros naudojimą, yra daugiaunei vienas metodas vaikščioti po dialogus.\n" "Jei [TAB] ir [LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT] + [TAB] neveikia,\n" -"žymeklį į priekį stumkite su [VALD/CTRL] + [F] ir atgal su [VALD/CTRL] + " -"[B]." +"žymeklį į priekį stumkite su [VALD/CTRL] + [F] ir atgal su [VALD/CTRL] + [B]." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 @@ -1082,12 +1057,10 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funkciniai klavišai \n" -"F klavišai leidžia greitai pasiekti pagrindines funkcijas. Šio dialogo " -"funkciniai klavišai rodomi viršuje." +"F klavišai leidžia greitai pasiekti pagrindines funkcijas. Šio dialogo funkciniai klavišai rodomi viršuje." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -1143,7 +1116,6 @@ #. :reload means the service will be reloaded. #. :restart means the service will be restarted. #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 -#| msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą paleisti iš naujo" @@ -1168,29 +1140,18 @@ #| "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable " -"the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the " -"already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dabartinė būsena</big> \n" -"Parodoma dabartinė paslaugos būsena. Būsena nepasikeis įrašius nuostatas, " -"nepriklausys nuo reikšmės ties „Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą“.\n" +"Parodoma dabartinė paslaugos būsena. Būsena nepasikeis įrašius nuostatas, nepriklausys nuo reikšmės ties „Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą“.\n" "<big>Įrašius nuostatas, paslaugą paleisti iš naujo</big> \n" -"Parinktis įmanoma tik šiuo metu veikiančioms paslaugoms. Tokiu būdu " -"užtikrinsite, kad paleista paslauga naudos naujai įrašytą konfigūraciją " -"(nuspaudus „Gerai“ arba „Įrašyti“).\n" +"Parinktis įmanoma tik šiuo metu veikiančioms paslaugoms. Tokiu būdu užtikrinsite, kad paleista paslauga naudos naujai įrašytą konfigūraciją (nuspaudus „Gerai“ arba „Įrašyti“).\n" "<big>Paleisti paleidžiant operacinę sistemą</big> \n" -"Pažymėjus parinktį, paslauga paleisima kartu su operacine sistema. Ši " -"parinktis nepakeičia dabartinės paslaugos būsenos jau paleistoje sistemoje.<" -"/p>\n" +"Pažymėjus parinktį, paslauga paleisima kartu su operacine sistema. Ši parinktis nepakeičia dabartinės paslaugos būsenos jau paleistoje sistemoje.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 @@ -1736,13 +1697,13 @@ msgstr "&Išsamiau..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Pranešimai" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Rodyti pranešimus: %1" @@ -1753,23 +1714,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Taip" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1777,76 +1738,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Pranešimai apie laiko pabaigą: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Registruoti pranešimus: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Įspėjimai" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Rodyti įspėjimus: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Įspėjimai apie laiko pabaigą: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Registruoti įspėjimus: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Klaidos" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Rodyti klaidas: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Laiko pabaigos klaidos: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Registruoti klaidas: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Įspėjimas:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Klaida:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Pranešimas:" @@ -1965,14 +1926,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Naujo GPG rakto sukūrimas</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> paleista, žiūrėkite <tt>gpg</tt> vadovo puslapius, kur " -"rasite\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> paleista, žiūrėkite <tt>gpg</tt> vadovo puslapius, kur rasite\n" "daugiau informacijos. Norėdami atšaukti, spauskite Vald(Ctrl)+C.\n" "" @@ -2015,8 +1974,7 @@ "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rodoma registracija</big> \n" -"Jei norite nukreipti registraciją į ekraną, rinkitės Registraciją. Ji " -"bus\n" +"Jei norite nukreipti registraciją į ekraną, rinkitės Registraciją. Ji bus\n" "rodoma žemiau esančiame laukelyje.\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 @@ -2036,8 +1994,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami atlikti papildomus veiksmus arba išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, " -"spauskite%1\n" +"Norėdami atlikti papildomus veiksmus arba išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite%1\n" "ir rinkitės veiksmą." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2059,8 +2016,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite Išsaugoti " -"registraciją ir\n" +"Norėdami išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite Išsaugoti registraciją ir\n" "pasirinkite tam tikslui rinkmeną.\n" #. menu button @@ -2306,7 +2262,6 @@ msgstr "Namų zona" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 -#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Viešoji zona" @@ -2474,8 +2429,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Užkardos nuostatos</big> \n" -"Norėdami atverti užkardą ir leisti nutolusiems kompiuteriams pasiekti " -"paslaugą,\n" +"Norėdami atverti užkardą ir leisti nutolusiems kompiuteriams pasiekti paslaugą,\n" "naudokite %1. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2519,7 +2473,6 @@ msgstr "Užkardos &detalės..." #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 -#| msgid "Firewall Settings" msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "„%{firewall}“ užkardos nuostatos" @@ -3003,22 +2956,19 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Prievado pavadinimas gali būti sudarytas iš simbolių „a-z“, „A-Z“, „0-9“, ir " -"„*+._-“.\n" +"Prievado pavadinimas gali būti sudarytas iš simbolių „a-z“, „A-Z“, „0-9“, ir „*+._-“.\n" "Prievado numeris gali būti tarp 0 ir 65535.\n" "Tarpai neleidžiami.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip vidinė užkardos sąsaja" +msgstr "Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip vidinė užkardos sąsaja" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip išorinė užkardos sąsaja" +msgstr "Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip išorinė užkardos sąsaja" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 @@ -3028,88 +2978,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Užkarda įgalinta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"uždrausti</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Užkarda įgalinta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uždrausti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Užkarda uždrausta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"įgalinti</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Užkarda uždrausta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">įgalinti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">" -"užverti</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH prievadas užblokuotas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">" -"atverti</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH prievadas užblokuotas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">" -"užverti</a>), \n" +"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">užverti</a>), \n" "bet nėra sukonfigūruotų tinklo sąsajų" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on " -"the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą per SSH, bet užkardoje neatidarėte SSH prievado." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai atverti (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai atverti (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a " -"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai užblokuoti (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai užblokuoti (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Jūs diegiate sistemą naudodami nuotolinį valdymą (VNC), bet užkardoje " -"neatidarėte VNC prievadų." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą naudodami nuotolinį valdymą (VNC), bet užkardoje neatidarėte VNC prievadų." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 @@ -3123,12 +3043,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Jūs diegiate sistemą per iSCSI paskirtį, bet užkardoje neatidarėte reikiamų " -"prievadų." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą per iSCSI paskirtį, bet užkardoje neatidarėte reikiamų prievadų." #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text @@ -3153,7 +3069,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 -#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Tikrinamos galimai konfliktuojančios rinkmenos..." @@ -3288,15 +3203,13 @@ "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Paketo klaidų nepaisymas gali sugadinti sistemą.\n" -"Vėliau derėtų patikrinti sistemą paleidus „Programinės įrangos tvarkyklės“ " -"modulį." +"Vėliau derėtų patikrinti sistemą paleidus „Programinės įrangos tvarkyklės“ modulį." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3503,7 +3416,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paketas: " @@ -3665,15 +3578,15 @@ msgstr "&Naudotojo vardas" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Parodyti &išsamiai" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Dydis: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Automatiškai bus kartojama po: %1" @@ -3817,20 +3730,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Šiame lange galite aprašyti sistemos užduotis ir diegtiną programinę " -"įrangą.\n" -"\t\t Galimos šios sistemos užduotys ir programinė įranga rodoma kairiajame " -"stulpelyje\n" -"\t\t pagal kategorijas. Pasirinkite elementą iš sąrašo, norėdami matyti jo " -"aprašą.\n" +"\t\t Šiame lange galite aprašyti sistemos užduotis ir diegtiną programinę įrangą.\n" +"\t\t Galimos šios sistemos užduotys ir programinė įranga rodoma kairiajame stulpelyje\n" +"\t\t pagal kategorijas. Pasirinkite elementą iš sąrašo, norėdami matyti jo aprašą.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 @@ -3855,16 +3763,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Mygtukas Išsamiau atveria išsamų programinės įrangos " -"pasirinkimą,\n" +"\t\t Mygtukas Išsamiau atveria išsamų programinės įrangos pasirinkimą,\n" "\t\t kur galite peržiūrėti ir patys pasirinkti programinės įrangos paketus.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3874,8 +3780,7 @@ "\n" "\t\t Disko naudojimo ekrano apatiniame dešiniame kampe rodoma laisva vieta,\n" "\t\t liksianti atlikus visus nurodytus pakeitimus.\n" -"\t\t Pilni arba beveik pilni standžiojo disko skaidiniai gali žymiai " -"sumažinti\n" +"\t\t Pilni arba beveik pilni standžiojo disko skaidiniai gali žymiai sumažinti\n" "\t\t sistemos našumą, o kai kuriais atvejais netgi kelti rimtų problemų.\n" "\t\t Sklandžiam sistemos veikimui reikia šiek tiek laisvos vietos.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3975,11 +3880,8 @@ msgstr "Grįžti į programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or " -"removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Diegimo ataskaita</BIG> Rodoma įdiegtų paketų santrauka." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Diegimo ataskaita</BIG> Rodoma įdiegtų paketų santrauka." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -4089,8 +3991,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4172,8 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" "Paketas „%1“ iš „%2“ saugyklos\n" "(%3)\n" -"yra pasirašytas nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %" -"4\n" +"yra pasirašytas nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %4\n" "\n" "Paketas atsitiktinai arba piktybiškai buvo pakeistas\n" "po to, kai saugyklos kūrėjas jį pasirašė. Jo įdiegimas – didžiulis pavojus\n" @@ -4196,8 +4096,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rinkmena „%1“ iš „%2“ saugyklos\n" "(%3)\n" -"yra pasirašyta nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %" -"4\n" +"yra pasirašyta nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %4\n" "\n" "Rinkmena atsitiktinai arba piktybiškai buvo pakeista\n" "po to, kai saugyklos kūrėjas ją pasirašė. Jos įdiegimas – didžiulis pavojus\n" @@ -4333,8 +4232,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Įspėjantis pranešimas pasirodo kaskart, kai paketas nėra\n" "pasirašytas patikimu (importuotu) raktu. Jei nepasitikite raktu,\n" @@ -4416,8 +4314,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4475,15 +4372,8 @@ msgstr "Diegiami paketai." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the " -"Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or " -"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Diegimo nutraukimas Paketų diegimas gali būti nutrauktas nuspaudus " -"Nutraukti. Tačiau jei bus neįdiegti pagrindiniai sistemos komponentai, " -"sistema gali būti nevientisa ar nestabili, arba gali nepasileisti." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Diegimo nutraukimas Paketų diegimas gali būti nutrauktas nuspaudus Nutraukti. Tačiau jei bus neįdiegti pagrindiniai sistemos komponentai, sistema gali būti nevientisa ar nestabili, arba gali nepasileisti." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 @@ -5158,9 +5048,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or #. a comma separated list of file names. #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 -#| msgid "" -#| "File %s has been created manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose this file." msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5238,8 +5125,7 @@ "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" msgstr "" -"Tinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas sudarytas iš raidžių, skaičių ir " -"brūkšnelių.\n" +"Tinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas sudarytas iš raidžių, skaičių ir brūkšnelių.\n" "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas negali prasidėti ar baigtis brūkšniu.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." @@ -5279,8 +5165,7 @@ "Pavyzdžiai:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 arba 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Tinklo kaukė: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 arba 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Tinklo kaukė_Bitai: 192.168.0.0/24 arba 192.168.0.1/32 arba " -"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Tinklo kaukė_Bitai: 192.168.0.0/24 arba 192.168.0.1/32 arba 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -6053,13 +5938,11 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Atvirkštinis IPv4 adresas %1 yra netinkamas.\n" "\n" -"Tinkamas atvirkštinis IPv4 susideda iš 4 sveikųjų skaičių iš 0-255 " -"intervalo,\n" +"Tinkamas atvirkštinis IPv4 susideda iš 4 sveikųjų skaičių iš 0-255 intervalo,\n" "atskirtų taškais, ir pridedamo kodo „.in-addr.arpa.“.\n" "Pavyzdžiui, „1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.“ IPv4 „192.168.32.1“ adresui.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/bootloader.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ne" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ msgstr "Keisti vietą: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Delsa sekundėmis" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" @@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ "Nurodo laiką, kuris praeina iki numatytojo branduolio įkėlimo, jei neatliekate kitų veiksmų.\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aktyvuoti paleidimo skaidinį skaidinių lentelėje" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -250,11 +250,11 @@ "Paleidimo įrašas yra standžiojo disko pradžioje. Tuo tarpu paleidyklė gali būti įrašoma tiek į paleidimo įrašą (MBR), tiek į skaidinio paleidimo sektorių." #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Įrašyti &bendrąjį paleidimo kodą į pagrindinį paleidimo įrašą (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." @@ -263,52 +263,52 @@ "(nuo operacinės sistemos nepriklausomas kodas, kuris paleidžia aktyvųjį skaidinį)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Slėpti paleidimo meniu" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Pasirinkus Slėpti slėpti meniu, paleidimo meniu bus slepiamas." #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "Tikrinti svetimą OS - keleriopo paleidimo tikrinimas" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "Pasirinktiniai branduolio komandinės eilutės parametrai leidžia apibrėžti papildomus parametrus, kurie perduodami į branduolį." #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "Apsaugotinas MBR. Ši parinktis skirta patyrusiems naudotojams, dirbantiems su neįprasta aparatine įranga. Daugiau informacijos ieškokite GTP diskų MBR apsaugoje. Nekeiskite parinkčių, jei jų nesuprantate jų." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "nustatyti" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "pašalinti" @@ -316,59 +316,76 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "nekeisti" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Įgalinti saugų paleidimą: %1" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Įgalinti &saugaus paleidimo palaikymą" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Paleidyklę &apsaugoti slaptažodžiu" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "&Apsaugoti tik nuo įrašų keitimo" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Pakar&tokite slaptažodį" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Slaptažodis negali būti tuščias." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -377,7 +394,7 @@ "slaptažodį“ skiriasi. Pakartokite slaptažodį." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -391,40 +408,40 @@ "tuo, kuris įvestas ties Pakartokite slaptažodį." #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Pasirinkite naujo grafinio apipavidalinimo rinkmeną" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Naudoti &grafinę konsolę" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Konflikto skiriamoji geba" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsolės apipavidalinimas" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatiškai aptiktos su grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Naudoti &nuosekliąją konsolę" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolės argumentai" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Numatytasis paleidimo skyrius" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -441,44 +458,44 @@ "skyrių tvarka gali būti keičiama mygtukais Aukštyn ir Žemyn\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Paleidyklės vieta" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Paleis&ti iš skaidinio, prijungto kaip /boot" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Paleisti iš šakninio skaidinio" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Paleisti iš pagrindinio paleidimo įrašo (&MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Paleisti iš &išplėstojo skaidinio" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Paleisti iš &pasirinktojo skaidinio" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Diskų eiliškumas" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -493,21 +510,21 @@ "Norėdami pašalinti diską, spauskite Šalinti." #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Branduolio parametrai" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Code Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Paleidimo kodo parinktys" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bootloader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ca-management.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 10:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -136,7 +136,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Slaptažodis:" @@ -208,7 +209,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Nauji slaptažodžiai nesutampa." @@ -2223,7 +2225,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP &slaptažodis:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Liudijimo &slaptažodis:" @@ -2271,23 +2274,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Liu&dijimą ir raktą neužšifruotu PEM formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Liudiji&mą ir raktą užšifruotu PEM formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Liudijimą DER formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Liudi&jimą ir raktą PKCS12 formatu" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Kaip PKCS12 ir įtraukti LĮ grandinę" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Naujas slaptažodis" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cio.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/cluster.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 17:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control-center.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control-center.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control-center.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-02 23:03+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 12:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -18,22 +18,10 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| " " msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -74,11 +62,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Diegimo nuostatos" @@ -94,21 +82,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Nuostatos diegiant iš demonstracinės laikmenos" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Atnaujinti nuostatas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Tinklo konfigūravimas" @@ -116,7 +104,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Įrenginių konfigūravimas" @@ -126,17 +114,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Paruošimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" @@ -146,79 +135,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Tinklo sąranka" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Pasisveikinimas" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Diegimo programos atnaujinimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Tinklo aktyvavimas" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Pasisveikinimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Disko aktyvavimas" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Tinklo aktyvavimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Sistemos analizė" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Disko aktyvavimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Diegimo programos atnaujinimas" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Sistemos analizė" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Papildomi produktai" @@ -226,8 +215,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Diskas" @@ -235,22 +224,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Laiko juosta" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Naudotojo nuostatos" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Diegimo apžvalga" @@ -301,31 +290,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Įdiegti" @@ -337,28 +326,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#| msgid "Installation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Diegimo programos valymas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Diegimas" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema atnaujinimui" @@ -366,8 +354,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Atnaujinti" @@ -404,47 +392,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Atnaujinti" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Pagrindo diegimas" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST nuostatos" @@ -452,9 +440,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigūracija" @@ -462,8 +450,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Sistemos konfigūracija" @@ -493,7 +481,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#| msgid "System for Update" msgid "System Role" msgstr "Sistemos vaidmuo" @@ -537,7 +524,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#| msgid "Initialization..." msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Xen virtualizacijos serveris" @@ -554,7 +540,6 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Įkelti Linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją" @@ -581,18 +566,6 @@ " " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -#| msgid "" -#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -#| "manage your computer.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -612,11 +585,9 @@ "jūsų kompiuterio valdymo reikmenis.\n" "\n" "openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n" -"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE Plasma – openSUSE jas abi palaiko " -"vienodai.\n" +"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE Plasma – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n" "Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n" -"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena " -"darbalaukio\n" +"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n" "aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n" "darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų." @@ -625,17 +596,14 @@ msgstr "GNOME darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -#| msgid "KDE Desktop" msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "KDE Plasma darbalaukis" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "Serveris (tekstinė veiksena)" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "XFCE darbalaukis" @@ -651,19 +619,18 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "„Enlightenment“ darbalaukis" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Nuotolinės saugyklos" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Darbalaukio pasirinkimas" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimalaus serverio pasirinkimas (tekstinė veiksena)" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Papildomų produktų diegimas" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Papildomos kalbos: %1" @@ -589,25 +589,35 @@ msgstr "pritaikyti &laiko juostą prie %1" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Parsiunčiamas diegimo sistemos kalbos plėtinys..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Pagrindinė kalba: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Diegiami paketai..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -616,7 +626,7 @@ "Kai kurie pranešimai gali būti rodomi angliškai.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -627,7 +637,7 @@ "(angl. „Language add-on CD“).\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/crowbar.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architektūra" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dhcp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-15 17:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/dns-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-30 21:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -309,7 +309,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -380,7 +381,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -457,7 +459,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/docker.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kelias" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pavadinimas" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pranešimas" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Atšaukti" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagrindinis kompiuteris" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 #, fuzzy @@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pridėti" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pašalinti" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/drbd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 09:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -444,42 +444,38 @@ "Norėdami tęsti, spauskite Toliau.\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device identifier" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Įrenginio identifikatorius" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Įrašomas LVM podėlis..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Įgalinti LVM podėlį." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -494,78 +490,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pridėti" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keisti" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pašalinti" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokolas" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerai" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atšaukti" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Node names must be different." msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Mazgų vardai turi būti skirtingi." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Užpildykite visus laukus." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Node names must be different." msgid "Node name must be different." @@ -678,70 +674,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiama DRBD konfigūracija" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Skaityti visuotines nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Skaityti išteklius" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Perskaityti LVM konfigūraciją" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Skaityti tarnybos būseną" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Skaityti SUSE užkardos nuostatas." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Skaitomos visuotinės nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Skaitomi ištekliai..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Skaitomos LVM konfigūracijos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Skaitoma tarnybos būsena..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" msgid "" @@ -749,12 +745,12 @@ "%2" msgstr "Resursų grupių konfigūravimas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma DRBD konfigūracija" @@ -762,47 +758,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Įrašyti visuotines nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Įrašyti išteklius" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Įrašyti LVM konfigūraciją" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Nustatyti tarnybos būseną" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Įrašyti SUSE užkardos nuostatas" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos visuotinės nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Įrašomi ištekliai..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Įrašoma LVM konfigūracija..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Nustatoma tarnybos būsena..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Įrašomos SUSE užkardos nuostatos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Nepavyksta sukurti katalogo /etc/drbd.d." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fcoe-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall-services.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall-services.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall-services.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 10:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firewall.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/firstboot.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 13:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/fonts.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ftp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ftp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ftp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 19:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/geo-cluster.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,8 +60,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Printer Configurations" @@ -139,7 +141,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -290,7 +293,8 @@ msgstr "Tinklo kaukė negali būti tuščia." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Užkardos konfigūracija" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/http-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/http-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/http-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-30 21:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/inetd.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/inetd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/inetd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 10:46+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 @@ -215,8 +214,7 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Jei nesate užtikrintas, grįžkite atgal ir patikrinkite nuostatas." +msgstr "Jei nesate užtikrintas, grįžkite atgal ir patikrinkite nuostatas." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts @@ -266,24 +264,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra įgalintas (<a href=\"%s\">išjungti</a>)." +msgstr "Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra įgalintas (<a href=\"%s\">išjungti</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra išjungtas (<a href=\"%s\">įgalinti</a>)." +msgstr "Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra išjungtas (<a href=\"%s\">įgalinti</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Įrenginių juodąjį sąrašą naudokite tuomet, kai nenorite, kad " -"branduolys bandytų naudoti tuos įrenginius." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Įrenginių juodąjį sąrašą naudokite tuomet, kai nenorite, kad branduolys bandytų naudoti tuos įrenginius." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -319,12 +311,8 @@ msgstr "Diegimas iš atvaizdžių" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Galite pasirinkti naudoti Novell paruoštus atvaizdžius, taip pagreitinsite " -"RPM diegimą." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Galite pasirinkti naudoti Novell paruoštus atvaizdžius, taip pagreitinsite RPM diegimą." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -335,12 +323,8 @@ msgstr "&Nediegti iš atvaizdžių" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Pasirinktų atvaizdžių išskleidimas – tam reikia nurodyti URL kaip diegimo " -"šaltinį" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Pasirinktų atvaizdžių išskleidimas – tam reikia nurodyti URL kaip diegimo šaltinį" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -348,19 +332,12 @@ msgstr "Čia galite sukurti pasirinktus atvaizdžius.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Prieš kuriant atvaizdį, reikia sukonfigūruoti programinės įrangos pasirinkimą" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Prieš kuriant atvaizdį, reikia sukonfigūruoti programinės įrangos pasirinkimą" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Sukurti atvaizdžio rinkmeną (AutoYaST paims ją iš nurodytos vietos diegimo " -"metu)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Sukurti atvaizdžio rinkmeną (AutoYaST paims ją iš nurodytos vietos diegimo metu)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -385,8 +362,7 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Diegimas iš atvaizdžių vyksta greičiausiai. \n" @@ -397,20 +373,14 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -"auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Savų atvaizdžių kūrimą naudokite, kai\n" -"norite praleisti visiškai pažingsninį RPM diegimą. AutoYaST standžiajame " -"diske\n" -"įrašys atvaizdį, kuris yra greitesnis ir gali būti iš anksto " -"sukonfigūruotas.\n" -"Visa kita, išskyrus RPM diegimą, atliekama kaip ir įprasto automatinio " -"diegimo metu." +"norite praleisti visiškai pažingsninį RPM diegimą. AutoYaST standžiajame diske\n" +"įrašys atvaizdį, kuris yra greitesnis ir gali būti iš anksto sukonfigūruotas.\n" +"Visa kita, išskyrus RPM diegimą, atliekama kaip ir įprasto automatinio diegimo metu." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -420,12 +390,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Atminkite, kad diegiant iš atvaizdžio laiko žymės neatitiks diegimo " -"datos,\n" +"Atminkite, kad diegiant iš atvaizdžio laiko žymės neatitiks diegimo datos,\n" "bet atitiks atvaizdžio sukūrimo datą." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -512,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 atnaujinimai" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" @@ -553,14 +521,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Pastabos šiai versijai" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -568,29 +536,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pasirinkite kalbą ir klaviatūros išdėstymą, naudosimus diegimo " -"metu \n" +"Pasirinkite kalbą ir klaviatūros išdėstymą, naudosimus diegimo metu \n" "ir įdiegtoje sistemoje.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Diegimas tęsis tik sutikus su licencija.\n" -"Pasirinkite Licencijos vertimai... norėdami matyti licenciją kitomis " -"prieinamomis kalbomis.\n" +"Pasirinkite Licencijos vertimai... norėdami matyti licenciją kitomis prieinamomis kalbomis.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -601,7 +566,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -614,7 +579,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -627,50 +592,49 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licencijos sutartis" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Ka&lba" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Klaviatūros išdėstymas" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Sutinku su licencijos sąlygomis." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Prieš diegdami produktą, turite sutikti su jo licencijos sąlygomis" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 -#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Licencijos vieta įdiegtoje sistemoje: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "&Klaviatūros tikrinimas" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Licencijos &vertimai..." @@ -721,8 +685,7 @@ #. congratulation text 4/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SUSE Development Team" -msgstr "" -"Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų! Jūsų SuSE programavimo komanda" +msgstr "Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų! Jūsų SuSE programavimo komanda" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 @@ -753,27 +716,20 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Naudokite Klonavimą norėdami sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n" "AutoYaST yra SUSE Linux diegimo būdas be naudotojo įsikišimo. AutoYaST\n" -"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus " -"šią\n" -"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.<" -"/p>" +"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus šią\n" +"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Norint dubliuoti esamą sistemą, turi būti įdiegtas paketas %1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Norint dubliuoti esamą sistemą, turi būti įdiegtas paketas %1." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -814,12 +770,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Derinimas buvo įjungtas.\n" -"YaST atvers programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę, kad galėtumėte patikrinti esamų " -"paketų būseną." +"YaST atvers programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę, kad galėtumėte patikrinti esamų paketų būseną." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 @@ -853,47 +807,41 @@ msgstr "Naudotinas &diskas" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite diską, kuriame norite išskleisti sistemos atvaizdį. Visi diske " -"esantys duomenys bus ištrinti, o diskas bus suskaidytas pagal atvaizdyje " -"aprašytas taisykles. " +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Pasirinkite diską, kuriame norite išskleisti sistemos atvaizdį. Visi diske esantys duomenys bus ištrinti, o diskas bus suskaidytas pagal atvaizdyje aprašytas taisykles. " #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Standusis diskas atvaizdžio išskleidimui" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Aptinkami prieinami valdikliai" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disko aktyvavimas" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &DASD diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &ZFCP diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &FCoE sąsają" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfigūruoti &iSCSIi diskus" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 -#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Tinklo konfigūracija..." @@ -924,18 +872,17 @@ msgstr "Paleidžiamas diegimas..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Paketų atnaujinimų rasta šiose papildomose programinės įrangos saugyklose:" +msgstr "Paketų atnaujinimų rasta šiose papildomose programinės įrangos saugyklose:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Paleisti programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę atnaujinimų diegimui?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Rodyti p&aketų atnaujinimus" @@ -1055,31 +1002,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami naudoti internetines programinės įrangos saugyklas diegimo ar " -"atnaujinimo metu, pasirinkite\n" +"Norėdami naudoti internetines programinės įrangos saugyklas diegimo ar atnaujinimo metu, pasirinkite\n" "Prieš diegimą pridėti nuotolines saugyklas." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami įdiegti papildomą produktą iš atskiros laikmenos kartu su &product;, " -"pasirinkite\n" +"Norėdami įdiegti papildomą produktą iš atskiros laikmenos kartu su &product;, pasirinkite\n" "Pridėti papildomus produktus iš atskiros laikmenos.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " -"http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia " -"specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1135,12 +1075,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Sukonfigūruotas tinklas reikalingas priėjimui prie nuotolinių saugyklų\n" -"ar papildomų produktų. Jei nenaudojate nuotolinių saugyklų, galite praleisti " -"konfigūravimą.\n" +"ar papildomų produktų. Jei nenaudojate nuotolinių saugyklų, galite praleisti konfigūravimą.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1154,33 +1092,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " -"\n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Linux sistemai pasirinkimas yra didžiausia vertybė. openSUSE " -"siūlo \n" +"Linux sistemai pasirinkimas yra didžiausia vertybė. openSUSE siūlo \n" "keletą skirtingų darbalaukio aplinkų. Žemiau matote dvi populiariausias \n" "GNOME ir KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Galite pasirinkti ir kitokią darbalaukio aplinką (ar vieną iš minimalaus " -"diegimo šablonų),\n" -"kuri geriau atitiktų jūsų poreikius, spausdami Kita. Vėliau " -"rinkdamiesi programinę įrangą\n" -"ar bet kada jau po sistemos diegimo taip pat galėsite pakeisti savo " -"pasirinkimą ar pridėti papildomų\n" +"Galite pasirinkti ir kitokią darbalaukio aplinką (ar vieną iš minimalaus diegimo šablonų),\n" +"kuri geriau atitiktų jūsų poreikius, spausdami Kita. Vėliau rinkdamiesi programinę įrangą\n" +"ar bet kada jau po sistemos diegimo taip pat galėsite pakeisti savo pasirinkimą ar pridėti papildomų\n" "darbalaukio aplinkų. Šiame skydelyje pasirinkite pagrindinę." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1205,8 +1135,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Nepavyksta rasti pagrindinio produkto. Pastabos apie šią laidą nerodomos." +msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti pagrindinio produkto. Pastabos apie šią laidą nerodomos." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1274,99 +1203,97 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analizuojamas kompiuteris" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Bandyti USB įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Bandomi USB įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Bandyti FireWire įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Bandomi FireWire įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Tirti diskelių įrenginius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Tiriami diskelių įrenginiai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Bandyti standžiųjų diskų valdiklius" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Bandomi standžiųjų diskų valdikliai..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Įkelti branduolio modulius standžiųjų diskų valdikliams" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Įkeliami branduolio moduliai standžiųjų diskų valdikliams..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Bandyti standžiuosius diskus" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Bandomi standieji diskai..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Ieškoti sisteminių rinkmenų" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Ieškoma sisteminių rinkmenų..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paruošti programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Ruošiama programinės įrangos tvarkytuvė..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Tikrinama sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST tiria kompiuterio įrenginius ir įdiegtą sistemą..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių " -"aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." +"Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1376,7 +1303,7 @@ "Patikrinkite savo įrenginius!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1387,7 +1314,7 @@ "(ypač S/390 ar iSCSI sistemose)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1399,7 +1326,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1407,8 +1334,32 @@ "Nepavyko įkelti programinės įrangos saugyklų.\n" "Diegimas nutraukiamas." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1419,7 +1370,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1434,9 +1385,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1449,7 +1401,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1471,6 +1423,57 @@ "tuomet naudokite paleidyklės parametrą „proxy“.\n" "\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Atnaujinimų saugykla" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Išlaikyti parsiųstus paketus" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Kopijuoti paketus" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Perkrauti" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "Pasirinkite AutoYaST profilį" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Atnaujinamas garso stiprumas..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Skaitant valdymo rinkmeną įvyko klaida." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1524,8 +1527,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Pakeisti..." @@ -1538,13 +1541,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Čia matote visas programinės įrangos saugyklas (diegimo šaltinius), rastas " -"sistemoje,\n" -"kurią ketinate naujovinti. Įgalinkite tas, kurias norite įtraukti į sistemos " -"naujovinimą." +"Čia matote visas programinės įrangos saugyklas (diegimo šaltinius), rastas sistemoje,\n" +"kurią ketinate naujovinti. Įgalinkite tas, kurias norite įtraukti į sistemos naujovinimą." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1558,9 +1558,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "" -"Norėdami keisti universalų adresą (URL), spauskite mygtuką Keisti..." -"." +msgstr "Norėdami keisti universalų adresą (URL), spauskite mygtuką Keisti...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key @@ -1825,15 +1823,16 @@ msgstr "Nėra prasmės šių nuostatų rašyti į sistemą." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 -#| msgid "Clone System Configuration" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSH raktų ir konfigūracijos importavimas" #. menubutton entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 -#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "&Importuoti SSH raktus ir konfigūraciją" @@ -1905,40 +1904,26 @@ msgstr "Į įdiegtą sistemą kopijuojamos žurnalo rinkmenos..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Norėčiau importuoti SSH raktus iš anksčiau įdiegtos sistemos" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 -msgid "" -"Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " -"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- " -"of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per " -"host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check " -"Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in " -"addition to the keys." -msgstr "" -"Kiekvienas SSH serveris identifikuojamas pagal vieną ar kelis viešuosius " -"raktus. Pasirinkite jau įdiegtą Linukso sistemą, kurios raktus – ir tapatybę " -"– norite naudoti naujai diegiamoje sistemoje. Raktų rinkmenų ieškoma /etc/ssh " -"(raktą sudaro dvi rinkmenos), jos nukopijuosimos į naujai įdiegtą sistemą." -"Norėdami kartu nukopijuoti ir kitas /etc/ssh rinkmenas, pasirinkite " -"Importuoti SSH konfigūraciją." +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "Kiekvienas SSH serveris identifikuojamas pagal vieną ar kelis viešuosius raktus. Pasirinkite jau įdiegtą Linukso sistemą, kurios raktus – ir tapatybę – norite naudoti naujai diegiamoje sistemoje. Raktų rinkmenų ieškoma /etc/ssh (raktą sudaro dvi rinkmenos), jos nukopijuosimos į naujai įdiegtą sistemą.Norėdami kartu nukopijuoti ir kitas /etc/ssh rinkmenas, pasirinkite Importuoti SSH konfigūraciją." #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 -#| msgid "Device" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Į&renginys" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} - %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 -#| msgid "&Export Configuration" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importuoti SSH konfigūraciją" @@ -1963,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "Pagal naudotojo pageidavimą praleidžiamas konfigūravimas" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1972,25 +1957,25 @@ "reikia sutvarkyti.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Pritaikomas pasiūlymas esamoms nuostatoms..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analizuojama jūsų sistema..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "KLAIDA: Nėra pasiūlymo" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2003,38 +1988,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Pralei&sti konfigūravimą" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Na&udoti sekančią konfigūraciją" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką " -"„Pakeisti...“." +msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką „Pakeisti...“." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti parametrus, spauskite antraštę." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Atstatyti įprastus" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "Atna&ujinimas" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "Įd&iegti" @@ -2064,41 +2047,37 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Jūsų standusis diskas dar nebuvo pakeistas, taigi vis dar galite saugiai " -"nutraukti.\n" +"Jūsų standusis diskas dar nebuvo pakeistas, taigi vis dar galite saugiai nutraukti.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami su rodomomis nuostatomis naujai įdiegti sistemą, spauskite " -"Diegti .\n" +"Norėdami su rodomomis nuostatomis naujai įdiegti sistemą, spauskite Diegti .\n" "\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami atnaujinti su sistemą su rodomomis nuostatomis, pasirinkite " -"Atnaujinti .\n" +"Norėdami atnaujinti su sistemą su rodomomis nuostatomis, pasirinkite Atnaujinti .\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2110,7 +2089,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2122,7 +2101,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2133,12 +2112,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML diegimo pasiūlymas" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2149,7 +2128,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2167,11 +2146,9 @@ msgstr "Įgalinamas nuotolinis administravimas" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." -msgstr "" -"Pakeitę sistemos vaidmenį, galite prarasti kai kurias sukonfigūruotas " -"parinktis." +msgstr "Pakeitę sistemos vaidmenį, galite prarasti kai kurias sukonfigūruotas parinktis." #. Writes configuration #. @@ -2216,15 +2193,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Nepavyko rasti URL „%1“ jungiantis HTTP(S) protokolu. Serveris grąžino %2 " -"kodą." +msgstr "Nepavyko rasti URL „%1“ jungiantis HTTP(S) protokolu. Serveris grąžino %2 kodą." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Nepavyko rasti URL „%1“ jungiantis FTP protokolu. Serveris grąžino %2 kodą." +msgstr "Nepavyko rasti URL „%1“ jungiantis FTP protokolu. Serveris grąžino %2 kodą." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 @@ -2274,7 +2248,6 @@ #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 -#| msgid "Unknown Product" msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Nežinomas protokolas %1." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/instserver.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/instserver.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/instserver.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-11 12:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iplb.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iplb.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iplb.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 19:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "automatiškai" #. widget for portal address #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/iscsi-lio-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ msgstr "Paslauga" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Globalus" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/isns.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/isns.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/isns.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journal.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journal.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journal.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Header @@ -127,4 +126,3 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "Pranešimas" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kdump.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Tam, kad įsigaliotų pakeitimai, reikia iš naujo paleisti kompiuterį." @@ -1229,138 +1229,138 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Ruošiamas kdump konfigūravimas" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracijos rinkmena..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Skaitomos branduolio paleidimo parinktys" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Įvertinamos atminties ribos..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Skaitomi diskų skaidiniai..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Skaitoma prieinama atmintis..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti rinkmenos /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti branduolio paleidimo parinkčių." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti prieinamos atminties." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Įrašoma kdump konfigūracija" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Įrašyti nuostatas" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Atnaujinti operacinės sistemos paleidimo parinktis" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Įrašomos nuostatos..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Atnaujinamos operacinės sistemos paleidimo parinktys" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Baigta" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nustatymų." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Prie paleidyklės klaidų pridedamas „crashkernel“ parametras." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump būsena: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "įgalintas" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uždraustas" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel parametro reikšmė(s): %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinės formatas: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinių paskirtis: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Atminties išklotinių skaičius: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/languages_db.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/languages_db.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/languages_db.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-07 22:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ldap.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/mail.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS šifravimas" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/multipath.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/multipath.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/multipath.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 20:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/network.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-01 10:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Įrenginys" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Parametrai" @@ -725,13 +725,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Dėmesio: nenaudojamas joks šifravimas." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Pakeisti." @@ -1102,14 +1102,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Į&renginio tipas" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Konfigūracijos pavadinimas" @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "Tunelio grupė" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP adresas" @@ -1287,62 +1287,61 @@ "Aptikti pasikartojantys IP adresai.\n" "Tikrai tęsti?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Bendra" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Įrenginio aktyvavimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Užkardos zona" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Didžiausias perdavimo paketas (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Čia detaliai konfigūruokite tinklo plokštės nuostatas." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresas" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Konfigūruoti savo IP adresą." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "Į&taisai" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Susieti pagalbinius serverius" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Belaidis" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd prioritetas" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1352,12 +1351,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Tinklo plokštės sąranka" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1737,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "Keisti kompiuterio vardą per DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1745,20 +1744,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1766,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1774,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" @@ -1785,12 +1784,12 @@ "pvz. io=0x300 irq=5. Pastaba: Jei yra sukonfigūruotos dvi plokštes tuo \n" "pačiu modulio pavadinimu, išsaugant parametrai bus apjungti.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1800,7 +1799,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1809,7 +1808,7 @@ "į /etc/modprobe.conf arba į /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1818,62 +1817,62 @@ "vadove IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Branduolio modulis" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulio pavadinimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev taisyklės" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Pakeisti" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Rodyti matomą prievadų identifikaciją" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekundės" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Mirksėti" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool parinktys" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Rankinis tinklo plokštės pasirinkimas" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1883,27 +1882,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Tinklo plokštė" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Ieškoti" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "Konfigūracija pavadinimu %1 jau yra.\n" "Pasirinkite kitą." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"Konfigūracija pavadinimu %1 jau yra.\n" +"Pasirinkite kitą." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 tinklo plokštės konfigūracija" @@ -1911,137 +1926,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 įrenginio nuostatos" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Prieigos vardas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Prievado numeris" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Įgalinti antro &sluoksnio palaikymą" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Antro lygio &MAC adresas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Skaitymo kanalas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Rašymo kanalas" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Valdymo kanalas" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Šiai sąsajai įveskite papildomas Parinktis (atskirtas tarpais)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Prievado numeris" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD laikimo laikas" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Pasirinkite prievado numerį šiai sąsajai." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Suderinamumo veiksena" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Išplėstinė veiksena" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Suderinamumo veiksena su OS/390 ir z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokolas" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Pasirinkite Protokolą šiai sąsajai." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2051,7 +2066,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Aparatinės įrangos dialogas" @@ -2576,29 +2591,29 @@ "esančioje tame pačiame kataloge." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 &adreso etiketė" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Tinklo &kaukė" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Etiketė per ilga" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Netinkamas IP adresas." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Potinklio kaukė neteisinga." @@ -3223,7 +3238,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3232,26 +3247,26 @@ "YaST negali konfigūruoti kai kurių parinkčių." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Tinklo plokštės" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemai" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN plokštės" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL įrenginiai" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Visi tinklo įrenginiai" @@ -4170,79 +4185,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Paleistas automatiškai, įkrovos metu" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Paleistas automatiškai, prijungus kabelį" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Valdomas su NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Iš viso nebus paleistas" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Paleistas rankiniu būdu" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP adresas priskirtas prie naudojamų" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP adresas: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP adresas: %s, potinklio kaukė %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nesukonfigūruota" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Įrenginio pavadinimas: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Susiejami pagalbiniai serveriai." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Neprisijungta" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Jokios aparatinės įrangos informacijos" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Neįmanoma konfigūruoti tinklo plokštės, nes nėra branduolio įrenginio (eth0, wlan0). Paprastai to priežastis tame, kad trūksta programinės aparatinės įrangos (angl. firmware) (ypač belaidžiams įrenginiams). Daugiau informacijos ieškokite komandinėje eilutėje įvykdę „dmesg“." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4250,11 +4265,11 @@ "Įrenginys nesukonfigūruotas.\n" "Norėdami konfigūruoti, spauskite Keisti.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Reikia programinės aparatinės įrangos (angl. firmware)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "nežinomas" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-05 13:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs_server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs_server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nfs_server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-11 12:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis_server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis_server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/nis_server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-27 18:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/ntp-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -493,12 +493,14 @@ msgstr "NTP serveris" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Vietinis NTP serveris" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Viešas NTP serveris" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/oneclickinstall.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/oneclickinstall.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/oneclickinstall.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-20 23:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update-configuration.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update-configuration.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update-configuration.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/online-update.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/opensuse_mirror.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/opensuse_mirror.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/opensuse_mirror.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 12:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/packager.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-24 19:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Išsamiau:" @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Bandyti vėl?" @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Įvyko klaida ruošiant diegimo aplinką." @@ -1547,8 +1547,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nežinomas produktas" @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Negalima naudoti papildomų produktų." @@ -1575,12 +1575,12 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, Kelias: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Papildomi produktai" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1588,28 +1588,30 @@ "Diegimo šaltinis (saugykla) dar turi ir papildomų saugyklų sąrašą.\n" "Pasirinkite tas, kurias norėtumėte naudoti.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Pasirinktini papildomi produktai" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Pridėti pasirinktus &produktus" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Įdėkite papildomų produktų %1 laikmeną" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Įdėkite %1 %2 laikmeną." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Nepavyksta pridėti produkto %1." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1742,23 +1744,23 @@ msgstr "Pritaikomas skirtumų RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Jūsų kompiuteris yra 64 bitų x86-64 sistema, tačiau jūs bandote įdiegti 32 bitų platinamąjį paketą." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Struktūros būsenų sąrašas, kuri bus pasiekiama po sistemos įdiegimo." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Pasiūlymas praneša apie visą rinkmenų dydį, kurios įdiegtos į sistemą. Tačiau, sistema taip pat turės kai kurias kitas rinkmenas (laikinas ir darbines), taigi naudojama bus šiek tiek daugiau vietos negu pasiūlyta reikšmė. Visgi gerai palikti bent 25% (arba apie 300MB) laisvos vietos prieš pradedant diegimą." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" @@ -1767,101 +1769,101 @@ " Ši reikšmė yra svarbi, kai ryšys yra lėtas arba yra duomenų siuntimo limitas.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Programų pasiūlymas" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produktas: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Sistemos tipas: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Šablonai: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Įdiegiamų paketų dydis: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Parsiunčiama iš nuotolinių saugyklų: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Šie papildomi produktai buvo pažymėti automatiniam pašalinimui: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Maloniai prašome kreiptis į šių papildomų produktų gamintojus, kurie jums pasiūlytų naują diegimo laikmeną." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Maloniai prašome kreiptis į šio papildomo produkto gamintoją, kuris jums pasiūlytų naują diegimo laikmeną." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Klaida: nepavyksta patikrinti, kiek yra laisvos vietos pagrindiniame aplanke %1 (%2 įrenginyje), negalima pradėti diegti." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Klaida: nepavyksta patikrinti, kiek yra laisvos vietos aplanke %1 (%2 įrenginyje)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Neužtenka vietos diske." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Diske nepakanka vietos. Pašalinkite kai kuriuos paketus vienu pažymėjimu." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Tik %1 (%2%%) laisvos vietos yra skaidinyje %3. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Įdiegsimas naujas produktas %s" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Produktas %s atnaujinsimas" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "Produktas %{old_product} atnaujinsimas iki %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Įdiegtas produktas %s išliks" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Dėmesio: Produktas %s pašalinsimas" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." @@ -1869,7 +1871,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1886,12 +1888,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "„%1“ nerasta jokių saugyklų." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1902,31 +1904,31 @@ "parsisiųsti atnaujintas pastabas iš SUSE Linux Web serverio.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Priderinama įkrauta laikmena..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Nepavyko priderinti paslaugų paketo saugyklos." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Ruošiamos saugyklos..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Įdėkite %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 nerastas" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1935,7 +1937,7 @@ "Norėdami sužinoti daugiau, žiūrėkite žurnalo rinkmeną %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1944,12 +1946,12 @@ "Programinės įrangos pasirinkimas bus pateiktas dar kartą." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Įvertinama paketų parinktis..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1960,27 +1962,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti licencijos rinkmenos %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Norėdami deramai matyti produkto licenciją, kurdami atvaizdį laikmenos šakniniame aplanke patalpinkite license.tar.gz rinkmeną." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Ka&lba" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Sutinku su licencijos sąlygomis." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1988,7 +1990,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" @@ -2001,7 +2003,7 @@ "rasti pirmosios laikmenos rinkmenoje %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2015,28 +2017,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licencijos sutartis" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Tikrai nutraukti papildomo produkto diegimą?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Atsisakius sutikti su licencija, diegimas bus atšauktas.\n" -"Tikrai nesutinkate su licencija?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2044,18 +2038,18 @@ "diegimas bus atšauktas. Tikrai nesutinkate?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Sistema išsijungia..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s licencija" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2984,6 +2978,13 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Nepasirinkite kai kurių paketų." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atsisakius sutikti su licencija, diegimas bus atšauktas.\n" +#~ "Tikrai nesutinkate su licencija?" + #~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" #~ msgstr "Atsiunčiamas pataisų RPM %1 (siuntimo dydis %2)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pam.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pam.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pam.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-07 22:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <i18n(a)operis.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/pkg-bindings.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-29 20:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: lietuvių\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/printer.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/product-creator.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/product-creator.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/product-creator.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/proxy.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/proxy.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/proxy.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/rear.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/registration.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -319,15 +319,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importuojamas „%s“ liudijimas..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -337,19 +336,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Netinkamas URL." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -600,23 +599,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Išsamiau" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Pasirinkite plėtinį arba modulį, apie kurį norite sužinoti daugiau" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid " not available" msgid "%s (not available)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/relocation-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/relocation-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/relocation-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 18:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-client.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 14:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-users.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-users.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/samba-users.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/scanner.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/scanner.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/scanner.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/security.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-28 09:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1262,6 +1262,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Numatytosios saugumo konfigūracijos" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Apsauga" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-22 09:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/slp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/slp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/slp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 21:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/snapper.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-30 17:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sound.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sound.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sound.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-25 22:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/squid.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/squid.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/squid.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-11 12:36+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sshd.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sshd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sshd.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 11:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. popup text #: src/clients/disk.rb:50 @@ -34,8 +33,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Šią programą naudokite tik tuomet, jei esate patyręs standžiųjų diskų " -"skaidyme.\n" +"Šią programą naudokite tik tuomet, jei esate patyręs standžiųjų diskų skaidyme.\n" "\n" "Neskaidykite diskų, kurie gali būti naudojami (jau prijungti, \n" "mainų ir kt.), nebent jūs tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n" @@ -96,7 +94,8 @@ msgstr "&Kurti skaidinių sąranką..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -176,7 +175,6 @@ msgstr "Atskiram /home skaidiniui nepakanka vietos." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 -#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Nenurodyta šakninė rinkmenų sistema. Tęsti negalima." @@ -665,8 +663,7 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "Nerasta diskų. Jei galite, diegimui naudokite atnaujinimo CD." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -945,8 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pasirinktą diską gali naudoti Windows sistema. Čia nėra pakankamai\n" -"vietos &product; sistemai. Galite arba visiškai ištrinti Windows, " -"arba\n" +"vietos &product; sistemai. Galite arba visiškai ištrinti Windows, arba\n" "sumažinti juos, kad gautumėte pakankamai laisvos vietos.\n" "" @@ -961,11 +957,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Jei ištrinsite Windows, visi šiame skaidinyje esantys duomenys bus " -"negrįžtamai\n" +"Jei ištrinsite Windows, visi šiame skaidinyje esantys duomenys bus negrįžtamai\n" "prarasti. Prieš suspaudžiant Windows, mes primygtinai rekomenduojame\n" -"sukurti atsargines duomenų kopijas, kadangi duomenys turi būti " -"pertvarkyti.\n" +"sukurti atsargines duomenų kopijas, kadangi duomenys turi būti pertvarkyti.\n" "Kartais tai gali nepavykti.\n" "\n" @@ -1054,14 +1048,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1082,7 +1077,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1097,7 +1092,7 @@ "Tikrai norite išlaikyti esamą įkrovos skaidinio dydį?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1109,12 +1104,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1126,7 +1130,7 @@ "Ar norite naudoti sąranką be /boot skaidinio?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1145,7 +1149,7 @@ "\n" "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1154,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1171,7 +1175,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1196,7 +1200,7 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1221,19 +1225,18 @@ "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Tikrai naudoti šią sąranką?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1241,15 +1244,14 @@ "\n" "Jūs nepriskyrėte sukeitimų (swap) skaidinio. Paprastai\n" "primygtinai rekomenduojama sukurti ir priskirti sukeitimų (swap) skaidinį.\n" -"Sukeitimų skaidiniai išvardinti pagrindiniame lange ir pažymėti kaip „Linux " -"Swap“. \n" +"Sukeitimų skaidiniai išvardinti pagrindiniame lange ir pažymėti kaip „Linux Swap“. \n" "Priskirto sukeitimų skaidinio prijungimo vieta yra „swap“.\n" "Jei norite, galite priskirti kelis sukeitimo skaidinius.\n" "\n" "Tikrai naudoti sąranką be sukeitimų skaidinio?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1262,7 +1264,7 @@ "sėkmingais tokiais atvejais:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1275,7 +1277,7 @@ "- jei šis skaidinys dar neturi rinkmenų sistemos\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1286,19 +1288,18 @@ "/, /boot, /opt arba /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Jei nusprendžiate suženklinti skaidinį, visi jame esantys duomenys bus " -"prarasti.\n" +"Jei nusprendžiate suženklinti skaidinį, visi jame esantys duomenys bus prarasti.\n" "\n" "Tikrai skaidinį palikti nesuženklintą?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1307,7 +1308,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite jį iš RAID.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1316,7 +1317,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite jį iš tomų grupės.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1325,7 +1326,7 @@ "Prieš jį modifikuodami, pašalinkite tomų grupę.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1334,7 +1335,7 @@ "Prieš ištrinami, pašalinkite jį iš RAID.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1342,12 +1343,12 @@ "Skaidinį (%2) naudoja %1.\n" "Prieš ištrindami, pašalinkite %1.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Negalima šalinti skaidinio, kuris yra prijungtas." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1356,24 +1357,20 @@ "bei yra naudojamas kitas didesnio numerio loginis skaidinys.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Pažymėtas išplėstasis skaidinys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra " -"prijungti:\n" +"Pažymėtas išplėstasis skaidinys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra prijungti:\n" "%1\n" -"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant išplėstinį skaidinį atjungti šiuos " -"skaidinius.\n" +"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant išplėstinį skaidinį atjungti šiuos skaidinius.\n" "Spauskite „Atšaukti“, nebent tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1388,7 +1385,7 @@ "trinkite išplėstinį skaidinį.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1403,7 +1400,7 @@ "trinkite išplėstinį skaidinį.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1540,26 +1537,21 @@ msgstr "" "Prijungti /etc/fstab rinkmenoje pagal:\n" "Paprastai rinkmenų sistema, kurią prijungiame, identifikuojama /etc/fstab\n" -"rinkmenoje pagal įrenginio pavadinimą. Tai gali būti pakeista: prijungiamos " -"sistemos\n" -"galima ieškoti pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Ne visos rinkmenų sistemos gali " -"būti \n" -"prijungtos pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Jei parinktis uždrausta, tai " -"neįmanoma.\n" +"rinkmenoje pagal įrenginio pavadinimą. Tai gali būti pakeista: prijungiamos sistemos\n" +"galima ieškoti pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Ne visos rinkmenų sistemos gali būti \n" +"prijungtos pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Jei parinktis uždrausta, tai neįmanoma.\n" "\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Tomo žymė:\n" -"Pavadinimas, įvestas šiame laukelyje, naudojamas kaip tomo žymė. Tai turi " -"prasmės\n" +"Pavadinimas, įvestas šiame laukelyje, naudojamas kaip tomo žymė. Tai turi prasmės\n" "tik tuomet, kai aktyvuojate prijungimą pagal tomo žymę.\n" "Tomo žymė negali turėti „/“ simbolio ar tarpų.\n" @@ -1682,8 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pasirinktas skaidinys (%1) yra prijungtas prie %2.\n" -"Jei pakeičiate parametrus (tokius kaip prijungimo vieta arba rinkmenų " -"sistemos tipas),\n" +"Jei pakeičiate parametrus (tokius kaip prijungimo vieta arba rinkmenų sistemos tipas),\n" "Linux sistema gali būti sugadinta.\n" "\n" "Jei įmanoma, atjunkite skaidinį. Jei nesate tikras,\n" @@ -1773,8 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Įmanoma suspausti reiser rinkmenų sistemą, tačiau ši funkcija nėra\n" -"labai kruopščiai išbandyta. Rekomenduojama pasidaryti savo sistemos " -"atsargines kopijas.\n" +"labai kruopščiai išbandyta. Rekomenduojama pasidaryti savo sistemos atsargines kopijas.\n" "\n" "Ar suspausti rinkmenų sistemą?" @@ -1783,14 +1773,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Pažymėtas įrenginys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra prijungti:\n" "%1\n" -"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant skaidinių lentelę atjungti šiuos " -"skaidinius.\n" +"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant skaidinių lentelę atjungti šiuos skaidinius.\n" "Spauskite „Atšaukti“, nebent tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1839,9 +1827,7 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Čia galite kurti ir šalinti Btrfs rinkmenų išdėstymo sistemos potomius." -"\n" +msgstr "Čia galite kurti ir šalinti Btrfs rinkmenų išdėstymo sistemos potomius.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." @@ -1943,20 +1929,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ši prijungimo vieta priklauso laikinai rinkmenų sistemai, pvz., /tmp ar " -"/var/tmp.\n" -"Galite palikti tuščią šifravimo slaptažodį. Tokiu atveju, krovimosi metu " -"sistema jums\n" -"sukurs atsitiktinį slaptažodį. Tai reiškia, kad tokiose rinkmenų sistemose " -"visi\n" +"Ši prijungimo vieta priklauso laikinai rinkmenų sistemai, pvz., /tmp ar /var/tmp.\n" +"Galite palikti tuščią šifravimo slaptažodį. Tokiu atveju, krovimosi metu sistema jums\n" +"sukurs atsitiktinį slaptažodį. Tai reiškia, kad tokiose rinkmenų sistemose visi\n" "duomenys pradings išjungiant kompiuterį.\n" "\n" @@ -1966,16 +1948,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Jei pamiršite slaptažodį, prarasite priėjimą prie jūsų rinkmenų sistemos " -"duomenų!\n" +"Jei pamiršite slaptažodį, prarasite priėjimą prie jūsų rinkmenų sistemos duomenų!\n" "Atidžiai pasirinkite savo slaptažodį. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių\n" "kombinacija. Norėdami užtikrinti, jog slaptažodis įvestas gerai, įveskite\n" "jį dukart.\n" @@ -1987,8 +1967,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2042,15 +2021,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Jei užšifruota rinkmenų sistema neturi jokios sisteminės rinkmenos ir todėl " -"nereikia\n" +"Jei užšifruota rinkmenų sistema neturi jokios sisteminės rinkmenos ir todėl nereikia\n" "atnaujinti, spauskite Praleisti. Tuo atveju rinkmenų sistema\n" "atnaujinimo metu nepaliečiama.\n" "\n" @@ -2171,17 +2148,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT rinkmenų sistema panaudota sisteminei prijungimo vietai (/, /usr, /opt, " -"/var, /home).\n" +"FAT rinkmenų sistema panaudota sisteminei prijungimo vietai (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Tai neleistina." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite " -"„`'!\"%#“." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite „`'!\"%#“." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2411,8 +2384,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Kreipiantis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą bus prarasti visi dabartiniai " -"pakeitimai.\n" +"Kreipiantis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą bus prarasti visi dabartiniai pakeitimai.\n" "Tikrai kreiptis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą?\n" #. popup text @@ -2570,9 +2542,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Keisti" @@ -2603,8 +2577,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2626,7 +2601,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Keisti..." @@ -2643,7 +2619,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3241,7 +3218,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Diskas naudojamas, tad negalima jo keisti." @@ -3443,7 +3420,8 @@ msgstr "Perkelti" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Keisti dydį" @@ -3540,7 +3518,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3774,13 +3753,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Rinkmenos kelio pavadinimas: Tai turi būti absoliutus kelias iki " -"rinkmenos,\n" +"Rinkmenos kelio pavadinimas: Tai turi būti absoliutus kelias iki rinkmenos,\n" "turinčios duomenis, reikalingus koduoto loop įrenginio konfigūravimui.\n" #. helptext @@ -3793,8 +3770,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sukurti koduotą rinkmeną: Jei tai pažymėta, bus sukurta " -"rinkmena, \n" +"Sukurti koduotą rinkmeną: Jei tai pažymėta, bus sukurta rinkmena, \n" "kurios dydis nurodytas sekančiame laukelyje. PASTABA: Jei \n" "rinkmena jau egzistuoja, visi duomenys bus prarasti.\n" @@ -4079,8 +4055,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4126,8 +4101,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4135,16 +4109,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4199,15 +4171,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Tomų grupės kūrimui nėra tinkamo nenaudojamo įrenginio.\n" "\n" "Norint naudoti LVM, reikia bent vieno nenaudojamo 0x8e (ar 0x83) skaidinio\n" -"arba vieno nenaudojamo RAID įrenginio. Atitinkamai pakeiskite skaidinių " -"lentelę." +"arba vieno nenaudojamo RAID įrenginio. Atitinkamai pakeiskite skaidinių lentelę." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4438,12 +4408,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS konfigūruoti negalima. Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai įdiegtas " -"yast2-nfs-client paketas." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS konfigūruoti negalima. Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai įdiegtas yast2-nfs-client paketas." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4477,26 +4443,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Šis lygis padidina jūsų disko greitį.\n" -"Šioje veiksenoje NĖRA perteklumo. Sugedus vienam diskui, duomenų " -"atkurti nebeįmanoma.\n" +"Šioje veiksenoje NĖRA perteklumo. Sugedus vienam diskui, duomenų atkurti nebeįmanoma.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Ši veiksena turi geriausią dubliavimą. Ji gali būti\n" -"naudojama su dviem ar daugiau diskais. Ši veiksena laiko tikslią duomenų " -"kopiją visuose diskuose.\n" +"naudojama su dviem ar daugiau diskais. Ši veiksena laiko tikslią duomenų kopiją visuose diskuose.\n" "Tol, kol veikia bent vienas diskas, duomenys neprarandami. Skaidiniai,\n" "naudojami su tokio tipo RAID, turi turėti maždaug vienodą dydį.\n" @@ -4504,15 +4465,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Ši veiksena tvarko daugiausiai diskų ir kažkiek\n" "dubliuoja duomenis. Ši veiksena gali būti naudojama trims ir daugiau diskų.\n" -"Jei vienas diskas sugenda, visi duomenys išlieka. Jei vienu metu sugenda du " -"diskai, visi duomenys prarandami\n" +"Jei vienas diskas sugenda, visi duomenys išlieka. Jei vienu metu sugenda du diskai, visi duomenys prarandami\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4526,10 +4484,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Įdėti skaidinius į RAID. Atitinkamai pagal\n" "RAID tipą, naudingoji disko vieta yra šių skaidinių suma (RAID 0), mažiausio\n" @@ -4596,16 +4552,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Gabalo dydis: Tai mažiausia duomenų „atominė“ masė,\n" -"kuri gali būti įrašyta į įrenginius. Geriausias RAID 5 gabalo dydis yra " -"128KB,\n" -"RAID 0 gerai yra 32 KB. RAID 1 gabalo dydis nelabai turi reikšmės masyvui." -"\n" +"kuri gali būti įrašyta į įrenginius. Geriausias RAID 5 gabalo dydis yra 128KB,\n" +"RAID 0 gerai yra 32 KB. RAID 1 gabalo dydis nelabai turi reikšmės masyvui.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4615,12 +4567,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Lyginumo algoritmas naudojamas su RAID5/6.\n" -"Kairinė simetrija suteikia maksimalų tipinių diskų su besisukančiomis " -"plokštelėmis greitį.\n" +"Kairinė simetrija suteikia maksimalų tipinių diskų su besisukančiomis plokštelėmis greitį.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4894,11 +4844,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4915,17 +4863,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Naujai kuriamų skaidinių lygiavimas\n" -"nurodo, kaip turi būti lygiuojami sukuriami skaidiniai. „cylinder“ yra " -" tradicinis lygiavimas pagal disko cilindrų rėžius. „optimal“ –\n" -"skaidiniai lygiuojami pagal didžiausią efektyvumą, kurį nustato Linux " -"branduolys \n" +"nurodo, kaip turi būti lygiuojami sukuriami skaidiniai. „cylinder“ yra tradicinis lygiavimas pagal disko cilindrų rėžius. „optimal“ –\n" +"skaidiniai lygiuojami pagal didžiausią efektyvumą, kurį nustato Linux branduolys \n" "arba bandoma suderinti su Windows Vista ir Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5187,8 +5131,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5196,12 +5139,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5239,16 +5179,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5285,8 +5221,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5322,8 +5257,7 @@ #| "No writing to the file system is possible. Default is false.\n" msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Prijungti vien tik skaitymui:\n" @@ -5355,8 +5289,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Prijungiamas naudotojo:\n" -"Rinkmenų sistema gali būti prijungiama paprasto naudotojo. Paprastai " -"nesirenkama.\n" +"Rinkmenų sistema gali būti prijungiama paprasto naudotojo. Paprastai nesirenkama.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5369,18 +5302,13 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Neprijungti paleidžiant sistemą:\n" -"Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu, rinkmenų sistema automatiškai nebus " -"prijungta.\n" -"Rinkmenoje /etc/fstab sukuriamas įrašas, o rinkmenų sistema prijungiama su " -"tam\n" -"tikrais parametrais po to, kai užduodama komanda <tt>mount <jungtis><" -"/tt>\n" +"Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu, rinkmenų sistema automatiškai nebus prijungta.\n" +"Rinkmenoje /etc/fstab sukuriamas įrašas, o rinkmenų sistema prijungiama su tam\n" +"tikrais parametrais po to, kai užduodama komanda <tt>mount <jungtis></tt>\n" "įvesta (<jungtis> yra katalogas, kur prijungiama rinkmenų sistema).\n" "Paprastai ši parinktis nenaudojama.\n" @@ -5413,21 +5341,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Duomenų žurnalavimo veiksena:\n" "Nurodo žurnalavimo veikseną rinkmenos duomenims.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- visi duomenys fiksuojami žurnale prieš įrašant į\n" "pagrindinę rinkmenų sistemą. Didžiausia įtaka greičiui.\n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- visi duomenys nukreipiami tiesiogiai į pagrindinę " -"rinkmenų sistemą, \n" -"prieš tai, kai jų meta-duomenys užfiksuojami žurnale. Vidutinė įtaka " -"greičiui.\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Duomenų tvarka neišlaikoma. Nedaro įtakos greičiui." -"\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- visi duomenys nukreipiami tiesiogiai į pagrindinę rinkmenų sistemą, \n" +"prieš tai, kai jų meta-duomenys užfiksuojami žurnale. Vidutinė įtaka greičiui.\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Duomenų tvarka neišlaikoma. Nedaro įtakos greičiui.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5463,24 +5386,18 @@ msgstr "Pasirenkama parametro &reikšmė" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite tarpų " -"ir tabuliacijų. Bandykite iš naujo." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite tarpų ir tabuliacijų. Bandykite iš naujo." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Pasirenkama parametro reikšmė:\n" -"Šiame laukelyje įveskite bet kokį tinkamą prijungimo parametrą, kuris yra " -"leidžiamas\n" +"Šiame laukelyje įveskite bet kokį tinkamą prijungimo parametrą, kuris yra leidžiamas\n" "ketvirtajame /etc/fstab laukelyje. Keli parametrai skiriami kableliais.\n" #. label text @@ -5495,8 +5412,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Rinkmenų pavadinimų rašmenų rinkinys (charset):\n" -"Nustatykite rašmenų rinkinį, naudojamą Windows skaidinių rinkmenų " -"pavadinimuose.\n" +"Nustatykite rašmenų rinkinį, naudojamą Windows skaidinių rinkmenų pavadinimuose.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5507,12 +5423,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Koduotės puslapis trumpiems FAT pavadinimams:\n" -"Šis koduotės puslapis naudojamas FAT rinkmenų sistemos pavadinimams " -"konvertuoti į trumpąjį formatą.\n" +"Šis koduotės puslapis naudojamas FAT rinkmenų sistemos pavadinimams konvertuoti į trumpąjį formatą.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5523,12 +5437,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT'ų skaičius:\n" -"Nurodo rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelių skaičių rinkmenų sistemoje. Įprastai " -"būna 2." +"Nurodo rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelių skaičių rinkmenų sistemoje. Įprastai būna 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5539,14 +5451,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT dydis:\n" -"Nurodo naudojamos rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelės tipą (12, 16 arba 32 " -"bitų). Jei nustatyta auto, YaST automatiškai parinks reikšmę. labiausiai " -"tinkančią pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį.\n" +"Nurodo naudojamos rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelės tipą (12, 16 arba 32 bitų). Jei nustatyta auto, YaST automatiškai parinks reikšmę. labiausiai tinkančią pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5556,8 +5464,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Mažiausias „šakninio katalogo elementų“ dydis yra 112. Bandykite dar kartą." +msgstr "Mažiausias „šakninio katalogo elementų“ dydis yra 112. Bandykite dar kartą." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5577,12 +5484,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash funkcija:\n" -"Tai nurodo hash funkcijos pavadinimą, kuri naudojama rinkmenų pavadinimų " -"rūšiavimui kataloguose.\n" +"Tai nurodo hash funkcijos pavadinimą, kuri naudojama rinkmenų pavadinimų rūšiavimui kataloguose.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5593,16 +5498,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "RS peržiūra:\n" -"Ši savybė nurodo naudojamą reiserfs peržiūros formatą. „3.5“ yra atgaliniam " -"suderinamumui su 2.2.x versijos branduoliais. „3.6“ yra naujesnis, bet gali " -"būti naudojamas tik su branduoliais, kurių versijos didesnės arba lygios " -"2.4.\n" +"Ši savybė nurodo naudojamą reiserfs peržiūros formatą. „3.5“ yra atgaliniam suderinamumui su 2.2.x versijos branduoliais. „3.6“ yra naujesnis, bet gali būti naudojamas tik su branduoliais, kurių versijos didesnės arba lygios 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5614,14 +5513,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Bloko dydis:\n" -"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 512, 1024, 2048 ir " -"4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tada naudojamas standartinis bloko " -"dydis 4096.\n" +"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 512, 1024, 2048 ir 4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tada naudojamas standartinis bloko dydis 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5648,12 +5543,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inodo užimama vieta procentais:\n" -"Parametras „Inodo užimama vieta procentais“ apibrėžia maksimalų plotą " -"(procentais) rinkmenų sistemoje, kuris gali būti lokalizuotas inodams.\n" +"Parametras „Inodo užimama vieta procentais“ apibrėžia maksimalų plotą (procentais) rinkmenų sistemoje, kuris gali būti lokalizuotas inodams.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5670,15 +5563,13 @@ #| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inodai išrikiuoti:\n" "Parametras „Inodai išrikiuoti“ naudojamas nurodyti, jog inodai yra arba nėra\n" -"išrikiuoti. Įprasta, jog inodai yra išrikiuoti. Priėjimas prie išrikiuotų " -"inodų paprastai\n" +"išrikiuoti. Įprasta, jog inodai yra išrikiuoti. Priėjimas prie išrikiuotų inodų paprastai\n" "yra efektyvesnis nei prie neišrikiuotų.\n" #. label text @@ -5700,12 +5591,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Registracijos rinkmenos dydis\n" -"Nustato registracijos rinkmenos dydį (megabaitais). Jei auto, tuomet numatyta " -"40% viso dydžio.\n" +"Nustato registracijos rinkmenos dydį (megabaitais). Jei auto, tuomet numatyta 40% viso dydžio.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5743,14 +5632,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Bloko dydis:\n" -"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 1024, 2048 ir 4096 " -"baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tuomet bloko dydis nustatomas pagal " -"rinkmenų sistemos dydį ir manomą rinkmenų sistemos panaudojimą.\n" +"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 1024, 2048 ir 4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tuomet bloko dydis nustatomas pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį ir manomą rinkmenų sistemos panaudojimą.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5774,8 +5659,7 @@ "<bytes-per-inode> baitų plotas diske. Kuo didesnis koeficientas \n" "baitai/inodui, tuo bus sukurta mažiau inodų.\n" "Paprastai, ši reikšmė neturėtų būti mažesnė, nei rinkmenų sistemos bloko \n" -"dydis, kadangi kitaip bus sukurta per daug inodų. Sukūrus rinkmenų sistemą, " -"\n" +"dydis, kadangi kitaip bus sukurta per daug inodų. Sukūrus rinkmenų sistemą, \n" "neįmanoma joje sukurti daugiau\n" "inodų, taigi įveskite reikalingą reikšmę.šiam parametrui.\n" @@ -5798,14 +5682,8 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Root rezervuotų blokų procentas: Nurodykite procentą blokų, " -"rezervuotų naudotojui root. Įprasta reikšmė yra 5%." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Root rezervuotų blokų procentas: Nurodykite procentą blokų, rezervuotų naudotojui root. Įprasta reikšmė yra 5%." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5842,8 +5720,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5960,11 +5837,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Galite sutvarkyti disko skaidinių lentelę iki normalios būklės Skaidymo " -"eksperte\n" +"Galite sutvarkyti disko skaidinių lentelę iki normalios būklės Skaidymo eksperte\n" "pasirinkdami „Ekspertas“->„Kurti naują skaidinių lentelę“, \n" -"tačiau tuomet bus sunaikinti visi jūsų duomenys esantys visuose disko " -"skaidiniuose.\n" +"tačiau tuomet bus sunaikinti visi jūsų duomenys esantys visuose disko skaidiniuose.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 @@ -6137,13 +6012,11 @@ msgstr "Tęsti nepaisant klaidos?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Skaidinio negalima sukurti, nes vis dar naudojami kiti disko skaidiniai." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Skaidinio negalima sukurti, nes vis dar naudojami kiti disko skaidiniai." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6153,7 +6026,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima keisti, nes jis turi aktyvų swap,\n" "kuris reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6163,7 +6036,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima keisti, nes jis turi diegimo duomenis,\n" "reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6173,7 +6046,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima pašalinti, nes jis turi aktyvų swap,\n" "kuris reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6183,7 +6056,7 @@ "Įrenginio %1 negalima pašalinti, nes jis turi diegimo duomenis,\n" "reikalingas diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6195,7 +6068,7 @@ "%2 įrenginį, kuris turi aktyvų swap, reikalingą\n" "diegimui.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6206,7 +6079,7 @@ "%2 įrenginį, kuris turi diegimui reikalingų duomenų.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6217,18 +6090,18 @@ "kiti disko %2 skaidiniai.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Nenurodyta šakninė rinkmenų sistema!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Įdiegti nepavyks!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -6487,10 +6360,8 @@ "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Prijungti pagal nurodo, kaip rinkmenų sistema prijungiama:\n" -"(Branduolys) pagal branduolio pavadinimą (Žymė) pagal rinkmenų sistemos " -"žymę,\n" -"(UUID) pagal rinkmenų sistemos UUID, (ID) pagal įrenginio ID, o (Kelias) " -"pagal įrenginio kelią.\n" +"(Branduolys) pagal branduolio pavadinimą (Žymė) pagal rinkmenų sistemos žymę,\n" +"(UUID) pagal rinkmenų sistemos UUID, (ID) pagal įrenginio ID, o (Kelias) pagal įrenginio kelią.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6518,8 +6389,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Žvaigždutė (*) už prijungimo vietos\n" @@ -6884,12 +6754,8 @@ #. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Kadangi rinkmenų sistema netvarkinga, keisti dydžio neįmanoma. Rinkmenų " -"sistemą tikrinkite iš Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Kadangi rinkmenų sistema netvarkinga, keisti dydžio neįmanoma. Rinkmenų sistemą tikrinkite iš Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 @@ -6959,17 +6825,14 @@ #. Clear password fields on every round. #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 -#| msgid "&Partition Based" msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Skaidinių pagrindu" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 -#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM pagrindu" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 -#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&Užšifruotas LVM pagrindu" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sudo.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sudo.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sudo.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-25 23:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/support.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/support.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/support.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sysconfig.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sysconfig.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/sysconfig.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tftp-server.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tftp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tftp-server.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 16:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/timezone_db.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/timezone_db.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/timezone_db.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-21 19:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tune.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tune.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/tune.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-01 09:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/update.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 09:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nežinoma" @@ -278,19 +278,6 @@ "Tikrai norite savo išsamų pasirinkimą\n" "atstatyti į pradinę būseną?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Nepavyksta prijungti rinkmenų sistemos" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Aptiktas galimai neužbaigtas diegimas." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -336,6 +323,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 šakniniame skaidinyje %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Nepavyksta prijungti rinkmenų sistemos" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -589,8 +584,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Taip, tęsti" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Aptiktas galimai neužbaigtas diegimas." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -599,17 +599,17 @@ "sužinoti, kaip spręsti šią bėdą." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Nežinoma Linux sistema" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Ne Linux sistema" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ "(pvz., su komanda „umount“) arba perkraukite kompiuterį.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Tikrinamas skaidinys %1" @@ -633,23 +633,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Rodyti &detales" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Tikrinama rinkmenų sistema %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Tikrinant rinkmenų sistemą įvyko klaida" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -660,24 +660,24 @@ "Ar norėtumėte tęsti įrenginio prijungimą?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Pralei&sti prijungimą" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Neteisingas slaptažodis. Bandysite vėl?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Įspėjimas" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ "Ar norėtumėte tęsti dabartinės sistemos atnaujinimą?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -715,27 +715,27 @@ "Norėdami nutraukti atnaujinimą, spauskite „Atšaukti“.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Nurodyti prijungimo parinktis" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Prijungimo parinktys" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Prijungimo vieta" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Įren&ginys" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -744,12 +744,12 @@ "(tuščia – automatiniam aptikimui)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var skaidinys %1 negali būti prijungtas.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -761,17 +761,17 @@ "udev ID: %5, \n" "udev kelias: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Nieko" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Nepavyko automatiškai rasti /var skaidinio" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -782,22 +782,22 @@ "jei norite tęsti naujovinimą." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Pasirinti /var skaidinio įrenginį" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Informacija apie įrenginį" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Nepavyksta prijungti /var skaidinio su šia disko konfigūracija.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -823,32 +823,32 @@ "prijungimo būdą kitu." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Nerastas fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Rinkmenoje /etc/fstab nurodytas šakninis skaidinys turi neteisingą įrenginį.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Jis šiuo metu prijungtas kaip %1, bet klausomasi kaip %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Įvertinamas šakninis skaidinys. Truputį palaukite..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Prijungiami skaidiniai. Truputį palaukite..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Tikrinama, ar yra prieinamų sistemų" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/users.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-08 11:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%" -"100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/groups.rb:100 @@ -100,12 +99,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Sąrašas grupės narių (paprastai naudotojų vardų), atskirtų kableliais. LDAP " -"naudotojų DN sąrašas turi būti atskirtas dvitaškiais." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Sąrašas grupės narių (paprastai naudotojų vardų), atskirtų kableliais. LDAP naudotojų DN sąrašas turi būti atskirtas dvitaškiais." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -255,16 +250,26 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Naujas naudotojo UID" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " -"were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Čia pažiūrėkite leidžiamų šiam LDAP naudotojui atributų, kurie nebuvo " -"nustatyti ankstesniuose dialoguose, lentelę." +"Čia pažiūrėkite leidžiamų šiam LDAP naudotojui atributų, kurie nebuvo nustatyti ankstesniuose dialoguose, lentelę." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -287,14 +292,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Paredaguokite kiekvieną atributą naudodami Taisyti. Kai kurie " -"atributai \n" -"gali būti reikalingi, jei nustatyti naudotojo šablone LDAP kliento " -"modulyje.\n" +"Paredaguokite kiekvieną atributą naudodami Taisyti. Kai kurie atributai \n" +"gali būti reikalingi, jei nustatyti naudotojo šablone LDAP kliento modulyje.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -313,10 +315,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -371,9 +370,7 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" -msgstr "" -"Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar &leidžiama " -"prisijungti" +msgstr "Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar &leidžiama prisijungti" #. intfield label #. intfield label @@ -421,27 +418,17 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota @@ -453,27 +440,17 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." msgstr "" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." msgstr "" #. combo box label @@ -707,7 +684,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -722,15 +699,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Rastas užšifruotas aplanko atvaizdis ir rakto rinkmena:\n" "„%1“ ir „%2“.\n" "Naudoti juos dabartiniam naudotojui?\n" "\n" -"Tai reiškia, kad vietoj namų aplanko bus naudojami šiame atvaizdyje esantys " -"duomenys." +"Tai reiškia, kad vietoj namų aplanko bus naudojami šiame atvaizdyje esantys duomenys." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -749,7 +724,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Naudotojo &vardas ir pavardė" @@ -766,13 +741,12 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Nuotoliniams naudotojams gali būti pakeista tik narystė papildomose grupėse." +msgstr "Nuotoliniams naudotojams gali būti pakeista tik narystė papildomose grupėse." #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Naudotojo prisijungimo vardas" @@ -789,7 +763,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Kartu tai ir sistemos &administratoriaus slaptažodis" @@ -985,7 +959,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Tikrai naudoti šį slaptažodį?" @@ -1111,8 +1085,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1122,7 +1095,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1142,8 +1115,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Čia nurodykite reikšmes, priskirsiamas naujai kuriamiems vietiniams ar " -"sisteminiams naudotojams.\n" +"Čia nurodykite reikšmes, priskirsiamas naujai kuriamiems vietiniams ar sisteminiams naudotojams.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1176,39 +1148,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Numatytasis prisijungimo apvalkalas: \n" -"Tai naujo naudotojo prisijungimo apvalkalo pavadinimas. Pasirinkite iš sąrašo " -"arba įveskite kelią iki apvalkalo.\n" +"Tai naujo naudotojo prisijungimo apvalkalo pavadinimas. Pasirinkite iš sąrašo arba įveskite kelią iki apvalkalo.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Numatytieji namai \n" -"Naujo naudotojo namų katalogo pradinio kelio prefiksas. Naudotojo vardas bus " -"pridėtas\n" -"prie šios reikšmės pabaigos ir bus sukurtas įprastas naudotojo namų katalogo " -"pavadinimas.\n" +"Naujo naudotojo namų katalogo pradinio kelio prefiksas. Naudotojo vardas bus pridėtas\n" +"prie šios reikšmės pabaigos ir bus sukurtas įprastas naudotojo namų katalogo pavadinimas.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Ruošinio katalogas \n" -"Sukūrus naują naudotoją, ruošinio katalogo turinys bus nukopijuotas į to " -"naudotojo namų katalogą. \n" +"Sukūrus naują naudotoją, ruošinio katalogo turinys bus nukopijuotas į to naudotojo namų katalogą. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1224,8 +1189,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Galiojimo pabaiga \n" @@ -1241,10 +1205,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Dienos pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui \n" -"Naudotojai gali prisijungti ir pasibaigus slaptažodžių galiojimui. " -"Nustatykite, kiek dienų \n" -"po galiojimo pabaigos leidžiama prisijungti. Nustatykite -1 neribotai " -"prieigai.\n" +"Naudotojai gali prisijungti ir pasibaigus slaptažodžių galiojimui. Nustatykite, kiek dienų \n" +"po galiojimo pabaigos leidžiama prisijungti. Nustatykite -1 neribotai prieigai.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1311,7 +1273,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1330,8 +1292,7 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -1341,10 +1302,8 @@ "mygtuką Pasiūlymas. Jį galėsite pakeisti, tačiau naudokite tik raides\n" "(be diakritinių ženklų), skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Nevartokite didžiųjų raidžių, nebent tikrai žinote ką darote.\n" -"Šie prisijungimo vardai turi griežtesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. " -"Apribojimus\n" -"galite keisti rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos rasite jos " -"„man“ puslapiuose.\n" +"Šie prisijungimo vardai turi griežtesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. Apribojimus\n" +"galite keisti rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos rasite jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1353,57 +1312,42 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Prisijungimo vardui vartokite tik raides\n" "(be diakritinių ženklų), skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Nevartokite didžiųjų raidžių, nebent tikrai žinote, ką darote.\n" -"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. " -"Apribojimus galite\n" -"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos " -"„man“ puslapiuose.\n" +"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. Apribojimus galite\n" +"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" "\n" #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Čia sukuriami naudotojo vardas ir slaptažodis naudojami prisijungimui prie " -"Linux sistemos. Jei įgalintas automatinis prisijungimas, nebus prašoma " -"įvesti naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio. Šis naudotojas prisijungs " -"automatiškai.\n" +"Čia sukuriami naudotojo vardas ir slaptažodis naudojami prisijungimui prie Linux sistemos. Jei įgalintas automatinis prisijungimas, nebus prašoma įvesti naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio. Šis naudotojas prisijungs automatiškai.\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" -"/b>.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Šiam naudotojui bus persiųstas „root“ paštas, jei pažymėsite „Gauti sisteminį " -"paštą“.\n" +"Šiam naudotojui bus persiųstas „root“ paštas, jei pažymėsite „Gauti sisteminį paštą“.\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Spauskite Naudotojų valdymas norėdami pridėti grupes ar naudotojus " -"į savo sistemą." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Spauskite Naudotojų valdymas norėdami pridėti grupes ar naudotojus į savo sistemą." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1422,12 +1366,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Norėdami pakeisti įvairias naudotojo slaptažodžio parinktis (pvz., " -"pasibaigimo datą), rinkitės Slaptažodžio nuostatas.\n" +"Norėdami pakeisti įvairias naudotojo slaptažodžio parinktis (pvz., pasibaigimo datą), rinkitės Slaptažodžio nuostatas.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1492,8 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1583,8 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Jei keičiate egzistuojančio naudotojo UID, turi būti pakeistos to naudotojo\n" -"rinkmenų teisės. Tai bus automatiškai atlikta rinkmenoms, esančioms " -"naudotojo\n" +"rinkmenų teisės. Tai bus automatiškai atlikta rinkmenoms, esančioms naudotojo\n" "namų kataloge, tačiau ne rinkmenoms, esančioms \n" "kitose vietose.\n" @@ -1607,12 +1547,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinktinai galite nurodyti, kaip šio naudotojo namų katalogo leidimų " -"veiksena skirsis nuo numatytosios." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Pasirinktinai galite nurodyti, kaip šio naudotojo namų katalogo leidimų veiksena skirsis nuo numatytosios." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -1627,15 +1563,8 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. " -"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Keičiant naudotojo namų katalogo vietą, numatyta parinktis yra Perkelti " -"į naują vietą. Antraip naujas namų katalogas būtų sukurtas visiškai " -"tuščias." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Keičiant naudotojo namų katalogo vietą, numatyta parinktis yra Perkelti į naują vietą. Antraip naujas namų katalogas būtų sukurtas visiškai tuščias." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -1644,31 +1573,18 @@ "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"Norėdami užšifruoti namų katalogą, įgalinkite Naudoti šifruotą namų " -"katalogą \n" -"ir nurodykite katalogo dydį. Namų katalogo užšifravimas nesuteiks geros " -"apsaugos \n" -"nuo kitų naudotojų. Jei šiuo kompiuteriu naudojasi daugybė naudotojų, " -"įmanoma, \n" -"kad naudotojas sukompromituos sistemos saugumą, gaus kito naudotojo raktą ir " -"\n" -"prieis prie užšifruotų duomenų. Jei norite geros apsaugos, nesidalinkite " -"kompiuteriu fiziškai." +"Norėdami užšifruoti namų katalogą, įgalinkite Naudoti šifruotą namų katalogą \n" +"ir nurodykite katalogo dydį. Namų katalogo užšifravimas nesuteiks geros apsaugos \n" +"nuo kitų naudotojų. Jei šiuo kompiuteriu naudojasi daugybė naudotojų, įmanoma, \n" +"kad naudotojas sukompromituos sistemos saugumą, gaus kito naudotojo raktą ir \n" +"prieis prie užšifruotų duomenų. Jei norite geros apsaugos, nesidalinkite kompiuteriu fiziškai." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " -"first." -msgstr "" -"Namų katalogo negalima užšifruoti, jei naudojamas pirštų antspaudų " -"skaitytuvas. Prieš užšifruodami naudotojo namų katalogą, uždrauskite pirštų " -"antspaudų skaitytuvo naudojimą." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Namų katalogo negalima užšifruoti, jei naudojamas pirštų antspaudų skaitytuvas. Prieš užšifruodami naudotojo namų katalogą, uždrauskite pirštų antspaudų skaitytuvo naudojimą." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -1691,11 +1607,9 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Papildoma informacija\n" -"Čia gali būti konfigūruojami kai kurie papildomi naudotojo duomenys. Šie " -"laukeliai\n" +"Čia gali būti konfigūruojami kai kurie papildomi naudotojo duomenys. Šie laukeliai\n" "gali turėti iki trijų dalių, atskirtų kableliais. Paprastai įrašomas\n" -"darbovietė,darbo telefonas,namų telefonas. Ši " -"informacija\n" +"darbovietė,darbo telefonas,namų telefonas. Ši informacija\n" "bus parodyta panaudojus finger komandą.\n" #. help text 6/8 @@ -1763,12 +1677,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Nuspaudę paleisti pradėsite atitinkamo papildinio detalų " -"konfigūravimą." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Nuspaudę paleisti pradėsite atitinkamo papildinio detalų konfigūravimą." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -1790,8 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pažymėjus priverstinį slaptažodžio keitimas, \n" "sekančio prisijungimo metu naudotojas privalės pasikeisti savo slaptažodį. \n" -"Jei slaptažodis niekada nebuvo keistasnaudotojas turės pakeisti " -"slaptažodį." +"Jei slaptažodis niekada nebuvo keistasnaudotojas turės pakeisti slaptažodį." #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -1818,34 +1727,27 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar leidžiama " -"prisijungti \n" -"Naudotojai gali prisijungti net pasibaigus slaptažodžių galiojimui. " -"Nurodykite, kiek dienų \n" -"po galiojimo pabaigos leidžiama prisijungti. Neribotai prieigai įrašykite " -"-1.\n" +"Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar leidžiama prisijungti \n" +"Naudotojai gali prisijungti net pasibaigus slaptažodžių galiojimui. Nurodykite, kiek dienų \n" +"po galiojimo pabaigos leidžiama prisijungti. Neribotai prieigai įrašykite -1.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a " -"user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Didžiausia trukmė tam pačiam slaptažodžiui, dienomis " -"Nurodykite, kiek\n" +"Didžiausia trukmė tam pačiam slaptažodžiui, dienomis Nurodykite, kiek\n" "daugiausia laiko naudotojas gali naudoti tą patį slaptažodį.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age " -"of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Mažiausia trukmė tam pačiam slaptažodžiui, dienomis Nurodykite " -"kiek laiko\n" +"Mažiausia trukmė tam pačiam slaptažodžiui, dienomis Nurodykite kiek laiko\n" "mažiausiai turi praeiti, kad naudotojas galėtų pakeisti slaptažodį.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -1855,8 +1757,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Galiojimo pabaiga Nustatykite datą, kuomet baigiasi paskyros " -"galiojimas.\n" +"Galiojimo pabaiga Nustatykite datą, kuomet baigiasi paskyros galiojimas.\n" "Datos formatas turi būti YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Neužpildykite laukelio, jei ši paskyra galios visada.\n" @@ -1880,105 +1781,58 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Reikšmių keitimas \n" -"Šias nuostatas galite keisti paleidę atitinkamus modulius. Modulį rinkitės " -"mygtuku Konfigūruoti.\n" +"Šias nuostatas galite keisti paleidę atitinkamus modulius. Modulį rinkitės mygtuku Konfigūruoti.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies" -", and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " -"attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Kortelėse Slaptažodžių keitimo taisyklės, Slaptažodžių amžiaus " -"taisyklės ir Blokavimo taisyklės galite konfigūruoti atributus, " -"priklausančius skirtingoms LDAP slaptažodžių taisyklių grupėms." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Kortelėse Slaptažodžių keitimo taisyklės, Slaptažodžių amžiaus taisyklės ir Blokavimo taisyklės galite konfigūruoti atributus, priklausančius skirtingoms LDAP slaptažodžių taisyklių grupėms." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Didžiausias istorijoje saugomų slaptažodžių kiekis nurodo, kiek " -"anksčiau naudotų slaptažodžių derėtų įsiminti. Įsimintų slaptažodžių " -"nebeleidžiama naudoti." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Didžiausias istorijoje saugomų slaptažodžių kiekis nurodo, kiek anksčiau naudotų slaptažodžių derėtų įsiminti. Įsimintų slaptažodžių nebeleidžiama naudoti." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudotojai turėtų pasikeisti savo slaptažodžius po to, kai jų " -"slaptažodžius iš naujo nustato ar pakeičia administratorius,pažymėkite " -"Naudotojai privalo pasikeisti slaptažodį." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Jei naudotojai turėtų pasikeisti savo slaptažodžius po to, kai jų slaptažodžius iš naujo nustato ar pakeičia administratorius,pažymėkite Naudotojai privalo pasikeisti slaptažodį." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Jei naudotojams turėtų būti leidžiama pasikeisti savo slaptažodžius, " -"pažymėkite Naudotojai gali pasikeisti slaptažodį." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Jei naudotojams turėtų būti leidžiama pasikeisti savo slaptažodžius, pažymėkite Naudotojai gali pasikeisti slaptažodį." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Jei su nauju slaptažodžiu reikia pateikti ir senąjį, pažymėkite " -"Slaptažodžio pakeitimui reikia seno slaptažodžio." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Jei su nauju slaptažodžiu reikia pateikti ir senąjį, pažymėkite Slaptažodžio pakeitimui reikia seno slaptažodžio." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " -"modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." msgstr "" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Nurodykite mažiausią simbolių skaičių, kuris gali sudaryti slaptažodį, ties <" -"b>Mažiausiasis slaptažodžio ilgis." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Nurodykite mažiausią simbolių skaičių, kuris gali sudaryti slaptažodį, ties Mažiausiasis slaptažodžio ilgis." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Mažiausias slaptažodžio amžius nurodo mažiausią laiką, kuris kuri " -"praeiti, kad būtų galima vėl keisti slaptažodį." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Mažiausias slaptažodžio amžius nurodo mažiausią laiką, kuris kuri praeiti, kad būtų galima vėl keisti slaptažodį." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Didžiausias slaptažodžio amžius po kurio laiko nustoja galioja " -"slaptažodis." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Didžiausias slaptažodžio amžius po kurio laiko nustoja galioja slaptažodis." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 @@ -1990,10 +1844,7 @@ #| "how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n" #| "the warning. \n" #| "\n" -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " -"be given to an authenticating user." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." msgstr "" "\n" "Dienos iki įspėjimo apie slaptažodžio keitimą \n" @@ -2004,49 +1855,29 @@ #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " -"Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Nurodykite, kiek kartų leidžiama panaudoti nebegaliojantį slaptažodį ties " -"Nebegaliojantį slaptažodį naudoti keletą kartų." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Nurodykite, kiek kartų leidžiama panaudoti nebegaliojantį slaptažodį ties Nebegaliojantį slaptažodį naudoti keletą kartų." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Pažymėkite Įgalinti slaptažodžio blokavimą, jei norite neleisti " -"panaudoti slaptažodžio po tam tikro nesėkmingų iš eilės bandymų skaičiaus." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Pažymėkite Įgalinti slaptažodžio blokavimą, jei norite neleisti panaudoti slaptažodžio po tam tikro nesėkmingų iš eilės bandymų skaičiaus." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Nurodykite, kiek kartų leidžiama panaudoti nebegaliojantį slaptažodį ties " -"Nebegaliojantį slaptažodį naudoti keletą kartų." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Nurodykite, kiek kartų leidžiama panaudoti nebegaliojantį slaptažodį ties Nebegaliojantį slaptažodį naudoti keletą kartų." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration" -"." -msgstr "" -"Ties Slaptažodžio blokavimo trukme nurodykite laiką, per kurį " -"slaptažodžio naudoti negalima." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Ties Slaptažodžio blokavimo trukme nurodykite laiką, per kurį slaptažodžio naudoti negalima." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures " -"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " -"has occurred." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." msgstr "" #. tab label @@ -2174,8 +2005,7 @@ "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Jei naudotojų LDAP namų katalogai turėtų būti laikomi\n" -"šiame kompiuteryje. Šios reikšmės pakeitimas nesukelia jokio tiesioginio " -"veiksmo.\n" +"šiame kompiuteryje. Šios reikšmės pakeitimas nesukelia jokio tiesioginio veiksmo.\n" "Tai yra tik informacija YaST naudotojų moduliui, kuris gali tvarkyti\n" "naudotojų namų katalogus.\n" @@ -2184,13 +2014,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Spauskite Konfigūruoti, norėdami konfigūruoti nuostatas,\n" -"saugomas LDAP serveryje. Jei nebuvote prisijungęs arba pakeitėte savo " -"konfigūraciją,\n" +"saugomas LDAP serveryje. Jei nebuvote prisijungęs arba pakeitėte savo konfigūraciją,\n" "reikės įvesti slaptažodį.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2201,8 +2029,7 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to " -"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" @@ -2289,7 +2116,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Vietiniai naudotojai" @@ -2474,8 +2302,7 @@ #. intfield #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" -msgstr "" -"&Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar galima prisijungti" +msgstr "&Dienų skaičius, kai pasibaigus slaptažodžio galiojimui dar galima prisijungti" #. menu button label #. menu button label @@ -2499,8 +2326,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2519,16 +2345,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 leidžia ilgesnius slaptažodžius, kas yra saugiau, tačiau kai " -"kurie\n" +"MD5 leidžia ilgesnius slaptažodžius, kas yra saugiau, tačiau kai kurie\n" "tinklo protokolai jų nepalaiko ir jūs galite turėti problemų su NIS.\n" "" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "" #. Label @@ -2605,23 +2428,17 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Čia praplėskite paieškos filtrus naudotojams ir grupėms be įprastų " -"paieškos filtrų." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Čia praplėskite paieškos filtrus naudotojams ir grupėms be įprastų paieškos filtrų." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Su Įprasta, įkelkite įprastą filtrą iš naudotojų ir grupių " -"konfigūravimo\n" +"Su Įprasta, įkelkite įprastą filtrą iš naudotojų ir grupių konfigūravimo\n" "modulių, išsaugotų LDAP serveryje („suseSearchFilter“ atributų reikšmės)\n" "Jei jūs dar neprisijungęs, reikės įvesti slaptažodį.\n" @@ -2720,39 +2537,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Žemiau aprašytos savybės yra galimos tik naudojant KDM arba GDM prisijungimo " -"tvarkyklę.\n" +"Žemiau aprašytos savybės yra galimos tik naudojant KDM arba GDM prisijungimo tvarkyklę.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatinis prisijungimas \n" -"Naudojant automatinį prisijungimą, nebus prašoma įvesti naudotojo " -"vardo ir slaptažodžio įjungus kompiuterį. Taigi naudotojas, pasirinktas iš " -"sąrašo, prisijungs automatiškai.\n" +"Naudojant automatinį prisijungimą, nebus prašoma įvesti naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio įjungus kompiuterį. Taigi naudotojas, pasirinktas iš sąrašo, prisijungs automatiškai.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Prisijungimas be slaptažodžių \n" "Kai pasirinktai ši savybė, visiems naudotojams leidžiama prisijungti\n" -"nenaudojant slaptažodžio. Kitu atveju bus prašoma slaptažodžio, net jei " -"nustatysite automatinį naudotojo prisijungimą.\n" +"nenaudojant slaptažodžio. Kitu atveju bus prašoma slaptažodžio, net jei nustatysite automatinį naudotojo prisijungimą.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -2777,8 +2587,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Nepavyksta pašalinti naudotojo %1. Tai turi būti atlikta NIS serveryje." +msgstr "Nepavyksta pašalinti naudotojo %1. Tai turi būti atlikta NIS serveryje." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -2931,25 +2740,20 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux yra daugelio naudotojų sistema. Tuo pačiu metu prie sistemos " -"gali būti\n" -"prisijungę keli skirtingi naudotojai. Norint išvengti maišaties, kiekvienas " -"naudotojas privalo\n" -"turėti unikalų tapatumą. Be to, kiekvienas naudotojas turi priklausyti bent " -"vienai grupei.\n" +"Linux yra daugelio naudotojų sistema. Tuo pačiu metu prie sistemos gali būti\n" +"prisijungę keli skirtingi naudotojai. Norint išvengti maišaties, kiekvienas naudotojas privalo\n" +"turėti unikalų tapatumą. Be to, kiekvienas naudotojas turi priklausyti bent vienai grupei.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " -"in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Naudotojai ir grupės surūšiuoti į įvairius komplektus. Mygtuku nustatyti " -"filtrą galite pakeisti šiuo metu lentelėje rodomą komplektą.\n" +"Naudotojai ir grupės surūšiuoti į įvairius komplektus. Mygtuku nustatyti filtrą galite pakeisti šiuo metu lentelėje rodomą komplektą.\n" "Paspaudę derinti filtrus, galėsite tvarkyti rodymo filtrus.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -2963,8 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Nuspaudę nuostatas ekspertams, galėsite keisti\n" -"slaptažodžio šifravimo tipą, naudotojų atpažinimo būdą, numatytąsias " -"reikšmes\n" +"slaptažodžio šifravimo tipą, naudotojų atpažinimo būdą, numatytąsias reikšmes\n" "naujiems naudotojams. Mygtuku dabar įrašyti pakeitimus išsaugosite\n" "visus pakeitimus neišeidami iš konfigūravimo modulio.\n" @@ -3038,14 +2841,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Šiame skydelyje galite matyti informaciją apie esamas grupes, jas keisti arba " -"pridėti naujas grupes.\n" +"Šiame skydelyje galite matyti informaciją apie esamas grupes, jas keisti arba pridėti naujas grupes.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3291,17 +3092,12 @@ #. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Pasirinkite slaptažodžio šifravimo būdą vietiniams ir sistemos " -"naudotojams." +msgstr "Pasirinkite slaptažodžio šifravimo būdą vietiniams ir sistemos naudotojams." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "" #. Let's add some vertical space after each widget @@ -3355,17 +3151,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kadangi root naudotojo teisės išplėstos, „root“ slaptažodis turi būti " -"pasirinktas\n" -"labai atidžiai. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių kombinacija. Norint " -"užtikrinti,\n" +"Kadangi root naudotojo teisės išplėstos, „root“ slaptažodis turi būti pasirinktas\n" +"labai atidžiai. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių kombinacija. Norint užtikrinti,\n" "kad slaptažodis įvestas teisingai, pakartokite procesą kitame laukelyje.\n" "\n" @@ -3375,16 +3168,13 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Visos taisyklės, galiojančios naudotojo slaptažodžiui, galioja ir „root“ " -"slaptažodžiui:\n" +"Visos taisyklės, galiojančios naudotojo slaptažodžiui, galioja ir „root“ slaptažodžiui:\n" "svarbios yra didžiosios ir mažosios raidės. Slaptažodis turi būti bent iš\n" -"5 simbolių ir, kaip taisyklė, neturėti specialiųjų simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų " -"raidžių arba umliautų).\n" +"5 simbolių ir, kaip taisyklė, neturėti specialiųjų simbolių (pvz. kirčiuotų raidžių arba umliautų).\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 4 @@ -3414,7 +3204,7 @@ "Bandykite dar kartą." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgid "" @@ -3422,16 +3212,13 @@ "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" "Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" "\n" -msgstr "" -"Rinkitės Vietinis, jei norite atpažinti naudotojus naudojant tik " -"vietines rinkmenas /etc/passwd ir /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Rinkitės Vietinis, jei norite atpažinti naudotojus naudojant tik vietines rinkmenas /etc/passwd ir /etc/shadow." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 -#| msgid "Create New User" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Sukurti naują naudotoją" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3444,7 +3231,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3462,74 +3249,59 @@ " %2 ir %3 simbolių.\n" "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Prisijungimo vardui vartokite tik raides (be diakritinių ženklų), " -"skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" +"Prisijungimo vardui vartokite tik raides (be diakritinių ženklų), skaičius, ir <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Nevartokite didžiųjų raidžių, nebent tikrai žinote, ką darote.\n" -"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. " -"Apribojimus galite\n" -"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos " -"„man“ puslapiuose.\n" +"Šie naudotojų vardai turi didesnius apribojimus nei slaptažodžiai. Apribojimus galite\n" +"keisti reikalavimus rinkmenoje /etc/login.defs. Daugiau informacijos jos „man“ puslapiuose.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Jei pirmajam naudotojui įvestą slaptažodį norite priskirti ir „root“ " -"naudotojui, padėkite varnelę ties kartu tai ir sistemos administratoriaus " -"slaptažodis." +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Jei pirmajam naudotojui įvestą slaptažodį norite priskirti ir „root“ naudotojui, padėkite varnelę ties kartu tai ir sistemos administratoriaus slaptažodis." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 -#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importuoti naudotojo duomenis iš anksčiau įdiegtos sistemos" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Praleisti naudotojo kūrimą" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 -#| msgid "Local Users" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Vietinis naudotojas" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3540,7 +3312,7 @@ "„Praleisti naudotojo kūrimą“." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3551,40 +3323,34 @@ "„Praleisti naudotojo kūrimą“." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 -#| msgid "Create New User" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "Su&kurti naują naudotoją" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 -#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importuoti naudotojo duomenis iš anksčiau įdiegtos sistemos" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 -#| msgid "System Users" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Pasirinkite naudotojus" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Praleisti naudotojo kūrimą" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatinis naudotojo prisijungimas" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#| msgid "No user was specified." +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Nepasirinkote naudotojų" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 -#| msgid "User %s will be imported." -#| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "Importuosimas %d naudotojas" @@ -3614,14 +3380,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method #: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 -#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Šifravimo būdas: <a href=%s>%s</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: menu button label #. menu button label #: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 -#| msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "Slaptažodis ir šifravimo tipas" @@ -3657,7 +3421,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users #: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 -#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "Importuosimas <a href=%s>%d naudotojas</a>" @@ -3679,7 +3442,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method #: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 -#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "Slaptažodžio šifravimo būdas: <a href=%s>%s</a>" @@ -4082,14 +3844,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Kaip numatytieji yra nurodyti kaip numatytieji. Pasirinkite vieną įkelsimą." +msgstr "Kaip numatytieji yra nurodyti kaip numatytieji. Pasirinkite vieną įkelsimą." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Prieš vėl paleisdami YaST naudotojų modulį, pataisykite juos rankiniu būdu." +msgstr "Prieš vėl paleisdami YaST naudotojų modulį, pataisykite juos rankiniu būdu." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4133,8 +3893,7 @@ msgstr "" "Rinkmenoje %1 yra keista eilutė.\n" "Galbūt neteisingas stulpelių skaičius, arba trūksta kokio įrašo eilutėje.\n" -"Prieš vėl paleisdami YaST naudotojų modulį, pataisykite rinkmeną rankiniu " -"būdu." +"Prieš vėl paleisdami YaST naudotojų modulį, pataisykite rinkmeną rankiniu būdu." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4533,8 +4292,7 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Jei pasirinksite neegzistuojantį apvalkalą, naudotojui gali nepavykti " -"prisijungti.\n" +"Jei pasirinksite neegzistuojantį apvalkalą, naudotojui gali nepavykti prisijungti.\n" "Naudoti šį apvalkalą?" #. error popup @@ -4847,7 +4605,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4862,16 +4620,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Slaptažodžiui geriau naudokite tik angliškoje klaviatūroje randamas raides.\n" -"Tai pravers įvykus sistemos klaidai, kai gali tekti prisijungti " -"nesinaudojant\n" +"Tai pravers įvykus sistemos klaidai, kai gali tekti prisijungti nesinaudojant\n" "lokalizuotu klaviatūros išdėstymu.\n" "" @@ -4909,8 +4665,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." -msgstr "" -"Slaptažodyje yra tekstas, kurį vienodai galima perskaityti bet kuria kryptimi." +msgstr "Slaptažodyje yra tekstas, kurį vienodai galima perskaityti bet kuria kryptimi." #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/vm.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-20 12:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/wol.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/wol.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/wol.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-29 17:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/yast2-apparmor.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/yast2-apparmor.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/yast2-apparmor.lt.po 2016-09-22 12:51:06 UTC (rev 97092) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.lt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-17 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97091 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:50:34 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97091 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/docker.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fonts.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journal.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-11 16:28+0430\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری- گ.گل <mostafa.barmshory(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 09:02+0330\n" "Last-Translator: Mohammad Rezaei Seresht <mohammad(a)rezaeiseresht.ir>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -980,8 +980,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1173,529 +1173,557 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -292,7 +292,8 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -475,6 +476,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1816,7 +1822,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2571,10 +2578,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -591,68 +591,68 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Messages" msgstr "اوسیجی" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "هشدارها" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "خطاها" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -948,11 +948,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "" @@ -960,11 +960,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "" @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -982,13 +982,13 @@ msgstr "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" @@ -1388,7 +1388,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -2075,45 +2076,57 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2123,14 +2136,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2139,7 +2152,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2271,7 +2284,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2281,17 +2294,17 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2299,50 +2312,50 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-01 17:04+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -1640,13 +1640,13 @@ msgstr "&جزییات..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "پیام ها" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "نمایش پیام ها: %1" @@ -1657,23 +1657,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "بله" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1681,64 +1681,64 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "سقف زمانی پیام ها: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "ثبت رویداد پیام ها: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "هشدارها" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "نمایش هشدارها: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "سقف زمانی هشدارها: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "ثبت رویداد هشدارها: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "خطاها" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "نمایش خطاها: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "سقف زمانی خطاها: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "ثبت رویداد خطاها: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "هشدارها:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1755,8 +1755,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" @@ -3485,15 +3485,15 @@ msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" @@ -203,22 +203,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -227,59 +227,59 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -287,110 +287,127 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "در حال بارگذاری" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "در حال بارگذاری" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "در حال بارگذاری" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Password" msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "کل&مه رمز" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -401,41 +418,41 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -445,18 +462,18 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "دستگاه:" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "دستگاه:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -129,7 +129,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +202,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -2153,7 +2155,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2199,23 +2202,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 15:16+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" @@ -68,21 +68,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -100,17 +100,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "آماده سازی" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" @@ -122,80 +123,81 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "خوش آمدید" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "به روز رسانی بر خط" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "خوش آمدید" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "فعالیت لوح" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "فعالیت لوح" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "به روز رسانی بر خط" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" @@ -203,8 +205,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" @@ -212,24 +214,24 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" msgid "User Settings" msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "مرور کلی روند نصب" @@ -280,31 +282,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" @@ -316,27 +318,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" @@ -344,8 +346,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "به روز رسانی" @@ -384,47 +386,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" @@ -432,9 +434,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -442,8 +444,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -593,18 +595,14 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "اضافه کردن خزانه های فعال" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "انتخاب محیط کار" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "زبانهای سویی" @@ -541,13 +541,23 @@ msgstr "" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "زبانهای پراکریتی" @@ -555,19 +565,19 @@ #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "درحال نصب بسته ها...." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -575,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "معماری" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -298,7 +298,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -370,7 +371,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -447,7 +449,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/docker.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/docker.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/docker.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نام" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 #, fuzzy @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&انصراف" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -392,44 +392,40 @@ " \n" msgstr "" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service Start" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "آغاز سرویس" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -459,61 +455,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "" @@ -622,88 +618,88 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Details" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "جزییات دیواره ی آتش (Firewall)" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی.." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "فنلاندی" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -711,54 +707,54 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "نوشتن قالب بندی سیستم" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "در حال نوشتن قالب بندی خود کار..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fonts.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fonts.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/fonts.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,8 +60,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration" @@ -133,7 +135,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -264,7 +267,8 @@ msgstr "Netmask نمی تواند خالی باشد." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-15 23:53+0330\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "به روز رسانی برای %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "محصول ناشناس" @@ -514,16 +514,16 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "یادداشت راهنما" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -593,53 +593,53 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "تفاهم نامه" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&زبان" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "لایه صفحه &کلید" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "من با تفاهم نامه &موافق هستم." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "در حال بررسی سیستم نصب شده" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "لایه صفحه &کلید" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ترجمه &گواهی" @@ -839,35 +839,35 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "در حال کشف کنترل های در دسترس" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "فعالیت لوح" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &iSCSI" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." @@ -900,17 +900,17 @@ msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -1235,112 +1235,112 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "کندوکاش سیستم" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "کاوش دستگاه های USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "در حال کاوش دستگاه های USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "کاوش دستگاه های FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "درحال کاوش دستگاه های FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "کاوش دستگاه های دیسک فلاپی" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..." msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "درحال کاوش دستگاه های دیسک فلاپی..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "کاوش کنترل کننده های دیسک سخت" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "در حال کاوش کنترل کننده های دیسک سخت...." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "بار گزاری بسته های هسته برای کنترل کننده های دیسک سخت" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "در حال بار گزاری بسته های هسته برای کنترل کننده های دیسک سخت..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "کاوش دیسک سخت" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "در حال کاوش دیسک سخت..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "جستجو برای سیستم های فایل لینوکس" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "در حال جستجو برای سیستم های فایل لینوکس ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "مقداردهی مدیریت بسته ها" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "در حال مقداردهی مدیریت بسته ها..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "کاوش سیستم" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "لطفا در مدت زمانی که رایانه شما در حال کاوش برای سخت افزار و سیستم های نصب شده است صبر کنید..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1357,14 +1357,38 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1372,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1384,9 +1408,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1396,7 +1421,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1409,6 +1434,51 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add disabled repositories" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "اضافه کردن خزانه های غیر فعال" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "&در حال برسیی سیستم نصب شده.." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "در هنگام خواندن ثبت رخداد(log) خطایی رخ داد." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1462,8 +1532,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&تغییر" @@ -1745,8 +1815,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" @@ -1827,28 +1900,28 @@ msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی فایل وضعیت در سیستم نصب شده.." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" # نیاز به بررسی دارد این متن از قبل اینجا بوده است #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "دستگاه:" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" @@ -1877,33 +1950,33 @@ msgstr "از قالب بندی ها تا زمانی که کاربر تقاضایی ندارد عبور کن." #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "در حال متناسب کردن هدف ها با تنظیمات اخیر..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "در حال کندوکاش سیستم شما...." # proposal به معنی کار های پیش نهادی است که ما اینحا به معنی هدف ان را استفاده کرده ایم #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "خطا:عدم وجود اهداف" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1916,18 +1989,18 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&استفاده از قالب بندی تعیین شده" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." @@ -1935,7 +2008,7 @@ "برای ایجاد تغییرات به روی هر عنوان که می خواهید کلید کنید یا \n" "از منوی \"تغییر..' که در زیر امده استفاده کنید." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1944,16 +2017,16 @@ "از منوی \"تغییر..' که در زیر امده استفاده کنید." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&بازگردانی به حالت پیش فرض" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&به روز رسانی" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&نصب" @@ -1981,7 +2054,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1991,7 +2064,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -2000,7 +2073,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2009,7 +2082,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2018,7 +2091,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2026,12 +2099,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2040,7 +2113,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2057,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2709,9 +2782,6 @@ #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#~ msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." -#~ msgstr "&در حال برسیی سیستم نصب شده.." - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ msgstr "آغاز سرویس" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journal.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journal.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journal.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1123,137 +1123,137 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "فنلاندی" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "خیر" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -731,13 +731,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "دستگاه:" @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "دستگاه:" @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "آ&درس IP" @@ -1282,63 +1282,62 @@ "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "دلاواری" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1348,12 +1347,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1717,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1725,20 +1724,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1746,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1754,19 +1753,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1774,77 +1773,77 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1852,25 +1851,37 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&جستجو" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration saved.\n" +#| "There were errors." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" +"قالب بندی ذخیره شده است.\n" +"خطاهایی وجود داشت." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1878,138 +1889,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "ویتنامی" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgid "" @@ -2019,7 +2030,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "دلاواری" @@ -2474,7 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" @@ -2482,24 +2493,24 @@ # معادل ندارد #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&mask" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3073,34 +3084,34 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -4032,92 +4043,92 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&IP Address" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "آ&درس IP" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -478,12 +478,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1371,8 +1371,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "محصول ناشناس" @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" @@ -1399,40 +1399,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to find out" +msgid "Unable to add product %s." +msgstr "قادر به تشخیص نیست" #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 @@ -1559,130 +1561,130 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1693,12 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1706,50 +1708,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1758,27 +1760,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&زبان" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "من با تفاهم نامه &موافق هستم." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1786,14 +1788,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1804,45 +1806,39 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "تفاهم نامه" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "تفاهم نامه" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 21:36+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -316,15 +316,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -334,19 +333,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -575,23 +574,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 16:08+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1088,6 +1088,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -841,14 +842,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -861,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -871,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -883,18 +885,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -906,7 +909,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -915,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -926,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -941,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -956,12 +959,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -974,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -983,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -992,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1000,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1008,53 +1011,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1063,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1073,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1083,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2050,9 +2053,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2083,8 +2088,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2106,7 +2112,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2123,7 +2130,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2695,7 +2703,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -2880,7 +2888,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2971,7 +2980,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -5175,39 +5185,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5215,7 +5225,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5223,7 +5233,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5231,18 +5241,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 15:29+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-18 00:49+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshory(a)p-simorgh.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -153,9 +153,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" @@ -236,19 +236,6 @@ "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -294,6 +281,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -516,25 +511,30 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -553,23 +553,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -577,24 +577,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "هشدار" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -618,40 +618,40 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "دستگاه:" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -659,17 +659,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -677,23 +677,23 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "دستگاه:" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -712,32 +712,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Searching for system files..." msgid "Searching for Available Systems" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -246,6 +246,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -647,7 +659,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -678,7 +690,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "" @@ -700,7 +712,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" @@ -717,7 +729,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "" @@ -908,7 +920,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "" @@ -1033,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1160,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1195,7 +1207,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -1841,7 +1853,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2792,7 +2805,7 @@ msgstr "" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -2800,11 +2813,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -2813,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -2821,7 +2834,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -2831,15 +2844,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -2849,11 +2862,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -2862,12 +2875,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2875,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2883,34 +2896,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po 2016-09-22 12:50:34 UTC (rev 97091) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97090 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:50:22 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97090 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fonts.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journal.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journalctl.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vpn.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-23 21:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/audit-laf.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 21:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Edit Kerberos realm configuration @@ -27,15 +26,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "" -"Призначення назви домену назві області розпізнавання (example.com -> EXAMPLE." -"COM)" +msgstr "Призначення назви домену назві області розпізнавання (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "" -"Призначення назви домена із симвлами заміни області розпізнавання (*.example." -"com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "Призначення назви домена із симвлами заміни області розпізнавання (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" @@ -46,11 +41,8 @@ msgstr "Назва вузла сервера розсилання головних ключів (необов'язково)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "" -"Центри розподілу ключів (необов'язкові, якщо увімкнено автоматичне " -"визначення через DNS)" +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "Центри розподілу ключів (необов'язкові, якщо увімкнено автоматичне визначення через DNS)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" @@ -80,12 +72,8 @@ #. Add an auth_to_local_names #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"Введіть назву учасника та назву користувача у форматі \"назва_учасника " -"=назва користувача\":" +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "Введіть назву учасника та назву користувача у форматі \"назва_учасника =назва користувача\":" #. Save realm settings #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 @@ -153,61 +141,42 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Цей комп'ютер наразі виконує розпізнавання користувачівчерез SSSD.\n" -"Щоб використовувати застарілу схему розпізнавання LDAP (pam_ldap), " -"спочаткувимкніть SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." +"Щоб використовувати застарілу схему розпізнавання LDAP (pam_ldap), спочаткувимкніть SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для " -"читання бази даних користувачів.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних користувачів LDAP (nss_ldap), спершувимкніть " -"базу даних користувачів SSSD в параметрах управління входомкористувачів." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для читання бази даних користувачів.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних користувачів LDAP (nss_ldap), спершувимкніть базу даних користувачів SSSD в параметрах управління входомкористувачів." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для " -"читання бази даних груп.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних груп LDAP (nss_ldap), спочатку вимкніть " -"базуданих груп SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для читання бази даних груп.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних груп LDAP (nss_ldap), спочатку вимкніть базуданих груп SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD " -"для читання бази даних sudo.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних sudo LDAP (nss_ldap), спочатку вимкніть " -"базуданих sudo SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для читання бази даних sudo.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних sudo LDAP (nss_ldap), спочатку вимкніть базуданих sudo SSSD у параметрах управління входом користувачів." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD " -"для читання бази даних автоматичного монтування.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних автоматичного монтування LDAP (nss_ldap), " -"спочаткувимкніть базу даних автоматичного монтування SSSD в параметрах " -"управління входомкористувачів." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника даних розпізнавання SSSD для читання бази даних автоматичного монтування.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних автоматичного монтування LDAP (nss_ldap), спочаткувимкніть базу даних автоматичного монтування SSSD в параметрах управління входомкористувачів." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." @@ -249,17 +218,13 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"Кеш сервісу найменування слід використовувати тільки із застарілим " -"постачальникомідентифікаційної інформації LDAP,\n" -"однак у вашій систему наразі увімкнено домен розпізнавання, ітака " -"конфігурація несумісна з кешем.\n" +"Кеш сервісу найменування слід використовувати тільки із застарілим постачальникомідентифікаційної інформації LDAP,\n" +"однак у вашій систему наразі увімкнено домен розпізнавання, ітака конфігурація несумісна з кешем.\n" "\n" "У будь-якому разі увімкнути кеш?" @@ -267,12 +232,10 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Цей комп'ютер наразі виконує розпізнавання користувачівчерез SSSD.\n" -"Для розпізнавання через Kerberos (pam_krb5), спочатку вимкніть SSSDу " -"параметрах управління входом користувачів." +"Для розпізнавання через Kerberos (pam_krb5), спочатку вимкніть SSSDу параметрах управління входом користувачів." #. Save Kerberos #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 @@ -327,9 +290,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" -"Введіть адреси серверів LDAP (через пробіл) в будь-якому з наступних " -"форматів:" +msgstr "Введіть адреси серверів LDAP (через пробіл) в будь-якому з наступних форматів:" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" @@ -345,15 +306,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" -msgstr "" -"DN користувача прив'язки (для анонімної прив'язки залиште це значення " -"порожнім)" +msgstr "DN користувача прив'язки (для анонімної прив'язки залиште це значення порожнім)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" -msgstr "" -"Пароль користувача прив'язки (для анонімної прив'язки залиште це " -"значенняпорожнім)" +msgstr "Пароль користувача прив'язки (для анонімної прив'язки залиште це значенняпорожнім)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" @@ -432,9 +389,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" -msgstr "" -"Дозволити служб на базі Kerberos використовувати електронну " -"персонукористувача" +msgstr "Дозволити служб на базі Kerberos використовувати електронну персонукористувача" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" @@ -649,105 +604,74 @@ #. Enable/disable SSSD daemon #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі виконує розпізнавання користувачівчерез Kerberos або " -"застарілий метод LDAP.\n" -"Щоб використовувати SSSD для розпізнавання, спочатку вимкніть LDAP і " -"Kerberosу параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі виконує розпізнавання користувачівчерез Kerberos або застарілий метод LDAP.\n" +"Щоб використовувати SSSD для розпізнавання, спочатку вимкніть LDAP і Kerberosу параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP " -"для зчитування бази даних користувачів.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних користувачів SSSD, спершу вимкніть базуданих " -"користувачів LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP для зчитування бази даних користувачів.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних користувачів SSSD, спершу вимкніть базуданих користувачів LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP " -"для зчитування бази даних груп.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних груп SSSD, спочатку вимкніть базу данихгруп " -"LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP для зчитування бази даних груп.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних груп SSSD, спочатку вимкніть базу данихгруп LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер в даний час використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих " -"LDAP для зчитування бази даних sudo.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних sudo SSSD, спочатку вимкніть базу даних " -"sudoLDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." +"Цей комп'ютер в даний час використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP для зчитування бази даних sudo.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних sudo SSSD, спочатку вимкніть базу даних sudoLDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "Джерело даних sudo увімкнено глобально.\n" -"Не забудьте також налаштувати параметр sudo_provider в додаткових " -"параметрахкожного окремого домену, який служить постачальником даних sudo." +"Не забудьте також налаштувати параметр sudo_provider в додаткових параметрахкожного окремого домену, який служить постачальником даних sudo." #. Enable/disable NSS automount database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP " -"для зчитування бази даних автоматичного монтування.\n" -"Щоб використовувати базу даних автоматичного монтування SSSD, спочатку " -"вимкніть базуданих автоматичного монтування LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і " -"Kerberos." +"Цей комп'ютер наразі використовує постачальника ідентифікаційнихданих LDAP для зчитування бази даних автоматичного монтування.\n" +"Щоб використовувати базу даних автоматичного монтування SSSD, спочатку вимкніть базуданих автоматичного монтування LDAP у параметрах клієнта LDAP і Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "Джерело даних автоматичного монтування увімкнено глобально.\n" -"Не забудьте також налаштувати параметр autofs_provider в додаткових " -"параметрахкожного окремого домену, який служить постачальником " -"данихавтоматичного монтування." +"Не забудьте також налаштувати параметр autofs_provider в додаткових параметрахкожного окремого домену, який служить постачальником данихавтоматичного монтування." #. Enable/disable PAC responder #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "Джерело даних MS PAC увімкнено глобально.\n" -"Робота цієї необов'язкової функції залежить від можливостей вашого " -"доменуMicrosoft Active Directory.\n" -"SSSD може не запуститися, якщо в домені Active Directory не " -"підтримуютьсявідповідні можливості; в цьому випадку вам буде потрібно " -"відключити цюфункцію." +"Робота цієї необов'язкової функції залежить від можливостей вашого доменуMicrosoft Active Directory.\n" +"SSSD може не запуститися, якщо в домені Active Directory не підтримуютьсявідповідні можливості; в цьому випадку вам буде потрібно відключити цюфункцію." #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 @@ -761,13 +685,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"Цей параметр - важливий. Вилучення параметра може спричинити збій " -"конфігурації.\n" +"Цей параметр - важливий. Вилучення параметра може спричинити збій конфігурації.\n" "Будь ласка, зверніть у довідку посібника по SSSD перед вилученням.\n" "Справді продовжити вилучення параметра?" @@ -778,13 +700,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"Ви не налаштували домен для розпізнавання, однак увімкнули розпізнавання " -"ізвикористанням домену.\n" +"Ви не налаштували домен для розпізнавання, однак увімкнули розпізнавання ізвикористанням домену.\n" "SSSD не буде запущений. Буде доступне тільки локальне розпізнавання.\n" "Хочете зберегти такі налаштування?" @@ -796,12 +716,8 @@ #. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified #. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"Введіть облікові дані користувача AD (наприклад, адміністратора) " -"дляреєстрації або повторної реєстрації цього комп'ютера:" +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "Введіть облікові дані користувача AD (наприклад, адміністратора) дляреєстрації або повторної реєстрації цього комп'ютера:" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" @@ -813,9 +729,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" -msgstr "" -"Необов'язковий організаційний підрозділ, наприклад \"Головний офіс\"," -"\"Відділ кадрів\" або \"Будинок А\"." +msgstr "Необов'язковий організаційний підрозділ, наприклад \"Головний офіс\",\"Відділ кадрів\" або \"Будинок А\"." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" @@ -836,15 +750,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -"Служба визначення назв на цьому комп'ютері не відповідає вимогам ADдля " -"реєстрації.\n" -"Налаштуйте мережеве середовище таким чином, щоб сервер AD використовувався " -"як визначник імен." +"Служба визначення назв на цьому комп'ютері не відповідає вимогам ADдля реєстрації.\n" +"Налаштуйте мережеве середовище таким чином, щоб сервер AD використовувався як визначник імен." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" @@ -873,12 +783,8 @@ #. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"Параметри реєстрації AD збережені для AutoYast. Пам'ятайте про те, що " -"ім'якористувача і пароль AD зберігаються у вигляді звичайного тексту." +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "Параметри реєстрації AD збережені для AutoYast. Пам'ятайте про те, що ім'якористувача і пароль AD зберігаються у вигляді звичайного тексту." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" @@ -941,12 +847,8 @@ msgstr "Назва домену (на кшталт, example.com)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"Яка служба надає ідентифікаційні дані на кшталт іменкористувачів і членства " -"в групах?" +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "Яка служба надає ідентифікаційні дані на кшталт іменкористувачів і членства в групах?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" @@ -962,11 +864,8 @@ msgstr "Будь ласка, введіть назву домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." -msgstr "" -"Доменне ім'я збігається зі зарезервованим ключовим словом. Виберіть іншеім'я." +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "Доменне ім'я збігається зі зарезервованим ключовим словом. Виберіть іншеім'я." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." @@ -979,45 +878,28 @@ msgstr "Версія синтаксису файла конфігурації (1 або 2)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Рекомендована кількість спроб повторного під'єднання служб у випадку " -"аварійного відмови постачальника даних або його перезапуску" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Рекомендована кількість спроб повторного під'єднання служб у випадку аварійного відмови постачальника даних або його перезапуску" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "Регулярний вираз виділяє в імені користувача і назві домена компоненти" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"Типовий формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести " -"кортеж (ім'я, домен) у FQDN." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "Типовий формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж (ім'я, домен) у FQDN." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"Чи варто використовувати механізм оповіщення для відстеження " -"змінвнутрішнього визначника DNS у файлі resolv.conf" +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "Чи варто використовувати механізм оповіщення для відстеження змінвнутрішнього визначника DNS у файлі resolv.conf" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"Каталог у файловій системі, в якому SSSD зберігає файли кешу повторення " -"Kerberos." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "Каталог у файловій системі, в якому SSSD зберігає файли кешу повторення Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "" -"Типове доменне ім'я для всіх імен, що не містять компоненти доменного імені." +msgstr "Типове доменне ім'я для всіх імен, що не містять компоненти доменного імені." #. Define Global Services Parameters #. NSS configuration options @@ -1031,12 +913,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"Рівень деталізації журналу. Може бути числом від 0 до 9) або маскою," -"наприклад 0x0010 (мінімальний рівень) або 0xFFF (максимальний рівень)." +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "Рівень деталізації журналу. Може бути числом від 0 до 9) або маскою,наприклад 0x0010 (мінімальний рівень) або 0xFFF (максимальний рівень)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -1051,56 +929,28 @@ msgstr "Затримка у секундах між тактовими імпульсами для цієї служби" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"Максимальне число файлових дескрипторів, які можуть одночасно відкритися в " -"ході цього процесу SSSD." +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "Максимальне число файлових дескрипторів, які можуть одночасно відкритися в ході цього процесу SSSD." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"Число секунд, протягом яких клієнт процесу SSSD може утримувати файловий " -"дескриптор, не звертаючись до нього." +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "Число секунд, протягом яких клієнт процесу SSSD може утримувати файловий дескриптор, не звертаючись до нього." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"Служба буде отримувати сигнал SIGTERM після того, як перевірка ping " -"завершуватиметься збоєм протягом зазначеного числа секунд" +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "Служба буде отримувати сигнал SIGTERM після того, як перевірка ping завершуватиметься збоєм протягом зазначеного числа секунд" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд потрібно для кешування перерахувань nss_sss (запитів " -"інформації по усім користувачам)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "Скільки секунд потрібно для кешування перерахувань nss_sss (запитів інформації по усім користувачам)?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Кеш елементів може бути налаштований таким чином, що він автоматично оновлює " -"елементи у фоновому режимі, якщо вони запитуються вище відсоткової величини " -"значення entry_cache_timeout для домену." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Кеш елементів може бути налаштований таким чином, що він автоматично оновлює елементи у фоновому режимі, якщо вони запитуються вище відсоткової величини значення entry_cache_timeout для домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Вказує, як довго nss_sss буде обробляти від'ємні попадання в кеш (тобто " -"запити для недійсних значень в базі даних, наприклад, неіснуючих), перш ніж " -"повторно надіслати запит серверній частині." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Вказує, як довго nss_sss буде обробляти від'ємні попадання в кеш (тобто запити для недійсних значень в базі даних, наприклад, неіснуючих), перш ніж повторно надіслати запит серверній частині." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" @@ -1111,27 +961,16 @@ msgstr "Виключити певні групи з відбору у базі даних SSS." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Щоб залишити певного користувача учасником групи, установіть параметр " -"значення \"хибність\"." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Щоб залишити певного користувача учасником групи, установіть параметр значення \"хибність\"." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача. Можна надати абсолютне значення " -"або шаблон." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача. Можна надати абсолютне значення або шаблон." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Задає типовий шаблон для особистого каталогу користувача, якщо він не " -"вказаний явно постачальником даних домену." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Задає типовий шаблон для особистого каталогу користувача, якщо він не вказаний явно постачальником даних домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -1146,66 +985,36 @@ msgstr "Замінює будь-який примірник цих оболонок за допомогою shell_fallback" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"Використовує типову оболонку, якщо на комп'ютері не встановлена дозволена " -"оболонка." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "Використовує типову оболонку, якщо на комп'ютері не встановлена дозволена оболонка." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"Використовує типову оболонку, якщо постачальник не повертає іншу оболонку " -"під час пошуку." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "Використовує типову оболонку, якщо постачальник не повертає іншу оболонку під час пошуку." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Вказує час у секундах, протягом якого список піддоменів буде вважатися " -"дійсним." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Вказує час у секундах, протягом якого список піддоменів буде вважатися дійсним." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого записи кеша у пам'яті будуть чинними." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого записи кеша у пам'яті будуть чинними." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо постачальник розпізнавання вимкнений, то скільки повинні зберігатися ці " -"входи в систему (в днях з моменту останнього успішного входу)?" +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Якщо постачальник розпізнавання вимкнений, то скільки повинні зберігатися ці входи в систему (в днях з моменту останнього успішного входу)?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"Час у хвилинах, який має пройти після виконання параметра " -"offline_failed_login_attempts, перш ніж стане можливою нова спроба входу." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "Час у хвилинах, який має пройти після виконання параметра offline_failed_login_attempts, перш ніж стане можливою нова спроба входу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Керує видами повідомлень, які відображаються користувачу під час " -"розпізнавання." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Керує видами повідомлень, які відображаються користувачу під час розпізнавання." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Якщо SSSD в мережі, то для будь-якого запиту PAM буде виконана спроба " -"негайного оновлення кешованих облікових даних користувача, щоб забезпечити " -"розпізнавання для останніх даних." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Якщо SSSD в мережі, то для будь-якого запиту PAM буде виконана спроба негайного оновлення кешованих облікових даних користувача, щоб забезпечити розпізнавання для останніх даних." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 @@ -1214,135 +1023,76 @@ msgstr "Показати попередження за N днів до завершення дії пароля." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Оцінювати атрибути sudoNotBefore і sudoNotAfter, які використовують залежні " -"від часу елементи файла sudoers, чи ні." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Оцінювати атрибути sudoNotBefore і sudoNotAfter, які використовують залежні від часу елементи файла sudoers, чи ні." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого відповідач autofs повинен кешувати " -"негативні попадання, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Визначає час у секундах, протягом якого відповідач autofs повинен кешувати негативні попадання, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "Хешувати імена та адреси вузлів в керованому файлі known_hosts чи ні." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд зберігати вузол в керованому файлі known_hosts після " -"відправки запитів на його ключі." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "Скільки секунд зберігати вузол в керованому файлі known_hosts після відправки запитів на його ключі." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Обмеження ідентифікатора користувача і групи для домену. Якщо домен містить " -"елемент, який виходить за межі цих обмежень, він ігнорується." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Обмеження ідентифікатора користувача і групи для домену. Якщо домен містить елемент, який виходить за межі цих обмежень, він ігнорується." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "" -"Читати усі заголовки із фонової бази даних (збільшує навантаження на сервер)" +msgstr "Читати усі заголовки із фонової бази даних (збільшує навантаження на сервер)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Якщо робота служби не була завершена після \"force_timeout\" секунд, монітор " -"буде примусово вимкнений після відправки сигналу SIGKILL." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Якщо робота служби не була завершена після \"force_timeout\" секунд, монітор буде примусово вимкнений після відправки сигналу SIGKILL." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи чинними, перш ніж повторно " -"відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи користувача чинними, перш ніж " -"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи користувача чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи груп чинними, перш ніж " -"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи груп чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи мережної групи чинними, перш " -"ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати записи мережної групи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати службові записи чинними, перш ніж " -"повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд nss_sss повинен вважати службові записи чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд sudo повинен вважати правилами чинними, перш ніж повторно " -"відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд sudo повинен вважати правилами чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Скільки секунд служба autofs повинна вважати карти автоматичного монтування " -"чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Скільки секунд служба autofs повинна вважати карти автоматичного монтування чинними, перш ніж повторно відправити запит серверній частині?" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Кешувати облікові дані для використання поза мережею" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Кількість днів, протягом якого записи зберігаються в кеші після останнього " -"успішного входу, перш ніж вони будуть видалені під час очищення кешу." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Кількість днів, протягом якого записи зберігаються в кеші після останнього успішного входу, перш ніж вони будуть видалені під час очищення кешу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Постачальник ідентифікації вжитий для домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте повне ім'я і домен (у форматі параметра full_name_format) як " -"ім'я користувача для входу, що повідомляється до NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Використовуйте повне ім'я і домен (у форматі параметра full_name_format) як ім'я користувача для входу, що повідомляється до NSS." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" @@ -1353,10 +1103,8 @@ msgstr "Постачальник управління доступом вжитий для домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Постачальник, який буде виконувати операції по зміні пароля для домену." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "Постачальник, який буде виконувати операції по зміні пароля для домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -1379,44 +1127,24 @@ msgstr "Постачальник, що використовується для отримання облікових даних вузла." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Регулярний вираз для цього домену, що описує, як розбирати рядок, який " -"містить ім'я користувача і домен, на ці компоненти." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Регулярний вираз для цього домену, що описує, як розбирати рядок, який містить ім'я користувача і домен, на ці компоненти." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж " -"(ім'я, домен) для цього домену у повне ім'я." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Формат, сумісний з функцією printf(3), який описує, як перевести кортеж (ім'я, домен) для цього домену у повне ім'я." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Надає можливість вибирати бажану адресу колекції для використання при пошуку " -"назв DNS." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Надає можливість вибирати бажану адресу колекції для використання при пошуку назв DNS." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Визначає кількість часу очікування відповіді від визначника імен DNS, перш " -"ніж припустити, що він недоступний." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Визначає кількість часу очікування відповіді від визначника імен DNS, перш ніж припустити, що він недоступний." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Якщо виявлення служб використовується в серверній частині, то вказується " -"частина домену запиту DNS для виявлення служб." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Якщо виявлення служб використовується в серверній частині, то вказується частина домену запиту DNS для виявлення служб." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -1424,25 +1152,15 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" -"Враховує регістр клавіатури під час введення імені користувача і групи." +msgstr "Враховує регістр клавіатури під час введення імені користувача і групи." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"При виконанні пошуку користувача або групи по імені постачальника проксі " -"виконується другий пошук по ІД, щоб \"канонізувати\" ім'я в разі, якщо " -"запитуване ім'я виявиться псевдонімом." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "При виконанні пошуку користувача або групи по імені постачальника проксі виконується другий пошук по ІД, щоб \"канонізувати\" ім'я в разі, якщо запитуване ім'я виявиться псевдонімом." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Використовувати цей особистий каталог як типове значення для всіх піддоменів " -"у цьому домені." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Використовувати цей особистий каталог як типове значення для всіх піддоменів у цьому домені." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 @@ -1450,59 +1168,34 @@ msgstr "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Список груп, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід. Застосовується лише до " -"груп у цьому домені SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Список груп, розділених комами, яким дозволено вхід. Застосовується лише до груп у цьому домені SSSD." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Список груп, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі. " -"Застосовується тільки до груп в цьому домені SSSD." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Список груп, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі. Застосовується тільки до груп в цьому домені SSSD." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Інструменти додають ім'я користувача у базовий каталог і використовують його " -"як домашній каталог." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Інструменти додають ім'я користувача у базовий каталог і використовують його як домашній каталог." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Вказує, чи створюється типово домашній каталог для нових користувачів." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Вказує, чи видаляється типово домашній каталог для віддалених користувачів." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Вказує, чи видаляється типово домашній каталог для віддалених користувачів." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Використовується функцією sss_useradd(8) для вказівки типових дозволів на " -"новостворений домашній каталог." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Використовується функцією sss_useradd(8) для вказівки типових дозволів на новостворений домашній каталог." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "" -"Основний каталог, що містить файли і каталоги для копіювання особистого " -"каталогу користувача при створенні особистого каталогу функцією " -"sss_useradd(8)." +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "Основний каталог, що містить файли і каталоги для копіювання особистого каталогу користувача при створенні особистого каталогу функцією sss_useradd(8)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -1515,37 +1208,23 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" -"Використовувати атрибут груп маркерів, якщо він доступний (для Active " -"Directory)" +msgstr "Використовувати атрибут груп маркерів, якщо він доступний (для Active Directory)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI-адреси (ldap://) LDAP серверів (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP з правами суперкористувача. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN для обмеження пошуків LDAP з правами суперкористувача. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде " -"підключатися SSSD в порядку переваги." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде підключатися SSSD в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде " -"підключатися SSSD у порядку переваги, щоб змінити пароль користувача." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Вказує список URI серверів LDAP, розділених комами, до яких буде підключатися SSSD у порядку переваги, щоб змінити пароль користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" @@ -1557,9 +1236,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "" -"Прив'язане типове DN, що використовується для виконання операцій по " -"протоколу LDAP." +msgstr "Прив'язане типове DN, що використовується для виконання операцій по протоколу LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." @@ -1590,8 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який відповідає полю GECOS користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ім'я домашнього каталогу користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 @@ -1600,148 +1276,74 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта користувача " -"LDAP." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта користувача LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить objectSID об'єкта користувача LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського " -"об'єкта." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського об'єкта." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " -"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (дата останньої зміни пароля)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (дата останньої зміни пароля)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " -"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (мінімальний термін дії пароля)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (мінімальний термін дії пароля)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " -"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (максимальний термін дії " -"пароля)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (максимальний термін дії пароля)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " -"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період попередження про " -"закінчення терміну дії пароля)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період попередження про закінчення терміну дії пароля)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута " -"LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період неактивності пароля)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (період неактивності пароля)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow або " -"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, " -"яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (термін дії облікового запису)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=shadow або ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке відповідає його атрибуту shadow(5) (термін дії облікового запису)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я " -"атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час останньої зміни пароля Kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час останньої зміни пароля Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я " -"атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час завершення терміну дії поточного пароля." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає дату і час завершення терміну дії поточного пароля." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я " -"атрибута LDAP, зберігає час завершення терміну дії облікового запису." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, зберігає час завершення терміну дії облікового запису." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я " -"атрибута LDAP, яке зберігає бітове поле контролю облікових записів." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=ad цей параметр містить ім'я атрибута LDAP, яке зберігає бітове поле контролю облікових записів." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds або еквівалента цей " -"параметр визначає, чи дозволений доступ чи ні." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds або еквівалента цей параметр визначає, чи дозволений доступ чи ні." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, " -"дозволений доступ чи ні." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, дозволений доступ чи ні." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, до " -"якої дати дозволений доступ." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, до якої дати дозволений доступ." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, в які " -"години днів тижня дозволений доступ." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "При використанні ldap_account_expire_policy=nds цей атрибут визначає, в які години днів тижня дозволений доступ." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ім'я учасника-користувача Kerberos (UPN)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 @@ -1749,38 +1351,20 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить відкриті ключі SSH користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Деякі сервери каталогів, наприклад, Active Directory, можуть доставляти " -"частину області UPN в нижньому регістрі, що може стати причиною збою " -"розпізнавання." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Деякі сервери каталогів, наприклад, Active Directory, можуть доставляти частину області UPN в нижньому регістрі, що може стати причиною збою розпізнавання." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть для цього параметра значення true, якщо необхідно використовувати " -"верхній регістр в області." +msgstr "Встановіть для цього параметра значення true, якщо необхідно використовувати верхній регістр в області." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Вказує, скільки секунд потрібно чекати SSSD, перш ніж оновити кеш " -"перерахованих записів." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Вказує, скільки секунд потрібно чекати SSSD, перш ніж оновити кеш перерахованих записів." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Визначає, як часто слід перевіряти кеш на наявність неактивних записів " -"(наприклад, груп учасників і користувачів, які ніколи не входили в систему) " -"та видаляти їх, щоб заощадити місце." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Визначає, як часто слід перевіряти кеш на наявність неактивних записів (наприклад, груп учасників і користувачів, які ніколи не входили в систему) та видаляти їх, щоб заощадити місце." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." @@ -1791,24 +1375,12 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який перераховує участь користувача в групах." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"При використанні access_provider=ldap і ldap_access_order=authorized_service " -"SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута authorizedService в записі LDAP " -"для визначення привілею доступу." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "При використанні access_provider=ldap і ldap_access_order=authorized_service SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута authorizedService в записі LDAP для визначення привілею доступу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"При використанні access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host SSSD буде " -"використовувати наявність атрибута вузла в записі користувача для LDAP " -"визначення привілею доступу." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "При використанні access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host SSSD буде використовувати наявність атрибута вузла в записі користувача для LDAP визначення привілею доступу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -1828,50 +1400,27 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" -"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта групи LDAP." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта групи LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить objectSID об'єкта групи LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського " -"об'єкта." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " Атрибут LDAP, який містить позначку часу останньої зміни батьківського об'єкта." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для ldap_schema встановлений формат схеми, що підтримує вкладені групи " -"(наприклад, RFC2307bis), то цей параметр контролює, скільки рівнів " -"вкладеності буде відслідковувати SSSD." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Якщо для ldap_schema встановлений формат схеми, що підтримує вкладені групи (наприклад, RFC2307bis), то цей параметр контролює, скільки рівнів вкладеності буде відслідковувати SSSD." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, " -"яка може прискорити операції пошуку групи розгортання зі складними або " -"глибокими вкладеними групами." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, яка може прискорити операції пошуку групи розгортання зі складними або глибокими вкладеними групами." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, " -"яка може прискорити операції initgroups (особливо при роботі з складними або " -"глибокими вкладеними групами)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Цей параметр радить SSSD скористатися спеціальною функцією Active Directory, яка може прискорити операції initgroups (особливо при роботі з складними або глибокими вкладеними групами)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -1886,26 +1435,19 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить імена членів мережної групи." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"Атрибут LDAP, який містить трійки мережної групи (вузол, користувач, домен)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить трійки мережної групи (вузол, користувач, домен)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта мережної групи " -"LDAP." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить ідентифікатори UUID і GUID об'єкта мережної групи LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Клас об'єктів запису служби у LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить імена атрибутів служби та їхні псевдоніми." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 @@ -1913,109 +1455,60 @@ msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить порт, керований цією службою." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, який містить протоколи, розпізнавані цією службою." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap, перш ніж " -"вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений " -"автономний режим)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap для " -"перерахувань користувачів та груп, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а " -"кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої дозволені пошуки ldap для перерахувань користувачів та груп, перш ніж вони будуть скасовані, а кешовані результати повернуті (і увімкнений автономний режим)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якого у разі відсутності активності " -"будуть повернуті poll(2)/select(2) та connect(2)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якого у разі відсутності активності будуть повернуті poll(2)/select(2) та connect(2)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якої у разі відсутності відповіді будуть " -"припинені виклики синхронних API LDAP." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), після якої у разі відсутності відповіді будуть припинені виклики синхронних API LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої буде підтримуватися з'єднання з " -"LDAP сервером." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Вказує затримку (у секундах), протягом якої буде підтримуватися з'єднання з LDAP сервером." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Вказує кількість записів, одержуваних LDAP у одному запиту. Деякі сервери " -"LDAP вимагають максимального числа на запит." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Вказує кількість записів, одержуваних LDAP у одному запиту. Деякі сервери LDAP вимагають максимального числа на запит." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Вимкнути управління переходами між сторінками LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Під час зв'язку з сервером LDAP за допомогою SASL вказувати мінімальний " -"рівень безпеки, необхідний для встановлення з'єднання." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Під час зв'язку з сервером LDAP за допомогою SASL вказувати мінімальний рівень безпеки, необхідний для встановлення з'єднання." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Вказувати кількість членів групи, відсутніх у внутрішньому кеші, для " -"активації пошуку розіменування." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Вказувати кількість членів групи, відсутніх у внутрішньому кеші, для активації пошуку розіменування." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Перевіряти сертифікацію сервера у сесії LDAP TLS" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Вказує файл, який містить сертифікати для всіх служб сертифікації, " -"розпізнавані SSSD." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Вказує файл, який містить сертифікати для всіх служб сертифікації, розпізнавані SSSD." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Вказує шлях до каталогу, який містить сертифікати органу сертифікації в " -"окремих файлах." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Вказує шлях до каталогу, який містить сертифікати органу сертифікації в окремих файлах." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." @@ -2030,22 +1523,12 @@ msgstr "Вказує прийнятні комплекти шифрів." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Вказує на те, що з'єднання id_provider має також використовувати TLS для " -"захисту каналу." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Вказує на те, що з'єднання id_provider має також використовувати TLS для захисту каналу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Вказує на те, що SSSD слід спробувати відобразити ІД користувачів груп з " -"атрибутів ldap_user_objectsid і ldap_group_objectsid замість того, щоб " -"розраховувати на ldap_user_uid_number і ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Вказує на те, що SSSD слід спробувати відобразити ІД користувачів груп з атрибутів ldap_user_objectsid і ldap_group_objectsid замість того, щоб розраховувати на ldap_user_uid_number і ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -2060,34 +1543,24 @@ msgstr "Вказати область SASL для використання." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Якщо встановлено значення true, бібліотека LDAP виконає зворотний пошук, щоб " -"канонізувати назву вузла під час прив'язки SASL." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Якщо встановлено значення true, бібліотека LDAP виконає зворотний пошук, щоб канонізувати назву вузла під час прив'язки SASL." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." -msgstr "" -"Вказати файл Keytab, який буде використовуватися при використанні SASL/" -"GSSAPI." +msgstr "Вказати файл Keytab, який буде використовуватися при використанні SASL/GSSAPI." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Вказує на те, що id_provider слід започаткувати облікові дані Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "Вказує на те, що id_provider слід започаткувати облікові дані Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Вказує термін дії TGT в секундах при використанні GSSAPI." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Вибрати політику для оцінювання закінчення терміну дії пароля на стороні " -"клієнта." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Вибрати політику для оцінювання закінчення терміну дії пароля на стороні клієнта." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." @@ -2095,44 +1568,23 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися у разі вмикання виявлення " -"служб." +msgstr "Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися у разі вмикання виявлення служб." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися для пошуку сервера LDAP, що " -"дозволить змінити пароль при увімкненому виявленні служб." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Вказує ім'я служби, яка буде використовуватися для пошуку сервера LDAP, що дозволить змінити пароль при увімкненому виявленні служб." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Вказує, чи потрібно оновлювати атрибут ldap_user_shadow_last_change після " -"операції зміни пароля, вказуючи час в днях після епохи." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Вказує, чи потрібно оновлювати атрибут ldap_user_shadow_last_change після операції зміни пароля, вказуючи час в днях після епохи." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Якщо використовуються access_provider = ldap і ldap_access_order = filter " -"(default), цей параметр обов'язковий. Він визначає критерій фільтру пошуку " -"LDAP, яким повинні відповідати користувачі для отримання доступу до цього " -"вузла." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Якщо використовуються access_provider = ldap і ldap_access_order = filter (default), цей параметр обов'язковий. Він визначає критерій фільтру пошуку LDAP, яким повинні відповідати користувачі для отримання доступу до цього вузла." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього параметра можна увімкнути атрибути управління оцінюванням " -"доступу на стороні клієнта." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr "За допомогою цього параметра можна увімкнути атрибути управління оцінюванням доступу на стороні клієнта." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -2143,44 +1595,24 @@ msgstr "Вказує, як виконується розіменування псевдоніма під час пошуку." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Дозволяє зберігати локальних користувачів як учасників групи LDAP серверів, " -"що використовують схему RFC2307." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Дозволяє зберігати локальних користувачів як учасників групи LDAP серверів, що використовують схему RFC2307." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків " -"LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Необов'язкове базове DN, область пошуку і фільтр LDAP для обмеження пошуків LDAP для цього типу атрибутів. Усталене значення — ldap_search_base." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." @@ -2191,36 +1623,24 @@ msgstr "Назва запису карти автомонтування в LDAP." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ключ запису карти автомонтування в LDAP. Запис звичайно відповідає точці" -" монтування." +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "Ключ запису карти автомонтування в LDAP. Запис звичайно відповідає точці монтування." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP адреса або назви вузлів серверів Kerberos (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Вказує список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів Kerberos, розділених комами, " -"до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD, в порядку переваги." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Вказує список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів Kerberos, розділених комами, до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD, в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Область Kerberos (наприклад, EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Якщо служба зміни пароля не запущена у KDC, то альтернативні сервери можуть " -"бути визначені тут." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Якщо служба зміни пароля не запущена у KDC, то альтернативні сервери можуть бути визначені тут." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -2231,64 +1651,36 @@ msgstr "Розташування кешу облікових даних користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -"Затримка в секундах після скасування запиту аутентифікації або запиту зміни " -"пароля." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr "Затримка в секундах після скасування запиту аутентифікації або запиту зміни пароля." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Перевіряти з допомогою krb5_keytab, чи не був підроблений отриманий TGT." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Перевіряти з допомогою krb5_keytab, чи не був підроблений отриманий TGT." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"Розташування файлу keytab, який буде використовуватися при перевірці " -"облікових даних, отриманих від KDC." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "Розташування файлу keytab, який буде використовуватися при перевірці облікових даних, отриманих від KDC." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Зберігати пароль користувача, якщо постачальник не в мережі, і " -"використовувати його для запиту TGT, коли постачальник знову з'явиться в " -"мережі." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Зберігати пароль користувача, якщо постачальник не в мережі, і використовувати його для запиту TGT, коли постачальник знову з'явиться в мережі." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Запитати оновлений квиток із загальним терміном дії, який надається як ціле " -"число і супроводжується одиницею часу." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Запитати оновлений квиток із загальним терміном дії, який надається як ціле число і супроводжується одиницею часу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Квиток запиту з терміном дії у вигляді цілого числа, після якого слідує " -"одиниця часу." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Квиток запиту з терміном дії у вигляді цілого числа, після якого слідує одиниця часу." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Час в секундах між двома перевірками необхідності оновлення TGT." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Вмикає гнучке розпізнавання через захищене тунелювання (FAST) для " -"попереднього розпізнавання Kerberos." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Вмикає гнучке розпізнавання через захищене тунелювання (FAST) для попереднього розпізнавання Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -2296,8 +1688,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Вказує, чи потрібно канонізувати учасника вузла і учасника-користувача." +msgstr "Вказує, чи потрібно канонізувати учасника вузла і учасника-користувача." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 @@ -2309,41 +1700,24 @@ msgstr "IP адреси або назви вузлів серверів AD (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів AD, розділених комами, до яких буде " -"під'єднуватися SSSD в порядку переваги." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Список IP-адрес або імен вузлів серверів AD, розділених комами, до яких буде під'єднуватися SSSD в порядку переваги." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Назва вузла AD (необов'язкова): може бути задана, якщо назва вузла(5) " -"невідображає повне доменне ім'я, яке AD використовує для ідентифікації цього " -"вузла." +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "Назва вузла AD (необов'язкова): може бути задана, якщо назва вузла(5) невідображає повне доменне ім'я, яке AD використовує для ідентифікації цього вузла." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Перевизначає домашній каталог користувача." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Вказує нижню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для " -"призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Вказує нижню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Вказує верхню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для " -"призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Вказує верхню межу діапазону ідентифікаторів POSIX, що використовуються для призначення ідентифікаторів безпеки групи або користувача Active Directory." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -2358,12 +1732,8 @@ msgstr "Вказує ім'я типового домену." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Змінює поведінку алгоритму призначення ІД і робить його більше схожим на " -"поведінка алгоритму \"idmap_autorid\" Winbind." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Змінює поведінку алгоритму призначення ІД і робить його більше схожим на поведінка алгоритму \"idmap_autorid\" Winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 @@ -2375,45 +1745,27 @@ msgstr "IP адреси або назви вузлів серверів IPA (відокремлені комами)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язковий. Може встановлюватися на комп'ютерах, на яких hostname(5) не " -"відображає повне ім'я, використовуване в домені Active Directory для " -"визначення цього вузла. Назва вузла IPA (необов'язкова): може бути задано, " -"якщо назва вузла(5) невідображає повне доменне ім'я, яке IPA використовує " -"для ідентифікації цьоговузла." +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "Необов'язковий. Може встановлюватися на комп'ютерах, на яких hostname(5) не відображає повне ім'я, використовуване в домені Active Directory для визначення цього вузла. Назва вузла IPA (необов'язкова): може бути задано, якщо назва вузла(5) невідображає повне доменне ім'я, яке IPA використовує для ідентифікації цьоговузла." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." -msgstr "" -"Буде використовуватися розташування автомонтувальника цього клієнта IPA." +msgstr "Буде використовуватися розташування автомонтувальника цього клієнта IPA." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр повідомляє SSSD, що для DNS-сервера, вбудованого в FreeIPA " -"версії 2, необхідно вказати IP-адресу клієнта." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Цей параметр повідомляє SSSD, що для DNS-сервера, вбудованого в FreeIPA версії 2, необхідно вказати IP-адресу клієнта." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"Значення TTL, яке застосовується до DNS-запису клієнта при її відновленні." +msgstr "Значення TTL, яке застосовується до DNS-запису клієнта при її відновленні." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Вибрати інтерфейс, IP-адреса якого повинна використовуватися для динамічного " -"оновлення DNS." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Вибрати інтерфейс, IP-адреса якого повинна використовуватися для динамічного оновлення DNS." #~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання правил sudo по " -#~ "протоколу LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання правил sudo по протоколу LDAP." #~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" #~ msgstr "Модуль налаштування клієнта розпізнавання" @@ -2476,8 +1828,7 @@ #~ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." #~ msgstr "Показує синтаксис файлу налаштувань." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." #~ msgstr "Список служб, розділених комами, які запускаються при запуску SSSD." #~ msgid "" @@ -2487,61 +1838,29 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Підтримувані служби: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -#~ "configured or SSSD won't start." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSSD може використовувати більше доменів одночасно, при цьому хоча б один " -#~ "з них повинен бути налаштований, інакше SSSD не запуститься." +#~ msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#~ msgstr "SSSD може використовувати більше доменів одночасно, при цьому хоча б один з них повинен бути налаштований, інакше SSSD не запуститься." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -#~ "queried." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Цей параметр містить список доменів в порядку черговості звернення до них." +#~ msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#~ msgstr "Цей параметр містить список доменів в порядку черговості звернення до них." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back " -#~ "to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Типово для цього буде використаний inotify. Якщо він недоступний, файл " -#~ "resolv.conf буде опитуватися кожні п'ять секунд." +#~ msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#~ msgstr "Типово для цього буде використаний inotify. Якщо він недоступний, файл resolv.conf буде опитуватися кожні п'ять секунд." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -#~ "default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -#~ "verbose mode." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Бітова маска, що визначає видимі рівні зневадження. 0x0010 є типовим " -#~ "значенням, а також мінімальним допустимим значенням. 0xFFF0 є режимом " -#~ "максимального виведення повідомлень." +#~ msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#~ msgstr "Бітова маска, що визначає видимі рівні зневадження. 0x0010 є типовим значенням, а також мінімальним допустимим значенням. 0xFFF0 є режимом максимального виведення повідомлень." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), " -#~ "it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо служба не відповідає на перевірки зв'язку (див. параметр \"час " -#~ "затримки\"), їй посилається сигнал SIGTERM, що вказує коректно завершити " -#~ "роботу." +#~ msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#~ msgstr "Якщо служба не відповідає на перевірки зв'язку (див. параметр \"час затримки\"), їй посилається сигнал SIGTERM, що вказує коректно завершити роботу." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -#~ "qualified name." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Може бути встановлений на комп'ютерах, де імена вузлів(5) не відображають " -#~ "повне доменне ім'я." +#~ msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#~ msgstr "Може бути встановлений на комп'ютерах, де імена вузлів(5) не відображають повне доменне ім'я." #~ msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не вдалося увімкнути службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний " -#~ "журнал для діагностики." +#~ msgstr "Не вдалося увімкнути службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал для діагностики." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u " -#~ "%s) to diagnose." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не вдалося запустити службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний " -#~ "журнал (journalctl -n -u %s)для діагностики." +#~ msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +#~ msgstr "Не вдалося запустити службу %s. Будь ласка, використовуйте системний журнал (journalctl -n -u %s)для діагностики." #~ msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" #~ msgstr "Система налаштована на використання nss_ldap.\n" @@ -2618,54 +1937,14 @@ #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "Змінити" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " -#~ "authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " -#~ "authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " -#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In " -#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " -#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " -#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:" -#~ " proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD " -#~ "internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See " -#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: " -#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad</" -#~ "b>: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are:" -#~ " ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for " -#~ "Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise " -#~ "Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider." -#~ " proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target." -#~ " none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth " -#~ "provider is the id_provider. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SSSD забезпечує набір фонових служб для управління доступом до віддалених " -#~ "каталогів та механізмів розпізнавання. Ви маєте налаштувати хоча б " -#~ "один домен розпізнавання. Перше, що ви маєте задати для домена " -#~ "автентифікації, — це ідентифікація та постачальник автентифікації, " -#~ "використаний для домена. На наступному кроці ви маєте задати деякий " -#~ "обов'язковий параметр для вибраних постачальників. Ви можете вибрати " -#~ "пізніше усі параметри, доступні для вибраної ідентифікації та " -#~ "постачальника автентифікації.SSSD забезпечує наступний id_provider:" -#~ " proxy: Підтримка старого постачальника NSS. local: " -#~ "внутрішній постачальник SSSD для локальних користувачів. ldap: " -#~ "постачальник LDAP. Подивіться sssd-ldap(5) за подробицями про " -#~ "налаштування LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA та постачальник управління " -#~ "сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad: постачальник Active Directory." -#~ " Підтримані постачальники автентифікації: ldap для рідної " -#~ "автентифікації LDAP. krb5 для автентифікації Kerberos." -#~ " ipa FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat " -#~ "Enterprise. ad постачальник Active Directory. proxy " -#~ "для перекладення автентифікації на деяку іншу ціль PAM. жодна " -#~ "вимикає явну автентифікацію. Типовий постачальник автентифікації є " -#~ "id_provider. " +#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +#~ msgstr "SSSD забезпечує набір фонових служб для управління доступом до віддалених каталогів та механізмів розпізнавання. Ви маєте налаштувати хоча б один домен розпізнавання. Перше, що ви маєте задати для домена автентифікації, — це ідентифікація та постачальник автентифікації, використаний для домена. На наступному кроці ви маєте задати деякий обов'язковий параметр для вибраних постачальників. Ви можете вибрати пізніше усі параметри, доступні для вибраної ідентифікації та постачальника автентифікації.SSSD забезпечує наступний id_provide r: proxy: Підтримка старого постачальника NSS. local: внутрішній постачальник SSSD для локальних користувачів. ldap: постачальник LDAP. Подивіться sssd-ldap(5) за подробицями про налаштування LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad: постачальник Active Directory. Підтримані постачальники автентифікації: ldap для рідної автентифікації LDAP. krb5 для автентифікації Kerberos. ipa FreeIPA та постачальник управління сутністю Red Hat Enterprise. ad постачальник Active Directory. proxy для перекладення автентифікації на деяку ін� �у ціль PAM. жодна вимикає явну автентифікацію. Типовий постачальник автентифікації є id_provider. " #~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." #~ msgstr "Визначає, чи може домен бути пронумерований." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Визначає, чи кешуються облікові дані користувача на локальному LDB-кеші." +#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "Визначає, чи кешуються облікові дані користувача на локальному LDB-кеші." #~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." #~ msgstr "Постачальник розпізнавання вжитий для домену." @@ -2674,33 +1953,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Використовувати доменну частина імені вузла комп'ютера." #~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі." +#~ msgstr "Список користувачів, розділених комами, яким явно відмовлено в доступі." #~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання операцій користувача " -#~ "по протоколу LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Типове базове DN, яке використовується для виконання операцій користувача по протоколу LDAP." #~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." #~ msgstr "Вказує тип схеми, що використовується на цільовому сервері LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, " -#~ "if any." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вказує, які перевірки сертифікатів сервера будуть виконані під час сеансу " -#~ "TLS, якщо такі наявні." +#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +#~ msgstr "Вказує, які перевірки сертифікатів сервера будуть виконані під час сеансу TLS, якщо такі наявні." #~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." #~ msgstr "Назва області Kerberos." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers " -#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Розділений комами список IP-адрес або назв вузлів IPA-серверів, до яких " -#~ "SSSD повинен під'єднуватися в порядку переваги." +#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "Розділений комами список IP-адрес або назв вузлів IPA-серверів, до яких SSSD повинен під'єднуватися в порядку переваги." #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "Запобігання небажаній кореспонденції" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/auth-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 21:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -308,7 +308,8 @@ msgstr "Зареєструватися у фоновій службі &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" @@ -494,6 +495,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Назва вузла постачальника" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Порт" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Використовувати StartTLS" @@ -2049,7 +2055,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2808,10 +2815,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Назва постачальника" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Порт" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Тип реплікації" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/autoinst.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. progress step title @@ -29,8 +28,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." +msgstr "Виконання скриптів автоматичного встановлення в середовищі встановлення..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -129,8 +127,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Клієнт для створення профілю AutoYaST основаного на запущеній системі" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 @@ -159,8 +156,7 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "За допомогою цього вікна, скопіюйте вміст файла і вкажіть остаточний\n" "шлях на встановленій системі. YaST скопіює цей файл до вказаної адреси." @@ -169,18 +165,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих " -"файлів.\n" -"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права " -"доступу можуть\n" -"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для " -"нових\n" +"Для захисту скопійованих файлів, вкажіть власника і права доступу до цих файлів.\n" +"Вкажіть власника за допомогою синтаксису userid:groupid. Права доступу можуть\n" +"бути символічними репрезентаціями змін або вісімкове число шаблона бітів для нових\n" "прав доступу." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -254,10 +245,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Для багатьох програм та служб, ви, можливо, підготували конфігураційний\n" @@ -294,14 +283,8 @@ #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:" -" %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not " -"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgstr "" -"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST не можуть бути опрацьовані на цій системі:" -" %s Можливо вони неправильно введені або ваш профіль не " -"містить усіх потрібних пакунків YaST у розділі <software/>." +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST не можуть бути опрацьовані на цій системі: %s Можливо вони неправильно введені або ваш профіль не містить усіх потрібних пакунків YaST у розділі <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -455,14 +438,8 @@ #. list of unsupported sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: " -"%s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " -"the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST більше ніким не підтримуються: " -"%s Будь ласка, вживайте, наприклад, <scripts/> або <files/" -"> для зміни конфігурації." +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "Ці розділи профілю AutoYaST більше ніким не підтримуються: %s Будь ласка, вживайте, наприклад, <scripts/> або <files/> для зміни конфігурації." #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 @@ -511,8 +488,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки йде підготовка системи до автовстановлення." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -693,12 +669,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна " -"пропускати,\n" +"Залежно від вашої досвідченості, повідомлення при встановленні можна пропускати,\n" "записувати в журнал та показувати (з тайм-аутом). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -722,14 +696,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть " -"Детально, щоб додати\n" +"Виберіть один із наступних варіантів основи і натисніть Детально, щоб додати\n" "додаткові програми та пакунки.\n" "\n" @@ -741,11 +713,8 @@ msgstr "Адреса установчого джерела (на кшталт http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали " -"цей пункт)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Установче джерело цієї системи (ви не можете створювати образи, якщо вибрали цей пункт)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -760,21 +729,15 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Монтувати в /etc/fstab за:\n" -"\tЗазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab за " -"назвою\n" -"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для " -"монтування\n" -"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна " -"монтувати\n" +"\tЗазвичай, файлову систему для монтування визначають у /etc/fstab за назвою\n" +"\tпристрою. Цю ідентифікацію можна змінити так, щоб файлова система для монтування\n" +"\tзнаходилася за пошуком UUID або мітки тому. Не всі файлові системи можна монтувати\n" "\tза UUID або міткою тому. Якщо параметр вимкнено, ця дія неможлива.\n" "\t" @@ -782,15 +745,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Мітка тому:\n" -"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай, " -"це має сенс\n" +"\t Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується в як мітка тому. Зазвичай, це має сенс\n" "\t лише у випадку, якщо ви активували параметр монтування за міткою тому.\n" "\t Мітка тому не повинна містити символу / або пробілів.\n" "\t " @@ -960,11 +921,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або " -"«swap»." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Розмір «авто» чинний тільки тоді, коли вибрано точку монтування «/boot» або «swap»." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1017,8 +975,7 @@ #. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? #: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." -msgstr "" -"Запущений визначений користувачем сценарій. Це може зайняти деякий час." +msgstr "Запущений визначений користувачем сценарій. Це може зайняти деякий час." #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value @@ -1039,8 +996,7 @@ "і спробуйте знов. Через цю помилку, ви тепер можете ввести\n" "адресу URL тільки до профілю, а не до каталогу. Якщо ви використовуєте\n" "правила або файли контролю на базовані на назвах вузлів, то перезапустіть\n" -"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.</" -"p>\n" +"процес встановлення і переконайтесь, що можливий доступ до файлів контролю.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1149,8 +1105,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" +msgstr "Використовуйте цей інтерфейс для визначення класів файлів контролю. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1442,9 +1397,7 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри модуля «%1» до вашої системи?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1459,9 +1412,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Дійсно застосувати параметри профілю до вашої системи?" #. EXIT @@ -1498,8 +1449,7 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле " -"Сховище." +"Введіть каталог, де мають зберігатись всі файли контролю в поле Сховище." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -1601,8 +1551,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Файл Kickstart було імпортовано.\n" @@ -1736,29 +1685,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Параметр підтвердження встановлення увімкнено типово\n" "для запобігання небажаного встановлення. Він зупиняє систему\n" "під час встановлення і показує підсумок необхідних дій у\n" -"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне " -"встановлення не переривалось.\n" +"звичайному вікні пропозицій. Вимкніть цей параметр, щоб автоматичне встановлення не переривалось.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в " -"ручному режимі\n" +"Якщо ви вимкнете другий етап AutoYaST, то встановлення продовжується в ручному режимі\n" "після першого перезавантаження системи (після встановлення пакунків).\n" "\n" @@ -1903,13 +1848,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD " -"і\n" +"Цей засіб використовує xmllint для перевірки профілю супроти DTD і\n" "перевіряє дані, яких не вистачає. Деякі відсутні дані і помилки про це\n" "можна ігнорувати. Наприклад, при створенні класів.\n" @@ -1939,13 +1882,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Цей засіб створює еталонний профіль із прочитаної\n" "з системи інформації. Виберіть ресурси для зчитування з цієї\n" -"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір " -"пакунків.\n" +"системи на додачу до типових ресурсів, такі як розбивка на розділи та вибір пакунків.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1953,12 +1894,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій " -"системі.\n" +"Таблиця праворуч показує розділи, які будуть створені у встановленій системі.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1996,8 +1935,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Якщо не визначено розділів і на вказаному приводі\n" @@ -2017,17 +1955,8 @@ msgstr "Додаткові параметри" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як " -"логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний розділ " -"як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір " -"розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Типово, AutoYaST створить розширений розділ і додасть всі нові розділи як логічні пристрої. Однак, можна вказати, щоб AutoYaST створював певний розділ як головний розділ або розширений розділ. Також, можна вказати розмір розділу за допомогою кількості секторів замість мегабайтів." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2041,14 +1970,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте " -"конфігурацію\n" +"Для встановлення LVM та RAID, перегляньте документацію і додайте конфігурацію\n" "до існуючого файла контролю. Ви можете створювати неформатовані\n" "розділи LVM та RAID у якості підготовки.\n" "\n" @@ -2080,16 +2007,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Скрипти перед встановлення</h3>\n" -"Додати команди для виконання в системі перед початком встановленням. </" -"P>\n" +"Додати команди для виконання в системі перед початком встановленням. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2107,8 +2032,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2118,8 +2042,7 @@ "виберіть параметри скрипти chroot. Ці скрипти виконуються\n" "перед першим перезавантаженням системи. Типово, скрипти chroot \n" "виконуються у системі встановлення. Для доступу до файлів у встановленій\n" -"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення \"/mnt" -"\".\n" +"системі, завжди використовуйте для ваших скриптів точку підключення \"/mnt\".\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2127,15 +2050,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Скрипти chroot можна виконувати на пізнішій стадії після\n" -"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"того як завантажувач було налаштовано із спеціальною булевою міткою \"chrooted\".\n" "Цим виконуються скрипти у встановленій системі. \n" "\n" @@ -2155,8 +2076,7 @@ "<H3>Скрипти Init</H3>\n" "Ці скрипти виконуються під час початкового процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як YaST закінчив налаштування системи. Остаточні скрипти виконуються \n" -"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один " -"раз. \n" +"за допомогою спеціального скрипту rc, який виконується тільки один раз. \n" "Остаточні скрипти виконуються наприкінці процесу завантаження після\n" "того, як мережа вже запущена.\n" "\n" @@ -2166,15 +2086,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Інтерпретатор:</H3>\n" -"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не " -"використовуйте\n" +"Тільки скрипти оболонки можна використовувати перед встановленням. Не використовуйте\n" "Perl або Python для скриптів перед встановленням.\n" "\n" @@ -2184,12 +2102,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2197,28 +2112,22 @@ "При виконанні скриптів після встановлення, мережа вимкнена\n" "і для увімкнення доступу необхідне започаткування в скриптах.\n" "Альтернативою для скриптів з мережею після встановлення є скрипти init,\n" -"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю " -"налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр " -"\"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" +"які гарантують, що під час виконання скриптів, систему вже повністю налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо ви встановлювали систему через мережу, то також можете вживати параметр \"Мережа\" для скрипту після встановлення.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Зворотний зв'язок і зневадження:</H3>\n" -"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR " -"як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" -"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано " -"більше інформації,\n" +"Всі скрипти, крім скриптів започаткування можуть показувати STDOUT+STDERR як зворотній зв'язок у вигулькному вікні.\n" +"Якщо увімкнути зневадження, то у вікні зворотнього зв'язку буде показано більше інформації,\n" "яка може знадобитись для зневадження вашого скрипту.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2306,8 +2215,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2339,12 +2247,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю " -"autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "Під час аналізу XML трапилась помилка, коли проводився розбір профілю autoyast. Повідомлення помилки:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 @@ -2437,18 +2341,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються " -"від\n" -"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи, " -"введені\n" +"Більшість модулів задіяних для створення налаштування не відрізняються від\n" +"наявних через Центр керування YaST. Замість налаштування цієї системи, введені\n" "дані збираються і експортуються у файл контролю, який можна використовувати\n" "для встановлення іншої системи за допомогою AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2456,8 +2356,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Додатково до існуючих і відомих модулів, було створено нові\n" @@ -2586,8 +2485,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." +msgstr "Група томів «%1» мусить мати хоча б один фізичний том. Надайте якийсь один." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2677,24 +2575,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка, " -"перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення шаблону. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Створення образу — встановлення пакунків" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка, " -"перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Не вдалось створити образу протягом установлення пакунка. Будь ласка, перевірте /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 @@ -2706,8 +2596,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Можете тепер робити зміни образу в %1/\n" "Якщо ви натиснете «Гаразд», образ буде стиснуто й буде неможливо редагувати. " @@ -2755,12 +2644,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл " -"AutoYaST XML.\n" +"Можна тепер робити зміни в ISO у %1, на кшталт додавати цілком інакший файл AutoYaST XML.\n" "Якщо натиснути на кнопку «Гаразд», буде створено образ." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2802,21 +2689,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте " -"розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Будь ласка, перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий " -"диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "План розподілу налаштований у вашому профілі XML не поміщається на жорсткий диск. Не вистачає %1МБ." #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2895,13 +2774,10 @@ msgstr "&Гаразд" #~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код " -#~ "%2." +#~ msgstr "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." #~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол FTP. Сервер повернув код %2." +#~ msgstr "Не вдається знайти URL \"%1\" через протокол FTP. Сервер повернув код %2." #~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" #~ msgstr "Не вдалося прочитати файл на %1/%2.\n" @@ -2951,28 +2827,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Введіть інформацію про розділ диска відповідно до ваших\n" -#~ "потреб. Якщо ви хочете вживати вже існуючий розділ, то потрібно ввести " -#~ "номер цього існуючого розділу (рахунок починається з розділу 1) і без " -#~ "розміру.\n" +#~ "потреб. Якщо ви хочете вживати вже існуючий розділ, то потрібно ввести номер цього існуючого розділу (рахунок починається з розділу 1) і без розміру.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Для розділів, що є частиною групи томів (не логічні розділи диска " -#~ "всередині групи томів) потрібно встановити ідентифікатор розділу до 0x8e " -#~ "і тоді вибрати групу томів. Групу томів спочатку потрібно створити за " -#~ "допомогою AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Для розділів, що є частиною групи томів (не логічні розділи диска всередині групи томів) потрібно встановити ідентифікатор розділу до 0x8e і тоді вибрати групу томів. Групу томів спочатку потрібно створити за допомогою AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Для докладнішої інформації див. довідку.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3031,16 +2897,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Створіть/редагуйте групи томів тут. Після цього ви мусите призначити " -#~ "фізичні розділи до цієї групи томів у вікні розподілу фізичного жорсткого " -#~ "диска. Встановіть ідентифікатор цих розділів до 0x8e.\n" +#~ "Створіть/редагуйте групи томів тут. Після цього ви мусите призначити фізичні розділи до цієї групи томів у вікні розподілу фізичного жорсткого диска. Встановіть ідентифікатор цих розділів до 0x8e.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "&Volume Group" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/base.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 09:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question @@ -94,8 +93,7 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих команд." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 @@ -135,16 +133,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"%1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих" -" параметрів." +msgstr "Скористайтесь \"yast2 %1 %2 help\" для отримання повного списку можливих параметрів." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 @@ -241,27 +236,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих" -" параметрів." +msgstr "Виконайте \"yast2 %1 <command> help\" для отримання списку можливих параметрів." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" -" command line option." -msgstr "" -"Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр" -" командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file>" -" command line option." -msgstr "" -"Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр" -" командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Порожня назва файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 @@ -1024,16 +1009,8 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use" -" [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of" -" configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog" -" on the right." -msgstr "" -"Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб" -" згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що" -" показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва" -" натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Навігація по дереву також здійснюється клавішами зі стрілками. Щоб згорнути або розгорнути гілку, використовуйте пробіл. Для модулів, що показують дерево (може виглядати як список) пунктів налаштування зліва натисніть Enter для висновку відповідного діалогу праворуч." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1083,13 +1060,11 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings" -" for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Клавіші функцій \n" "F-клавіші дають швидкий доступ до головних функцій.\n" -"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку.<" -"/p>" +"Прив'язки функційних клавіш для поточного діалогу показані в нижньому рядку." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -1161,30 +1136,18 @@ #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same" -" after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service" -" during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running" -" service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the" -" dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable" -" the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the" -" already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Поточний стан</big> \n" -"Відображає поточний стан служби. Цей стан залишається незмінним після" -" збереження параметрів, незалежно від значення 'запускати службу під час" -" завантаження'.\n" +"Відображає поточний стан служби. Цей стан залишається незмінним після збереження параметрів, незалежно від значення 'запускати службу під час завантаження'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Застосовно лише у випадку, коли служба працює. Переконайтеся, що запущена" -" служба перезапускає нову конфігурацію після її збереження (через кнопки" -" 'гаразд' або 'зберегти').\n" +"Застосовно лише у випадку, коли служба працює. Переконайтеся, що запущена служба перезапускає нову конфігурацію після її збереження (через кнопки 'гаразд' або 'зберегти').\n" "<big>Запустити під час завантаження системи</big> \n" -"Позначте це поле для увімкнення служби під час завантаження системи. Зняття" -" галочки вимкне цю службу. Це не спричиняє жодних змін поточного стану" -" служби у вже запущеній системі.\n" +"Позначте це поле для увімкнення служби під час завантаження системи. Зняття галочки вимкне цю службу. Це не спричиняє жодних змін поточного стану служби у вже запущеній системі.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 @@ -1730,13 +1693,13 @@ msgstr "&Подробиці..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Повідомлення" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Показувати повідомлення: %1" @@ -1747,23 +1710,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Так" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1771,76 +1734,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Тайм-аут повідомлень: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Записувати повідомлення в журнал: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Попередження" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Показувати попередження: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Тайм-аут попереджень: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Записувати попередження в журнал: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Помилки" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Показувати помилки: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Тайм-аут помилок: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Записувати помилки в журнал: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Попередження:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Помилка:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Повідомлення:" @@ -1959,14 +1922,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more" -" information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Створити новий ключ GPG</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої" -" інформації.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> запущено, див. підручник <tt>gpg</tt> для докладнішої інформації.\n" "Щоб скасувати, натисніть Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -2029,8 +1990,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1</b" -">\n" +"Щоб опрацювати додаткові дії або зберегти журнал у файл, клацніть на %1\n" "і виберіть дію для опрацювання." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2298,7 +2258,6 @@ msgstr "Домашня зона" #: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 -#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Публічна зона" @@ -2376,8 +2335,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до" -" внутрішньої мережі:\n" +"Неможливо скасувати вибір цих мережних інтерфейсів, які приписано до внутрішньої мережі:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2511,7 +2469,6 @@ msgstr "&Подробиці про фаєрвол..." #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 -#| msgid "Firewall Settings" msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу для %{firewall}" @@ -2995,24 +2952,19 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та" -" \"*+._-\".\n" +"Назви портів можуть складатись з символів \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"0-9\" та \"*+._-\".\n" "Номер порту -- це число між 0 і 65535 (включно).\n" "Пропуски не дозволені.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній" -" інтерфейс" +msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як внутрішній інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній" -" інтерфейс" +msgstr "Знайдено новий мережний пристрій \"%1\". Його додано у фаєрвол як зовнішній інтерфейс" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 @@ -3022,87 +2974,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" -">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\"" -">вимкнути</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Фаєрвол увімкнений (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">вимкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\"" -">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\"" -">увімкнути</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Фаєрвол вимкнений (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">увімкнути</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Порт SSH закритий (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)," -" but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a" -">), але\n" +"Порт SSH відкритий (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">закрити</a>), але\n" " ще нема налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on" -" the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через SSH, але ви не відкрили порт SSH у фаєрвол." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a" -" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a" -" href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) відкриті (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">закрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a" -" href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a" -" href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Порти віддаленого адміністрування (VNC) закриті (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">відкрити</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have" -" not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але" -" не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему за допомогою віддаленого адміністрування (VNC), але не відкрили в фаєрволі порти VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 @@ -3116,12 +3039,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the" -" needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти" -" у мережному екрані." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Ви встановлюєте систему через ціль iSCSI, але вами не відкрито потрібні порти у мережному екрані." #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text @@ -3285,8 +3204,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has" -" changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3493,7 +3411,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Пакунок: " @@ -3655,15 +3573,15 @@ msgstr "&Ім'я користувача" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Показати &подробиці" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Розмір: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Залишилось часу до повторної спроби: %1" @@ -3685,8 +3603,7 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "PackageKit блокує керування програмами.\n" -"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування" -" програмами.\n" +"Таке трапляється, коли запущено аплет оновлень або якесь інше керування програмами.\n" "\n" "Спробувати вийти з PackageKit?" @@ -3808,16 +3725,13 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software" -" to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in" -" the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба" -" встановити.\n" +"\t\t Це вікно дає можливість визначити системні завдання і яке ПЗ треба встановити.\n" "\t\t Доступні завдання і ПЗ для цієї системи показані за категоріями в\n" "\t\t стовпчику ліворуч. Щоб побачити опис елемента, виберіть його у списку.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3851,8 +3765,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining" -" disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3863,8 +3776,7 @@ "\t\t В лівому нижньому кутку є використання простору на диску, яке показує\n" "\t\t скільки залишиться місця після виконання всіх запланованих змін.\n" "\t\t Заповнені або майже повні розділи жорсткого диску можуть негативно\n" -"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні" -" проблеми.\n" +"\t\t впливати на швидкодію системи, або, навіть, завдавати серйозні проблеми.\n" "\t\t Для правильної роботи система потребує трохи вільного місця на диску.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3963,12 +3875,8 @@ msgstr "Продовжити засобі керування пакунками" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or" -" removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або вилучених" -" пакунків" +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Звіт встановлення</BIG> Підсумок встановлених або вилучених пакунків" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -4079,8 +3987,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file." -" Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4163,8 +4070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пакунок %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась" -" невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що пакунок було змінено випадково або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Встановлення\n" @@ -4187,8 +4093,7 @@ msgstr "" "Файл %1 зі сховища %2\n" "%3\n" -"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась" -" невдачею: %4\n" +"підписаний наступним ключем GnuPG, але перевірка цілісності закінчилась невдачею: %4\n" "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково змінено або змінено\n" "зловмисником, бо творець сховища підписав його. Вживання\n" @@ -4325,8 +4230,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be" -" used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Вікно попередження відкривається для кожного пакунка,\n" "який не підписано (імпортовано) ключем з довірою. Якщо\n" @@ -4392,8 +4296,7 @@ "\n" "Це означає, що файл було випадково або навмисно змінено\n" "з часу підписування його розробником сховища. Вживання\n" -"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у" -" використанні вашої системи.\n" +"цього файла може становити велику небезпеку для цілісності і безпечності у використанні вашої системи.\n" "\n" "Використовувати його попри все?\n" @@ -4410,8 +4313,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at" -" risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4470,16 +4372,8 @@ msgstr "Зачекайте поки встановлюються пакунки." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the" -" Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or" -" unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за" -" допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в" -" нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не" -" завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Переривання встановленняВстановлення пакунків можна припинити за допомогою кнопки Перервати. Однак, після цього система може бути в нестійкому чи непридатному для користування стані, або може і взагалі не завантажитись, якщо не було встановлено основний компонент системи." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 @@ -5154,9 +5048,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or #. a comma separated list of file names. #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 -#| msgid "" -#| "File %s has been created manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose this file." msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5270,8 +5161,7 @@ "Приклади:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 або 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Маска мережі: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 або 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або" -" 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Біти_маски_мережі: 192.168.0.0/24 або 192.168.0.1/32 або 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -6044,13 +5934,11 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address" -" '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Реверсивну IPv4 адресу %1 задано некоректно.\n" "\n" -"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з" -" діапазону 0-255,\n" +"Коректна реверсивна IPv4 адреса складається з чотирьох цілих чисел з діапазону 0-255,\n" "які розділено крапками, з завершальним рядком \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" "Наприклад, \"1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.\" для IPv4 адреси \"192.168.32.1\".\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/bootloader.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module @@ -34,8 +33,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." +msgstr "Розділ завантаження належить до типу NFS. Завантажувач неможливо встановити." #. F#300779: end #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 @@ -181,60 +179,34 @@ msgstr " (MBR)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">встановити</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділ /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">встановити</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не " -"встановлювати</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Встановити код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">не встановлювати</a>)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">встановити</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Не встановлювати код завантаження у розділу «/» (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">встановити</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для стадії 1 завантажувача. Якщо ви не " -"знаєте, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "УВАГА: Не вибрано розташування для стадії 1 завантажувача. Якщо ви не знаєте, що робите, то виберіть розташування вище." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 @@ -249,12 +221,10 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Тайм-аут в секундах \n" -"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра." -"\n" +"Вказує скільки часу завантажувач чекатиме перед завантаженням типового ядра.\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 @@ -264,16 +234,13 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Активувати розділ диска завантажувача \n" "Щоб активувати розділ диска, на якому міститься завантажувач,\n" -"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR " -"завантажить\n" +"увімкніть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача. Загальний код MBR завантажить\n" "активний розділ диска. Старші BIOS-и вимагали, щоб один розділ\n" "був активним, навіть, якщо завантажувач встановлено в MBR." @@ -284,13 +251,11 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" "Записати в MBR загальний код\n" -"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який " -"завантажує активний розділ)." +"Замінити головний запис завантаження вашого диска загальним кодом (який завантажує активний розділ)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 @@ -299,9 +264,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню " -"завантаження не буде показано." +msgstr "Якщо увімкнути параметр При завантаженні ховати меню, то меню завантаження не буде показано." #. Represents if os prober should be run #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 @@ -309,12 +272,8 @@ msgstr "Зна&ходити інші ОС" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення " -"мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Визначайте інші ОС за допомогою os-prober для забезпечення мультизавантаження з іншими дистрибутивами." #. represents kernel command line #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 @@ -322,12 +281,8 @@ msgstr "&Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " -"вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Необов'язкові параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для ядра." #. Represents Protective MBR action #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 @@ -335,14 +290,8 @@ msgstr "&Захисний прапор MBR" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, " -"необхідне тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у " -"дисках GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Захисний прапор MBR - це налаштування лише для експертів, необхідне тільки для екзотичного устаткування. Детальніше див. «Захист MBR у дисках GPT». Не чіпайте, якщо не впевнені." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 @@ -391,11 +340,9 @@ "Безпечне завантаження буде встановлювати TrustedGRUB2\n" "замість звичайного GRUB2.\n" "Це означає вимірювання цілісності процесу завантаження,\n" -"за допомогою обладнання (TPM, Trusted Platform Module - модуль безпечної" -" платформи,\n" +"за допомогою обладнання (TPM, Trusted Platform Module - модуль безпечної платформи,\n" "чіп).\n" -"Спершу вам потрібно переконатися, що безпечне завантаження увімкнене в" -" установках BIOS\n" +"Спершу вам потрібно переконатися, що безпечне завантаження увімкнене в установках BIOS\n" " (цей параметр, зокрема, може називатися Security Chip — чіп безпеки).\n" #. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 @@ -447,23 +394,10 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " -"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " -"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "Захистити завантажувач паролем \n" -"Під час завантаження для зміни або навіть запуску будь-якого пункту буде " -"вимагатися пароль. Якщо позначено пункт Захистити тільки від зміни " -"пунктів, запуск будь-якого пункту не обмежений, але для зміни пунктів " -"потрібен пароль (аналогічне до поведінки GRUB1). YaST прийме пароль, " -"тільки якщо ви повторите його в полі Повторіть пароль. Пароль " -"стосується користувача 'root' у GRUB2, який не є користувачем 'root' в " -"Linux. Наразі YaST не підтримує інших користувачів GRUB2. Якщо вони вам " -"потрібні, то використовуйте окремий сценарій GRUB2." +"Під час завантаження для зміни або навіть запуску будь-якого пункту буде вимагатися пароль. Якщо позначено пункт Захистити тільки від зміни пунктів, запуск будь-якого пункту не обмежений, але для зміни пунктів потрібен пароль (аналогічне до поведінки GRUB1). YaST прийме пароль, тільки якщо ви повторите його в полі Повторіть пароль. Пароль стосується користувача 'root' у GRUB2, який не є користувачем 'root' в Linux. Наразі YaST не підтримує інших користувачів GRUB2. Якщо вони вам потрібні, то використовуйте окремий сценарій GRUB2." #. there's mode specified, use it #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 @@ -522,8 +456,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" -msgstr "" -"Якщо пункт позначений, то необхідно вказати свій завантажувальний пристрій" +msgstr "Якщо пункт позначений, то необхідно вказати свій завантажувальний пристрій" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" @@ -586,11 +519,8 @@ #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити " -"завантажувач." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач." #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself #: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 @@ -609,19 +539,12 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо " -"завантажити." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Не вибрано завантажувач для встановлення. Вашу систему буде неможливо завантажити." #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити " -"завантажувач" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Через проблему розбиття диска на розділи, неможливо належно встановити завантажувач" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read #: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 @@ -645,38 +568,23 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" +msgstr "Це поєднання платформи обладнання %1 і завантажувача %2 не підтримується" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів " -"GPT без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub " -"або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему " -"ext чи не встановлюйте стадію 1 у MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Завантаження з MBR не працює з файловою системою btrfs і таблицею розділів GPT без розділу bios_grub. Щоб виправити проблему, створіть розділ bios_grub або використовуйте для завантажувального розділу будь-яку файлову систему ext чи не встановлюйте стадію 1 у MBR." #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться " -"завантажити." +msgstr "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на типі raid: %1. Систему не вдасться завантажити." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу " -"завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Пристрій завантаження знаходиться на програмному RAID1. Виберіть іншу адресу завантажувача, наприклад, головного запису завантаження (MBR)" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 @@ -685,20 +593,12 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"Прапорець „активувати“ не задано через установник. Якщо він не заданий " -"взагалі ніде, то деякі BIOS можуть відмовитися завантажуватися." +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "Прапорець „активувати“ не задано через установник. Якщо він не заданий взагалі ніде, то деякі BIOS можуть відмовитися завантажуватися." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"Установник не буде змінювати MBR на диску. Хіба що він вже містить " -"завантажувальний код, тоді BIOS не зуміє завантажитися з диску." +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "Установник не буде змінювати MBR на диску. Хіба що він вже містить завантажувальний код, тоді BIOS не зуміє завантажитися з диску." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 @@ -760,11 +660,8 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації завантажувача" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Безпечне завантаження встановить TrustedGRUB2 замість звичайного " -#~ "GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "Безпечне завантаження встановить TrustedGRUB2 замість звичайного GRUB2.\n" #~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" #~ msgstr "Підсумок налаштування завантажувача" @@ -776,8 +673,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Вкажіть глобальний параметр або параметр розділу" #~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додати новий розділ - будь ласка, використовуйте інтерактивний режим" +#~ msgstr "Додати новий розділ - будь ласка, використовуйте інтерактивний режим" #~ msgid "Print value of specified option" #~ msgstr "Значення друку вказаного параметра" @@ -798,9 +694,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Не було вказано значення." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтерактивному режимі командного " -#~ "рядка" +#~ msgstr "Додавання параметрів доступне тільки в інтерактивному режимі командного рядка" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Не вказано назву розділу." @@ -824,134 +718,95 @@ #~ msgstr "<big>Меню завантаження</big> " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -#~ "other is\n" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" #~ "Boot from Root Partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажити з завантажувального розділу - це один з " -#~ "рекомендованих\n" +#~ "Завантажити з завантажувального розділу - це один з рекомендованих\n" #~ "параметрів; інший спосіб - Завантажити з кореневого розділу." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Використовувати Trusted Grub — означає встановити Trusted Grub " -#~ "і використовувати його. Параметр Файл графічного меню буде " -#~ "ігноровано.\n" +#~ "Використовувати Trusted Grub — означає встановити Trusted Grub і використовувати його. Параметр Файл графічного меню буде ігноровано.\n" #~ "Рекомендовано встановити grub в MBR" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -#~ "another operating system\n" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" #~ "installed on your computer" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажити з Головного запису завантаження не рекомендовано " -#~ "вживати,\n" +#~ "Завантажити з Головного запису завантаження не рекомендовано вживати,\n" #~ "якщо ви маєте на вашому комп'ютері ще іншу операційну систему" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever " -#~ "there is a suitable\n" -#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -#~ "Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -#~ "needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~ "to start this section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажити з кореневого розділу - це рекомендований спосіб, " -#~ "якщо є належний розділ диска. \n" +#~ "Завантажити з кореневого розділу - це рекомендований спосіб, якщо є належний розділ диска. \n" #~ "Або встановіть Активувати розділ диска завантажувача і\n" #~ "Записати в MBR загальний код в Параметрах завантажувача,\n" #~ "щоб оновити головний запис завантаження, якщо потрібно, або налаштуйте \n" #~ "інший завантажувач, щоб запускати цей розділ." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -#~ "partition is on \n" +#~ "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" #~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажити з додаткового розділу повинно бути вибрано, якщо " -#~ "кореневий\n" +#~ "Завантажити з додаткового розділу повинно бути вибрано, якщо кореневий\n" #~ "розділ знаходиться на логічному розділі і відсутній розділ /boot." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Нетиповий завантажувальний розділ дає змогу вибрати розділ, з " -#~ "якого можна завантажувати." +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#~ msgstr "Нетиповий завантажувальний розділ дає змогу вибрати розділ, з якого можна завантажувати." #~ msgid "" #~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" #~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Масив MD складається з 2 дисків. Увімкнути дублювання масиву MD</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Масив MD складається з 2 дисків. Увімкнути дублювання масиву MD\n" #~ "увімкніть, щоб записати GRUB в MBR на обидвох дисках." #~ msgid "" #~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -#~ "code>) for details." +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вживати послідовну консоль дає змогу вказувати параметри\n" -#~ "для послідовної консолі. Див. документацію grub (<code>info grub</code>) " -#~ "за подробицями." +#~ "для послідовної консолі. Див. документацію grub (<code>info grub</code>) за подробицями." #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " -#~ "a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -#~ "code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " -#~ "which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Визначення термінала \n" -#~ "Визначає тип термінала, який ви бажаєте використовувати. Щоб отримати " -#~ "послідовний термінал (наприклад, послідовну консоль),\n" -#~ "вам потрібно задати <code>serial</code>. Ви також можете передати команді " -#~ "<code>console</code>\n" -#~ "у вигляді <code>serial console</code>. У цьому випадку, термінал, у якому " -#~ "ви натиснете\n" +#~ "Визначає тип термінала, який ви бажаєте використовувати. Щоб отримати послідовний термінал (наприклад, послідовну консоль),\n" +#~ "вам потрібно задати <code>serial</code>. Ви також можете передати команді <code>console</code>\n" +#~ "у вигляді <code>serial console</code>. У цьому випадку, термінал, у якому ви натиснете\n" #~ "будь-яку клавішу, буде обрано у якості термінала GRUB." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -#~ "numbers\n" -#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Розділи повернення у разі невдачі типових параметрів містять " -#~ "список номерів розділів,\n" -#~ "які буде використано для завантаження у випадку, якщо типовий розділ для " -#~ "цього непридатний." +#~ "Розділи повернення у разі невдачі типових параметрів містять список номерів розділів,\n" +#~ "які буде використано для завантаження у випадку, якщо типовий розділ для цього непридатний." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " -#~ "boot menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Файл графічного меню вказує файл, який треба вживати для " -#~ "графічного меню завантаження." +#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +#~ msgstr "Файл графічного меню вказує файл, який треба вживати для графічного меню завантаження." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Увімкнути акустичні сигнали увімкнути/вимкнути акустичні " -#~ "сигнали." +#~ msgstr "Увімкнути акустичні сигнали увімкнути/вимкнути акустичні сигнали." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " -#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Захистити завантажувач паролем \n" -#~ "Визначає пароль, який буде потрібний для доступу до меню завантаження." -#~ "YaST прийме пароль лише, якщо ви повторите його у полі Повторіть " -#~ "пароль." +#~ "Визначає пароль, який буде потрібний для доступу до меню завантаження.YaST прийме пароль лише, якщо ви повторите його у полі Повторіть пароль." #~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" #~ msgstr "Адреси завантажувачів" @@ -1019,26 +874,14 @@ #~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." #~ msgstr "Виберіть розділ для установки завантажувача." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -#~ "console to when booting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Режим Vga визначає режим VGA для консолі, який ядро " -#~ "встановлює під час завантаження." +#~ msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +#~ msgstr "Режим Vga визначає режим VGA для консолі, який ядро встановлює під час завантаження." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам " -#~ "вказати додаткові параметри для передачі у ядро." +#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "Безвідмовні параметри командного рядка для ядра дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для передачі у ядро." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " -#~ "create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Розповсюджувач вказує ім'я постачальника ядра, що " -#~ "використовується для створення пункту завантажувального меню." +#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "Розповсюджувач вказує ім'я постачальника ядра, що використовується для створення пункту завантажувального меню." #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "&Розповсюджувач" @@ -1061,10 +904,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unspecified" #~ msgstr "Не вказано" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Непідтримуваний завантажувач '%s'. Змініть профіль AutoYaST відповідно." +#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#~ msgstr "Непідтримуваний завантажувач '%s'. Змініть профіль AutoYaST відповідно." #~ msgid "Select File" #~ msgstr "Виберіть файл" @@ -1217,16 +1058,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "From Other,\n" -#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -#~ "current \n" -#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -#~ "reread\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" #~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "За допомогою кнопки Інше\n" #~ "можна вручну відредагувати конфігураційні файли завантажувача,\n" -#~ "очистити поточну конфігурацію й запропонувати нову, почати з нуля або " -#~ "перечитати \n" +#~ "очистити поточну конфігурацію й запропонувати нову, почати з нуля або перечитати \n" #~ "конфігурацію збережену на диску. %1" #~ msgid "" @@ -1293,19 +1131,16 @@ #~ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" #~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" #~ "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation " -#~ "Details\n" +#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" #~ "to update the master boot record\n" #~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~ "to start &product;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "- В сектор завантаження розділу диска <tt>/boot</tt> або <tt>/</" -#~ "tt> (root).\n" +#~ "- В сектор завантаження розділу диска <tt>/boot</tt> або <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" #~ "Це рекомендований спосіб, якщо є належний розділ диска. Або встановіть\n" #~ "Активувати розділ диска завантажувача і\n" -#~ "Замінити MBR загальним кодом в Подробицях встановлення " -#~ "завантажувача,\n" +#~ "Замінити MBR загальним кодом в Подробицях встановлення завантажувача,\n" #~ "щоб оновити головний запис завантаження,\n" #~ "якщо потрібно, або налаштуйте інший завантажувач,\n" #~ "щоб запускати &product;." @@ -1335,8 +1170,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" #~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" -#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " -#~ "used,\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" #~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "наприклад, більшість ПК мають обмеження BIOS,\n" @@ -1346,8 +1180,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " -#~ "or\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1380,18 +1213,15 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Експертне налаштування вручну \n" #~ "Тут можна вручну змінити конфігурацію завантажувача.\n" -#~ "Примітка: Кінцевий конфігураційний файл може мати відмінні відступи.</" -#~ "P>" +#~ "Примітка: Кінцевий конфігураційний файл може мати відмінні відступи." #~ msgid "" #~ "Section Name \n" -#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -#~ "section\n" +#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" #~ "name must be unique." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Назва розділу \n" -#~ "Скористайтесь Назвою розділу, щоб вказати назву розділу для " -#~ "завантажувача.\n" +#~ "Скористайтесь Назвою розділу, щоб вказати назву розділу для завантажувача.\n" #~ "Ця назва мусить бути унікальною." #~ msgid "" @@ -1414,22 +1244,19 @@ #~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" #~ "to load and start." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Розділ штампів, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший " -#~ "штамп\n" +#~ "Виберіть Розділ штампів, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший штамп\n" #~ "для завантаження та запуску." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a Xen environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Розділ XEN, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший " -#~ "штамп\n" +#~ "Виберіть Розділ XEN, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший штамп\n" #~ "для запуску в середовищі XEN." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" #~ "booting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Виберіть Інша система (Chainloader), щоб додати розділ, який\n" @@ -1438,13 +1265,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of " -#~ "the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" #~ "booting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Виберіть Розділ меню, щоб додати розділ, який\n" -#~ "завантажує конфігураційний файл (список розділів завантаження системи) з " -#~ "розділу диска. \n" +#~ "завантажує конфігураційний файл (список розділів завантаження системи) з розділу диска. \n" #~ "Це використовується для завантаження інших операційних систем." #~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" @@ -1576,88 +1401,50 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Розділ штампів" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -#~ "directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Штамп ядра вказує ядро для завантаження. Або введіть назву " -#~ "каталогу, або виберіть через Навігація." +#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "Штамп ядра вказує ядро для завантаження. Або введіть назву каталогу, або виберіть через Навігація." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " -#~ "device." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Кореневий пристрій вказує пристрій, який подавати до ядра як " -#~ "кореневий." +#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +#~ msgstr "Кореневий пристрій вказує пристрій, який подавати до ядра як кореневий." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Початковий диск у RAM, якщо непорожнє, поле визначає початковий " -#~ "диск у пам'яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву " -#~ "файл\n" +#~ "Початковий диск у RAM, якщо непорожнє, поле визначає початковий диск у пам'яті, який використовуватиметься. Або введіть шлях і назву файл\n" #~ "вручну, або оберіть його за допомогою Навігації.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Розділ ланцюгового завантаження, якщо ви хочете " -#~ "визначити розділ для завантаження операційної системи, відмінної від " -#~ "Linux." +#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "Виберіть Розділ ланцюгового завантаження, якщо ви хочете визначити розділ для завантаження операційної системи, відмінної від Linux." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " -#~ "select this section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Встановлення Використовувати парольний захист вимагатиме пароля " -#~ "для вибору цього розділу." +#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +#~ msgstr "Встановлення Використовувати парольний захист вимагатиме пароля для вибору цього розділу." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " -#~ "systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Інша система дозволить вам обрати між операційними системами " -#~ "відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп'ютері." +#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "Інша система дозволить вам обрати між операційними системами відмінними від Linux, які знайдено на вашому комп'ютері." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " -#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Активувати цей розділ під час вибору для завантаження, " -#~ "якщо ваш BIOS потребує цього параметра для його завантаження" +#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "Виберіть Активувати цей розділ під час вибору для завантаження, якщо ваш BIOS потребує цього параметра для його завантаження" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " -#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " -#~ "the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Відступ блока для ланцюгового завантаження дозволяє вам задати " -#~ "список блоків для завантаження. У більшості випадків вам потрібно\n" -#~ "вказати тут <code>+1</code>. Щоб дізнатися більше про позначення списку " -#~ "блоків, перегляньте документацію grub.\n" +#~ "Відступ блока для ланцюгового завантаження дозволяє вам задати список блоків для завантаження. У більшості випадків вам потрібно\n" +#~ "вказати тут <code>+1</code>. Щоб дізнатися більше про позначення списку блоків, перегляньте документацію grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " -#~ "other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Розділ XEN, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший " -#~ "штамп\n" +#~ "Виберіть Розділ XEN, щоб додати нове ядро Linux або інший штамп\n" #~ "для запуску в середовищі XEN.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor вказує який Hypervisor використовувати." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додаткові параметри Xen Hypervisor дає змогу вам вказати " -#~ "додаткові параметри для xen hypervisor." +#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "Додаткові параметри Xen Hypervisor дає змогу вам вказати додаткові параметри для xen hypervisor." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Розділ меню" @@ -1665,27 +1452,17 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Розділ файла меню" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#~ "is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Файл опису меню визначає шлях до кореневого пристрою, з якого " -#~ "завантажено файл меню." +#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "Файл опису меню визначає шлях до кореневого пристрою, з якого завантажено файл меню." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " -#~ "need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Приписати вибір до першого диска на карті пристроїв Windows, " -#~ "зазвичай, потребує бути на першому диску." +#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "Приписати вибір до першого диска на карті пристроїв Windows, зазвичай, потребує бути на першому диску." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виміри включає виміряні файли з PCR. Змінити таблицю можна за " -#~ "допомогою\n" +#~ "Виміри включає виміряні файли з PCR. Змінити таблицю можна за допомогою\n" #~ "кнопок: Додати, Змінити і Вилучити" #~ msgid "" @@ -1704,14 +1481,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Розділ скидання, щоб додати розділ, що визначає яким " -#~ "чином\n" -#~ "створювати дамп системи або на розділі диска DASD, або на стрічковому " -#~ "пристрої, або\n" +#~ "Виберіть Розділ скидання, щоб додати розділ, що визначає яким чином\n" +#~ "створювати дамп системи або на розділі диска DASD, або на стрічковому пристрої, або\n" #~ "у файлі на розділі SCSI-диска." #~ msgid "" @@ -1722,12 +1496,10 @@ #~ "Розділи меню є зібраними докупи списками завдань.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " -#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Увімкнути SELinux, щоб додати параметри завантаження " -#~ "ядра, які потрібні для вмикання платформи безпеки SELinux. \n" +#~ "Виберіть Увімкнути SELinux, щоб додати параметри завантаження ядра, які потрібні для вмикання платформи безпеки SELinux. \n" #~ "Майте на увазі, що це призведе до вимикання AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1865,14 +1637,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" #~ msgstr "Невідомий завантажувач: %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " -#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " -#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "YaST не зміг визначити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв. " -#~ "Перевірте і при необхідності змінити порядок дисків в діалозі «Подробиці " -#~ "установки завантажувача»." +#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "YaST не зміг визначити точний порядок дисків для карти пристроїв. Перевірте і при необхідності змінити порядок дисків в діалозі «Подробиці установки завантажувача»." #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Додані параметри ядра: %1" @@ -1893,19 +1659,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Вказати глобальний параметр" #~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вибране розташування завантажувача %{path} більше недоступне на " -#~ "%{device}." +#~ msgstr "Вибране розташування завантажувача %{path} більше недоступне на %{device}." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Розділ номер > 3 використовується для завантаження з таблицею розділів GPT" +#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "Розділ номер > 3 використовується для завантаження з таблицею розділів GPT" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на диску iSCSI: %1. Система може не " -#~ "завантажитись." +#~ msgstr "Завантажувальний пристрій знаходиться на диску iSCSI: %1. Система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1952,60 +1712,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "Vendor Diagnostics" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Завантажувач установлено на розділі, який не лежить під %1 ГБ. Система " -#~ "може не завантажитись, якщо BIOS підтримує лише lba24 (результат — " -#~ "помилка 18 протягом встановлення grub MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "Завантажувач установлено на розділі, який не лежить під %1 ГБ. Система може не завантажитись, якщо BIOS підтримує лише lba24 (результат — помилка 18 протягом встановлення grub MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Карта пристроїв ураховує понад 8 пристроїв, а пристрій завантаження — не " -#~ "в діапазоні. \n" -#~ "Діапазон ураховує перші 8 пристроїв в BIOS. Скоригуйте порядок " -#~ "завантаження BIOS ( або, якщо вже вказано, виправте порядок у " -#~ "налаштуваннях завантажувача) " +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Карта пристроїв ураховує понад 8 пристроїв, а пристрій завантаження — не в діапазоні. \n" +#~ "Діапазон ураховує перші 8 пристроїв в BIOS. Скоригуйте порядок завантаження BIOS ( або, якщо вже вказано, виправте порядок у налаштуваннях завантажувача) " #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO тепер не підтримується." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вибраний шлях завантаження не буде активовано для вашої інсталяції. Вашу " -#~ "систему буде неможливо завантажити." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Вибраний шлях завантаження не буде активовано для вашої інсталяції. Вашу систему буде неможливо завантажити." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинне місце для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, потрібно буде створити " -#~ "невеличкий головний розділ Apple HFS." +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинне місце для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, потрібно буде створити невеличкий головний розділ Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, необхідно буде створити " -#~ "завантажувальний розділ PReP." +#~ "Перед продовженням налаштуйте чинну адресу для розміщення завантажувача. \n" +#~ "Якщо не вдасться нічого вибрати, можливо, необхідно буде створити завантажувальний розділ PReP." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Залишити &LILO" @@ -2013,9 +1750,7 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Змінити параметри і встановити &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" #~ msgstr "LILO не підтримується. Рекомендовано змінити LILO на GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" @@ -2053,35 +1788,26 @@ #~ "багатослівність ELILO, якщо виникли проблеми з завантаженням." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально)</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються " -#~ "ядру. Вони\n" +#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально) \n" +#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються ядру. Вони\n" #~ "використовуються, якщо в даному розділі не з’явилося «append».\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає " -#~ "початковий\n" -#~ "диск у пам’яті. Або введіть шлях і назву файла напряму або оберіть його " -#~ "за допомогою\n" +#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає початковий\n" +#~ "диск у пам’яті. Або введіть шлях і назву файла напряму або оберіть його за допомогою\n" #~ "Навігації\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Назва типового файла штампа, якщо непорожня, то вказує який\n" @@ -2092,25 +1818,20 @@ #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu" -#~ "\") \n" +#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\") \n" #~ "Увага: \"textmenu\" часом на деяких машинах має проблеми." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Режим запобігання EDD30 \n" -#~ "Типово, якщо EDD30 вимкнено, ELILO випробує і встановить значення змінної " -#~ "до TRUE.\n" -#~ "Тим не менше, деякі мікроконтролери не підтримують EDD30 і примусове " -#~ "встановлення\n" -#~ "змінної може спричинити проблеми. Тому з версії elilo-3.2, система " -#~ "запобігає \n" +#~ "Типово, якщо EDD30 вимкнено, ELILO випробує і встановить значення змінної до TRUE.\n" +#~ "Тим не менше, деякі мікроконтролери не підтримують EDD30 і примусове встановлення\n" +#~ "змінної може спричинити проблеми. Тому з версії elilo-3.2, система запобігає \n" #~ "примусовому встановленню параметра.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2121,8 +1842,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Дозволити спроби перерозподілу пам’яті \n" #~ "У випадку помилки під час розподілу пам’яті під час початкової точки\n" -#~ "завантаження ядра, дозволити спроби перерозподілу (припускається, що у " -#~ "ядрі присутня ця можливість).\n" +#~ "завантаження ядра, дозволити спроби перерозподілу (припускається, що у ядрі присутня ця можливість).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2189,9 +1909,7 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Адреса штампа завантаження" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" #~ msgstr "Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" @@ -2216,8 +1934,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Назва типового файла штампа" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "Вкажіть інтерфейс користувача для ELILO (\"simple\" або \"textmenu\")" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Друк повідомлення на головному екрані (якщо підтримується)" @@ -2258,11 +1975,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" #~ msgstr "Вкажіть &інтерфейс користувача для ELILO («simple» або «textmenu»)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Затримка (в секундах) перед автозавантаженням (інтерактивний режим)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Показувати вміст файла &клавішами функцій" @@ -2318,35 +2032,26 @@ #~ "Цю теку треба позначити як завантажувальну." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально)</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються " -#~ "ядру. Вони\n" +#~ "Додати рядок параметрів до командного рядка ядра (глобально) \n" +#~ "Дозволяє вам визначити додаткові глобальні параметри, які передаються ядру. Вони\n" #~ "використовуються, якщо в даному розділі не з’явилося «append».\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає " -#~ "початковий\n" -#~ "диск у пам’яті. Введіть шлях і назву файла, або виберіть його за " -#~ "допомогою\n" +#~ "Назва типового файла initrd, якщо непорожня, визначає початковий\n" +#~ "диск у пам’яті. Введіть шлях і назву файла, або виберіть його за допомогою\n" #~ "Навігації\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Назва типового файла штампа, якщо непорожня, то вказує який\n" @@ -2364,47 +2069,38 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Розділ диска для створення дубліката завантажувача\n" #~ "вказує інші вузли пристроїв Linux, на яких потрібно зберігати bootinfo.\n" -#~ "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, завантажувальний розділ диска буде " -#~ "перетворено на FAT. \n" -#~ "Цей параметр призначений для запису файлів завантаження на всі члени " -#~ "системи RAID1 чи RAID5." +#~ "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, завантажувальний розділ диска буде перетворено на FAT. \n" +#~ "Цей параметр призначений для запису файлів завантаження на всі члени системи RAID1 чи RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Змінити пристрій завантаження в NV-RAM\n" #~ "цей параметр накаже lilo замінити змінну OpenFirmware «boot-device» \n" #~ "на повний шлях OpenFirmware, який вказує на пристрій вказаний в\n" -#~ "«boot=». Якщо цей параметр відсутній, то система може не завантажитись.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "«boot=». Якщо цей параметр відсутній, то система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Не використовувати меню вибору ОС\n" -#~ "вкаже, щоб lilo використовував yaboot як файл завантаження замість " -#~ "скрипту Forth з \n" +#~ "вкаже, щоб lilo використовував yaboot як файл завантаження замість скрипту Forth з \n" #~ "назвою «os-chooser». Драйвер OpenFirmware в графічній платі nVidia\n" #~ "у системах Apple G5 зазнає краху, якщо не приєднано монітор." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Тайм-аут в секундах для MacOS/Linux\n" @@ -2413,10 +2109,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2428,8 +2122,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Встановити завантажувач, навіть, з помилками\n" #~ "Встановити завантажувач, навіть, коли невпевнений чи ваше\n" @@ -2637,9 +2330,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Завантажувач LILO не підтримується" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Каталог /boot знаходиться на файловій системі XFS. Система може не " -#~ "завантажитись." +#~ msgstr "Каталог /boot знаходиться на файловій системі XFS. Система може не завантажитись." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Копіювання шаблона конфігурації обладнання було невдалим." @@ -2686,8 +2377,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ви вказали, щоб встановити завантажувач на жорсткий диск.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ca-management.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -142,7 +142,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "П&ароль:" @@ -214,7 +215,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Нові паролі не збігаються." @@ -2246,7 +2248,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "П&ароль LDAP:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Пароль сертифіката:" @@ -2294,23 +2297,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Се&ртифікат і нешифрований ключ у форматі PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "С&ертифікат і ключ зашифрований у форматі PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Сертифікат в форматі DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Сер&тифікат і ключ у форматі PKCS12" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Схожий на PKCS12 разом з ланцюжком CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Новий пароль" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cio.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 06:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/cluster.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:29+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control-center.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-06 12:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/control.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:45+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 @@ -67,7 +66,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Параметри встановлення" @@ -83,20 +84,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Параметри \"живого\" встановлення" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Оновити параметри" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування мережі" @@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування обладнання" @@ -114,17 +116,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Підготовка" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Завантажити конфігурацію мережі linuxrc" @@ -134,8 +137,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Автоматичне налаштування мережі" @@ -147,10 +151,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "Оновлення установника" @@ -160,8 +164,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Ласкаво просимо" @@ -171,7 +176,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Увімкнення мережі" @@ -179,8 +184,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Активація диска" @@ -192,10 +197,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Аналіз системи" @@ -203,8 +208,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Додаткові продукти" @@ -212,7 +217,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Диск" @@ -220,19 +226,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Часовий пояс" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Параметри користувача" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Огляд встановлення" @@ -283,26 +292,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Виконати встановлення" @@ -314,17 +328,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Очищення установника" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Встановлення" @@ -332,8 +347,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Система для оновлення" @@ -341,8 +356,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Оновити" @@ -379,26 +394,26 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Виконати оновлення" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Встановлення основи" @@ -414,12 +429,12 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Параметри AutoYaST" @@ -427,8 +442,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -436,8 +452,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування системи" @@ -617,12 +633,12 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Стільниця Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Мережні сховища" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Вибір стільниці" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module @@ -57,11 +56,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб " -"побачити всі можливі значення." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити всі можливі значення." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -94,13 +90,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного " -"інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -181,16 +172,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для використання\n" "під час встановлення та у встановленій системі. \n" "Перевірте розкладку в Тест.\n" -"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть " -"Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -209,17 +198,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для системи.\n" -"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, " -"виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" -"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого " -"стільничного середовища.\n" +"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого стільничного середовища.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -360,11 +345,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі " -"значення." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі значення." #. label text #. heading text @@ -410,13 +392,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та " -"другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" +"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -496,20 +476,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити " -"розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний " -"часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи " -"часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде " -"недоступний.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде недоступний.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -522,8 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Другорядні мови \n" -"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у " -"вашій системі.\n" +"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у вашій системі.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -569,31 +541,22 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний " -"користувач.\n" +"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний користувач.\n" "Інші значення не встановлюються. \n" -"Так: root має такі самі параметри локалі як звичайний користувач." -" \n" +"Так: root має такі самі параметри локалі як звичайний користувач. \n" "Ні: всі змінні локалі для root не встановлено.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для " -"головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для " -"вибраної локалі може не бути." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для вибраної локалі може не бути." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -675,8 +638,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Для вибраної мови на носії включено тільки мінімальну підтримку.\n" @@ -720,9 +682,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Нове значення для апаратного годинника. Можливі значення 'local', 'utc' чи " -"'UTC'." +msgstr "Нове значення для апаратного годинника. Можливі значення 'local', 'utc' чи 'UTC'." #. summary label #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 @@ -777,21 +737,17 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в " -"Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" +"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" "Більшість ПК, які мають в собі декілька операційних систем, у тому числі\n" "Microsoft Windows, вживають місцевий час.\n" "Комп'ютери, у яких встановлено тільки Linux, зазвичай,\n" @@ -811,26 +767,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, " -"завжди повинен\n" +"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди повинен\n" "бути в UTC, бо є опорним значенням для коригування місцевого\n" "часу простору користувача. Якщо ж ви виберете локальний час для\n" -"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього " -"вибору.\n" +"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього вибору.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -839,15 +790,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ви вибрали місцевий час, однак, схоже, що у вас встановлений тільки Linux.\n" -"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути " -"Скасування).\n" +"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути Скасування).\n" "\n" -"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати " -"годинник CMOS двічі на рік\n" -"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, " -"можуть з'явитися\n" -"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення " -"і т.д.\n" +"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати годинник CMOS двічі на рік\n" +"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, можуть з'явитися\n" +"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і т.д.\n" "\n" "Якщо ви використовуєте UTC, Linux підлаштує час автоматично.\n" "\n" @@ -855,13 +802,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну " -"на правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP " -"(Network Time Protocol )." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network Time Protocol )." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -980,15 +922,13 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб вибрати для вашої системи часовий пояс, спочатку виберіть Регіон</" -"b>.\n" +"Щоб вибрати для вашої системи часовий пояс, спочатку виберіть Регіон.\n" "Потім в Часовому поясі виберіть із наявних відповідний часовий пояс,\n" "країну або регіон.\n" "\n" @@ -1001,8 +941,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його " -"скоригувати.\n" +"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його скоригувати.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1284,14 +1223,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Для Зафіксувати пристрої введіть, розділений пропусками, список " -#~ "пристроїв, до яких застосувати параметри Scroll Lock, Num Lock і Caps " -#~ "Lock.\n" +#~ "Для Зафіксувати пристрої введіть, розділений пропусками, список пристроїв, до яких застосувати параметри Scroll Lock, Num Lock і Caps Lock.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module @@ -39,33 +38,24 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough " -"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " -"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/" -"product for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" "Тут ви можете змінити розташування ваших Сховищ оновлення.\n" "\n" -"Якщо сховища розташовані на сервері SMT або SUSE Manager, то досить ввести " -"URL-адресу сервера та шляхи\n" -"до сховищ будуть заповнені автоматично. Також можна налаштувати нетипові " -"шляхи. Деякі приклади, як має виглядати URL:\n" +"Якщо сховища розташовані на сервері SMT або SUSE Manager, то досить ввести URL-адресу сервера та шляхи\n" +"до сховищ будуть заповнені автоматично. Також можна налаштувати нетипові шляхи. Деякі приклади, як має виглядати URL:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/" -"product " -"для сервера SMT\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ для сервера SUSE Manager.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product для сервера SMT\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… для сервера SUSE Manager.\n" "\n" "За докладним описом загляньте у посібник із розгортання.\n" "" @@ -78,9 +68,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "" -"Управління іменами користувачів та паролями для адміністратора Crowbar.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Управління іменами користувачів та паролями для адміністратора Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -90,15 +78,11 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" -"p>\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Тут визначають Режим мережі із належною Політикою зв'язування</" -"b>.\n" -"Ви також можете вказати назви інтерфейсів для кабелів бастіонних мереж, " -"як відокремлений пробілами список." +"Тут визначають Режим мережі із належною Політикою зв'язування.\n" +"Ви також можете вказати назви інтерфейсів для кабелів бастіонних мереж, як відокремлений пробілами список." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -119,8 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Кожне визначення фізичного інтерфейсу повинне відповідати взірцю\n" "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" -"Правильні прикладані такі: <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> або <tt>?1g2</tt>.</" -"p>" +"Правильні прикладані такі: <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> або <tt>?1g2</tt>." #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 @@ -402,11 +385,8 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"Якщо відсутній користувач, то користувач 'crowbar' з стандартним паролем " -"буде використаний." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "Якщо відсутній користувач, то користувач 'crowbar' з стандартним паролем буде використаний." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dhcp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 11:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -305,7 +305,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -376,7 +377,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -453,7 +455,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/docker.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. @@ -32,7 +31,6 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 -#| msgid "&Kill Container" msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "Зміни у контейнері" @@ -63,7 +61,6 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 -#| msgid "&Stop Container" msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "Зафіксувати контейнер" @@ -113,7 +110,6 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 -#| msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "Вставити оболонку" @@ -127,19 +123,12 @@ #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"Служба docker не працює. Хочете, щоби YaST запустив docker? В іншому випадку" -" YaST припинить роботу." +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "Служба docker не працює. Хочете, щоби YaST запустив docker? В іншому випадку YaST припинить роботу." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service" -" manually." -msgstr "" -"Служба docker не запущена. Запустіть цей модуль як root чи розпочніть службу" -" docker вручну." +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "Служба docker не запущена. Запустіть цей модуль як root чи розпочніть службу docker вручну." #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." @@ -251,7 +240,6 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 -#| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Run Container" msgstr "Запустити контейнер" @@ -260,7 +248,6 @@ msgstr "Вузол" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 -#| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Container" msgstr "Контейнер" @@ -291,4 +278,3 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "Вибрати внутрішній порт" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/drbd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module @@ -182,8 +181,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -225,10 +223,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Завантаження:\n" -"\t\t\tпозначення \"Увімкн.\" запускає сервер DRBD відразу і під час " -"завантаження\n" -"\t\t\tпозначення \"Вимкн\" дозволяє лише вручну запускати сервер DRBD</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tпозначення \"Увімкн.\" запускає сервер DRBD відразу і під час завантаження\n" +"\t\t\tпозначення \"Вимкн\" дозволяє лише вручну запускати сервер DRBD\n" "\t\tУвімкнути або вимкнути:\n" "\t\t\tЗапуск або Зупинка сервера DRBD негайно\n" "\t\t" @@ -240,160 +236,80 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Для додавання, зміни або видалення ресурсу натискайте кнопки «Додати», " -"«Змінити» або «Видалити».\n" +"Для додавання, зміни або видалення ресурсу натискайте кнопки «Додати», «Змінити» або «Видалити».\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " -"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" -"abcd::1]:7788\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " -"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" -"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" -"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " -"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " -"resources.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Назва\" — обов'язкова і повинна збігатися з назвою машини Linux " -"(uname -n) одного із вузлів. Не повинна включати \".\" у назві машини\n" -"\t\t\"Адреса:Порт\": ресурс потребує хоча б однієї IP-адреси на " -"пристрій, яка використовується для очікування вхідних з'єднань від " -"партнерського пристрою, щоб досягнути пристрою. Кожний ресурс DRBD потребує " -"порту TCP, який використаний для з'єднання із вузлом партнерського пристрою. " -"Фактичні IPv6-адреси після ключового слова ipv6 необхідно помістити у " -"квадратні дужки: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" -"\t\t\"Пристрій\": Назва вузла блокового пристрою з описуваного ресурсу. " -"Ви повинні використовувати цей пристрій з вашою програмою (файловою " -"системою) і ви не повинні використовувати низькорівневий блоковий пристрій, " -"який вказаний із параметром диску після номера пристрою. Або пропустіть " -"назву чи пристрій і номер пристрою. Якщо ви опустите назву, то буде " -"використана типова /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tНаприклад: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' або " -"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Диск\": DRBD використовує блоковий пристрій, щоб насправді " -"видавати та отримувати дані. Немає доступу до цього пристрою, поки DRBD " -"працює на ньому.\n" -"\t\t\"Мета-диск\": внутрішній. Внутрішній означає, що остання частина " -"пристрою резервування вживається для розміщення мета-даних.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id — це внутрішнє значення для drbd, яке " -"автоматично створюється для yast. Вузол може мати різні \"node-id\" у різних " -"ресурсах.\n" +"\t\t\"Назва\" — обов'язкова і повинна збігатися з назвою машини Linux (uname -n) одного із вузлів. Не повинна включати \".\" у назві машини\n" +"\t\t\"Адреса:Порт\": ресурс потребує хоча б однієї IP-адреси на пристрій, яка використовується для очікування вхідних з'єднань від партнерського пристрою, щоб досягнути пристрою. Кожний ресурс DRBD потребує порту TCP, який використаний для з'єднання із вузлом партнерського пристрою. Фактичні IPv6-адреси після ключового слова ipv6 необхідно помістити у квадратні дужки: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" +"\t\t\"Пристрій\": Назва вузла блокового пристрою з описуваного ресурсу. Ви повинні використовувати цей пристрій з вашою програмою (файловою системою) і ви не повинні використовувати низькорівневий блоковий пристрій, який вказаний із параметром диску після номера пристрою. Або пропустіть назву чи пристрій і номер пристрою. Якщо ви опустите назву, то буде використана типова /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" +"\t\tНаприклад: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' або '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Диск\": DRBD використовує блоковий пристрій, щоб насправді видавати та отримувати дані. Немає доступу до цього пристрою, поки DRBD працює на ньому.\n" +"\t\t\"Мета-диск\": внутрішній. Внутрішній означає, що остання частина пристрою резервування вживається для розміщення мета-даних.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id — це внутрішнє значення для drbd, яке автоматично створюється для yast. Вузол може мати різні \"node-id\" у різних ресурсах.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tПротокол\n" -"\t\tПротокол A: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо " -"досягнуто локального диску та локального буферу надсилання TCP.\n" -"\t\tПротокол B: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо " -"досягнуто локального диску та віддаленого кешу буферу.\n" -"\t\tПротокол C: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, " -"якщо досягнуто обидвох локальних і віддалених дисків.\n" +"\t\tПротокол A: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто локального диску та локального буферу надсилання TCP.\n" +"\t\tПротокол B: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто локального диску та віддаленого кешу буферу.\n" +"\t\tПротокол C: запис введення-виведення повідомляє про завершення, якщо досягнуто обидвох локальних і віддалених дисків.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання, Wait for " -"connection timeout, якщо цей вузол був зіпсованим кластером\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: час очікування на з'єднання, Wait for connection timeout, якщо цей вузол був зіпсованим кластером\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: що робити, коли пристрій нижнього рівня " -"повідомляє про помилку введення-виведення у верхніх шарах\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: що робити, коли пристрій нижнього рівня повідомляє про помилку введення-виведення у верхніх шарах\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: Розмір буфера надсилання гнізда TCP\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: максимальне число запитів, які будуть виділені " -"через DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: максимальне число запитів, які будуть виділені через DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: Якщо вузол партнера не зумів надіслати пакет " -"очікуваної відповіді протягом вказаного часу з десятих частин секунди, то " -"цей вузол вважається мертвим і з'єднання TCP/IP відкидається. Це значення " -"повинно бути меншим за connect-int та ping-int. Типове значення — 60 = 6 " -"seconds, одиницею є 0.1 секунди.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет " -"підтримання з'єднання. Якщо протягом вказаного періоду не отримано відповіді " -"від вузла, то він вважається мертвим. Типове значення — 500 мс, типова " -"одиниця — 100 мс\n" -"\t\tping-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет " -"підтримання з'єднання\n" +"\t\ttimeout: Якщо вузол партнера не зумів надіслати пакет очікуваної відповіді протягом вказаного часу з десятих частин секунди, то цей вузол вважається мертвим і з'єднання TCP/IP відкидається. Це значення повинно бути меншим за connect-int та ping-int. Типове значення — 60 = 6 seconds, одиницею є 0.1 секунди.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет підтримання з'єднання. Якщо протягом вказаного періоду не отримано відповіді від вузла, то він вважається мертвим. Типове значення — 500 мс, типова одиниця — 100 мс\n" +"\t\tping-int: час, протягом якого може відповісти на пакет підтримання з'єднання\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: найбільша кількість блоків даних між двома " -"бар'єрами запису\n" -"\t\tko-count: вторинному вузлу не вдається завершити окремий " -"запиту на запис для визначеного числа разів. Після цього він виключається " -"із кластера. Типове значення — 0, яке вимикає цю функцію.\n" -"\t\trate: щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу програми у верхній " -"частині DRBD, можна обмежити смугу пропускання, яка може бути використана " -"для фонової синхронізації. Типове значення — 250 КБ/с, типова одиниця — КБ/с." -"\n" -"\t\tal-extents: параметр, який дозволяє вам керувати, наскільки " -"велику активну область (= активну множину) можна отримати. Типове значення " -"величини — 127. (Найменше: 7, Найбільше: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: найбільша кількість блоків даних між двома бар'єрами запису\n" +"\t\tko-count: вторинному вузлу не вдається завершити окремий запиту на запис для визначеного числа разів. Після цього він виключається із кластера. Типове значення — 0, яке вимикає цю функцію.\n" +"\t\trate: щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу програми у верхній частині DRBD, можна обмежити смугу пропускання, яка може бути використана для фонової синхронізації. Типове значення — 250 КБ/с, типова одиниця — КБ/с.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: параметр, який дозволяє вам керувати, наскільки велику активну область (= активну множину) можна отримати. Типове значення величини — 127. (Найменше: 7, Найбільше: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 @@ -404,58 +320,27 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " -"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" -"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " -"layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " -"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " -"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " -"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A " -"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " -"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " -"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " -"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " -"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " -"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " -"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " -"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " -"environments.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tФайл конфігурації LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tДля використання LVM із DRBD потрібно змінити деякі параметри у файлі " -"конфігурації LVM та вилучити застарілі записи кешу на вузлах.\t" -"\tЗапустіть 'man lvm.conf' для докладнішої інформації, включаючи розмітку " -"файла.\n" +"\t\tДля використання LVM із DRBD потрібно змінити деякі параметри у файлі конфігурації LVM та вилучити застарілі записи кешу на вузлах.\t\tЗапустіть 'man lvm.conf' для докладнішої інформації, включаючи розмітку файла.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tФільтр пристрою: Це маскує основоположний блоковий пристрій із " -"списку пристроїв, які LVM сканує на наявність підписів фізичних розділів. " -"Таким чином, LVM доручено читати підписи фізичних розділів із пристроїв " -"DRBD, а не із основоположних допоміжних блокових пристроїв.\t" -"\tФільтр LVM: фільтр, що вказує про використання LVM2 для" -" обмеженого набору пристроїв. " -"\n" -"\t\tФільтр складається із масиву регулярних виразів. Ці вирази можуть " -"бути розділені через символ на ваш вибір і мати префікс 'a' (для прийняття) " -"чи 'r' (для відхилення).\t\tНаприклад, задання фільтру як [\"r|/dev/" -"sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tФільтр пристрою: Це маскує основоположний блоковий пристрій із списку пристроїв, які LVM сканує на наявність підписів фізичних розділів. Таким чином, LVM доручено читати підписи фізичних розділів із пристроїв DRBD, а не із основоположних допоміжних блокових пристроїв.\t\tФільтр LVM: фільтр, що вказує про використання LVM2 для обмеженого набору пристроїв. \n" +"\t\tФільтр складається із масиву регулярних виразів. Ці вирази можуть бути розділені через символ на ваш вибір і мати префікс 'a' (для прийняття) чи 'r' (для відхилення).\t\tНаприклад, задання фільтру як [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tКеш LVM: Увімкнути запис кешу LVM - усталений параметр. " -"Вимкніть кеш для мережних носіїв на кшталт nfs. \n" +"\t\tКеш LVM: Увімкнути запис кешу LVM - усталений параметр. Вимкніть кеш для мережних носіїв на кшталт nfs. \n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: коли увімкнено lvmetad, метадані групи тому та " -"прапорці стану PV отримуються із примірника lvmetad, не здійснюється жодне " -"через окремі команди. Через те, що кеш lvmetad не можна синхронізувати між " -"вузлами, користувачам краще вимкнути lvmetad у середовищах кластерів.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: коли увімкнено lvmetad, метадані групи тому та прапорці стану PV отримуються із примірника lvmetad, не здійснюється жодне через окремі команди. Через те, що кеш lvmetad не можна синхронізувати між вузлами, користувачам краще вимкнути lvmetad у середовищах кластерів.\n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -464,32 +349,22 @@ msgstr "<big>Глобальне налаштування DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок " -"drbdadm" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Позначте «Вимкнути перевірку IP», щоб вимкнути одну з перевірок drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки " -"секунд тривало\n" -" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера " -"з'єднана з\n" -" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість " -"журналювання.\n" -" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh» " -"секунд,\n" +"Освіження діалогу: Діалог користувача рахує і показує скільки секунд тривало\n" +" очікування. Можете вимкнути це, якщо консоль вашого сервера з'єднана з\n" +" з послідовним терміналом, який має обмежену місткість журналювання.\n" +" Діалог буде показувати рахунок кожних «dialog-refresh» секунд,\n" " встановіть параметр до 0, щоб цілком вимкнути оновлення. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 @@ -702,9 +577,7 @@ #. myHelp("basic_conf"); #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "" -"Назви вузлів не повинні включати \".\", використовуючи назву локальної " -"машини." +msgstr "Назви вузлів не повинні включати \".\", використовуючи назву локальної машини." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fcoe-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 09:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config @@ -253,10 +252,8 @@ "вибравши пристрій з таблиці і натиснувши Змінити.\n" "\n" "Введіть нетипові рядки, наприклад, <tt>any</tt>, за допомогою кнопки\n" -"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут" -" налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна" -" використовувати.\n" +"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна використовувати.\n" "\n" "Кожен мережний пристрій слід приписати до зони мережевого екрана.\n" "Передача інформації через неприписаний інтерфейс блокується.\n" @@ -281,51 +278,41 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed" -" Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network" -" will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Дозволені служби</big>\n" -" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних" -" з'єднань.\n" +" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних з'єднань.\n" "Мережі поділено на зони мережевого екрана.\n" "\n" "Щоб дозволити службу, виберіть Зона і\n" "Дозволити службу, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена" -" служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" "\n" -"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони</b" -">, буде\n" +"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони, буде\n" "знято захист від цієї зони. Захист всіх служб і портів буде знято.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC" -" ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr<" -"/tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове<" -"/b>.\n" -"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP," -" UDP, RPC і\n" +"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове.\n" +"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, UDP, RPC і\n" "IP-протоколи.\n" "TCP і UDP порти можна ввести як назви портів (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "номери портів (<tt>3128</tt>) і діапазони портів (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt" -">nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Вводьте IP-протоколи як назви протоколів (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -333,19 +320,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your" -" firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet," -" transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція</big>\n" -" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий" -" екраном і \n" -"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет." -" Запити\n" +" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий екраном і \n" +"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. Запити\n" "із зовнішньої мережі у внутрішню буде заблоковано.\n" "Виберіть Трансляція мереж, щоб транслювати ваші мережі\n" "у зовнішню мережу.\n" @@ -354,173 +337,123 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal" -" network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal" -" IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.<" -"/p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete<" -"/b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої" -" мережі,\n" -"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому" -" мережевий екрані\n" -"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування," -" натисніть\n" +"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої мережі,\n" +"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому мережевий екрані\n" +"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, натисніть\n" "кнопку Додати і заповніть потрібні поля форми.\n" "\n" -"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть" -" Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть Вилучити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to" -" find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues" -" using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add" -" needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated" -" ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of" -" packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast" -" Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування трансляції</big>\n" -" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу" -" мережу,\n" -"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера" -" в мережі.\n" -"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою" -" пакетів трансляції.\n" +" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу мережу,\n" +"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера в мережі.\n" +"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою пакетів трансляції.\n" "\n" -"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають" -" сюди\n" -"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте" -" список,\n" +"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають сюди\n" +"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте список,\n" "розділених комами, портів для певних зон.\n" "\n" -"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх" -" може бути досить багато.\n" -"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в" -" журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" +"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх може бути досить багато.\n" +"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" "для бажаних зон.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their" -" reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP" -" browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the" -" firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also" -" choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція відповіді</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у" -" відповідь на\n" +"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у відповідь на\n" "трансляцію запитів вашої системи, наприклад, огляд Samba або SLP.\n" "\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через" -" мережевий екран.\n" -"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно" -" вибрати зону мережевого екрана,\n" -"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну.<" -"/p>\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через мережевий екран.\n" +"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно вибрати зону мережевого екрана,\n" +"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks" -" through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the" -" internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підтримка IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами" -" або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" -"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для" -" зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" +" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" +"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" "позначити Увімкнено.\n" "\n" -"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже" -" розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з" -" пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" +"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings." -" Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not" -" logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and <b" -">Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All" -" for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do" -" Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Рівень ведення журналу</big>\n" " Це — основний діалог налаштування ведення журналу IP-пакетів.\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні" -" пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" "\n" -"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети" -" і Неприйняті пакети.\n" -"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: <b" -">Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" -"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб" -" записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" -"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу" -" критичні пакети.\n" +"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети і Неприйняті пакети.\n" +"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" +"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" +"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу критичні пакети.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each" -" firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the" -" following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration" -" name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network" -" services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC" -" (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підсумок</big>\n" @@ -528,20 +461,15 @@ "Інформацію розділено на загальні налаштування і частини для кожної з зон.\n" "Тут зібрано підсумки для кожної існуючої зони.\n" "\n" -"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран" -" під час\n" +"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран під час\n" "завантаження або лише вручну.\n" "\n" -"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до" -" списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" +"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" "\n" -"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і" -" пристрою.\n" +"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і пристрою.\n" "\n" -"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх" -" дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC" -" (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "портів, а також IP (Internet Protocol) протоколів.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -570,12 +498,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by" -" spaces." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC-порти — це список служб RPC, таких як\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених" -" пробілами. " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених пробілами. " #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -595,14 +521,12 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that" -" represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що" -" позначають\n" +"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що позначають\n" "всі номери між цими числами, включно з ними самими.\n" "Перший номер порту має бути меншим за другий,\n" "наприклад <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -616,19 +540,16 @@ msgstr "" "Назва порту — це назва, приписана до порту \n" "організацією IANA. Одному номеру порту можна приписати декілька назв. Список\n" -"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt" -">/etc/services</tt>." +"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network" -" attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Мережевий екран</big> \n" -"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з" -" мережі.\n" +"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з мережі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -1219,12 +1140,8 @@ msgstr "Визначено %1 нетипових правил" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source" -" port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний" -" порт: %4, Параметри: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний порт: %4, Параметри: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1263,8 +1180,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Мережевий екран буде зупинено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1391,11 +1307,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший" -" інтерфейс." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший інтерфейс." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1633,42 +1546,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів" -" використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" -" коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" -" коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте" -" коми" +msgstr "Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" -msgstr "" -"Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 @@ -2091,7 +1994,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" #. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 -#| msgid "Masquerading is %1" msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Трансляція мережних адрес %1 %2" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fonts.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fonts.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/fonts.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-07 21:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ftp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:05+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/geo-cluster.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-24 16:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -62,8 +62,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування Geo Cluster" @@ -133,7 +135,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "сайт" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "квиток" @@ -252,7 +255,8 @@ msgstr "квиток не може бути порожнім" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/http-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/inetd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/installation.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. help for the dialog - busy message @@ -278,12 +277,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте Чорний список пристроїв, щоб зменшити обсяг " -"пам'яті, займаний ядром." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Використовуйте Чорний список пристроїв, щоб зменшити обсяг пам'яті, займаний ядром." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -319,11 +314,8 @@ msgstr "Встановлення зі штампів" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вибрати визначені Novell образи для прискорення установки RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Тут ви можете вибрати визначені Novell образи для прискорення установки RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -334,11 +326,8 @@ msgstr "&Не встановлювати зі штампів" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Створення своїх штампів - необхідно вказати URL в якості джерела установки" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Створення своїх штампів - необхідно вказати URL в якості джерела установки" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -346,18 +335,12 @@ msgstr "Тут ви можете створити свої штампи.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Перед створенням штампу необхідно вибрати програмне забезпечення" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Створити файл штампу (AutoYaST завантажить його із зазначеного місця при " -"установці)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Створити файл штампу (AutoYaST завантажить його із зазначеного місця при установці)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -382,32 +365,24 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Встановлення зі штампів використовується для пришвидшення процесу\n" "встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої системи,\n" -"що відповідають вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у " -"шаблонах,\n" +"що відповідають вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у шаблонах,\n" "буде встановлено з пакунків у звичайний спосіб.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" -"Створення власних штампів використовується, якщо ви хочете " -"повністю\n" -"пропустити етап установки RPM. Замість цього AutoYaST розгорне штамп на " -"жорсткому\n" -"диску, що набагато швидше і піддається попередньому налаштуванню. Усі інші " -"операції,\n" +"Створення власних штампів використовується, якщо ви хочете повністю\n" +"пропустити етап установки RPM. Замість цього AutoYaST розгорне штамп на жорсткому\n" +"диску, що набагато швидше і піддається попередньому налаштуванню. Усі інші операції,\n" "крім установки RPM, виконуються як при нормальній автоматичній установці." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -418,13 +393,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що при установці із штампів мітки часу всіх пакунків з " -"цих штампів\n" +"Зверніть увагу, що при установці із штампів мітки часу всіх пакунків з цих штампів\n" "будуть відповідати не даті установки, а даті створення штампу." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -577,14 +549,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Перед продовженням встановлення вам слід прийняти ліцензію.\n" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з " -"усіма доступними перекладами.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Переклади ліцензії..., щоб показати ліцензію з усіма доступними перекладами.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -749,29 +719,20 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Використовуйте Клонування для створення профілю AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання " -"користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" -"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо " -"увімкнено\n" -"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/" -"autoyast.xml." +"AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" +"знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо увімкнено\n" +"цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі /root/autoyast.xml." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до поточної системи, необхідно мати встановленим " -"пакунок %1." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до поточної системи, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок %1." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -812,12 +773,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Зневадження вимкнено.\n" -"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан " -"пакунків." +"YaST відкриє програму керування пакунками, щоб перевірити поточний стан пакунків." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 @@ -851,12 +810,8 @@ msgstr "&Диск для використання" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть диск, на якому буде розгортатися штамп. Усі дані на диску будуть " -"знищені, а диск перерозбитий так, як задано у штампі." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Виберіть диск, на якому буде розгортатися штамп. Усі дані на диску будуть знищені, а диск перерозбитий так, як задано у штампі." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -1057,8 +1012,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1067,12 +1021,8 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для установки вам потрібні особливі драйвери, відвідайте сайт " -"http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Якщо для установки вам потрібні особливі драйвери, відвідайте сайт http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1128,12 +1078,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Потрібна налаштована мережа, щоб вживати віддалені сховища\n" -"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища, " -"можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" +"або додаткові продукти. Якщо ви не маєте наміру вживати віддалені сховища, можете пропустити налаштування мережі.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1147,37 +1095,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"У Linux вибір є найвищим пріоритетом. openSUSE пропонує " -"вам\n" -"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних " -"середовищ\n" +"У Linux вибір є найвищим пріоритетом. openSUSE пропонує вам\n" +"декілька стільничних середовищ. Нижче ви бачите список з 2 основних середовищ\n" "KDE і GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з " -"мінімальних\n" -"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши " -"параметр\n" -"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете " -"змінити ваш\n" -"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове " -"середовище." +"Можете вибрати альтернативні стільничні середовища (або один з мінімальних\n" +"шаблонів встановлення), які краще задовольнять ваші потреби, вибравши параметр\n" +"Інше. Пізніше, під час вибору ПЗ, або після встановлення, можете змінити ваш\n" +"вибір або додати інші стільничні середовища. Тут можна вказати типове середовище." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1201,8 +1138,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо знайти основний продукт. Примітки до випуску показані не будуть." +msgstr "Неможливо знайти основний продукт. Примітки до випуску показані не будуть." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1354,8 +1290,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" "Загляньте на drivers.suse.com за драйверами для встановлення." @@ -1603,8 +1538,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Тут показано всі сховища ПЗ, які було знайдено в\n" "системі, яку ви оновлюєте. Увімкніть сховища, які ви\n" @@ -1974,20 +1908,8 @@ msgstr "Я хочу імпортувати ключі SSH з попередньої установки" #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " -"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " -"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " -"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</" -"p>Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found " -"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." -msgstr "" -"Кожен сервер SSH ідентифікується одним або кількома загальнодоступними " -"ключами вузла. Виберіть наявну установку Linux, щоб використовувати ці ключі " -"і параметри відповідного сервера SSH. Файли ключів з каталогу /etc/ssh (по " -"одній парі файлів на кожний ключ) будуть скопійовані у нову встановлювану " -"систему. Встановіть прапорець Імпорт налаштувань SSH, щоб крім " -"ключів скопіювати інші файли з каталогу /etc/ssh." +msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "Кожен сервер SSH ідентифікується одним або кількома загальнодоступними ключами вузла. Виберіть наявну установку Linux, щоб використовувати ці ключі і параметри відповідного сервера SSH. Файли ключів з каталогу /etc/ssh (по одній парі файлів на кожний ключ) будуть скопійовані у нову встановлювану систему. Встановіть прапорець Імпорт налаштувань SSH, щоб крім ключів скопіювати інші файли з каталогу /etc/ssh." #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 @@ -2078,9 +2000,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню " -"\"Змінити...\"." +msgstr "Клацніть на будь-якому заголовку, щоб змінити або скористайтесь нижче меню \"Змінити...\"." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -2134,13 +2054,11 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними " -"значеннями.\n" +"Виберіть Встановити, щоб виконати нове встановлення із показаними значеннями.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -2274,8 +2192,7 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо знайти URL '%1' через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." +msgstr "Неможливо знайти URL '%1' через протокол HTTP(S). Сервер повернув код %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 @@ -2389,37 +2306,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Створення профілю AutoYaST при необхідності..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -#~ "profile.\n" -#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " -#~ "this option is\n" -#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -#~ "xml</tt>." +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Використовуйте Клонувати системні параметри для створення " -#~ "профілю AutoYaST.\n" -#~ "AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без " -#~ "втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" -#~ "знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо " -#~ "увімкнено\n" -#~ "цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі <tt>/" -#~ "root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ "Використовуйте Клонувати системні параметри для створення профілю AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST — це спосіб повного встановлення системи SUSE Linux без втручання користувачів. Щоб AutoYaST\n" +#~ "знав, якою повинна бути встановлена система, йому потрібний профіль. Якщо увімкнено\n" +#~ "цей параметр, то профіль поточної системи буде збережено в файлі <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" #~ msgstr "Записати профіль AutoYaST у /root/autoinst.xml на кінці інсталяції?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Профіль AutoYaST буде збережений у /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">не " -#~ "зберігати</a>)." +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "Профіль AutoYaST буде збережений у /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">не зберігати</a>)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." #~ msgstr "Профіль AutoYaST не буде збережено (<a href=\"%1\">зберегти</a>)." #~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" @@ -2551,10 +2454,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Інформація про обладнання вибраної мережної плати" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Тут можна налаштувати ваші мережні плати для негайного вжитку." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати ваші мережні плати для негайного вжитку." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2786,12 +2687,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Запис конфігурації мережі" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки конфігурацію мережі буде збережено і " -#~ "перевірено..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки конфігурацію мережі буде збережено і перевірено..." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2893,15 +2790,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2927,8 +2822,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2937,10 +2831,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Виберіть пункт Використовувати автоматичне налаштування, щоб\n" #~ "програма встановлення автоматично налаштувала вашу мережу і обладнання.\n" -#~ "У іншому випадку вам буде запропоновано варіанти з можливістю " -#~ "виправлення\n" -#~ "всіх параметрів вручну. Користувачам без належного досвіду слід " -#~ "користуватися\n" +#~ "У іншому випадку вам буде запропоновано варіанти з можливістю виправлення\n" +#~ "всіх параметрів вручну. Користувачам без належного досвіду слід користуватися\n" #~ "автоматичним налаштуванням.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." @@ -2948,8 +2840,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are " -#~| "only\n" +#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are only\n" #~| "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2969,8 +2860,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~| "They are\n" +#~| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" #~| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" #~| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~| "from the SUSE Linux Web server." @@ -3099,14 +2989,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed, debugger cannot continue." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Помилка з'єднання з inst-sys, зневадник не може продовжувати роботу." +#~ msgstr "Помилка з'єднання з inst-sys, зневадник не може продовжувати роботу." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим " -#~ "пакунок %1." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Щоб отримати доступ до системи X11, необхідно мати встановленим пакунок %1." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Хочете встановити вже?" @@ -3121,8 +3007,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Не знайдено жорстких дисків або контролерів жорстких\n" #~ "дисків для цього встановлення.\n" @@ -3177,32 +3062,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Започаткування шрифтів..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Встановлення зі штампів використовується для пришвидшення\n" -#~ "процесу встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої " -#~ "системи,\n" -#~ "що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у " -#~ "шаблонах,\n" +#~ "процесу встановлення. У штампах зберігаються стиснені копії встановленої системи,\n" +#~ "що відповідає вашому вибору шаблонів. Решту пакунків, які не містяться у шаблонах,\n" #~ "буде встановлено з пакунків у звичайний спосіб." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Зараз процес встановлення записує автоматичну конфігурацію. Зачекайте, " -#~ "будь ласка..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Зараз процес встановлення записує автоматичну конфігурацію. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -3215,8 +3090,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -3228,13 +3102,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "На вашому жорсткому диску не було зроблено жодних змін, отже ще можна " -#~ "безпечно перервати встановлення.\n" +#~ "На вашому жорсткому диску не було зроблено жодних змін, отже ще можна безпечно перервати встановлення.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -3265,15 +3137,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Ре&монт встановленої системи" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Ремонт встановленої системи, якщо ви маєте пошкоджену " -#~ "систему Linux\n" -#~ "на вашому жорсткому диску. При цьому буде зроблена спроба автоматично " -#~ "виправити проблеми.\n" +#~ "Виберіть Ремонт встановленої системи, якщо ви маєте пошкоджену систему Linux\n" +#~ "на вашому жорсткому диску. При цьому буде зроблена спроба автоматично виправити проблеми.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -3281,5 +3150,4 @@ #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибрану мову неможливо використовувати в текстовому режимі. Англійська\n" -#~ "вживається для встановлення, але у новій системі буде вживатись вибрана " -#~ "мова." +#~ "вживається для встановлення, але у новій системі буде вживатись вибрана мова." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/instserver.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iplb.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 14:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module @@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ #. iSCSI target has to be connected manually #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 -#| msgid "Manually" msgid "manual" msgstr "вручну" @@ -259,8 +257,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</p" -">\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -303,8 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додавання ініціатора iSCSI</big> \n" "Виберіть ініціатор iSCSI зі списку виявлених ініціаторів.\n" -"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)</b" -">\n" +"Якщо ваш ініціатор iSCSI не було виявлено, виберіть Інше (не виявлене)\n" "потім, натисніть Налаштувати.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -351,19 +347,8 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get" -" additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the" -" start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use <b" -">Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from" -" the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "" -"Список поточних сесій.Вживайте кнопку Додати для отримання" -" додаткових цілей. Пошук розпочинається виявленням нових цілей і режим" -" запуску вже під'єднаних цілей залишається незмінним.Вживайте <b" -">Роз'єднати для скасування з'єднання і cancel the connection and with it" -" remove the target from the list. Для зміни стану запуску натисніть <b" -">Змінити." +msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgstr "Список поточних сесій.Вживайте кнопку Додати для отримання додаткових цілей. Пошук розпочинається виявленням нових цілей і режим запуску вже під'єднаних цілей залишається незмінним.Вживайте Роз'єднати для скасування з'єднання і cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. Для зміни стану запуску натисніть Змінити." #. Warning #. Warning @@ -372,65 +357,38 @@ msgstr "<h1>Попередження</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that" -" this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data" -" corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС," -" переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик" -" пошкодження даних.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Під час доступу до пристрою iSCSI в режимі ЧИТАННЯ/ЗАПИС, переконайтесь, що цей доступ винятковий. Інакше, потенційно існує ризик пошкодження даних.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 -#| msgid "" -#| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi<" -"/tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only" -" able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Назва ініціатора - це значення, взяте із <tt" -">/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити" -" його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." +"Назва ініціатора - це значення, взяте із <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"У разі наявності iBFT це значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT, а змінити його ви зможете лише у програмі налаштування BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for" -" discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should" -" be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service)" -" для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" -"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути" -" 3205.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) для виявлення цілей замість типового методу SendTargets,\n" +"вкажіть IP-адресу сервера iSNS і номер порту. Типовим значенням має бути 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -#| "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" -#| "select No Authentication.\n" msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username" -" and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть Адресу IP цільового сервера iSCSI.\n" -"Якщо потрібно, то змініть тільки Порт. Для розпізнавання вживайте <b" -">Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" +"Якщо потрібно, то змініть тільки Порт. Для розпізнавання вживайте Ім'я користувача і Пароль.\n" "Якщо ви не потребуєте розпізнавання, то виберіть Без розпізнавання.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b" -">Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть <b" -">З'єднатись. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Список вузлів, запропонований ціллю iSCSI. Виберіть один з них і клацніть З'єднатись. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -442,17 +400,13 @@ "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" "onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI" -" service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач повинен" -" це зробити вручну\n" -"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні" -" системи, тобто, коли\n" +"manual — щоб цілі iSCSI не було з'єднано типово, користувач повинен це зробити вручну\n" +"onboot — для цілей iSCSI, які слід з'єднувати при завантаженні системи, тобто, коли\n" "коренева ФС знаходиться на iSCSI. Це буде зроблено з initrd.\n" -"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої" -" служби iSCSI.\n" +"automatic — для цілей iSCSI, які з'єднуються при запуску самої служби iSCSI.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 @@ -460,48 +414,13 @@ msgstr "<h1>Розпізнавання</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox" -" if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and" -" Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or" -" for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here" -" correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the" -" other way round." -msgstr "" -"Типовим параметром є Без розпізнавання. Зніміть галочку, якщо" -" розпізнавання потрібне із міркувань безпеки. Введіть Ім'я користувача" -" та Пароль для 'Вхідне розпізнавання', 'Вихідне розпізнавання' або для" -" обох.Зауважте: 'Вхідне розпізнавання' тут узгоджене із" -" 'Вихідним розпізнаванням' на стороні цільового сервера iSCSI і навпаки." +msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "Типовим параметром є Без розпізнавання. Зніміть галочку, якщо розпізнавання потрібне із міркувань безпеки. Введіть Ім'я користувача та Пароль для 'Вхідне розпізнавання', 'Вихідне розпізнавання' або для обох.Зауважте: 'Вхідне розпізнавання' тут узгоджене із 'Вихідним розпізнаванням' на стороні цільового сервера iSCSI і навпаки." #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the <b" -">Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified" -" by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If" -" login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the" -" target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a" -" target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is" -" only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at <i" -">Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the <b" -">Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly" -" will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default" -" 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add" -" button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." -msgstr "" -"Цей екран показує список відкритих цілей.Вживайте кнопку Пошук<" -"/b> для отримання доступних цілей iSCSI із сервера, вказаного за IP-адресою.<" -"br>З'єднатися із ціллю для встановлення з' єднання. Якщо вхід був" -" успішним, то стовпець З'єднано показує стан 'Істина' і ціль буде" -" з'являтися на екрані З'єднаних цілей. Для вилучення цілі вживайте" -" кнопку Вилучити. Порада: Вилучення цілей є можливим тільки" -" для нез'єднаних. Якщо потрібно, то спершу натисніть Від'єднатися у <i" -">З'єднаних цілях.Зауважте: Запуск Пошуку знову" -" означає повторний пошук цілей, який можливо змінить режим запуску вже" -" під'єднаних цілей (до усталеної 'manual'). Перемкніться на екран <i" -">Під'єднані цілі та використовуйте кнопку Додати, якщо ви хочете" -" додати нові цілі без зміни режиму запуску." +msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "Цей екран показує список відкритих цілей.Вживайте кнопку Пошук для отримання доступних цілей iSCSI із сервера, вказаного за IP-адресою. З'єднатися із ціллю для встановлення з' єднання. Якщо вхід був успішним, то стовпець З'єднано показує стан 'Істина' і ціль буде з'являтися на екрані З'єднаних цілей. Для вилучення цілі вживайте кнопку Вилучити. Порада: Вилучення цілей є можливим тільки для нез'єднаних. Якщо потрібно, то спершу натисніть Від'єднатися у З'єднаних цілях.Зауважте: Запуск Пошуку знову означає повторний пошук цілей, який можливо змінить режим запуску вже під'єднаних цілей (до усталеної 'manual'). Перемкніться на екран Під'єднані цілі та використовуйте кнопку Додати, якщо ви хочете додати нові цілі без зміни режиму запуску." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -557,14 +476,6 @@ msgstr "Неправильна назва ініціатора" #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 -#| msgid "" -#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" -#| "The correct syntax is\n" -#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" -#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Example:\n" -#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -620,12 +531,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that" -" multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено" -" багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "Ціль з такою назвою вже з'єднано. Переконайтесь, щоб було увімкнено багатошляховість для запобігання пошкодженню даних." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 @@ -655,11 +562,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Щоб налаштувати ініціатор iSCSI, потрібно встановити пакунок %1." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -737,11 +641,9 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> не" -" збігаються.\n" +"Значення InitiatorName з iBFT та з <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> не збігаються.\n" "Старе значення буде замінено значенням з iBFT зі створенням резервної копії.\n" -"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його" -" у BIOS.\n" +"Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати інше значення initiatorname, то змініть його у BIOS.\n" #. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons #. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/iscsi-lio-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module @@ -41,7 +40,8 @@ msgstr "Служба" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Глобальні" @@ -271,8 +271,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.<" -"/p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування натисканням кнопки Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -405,71 +404,37 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of <b" -">Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert <b" -">User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з <b" -">Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача" -" і Пароль." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Виберіть тип автентифікації. Вживайте Без автентифікації або одну з Вхідна та Вихідна (можна обидві). Тоді вставте Користувача і Пароль." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN" -" imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i" -">InitiatorName\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete" -" will remove the initiator access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту iSCSI доступу до LUN," -" імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається" -" доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі" -" «/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити</b" -"> заборонить доступ клієнта до LUN." +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "Використовуйте Додати для надання клієнту iSCSI доступу до LUN, імпортованої з групи цільового порталу. Вкажіть, якому клієнту надається доступ (ім'я клієнта - це InitiatorName у файлі «/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi» на ініціатора iscsi). Кнопка Видалити заборонить доступ клієнта до LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -#| msgid "" -#| "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -#| " If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN" -" target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the" -" type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both" -" together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to" -" set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</b" -"> is disabled here." +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що" -" цільове число LUN має бути унікальним. Після натискання Змінити" -" розпізнавання, виберіть його тип. Використовуйте Вхідне, <b" -">Вихідне або обидва разом. Потім вставте Користувач і Пароль</b" -">. Переконайтеся, що ви задали різні паролі для вхідного та вихідного" -" розпізнавання.\n " -"Якщо Використовувати розпізнавання вимкнено у попередньому діалозі, то" -" Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." +"Із Змінити LUN можна редагувати відображення LUN. Зауважте, що цільове число LUN має бути унікальним. Після натискання Змінити розпізнавання, виберіть його тип. Використовуйте Вхідне, Вихідне або обидва разом. Потім вставте Користувач і Пароль. Переконайтеся, що ви задали різні паролі для вхідного та вихідного розпізнавання.\n" +" Якщо Використовувати розпізнавання вимкнено у попередньому діалозі, то Змінити автентифікацію буде вимкненим тут." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access" -" to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим клієнтам." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "Копіювати дає можливість надання доступу до LUN іншим клієнтам." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by" -" clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль" -" натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" -"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку <b" -">Змінити або Вилучити." +"Список запропонованих цілей цільових груп порталу. Створіть нову ціль натисканням кнопкиДодати. \n" +"Щоб вилучити або змінити елемент, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити." #. edit target #. add target @@ -480,31 +445,26 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b" -">LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN." -" \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" " Вам потрібно вказати шлях до іншого блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо" -" користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which" -" address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою" -" адресою\n" +"У полях IP-адреса та Номер порту ви вказуєте, за якою адресою\n" "і портом буде доступна служба. Типовий номер порту 3260. Можна вказувати\n" "тільки IP-адреси, призначені однією з мережевих карт." @@ -514,40 +474,29 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a" -" lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN." -" \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "Довільні блокові пристрої або файли можна зробити доступними під LUN.\n" "Вам потрібно вказати шлях до блокового пристрою або файлу.\n" "Ім'я LUN - це довільне ім'я для розрізнення LUN.\n" -"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо" -" користувач\n" +"Ім'я повинно бути унікальним в межах групи цільових порталів. Якщо користувач\n" "не вказує ім'я для LUN, то воно генерується автоматично." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional" -" configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові" -" параметри налаштування." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Можна Додавати, Змінювати або Вилучати всі додаткові параметри налаштування." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing" -" purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and <b" -">Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено" -" для перевірки). \n" -"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри" -" SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." +"За потреби змініть номер LUN, встановіть Тип (nullio призначено для перевірки). \n" +"Якщо Тип=fileio встановіть Шлях до пристрою диска або файлу. Параметри SCSI ID і Сектори є необов'язковими." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 @@ -575,8 +524,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" +msgstr "Зазначений шлях повинен вести до блокового пристрою або звичайного файлу!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/isns.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 21:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journal.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journal.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journal.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-07-02 08:05+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journalctl.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journalctl.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/journalctl.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-24 16:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Header @@ -125,4 +124,3 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "Повідомлення" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/kdump.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Щоб застосувати зміни, потрібне перезавантаження системи." @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1247,129 +1247,129 @@ "Детальніше див. %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Започаткування конфігурації kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Читання файла конфігурації..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Читання параметрів завантаження ядра..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Обчислюються обмеження пам'яті…" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Читання розділів диска..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Читання наявної пам'яті та калібрування використання..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл конфігурації /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Неможливо прочитати параметри завантаження ядра." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Неможливо визначити наявну пам'ять." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Збереження конфігурації kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Записати параметри" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Оновлення параметрів завантаження" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Оновлення параметрів завантаження..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Завершено" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Не вдається записати параметри." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Додавання параметра crashkernel до помилок завантажувача." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Стан Kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "увімкнено" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "вимкнено" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Значення для параметра crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Формат дампа: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Адреса дампів: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Кількість дампів: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "Попередження! Там може не вистачати вільного простору. Потрібно %{required}, але доступно тільки %{available}." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/languages_db.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-24 19:51-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 12:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ldap.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 09:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/live-installer.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 08:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. initialize package manager first @@ -130,12 +129,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Вживайте Прийняти, щоб виконати нове встановлення з показаними " -"значеннями." +"Вживайте Прийняти, щоб виконати нове встановлення з показаними значеннями." #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 @@ -221,8 +218,7 @@ "Continuing the installation may cause data loss." msgstr "" "Програма встановлення openSUSE виявила масив DMRAID.\n" -"Така конфігурація не підтримується програмою встановлення openSUSE \"наживо" -"\".\n" +"Така конфігурація не підтримується програмою встановлення openSUSE \"наживо\".\n" "Якщо ви продовжите встановлення, можлива втрата даних." #. popup dialog, text followed by 'Reboot Now' and 'Reboot Later' buttons Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/mail.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module @@ -111,12 +110,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the" -" localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Вибір пункту Без з’єднання призведе до того, що\n" -"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти." -" MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" +"поштовий сервер буде запущено, але можливим буде лише локальний рух пошти. MTA слухатиме на локальному вузлі (localhost).\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -125,8 +122,7 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного" -" користувача.\n" +"Вкажіть тут як перезаписувати адреси відправників для кожного користувача.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -146,24 +142,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b" -">smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Сервер вихідної пошти, переважно, призначається для модемних з'єднань.\n" -"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com<" -"/b>.\n" +"Введіть SMTP-сервер вашого провайдера Інтернету, напр., smtp.provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your" -" provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам" -" провайдером.\n" +"В полі Ім'я користувача введіть ім'я користувача надане вам провайдером.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -204,14 +196,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" -"/p>\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ця таблиця перенаправляє пошту, яка доставляється локально.\n" "Можна переслати до іншого локального користувача (придатне для,\n" -"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до" -" списку адрес.\n" +"системних рахунків, особливо, root), до віддаленої адреси або до списку адрес.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -330,7 +320,6 @@ #. OUTGOING NOMX #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 -#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "Не виконуйте пошук MX для сервера вихідної пошти." @@ -339,8 +328,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Шифрування TLS" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Ні" @@ -711,8 +700,7 @@ "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну" -" пошту\n" +"Увімкнення сканування на віруси (AMaVIS) перевіряє вхідну і вихідну пошту\n" "антивірусом AMaVIS. \n" #. help text @@ -759,8 +747,7 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can" -" send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" @@ -769,8 +756,7 @@ "Увімкнення DKIM для вихідних повідомлень вимагає додаткових дій.\n" "Для визначеного Postfix значення 'mydomain' буде згенерований SSL-ключ.\n" "У Postfix буде налаштована нова служба 'submission'. Після цього ви зможете\n" -"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з" -" SASL-автентифікацією.\n" +"відправляти листи службою 'submission' з 'mynetworks' з SASL-автентифікацією.\n" "Тільки листи, відправлені цією новою службою, будуть підписані ключем\n" "домену.\n" @@ -782,16 +768,14 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain," -" the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Публічний ключ доменного ключа повинен бути запропонований службою\n" "доменних імен. Публічний ключ буде збережений як запис DNS TXT\n" -"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде" -" передати\n" +"у файлі /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt, його потрібно буде передати\n" "відповідній службі доменних імен. Якщо на цьому сервері, який є\n" "сервером авторизації в цьому домені, вже запущена служба імен,\n" "то публічний ключ буде доданий як запис TXT цієї доменної зони\n" @@ -799,11 +783,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси" -" (AMaViS)." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "При увімкненні підтримки DKIM буде також увімкнено сканування на віруси (AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -847,13 +828,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not" -" forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не" -" перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти" -" через IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Режим доставки, переважно, Безпосередньо, хіба, якщо ви не перенаправляєте пошту адміністратора (root) або хочете мати доступ до пошти через IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -893,8 +869,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." +msgstr "Не можна використовувати procmail, коли пошта для root не перенаправляється." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/multipath.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 12:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/network.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -128,10 +127,8 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Фаєрвол і SSH</big> \n" @@ -141,8 +138,7 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Тут вкажіть чи після встановлення системи фаєрвол буде увімкнено,\n" @@ -150,16 +146,12 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"З увімкненим мережним екраном вам вирішувати, чи відкрити порт для служби " -"SSH\n" -"і дозволити віддалений вхід через SSH. Це також увімкне службу SSH (тобто її " -"буде\n" +"З увімкненим мережним екраном вам вирішувати, чи відкрити порт для служби SSH\n" +"і дозволити віддалений вхід через SSH. Це також увімкне службу SSH (тобто її буде\n" "запущено при увімкненні комп'ютера)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -367,11 +359,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити " -"з'єднання з Інтернетом." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Не визначено адреси URL для приміток до випуску. Неможливо перевірити з'єднання з Інтернетом." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -380,20 +369,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на " -"боці сервера. \n" +"Завантаження останніх приміток до випуску зазнало невдачі через помилку на боці сервера. \n" "Це не обов'язково означає, що мережу налаштовано неправильно.\n" "\n" -"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку " -"встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" -"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з'єднання або повернутися до " -"налаштувань мережі,\n" +"Натисніть кнопку \"Продовжити\", щоб перейти до наступного кроку встановлення. Щоб пропустити\n" +"всі кроки, для яких потрібне інтернет-з'єднання або повернутися до налаштувань мережі,\n" "натисніть \"Скасувати\".\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -570,9 +554,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене " -"адміністрування" +msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -755,12 +737,8 @@ msgstr "Потрібно вказати IP-адресу місця призначення." #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій, " -"параметри)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Потрібно вказати принаймні одне з наступних (шлюз, маску мережі, пристрій, параметри)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -772,13 +750,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Попередження: не вживається шифрування." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Змінити." @@ -1204,9 +1182,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов'язування і змініть їх за потреби. " -"" +msgstr "Виберіть бажані параметри драйвера пов'язування і змініть їх за потреби. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1396,21 +1372,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Пріоритет IFPLUGD</big> \n" -"Усі інтерфейси, налаштовані з При підключенні кабелю і " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 будуть\n" -"використовуватися взаємовиключним чином. Якщо При підключенні кабелю " -"виникає\n" -"більше одного інтерфейсу, то потрібен спосіб визначити, який інтерфейс " -"піднімати.\n" +"Усі інтерфейси, налаштовані з При підключенні кабелю і IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 будуть\n" +"використовуватися взаємовиключним чином. Якщо При підключенні кабелю виникає\n" +"більше одного інтерфейсу, то потрібен спосіб визначити, який інтерфейс піднімати.\n" "Таким чином, потрібно задати пріоритет кожному інтерфейсу.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1625,12 +1595,8 @@ msgstr "Для визначення пристрою скористайтеся параметром \"id\"." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону. " -"Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Значення параметра \"id\" лежить за межами припустимого діапазону. Скористайтеся параметром \"list\", щоб дізнатися максимальне значення \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1734,12 +1700,9 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна " -"звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" -"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку " -"Продовжити,\n" -"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати " -"і поверніться\n" +"Для нормальної роботи пристрою потрібна мікропрограма. Зазвичай, її можна звантажити зі веб-сторінки постачальника драйвера.\n" +"Якщо мікропрограму вже звантажено і встановлено, натисніть кнопку Продовжити,\n" +"щоб налаштувати пристрій. В іншому випадку натисніть кнопку Скасувати і поверніться\n" "до цього вікна після встановлення мікропрограми.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1751,12 +1714,8 @@ msgstr "Встановлення мікрокоду" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт " -"«install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Для успішного встановлення мікропрограми слід виконати скрипт «install_bcm43xx_firmware». Зробити це зараз?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1840,68 +1799,49 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра, які " -"дозволяють\n" -"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою " -"(наприклад,\n" +"Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра, які дозволяють\n" +"зіставляти MAC-адресу або BusID мережевого пристрою з його назвою (наприклад,\n" "eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до перезавантажень.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Показати видиму ідентифікацію порту дозволяє фізично визначити " -"налаштований мережний контролер NIC.\n" -"Задайте відповідний час, натисніть Блиманняі світлодіоди на мережній " -"платі будуть мигати зазначений час.\n" +"Показати видиму ідентифікацію порту дозволяє фізично визначити налаштований мережний контролер NIC.\n" +"Задайте відповідний час, натисніть Блиманняі світлодіоди на мережній платі будуть мигати зазначений час.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Модуль ядра. Введіть назву модуля (драйвера) ядра для \n" -"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати " -"один з драйверів зі списку,\n" -"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків, " -"найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" +"вашого мережного пристрою. Якщо пристрій вже налаштовано, ви можете вибрати один з драйверів зі списку,\n" +"якщо існує декілька драйверів вашого пристрою. У більшості випадків, найкращим виходом буде скористатися типовим значенням.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Крім того, ви можете задати параметри цього модуля ядра. Їх слід \n" -"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід " -"відокремлювати \n" -"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо " -"налаштовано дві \n" +"записувати у форматі параметр=значення. Записи слід відокремлювати \n" +"пробілами, наприклад, io=0x300 irq=5. Зауваження: Якщо налаштовано дві \n" "плати для одного модуля, параметри буде об'єднано під час збереження.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вкажете параметри в полі Параметри ethtool, ifup буде " -"викликати ethtool з цими параметрами.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Якщо ви вкажете параметри в полі Параметри ethtool, ifup буде викликати ethtool з цими параметрами.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 @@ -2083,41 +2023,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." +msgstr "Введіть назву порту для інтерфейсу (з урахуванням регістру)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу " -"(розділені пробілами)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Введіть будь-які додаткові Параметри для цього інтерфейсу (розділені пробілами)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід " -"увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути IPA-захоплення, якщо для IP-адреси слід увімкнути захоплення для цього інтерфейсу." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з " -"підтримкою layer 2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Виберіть Увімкнути підтримку Layer 2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою " -"layer 2." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "ВведітьАдресу MAC Layer2, якщо цю плату налаштовано з підтримкою layer 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 @@ -2180,8 +2103,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Введіть назву IUCV-вузла,\n" -"наприклад, z/VM ім'я користувача, з яким слід з'єднатися (з врахуванням " -"регістру).\n" +"наприклад, z/VM ім'я користувача, з яким слід з'єднатися (з врахуванням регістру).\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" @@ -2213,8 +2135,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку " -"Перервати.\n" +"Ви можете безпечно перервати програму налаштування, якщо натиснете кнопку Перервати.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 @@ -2305,8 +2226,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри протоколу IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2332,16 +2252,14 @@ "В цьому вікні можна налаштувати маршрутизацію.\n" "Типовий шлюз кожному можливому призначенню, але погано. \n" "Якщо існує будь-який інший запис, який збігається з необхідною адресою\n" -"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового " -"маршруту\n" +"він використовується замість типового маршруту. Під поняттям типового маршруту\n" "розуміється, що \"все інше має йти туди.\"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Для кожного маршруту введіть мережну IP-адресу місця призначення,\n" "адресу шлюзу і маску мережі. Щоб не вводити жодного з цих значень,\n" @@ -2354,8 +2272,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Увімкніть IPv4-переадресацію (перенаправлення пакетів із " -"зовнішніх\n" +"Увімкніть IPv4-переадресацію (перенаправлення пакетів із зовнішніх\n" "мереж у внутрішню) якщо дана система є маршрутизатором.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2365,35 +2282,28 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть IPv6-переадресацію (перенаправлення пакетів із " -"зовнішніх\n" +"Увімкніть IPv6-переадресацію (перенаправлення пакетів із зовнішніх\n" "мереж у внутрішню) якщо дана система є маршрутизатором.\n" "Попередження: IPv6-переадресація відключає автоматичне\n" "налаштування адреси IPv6 (stateless address autoconfiguration, SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" "Увага: якщо увімкнений мережний екран, то дозволів лише на\n" -"перенаправлення IP недостатньо. Ви повинні включити нелегальне проникнення " -"та/або\n" -"задати хоча б одне правило перенаправлення в налаштуваннях мережного " -"екрану.\n" +"перенаправлення IP недостатньо. Ви повинні включити нелегальне проникнення та/або\n" +"задати хоча б одне правило перенаправлення в налаштуваннях мережного екрану.\n" "Використовуйте для цього модуль мережного екрану YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Якщо ви використовуєте DHCP для отримання адреси IP, то вкажіть чи\n" @@ -2406,20 +2316,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" "Призначити ім'я вузла циклічній IP асоціює вашу назву вузла\n" "з IP-адресою <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (зворотна петля) <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" -"Це корисно в тому випадку, якщо ви хочете, щоб ім'я вузла успішно " -"дозволялося\n" -"завжди, навіть без підключення до мережі. У всіх інших випадках " -"використовуйте\n" +"Це корисно в тому випадку, якщо ви хочете, щоб ім'я вузла успішно дозволялося\n" +"завжди, навіть без підключення до мережі. У всіх інших випадках використовуйте\n" "обережністю, особливо якщо цей комп'ютер надає мережні сервіси.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 @@ -2446,8 +2351,7 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Домен пошуку - це назва домену, де починається пошук назв вузлів.\n" @@ -2457,41 +2361,30 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Введіть коротку назву цього комп'ютера (напр., моямашина) і домен " -"DNS\n" -"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий, " -"якщо\n" -"цей комп'ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп'ютера можна " -"побачити\n" +"Введіть коротку назву цього комп'ютера (напр., моямашина) і домен DNS\n" +"(напр., приклад.com), до якого він належить. Домен особливо важливий, якщо\n" +"цей комп'ютер є поштовим сервером. Назву вузла вашого комп'ютера можна побачити\n" "за допомогою команди hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "Виберіть спосіб зміни налаштування DNS (сервери назв, список пошуку, \n" -"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт " -"netconfig,\n" -"який об'єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно " -"(напр.,\n" +"вміст файла /etc/resolv.conf). Зазвичай, це робить скрипт netconfig,\n" +"який об'єднує визначені тут статичні дані з даними, які отримано динамічно (напр.,\n" "з клієнта DHCP, NetworkManager, тощо). Це типовий спосіб, бо параметр\n" -"Використовувати типові правила прийнятний для більшості випадків.</" -"p>\n" +"Використовувати типові правила прийнятний для більшості випадків.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" @@ -2504,18 +2397,13 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе " -"змінювати \n" +"Вибравши параметр Тільки вручну, netconfig вже не зможе змінювати \n" "/etc/resolv.conf.\n" "Однак, ви можете редагувати файл вручну, Вибравши параметр\n" -"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок " -"правил, який\n" -"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з " -"шаблонами заміни\n" -"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна " -"отримати з довідки netconfig\n" -"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати " -"правила\n" +"Використовувати нетипові правила, ви можете вказати нетиповий рядок правил, який\n" +"складається зі списку, розділених комами, назв інтерфейсів, включно з шаблонами заміни\n" +"та спеціальними значеннями STATIC і STATIC_FALLBACK. Більше інформації можна отримати з довідки netconfig\n" +"Примітка: Якщо залишити поле порожнім, то це те саме, що використовувати правила\n" "Тільки вручну.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2523,22 +2411,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування адреси</big>\n" -"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати " -"довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" +"Виберіть Не налаштовувати адресу, якщо ви не бажаєте визначати довільної IP-адреси цього пристрою.\n" "Це до певної міри корисно для прив'язування пристроїв ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Позначте iBFT, якщо хочете зберегти налаштування мережі в BIOS.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Позначте iBFT, якщо хочете зберегти налаштування мережі в BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2546,8 +2428,7 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси, " -"призначеної\n" +"Виберіть Динамічна адреса, якщо у вас немає статичної IP-адреси, призначеної\n" "системним адміністратором або постачальником послуг DSL.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2557,20 +2438,16 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть " -"DHCP,\n" -"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси " -"будуть \n" +"Ви можете вибрати один з методів динамічного призначення адреси. Виберіть DHCP,\n" +"якщо у вашій локальній мережі запущено сервер DHCP. Тоді мережні адреси будуть \n" "автоматично отримуватися з сервера.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб виконувати автоматичний пошук вільної IP-адреси\n" "з наступним її статичним призначенням, виберіть Zeroconf.\n" @@ -2581,32 +2458,24 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" "Введіть для вашого комп'ютера IP-адресу\n" -"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., " -"<tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"(напр., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) і Віддалену IP-адресу (напр., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "для вашого віддаленого вузла.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу " -"(наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" -"вашого комп'ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви " -"можете ввести\n" -"повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Її буде записано до /etc/hosts.</" -"p>\n" +"Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу (наприклад, 192.168.100.99) \n" +"вашого комп'ютера і мережеву маску (зазвичай, 255.255.255.0). За бажання, ви можете ввести\n" +"повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Її буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2644,13 +2513,8 @@ "брандмауер буде вимкнено." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти " -"про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження " -"системи." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Обов'язковий інтерфейс визначає чи буде мережна служба повідомляти про помилку, якщо інтерфейс не вдалося запустити під час завантаження системи." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2658,29 +2522,21 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Максимальна одиниця передачі</big>\n" -"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір " -"пакета,\n" -"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно " -"встановлювати\n" +"Максимальна одиниця передачі (MTU) — це максимальний розмір пакета,\n" +"що передається у одному блоці мережею. Зазвичай, вам не потрібно встановлювати\n" "MTU, але використання менших значень MTU може покращити швидкодію мережі,\n" -"особливо на повільних модемних з'єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих " -"значень\n" +"особливо на повільних модемних з'єднаннях. Виберіть одне з рекомендованих значень\n" "або визначте власне.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив'язування. Лише для " -"пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або " -"для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +msgstr "Виберіть підпорядковані пристрої для пристрою прив'язування. Лише для пристроїв, для яких Активація пристроїв встановлено у значення «Ніколи» або для яких «Недоступне налаштування адреси»." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2691,49 +2547,37 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде " -"використано\n" -"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати " -"різні значення для кожного\n" +"Якщо залишити порожнім поле Ідентифікатор клієнта DHCP, буде використано\n" +"типові значення апаратної адреси мережного інтерфейсу. Це поле повинне мати різні значення для кожного\n" "клієнта DHCP у мережі. Отже, задайте унікальний ідентифікатор\n" -"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп'ютерів, що " -"використовують один\n" +"у довільній формі, якщо ви маєте декілька (віртуальних) комп'ютерів, що використовують один\n" "мережний інтерфейс, а отже і одну апаратну адресу. " #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що " -"використовуватиметься\n" -"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли клієнт DHCP надсилатиме повідомлення " -"серверу DHCP. Деякі \n" +"Назва вузла для надсилання визначає рядок, що використовуватиметься\n" +"для поля параметра назви вузла, коли клієнт DHCP надсилатиме повідомлення серверу DHCP. Деякі \n" "сервери DHCP оновлюються зони назв серверів (звичайні і реверсивні записи) \n" "у відповідності з цією назвою вузла (динамічна DNS).\n" "\n" -"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла " -"для надсилання,\n" -"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште " -"AUTO,\n" -"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME</" -"i>). \n" +"Крім того, деякі сервери DHCP вимагають, щоб поле параметра Назва вузла для надсилання,\n" +"містилося у особливому рядку у повідомленнях DHCP від клієнтів. Залиште AUTO,\n" +"щоб надсилати поточну назву вузла (наприклад, визначену у /etc/HOSTNAME). \n" "Залиште це поле порожнім, щоб не надсилати назви вузла.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2757,26 +2601,18 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Мітка адреси IPv4, колись відома як Назва псевдоніму, — " -"необов'язкова і застаріла. Загальна\n" +"Мітка адреси IPv4, колись відома як Назва псевдоніму, — необов'язкова і застаріла. Загальна\n" " довжина назви інтерфейсу (включаючи двокрапку і мітку) \n" -" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її " -"після 9 символів." +" обмежена 15 символами, а застарілий засіб ifconfig обрізує її після 9 символів." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Не включати назву інтерфейсу у мітку. Наприклад, ввести foo " -"замість eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Не включати назву інтерфейсу у мітку. Наприклад, ввести foo замість eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2799,13 +2635,10 @@ "Виберіть між трьома типами вводу ключа для вашого ключа.\n" " Фраза пароля: Ключ створюється на основі введеної фрази.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-значення введених символів формують ключ.\n" -"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового " -"ключа,\n" +"Введіть 5 символів для 64-бітового ключа, до 13 символів для 128-бітового ключа,\n" "до 16 символів для 156-бітового і до 29 символів для 256-бітового ключа.\n" -" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа. " -"Введіть\n" -"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового " -"ключа, 32 цифри\n" +" Шістнадцятковий: Напряму ввести шістнадцятковий код ключа. Введіть\n" +"10 шістнадцяткових цифр для 64-бітового ключа, 26 цифр для 128-бітового ключа, 32 цифри\n" "для 156-бітового ключа і 58 цифр для 256 бітового ключа. Ви можете\n" "використовувати дефіс (\"-\") для відокремлення пар або груп цифр,\n" "наприклад, \"0a5f-41e6-48\".\n" @@ -2839,19 +2672,16 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" -"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для " -"ідентифікації\n" +"Встановіть Мережну назву (ESSID), що використовується для ідентифікації\n" "комірок, які є частиною одної віртуальної мережі. Всі станції у бездротовій\n" "LAN повинні мати одну ESSID для роботи одна з одною. Якщо ви\n" "вибрали Керований режим роботи і режим автентифікації не WPA,\n" -"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-" -"яка</tt>. У такому випадку,\n" +"ви можете не заповнювати це поле або встановити його значення у <tt>Будь-яка</tt>. У такому випадку,\n" "ваша плата WLAN буде асоціюватися з точкою доступу\n" "з найпотужнішим сигналом.\n" @@ -2868,8 +2698,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2879,21 +2708,16 @@ "Він залежить від використаної технології захисту, WEP або WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) — це система шифрування потоку інформації\n" "у мережі з необов'язковою автентифікацією, заснованою на використанні ключа\n" -"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий " -"WEP (без\n" +"шифрування. У більшості випадків використання WEP вибір режиму Відкритий WEP (без\n" "автентифікації) є достатнім. Втім, це не значить, що ви не можете\n" -"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте " -"Без шифрування). \n" +"взагалі використовувати шифрування WEP (у такому випадку використовуйте Без шифрування). \n" "У деяких мережах потрібна автентифікація WEP з спільним ключем. \n" "ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ: Автентифікація зі спільним ключем робить вашу мережу\n" "легкою жертвою потенційного нападника. У випадку, якщо вам\n" -"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте " -"Відкритий\n" -"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було " -"прийнято\n" +"не дуже потрібна автентифікація зі спільним ключем, використовуйте Відкритий\n" +"режим. Оскільки доведено, що WEP не є безпечним, з метою закрити дірки було прийнято\n" "WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), але не всяка апаратура підтримує\n" -"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або WPA-" -"EAP у якості\n" +"WPA. Якщо ви бажаєте використовувати WPA, виберіть WPA-PSK або WPA-EAP у якості\n" "режиму автентифікації. Цей режим можливий, лише якщо\n" "вибрано Керований режим роботи.\n" @@ -2909,8 +2733,7 @@ "ключ шифрування WEP. Довжиною ключа може бути\n" "64, 128, 156, або 256 біт, але не всі розміри ключів\n" "підтримуються пристроями. У цих ключах 24 біти\n" -"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232 " -"бітів.\n" +"створюються у динамічному режим, отже вам слід задати лише від 40 до 232 бітів.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 @@ -2924,8 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати WPA-PSK (іноді його ще називають WPA Home),\n" "введіть попередній спільний ключ. Цей ключ\n" -"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на " -"його основі.\n" +"буде використано для автентифікації, ключі шифрування також буде створено на його основі.\n" "Випадків ефективних атак проти ключів WEP досі не виявлено, але\n" "атаки за словником все ще можливі. Не використовуйте слово, яке\n" "можна легко вгадати як фразу пароля.\n" @@ -2942,15 +2764,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Ці значення буде записано до файла налаштування інтерфейсу\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові " -"параметри,\n" -"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб " -"дізнатися про всі\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" в \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Якщо Вам потрібні додаткові параметри,\n" +"додайте їх туди вручну. Перегляньте файл \"wireless\" з тої ж теки, щоб дізнатися про всі\n" "доступні параметри." #. TextEntry label @@ -3028,8 +2847,7 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP використовує сервер RADIUS для автентифікації користувачів. " -"Існує\n" +"WPA-EAP використовує сервер RADIUS для автентифікації користувачів. Існує\n" "декілька різних методів в EAP для з'єднання з сервером і здійснення\n" "автентифікації, наприклад TLS, TTLS і PEAP.\n" @@ -3043,13 +2861,11 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Для TTLS і PEAP введіть Ідентифікатор\n" "і Пароль у відповідності з налаштуваннями сервера.\n" -"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім'я користувача, що " -"використовуватиметься\n" +"За наявності особливих вимог, можна вказати ім'я користувача, що використовуватиметься\n" "як Анонім. Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. text entry label @@ -3071,16 +2887,13 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість " -"комбінації\n" -"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого " -"ключів\n" +"TLS використовує для автентифікації Сертифікат клієнта замість комбінації\n" +"з імені користувача і пароля. Він використовує пару з відкритого і закритого ключів\n" "для шифрування даних, тому вам буде потрібен\n" "файл Ключа клієнта, який містить ваш закритий ключ, і\n" "відповідний файл Пароля ключа клієнта.\n" @@ -3123,8 +2936,7 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви не знаєте вашого ІД і пароль, або не маєте\n" -"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв'яжіться з вашим системним " -"адміністратором.\n" +"жодного сертифіката або ключових файлів, зв'яжіться з вашим системним адміністратором.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 @@ -3138,8 +2950,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий " -"як фаза 2).\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати метод внутрішньої автентифікації (також відомий як фаза 2).\n" "Типово дозволено всі методи. Якщо ви бажаєте обмежити\n" "дозвіл на методи, або у випадку, якщо ви маєте проблеми пов'язані\n" "з автентифікацією, виберіть ваш метод внутрішньої автентифікації.\n" @@ -3154,8 +2965,7 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої " -"реалізації PEAP\n" +"Якщо ви використовуєте PEAP, ви можете примусити до використання окремої реалізації PEAP\n" "(версії 0 або 1). Зазвичай, у цьому немає потреби.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3314,13 +3124,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати вашу плату LAN у головному або ad-hoc режимі,\n" -"встановіть тут Канал, який буде використовувати плата. Це не " -"потрібно\n" +"встановіть тут Канал, який буде використовувати плата. Це не потрібно\n" "для керованого режиму — у цьому випадку плата сама просканує канали в\n" "пошуках точок доступу.\n" @@ -3331,8 +3139,7 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" " В деяких рідкісних випадках, ви можете забажати установить\n" -"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення.</" -"p> " +"Швидкість у бітах точно. Типовим є, звичайно, якнайшвидше значення. " #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 @@ -3341,8 +3148,7 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "У середовищі з декількома Точками доступу, вам можливо захочеться\n" -"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з'єднуватися, шляхом визначення MAC-" -"адреси." +"визначити одну адресу, з якою слід з'єднуватися, шляхом визначення MAC-адреси." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 @@ -3351,10 +3157,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження " -"електроенергії.\n" -"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного " -"комп'ютера,\n" +"Використовувати керування живленням вмикає механізм збереження електроенергії.\n" +"Загалом, це чудова річ, особливо, якщо ви користувач портативного комп'ютера,\n" "або можете бути від'єднаними від джерела живлення змінним струмом.\n" #. Combobox item @@ -3412,19 +3216,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "В цьому діалозі, задайте ваші ключі WEP для\n" -"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох " -"ключів,\n" -"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це " -"типовий ключ.\n" -"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам " -"потрібен лише\n" +"шифрування ваших даних перед передаванням. У вас може бути до чотирьох ключів,\n" +"хоча лише один з ключів використовуватиметься для шифрування даних. Це типовий ключ.\n" +"Інші ключі можна використовувати для розшифрування даних. Зазвичай, вам потрібен лише\n" "один ключ." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3437,12 +3237,9 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Довжина ключа визначає бітову довжину ваших ключів WEP.\n" -"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104 " -"бітовими.\n" -"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже, " -"якщо ваше\n" -"бездротове з'єднання LAN не встановлює з'єднання, можливо, вам слід " -"встановити це значення\n" +"Можливі значення — це 64 і 128 бітів, які іноді також вважають 40 і 104 бітовими.\n" +"Деякі застарілі апаратні засоби не здатні обробляти 128-бітові ключі, отже, якщо ваше\n" +"бездротове з'єднання LAN не встановлює з'єднання, можливо, вам слід встановити це значення\n" "у 64." #. Frame label @@ -3484,8 +3281,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" "Невикористання сертифіката CA (Certificate Authority) може призвести до\n" @@ -3577,28 +3373,21 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " -"a single\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" "Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, то ви можете\n" -"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом " -"VNC,\n" +"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом VNC,\n" "таким як krdc (з'єднаним з <tt><назвою вузла>:%1</tt>), або\n" -"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з'єднаним з <tt>http://<назва " -"вузла>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Переглядачем мережі з увімкненою Java (з'єднаним з <tt>http://<назва вузла>:%2/</tt>).\n" "Без функції управління сеансами до кожного сеансу може бути під'єднаний\n" -"тільки один користувач і цей сеанс переривається при від'єднанні клієнта VNC." -"\n" -"Коли управління сеансами увімкнен, в рамках одного сеансу можуть " -"працювати\n" -"кілька користувачів, і сеанс не переривається, навіть якщо ніхто не " -"під'єднаний." +"тільки один користувач і цей сеанс переривається при від'єднанні клієнта VNC.\n" +"Коли управління сеансами увімкнен, в рамках одного сеансу можуть працювати\n" +"кілька користувачів, і сеанс не переривається, навіть якщо ніхто не під'єднаний." #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 @@ -3644,7 +3433,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3653,26 +3442,26 @@ "YaST не може налаштувати деякі параметри." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Мережні плати" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Модеми" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Плати ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Пристрої DSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Всі мережні пристрої" @@ -3779,12 +3568,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Не рекомендується використовувати .local як доменне ім'я через Multicast " -"DNS. Використовувати на ваш страх і ризик?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Не рекомендується використовувати .local як доменне ім'я через Multicast DNS. Використовувати на ваш страх і ризик?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 @@ -3959,8 +3744,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -4074,18 +3858,13 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з " -"цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" -"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"продовжує працювати.\n" -"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову " -"систему iSCSI.\n" +"Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" +"вимкнено за допомогою <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> продовжує працювати.\n" +"Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову систему iSCSI.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -4097,14 +3876,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Активування пристрою</big> \n" -"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні " -"запускає його\n" +"Виберіть, коли вмикати мережний інтерфейс. При завантаженні запускає його\n" "під час завантаження системи. Ніколи — не запускає пристрій.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4243,12 +4020,8 @@ msgstr "Підтвердити перезапуск мережі" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати " -"параметри." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Через мостову мережу YaST2 мусить перезапустити мережу, щоб застосувати параметри." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4627,85 +4400,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1238 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1242 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Автоматично запускається при завантаженні" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Автоматично запускається при з'єднанні кабелю" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Керується через NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Не буде запущено взагалі" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Запускається вручну" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Адреса IP призначається за допомогою" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Адреса IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Адреса IP: %s, маска підмережі %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Не налаштовано" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1325 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Назва пристрою: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1346 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Пов'язання підпорядкованих пристроїв" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1360 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "підпорядковано %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Основний пристрій зв'язування" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1375 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Не з'єднано" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Відсутня hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, бо відсутній пристрій ядра (eth0, " -"wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми (для " -"пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Неможливо налаштувати мережну плату, бо відсутній пристрій ядра (eth0, wlan0). Такі помилки здебільшого спричинено відсутністю мікропрограми (для пристроїв wlan). Щоб дізнатися більше, перегляньте вивід команди dmesg." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4713,11 +4480,11 @@ "Пристрій не налаштовано. Натисніть кнопку Змінити,\n" "щоб його налаштувати.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Потрібне мікропрограмне ПЗ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "невідомий" @@ -4876,12 +4643,8 @@ #~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" #~ msgstr "Запустити налаштування %1?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, " -#~ "Wicked will be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Налаштування керування мережею в AutoYaST: NetworkManager недоступний, " -#~ "буде використаний Wicked." +#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +#~ msgstr "Налаштування керування мережею в AutoYaST: NetworkManager недоступний, буде використаний Wicked." #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Протокол завантаження пристрою" @@ -4909,17 +4672,13 @@ #~ msgstr "роз'єднано" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -#~ "startmode will never\n" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" #~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" #~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси " -#~ "з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" -#~ "вимкнено за допомогою \"rcnetwork stop\". \"ifdown <iface>\" продовжує " -#~ "працювати.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну " -#~ "файлову систему iSCSI.\n" +#~ "Використання На NFSroot майже те саме, що \"auto\". Але інтерфейси з цим початковим режимом ніколи не буде\n" +#~ "вимкнено за допомогою \"rcnetwork stop\". \"ifdown <iface>\" продовжує працювати.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся цим параметром, якщо ви маєте nfs або адміністративну файлову систему iSCSI.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -4951,26 +4710,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Назва пристрою" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~| "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Буде увімкнено службу SSH, і відкрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_ssh_in_proposal\">вимкнути і закрити</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Буде увімкнено службу SSH, і відкрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">вимкнути і закрити</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked(<a href=" -#~| "\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Буде вимкнено службу SSH, і закрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_ssh_in_proposal\">увімкнути і відкрити</a>)" +#~| msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked(<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Буде вимкнено службу SSH, і закрито порт SSH (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">увімкнути і відкрити</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Загальні параметри мере&жі" @@ -4994,8 +4741,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Назва псевдоніму" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Запропоноване мостове налаштування для віртуальної комп’ютерної мережі" +#~ msgstr "Запропоноване мостове налаштування для віртуальної комп’ютерної мережі" #~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" #~ msgstr "Вживати налаштування без мостів" @@ -5057,11 +4803,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Пов’язати підпорядковані пристрої" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Пристрій не налаштовано. Натисніть кнопку Змінити, щоб це " -#~ "зробити." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Пристрій не налаштовано. Натисніть кнопку Змінити, щоб це зробити." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5118,8 +4861,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання пристрою DSL:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо натиснете Додати, то ви зможете вручну налаштувати пристрій " -#~ "DSL." +#~ "Якщо натиснете Додати, то ви зможете вручну налаштувати пристрій DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5127,10 +4869,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Редагування або вилучення:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Виберіть пристрій DSL, для якого потрібно змінити або вилучити " -#~ "налаштування.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть на відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити." -#~ "" +#~ "Виберіть пристрій DSL, для якого потрібно змінити або вилучити налаштування.\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть на відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Тип" @@ -5155,21 +4895,16 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Перш за все, виберіть ваш Режим PPP. Ним може бути\n" #~ "PPP через Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP через ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI для ADSL або Протокол каналу точка-точка (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся PPP через Ethernet, якщо ваш DSL-модем з’єднано з " -#~ "комп’ютером через ethernet.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся Протокол каналу точка-точка, якщо ви бажаєте " -#~ "з’єдантися з сервером VPN.\n" -#~ "Якщо ви не впевнені у виборі режиму, запитайте про це вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг. " +#~ "Скористайтеся PPP через Ethernet, якщо ваш DSL-модем з’єднано з комп’ютером через ethernet.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся Протокол каналу точка-точка, якщо ви бажаєте з’єдантися з сервером VPN.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви не впевнені у виборі режиму, запитайте про це вашого постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" @@ -5179,27 +4914,21 @@ #~ "налаштуйте вашу плату ethernet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Режимозалежні параметри PPP — це параметри потрібні для " -#~ "встановлення\n" -#~ "вашого DSL-з’єднання. VPI/VCI має сенс лише для з’єднань PPP " -#~ "через ATM,\n" -#~ "для з’єднань PPP через Ethernet потрібна плата Ethernet.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Режимозалежні параметри PPP — це параметри потрібні для встановлення\n" +#~ "вашого DSL-з’єднання. VPI/VCI має сенс лише для з’єднань PPP через ATM,\n" +#~ "для з’єднань PPP через Ethernet потрібна плата Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для PPPoATM, введіть вашу пару VPI/VCI, наприклад, 0.38 \n" -#~ "для British Telecom. Якщо ви невпевнені, запитайте вашого постачальника " -#~ "послуг. " +#~ "для British Telecom. Якщо ви невпевнені, запитайте вашого постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5340,12 +5069,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання ISDN з’єднання:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модемне " -#~ "з’єднання ISDN.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модемне з’єднання ISDN.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5354,8 +5081,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Зміна або вилучення:</BIG> \n" #~ "Виберіть плату ISDN або з’єднання, яке ви бажаєте змінити або вилучити.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть відповідну кнопку: Змінити або Вилучити.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Обладнання" @@ -5370,12 +5096,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Детальні параметри ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Список віддалених телефонних номерів визначає, які з віддалених " -#~ "комп’ютерів\n" +#~ "Список віддалених телефонних номерів визначає, які з віддалених комп’ютерів\n" #~ "можуть з’єднуватися з цим інтерфейсом.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5386,53 +5110,41 @@ #~ "щоб дозволити всі ІД виклику.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику у стані вимкн., виклик " -#~ "виконується\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику у стані вимкн., виклик виконується\n" #~ "у звичайному режимі без спеціальної обробки.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо вибрано режим зворотного виклику сервер, після отримання " -#~ "вхідного\n" +#~ "Якщо вибрано режим зворотного виклику сервер, після отримання вхідного\n" #~ "дзвінка вмикатиметься процедура зворотного виклику.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо встановлено режим зворотного виклику клієнт, локальна " -#~ "система робитиме початковий виклик,\n" +#~ "Якщо встановлено режим зворотного виклику клієнт, локальна система робитиме початковий виклик,\n" #~ "а потім чекатиме на зворотний виклик з віддаленого комп’ютера.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Затримка зворотного виклику — кількість секунд секунд між " -#~ "початковим запитом і\n" -#~ "зворотним викликом (сервер) або вимиканням (клієнт). Це число повинне " -#~ "бути більшим на\n" +#~ "Затримка зворотного виклику — кількість секунд секунд між початковим запитом і\n" +#~ "зворотним викликом (сервер) або вимиканням (клієнт). Це число повинне бути більшим на\n" #~ "на сервері ніж на клієнті.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "В Додаткові параметри ipppd, додайте додаткові параметри для " -#~ "ipppd, \n" -#~ "наприклад, +pap +chap для автентифікації на сервері вхідних модемних " -#~ "дзвінків.\n" +#~ "В Додаткові параметри ipppd, додайте додаткові параметри для ipppd, \n" +#~ "наприклад, +pap +chap для автентифікації на сервері вхідних модемних дзвінків.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Додаткові параметри ipppd" @@ -5462,14 +5174,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Вибір служби ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо у Вас комбінований ISDN/DSL CAPI контролер, налаштуйте ваше DSL\n" -#~ "з’єднання за допомогою кнопки Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс. Ви також " -#~ "можете зробити це пізніше\n" +#~ "з’єднання за допомогою кнопки Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс. Ви також можете зробити це пізніше\n" #~ "в діалозі налаштування DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5478,20 +5188,16 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для роботи з мережею через ISDN існує два типи інтерфейсів:\n" -#~ "RawIP і SyncPPP. У більшості випадків слід користуватися " -#~ "SyncPPP. Він\n" +#~ "RawIP і SyncPPP. У більшості випадків слід користуватися SyncPPP. Він\n" #~ "є типовим для всіх звичайних постачальників послуг інтернету.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для перемикання між різними постачальниками послуг інтернету, не " -#~ "потрібен\n" -#~ "інтерфейс для кожного постачальника. Просто додайте декількох " -#~ "постачальників на один\n" +#~ "Для перемикання між різними постачальниками послуг інтернету, не потрібен\n" +#~ "інтерфейс для кожного постачальника. Просто додайте декількох постачальників на один\n" #~ "інтерфейс.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5499,8 +5205,7 @@ #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Щоб уникнути додавання інтерфейсу зараз, скористайтеся\n" -#~ "кнопкою Пропустити, щоб не входити у діалоги інтерфейсу і " -#~ "постачальника послуг. " +#~ "кнопкою Пропустити, щоб не входити у діалоги інтерфейсу і постачальника послуг. " #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5508,8 +5213,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "У Вас DSL CAPI контролер. Налаштуйте ваше DSL з’єднання\n" -#~ "за допомогою Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс . Ви також можете зробити " -#~ "це пізніше\n" +#~ "за допомогою Додати DSL CAPI інтерфейс . Ви також можете зробити це пізніше\n" #~ "в діалозі налаштування DSL. " #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5535,25 +5239,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Мій телефонний номер — Якщо маєте власний телефонний номер (MSN), " -#~ "введіть його\n" -#~ "в поле номера телефону (без коду міста), якщо вашу плату ISDN з’єднано " -#~ "напряму з\n" -#~ "наданою телефонною компанією лінією. Якщо її з’єднано з відомчою АТС, " -#~ "введіть\n" +#~ "Мій телефонний номер — Якщо маєте власний телефонний номер (MSN), введіть його\n" +#~ "в поле номера телефону (без коду міста), якщо вашу плату ISDN з’єднано напряму з\n" +#~ "наданою телефонною компанією лінією. Якщо її з’єднано з відомчою АТС, введіть\n" #~ "ваш внутрішній номер разом з префіксом (тобто, ваш телефон \n" -#~ "і додатковий номер). Якщо ця операція не вдасться, спробуйте " -#~ "використовувати 0, який, зазвичай, означає, що використовується\n" +#~ "і додатковий номер). Якщо ця операція не вдасться, спробуйте використовувати 0, який, зазвичай, означає, що використовується\n" #~ "звичайний (MSN) номер." #~ msgid "" @@ -5567,8 +5263,7 @@ #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо ви виберете ручний режим, запуск і зупинку служби вручну\n" -#~ "можна виконати за допомогою таких команд (відданих від користувача \"root" -#~ "\"):\n" +#~ "можна виконати за допомогою таких команд (відданих від користувача \"root\"):\n" #~ " <tt> \n" #~ " запуск: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " зупинка: ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5578,34 +5273,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибір пов’язування каналів встановить 128-КБ з’єднання\n" -#~ "також відоме як багатоканальне PPP. Щоб задіяти або вимкнути другий " -#~ "канал,\n" +#~ "також відоме як багатоканальне PPP. Щоб задіяти або вимкнути другий канал,\n" #~ "скористайтеся такими командами:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Ви також можете встановити пакунок xibod, щоб ця операції " -#~ "виконувалися автоматично.\n" -#~ "Якщо виникне потреба у ширшому каналі, буде додано канал. Якщо " -#~ "навантаження падатиме,\n" +#~ "Ви також можете встановити пакунок xibod, щоб ця операції виконувалися автоматично.\n" +#~ "Якщо виникне потреба у ширшому каналі, буде додано канал. Якщо навантаження падатиме,\n" #~ "канал буде вилучено.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5613,15 +5302,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Вибір\n" #~ "Зовнішнього інтерфейсу брандмауера задіює брандмауер\n" #~ "і встановлює його інтерфейс як зовнішній.\n" -#~ "Пункт Перезапустити брандмауер перезапускає брандмауер, якщо " -#~ "з’єднання встановлено.\n" +#~ "Пункт Перезапустити брандмауер перезапускає брандмауер, якщо з’єднання встановлено.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5656,8 +5343,7 @@ #~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть IP-адреси, якщо ви отримали фіксовані IP-адреси\n" -#~ "від вашого постачальника послуг для syncppp, або, якщо ви використовуєте " -#~ "raw IP.\n" +#~ "від вашого постачальника послуг для syncppp, або, якщо ви використовуєте raw IP.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address if your provider\n" @@ -5667,8 +5353,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте Динамічна IP-адреса якщо ваш\n" -#~ "постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У " -#~ "цьому випадку,\n" +#~ "постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" #~ "вихідна адреса є невідомою до моменту встановлення з’єднання.\n" #~ "Це типова ситуація для більшості постачальників послуг.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5698,8 +5383,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Т&иповий маршрут" #~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Поля для локальної та віддаленої IP-адреси слід заповнювати правильно." +#~ msgstr "Поля для локальної та віддаленої IP-адреси слід заповнювати правильно." #~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection" #~ msgstr "Ручний вибір плати ISDN" @@ -5744,13 +5428,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо ви маєте стару плату ISA, ви можете ввести значення для\n" #~ "порту вводу-виводу або адреси у пам’яті і використане переривання.\n" -#~ "Щоб ввести значення правильно, перевірте його за вашим технічним " -#~ "довідником або зв’яжіться з продавцем обладнання.\n" +#~ "Щоб ввести значення правильно, перевірте його за вашим технічним довідником або зв’яжіться з продавцем обладнання.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5758,12 +5440,10 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Режими запуску: При завантаженні системи — драйвер " -#~ "завантажується під час\n" +#~ "Режими запуску: При завантаженні системи — драйвер завантажується під час\n" #~ "завантаження системи. Вручну — драйвер слід запускати командою\n" #~ "rcisdn start, лише користувач \"root\" може це зробити.\n" -#~ "Гаряче з’єднання — особливий випадок для пристроїв PCMCIA і USB.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Гаряче з’єднання — особливий випадок для пристроїв PCMCIA і USB.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n" @@ -5772,10 +5452,8 @@ #~ "Для вашої плати ISDN існує декілька драйверів,\n" #~ "Будь ласка, виберіть один зі списку.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Протокол ISDN: У більшості випадків це протокол Euro-ISDN. " +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Протокол ISDN: У більшості випадків це протокол Euro-ISDN. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5786,20 +5464,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Префікс набирання: Якщо вам потрібен префікс для виходу на " -#~ "зовнішню лінію,\n" -#~ "введіть його тут. Префікс використовується на внутрішній шині S0, у " -#~ "більшості випадків цей параметр рівний \"0\".\n" +#~ "Префікс набирання: Якщо вам потрібен префікс для виходу на зовнішню лінію,\n" +#~ "введіть його тут. Префікс використовується на внутрішній шині S0, у більшості випадків цей параметр рівний \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви не бажаєте записувати до журналу весь ваш потік ISDN, зніміть " -#~ "позначку з пункту Почати журнал ISDN." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Якщо ви не бажаєте записувати до журналу весь ваш потік ISDN, зніміть позначку з пункту Почати журнал ISDN." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "Протокол ISDN" @@ -5990,8 +5661,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Додавання модема:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати " -#~ "модем.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете кнопку Додати, ви зможете вручну налаштувати модем.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -6012,41 +5682,30 @@ #~ msgstr "Введіть для модему конфігураційні значення." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Модемний пристрій визначає, з яким портом з’єданано ваш модем. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1 та інші стосуються послідовних портів і, зазвичай, відповідають " -#~ "COM1, COM2 та іншим\n" +#~ "Модемний пристрій визначає, з яким портом з’єданано ваш модем. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1 та інші стосуються послідовних портів і, зазвичай, відповідають COM1, COM2 та іншим\n" #~ "у DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 і ttyACM1 відповідають USB-портам." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви додзвонюєтесь з відомчої АТС, вам, скоріше за все, слід ввести " -#~ "Префікс набирання.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви додзвонюєтесь з відомчої АТС, вам, скоріше за все, слід ввести Префікс набирання.\n" #~ "Часто, це число 9 або 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть Режим набирання у відповідності з вашою телефонною " -#~ "лінією. Більшість телефонних\n" -#~ "компаній використовують Тонове набирання як Режим набирання</" -#~ "b>. Позначте додаткові\n" -#~ "параметри, щоб увімкнути динамік модема (Увімкнений гучномовець) " -#~ "або, щоб ваш\n" +#~ "Виберіть Режим набирання у відповідності з вашою телефонною лінією. Більшість телефонних\n" +#~ "компаній використовують Тонове набирання як Режим набирання. Позначте додаткові\n" +#~ "параметри, щоб увімкнути динамік модема (Увімкнений гучномовець) або, щоб ваш\n" #~ "модем чекав на виявлення сигналу у лінії (Виявляти гудок).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6090,10 +5749,8 @@ #~ "Baud Rate is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Швидкість у бодах — це швидкість передачі, значення якої " -#~ "відповідає\n" -#~ "кількості бітів на секунду, якими ваш комп'ютер обмінюється з вашим " -#~ "модемом.\n" +#~ "Швидкість у бодах — це швидкість передачі, значення якої відповідає\n" +#~ "кількості бітів на секунду, якими ваш комп'ютер обмінюється з вашим модемом.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" @@ -6143,20 +5800,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Набирати за вимогою означає, що інтернет-\n" #~ "з’єднання буде встановлено автоматично, якщо надійде запит на дані з\n" -#~ "інтернету. Щоб використовувати ця можливість, визначте принаймні один " -#~ "сервер назв. Використовуйте\n" -#~ "цю можливість, лише якщо ваше з’єднання з інтернетом є дешевим, оскільки " -#~ "існують\n" +#~ "інтернету. Щоб використовувати ця можливість, визначте принаймні один сервер назв. Використовуйте\n" +#~ "цю можливість, лише якщо ваше з’єднання з інтернетом є дешевим, оскільки існують\n" #~ "програми, які періодично роблять запити на дані з інтернету." #~ msgid "" @@ -6177,28 +5829,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Сервери назв потрібні для перетворення назв вузлів\n" -#~ "(наприклад, www.suse.com) на IP-адреси (наприклад, 213.95.15.200). Вам " -#~ "лише потрібно\n" +#~ "(наприклад, www.suse.com) на IP-адреси (наприклад, 213.95.15.200). Вам лише потрібно\n" #~ "вказати сервера назв, якщо ви вмикаєте Набирати за вимогою або\n" #~ "вимикаєте Модифікацію DNS після з’єднання.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ігнорувати запрошення вимикає виявлення будь-яких запрошень від " -#~ "вхідного\n" -#~ "модемного сервера. Якщо з’єднання проводиться повільно або зовсім не " -#~ "проводиться,\n" +#~ "Ігнорувати запрошення вимикає виявлення будь-яких запрошень від вхідного\n" +#~ "модемного сервера. Якщо з’єднання проводиться повільно або зовсім не проводиться,\n" #~ "спробуйте цей параметр.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6214,11 +5860,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Граничний час простою визначає час, після завершення якого " -#~ "неактивне\n" +#~ "Граничний час простою визначає час, після завершення якого неактивне\n" #~ "з’єднання буде закрито (0 означає з’єданння без граничного часу).\n" #~ msgid "min" @@ -6284,69 +5928,55 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Динамічна IP-адреса,\n" -#~ "якщо ваш постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час " -#~ "з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" +#~ "якщо ваш постачальник послуг призначає одну тимчасову адресу на час з’єднання. У цьому випадку,\n" #~ "вихідна адреса є невідомою до моменту встановлення з’єднання.\n" #~ "Це типова ситуація для більшості постачальників послуг." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Використовувати DNS вузла, щоб змінити\n" #~ "ваші сервери назв доменів після встановлення з’єднання. Таким чином,\n" -#~ "ваше статичне налаштування DNS буде замінено на IP-адреси, отримані з " -#~ "сервера DNS. На сьогодні, майже всі\n" -#~ " постачальники послуг підтримують режим Використовувати DNS вузла." -#~ "\n" +#~ "ваше статичне налаштування DNS буде замінено на IP-адреси, отримані з сервера DNS. На сьогодні, майже всі\n" +#~ " постачальники послуг підтримують режим Використовувати DNS вузла.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику вимкнено, виклики будуть оброблятися\n" #~ "у звичайний спосіб, без додаткових операцій." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — сервер, то після отримання вхідного " -#~ "дзвінка,\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — сервер, то після отримання вхідного дзвінка,\n" #~ "буде увімкнено зворотний виклик." #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — клієнт, локальна система робитиме " -#~ "початковий виклик, а потім\n" +#~ "Якщо режим зворотного виклику — клієнт, локальна система робитиме початковий виклик, а потім\n" #~ "чекатиме зворотного виклику з віддаленого комп’ютера.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Позначте пункт Типовий маршрут, щоб встановити\n" -#~ "типовий маршрут для цього постачальника послуг. Це у більшості випадків " -#~ "правильно, хіба що ви хочете з’єднуватися лише з\n" -#~ "окремими комп’ютерами або підмережами за допомогою цього постачальника " -#~ "послуг." +#~ "типовий маршрут для цього постачальника послуг. Це у більшості випадків правильно, хіба що ви хочете з’єднуватися лише з\n" +#~ "окремими комп’ютерами або підмережами за допомогою цього постачальника послуг." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" #~ msgstr "Виберіть ISP (постачальника інтернету)" @@ -6408,8 +6038,7 @@ #~ "to change the configuration opens.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Зміна або вилучення:</big> \n" -#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Змінити, буде відкрито додатковий діалог, у " -#~ "якому\n" +#~ "Якщо ви натиснете Змінити, буде відкрито додатковий діалог, у якому\n" #~ "можна змінити налаштування.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6426,8 +6055,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Додавання постачальника послуг:</big> \n" -#~ "Натисніть Додати. щоб налаштувати нового постачальника послуг " -#~ "вручну.\n" +#~ "Натисніть Додати. щоб налаштувати нового постачальника послуг вручну.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6436,8 +6064,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Зміна або вилучення:</big> \n" #~ "Виберіть постачальника послуг для зміни або вилучення.\n" -#~ "Потім натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити залежно від " -#~ "завдань.\n" +#~ "Потім натисніть кнопку Змінити або Вилучити залежно від завдань.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Виберіть відповідного постачальника послуг." @@ -6450,9 +6077,7 @@ #~ "а тоді виберіть постачальника послуг зі списку." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вживайте Новий, щоб додати постачальника послуг, якого нема в " -#~ "списку." +#~ msgstr "Вживайте Новий, щоб додати постачальника послуг, якого нема в списку." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Виберіть один з наявних типів постачальників послуг ." @@ -6469,8 +6094,7 @@ #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Щоб зареєструватися у %1 і знайти кращий\n" -#~ "номер додзвону, з’єднайтеся з домашньою сторінкою %2, або " -#~ "скористайтеся номером телефону гарячої лінії\n" +#~ "номер додзвону, з’єднайтеся з домашньою сторінкою %2, або скористайтеся номером телефону гарячої лінії\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6501,8 +6125,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Введіть Назву постачальника послуг." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть Назву постачальника послуг і Телефонний номер,\n" @@ -6510,13 +6133,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Виберіть тип інкапсуляції пакетів.\n" -#~ "RawIP означає, що MAC-заголовки вилучено. SyncPPP " -#~ "позначає\n" +#~ "RawIP означає, що MAC-заголовки вилучено. SyncPPP позначає\n" #~ "Синхронне PPP. " #~ msgid "" @@ -6526,24 +6147,20 @@ #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть ІД лінії \n" -#~ "(наприклад, 00056780362), T-Online номер (наприклад, " -#~ "870008594732), \n" +#~ "(наприклад, 00056780362), T-Online номер (наприклад, 870008594732), \n" #~ "Код користувача (зазвичай, 007), і Пароль \n" -#~ "щоб використовувати їх для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." +#~ "щоб використовувати їх для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Введіть Ім’я користувача і \n" -#~ "Пароль, щоб використовувати для входу до облікового запису " -#~ "(запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." +#~ "Пароль, щоб використовувати для входу до облікового запису (запитайте вашого постачальника послуг, якщо невпевнені)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ім’я користувача буде доповнено\n" @@ -6551,21 +6168,17 @@ #~ "наприкінці." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Позначте Завжди запитувати пароль, щоб пароль запитували " -#~ "щоразу.\n" +#~ "Позначте Завжди запитувати пароль, щоб пароль запитували щоразу.\n" #~ "Ваш\n" -#~ "постачальник інтернет-послуг може не дозволяти зберігати паролі на " -#~ "диску.\n" -#~ "Якщо ви введете тут пароль, його буде збережено як звичайний текст на " -#~ "диску\n" +#~ "постачальник інтернет-послуг може не дозволяти зберігати паролі на диску.\n" +#~ "Якщо ви введете тут пароль, його буде збережено як звичайний текст на диску\n" #~ "(його зможе прочитати лише користувач \"root\").\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6635,19 +6248,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "NetworkManager does not have the ability to ask for the password.\n" -#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the " -#~| "system.\n" +#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager cannot ask for the password.\n" #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager не має змоги запитати пароль.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся KInternet (без NetworkManager) або збережіть пароль у вашій " -#~ "системі.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся KInternet (без NetworkManager) або збережіть пароль у вашій системі.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6661,38 +6271,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "У полі Ім’я користувача, замініть пробіл\n" -#~ "(після /) назвою вашого облікового запису Kamp. Потім введіть ваш " -#~ "пароль\n" -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого " -#~ "постачальника послуг.\n" +#~ "(після /) назвою вашого облікового запису Kamp. Потім введіть ваш пароль\n" +#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "Доступ до AOL-DSL." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "В полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (перед\n" -#~ "@) назвою вашого облікового запису AOL. Потім введіть ваш пароль, " -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" +#~ "@) назвою вашого облікового запису AOL. Потім введіть ваш пароль, і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" #~ "Якщо ви новий клієнт служби AOL і бажаєте додзвонитися вперше, вам слід\n" -#~ "ввести один раз ваш PIN-код AOL. Якщо у вас система Windows, ви можете " -#~ "ввести\n" -#~ "PIN-код у програмі набирання. В іншому випадку зателефонуйте на гарячу " -#~ "лінію AOL і\n" +#~ "ввести один раз ваш PIN-код AOL. Якщо у вас система Windows, ви можете ввести\n" +#~ "PIN-код у програмі набирання. В іншому випадку зателефонуйте на гарячу лінію AOL і\n" #~ "попросіть їх ввести PIN-код за вас.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -6700,13 +6300,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "У полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (після\n" -#~ "/) назвою вашого облікового запису 1&1. Потім введіть ваш пароль, " -#~ "і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" +#~ "/) назвою вашого облікового запису 1&1. Потім введіть ваш пароль, і натисніть кнопку Далі.\n" #~ "У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6724,15 +6322,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "В полі Ім’я користувача замініть пробіл (після\n" -#~ "/) вашою назвою облікового запису T-Online Business. Потім введіть " -#~ "ваш пароль і\n" -#~ "натисніть Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника " -#~ "послуг.\n" +#~ "/) вашою назвою облікового запису T-Online Business. Потім введіть ваш пароль і\n" +#~ "натисніть Далі. У разі проблем, зверніться до вашого постачальника послуг.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" #~ msgstr "Налаштування постачальників послуг" @@ -6740,33 +6335,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via KInternet" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "У&вімкнути керування пристроєм для неадміністративного користувача через " -#~ "KInternet" +#~ msgstr "У&вімкнути керування пристроєм для неадміністративного користувача через KInternet" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~| "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~| "root User\n" -#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.</" -#~| "p>\n" +#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Керування пристроєм</big>\n" #~ "Зазвичай, лише системному адміністратору дозволено активувати і\n" -#~ "дезактивувати мережний інтерфейс. За допомогою Увімкнути керування " -#~ "пристроєм для \n" -#~ "неадміністративного користувача через KInternet, звичайний користувач " -#~ "може керувати інтерфейсом через KInternet.\n" +#~ "дезактивувати мережний інтерфейс. За допомогою Увімкнути керування пристроєм для \n" +#~ "неадміністративного користувача через KInternet, звичайний користувач може керувати інтерфейсом через KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" #~ msgstr "Започаткування налаштування DSL" @@ -6975,19 +6562,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Фаєрвол буде увімкнено (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">вимкнути</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Фаєрвол буде увімкнено (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">вимкнути</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Фаєрвол буде вимкнено (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">увімкнути</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Фаєрвол буде вимкнено (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">увімкнути</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Пароль:" @@ -7122,19 +6701,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Тут налаштуйте параметри (кешування) вашого проксі Інтернету.\n" -#~ "Примітка: Рекомендовано повторно увійти в систему, щоб ваші " -#~ "зміни\n" -#~ "увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично " -#~ "підхопити нові\n" -#~ "параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, ftp-" -#~ "клієнт,...). " +#~ "Примітка: Рекомендовано повторно увійти в систему, щоб ваші зміни\n" +#~ "увійшли в дію, однак, в деяких випадках, програма може автоматично підхопити нові\n" +#~ "параметри. Виберіть те, що підтримує ваша програма (навігатор Тенет, ftp-клієнт,...). " #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" @@ -7144,12 +6718,10 @@ #~ "до всесвітньої павутини (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого " -#~ "доступу\n" +#~ "URL HTTPS-проксі — назва проксі-сервера для вашого убезпеченого доступу\n" #~ "до всесвітньої павутини (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" @@ -7164,8 +6736,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7173,10 +6744,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх " -#~ "протоколів\n" -#~ "достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх " -#~ "протоколів\n" +#~ "З увімкнутим параметром Використовувати один проксі для всіх протоколів\n" +#~ "достатньо ввести URL проксі HTTP, який буде використовуватися для всіх протоколів\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS і FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7184,8 +6753,7 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Домени без проксі — це список доменів, відокремлених комами, " -#~ "для\n" +#~ "Домени без проксі — це список доменів, відокремлених комами, для\n" #~ "яких запити слід виконувати напряму без кешування,\n" #~ "наприклад, %1.\n" @@ -7193,18 +6761,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Якщо використовуєте сервер проксі з автентифікацією, введіть\n" #~ "Ім'я користувача проксі і Пароль проксі. Коректне ім'я\n" -#~ "користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком " -#~ "лапок).\n" +#~ "користувача має складатися лише з друкованих символів ASCII (за винятком лапок).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" @@ -7284,56 +6849,40 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Правила Udev — це правила керування пристроями ядра,\n" -#~ "які дозволяють асоціювати MAC-адресу або BusID мережного пристрою з його " -#~ "назвою\n" -#~ "(напр., eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до " -#~ "перезавантажень.\n" +#~ "які дозволяють асоціювати MAC-адресу або BusID мережного пристрою з його назвою\n" +#~ "(напр., eth1, wlan0 ) і робити назву пристрою стійкою до перезавантажень.\n" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~| "address,\n" +#~| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~| "routed, as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +#~| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " -#~ "address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Для кожного маршруту, введіть мережну IP-адресу місця призначення,\n" #~ "адресу шлюзу і маску мережі. Щоб не вводити жодного з цих значень,\n" -#~ "скористайтеся знаком дефіса «-». Виберіть також пристрій, через який " -#~ "буде\n" +#~ "скористайтеся знаком дефіса «-». Виберіть також пристрій, через який буде\n" #~ "маршрутизовано трафік («-» позначає довільний інтерфейс).\n" #~ msgid "Providers to Configure" #~ msgstr "Налаштувати постачальників послуг" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix " -#~ "<tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</" -#~ "tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" -#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be " -#~ "written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" +#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу " -#~ "(наприклад, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -#~ "вашого комп’ютера і мережну маску (зазвичай, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> або " -#~ "довжину префікса <tt>/24</tt>). Для особливого випадку — не налаштованого " -#~ "інтерфейсу, вживайте <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> і <tt>/32</tt>.\n" -#~ "За бажання, ви можете ввести повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Назву " -#~ "вузла буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" +#~ "Щоб Налаштувати статичну адресу введіть статичну IP-адресу (наприклад, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" +#~ "вашого комп’ютера і мережну маску (зазвичай, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> або довжину префікса <tt>/24</tt>). Для особливого випадку — не налаштованого інтерфейсу, вживайте <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> і <tt>/32</tt>.\n" +#~ "За бажання, ви можете ввести повну назву вузла цієї IP-адреси. Назву вузла буде записано до /etc/hosts.\n" #~ msgid "No valid hostname." #~ msgstr "Немає чинної назви вузла." @@ -7342,8 +6891,7 @@ #~ "If Automatically Reconnect is enabled, the connection will\n" #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо увімкнено параметр Автоматично перез'єднуватись, після " -#~ "збою з’єднання буде\n" +#~ "Якщо увімкнено параметр Автоматично перез'єднуватись, після збою з’єднання буде\n" #~ "автоматично встановлене знову.\n" #~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" @@ -7352,17 +6900,12 @@ #~ msgid "&Netmask" #~ msgstr "&Маска мережі" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Увімкніть Перенаправлення IP, якщо система є маршрутизатором. " -#~ "Це стосується і IPv4, і IPv6." +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Увімкніть Перенаправлення IP, якщо система є маршрутизатором. Це стосується і IPv4, і IPv6." #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 23:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nfs_server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:42+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/nis_server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-07 08:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/ntp-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. progress step title @@ -31,42 +30,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using" -" the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable" -" the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у" -" системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно" -" використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Синхронізувати, щоб встановити правильний час у системі за допомогою вибраного сервера NTP. Якщо ви бажаєте постійно використовувати NTP, увімкніть параметр Зберегти налаштування NTP." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started" -" as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The" -" default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b" -">yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде" -" запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде" -" періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити" -" його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "При увімкненні Запускати NTP як фонову службу служба NTP буде запускатися у вигляді фонової служби. В іншому випадку системний час буде періодично синхронізуватися. Типовий інтервал 15 хвилин. Ви можете змінити його після установки за допомогою модуля yast2 ntp-client." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно" -" додаткового налаштування NTP." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "За допомогою кнопки Налаштувати ви маєте змогу відкрити вікно додаткового налаштування NTP." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is" -" configured." -msgstr "" -"Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Синхронізація з сервером NTP можлива, лише якщо мережу налаштовано." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 @@ -512,12 +491,14 @@ msgstr "Сервер NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Локальний сервер NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Громадський сервер NTP" @@ -604,8 +585,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.<" -"/p>" +"Безпечно припиніть утиліту налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 @@ -629,29 +609,17 @@ #. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" -#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -#| "Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -#| "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -#| " You can change this when the system was set up." msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be" -" activated\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>Запуск фонової служби NTP</big> \n" -"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному" -" завантаженні системи.\n" -"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде" -" запущена \n" -"і системний час буде переодично встановлюватися через сценарій cron." -" Інтервал регулюється. Його типове значення — 15 хвилин." +"Вкажіть, чи запускати автоматично фонову службу NTP зараз і при кожному завантаженні системи.\n" +"При виборі Синхронізувати без фонової служби фонова служба ntp не буде запущена \n" +"і системний час буде переодично встановлюватися через сценарій cron. Інтервал регулюється. Його типове значення — 15 хвилин." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -669,22 +637,16 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote" -" hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<" -"/tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This" -" option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Безпечна конфігурація NTP</big> \n" -"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами</b" -">\n" +"Вмиканням параметра Обмежити службу NTP тільки налаштованими серверами\n" "ви забороняєте всім віддаленим вузлам переглядати і змінювати параметри NTP \n" "на вашому комп'ютері. Таким чином, службу NTP обмежено до вживання\n" "тільки серверів перелічених в /etc/ntp.conf і локального вузла. \n" -"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного" -" запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо" -" NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" +"Прапорці керування доступом можна підкоригувати редагуванням відповідного запису сервера в таблиці перегляду серверів. Цей параметр недоступний, якщо NTP налаштовано через DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 @@ -707,8 +669,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new" -" synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -725,21 +686,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Показати журнал </big> \n" -"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку <" -"b>Показати журнал.\n" +"Щоб переглянути журнали фонової служби NTP в новому вікні, натисніть кнопку Показати журнал.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or" -" against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Додаткове налаштування</big> \n" "Щоб налаштувати цей вузол для синхронізації з декількома віддаленими\n" -"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове" -" налаштування." +"вузлами або з локально приєднаним годинником, вживайте Додаткове налаштування." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 @@ -765,8 +723,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link" -" to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -774,11 +731,9 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Пристрій</big> \n" -"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне" -" посилання\n" +"Щоб годинник працював, можливо, слід буде створити особливе символічне посилання\n" "на пристрій, з яким зв'язано годинник. Щоб зробити це, позначте\n" -"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для" -" відшукання\n" +"Створити символічне посилання і встановіть Пристрій. Для відшукання\n" "пристрою, натисніть кнопку Пошук.\n" "Для деяких типів годинників, немає потреби створювати символічне посилання\n" "або таке посилання слід створити вручну." @@ -790,8 +745,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера</big> \n" -"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера.<" -"/p>" +"Для калібрування драйвера годинника натисніть Калібрування драйвера." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 @@ -817,8 +771,7 @@ "<big>Вибір сервера</big> \n" "Щоб вибрати сервер NTP з тих, що знаходяться у локальній мережі, або\n" "зі списку відомих серверів NTP, натисніть кнопку Вибрати і\n" -"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP</b" -">." +"виберіть між Локальним сервером NTP і Громадським сервером NTP." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 @@ -828,8 +781,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Перевірка доступності сервера</big> \n" -"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест.<" -"/p>" +"Щоб перевірити чи сервер працює і відповідає належно, натисніть Тест." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 @@ -874,33 +826,27 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри</big> \n" -"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове" -" поле Параметри.\n" +"Для точного налаштування джерела синхронізації, внесіть параметри в текстове поле Параметри.\n" " Щоб отримати детальнішу\n" -"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm" -".\n" +"інформацію перегляньте сторінку /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the" -" remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Параметри керування доступом</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict" -" команди у\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого" -" вузла\n" +"Тут ви можете визначити параметри контролю доступу (restrict команди у\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) для цього сервера, вказавши які типи дій віддаленого вузла\n" "можна виконувати з вашою фоновою службою NTP. Типово встановлено notrap\n" "nomodify noquery (не переривати, не змінювати, не запитувати).\n" "Цей параметр є доступним, лише якщо ви позначили параметр\n" -"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах" -" безпеки.\n" +"Обмежити службу NTP лише налаштованими серверами у Параметрах безпеки.\n" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 @@ -935,8 +881,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим" -" комп'ютером,\n" +"Щоб налаштувати локальний годинник, з'єднаний напряму з вашим комп'ютером,\n" "виберіть Радіо-годинник." #. help text 5/6 @@ -955,8 +900,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Щоб приймати пакети NTP, що передаються іншими вузлами мережі\n" -"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна" -" трансляція." +"і використовувати їх для встановлення локального часу, виберіть Вхідна трансляція." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 @@ -988,14 +932,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To" -" display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Вибір громадського сервера NTP</big> \n" "Виберіть сервер NTP зі списку Громадських серверів NTP. Щоб\n" -"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну.<" -"/p>" +"подивитись тільки на сервери NTP для певної країни, виберіть Країну." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 @@ -1012,12 +954,10 @@ "<big>Примітка</big> \n" "Сервери NTP зі списку можуть бути недоступні з будь-якої з країн, а лише\n" "з окремої країни або регіону.\n" -"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого" -" адміністратора мережі\n" +"Перш ніж використовувати якийсь з серверів NTP зі списку, запитайте у вашого адміністратора мережі\n" "або провайдера послуги Інтернет про найближчий до вас сервер, і\n" "віддайте йому перевагу перед записаними у списку.\n" -"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/s" -"ervers.html,\n" +"Ви також можете переглянути сторінку http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html,\n" "щоб знайти найближчий до вас сервер NTP." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1036,8 +976,7 @@ "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means" -" that\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Вживати випадкові сервери</big> \n" @@ -1050,10 +989,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various" -" calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the" -" particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Калібрування драйвера годинника</big> \n" @@ -1065,8 +1002,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" -">.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Для інформації про значення параметрів встановіть пакунок\n" "ntp-doc і подивіться в\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/oneclickinstall.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update-configuration.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/online-update.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 23:03+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/opensuse_mirror.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 06:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/packager.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. module description @@ -393,21 +392,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть " -"Далі.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть Далі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть " -"Закінчити.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вживати мережні сховища, то виберіть бажані і натисніть Закінчити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -518,12 +509,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Перевірте розділ " -"програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Запуск програми вирішення залежностей зазнав невдачі. Перевірте розділ програмного забезпечення у вашому профілі AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -582,12 +569,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка. " -"Замість нього вживайте «%1»." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Сховища встановлення — цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка. Замість нього вживайте «%1»." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -768,30 +751,20 @@ "В цьому вікні можна керувати налаштованими сховищами і службами ПЗ.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для " -"керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ, " -"які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Служба або служба індексу сховища (RIS) — це протокол для керування сховищами пакунків. Служба може надавати одне або більше сховищ, які адміністратор служби може динамічно змінювати." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового сховища або служби \n" -"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або " -"служби.\n" +"Щоб додати нове сховище, натисніть Додати і вкажіть сховище ПЗ або служби.\n" "YaST автоматично виявить чи то є служба, чи сховище за вказаною адресою.\n" "\n" @@ -834,65 +807,42 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану сховища або служби\n" -"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб " -"вилучити \n" +"Щоб змінити адресу сховища, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити \n" "сховище, натиснітьВилучити. Щоб увімкнути або вимкнути доступ \n" -"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть " -"сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" +"до сховища або змінити стан освіження під час започаткування, виберіть сховище з таблиці і скористайтесь позначками нижче.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Пріоритет сховища \n" -"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий " -"пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох " -"сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом.\n" +"Пріоритет сховища є цілим числом між 0 (найвищий пріоритет) і 200 (найнижчий пріоритет). Типовим пріоритетом є 99. Якщо пакунок наявний у декількох сховищах, буде використано сховище з найвищим пріоритетом.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть відповідний параметр у верхній частині вікна для навігації по " -"сховищах і службах." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Виберіть відповідний параметр у верхній частині вікна для навігації по сховищах і службах." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Зберігати завантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб " -"зберігати завантажені пакунки в локальному кеші, щоб їх можна було пізніше " -"знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то " -"завантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Зберігати завантажені пакунки Увімкніть цей параметр, щоб зберігати завантажені пакунки в локальному кеші, щоб їх можна було пізніше знову використати для перевстановлення пакунків. Якщо не увімкнено, то завантажені пакунки буде вилучено після встановлення." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages</" -"B>; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Типовий локальний кеш міститься в каталозі /var/cache/zypp/packages; цю адресу можна змінити у файлі /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -1021,8 +971,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Не вдається зберегти залежності автоматично. Потрібне ручне втручання." #. this is a heading @@ -1037,12 +986,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка; " -"замість нього використовуйте «%1»." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Встановлення ПЗ - цей модуль не підтримує інтерфейсу командного рядка; замість нього використовуйте «%1»." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1052,9 +997,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Помилка: Неможливо додати тимчасовий каталог, пакунки не можуть бути " -"встановлені." +msgstr "Помилка: Неможливо додати тимчасовий каталог, пакунки не можуть бути встановлені." #. error message #. error message @@ -1184,10 +1127,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Помилка -- сума MD5 не збігається Цей носій не повинен вживатись." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1213,8 +1154,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви маєте проблеми з\n" @@ -1224,26 +1164,20 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку</" -"B>,\n" -"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO. " -"Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" -"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну " -"суму MD5. " +"Виберіть пристрій, вставте в нього носій і натисніть Почати перевірку,\n" +"або скористайтеся кнопкою Перевірити файл ISO виберіть файл ISO. Перевірка може тривати декілька хвилин, залежно\n" +"від швидкості вашого приводу та розміру носія. Тест перевіряє контрольну суму MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо перевірка носія зазнає невдачі, ви не повинні продовжувати\n" "встановлення. Воно буде безуспішним або ви можете втратити дані. Ви\n" @@ -1260,33 +1194,20 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує " -"система." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Зауваження: Ви не можете змінювати носій, доки його використовує система." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом " -"перевірки носія з меню завантаження." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Щоб перевірити носій перед початком встановлення, скористайтеся пунктом перевірки носія з меню завантаження." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій " -"програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час " -"перевірки.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "Якщо ви записуєте носій самі, використовуйте параметр pad у вашій програмі запису. Це запобігає помилкам читання в кінці носія під час перевірки.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1469,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Додавання нового ключа GPG \n" -"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла " -"ключа.\n" +"Щоб додати новий ключ GPG, натисніть Додати і вкажіть шлях до файла ключа.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1484,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна стану ключа GPG\n" -"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб " -"вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" +"Щоб змінити прапорець надійності, скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити. Щоб вилучити ключ GPG, скористайтеся кнопкою\n" "Вилучити.\n" "\n" @@ -1656,8 +1575,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Сховище встановлення містить також перелік додаткових сховищ.\n" @@ -1818,49 +1736,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь " -"встановити 32-бітовий дистрибутив." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Ваш комп'ютер — це 64-бітова система x86-64. Однак, ви намагаєтесь встановити 32-бітовий дистрибутив." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після " -"встановлення системи." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Список шаблонів вказує яка функціональність буде наявна після встановлення системи." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"У пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в " -"системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі " -"файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору, ніж вказано. Отже, " -"добре мати принаймні 25% (або 300 МБ) вільного простору перш, ніж починати " -"встановлення." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "У пропозиції показано загальний розмір файлів, які буде встановлено в системі. Однак, система буде містити деякі інші файли (тимчасові або робочі файли), тому буде використано трохи більше простору, ніж вказано. Отже, добре мати принаймні 25% (або 300 МБ) вільного простору перш, ніж починати встановлення." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Загальний «розмір завантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде " -"завантажено з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" -" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з'єднання або ви маєте обмеження " -"на завантаження даних.\n" +"Загальний «розмір завантаження» — це розмір пакунків, які буде завантажено з віддалених (мережних) сховищ.\n" +" Це значення важливе, якщо у вас повільне з'єднання або ви маєте обмеження на завантаження даних.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 @@ -1899,36 +1796,23 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони " -"надали вам нові носії для встановлення." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальників цих додаткових продуктів, щоб вони надали вам нові носії для встановлення." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він " -"надав вам новий носій для встановлення." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до постачальника цього додаткового продукту, щоб він надав вам новий носій для встановлення." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Помилка: Неможливо перевірити вільне місце в основному каталозі %1 (пристрій " -"%2), неможливо почати установку." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Помилка: Неможливо перевірити вільне місце в основному каталозі %1 (пристрій %2), неможливо почати установку." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Попередження: у каталозі %1 немає достатньо вільного місця (пристрій %2)." +msgstr "Попередження: у каталозі %1 немає достатньо вільного місця (пристрій %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 @@ -1938,9 +1822,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному " -"виборі." +msgstr "Нема достатньо місця на диску. Вилучіть деякі пакунки в індивідуальному виборі." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 @@ -1982,16 +1864,13 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Деякі продукти позначені для автоматичного видалення.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Зв'яжіться з постачальником доповнення, яке вилучається, для " -"отримання\n" +"<ul><li>Зв'яжіться з постачальником доповнення, яке вилучається, для отримання\n" "нового інсталяційного носія</li><li>виберіть відповідне розширення\n" "або модуль на стадії реєстрації</li><li>Або для продовження оновлення\n" "перейдіть в діалог вибору і позначте продукт (пакет-release) для видалення.\n" @@ -2005,8 +1884,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2079,12 +1957,8 @@ msgstr "Не вдається прочитати файл ліцензії %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Для правильного відображення ліцензії продукту додайте файл license.tar.gz в " -"корінь носія при складанні штампу." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Для правильного відображення ліцензії продукту додайте файл license.tar.gz в корінь носія при складанні штампу." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 @@ -2440,13 +2314,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва сховища</big> \n" -"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня, " -"то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" +"Вживайте Назву сховища, щоб вказати назву сховища. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме назву продукту (якщо є) або адресу URL.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 @@ -2457,12 +2328,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Назва служби</big> \n" -"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона " -"порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" +"Використовуйте Назву служби, щоб вказати назву служби. Якщо вона порожня, то YaST замість цього вживатиме частину URL служби як назву.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 @@ -2510,15 +2379,13 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Параметри монтування</big> \n" "Ви можете вказати додаткові параметри для монтування розділу NFS.\n" "Це призначено для експертів, тому рекомендується залишити типове значення.\n" -"Детальніші відомості про список підтримуваних параметрів наведені у man 5 " -"nfs." +"Детальніші відомості про список підтримуваних параметрів наведені у man 5 nfs." #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 @@ -2624,8 +2491,7 @@ "<big>USB-флешка або диск</big> \n" "Виберіть пристрій USB, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог " -"диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто відсутня інформація про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM.\n" @@ -2639,10 +2505,8 @@ "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" "Тип файлової системи, який використано на носії, буде автоматично\n" -"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне " -"визначення зазнає невдачі\n" -"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку." -"\n" +"визначено, якщо вибрано файлову систему \"auto\". Якщо автоматичне визначення зазнає невдачі\n" +"або ви бажаєте використати саме певний тип системи, виберіть його зі списку.\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 @@ -2662,8 +2526,7 @@ "<big>Диск</big> \n" "Виберіть диск, на якому розташовано сховище.\n" "Скористайтеся полем Шлях до каталогу, щоб вказати каталог сховища.\n" -"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, то система використовуватиме кореневий каталог " -"диску.\n" +"Якщо це поле не заповнювати, то система використовуватиме кореневий каталог диску.\n" "Якщо каталог містить лише пакунки RPM без\n" "жодних метаданих (тобто інформації про продукт), позначте параметр\n" "Простий каталог RPM.\n" @@ -2757,8 +2620,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2777,8 +2639,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Можна вказати номер Порту для сховища HTTP/HTTPS.\n" @@ -2869,8 +2730,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3201,38 +3061,29 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~| "This YaST module enables you to use the functionality of Webpin " -#~| "package search.\n" -#~| "It searches within all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE " -#~| "community repositories." +#~| "This YaST module enables you to use the functionality of Webpin package search.\n" +#~| "It searches within all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Пошук пакунків</big> \n" -#~ "Цей модуль YaST дає можливість використовувати пошук пакунків Webpin</" -#~ "i>.\n" -#~ "Ця програма робить пошук у всіх відомих службах складання openSUSE і " -#~ "громадських сховищах openSUSE." +#~ "Цей модуль YaST дає можливість використовувати пошук пакунків Webpin.\n" +#~ "Ця програма робить пошук у всіх відомих службах складання openSUSE і громадських сховищах openSUSE." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Security</big> \n" -#~| "The software found is often not part of the distribution itself and the " -#~| "level of trust\n" +#~| "The software found is often not part of the distribution itself and the level of trust\n" #~| "depends on yourself. We do not take any responsibility for installing\n" #~| "such software.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Безпека</big> \n" -#~ "Часто знайдене програмне забезпечення не належить до дистрибутиву і " -#~ "рівень\n" +#~ "Часто знайдене програмне забезпечення не належить до дистрибутиву і рівень\n" #~ "довіри залежить тільки від вас. Ми не беремо жодної відповідальності\n" #~ "за встановлення такого програмного забезпечення.\n" @@ -3252,8 +3103,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Не знайдено пакунків, які б відповідали введеним критеріям" +#~ msgstr "Не знайдено пакунків, які б відповідали введеним критеріям" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -3285,20 +3135,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Подробиці відсутні; використовуйте на власний ризик." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Тут можна побачити типові мережні сховища, які звантажено з " -#~ "Інтернету.\n" +#~ "Тут можна побачити типові мережні сховища, які звантажено з Інтернету.\n" #~ "Клацніть на сховищі, щоб дізнатися про нього докладніше.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository " -#~ "details..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить подробиці про " -#~ "сховище..." +#~ msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." +#~ msgstr "Зачекайте, будь ласка, поки менеджер сховищ звантажить подробиці про сховище..." #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." #~ msgstr "Читання інформації пакунків. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." @@ -3310,10 +3154,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Пошук &в" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pam.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 15:40-0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <iip(a)telus.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/pkg-bindings.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 11:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/printer.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 23:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/product-creator.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 09:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/proxy.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 09:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -38,9 +37,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене " -"адміністрування" +msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -66,109 +63,122 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "&Віддалене адміністрування RDP" -#. Dialog contents -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Параметри" +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 +msgid "Remote Administration" +msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 -msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" -msgstr "Увімкнути службу RDP (протокол віддаленої стільниці)" - +#. RadioButton label #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "Відкрити порт у мережному екрані" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "&Не дозволяти віддалене адміністрування" + +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" -"<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" -"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " -"running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able " -"to login to this computer\n" -"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" +"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Віддалене адміністрування через RDP</big>\n" -"Протокол віддаленої стільниці (RDP — Remote Desktop Protocol) — це" -" безпечний " -"протокол віддаленого адміністрування, запущений на " -"TCP порті 3389.Якщо він увімкнений, то ви зможете увійти на цей" -" комп'ютер\n" -"віддалено через клієнт RDP на кшталт Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" +"<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" +"Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" +"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом RDP,\n" +"таким як rdesktop (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1).\n" +"Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша, ніж використання SSH.\n" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 -msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" -msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування через RDP" +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +msgstr "Параметри віддаленого адміністрування" +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" + #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Записати параметри фаєрволу" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Налаштувати xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Перезапуск служб" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr " Зупинити служби" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 -msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" -msgstr "Збереження конфігурації віддаленого адміністрування (RDP)" +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 +msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgstr "Збереження конфігурації віддаленого адміністрування" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів фаєрволу..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Налаштовується xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Перезапуск служби..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Зупиняється служба..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 -msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." -msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) увімкнена." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 +msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування увімкнено." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 -msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." -msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) вимкнена." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 +msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування вимкнено." -#~ msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -#~ msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" +#~ msgid "Settings" +#~ msgstr "Параметри" -#~ msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -#~ msgstr "&Не дозволяти віддалене адміністрування" +#~ msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" +#~ msgstr "Увімкнути службу RDP (протокол віддаленої стільниці)" +#~ msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +#~ msgstr "Відкрити порт у мережному екрані" + #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -#~ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -#~ "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" -#~ "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -#~ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +#~ "<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" +#~ "Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able to login to this computer\n" +#~ "remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" -#~ "Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" -#~ "адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом " -#~ "RDP,\n" -#~ "таким як rdesktop (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1).\n" -#~ "Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша, ніж використання SSH.\n" +#~ "<big>Віддалене адміністрування через RDP</big>\n" +#~ "Протокол віддаленої стільниці (RDP — Remote Desktop Protocol) — це безпечний протокол віддаленого адміністрування, запущений на TCP порті 3389.Якщо він увімкнений, то ви зможете увійти на цей комп'ютер\n" +#~ "віддалено через клієнт RDP на кшталт Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" -#~ msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -#~ msgstr "Параметри віддаленого адміністрування" +#~ msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" +#~ msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування через RDP" + +#~ msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Збереження конфігурації віддаленого адміністрування (RDP)" + +#~ msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." +#~ msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) увімкнена." + +#~ msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." +#~ msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) вимкнена." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/rear.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 09:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/registration.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. popup message @@ -267,7 +266,6 @@ #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 -#| msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Не вдалося зв'язатися із сервером реєстрації." @@ -276,9 +274,6 @@ msgstr "Помилка клієнта реєстрації." #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 -#| msgid "" -#| "Registration server error.\n" -#| "Retry registration later." msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -310,8 +305,7 @@ "Сертифікат вже імпортовано,\n" "але з'єднання з сервером не може бути надійним.\n" "\n" -"Будь ласка, виправте вручну проблему із сертифікатом,переконайтеся, що" -" сервер\n" +"Будь ласка, виправте вручну проблему із сертифікатом,переконайтеся, що сервер\n" "може під'єднатися безпечно і запустіть знову модуль YaST." #. progress label @@ -323,15 +317,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Імпортується сертифікат '%s'..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Помилка безпечного з'єднання: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -345,13 +338,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Некоректна адреса URL." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -359,7 +352,7 @@ "Мережа не налаштована, неможливо зв'язатися з сервером реєстрації.\n" "Хочете налаштувати мережу зараз?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Помилка мережі, перевірте налаштування мережі." @@ -580,13 +573,10 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot" -" provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective" -" extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "Введіть коди реєстрації для запитаних розширень і модулів.\n" -"Для успішної реєстрації слід ввести коди реєстрації. Якщо вам це не" -" вдається, то поверніться і вимкніть відповідного розширення або модуля." +"Для успішної реєстрації слід ввести коди реєстрації. Якщо вам це не вдається, то поверніться і вимкніть відповідного розширення або модуля." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -606,23 +596,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&Виключати бета-версії" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Подробиці" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Виберіть розширення або модуль для перегляду інформації про нього" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (недоступно)" @@ -633,21 +623,13 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific" -" registration code." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що для деяких розширень і модулів може знадобитися окремий" -" код реєстрації." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Зверніть увагу, що для деяких розширень і модулів може знадобитися окремий код реєстрації." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE" -" Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Щоб видалити розширення або модуль, увійдіть в центр покупця SUSE і" -" видаліть його вручну." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Щоб видалити розширення або модуль, увійдіть в центр покупця SUSE і видаліть його вручну." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -656,10 +638,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна вибрати доступні розширення і модулі для вашої системи." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Тут можна вибрати доступні розширення і модулі для вашої системи." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 @@ -673,12 +653,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered" -" again." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна вибрати розширення або модулі, які будуть зареєстровані знову. <" -"/p>" +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "Тут можна вибрати розширення або модулі, які будуть зареєстровані знову. " #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -687,12 +663,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together" -" with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна вибрати, які розширення або модулі будуть зареєстровані з" -" базовим продуктом." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Тут можна вибрати, які розширення або модулі будуть зареєстровані з базовим продуктом." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -757,29 +729,20 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center" -" database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product" -" Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" "Реєстрація продукту включає його в базу даних Novell,\n" -" що дає можливість виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну" -" підтримку.\n" -" Щоб зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити" -" реєстрацію продукту. " +" що дає можливість виконувати мережне оновлення і отримувати технічну підтримку.\n" +" Щоб зареєструватись автоматично під час встановлення, виберіть Запустити реєстрацію продукту. " #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL" -" of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер реєстрації, будь ласка," -" вкажіть URL сервера і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри" -" сервера SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з" -" SMT." +msgstr "Якщо у вашій мережі розгорнуто нетиповий сервер реєстрації, будь ласка, вкажіть URL сервера і розташування сертифіката SMT у полі Параметри сервера SMT. За подальшою довідкою зверніться до вашого підручника з SMT." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -837,13 +800,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 -#| msgid "Registering the System..." msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "Зареєструвати систему через %s" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 -#| msgid "Registration Server" msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "Зареєструвати систему через локальний сервер SMT" @@ -875,23 +836,11 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get" -" updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Введіть дані облікового запису центру покупця SUSE, щоб зареєструвати систему" -" і отримувати оновлення та розширення." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Введіть дані облікового запису центру покупця SUSE, щоб зареєструвати систему і отримувати оновлення та розширення." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -#| "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -#| "Customer Center for online registration.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Really skip the registration now?" msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -933,54 +882,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -#| msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgid "" -"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the" -" authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "" -"Безпечне з'єднання (HTTPS) використовує SSL-сертифікати для перевірки" -" справжньості сервера і для шифрування переданих даних." +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "Безпечне з'єднання (HTTPS) використовує SSL-сертифікати для перевірки справжньості сервера і для шифрування переданих даних." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -#| msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known" -" certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the" -" issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете імпортувати сертифікат у список відомих центрів сертифікації" -" (CA) і таким чином ви підтвердите, що довіряєте суб'єкту і видавцеві" -" невідомого сертифіката." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "Ви можете імпортувати сертифікат у список відомих центрів сертифікації (CA) і таким чином ви підтвердите, що довіряєте суб'єкту і видавцеві невідомого сертифіката." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -#| msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed" -" certificate." -msgstr "" -"Імпорт сертифіката дозволить використовувати, наприклад, сертифікат із" -" власним підписом." +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Імпорт сертифіката дозволить використовувати, наприклад, сертифікат із власним підписом." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -#| msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgid "" -"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of" -" certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "" -"Важливо: завжди перевіряйте відбиток сертифіката, щоб переконатися" -" в імпорті справжнього сертифіката." +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "Важливо: завжди перевіряйте відбиток сертифіката, щоб переконатися в імпорті справжнього сертифіката." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security" -" risk." -msgstr "" -"Імпорт невідомого сертифіката без перевірки представляє значну" -" загрозу." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Імпорт невідомого сертифіката без перевірки представляє значну загрозу." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details @@ -995,8 +918,7 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Основна система має бути зареєстрованою для того, щоби зареєструвати" -" доповнення '%s'.\n" +"Основна система має бути зареєстрованою для того, щоби зареєструвати доповнення '%s'.\n" "Пропустити реєстрацію основної системи і доповнення?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -1006,14 +928,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for" -" online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found" -" in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"У вікні ви можете вручну вибрати, які сховища будуть використані для" -" міграції через інтернет. Пакунки будуть оновлені до найвищої версії," -" знайденої у вказаних сховищах." +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "У вікні ви можете вручну вибрати, які сховища будуть використані для міграції через інтернет. Пакунки будуть оновлені до найвищої версії, знайденої у вказаних сховищах." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1070,12 +986,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver" -" may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна вибрати цільові продукти міграції. Сервер реєстрації може" -" запропонувати декілька можливих міграцій на нові продукти." +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "Тут можна вибрати цільові продукти міграції. Сервер реєстрації може запропонувати декілька можливих міграцій на нові продукти." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1084,12 +996,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories" -" later." -msgstr "" -"Вживайте прапорець %s для ручного вибору сховищ міграції пізніше.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "Вживайте прапорець %s для ручного вибору сховищ міграції пізніше." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1122,12 +1030,8 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server" -" (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"ПОМИЛКА: продукт %{product} недоступно на сервері реєстрації (%{url})." -" Зробіть продукт доступним, щоб дозволити використовувати цю міграцію." +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "ПОМИЛКА: продукт %{product} недоступно на сервері реєстрації (%{url}). Зробіть продукт доступним, щоб дозволити використовувати цю міграцію." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1176,20 +1080,12 @@ msgstr "Система вже зареєстрована." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or" -" modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете зареєструвати її повторно або зареєструвати додаткові розширення" -" чи модулі, тим самим розширивши її можливості." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати її повторно або зареєструвати додаткові розширення чи модулі, тим самим розширивши її можливості." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE" -" Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скасувати реєстрацію системи, необхідно увійти в центр покупця SUSE і" -" видалити систему вручну." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Щоб скасувати реєстрацію системи, необхідно увійти в центр покупця SUSE і видалити систему вручну." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1238,7 +1134,6 @@ "або типовий сервер реєстрації SUSE." #: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 -#| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "Не вибраний сервер реєстрації" @@ -1270,7 +1165,6 @@ #. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil #. (or not specified) the first service will be used. #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 -#| msgid "Server Settings" msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Вибір служби" @@ -1279,7 +1173,6 @@ msgstr "Виберіть виявлену службу зі списку." #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 -#| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "Не вибрана служба." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/reipl.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module @@ -31,10 +30,6 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -172,8 +167,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</p" -">\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -205,8 +199,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio" -" buttons\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" @@ -222,18 +215,13 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device" -" ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a" -" DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому" -" регістрі\n" -"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД" -" пристрою>,\n" -"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на" -" DASD або\n" +"Пристрій має бути правильним ІД шини пристроїв з буквами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"у сумісному з sysfs форматі 0.<ІД набору підканалів>.<ІД пристрою>,\n" +"наприклад, 0.0.5c51. У залежності від обраного методу це може посилатися на DASD або\n" "FCP-адаптер." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -243,8 +231,7 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати" -" конфігурацію\n" +"Loadparm повинен мати щонайбільше максимум 8 символів і вибирати конфігурацію\n" "завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте один порожній символ\n" "для вибору типової конфігурації." @@ -254,23 +241,17 @@ "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому" -" регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр.," -" 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +"Номер інтернетного порту (WWPN) треба ввести літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення, напр., 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase" -" letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<" -"/p>" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" -"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому" -" регістрі\n" -"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма" -" завершальними нулями, наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." +"Logical unit number (LUN) повинен бути введений літерами в нижньому регістрі\n" +"як 16-цифрове значення у шістнадцятковій системі числення з усіма завершальними нулями, наприклад, 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -280,8 +261,7 @@ "the default configuration." msgstr "" "Вибір програми завантаження повинен бути невід'ємним цілим числом,\n" -"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте" -" 0 для\n" +"вибирають конфігурацію завантаження з меню завантажувача zipl. Використовуйте 0 для\n" "вибору типової конфігурації." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -296,8 +276,7 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by" -" shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" "Після підтвердження в цьому діалозі, можливо буде потрібне\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/relocation-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-client.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 10:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,15 +20,13 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Модуль налаштування сервера Samba (для подробиць див. документацію Samba)" +msgstr "Модуль налаштування сервера Samba (для подробиць див. документацію Samba)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -108,28 +106,22 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share printable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" -msgstr "" -"Прапорець, що позначає, чи слід використовувати спільний ресурс як принтер" +msgstr "Прапорець, що позначає, чи слід використовувати спільний ресурс як принтер" #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до " -"спільного ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до " -"спільного ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволено записувати до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Прапорець для позначення видимості спільного ресурсу під час перегляду LAN" +msgstr "Прапорець для позначення видимості спільного ресурсу під час перегляду LAN" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -139,9 +131,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволений доступ до спільного " -"ресурсу" +msgstr "Список, розділених комами, користувачів, яким дозволений доступ до спільного ресурсу" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -161,9 +151,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Сервер повинен надавати спільні ресурси, але не повинен дозволяти входи до " -"домену" +msgstr "Сервер повинен надавати спільні ресурси, але не повинен дозволяти входи до домену" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -197,15 +185,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "Суфікс DN LDAP для керування інформацією користувачів на сервері LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "DN LDAP для зміни вмісту сервера LDAP (наприклад, для зміни паролів)" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -270,8 +255,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Оскільки в даний час є користувачі, які з'єднані з сервером Samba,\n" @@ -864,8 +848,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Переривання започаткування:</big> \n" -"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.</" -"p>\n" +"Безпечно припиніть засіб налаштування, натиснувши зараз Перервати.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -893,50 +876,39 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Робоча група або домен</big> \n" -"Виберіть наявну у вашій мережі робочу групу або домен чи введіть нову назву " -"і клацніть Далі.\n" +"Виберіть наявну у вашій мережі робочу групу або домен чи введіть нову назву і клацніть Далі.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Тип сервера Samba</big>\n" "Контролер домену дозволяє клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" "Резервний контролер вживає інший контролер домену для перевірки.\n" -"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі." -"\n" -"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут " -"параметрів. Функціональність контролера домену Windows NT буде видалена у " -"майбутніх випусках." +"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі.\n" +"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут параметрів. Функціональність контролера домену Windows NT буде видалена у майбутніх випусках." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Тип сервера Samba</big>\n" "Контролер домену дозволяє клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" -"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут " -"параметрів." +"Параметри, наявні у вікнах налаштування, залежать від вибраних тут параметрів." #. Share list dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 @@ -1009,20 +981,16 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Основні параметри визначають домен і роль сервера.\n" -"server role. Резервний контролер домену і Головний контролер " -"домену дозволяють клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" +"server role. Резервний контролер домену і Головний контролер домену дозволяють клієнтам Windows входити в домен Windows.\n" "Резервний контролер вживає для перевірки інший контролер домену.\n" -"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та " -"паролі.\n" +"Головний контролер вживає свою власну інформацію про користувачів та паролі.\n" "Якщо сервер не призначений як контролер домену, виберіть\n" "значення Не контролер домену.\n" @@ -1069,12 +1037,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Додаткові параметри надають доступ до\n" -"детального налаштування, джерел автентифікації користувачів і глобальних " -"параметрів для експертів.\n" +"детального налаштування, джерел автентифікації користувачів і глобальних параметрів для експертів.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1129,10 +1095,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр " -"налаштування,\n" -"Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити " -"параметр.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр налаштування,\n" +"Змінити, щоб змінити існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити параметр.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1149,10 +1113,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр " -"налаштування,\n" -"Змінити, щоб змінити вже існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити " -"параметр.\n" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий параметр налаштування,\n" +"Змінити, щоб змінити вже існуючий, і Вилучити, щоб вилучити параметр.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1169,27 +1131,21 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Пошук в базовій DN (відома назва) є\n" -"базою, на якій слід розпочинати пошук інформації. Адміністративна DN " -"використовується для\n" +"базою, на якій слід розпочинати пошук інформації. Адміністративна DN використовується для\n" "створення нових користувачів і груп. Якщо адміністративна DN потребує\n" "вводу пароля для доступу на запис, встановіть пароль за допомогою\n" "Встановити адміністративний пароль LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Зауваження: Параметри зберігаються перед встановленням " -"адміністративного пароля LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Зауваження: Параметри зберігаються перед встановленням адміністративного пароля LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1199,8 +1155,7 @@ "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>База даних інформації щодо автентифікації користувачів</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>База даних інформації щодо автентифікації користувачів</big> \n" "Тут ви можете вибрати місце, де сервер Samba повинен шукати реєстраційну\n" "інформацію. Samba більше не підтримує декілька типів баз даних одночасно.\n" "Дозволено лише одну.\n" @@ -1208,14 +1163,11 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете змінити джерело аутентифікації користувачів, спочатку " -"вилучіть поточне\n" -"натисканням кнопки Видалити, а потім додайте нове кнопкою Додати</" -"b>.\n" +"Якщо ви хочете змінити джерело аутентифікації користувачів, спочатку вилучіть поточне\n" +"натисканням кнопки Видалити, а потім додайте нове кнопкою Додати.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1245,8 +1197,7 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"База даних TDB використовує внутрішній двійковий формат бази даних " -"Samba\n" +"База даних TDB використовує внутрішній двійковий формат бази даних Samba\n" "для зберігання і пошуку інформації.\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -1275,8 +1226,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Додати новий спільний ресурс</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете ввести основну інформацію щодо спільного ресурсу, що додається." -"\n" +"Тут ви можете ввести основну інформацію щодо спільного ресурсу, що додається.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1325,33 +1275,14 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"При виборі пункту Використовувати знімки Samba буде надавати " -"створені в Snapper знімки для доступу і управління клієнтам CIFS/SMB.\n" -"Цей параметр доступний тільки якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях " -"до спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs з налаштованим Snapper. " -"Повинні бути видані відповідні права доступу, подальші подробиці наведені на " -"сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." +"При виборі пункту Використовувати знімки Samba буде надавати створені в Snapper знімки для доступу і управління клієнтам CIFS/SMB.\n" +"Цей параметр доступний тільки якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs з налаштованим Snapper. Повинні бути видані відповідні права доступу, подальші подробиці наведені на сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Використовувати можливості Btrfs дозволяє скористатися Samba " -"перевагами функцій, характерних тільки для файлової системи Btrfs. Цей " -"параметр доступний тільки, якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до " -"спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs. Подальші подробиці наведені на " -"сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Використовувати можливості Btrfs дозволяє скористатися Samba перевагами функцій, характерних тільки для файлової системи Btrfs. Цей параметр доступний тільки, якщо Samba пропонує підтримку Snapper, а шлях до спільного ресурсу вказує на підтом Btrfs. Подальші подробиці наведені на сторінці посібника Samba vfs_btrfs(8)." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1360,87 +1291,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування LDAP</big> \n" "Вкажіть сервер LDAP, використовуваний для аутентифікації.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Задання Механізму паролів LDAP дозволяє зберігати відомості про " -"користувачів у дереві LDAP за вказаною URL. При використанні Механізму " -"LDAP Idmap можна зберігати таблиці відповідності SID/uid/gid в LDAP.\n" +"Задання Механізму паролів LDAP дозволяє зберігати відомості про користувачів у дереві LDAP за вказаною URL. При використанні Механізму LDAP Idmap можна зберігати таблиці відповідності SID/uid/gid в LDAP.\n" "\n" -"У розділі Аутентифікація укажіть облікові дані сервера LDAP, включаючи " -"повний DN адміністратора.\n" +"У розділі Аутентифікація укажіть облікові дані сервера LDAP, включаючи повний DN адміністратора.\n" "\n" -"Основний DN пошуку - це суфікс LDAP, що додається до Samba-" -"специфічним об'єктам LDAP.\n" +"Основний DN пошуку - це суфікс LDAP, що додається до Samba-специфічним об'єктам LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Для перевірки під'єднання до вашого сервера LDAP натисніть Перевірити " -"з'єднання. Для налаштування додаткових параметрів LDAP або використання " -"типових значень натисніть Додаткові налаштування." +"Для перевірки під'єднання до вашого сервера LDAP натисніть Перевірити з'єднання. Для налаштування додаткових параметрів LDAP або використання типових значень натисніть Додаткові налаштування." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Суфікс користувачів вказує, в яке місце дерева LDAP додавати " -"користувачів. Значення дописується перед значенням Основний DN пошуку</" -"b>. Аналогічно, Суфікс груп вказує місце для розміщення груп, " -"Суфікс машин - для машин, а Суфікс Idmap - для таблиць " -"відповідності idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Суфікс користувачів вказує, в яке місце дерева LDAP додавати користувачів. Значення дописується перед значенням Основний DN пошуку. Аналогічно, Суфікс груп вказує місце для розміщення груп, Суфікс машин - для машин, а Суфікс Idmap - для таблиць відповідності idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Очікування реплікації - це час очікування Samba у мілісекундах " -"після запису на сервер LDAP, щоб його відбитки встигли підхопити зміни.\n" +"Очікування реплікації - це час очікування Samba у мілісекундах після запису на сервер LDAP, щоб його відбитки встигли підхопити зміни.\n" "Час очікування визначає затримку операцій з LDAP в секундах." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Вкажіть необхідність використання SSL для з'єднань LDAP за допомогою " -"Використовувати SSL або TLS." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Вкажіть необхідність використання SSL для з'єднань LDAP за допомогою Використовувати SSL або TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Видалити DN визначає, чи повністю видаляти увесь запис LDAP або " -"тільки Samba-специфічні атрибути.\n" -"Пункт Синхронізувати паролі вказує на необхідність синхронізації " -"паролів LDAP з хешами NT та LM. Детальніше див. сторінку посібника <tt>smb." -"conf</tt>." +"Видалити DN визначає, чи повністю видаляти увесь запис LDAP або тільки Samba-специфічні атрибути.\n" +"Пункт Синхронізувати паролі вказує на необхідність синхронізації паролів LDAP з хешами NT та LM. Детальніше див. сторінку посібника <tt>smb.conf</tt>." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1451,8 +1348,7 @@ "no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви змінюєте назву вузла NetBIOS, Samba створює\n" -"ідентифікатор служби (SID) для вашого сервера за першого клієнтського " -"з'єднання.\n" +"ідентифікатор служби (SID) для вашого сервера за першого клієнтського з'єднання.\n" "Оскільки новий SID відрізняється від старого, клієнти можуть\n" "бути позбавлені автентифікації як члени домену.\n" @@ -1499,8 +1395,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Додаткові параметри надають доступ до\n" @@ -1942,15 +1837,11 @@ #~ msgstr "SSL" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати для додавання нового параметра " -#~ "налаштування,\n" -#~ "кнопкою Змінити для зміни відповідного налаштування і кнопкою " -#~ "Вилучити для вилучення.\n" -#~ "Скористайтеся кнопками Вгору і Вниз для зміни порядку баз " -#~ "даних.Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати для додавання нового параметра налаштування,\n" +#~ "кнопкою Змінити для зміни відповідного налаштування і кнопкою Вилучити для вилучення.\n" +#~ "Скористайтеся кнопками Вгору і Вниз для зміни порядку баз даних.</p \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/samba-users.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:52+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/scanner.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/security.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Security module @@ -378,17 +377,14 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Налаштування локальної безпеки</BIG>\n" "За допомогою типових значень можна змінити параметри локальної безпеки,\n" -" напр., завантаження, вхід в систему, пароль, створення користувачів і " -"права\n" +" напр., завантаження, вхід в систему, пароль, створення користувачів і права\n" " доступу до файлів. Типові параметри можна, при потребі, змінити.\n" "" @@ -407,8 +403,7 @@ "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"Переносний пристрій: для ноутбук, планшета або подібного " -"пристрою,\n" +"Переносний пристрій: для ноутбук, планшета або подібного пристрою,\n" "який під'єднується до різних мереж." #. Main dialog help 7/8 @@ -440,17 +435,13 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Затримка після безуспішної спроби входу:\n" "Рекомендовано, щоб була затримка після безуспішної спроби входу\n" -"в систему, щоб запобігти вгадуванню паролів. Встановіть затримку досить " -"короткою,\n" +"в систему, щоб запобігти вгадуванню паролів. Встановіть затримку досить короткою,\n" "щоб законні користувачі, які помилились при вводі пароля, не мусили\n" "чекати. Оптимальне значення - 3 секунди (<tt>3</tt>)." @@ -459,29 +450,24 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Записувати успішні спроби входу: Корисно записувати до журналу\n" "успішні спроби входу. Це може допомогти у попередженні небажаного\n" -"доступу до системи (напр., користувачів, що входять не зі свого звичайного " -"місця).\n" +"доступу до системи (напр., користувачів, що входять не зі свого звичайного місця).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Дозволити віддалений графічний вхід: Якщо ви це позначите, доступ " -"до графічного екрану входу до системи\n" +"Дозволити віддалений графічний вхід: Якщо ви це позначите, доступ до графічного екрану входу до системи\n" "буде дозволено з мережі. Віддалений доступ\n" -"до вашого комп'ютера з використанням графічного входу може бути небезпечним." -"" +"до вашого комп'ютера з використанням графічного входу може бути небезпечним." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 @@ -496,23 +482,19 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Перевіряти нові паролі: Розважливо вибирати паролі, які\n" -"не можна знайти у словнику і які не є іменами або іншими простими, " -"звичайними словами.\n" -"Залиште тут позначку, щоб перевіряти паролі згідно до вищезгаданих правил.</" -"p>" +"не можна знайти у словнику і які не є іменами або іншими простими, звичайними словами.\n" +"Залиште тут позначку, щоб перевіряти паролі згідно до вищезгаданих правил." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -520,20 +502,17 @@ "Мінімально допустимий розмір нового паролю зменшується при використанні\n" "різних видів символів (цифри, великі і малі літери, інші символи).\n" "Докладніше пояснення можна знайти в man pam_cracklib.\n" -" Цей параметр можна змінити тільки тоді, коли увімкнено Перевіряти нові " -"паролі." +" Цей параметр можна змінити тільки тоді, коли увімкнено Перевіряти нові паролі." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Паролі для запам'ятовування:\n" -"Введіть кількість паролів користувача, які будуть зберігатися у сховищі для " -"запобігання їх повторному використанню.\n" +"Введіть кількість паролів користувача, які будуть зберігатися у сховищі для запобігання їх повторному використанню.\n" "Введіть 0, щоб не запам'ятовувати паролі." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -545,20 +524,17 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES - типовий метод Linux, який працює у всіх мережних " -"середовищах,\n" +"DES - типовий метод Linux, який працює у всіх мережних середовищах,\n" "але паролі не можуть бути довшими за 8 символів. Якщо вам\n" "потрібна сумісність з іншими системами, вживайте цей метод." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" "MD5 дозволяє довші паролі, і підтримується всіма поточними\n" @@ -566,12 +542,8 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання " -"інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 @@ -586,15 +558,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Днів до попередження про завершення строку дії пароля\n" -"Цей запис встановлює кількість днів, за які користувачів попереджають про " -"завершенням строку дії пароля.\n" -"Чим більший цей час, тим меншою є ймовірність, що хтось зможе вгадати пароль." -"" +"Цей запис встановлює кількість днів, за які користувачів попереджають про завершенням строку дії пароля.\n" +"Чим більший цей час, тим меншою є ймовірність, що хтось зможе вгадати пароль." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 @@ -603,8 +572,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Безпека користувачів</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні редагуйте різні параметри, які вживаються для створення " -"користувачів." +"В цьому вікні редагуйте різні параметри, які вживаються для створення користувачів." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 @@ -613,8 +581,7 @@ "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." msgstr "" "Обмеження ІД користувачів:\n" -"Встановіть мінімальний і максимальний допустимий ідентифікатор користувачів." -"" +"Встановіть мінімальний і максимальний допустимий ідентифікатор користувачів." #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 @@ -629,67 +596,49 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Інші параметри безпеки</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні можна змінювати інші параметри, що стосуються локальної " -"безпеки." +"В цьому вікні можна змінювати інші параметри, що стосуються локальної безпеки." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Дозволи на файл: Параметри для доступу\n" -"до деяких системних файлів встановлюються у відповідності з даними /etc/" -"permissions.secure\n" -"або /etc/permissions.easy. Використання якогось з цих файлів залежить від " -"вашого вибору.\n" -"Запуск SuSEconfig встановлює ці дозволи у відповідності з /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"Таким чином можна виправити некоректні дозволи на файли, які виникли " -"випадково або\n" +"до деяких системних файлів встановлюються у відповідності з даними /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"або /etc/permissions.easy. Використання якогось з цих файлів залежить від вашого вибору.\n" +"Запуск SuSEconfig встановлює ці дозволи у відповідності з /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Таким чином можна виправити некоректні дозволи на файли, які виникли випадково або\n" "внаслідок зовнішнього втручання.\n" -"Якщо вибрати Простий рівень, більшість системних файлів, які на " -"Безпечному рівні може читати лише користувач root,\n" +"Якщо вибрати Простий рівень, більшість системних файлів, які на Безпечному рівні може читати лише користувач root,\n" "зможуть читати і інші користувачі.\n" -"За використання Безпечного рівня, деякі системні файли, такі як /var/" -"log/messages, зможе\n" -"переглядати лише користувач root. Деякі програми можна буде запустити лише " -"від користувача root або\n" +"За використання Безпечного рівня, деякі системні файли, такі як /var/log/messages, зможе\n" +"переглядати лише користувач root. Деякі програми можна буде запустити лише від користувача root або\n" "лише фоновими службами, але не від звичайних користувачів.\n" -"Найбезпечнішим є Параноїдальний рівень. Якщо його використовувати, " -"слід спершу\n" -"вирішити, які користувачі матимуть дозвіл на запуск графічний програм (X) і " -"програм setuid.\n" +"Найбезпечнішим є Параноїдальний рівень. Якщо його використовувати, слід спершу\n" +"вирішити, які користувачі матимуть дозвіл на запуск графічний програм (X) і програм setuid.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Запуск користувачем updatedb: Програма updatedb\n" @@ -704,8 +653,7 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Поточний каталог у шляху root-а В системі DOS,\n" @@ -717,8 +665,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -732,21 +679,17 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Деякі системи надають обхідний спосіб, додаючи крапку (\".\")\n" "до шляху пошуку, що дозволяє знайти і запустити файли, які знаходяться\n" "в поточному шляху. Це дуже небезпечно, тому що ви можете випадково\n" -"запустити невідомі програми в поточному каталозі, замість звичних " -"всесистемних файлів.\n" +"запустити невідомі програми в поточному каталозі, замість звичних всесистемних файлів.\n" "В результаті, якщо увімкнуто цей параметр, дуже легко можна запустити\n" -"троянські коні, які експлуатують цю слабкість і вторгаються, в " -"систему." +"троянські коні, які експлуатують цю слабкість і вторгаються, в систему." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 @@ -770,63 +713,42 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Увімкнути магічні ключі SysRq Якщо увімкнути цей параметр,\n" -"то будете мати якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху " -"(напр., під час\n" -"зневадження ядра). Для подробиць, див. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq." -"txt" +"то будете мати якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху (напр., під час\n" +"зневадження ядра). Для подробиць, див. /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Огляд безпеки Це огляд найважливіших параметрів безпеки." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Огляд безпеки Це огляд найважливіших параметрів безпеки." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити поточне значення, клацніть на посилання для цього параметра.</" -"P>" +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Щоб змінити поточне значення, клацніть на посилання для цього параметра." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Позначка в колонці Стан безпеки означає, що поточне значення " -"параметра є безпечне." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Позначка в колонці Стан безпеки означає, що поточне значення параметра є безпечне." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося прочитати поточне значення. Ймовірно, службу не " -"встановлено, або цей параметр відсутній в системі." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "Не вдалося прочитати поточне значення. Ймовірно, службу не встановлено, або цей параметр відсутній в системі." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" "Менеджер дисплея надає екран графічного входу і при\n" @@ -835,124 +757,63 @@ "дані по мережі. Якщо це не повністю надійна мережа, то мережевий трафік\n" "може проглядатися зловмисником, який отримує доступ не тільки до\n" "графічного вмісту екрану, але і до використовуваних імен користувачів\n" -"і паролів.Якщо вам не потрібен XDMCP для віддалених " -"графічних\n" +"і паролів.Якщо вам не потрібен XDMCP для віддалених графічних\n" "входів, то вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"При запуску системний час встановлюється з апаратних годинника " -"комп'ютера.\n" +"При запуску системний час встановлюється з апаратних годинника комп'ютера.\n" "Отже, необхідно налаштувати апаратний годинник перед вимиканням.\n" -"Узгоджений системний час важливий для створення системою правильних " -"повідомлень журналу." +"Узгоджений системний час важливий для створення системою правильних повідомлень журналу." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Неполадки в системі зазвичай виявляються по аномаліям у її поведінці. " -"Повідомлення syslog про події, що відбуваються на постійній основі, важливі " -"для знаходження причин проблем, і відсутність одного запису може сказати " -"більше, ніж відсутність усіх записів журналу.Таким чином, " -"повідомлення syslog про системні події корисні тільки, коли вони є." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Неполадки в системі зазвичай виявляються по аномаліям у її поведінці. Повідомлення syslog про події, що відбуваються на постійній основі, важливі для знаходження причин проблем, і відсутність одного запису може сказати більше, ніж відсутність усіх записів журналу.Таким чином, повідомлення syslog про системні події корисні тільки, коли вони є." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Середовища виконання chroot обмежують доступ процесу до файлів тільки " -"тими файлами, які йому потрібні, поміщаючи їх в окремий підкаталог і " -"запускаючи процес зі зміненим кореневим каталогом." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Середовища виконання chroot обмежують доступ процесу до файлів тільки тими файлами, які йому потрібні, поміщаючи їх в окремий підкаталог і запускаючи процес зі зміненим кореневим каталогом." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Фонова служба DHCP повинна запускатися користувачем dhcpd для " -"зменшення можливої загрози, якщо служба стане вразливою через помилки в її " -"програмному коді.Зверніть увагу, що dhcpd ніколи не повинен запускати " -"від імені root або з увімкненою можливістю CAP_SYS_CHROOT, " -"щоб обмеження chroot мали сенс." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Фонова служба DHCP повинна запускатися користувачем dhcpd для зменшення можливої загрози, якщо служба стане вразливою через помилки в її програмному коді.Зверніть увагу, що dhcpd ніколи не повинен запускати від імені root або з увімкненою можливістю CAP_SYS_CHROOT, щоб обмеження chroot мали сенс." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Для зменшення використання привілеїв root адміністратори ніколи не " -"повинні входити як root у сесію X Window.Цей параметр не " -"допоможе від необережних адміністраторів, але запобігає можливості входу як " -"root через менеджер дисплея для зловмисників, якщо вони вгадали або " -"якось інакше отримали пароль." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Для зменшення використання привілеїв root адміністратори ніколи не повинні входити як root у сесію X Window.Цей параметр не допоможе від необережних адміністраторів, але запобігає можливості входу як root через менеджер дисплея для зловмисників, якщо вони вгадали або якось інакше отримали пароль." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Клієнти X Window, тобто програми, що відкривають вікно на вашому екрані, " -"підключаються\n" -"до X-сервера, запущеного на фізичній машині. Програми також можуть бути " -"запущені на\n" +"Клієнти X Window, тобто програми, що відкривають вікно на вашому екрані, підключаються\n" +"до X-сервера, запущеного на фізичній машині. Програми також можуть бути запущені на\n" "іншій системі і відображати вміст на X-сервері через мережні з'єднання.\n" -"Коли ввімкнено, X-сервер прослуховує порт 6000 плюс номер дисплея. Тому " -"мережевий\n" -"трафік передається незашифрованим і таким чином є об'єктом мережевого " -"перехоплення,\n" -"а відкритий сервером X порт відкриває можливості для атаки. Отож, це " -"безпечно буде\n" -"відімкнути.Для відображення клієнтів X Window через мережу ми " -"рекомендуємо\n" -"використання безпечної оболонки (ssh), що дозволяє клієнтам X " -"Window підключатися до X-сервера через зашифроване з'єднання ssh." +"Коли ввімкнено, X-сервер прослуховує порт 6000 плюс номер дисплея. Тому мережевий\n" +"трафік передається незашифрованим і таким чином є об'єктом мережевого перехоплення,\n" +"а відкритий сервером X порт відкриває можливості для атаки. Отож, це безпечно буде\n" +"відімкнути.Для відображення клієнтів X Window через мережу ми рекомендуємо\n" +"використання безпечної оболонки (ssh), що дозволяє клієнтам X Window підключатися до X-сервера через зашифроване з'єднання ssh." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "Підсистема доставки пошти запускається завжди. Тим не менш, типово вона\n" -"не виявляє себе зовні системи, бо не прослуховує SMTP порт 25.Якщо ви " -"не доставляє пошту в вашу систему за протоколом SMTP, тоді вимкніть цей " -"параметр." +"не виявляє себе зовні системи, бо не прослуховує SMTP порт 25.Якщо ви не доставляє пошту в вашу систему за протоколом SMTP, тоді вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" @@ -960,22 +821,17 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Якщо оновлюється пакунок, що містить службу, яка зараз запущена,\n" -"то служба перезавантажиться після установки файлів пакунку.Це " -"розумно\n" -"і безпечно у більшості випадків, враховуючи, що багатьом службам потрібен " -"доступ\n" +"то служба перезавантажиться після установки файлів пакунку.Це розумно\n" +"і безпечно у більшості випадків, враховуючи, що багатьом службам потрібен доступ\n" "або до своїх двійковим, або конфігураційних файлів. Інакше ці служби будуть\n" -"продовжувати виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті " -"запущені\n" -"фонові служби.Ця установка повинна змінюватися тільки, коли є " -"особлива причина\n" +"продовжувати виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені\n" +"фонові служби.Ця установка повинна змінюватися тільки, коли є особлива причина\n" "так вчинити." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 @@ -984,8 +840,7 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -994,44 +849,16 @@ "зупиняється до видалення файлів пакунку.Це розумно і безпечно\n" "у більшості випадків, бо багатьом службам потрібен доступ до\n" "своїх двійкових або конфігураційних файлів. Ці служби будуть продовжувати\n" -"виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені фонові " -"служби.\n" -"Ця установка повинна змінюватися, тільки якщо є особлива причина так " -"зробити." +"виконуватися, поки не будуть зупинені, наприклад, вбиті запущені фонові служби.\n" +"Ця установка повинна змінюватися, тільки якщо є особлива причина так зробити." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Система може бути завалена безліччю спроб з'єднання, тому у системи " -"закінчиться пам'ять, призводячи до уразливості Denial of Service (DoS).</" -"P>Використання syncookies - це метод, що допомагає в таких ситуаціях, але " -"в конфігураціях з дуже великим числом законних спроб з'єднання від одного " -"джерела налаштування Увімкнено може призвести до проблем з " -"відхиленими TCP-з'єднаннями при високому навантаженні.Тим не менш для " -"більшості середовищ syncookies - перша лінія оборони проти DoS-атак, тому " -"безпечна установка - Увімкнено." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Система може бути завалена безліччю спроб з'єднання, тому у системи закінчиться пам'ять, призводячи до уразливості Denial of Service (DoS).Використання syncookies - це метод, що допомагає в таких ситуаціях, але в конфігураціях з дуже великим числом законних спроб з'єднання від одного джерела налаштування Увімкнено може призвести до проблем з відхиленими TCP-з'єднаннями при високому навантаженні.Тим не менш для більшості середовищ syncookies - перша лінія оборони проти DoS-атак, тому безпечна установка - Увімкнено." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"IP-переадресація означає пропуск отриманих мережних пакунків, не " -"призначених для жодного з налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів системи, тобто " -"адрес мережних інтерфейсів.Якщо система переадресує трафік на рівні " -"ISO/OSI 3, то вона називається маршрутизатором. Якщо вам не потрібен " -"функціонал маршрутизатора, вимкніть цей параметр." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "IP-переадресація означає пропуск отриманих мережних пакунків, не призначених для жодного з налаштованих мережних інтерфейсів системи, тобто адрес мережних інтерфейсів.Якщо система переадресує трафік на рівні ISO/OSI 3, то вона називається маршрутизатором. Якщо вам не потрібен функціонал маршрутизатора, вимкніть цей параметр." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1042,40 +869,20 @@ msgstr "Цей параметр стосується тільки IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Магічні ключі SysRq надають якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо " -"вона зазнає краху (напр., під час зневадження ядра) або якщо система не " -"реагує." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Магічні ключі SysRq надають якийсь контроль над системою, навіть, якщо вона зазнає краху (напр., під час зневадження ядра) або якщо система не реагує." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"У файлах /etc/permissions.* є заздалегідь визначені права доступу до " -"файлів. Визначення з найбільшими обмеженнями доступу — файл «secure» або " -"«paranoid»." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "У файлах /etc/permissions.* є заздалегідь визначені права доступу до файлів. Визначення з найбільшими обмеженнями доступу — файл «secure» або «paranoid»." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Основні системні служби мусять бути увімкнені для одноманітності системи " -"і для виконання служб потрібних для безпеки." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Основні системні служби мусять бути увімкнені для одноманітності системи і для виконання служб потрібних для безпеки." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Кожна запущена служба може бути потенційною ціллю для атак. Тому, " -"рекомендовано вимкнути в системі всі служби, які не використовуються." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Кожна запущена служба може бути потенційною ціллю для атак. Тому, рекомендовано вимкнути в системі всі служби, які не використовуються." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" @@ -1083,8 +890,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Безпека завантаження системи</big>\n" -"В цьому вікні можна змінювати різні параметри завантаження системи, які " -"стосуються безпеки." +"В цьому вікні можна змінювати різні параметри завантаження системи, які стосуються безпеки." #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is #. reboot) @@ -1136,16 +942,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Перехід в сплячий режим:\n" -"Вкажіть умови, які дозволяють користувачам переводити систему в сплячий " -"режим. Типово у користувача на активній консолі є таке право.\n" -"Інші варіанти - це дозволити всім користувачам або вимагати у всіх випадках " -"автентифікації.\n" +"Вкажіть умови, які дозволяють користувачам переводити систему в сплячий режим. Типово у користувача на активній консолі є таке право.\n" +"Інші варіанти - це дозволити всім користувачам або вимагати у всіх випадках автентифікації.\n" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 @@ -1562,17 +1364,11 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Вживати поточний каталог в шляху звичайних користувачів" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Типово, поточний робочий каталог не використовується при пошуку за " -#~ "файлами програм." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Типово, поточний робочий каталог не використовується при пошуку за файлами програм." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Цей параметр стосується користувача root (адміністратора) і " -#~ "системних користувачів." +#~ msgstr "Цей параметр стосується користувача root (адміністратора) і системних користувачів." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Цей параметр стосується звичайних користувачів." @@ -1588,14 +1384,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Blowfish подібний до MD5, але вживає інший алгоритм\n" -#~ "для шифрування паролів. Для підрахунку хешу йде багато потужності " -#~ "процесора,\n" +#~ "для шифрування паролів. Для підрахунку хешу йде багато потужності процесора,\n" #~ "що робить вгадування паролів за допомогою словників - труднішим." #~ msgid "Disable service restart on update" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/services-manager.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 23:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/slp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/snapper.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-11 10:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -70,7 +69,6 @@ #. popup label, %{num} is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 -#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Змінити знімок %{num}" @@ -81,13 +79,11 @@ #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -#| msgid "Pre (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Перед (%{pre})" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -#| msgid "Post (%1)" msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Після (%{post})" @@ -114,7 +110,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 -#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Дійсно вилучити знімок %{num}?" @@ -345,7 +340,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 -#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Не вибрано файлів для відновлення." @@ -368,8 +362,7 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну систему.<" -"/p>\n" +"Файли, присутні у вихідному знімку, будуть скопійовані в поточну систему.\n" "Файли, які відсутні в знімку, будуть видалені.Ви впевнені?" #. Read dialog help @@ -383,73 +376,38 @@ #. Summary dialog help: #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -#| "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" -#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three" -" types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots" -" are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post" -" are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between" -" taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in" -" the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see" -" the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Конфігурація знімків</big>\n" -"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи" -" знімків:\n" -"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки" -" використовуються для збереження\n" -"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки використовуються" -" для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася між виготовленням" -" цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані попарно.\n" -"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для" -" перегляду\n" +"У таблиці наведені знімки кореневої файлової системи. Існує три типи знімків:\n" +"одинарний, перед та після. Одинарні знімки використовуються для збереження\n" +"стану файлової системи в певний час, а перед - і післязнімки використовуються для визначення змін, зроблених операцією, яка виконувалася між виготовленням цих знімків. Перед - і післязнімки в таблиці вказані попарно.\n" +"Виберіть знімок або пару знімків і натисніть Показати зміни для перегляду\n" "змін файлової системи в обраному знімку.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first" -" ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the" -" description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of" -" creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By" -" default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is" -" possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і" -" другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при" -" виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли, змінені між створенням першого («перед-») і другого («після-») знімків. Праворуч ви бачите опис, створений при виготовленні першого знімка, і час створення обох знімків.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово" -" показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна порівнювати файл" -" з різними версіями.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите зроблені в ньому зміни. Типово показуються зміни між вибраними парними знімками, але можна порівнювати файл з різними версіями.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -457,23 +415,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the" -" current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time" -" of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between" -" snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Перегляд знімків</big>\n" "\n" -"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від" -" поточної системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" +"У дереві показані всі файли вибраного знімка, які мають відмінності від поточної системи. Праворуч ви побачите опис знімка і час його створення.\n" "\n" "\n" -"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і поточною" -" системою.\n" +"При виборі файлу в дереві ви бачите відмінності між версією знімка і поточною системою.\n" "\n" #. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots @@ -490,27 +443,18 @@ #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "Не вдалося створити новий знімок:\n" #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "Неможливо змінити знімок:\n" #. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "Неможливо вилучити знімок:\n" @@ -526,7 +470,6 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Читати список знімків" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sound.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/squid.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 10:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sshd.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-05 10:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/storage.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. popup text @@ -36,12 +35,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Вживайте цю програму тільки тоді, коли ви знаєте як розподіляти тверді " -"диски.\n" +"Вживайте цю програму тільки тоді, коли ви знаєте як розподіляти тверді диски.\n" "\n" "Ніколи не розподіляйте диски, які знаходяться у вжитку\n" -"(напр., змонтовані, свопінг і т.п.), якщо ви не маєте абсолютної впевненості " -"в тому, що робите.\n" +"(напр., змонтовані, свопінг і т.п.), якщо ви не маєте абсолютної впевненості в тому, що робите.\n" "Бо, інакше, таблицю розподілу не буде передано до ядра,\n" "а це, найімовірніше, призведе до втрати даних.\n" "\n" @@ -411,8 +408,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Використано Windows — це розмір використаної частини розділу " -"Windows.\n" +"Використано Windows — це розмір використаної частини розділу Windows.\n" " \n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -669,11 +665,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Не знайдено жодного диска. Спробуйте скористатися КД для оновлення, якщо він " -"у вас є, для встановлення." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Не знайдено жодного диска. Спробуйте скористатися КД для оновлення, якщо він у вас є, для встановлення." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -688,8 +681,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут показано всі жорсткі диски на вашій системі, які було виявлено " -"автоматично.\n" +"Тут показано всі жорсткі диски на вашій системі, які було виявлено автоматично.\n" "Виберіть той, на який слід встановити &product;.\n" "\n" @@ -951,8 +943,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Схоже, вибраний жорсткий диск вже використовується Windows. Для &product; " -"місця\n" +"Схоже, вибраний жорсткий диск вже використовується Windows. Для &product; місця\n" "не вистачить. Ви повинні або повністю вилучити Windows\n" "або зменшити розділ, щоб дістати вільне місце на диску.\n" "" @@ -969,8 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо ви вилучите Windows, всі дані цього розділу буде під час\n" -"встановлення назавжди втрачено. Якщо розділ Windows буде зменшено, " -"ми\n" +"встановлення назавжди втрачено. Якщо розділ Windows буде зменшено, ми\n" "наполегливо рекомендуємо створити резервну копію, оскільки. дані\n" "слід перевпорядкувати. В рідкісних випадках це може призвести до їх втрати.\n" "\n" @@ -1051,8 +1041,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ви спробували змонтувати розділ Btrfs у точку монтування /boot.\n" -"Це може спричинити проблеми. Для цієї точки монтування слід використовувати " -"файлову систему Linux,\n" +"Це може спричинити проблеми. Для цієї точки монтування слід використовувати файлову систему Linux,\n" "на зразок ext3 або ext4.\n" "\n" "Дійсно використовувати поточне налаштування?\n" @@ -1260,8 +1249,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1269,8 +1257,7 @@ "\n" "Ви не призначили розділ для свопінгу. Це не критично, але\n" "у більшості випадків наполегливо рекомендують створити і призначити\n" -"розділ свопінгу. Розділи свопінгу вашої системи перелічено у головному " -"вікні \n" +"розділ свопінгу. Розділи свопінгу вашої системи перелічено у головному вікні \n" "з типом «Linux Swap». Призначений розділ свопінгу має точку монтування\n" "«swap». Ви можете визначити декілька розділів свопінгу, якщо забажаєте.\n" "\n" @@ -1306,13 +1293,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви непевні, то можете повернутися назад і позначити цей розділ\n" -"для форматування; особливо, якщо його призначено під стандартну точку " -"монтування,\n" +"для форматування; особливо, якщо його призначено під стандартну точку монтування,\n" "таку як /, /boot, /opt або /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1381,24 +1366,20 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Пристрій (%1) неможливо вилучити, бо це логічний розділ, а інший логічний " -"розділ \n" +"Пристрій (%1) неможливо вилучити, бо це логічний розділ, а інший логічний розділ \n" "з вищим номером знаходиться у використанні.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Вибраний розширений розділ містить змонтовані розділи:\n" "%1\n" -"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перед вилученням " -"розширеного розділу.\n" +"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перед вилученням розширеного розділу.\n" "Виберіть \"Скасувати\", якщо ви не знаєте точно, що робите.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1562,8 +1543,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Монтувати в /etc/fstab за:\n" @@ -1577,14 +1557,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Мітка тому:\n" -"Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується як мітка тому. Зазвичай, це " -"має сенс\n" +"Назва, вказана у цьому полі, використовується як мітка тому. Зазвичай, це має сенс\n" "лише у випадку, якщо ви активували параметр монтування за міткою тому.\n" "Мітка тому не повинна містити символу / або пробілів.\n" @@ -1712,8 +1690,7 @@ "пошкоджено.\n" "\n" "Якщо можете, то відмонтуйте розділ. Якщо\n" -"ви непевні, рекомендуємо перервати встановлення. Не продовжуйте, якщо не " -"знаєте\n" +"ви непевні, рекомендуємо перервати встановлення. Не продовжуйте, якщо не знаєте\n" "точно, що ви робите.\n" "\n" "Продовжити?\n" @@ -1727,8 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему на розділі не можна зменшити в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"зменшувати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе зменшувати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1739,8 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему на логічному томі не можна зменшити в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"зменшувати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, і reiser дозволяють себе зменшувати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1765,8 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлова система на вибраному розділі не може бути розширена в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"розширювати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе розширювати." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 @@ -1777,8 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлова система на вибраному логічному томі не може бути розширена в YaST2.\n" -"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе " -"розширювати." +"Лише файлові системи fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, і reiser дозволяють себе розширювати." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1803,8 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Файлову систему reiser можна зменшувати, але цю можливість\n" -"ще недостатньо випробувано. Рекомендуємо виконати резервне копіювання " -"даних.\n" +"ще недостатньо випробувано. Рекомендуємо виконати резервне копіювання даних.\n" "\n" "Зменшити файлову систему зараз?" @@ -1813,14 +1785,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Вибраний пристрій містить змонтовані розділи:\n" "%1\n" -"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перш ніж вилучати таблицю " -"розділів.\n" +"*Наполегливо* рекомендуємо відмонтувати ці розділи перш ніж вилучати таблицю розділів.\n" "Виберіть \"Скасувати\", якщо ви не впевнені у своїх діях.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1873,9 +1843,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Увімкнути автоматичні знімки файлової системи Btrfs за допомогою snapper." -"" +msgstr "Увімкнути автоматичні знімки файлової системи Btrfs за допомогою snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1975,8 +1943,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1996,8 +1963,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2005,8 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо ви забудете ваш пароль, ви втратите доступ до даних файлової\n" -"системи! Ретельно вибирайте пароль. Рекомендуємо використовувати комбінацію " -"з літер і\n" +"системи! Ретельно вибирайте пароль. Рекомендуємо використовувати комбінацію з літер і\n" "цифр. Щоб переконатися, що пароль було введено правильно,\n" "введіть його двічі.\n" "\n" @@ -2017,16 +1982,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Вам слід розрізняти великі і малі літери. Пароль має складатися не\n" -"менше ніж з %1 символів і, як правило, не повинен містити спеціальних " -"символів (наприклад, акцентованих літер або умляутів).\n" +"менше ніж з %1 символів і, як правило, не повинен містити спеціальних символів (наприклад, акцентованих літер або умляутів).\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2072,16 +2035,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Якщо шифрована файлова система не містить жодного системного файла, то\n" -"її і не слід оновлювати: можна натиснути кнопку \"Пропустити\". В цьому " -"випадку\n" +"її і не слід оновлювати: можна натиснути кнопку \"Пропустити\". В цьому випадку\n" "оновлення не стосуватиметься цієї файлової системи.\n" "\n" @@ -2206,17 +2167,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Файлова система FAT вживається для точки монтування системи (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"Файлова система FAT вживається для точки монтування системи (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Це неможливо." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!" -"%#»." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Нечинний символ в точці монтування. Не використовуйте в точці монтування «`'!%#»." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2298,8 +2255,7 @@ "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "Можете спробувати відмонтувати її зараз, продовжити без відмонтування\n" -"або скасувати операцію. Натисніть «Скасувати», якщо ви не впевнені у своїх " -"діях." +"або скасувати операцію. Натисніть «Скасувати», якщо ви не впевнені у своїх діях." #. button text #. button text @@ -2790,8 +2746,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете зашифрувати всі дані на томі, виберіть\n" @@ -2896,8 +2851,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Для цього тому використовується файлова система swap. Можете залишити\n" -"пароль шифрування порожнім, але тоді пристрій свопінгу не можна буде " -"вживати\n" +"пароль шифрування порожнім, але тоді пристрій свопінгу не можна буде вживати\n" "для сну системи (зі збереженням на диск).\n" "\n" @@ -3564,8 +3518,7 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Показує всі жорсткі диски, включно з дисками\n" -"iSCSI, BIOS RAID-ми і дисками з багатошляховим доступом та їхні розділи.</" -"p>\n" +"iSCSI, BIOS RAID-ми і дисками з багатошляховим доступом та їхні розділи.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3676,10 +3629,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"YaST прозондував ваші жорсткі диски і знайшов одну чи декілька старих " -"систем Linux\n" -"з точками монтування. Перегляньте таблицю зі знайденими точками монтування.</" -"p>\n" +"YaST прозондував ваші жорсткі диски і знайшов одну чи декілька старих систем Linux\n" +"з точками монтування. Перегляньте таблицю зі знайденими точками монтування.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3852,8 +3803,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4156,8 +4106,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Введіть розмір, а також кількість і розмір \n" @@ -4175,12 +4124,9 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Так звані тонкі томи можна створювати довільного розміру.\n" -"Необхідне місце береться за необхідності з призначеного тонкого " -"накопичувача.\n" -"Тому можна створити тонкий том розміром більшим, ніж тонкий накопичувач. " -"Зрозуміло, при\n" -"реальному записі даних на тонкий том у призначеному накопичувачі має бути " -"достатньо\n" +"Необхідне місце береться за необхідності з призначеного тонкого накопичувача.\n" +"Тому можна створити тонкий том розміром більшим, ніж тонкий накопичувач. Зрозуміло, при\n" +"реальному записі даних на тонкий том у призначеному накопичувачі має бути достатньо\n" "місця. Тонкі томи не мають лічильника смуг." #. heading for frame @@ -4214,36 +4160,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Ви можете вказати, що логічний том є звичайним томом.\n" -"Це типове значення і означає прості LVM-томи, якими вони були до існування " -"Тонкого розподілу.\n" +"Це типове значення і означає прості LVM-томи, якими вони були до існування Тонкого розподілу.\n" "Якщо ви сумніваєтеся, то це найімовірніше правильний варіант." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Ви можете вказати, що логічний том є тонким накопичувачем.\n" -"Це означає, що за необхідності тонкі томи будуть резервувати на ньому " -"місце." +"Це означає, що за необхідності тонкі томи будуть резервувати на ньому місце." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Ви можете вказати, що логічний том є тонким накопичувачем.\n" -"Це означає, що том буде за необхідності резервувати місце з тонкого " -"накопичувача." +"Це означає, що том буде за необхідності резервувати місце з тонкого накопичувача." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4297,17 +4237,14 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Немає досить відповідних невикористаних пристроїв для створення\n" "групи томів.\n" "\n" -"Щоб використовувати LVM, потрібно мати принаймні один невикористаний " -"пристрій\n" -"типу 0x8e (або 0x83) або один невикористаний пристрій RAID. Відповідно " -"змініть\n" +"Щоб використовувати LVM, потрібно мати принаймні один невикористаний пристрій\n" +"типу 0x8e (або 0x83) або один невикористаний пристрій RAID. Відповідно змініть\n" "вашу таблицю розділів." #. error popup @@ -4539,12 +4476,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування NFS не наявне. Перевірте чи встановлено пакунок yast2-nfs-" -"client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Налаштування NFS не наявне. Перевірте чи встановлено пакунок yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4575,8 +4508,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Цей рівень збільшує швидкодію диска.\n" "В цьому режимі НЕМА надлишковості. Якщо один з приводів\n" @@ -4586,10 +4518,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Цей режим має найкращу надлишковість. Його\n" @@ -4602,15 +4532,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Цей режим об'єднує керування більшою кількістю\n" "дисків, зберігаючи деяку надлишковість. Цей режим можна вживати на\n" -"трьох або більше дисках. Якщо один диск вийде з ладу, всі дані залишаться " -"цілі.\n" +"трьох або більше дисках. Якщо один диск вийде з ладу, всі дані залишаться цілі.\n" "Якщо одночасно вийдуть з ладу два диски, то всі дані буде втрачено\n" #. helptext @@ -4628,10 +4555,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Додати розділи до RAID. Згідно до вибраного\n" "типу RAID, розмір диска це сума цих розділів (RAID0), розмір\n" @@ -4699,10 +4624,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір шматка: Це найменший, «атомарний»,\n" "об’єм даних, який може бути записано на пристрої. Прийнятний розмір\n" @@ -4717,12 +4640,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Алгоритм парності для використання у RAID5/6.\n" -"Лівосиметричний дає найкращу швидкодію звичайних дисків з пластинами, що " -"обертаються.\n" +"Лівосиметричний дає найкращу швидкодію звичайних дисків з пластинами, що обертаються.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5005,11 +4926,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Монтувати типово задає спосіб монтування для\n" @@ -5033,9 +4952,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5312,8 +5229,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Це діалог для призначення класів пристроїв raid.\n" @@ -5324,21 +5240,15 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Ви можете призначити клас пристрою, клацнувши на ньому правою кнопкою " -"миші\n" -"і вибравши потрібний клас з контекстного меню. Натискаючи клавіші Ctrl або " -"Shift\n" +"Ви можете призначити клас пристрою, клацнувши на ньому правою кнопкою миші\n" +"і вибравши потрібний клас з контекстного меню. Натискаючи клавіші Ctrl або Shift\n" "ви можете вибрати кілька пристроїв і призначити клас відразу всім.\n" -"Також можна використовувати клавіші \"%1\"-\"%2\" для призначення класу " -"усім\n" +"Також можна використовувати клавіші \"%1\"-\"%2\" для призначення класу усім\n" "обраним пристроям." #. dialog help text @@ -5355,21 +5265,17 @@ msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." -msgstr "" -"Сортувати розташує всі пристрої класу A перед усіма пристроями класу " -"B і так далі." +msgstr "Сортувати розташує всі пристрої класу A перед усіма пристроями класу B і так далі." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Чергувати використовує перший пристрій класу A, потім перше\n" -"обладнання класу B і так далі до вичерпання класів з призначеними " -"пристроями.\n" +"обладнання класу B і так далі до вичерпання класів з призначеними пристроями.\n" "Потім другий пристрій класу A, другий пристрій класу B і так далі." #. dialog help text @@ -5387,25 +5293,19 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"При натисканні кнопки \"%1\" ви можете вибрати файл, який містить " -"рядки\n" +"При натисканні кнопки \"%1\" ви можете вибрати файл, який містить рядки\n" "з регулярними виразами та іменами класів (наприклад, \"sda.* A\"). Усім\n" "пристроям, що відповідають регулярному виразу, буде призначений зазначений\n" "у рядку клас. Відповідність регулярному виразу перевіряється для імені ядра\n" -"(тобто /dev/sda1), шляхи udev (тобто /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" +"(тобто /dev/sda1), шляхи udev (тобто /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1)\n" "і udev id (тобто /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" "При збігу з кількома регулярними виразами клас визначається за першим\n" "з них." @@ -5443,14 +5343,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Розмір tmpfs:\n" -"Розмір вказується числом, після якого ставиться одна з букв K,M,G (кіло-, " -"мега - або гігабайти, відповідно) або знак відсотка для визначення розміру у " -"відсотках від загального об'єму пам'яті." +"Розмір вказується числом, після якого ставиться одна з букв K,M,G (кіло-, мега - або гігабайти, відповідно) або знак відсотка для визначення розміру у відсотках від загального об'єму пам'яті." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5469,8 +5366,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Пріоритет свопінгу:\n" -"Введіть пріоритет свопінгу. Більші значення визначають більший пріоритет.</" -"p>\n" +"Введіть пріоритет свопінгу. Більші значення визначають більший пріоритет.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5481,14 +5377,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Змонтувати лише для читання:\n" "Доступ до файлової системи без можливості запису. Типово вимкнено.\n" -"Під час встановлення файлова система завжди монтується для читання і " -"записування." +"Під час встановлення файлова система завжди монтується для читання і записування." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5516,8 +5410,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Користувач може монтувати:\n" -"Файлова система може бути змонтована звичайним користувачем. Типово вимкнено." -"\n" +"Файлова система може бути змонтована звичайним користувачем. Типово вимкнено.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5530,16 +5423,12 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Не монтувати при запуску системи:\n" -"Файлову систему не буде автоматично змонтовано під час завантаження " -"системи.\n" -"Буде створено запис у /etc/fstab і файлова система буде монтуватися з " -"відповідними налаштуваннями\n" +"Файлову систему не буде автоматично змонтовано під час завантаження системи.\n" +"Буде створено запис у /etc/fstab і файлова система буде монтуватися з відповідними налаштуваннями\n" "командою <tt>mount <точка монтування></tt>\n" "(<точка монтування> — це тека, куди монтується файлова система).\n" "Типово вимкнено.\n" @@ -5573,10 +5462,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Режим журналювання даних:\n" "Визначає режим журналювання для даних файлів.\n" @@ -5584,8 +5471,7 @@ "записано до основної файлової системи. Найбільший вплив на швидкодію.\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> — Всі дані примусово спрямовуються у файлову систему\n" "перш ніж метадані буде записано до журналу. Посередній вплив на швидкодію.\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> — Порядок даних не зберігається. Не впливає на швидкодію." -"\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> — Порядок даних не зберігається. Не впливає на швидкодію.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5613,8 +5499,7 @@ "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Розширені атрибути користувачів:\n" -"Дозволяє використання розширених атрибутів користувачів на файловій системі." -"\n" +"Дозволяє використання розширених атрибутів користувачів на файловій системі.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 @@ -5622,24 +5507,18 @@ msgstr "Значення довільних &параметрів" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Неправильні символи в значенні параметра. Не використовуйте \"`!\"%#\", " -"пропуски і табуляцію. Спробуйте ще раз." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Неправильні символи в значенні параметра. Не використовуйте \"`!\"%#\", пропуски і табуляцію. Спробуйте ще раз." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Довільний параметр:\n" -"введіть в це поле будь який параметр монтування, який дозволено " -"використовувати у четвертім полі / etc/fstab.\n" +"введіть в це поле будь який параметр монтування, який дозволено використовувати у четвертім полі / etc/fstab.\n" "Якщо параметрів декілька, розділіть їх комами.\n" #. label text @@ -5654,8 +5533,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Набір символів для назв файлів:\n" -"Встановіть набір символів, що використовуватиметься для відображення назв " -"файлів на розділах Windows.\n" +"Встановіть набір символів, що використовуватиметься для відображення назв файлів на розділах Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5666,12 +5544,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Кодова сторінка для коротких назв FAT:\n" -"Ця кодова сторінка використовується для перетворення у символи коротких назв " -"файлової системи FAT.\n" +"Ця кодова сторінка використовується для перетворення у символи коротких назв файлової системи FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5682,12 +5558,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Кількість FAT:\n" -"Вкажіть кількість таблиць розміщення файлів у файловій системі. Типове " -"значення — 2." +"Вкажіть кількість таблиць розміщення файлів у файловій системі. Типове значення — 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5698,14 +5572,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір FAT:\n" -"Визначає тип таблиць розташування файлів (12, 16 або 32-бітовий). Якщо " -"вказано «auto», YaST автоматично вибере значення, що найкраще пасують до " -"розміру файлової системи.\n" +"Визначає тип таблиць розташування файлів (12, 16 або 32-бітовий). Якщо вказано «auto», YaST автоматично вибере значення, що найкраще пасують до розміру файлової системи.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5715,9 +5585,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Мінімальний розмір для \"записів кореневого каталогу\" — 112. Спробуйте ще " -"раз." +msgstr "Мінімальний розмір для \"записів кореневого каталогу\" — 112. Спробуйте ще раз." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5737,12 +5605,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Хеш-функція\n" -"Тут можна задати назву хеш-функції, яку буде використано для впорядкування " -"назв файлів у каталогах.\n" +"Тут можна задати назву хеш-функції, яку буде використано для впорядкування назв файлів у каталогах.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5753,15 +5619,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Модифікація ФС:\n" -"Цей параметр визначає версію формату reiserfs. \"3.5\" для зворотної " -"сумісності з ядром версій 2.2.x. \"3.6\" використовується частіше, але її " -"можна використовувати лише з ядрами версій старших або рівних 2.4.\n" +"Цей параметр визначає версію формату reiserfs. \"3.5\" для зворотної сумісності з ядром версій 2.2.x. \"3.6\" використовується частіше, але її можна використовувати лише з ядрами версій старших або рівних 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5773,14 +5634,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір блоку:\n" -"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. " -"Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то використовується стандартний розмір блоку 4096.</" -"p>\n" +"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то використовується стандартний розмір блоку 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5807,12 +5664,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Відсоток місця під iноди:\n" -"Параметр \"Відсоток місця під iноди\" визначає максимальний відсоток місця у " -"файловій системі, яке може бути зайняте iнодами.\n" +"Параметр \"Відсоток місця під iноди\" визначає максимальний відсоток місця у файловій системі, яке може бути зайняте iнодами.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5823,14 +5678,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Вирівнювання iнодів:\n" -"Параметр \"Вирівнювання i-вузлів\" використовується для визначення того, чи " -"слід вирівнювати iноди.\n" +"Параметр \"Вирівнювання i-вузлів\" використовується для визначення того, чи слід вирівнювати iноди.\n" "Типове значення — вирівнювати. Доступ до вирівняного iноду,\n" "зазвичай, ефективніший ніж до невирівняного.\n" @@ -5853,12 +5706,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір журналу\n" -"Вкажіть розмір журналу (у Мб). Якщо вказано \"auto\", використовується 40% " -"від загального розміру.\n" +"Вкажіть розмір журналу (у Мб). Якщо вказано \"auto\", використовується 40% від загального розміру.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5888,8 +5739,7 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Довжина кроку у блоках:\n" -"Встановіть параметри для файлової системи, пов’язані з RAID. На даний " -"момент\n" +"Встановіть параметри для файлової системи, пов’язані з RAID. На даний момент\n" "підтримується лише аргумент \"stride\", який визначає число блоків у\n" "зв’язці RAID.\n" @@ -5897,14 +5747,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Розмір блоку:\n" -"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. " -"Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то розмір блока визначається розміром файлової " -"системи і очікуваним використанням файлової системи.\n" +"Вкажіть розмір блоку в байтах. Правильні значення: 1024, 2048 і 4096 байт. Якщо вибрано \"auto\", то розмір блока визначається розміром файлової системи і очікуваним використанням файлової системи.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5920,19 +5766,13 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Байтів на iнод:\n" -"Визначте значення байт/i-вузол. YaST2 створює iнод для кожного <байтів-на-" -"i-вузол> байтів місця на диску. Чим більшим є співвідношення байт/i-" -"вузол, тим менше інодів буде створено.\n" -"Загалом, це значення не повинно бути меншим за розмір блоку файлової " -"системи, інакше буде створено забагато інодів. Після створення файлової " -"системи\n" -"збільшити кількість iнодів неможливо, отже, введіть правильне значення цього " -"параметра.\n" +"Визначте значення байт/i-вузол. YaST2 створює iнод для кожного <байтів-на-i-вузол> байтів місця на диску. Чим більшим є співвідношення байт/i-вузол, тим менше інодів буде створено.\n" +"Загалом, це значення не повинно бути меншим за розмір блоку файлової системи, інакше буде створено забагато інодів. Після створення файлової системи\n" +"збільшити кількість iнодів неможливо, отже, введіть правильне значення цього параметра.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5951,16 +5791,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Відсоток блоків зарезервованих для root: Тут ви можете вказати " -"відсоток блоків зарезервованих для суперкористувача. Типове значення " -"обчислюється таким чином, що резервується 1 ГБ. Верхня межа обчислюваного " -"типового значення - 5.0, нижня - 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Відсоток блоків зарезервованих для root: Тут ви можете вказати відсоток блоків зарезервованих для суперкористувача. Типове значення обчислюється таким чином, що резервується 1 ГБ. Верхня межа обчислюваного типового значення - 5.0, нижня - 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5988,8 +5820,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Індекс каталогу:\n" -"Вмикає використання хешованих b-дерев для збільшення швидкості пошуку у " -"великих каталогах.\n" +"Вмикає використання хешованих b-дерев для збільшення швидкості пошуку у великих каталогах.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6000,13 +5831,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Без журналу:\n" -"Відмовитися від використання журналювання у файловій системі. Вмикайте це, " -"тільки якщо точно розумієте,\n" +"Відмовитися від використання журналювання у файловій системі. Вмикайте це, тільки якщо точно розумієте,\n" "що ви робите.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6266,11 +6095,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Неможливо створити розділи, оскільки використовуються інші розділи цього " -"диска." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Неможливо створити розділи, оскільки використовуються інші розділи цього диска." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" @@ -6614,8 +6440,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Монтувати за позначає спосіб монтування\n" @@ -6628,8 +6453,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Знак питання (?) позначає те, що\n" @@ -6650,8 +6474,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Зірочка (*) після точки монтування вказує,\n" @@ -7016,12 +6839,8 @@ #. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Зміна розміру неможлива через непослідовність файлової системи. Спробуйте " -"перевірити файлову систему у Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Зміна розміру неможлива через непослідовність файлової системи. Спробуйте перевірити файлову систему у Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 @@ -7049,10 +6868,8 @@ "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"Виберіть Базований на &таблиці розділів, коли ви не хочете " -"використовувати LVM.\n" -"Виберіть Базований на основі &LVM для звичайного LVM та Базований " -"на основі зашифрованого &LVM\n" +"Виберіть Базований на &таблиці розділів, коли ви не хочете використовувати LVM.\n" +"Виберіть Базований на основі &LVM для звичайного LVM та Базований на основі зашифрованого &LVM\n" ", коли ви хочете, щоби ваша система була зашифрована." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -7081,9 +6898,7 @@ msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." -msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків розділ swap можна зробити достатньо великим, щоб " -"використовувати засинання на диск." +msgstr "У більшості випадків розділ swap можна зробити достатньо великим, щоб використовувати засинання на диск." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." @@ -7246,17 +7061,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "You tried to mount a fat partition to the\n" -#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux " -#~| "file\n" +#~| "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" #~| "system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7343,20 +7155,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ця точка монтування відповідає тимчасовій файловій системі на зразок /tmp " -#~ "або /var/ tmp.\n" -#~ "Ви можете залишити пароль шифрування порожнім. У такому випадку під час " -#~ "завантаження система сама\n" +#~ "Ця точка монтування відповідає тимчасовій файловій системі на зразок /tmp або /var/ tmp.\n" +#~ "Ви можете залишити пароль шифрування порожнім. У такому випадку під час завантаження система сама\n" #~ "створить випадковий пароль. Це означає, що після завершення \n" #~ "роботи системи всі дані таких файлових систем буде втрачено.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7425,8 +7232,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Щоб вживати ці точки монтування, натисніть Так." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб ігнорувати ці точки монтування, натисніть Ні." +#~ msgstr "Щоб ігнорувати ці точки монтування, натисніть Ні." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -7480,8 +7286,7 @@ #~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки ваш жорсткий диск буде приготовано для " -#~ "встановлення...\n" +#~ "Будь ласка, зачекайте поки ваш жорсткий диск буде приготовано для встановлення...\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -7495,24 +7300,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Залежно від розміру вашого жорсткого диска і швидкості процесора, " -#~ "виконання цієї операції\n" -#~ "може тривати деякий час. П’ять хвилин — звичайний час для справді великих " -#~ "дисків.\n" -#~ "Часто лінійка поступу показує нерівномірний поступ. Навіть, якщо " -#~ "здається,\n" -#~ "що ближче до завершення (\"95%\") процес уповільнився, зачекайте. " -#~ "Інструмент форматування\n" +#~ "Залежно від розміру вашого жорсткого диска і швидкості процесора, виконання цієї операції\n" +#~ "може тривати деякий час. П’ять хвилин — звичайний час для справді великих дисків.\n" +#~ "Часто лінійка поступу показує нерівномірний поступ. Навіть, якщо здається,\n" +#~ "що ближче до завершення (\"95%\") процес уповільнився, зачекайте. Інструмент форматування\n" #~ "виконує різні перевірки. " #~ msgid "Preparing Your Hard Disk" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sudo.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-04 21:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/support.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 10:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/sysconfig.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 00:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tftp-server.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/timezone_db.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 00:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/tune.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 22:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/update.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 00:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Невідомо" @@ -280,19 +280,6 @@ "Ви дійсно хочете відмінити\n" "ваш детальний вибір?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Не вдалось змонтувати систему встановлення" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Виявлено, можливо, незавершене встановлення." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -338,6 +325,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 на кореневому розділі %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Не вдалось змонтувати систему встановлення" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -591,8 +586,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Так, продовжити" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Виявлено, можливо, незавершене встановлення." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -601,17 +601,17 @@ "проблемою див. довідку про SBD на %1." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Невідома система Linux" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Не-Linux система" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ "або перезапустіть ваш комп'ютер.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Перевірка розділу диска %1" @@ -635,23 +635,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Показати &подробиці" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Перевірка файлової системи на %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Перевірка файлової системи зазнала невдачі" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -662,24 +662,24 @@ "Хочете продовжити монтування цього пристрою?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Пропустити монтування" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Неправильний пароль. Спробувати знов?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Попередження" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ "Продовжити оновлення поточної системи?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -717,27 +717,27 @@ "монтування. Щоб припинити оновлення, натисніть Скасувати.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Вкажіть параметри монтування" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Параметри монтування" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Точка підключення" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Пристрій" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -746,12 +746,12 @@ "(порожнє для автовизначення)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Не вдалось змонтувати розділ /var %1.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -763,17 +763,17 @@ "Ідентифікатори udev: %5, \n" "Шлях udev: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Немає" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Не вдалось автоматично знайти розділ /var" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -784,22 +784,22 @@ "щоб продовжити процес оновлення." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Ви&беріть пристрій розділу /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Інформація пристрою" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Не вдалось змонтувати розділ /var з цією конфігурацією диска.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -825,32 +825,32 @@ "всіх розділів на якийсь інший." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Не знайдено fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Кореневий розділ в /etc/fstab має нечинний кореневий пристрій.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Зараз змонтовано як %1, але показано як %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Вивчення кореневого розділу. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Монтування розділів. Зачекайте, будь ласка..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Пошук наявних систем" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/users.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module @@ -102,12 +101,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Список членів групи, як правило імена користувачів, розділені комами. Список " -"DN користувачів LDAP повинен бути розділений двокрапками." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Список членів групи, як правило імена користувачів, розділені комами. Список DN користувачів LDAP повинен бути розділений двокрапками." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -273,12 +268,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут показано таблицю всіх дозволених атрибутів для поточного запису LDAP, " -"які не було вказано в попередніх вікнах." +"Тут показано таблицю всіх дозволених атрибутів для поточного запису LDAP, які не було вказано в попередніх вікнах." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -301,13 +294,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Редагуйте кожний атрибут за допомогою Змінити. Деякі атрибути\n" -"можуть бути необхідні, як визначені в шаблоні користувача Модуль клієнтів " -"LDAP.\n" +"можуть бути необхідні, як визначені в шаблоні користувача Модуль клієнтів LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -326,14 +317,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Приписати об'єкт правил паролів цьому користувачеві у DN об'єкта " -"правил паролів. Активуйте Скинути пароль, щоб скинути пароль " -"користувача, дані якого буде змінено." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Приписати об'єкт правил паролів цьому користувачеві у DN об'єкта правил паролів. Активуйте Скинути пароль, щоб скинути пароль користувача, дані якого буде змінено." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -429,97 +414,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти користувачів на вибраних файлових " -"системах." +msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти користувачів на вибраних файлових системах." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Визначте граничний розмір встановленням кількості блоків у 1 Кб,\n" -"які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете " -"визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які " -"користувач може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" +"які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які користувач може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-" -"ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувача буде " -"попереджено, що він наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі " -"обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувача буде попереджено, що він наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки користувач перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля " -"вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом " -"якого користувачеві буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених " -"вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після перевищення." -"" +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Як тільки користувач перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом якого користувачеві буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після перевищення." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти груп на вибраних файлових системах." -"" +msgstr "Тут можна налаштувати параметри квоти груп на вибраних файлових системах." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Визначте граничний розмір встановленням кількості блоків у 1 Кб,\n" -"які група може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити " -"граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які група " -"користувачів може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" +"які група може мати на цій файловій системі. Крім того, ви можете визначити граничне значення inode-ів встановленням кількості inode-ів, які група користувачів може мати на цій файловій системі.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-" -"ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувачів " -"групи буде попереджено, що вони наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як " -"жорсткі обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується.</" -"p>" +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Ви можете задати м'які і жорсткі обмеження на розмір і кількість inode-ів. М'які обмеження визначають рівень заповнення, за якого користувачів групи буде попереджено, що вони наблизився до граничного значення, тоді як жорсткі обмеження визначають величину, за якої дозвіл на запис блокується." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки група користувачів перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано " -"поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, " -"протягом якого групі користувачів буде дозволено перевищення м'яких " -"обмежень, встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається " -"негайно після перевищення." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Як тільки група користувачів перевищить м'яке обмеження, буде активовано поля вводу для часу лояльності. У них можна визначити проміжок часу, протягом якого групі користувачів буде дозволено перевищення м'яких обмежень, встановлених вище. Зворотній відлік часу лояльності починається негайно після перевищення." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -767,15 +705,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Виявлено зашифрований штамп каталогу і файли ключів\n" "'%1' та '%2'\n" "Використовувати їх для поточного користувача?\n" "\n" -"Це означає, що дані цього штампу будуть використовуватися замість поточного " -"домашнього каталогу." +"Це означає, що дані цього штампу будуть використовуватися замість поточного домашнього каталогу." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -811,9 +747,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Для віддалених користувачів можна змінити тільки членство в додаткових " -"групах." +msgstr "Для віддалених користувачів можна змінити тільки членство в додаткових групах." #. input field for login name #. input field for login name @@ -1147,8 +1081,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1161,14 +1094,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Для поточного методу шифрування пароля (%1), довжина пароля повинна бути " -"між\n" +"Для поточного методу шифрування пароля (%1), довжина пароля повинна бути між\n" " від %2 до %3 символів.\n" "" @@ -1193,8 +1124,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Тут вкажіть типові значення для використання при створенні нових локальних " -"чи системних користувачів.\n" +"Тут вкажіть типові значення для використання при створенні нових локальних чи системних користувачів.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1227,39 +1157,32 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Типова оболонка входу \n" -"Назва типової оболонки входу для нового користувача. Виберіть її зі списку " -"або введіть шлях до оболонки.\n" +"Назва типової оболонки входу для нового користувача. Виберіть її зі списку або введіть шлях до оболонки.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Типова домівка \n" -"Початковий префікс шляху для домашнього каталогу нового користувача. Ім'я " -"користувача\n" -"додається в кінці значення, щоб створити типову назву домашнього каталогу " -"користувача.\n" +"Початковий префікс шляху для домашнього каталогу нового користувача. Ім'я користувача\n" +"додається в кінці значення, щоб створити типову назву домашнього каталогу користувача.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Каталог-структура \n" -"Вміст цього каталогу буде скопійовано в домашній каталог користувача під час " -"додавання нового користувача. \n" +"Вміст цього каталогу буде скопійовано в домашній каталог користувача під час додавання нового користувача. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1275,13 +1198,11 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Дата застаріння \n" -"Дата закінчення терміну дії рахунка користувача. Дата повинна бути у " -"форматі\n" +"Дата закінчення терміну дії рахунка користувача. Дата повинна бути у форматі\n" "РРРР-ММ-ДД. Залиште порожнім, якщо термін дії рахунка необмежений.\n" #. Help text 6/6 @@ -1293,10 +1214,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Днів після застаріння пароля, коли він ще дійсний \n" -"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть " -"кількість\n" -"днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого " -"доступу.\n" +"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть кількість\n" +"днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого доступу.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1371,8 +1290,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Введіть Повне ім'я користувача, Ім'я користувача і Пароль</" -"b>\n" +"Введіть Повне ім'я користувача, Ім'я користувача і Пароль\n" "для рахунка цього користувача.\n" "\n" @@ -1383,11 +1301,9 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1405,11 +1321,9 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1425,35 +1339,24 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ім'я користувача і пароль, які ви тут створили, потрібні для входу в вашу " -"систему Linux і роботи в ній. З увімкненим Автоматичним входом в систему</" -"b> процедуру входу буде пропущено. Користувач входить в систему автоматично." -"\n" +"Ім'я користувача і пароль, які ви тут створили, потрібні для входу в вашу систему Linux і роботи в ній. З увімкненим Автоматичним входом в систему процедуру входу буде пропущено. Користувач входить в систему автоматично.\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Пошту для адміністратора (root) буде перенаправлено до цього користувача, " -"коли увімкнено параметр Отримувати системну пошту.\n" +"Пошту для адміністратора (root) буде перенаправлено до цього користувача, коли увімкнено параметр Отримувати системну пошту.\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Натиснути Керування користувачами, щоб ще додати у вашу систему " -"інших користувачів та інші групи." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Натиснути Керування користувачами, щоб ще додати у вашу систему інших користувачів та інші групи." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1472,12 +1375,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб редагувати різні параметри пароля для цього користувача (напр., дату " -"застаріння), натисніть Параметри пароля.\n" +"Щоб редагувати різні параметри пароля для цього користувача (напр., дату застаріння), натисніть Параметри пароля.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1542,8 +1443,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1590,8 +1490,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "Другий список показує користувачів, для яких ця група є\n" -" типовою. Типову групу можна тільки змінити через редагування " -"користувача." +" типовою. Типову групу можна тільки змінити через редагування користувача." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -1657,12 +1556,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Додатково, вкажіть Режим прав доступу домашнього каталогу для " -"каталогу домівки цього користувача, які відрізняються від типових." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Додатково, вкажіть Режим прав доступу домашнього каталогу для каталогу домівки цього користувача, які відрізняються від типових." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -1677,48 +1572,23 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви змінюєте розташування домашньої теки користувача, пересуньте її " -"вміст поточної теки з увімкненим параметром Пересунути на нове місце, " -"який типово активовано. Якщо ви його вимкнете, буде створено нову домашню " -"теку без вже існуючих даних." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Якщо ви змінюєте розташування домашньої теки користувача, пересуньте її вміст поточної теки з увімкненим параметром Пересунути на нове місце, який типово активовано. Якщо ви його вимкнете, буде створено нову домашню теку без вже існуючих даних." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зашифрувати домашню теку користувача, увімкніть Використовувати " -"шифрування домашньої теки і встановіть розмір теки. Шифрування домашньої " -"теки користувача не забезпечує сильного захисту від інших користувачів. Якщо " -"цей комп'ютер використовується декількома користувачами, користувач може " -"зруйнувати систему безпеку системи, дістати ключ іншого користувача і " -"отримати доступ до зашифрованих даних. Якщо вам потрібна потужна система " -"безпеки, фізичний доступ до системи слід заборонити." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "Щоб зашифрувати домашню теку користувача, увімкніть Використовувати шифрування домашньої теки і встановіть розмір теки. Шифрування домашньої теки користувача не забезпечує сильного захисту від інших користувачів. Якщо цей комп'ютер використовується декількома користувачами, користувач може зруйнувати систему безпеку системи, дістати ключ іншого користувача і отримати доступ до зашифрованих даних. Якщо вам потрібна потужна система безпеки, фізичний доступ до системи слід заборонити." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Домашні каталоги не можна зашифрувати, коли використовується пристрій " -"сканування відбитків пальців. Щоб зашифрувати домівку користувача, спочатку " -"вимкніть конфігурацію відбитків пальців." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Домашні каталоги не можна зашифрувати, коли використовується пристрій сканування відбитків пальців. Щоб зашифрувати домівку користувача, спочатку вимкніть конфігурацію відбитків пальців." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -1811,12 +1681,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Розпочніть детальне налаштування певного втулка, натиснувши Запуск." -"" +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Розпочніть детальне налаштування певного втулка, натиснувши Запуск." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -1835,10 +1701,7 @@ "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть Примусова зміна пароля, щоб заставити користувача " -"змінити пароль при наступному вході в систему. Якщо Остання зміна пароля</" -"b> задана як Ніколи, користувач буде змушений змінити пароль." +msgstr "Увімкніть Примусова зміна пароля, щоб заставити користувача змінити пароль при наступному вході в систему. Якщо Остання зміна пароля задана як Ніколи, користувач буде змушений змінити пароль." #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 @@ -1852,10 +1715,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Днів перед застарінням пароля, щоб дати попередження \n" -"Користувачі можуть бути попереджені перед закінченням терміну дії їх " -"паролів.\n" -"Вкажіть за скільки днів перед застарінням давати попередження. -1 - вимикає " -"попередження.\n" +"Користувачі можуть бути попереджені перед закінченням терміну дії їх паролів.\n" +"Вкажіть за скільки днів перед застарінням давати попередження. -1 - вимикає попередження.\n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -1867,32 +1728,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Днів після застаріння пароля з дійсним входом \n" -"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть " -"кількість\n" -"днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого " -"доступу.\n" +"Користувачі можуть входити в систему після застаріння паролів. Вкажіть кількість\n" +"днів після застаріння, коли ще дозволений вхід. -1 для необмеженого доступу.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Максимальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть " -"скільки днів користувач\n" +"Максимальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть скільки днів користувач\n" "може вживати той самий пароль перед закінченням його терміну.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Мінімальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть " -"мінімальний час дії\n" +"Мінімальна кількість днів для того самого пароля Вкажіть мінімальний час дії\n" "пароля перед тим, як користувачу дозволено змінити його.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -1926,173 +1781,88 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Зміна значень \n" -"Ви можете налаштувати ці параметри, запустивши відповідні модулі. Виберіть " -"модуль через Налаштувати.\n" +"Ви можете налаштувати ці параметри, запустивши відповідні модулі. Виберіть модуль через Налаштувати.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Скористайтеся сторінками Правила зміни паролів, Правила " -"застаріння паролів і Правила блокування для налаштування " -"відповідних груп атрибутів правил паролів LDAP." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Скористайтеся сторінками Правила зміни паролів, Правила застаріння паролів і Правила блокування для налаштування відповідних груп атрибутів правил паролів LDAP." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Укажіть Максимальну кількість паролів в історії, щоб задати " -"максимальну кількість вже використаних паролів, які слід зберігати. " -"Збережені паролі використовувати не можна." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Укажіть Максимальну кількість паролів в історії, щоб задати максимальну кількість вже використаних паролів, які слід зберігати. Збережені паролі використовувати не можна." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Після скидання користувач мусить змінити пароль, щоб " -"змусити користувачів змінювати паролі після того, як пароль було скинуто або " -"змінено адміністратором." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Позначте Після скидання користувач мусить змінити пароль, щоб змусити користувачів змінювати паролі після того, як пароль було скинуто або змінено адміністратором." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Користувач може змінювати пароль, щоб дозволити " -"користувачам змінювати їх паролі." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Позначте Користувач може змінювати пароль, щоб дозволити користувачам змінювати їх паролі." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Якщо разом з новим паролем слід зазначати і старий пароль, позначте " -"Для зміни пароля потрібний старий пароль." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Якщо разом з новим паролем слід зазначати і старий пароль, позначте Для зміни пароля потрібний старий пароль." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть режим перевірки складності паролів під час їх додавання або " -"зміни. Виберіть Без перевірки, якщо перевірка пароля непотрібна. " -"Приймати паролі, які не можна перевірити: паролі буде прийнято, " -"навіть якщо їх перевірку неможливо виконати (наприклад, якщо користувач " -"вказав зашифрований пароль). Приймати лише перевірені паролі: пароль " -"буде відхилено, якщо перевірку складності неможливо виконати або її не буде " -"пройдено." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Виберіть режим перевірки складності паролів під час їх додавання або зміни. Виберіть Без перевірки, якщо перевірка пароля непотрібна. Приймати паролі, які не можна перевірити: паролі буде прийнято, навіть якщо їх перевірку неможливо виконати (наприклад, якщо користувач вказав зашифрований пароль). Приймати лише перевірені паролі: пароль буде відхилено, якщо перевірку складності неможливо виконати або її не буде пройдено." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"В полі Мінімальна довжина пароля встановіть мінімальну кількість " -"символів в паролі." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "В полі Мінімальна довжина пароля встановіть мінімальну кількість символів в паролі." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Мінімальний строк дії пароля задає скільки часу має проходити між " -"змінами пароля." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Мінімальний строк дії пароля задає скільки часу має проходити між змінами пароля." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Максимальний вік пароля: Вкажіть максимальну кількість днів " -"використання пароля." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Максимальний вік пароля: Вкажіть максимальну кількість днів використання пароля." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"В полі Час між появою попередження і завершенням дії пароля " -"задайте час між завершенням строку дії пароля і попередженням, яке " -"бачитимуть автентифіковані користувачі." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "В полі Час між появою попередження і завершенням дії пароля задайте час між завершенням строку дії пароля і попередженням, яке бачитимуть автентифіковані користувачі." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Поле Припустима кількість використань застарілого пароля визначає " -"кількість разів, які можна використовувати застарілий пароль для " -"автентифікації." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Поле Припустима кількість використань застарілого пароля визначає кількість разів, які можна використовувати застарілий пароль для автентифікації." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути блокування пароля, щоб заборонити використання " -"пароля після заданої кількості послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Позначте Увімкнути блокування пароля, щоб заборонити використання пароля після заданої кількості послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"В полі Кількість невдач прив'язки для блокування пароля встановіть " -"кількість послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки, після якої пароль не може " -"бути використано для автентифікації." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "В полі Кількість невдач прив'язки для блокування пароля встановіть кількість послідовних невдалих спроб прив'язки, після якої пароль не може бути використано для автентифікації." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"В полі Тривалість блокування пароля встановіть час, протягом якого " -"пароль не можна буде використати. " +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "В полі Тривалість блокування пароля встановіть час, протягом якого пароль не можна буде використати. " #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Поле Тривалість кешування невдалих спроб прив'язки визначає час, " -"за який невдалі спроби введення пароля буде вилучено з лічильника невдач, " -"навіть у разі відсутності успішної автентифікації." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Поле Тривалість кешування невдалих спроб прив'язки визначає час, за який невдалі спроби введення пароля буде вилучено з лічильника невдач, навіть у разі відсутності успішної автентифікації." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2218,8 +1988,7 @@ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Якщо на цьому комп'ютері слід зберігати домашні каталоги користувачів " -"LDAP,\n" +"Якщо на цьому комп'ютері слід зберігати домашні каталоги користувачів LDAP,\n" "позначте відповідний параметр. Зміна цього значення не спричиняє якоїсь\n" "прямої дії. Це лише інформація для модуля користувачів YaST,\n" "який може керувати домашніми каталогами користувачів.\n" @@ -2229,13 +1998,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку Налаштувати, щоб налаштувати параметри,\n" -"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не " -"з'єдналися або\n" +"що зберігаються на сервері LDAP. Вас запитають про пароль, якщо Ви ще не з'єдналися або\n" "змінили ваші налаштування.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2246,14 +2013,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте вибрані правила паролів за допомогою кнопки Змінити. " -"Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати нове правило паролів.\n" -"Налаштування можливе лише за умови, якщо на сервері LDAP вже увімкнено " -"правила паролів." +"Налаштуйте вибрані правила паролів за допомогою кнопки Змінити. Скористайтеся кнопкою Додати, щоб додати нове правило паролів.\n" +"Налаштування можливе лише за умови, якщо на сервері LDAP вже увімкнено правила паролів." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2548,15 +2312,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть метод шифрування паролів для локальних та системних користувачів.\n" -"DES -- це типовий метод для Linux, працює у всіх мережних " -"середовищах,\n" +"DES -- це типовий метод для Linux, працює у всіх мережних середовищах,\n" "але обмежує довжину паролів до восьми або менше символів.\n" "\n" @@ -2570,18 +2332,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "MD5 дозволяє вживати довші паролі, що підвищує безпеку, але\n" -"деякі мережні протоколи його не підтримують, а також можливі проблеми з " -"NIS.\n" +"деякі мережні протоколи його не підтримують, а також можливі проблеми з NIS.\n" "" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання " -"інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 @@ -2625,8 +2382,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -2658,26 +2414,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Тут можна розширити можливості фільтрів пошуку для користувачів та груп.</" -"p>" +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Тут можна розширити можливості фільтрів пошуку для користувачів та груп." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Через Типовий завантажте типовий фільтр з модулів\n" -"налаштування користувачів та груп, збережених на сервері LDAP (значення " -"атрибутів\n" -"«suseSearchFilter»). Якщо ви ще не з'єднані, у вас вимагатиметься пароль.</" -"p>\n" +"налаштування користувачів та груп, збережених на сервері LDAP (значення атрибутів\n" +"«suseSearchFilter»). Якщо ви ще не з'єднані, у вас вимагатиметься пароль.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -2694,8 +2443,7 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"отримати тільки користувачів, користувацькі імена яких починаються на «u».</" -"p>\n" +"отримати тільки користувачів, користувацькі імена яких починаються на «u».\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -2775,39 +2523,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Можливості, описані нижче, наявні тільки при використанні програми KDM або " -"GDM як менеджера входу в систему\n" +"Можливості, описані нижче, наявні тільки при використанні програми KDM або GDM як менеджера входу в систему\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Автоматичний вхід в систему \n" -"Процедуру входу в систему можна обійти, якщо увімкнено Автоматичний вхід " -"в систему. Користувач, вибраний зі списку, увійде в систему автоматично." -"\n" +"Процедуру входу в систему можна обійти, якщо увімкнено Автоматичний вхід в систему. Користувач, вибраний зі списку, увійде в систему автоматично.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Вхід без пароля \n" "Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, всім користувачам дозволяється вхід в\n" -"систему без паролів. Інакше, буде вимагатись пароль, навіть, при " -"автоматичному вході.\n" +"систему без паролів. Інакше, буде вимагатись пароль, навіть, при автоматичному вході.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -2832,8 +2573,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Не вдається вилучити користувача %1. Це повинно бути зроблено на сервері NIS." +msgstr "Не вдається вилучити користувача %1. Це повинно бути зроблено на сервері NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -2980,31 +2720,26 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Linux -- це мульти-користувацька система. Декілька різних користувачів\n" -"можуть увійти і працювати в системі одночасно. Щоб запобігти плутанині, " -"кожний користувач\n" -"мусить мати унікальний профіль. Крім того, кожний користувач належить " -"принаймні до однієї групи.\n" +"можуть увійти і працювати в системі одночасно. Щоб запобігти плутанині, кожний користувач\n" +"мусить мати унікальний профіль. Крім того, кожний користувач належить принаймні до однієї групи.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Користувачі та групи класифіковані в різноманітні набори. Змініть набір, " -"який в даний час показано в таблиці, за допомогою Вказати фільтр.\n" +"Користувачі та групи класифіковані в різноманітні набори. Змініть набір, який в даний час показано в таблиці, за допомогою Вказати фільтр.\n" "Налаштуйте перегляд через Змінити фільтр.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3012,17 +2747,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Натисніть Параметри для експертів, щоб редагувати різні додаткові " -"параметри:\n" +"Натисніть Параметри для експертів, щоб редагувати різні додаткові параметри:\n" "тип шифрування пароля, метод автентифікації користувачів, типові значення\n" -"для нових користувачів або параметри входу в систему. Через Записати " -"зміни тепер\n" +"для нових користувачів або параметри входу в систему. Через Записати зміни тепер\n" "збережіть всі зміни зроблені дотепер без закриття модуля налаштування.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3049,8 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючих користувачів і додати " -"або змінити користувачів.\n" +"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючих користувачів і додати або змінити користувачів.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3095,14 +2826,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючі групи і додати або " -"змінити групи.\n" +"В цьому вікні можна отримати інформацію про існуючі групи і додати або змінити групи.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3326,8 +3055,7 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення " -"сертифікатів,\n" +"Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення сертифікатів,\n" "то він повинен мати довжину не меншу за %s символів." #. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title @@ -3350,18 +3078,12 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть метод шифрування пароля для локальних і системних користувачів.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Виберіть метод шифрування пароля для локальних і системних користувачів." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"%s є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших " -"алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "%s є нинішнім стандартним методом хешування. Використання інших алгоритмів не рекомендується за винятком забезпечення сумісності." #. Let's add some vertical space after each widget #. TRANSLATORS: rich text label @@ -3414,8 +3136,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -3433,8 +3154,7 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3479,10 +3199,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть один із доступних параметрів додавання локальних крристувачів до " -"системи.\n" -"Локальні користувачі зберігаються у /etc/passwd та /etc/shadow</" -"i>.\n" +"Виберіть один із доступних параметрів додавання локальних крристувачів до системи.\n" +"Локальні користувачі зберігаються у /etc/passwd та /etc/shadow.\n" "\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 @@ -3518,13 +3236,10 @@ #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3536,13 +3251,8 @@ "\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Позначте Використовувати цей пароль для адміністратора системи, " -"якщо пароль, введений для першого користувача, слід використовувати для " -"адміністратора." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Позначте Використовувати цей пароль для адміністратора системи, якщо пароль, введений для першого користувача, слід використовувати для адміністратора." #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" @@ -3552,19 +3262,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виявлено попереднє встановлення Linux із локальними користувачами.\n" -"Ця інформація може використовуватися для створення користувачів у новій " -"системі, яка встановлюється.\n" -"Використайте кнопку Вибрати користувачів для вибору декількох " -"корисувачів. Їхня основна інформація буде\n" +"Ця інформація може використовуватися для створення користувачів у новій системі, яка встановлюється.\n" +"Використайте кнопку Вибрати користувачів для вибору декількох корисувачів. Їхня основна інформація буде\n" " імпортована.\n" "\n" @@ -3576,16 +3282,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Інколи лише root потрібний як локальний користувач, на кшталт у мережних " -"середовищах\n" -"із сервером розпізнавання. Виберіть цей параметр, щоби продовжити без " -"створення\n" +"Інколи лише root потрібний як локальний користувач, на кшталт у мережних середовищах\n" +"із сервером розпізнавання. Виберіть цей параметр, щоби продовжити без створення\n" "локального користувача.\n" "\n" @@ -4401,9 +4104,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Сталась помилка під час встановлення пересилання для пошти адміністратора " -"(root)." +msgstr "Сталась помилка під час встановлення пересилання для пошти адміністратора (root)." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 @@ -4901,7 +4602,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4916,8 +4617,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -5125,18 +4825,8 @@ #~ "Тут ви можете вказати метод автентифікації користувачів у вашій системі.\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible " -#~ "to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data " -#~ "from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates " -#~ "a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this " -#~ "installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви маєте попереднє встановлення або альтернативну систему, то " -#~ "можливо створювати користувачів на основі цього джерела. Щоб це зробити, " -#~ "виберіть Прочитати дані користувачів з попереднього встановлення. " -#~ "Цей параметр вживає існуючий або створює новий каталог домівки для " -#~ "кожного користувача за адресою вказаною для цього встановлення." +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "Якщо ви маєте попереднє встановлення або альтернативну систему, то можливо створювати користувачів на основі цього джерела. Щоб це зробити, виберіть Прочитати дані користувачів з попереднього встановлення. Цей параметр вживає існуючий або створює новий каталог домівки для кожного користувача за адресою вказаною для цього встановлення." #~ msgid "&LDAP" #~ msgstr "&LDAP" @@ -5154,58 +4844,39 @@ #~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -#~ "Then\n" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" #~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про " -#~ "користувачів\n" -#~ "або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть " -#~ "відповідне значення.\n" -#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів\n" +#~ "або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне значення.\n" +#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration " -#~ "of your client." +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про " -#~ "користувачів,\n" -#~ "виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого " -#~ "клієнта, натиснувши Далі." +#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів,\n" +#~ "виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -#~ "Then\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" #~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про " -#~ "користувачів або,\n" -#~ "якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне " -#~ "значення.\n" -#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів або,\n" +#~ "якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне значення.\n" +#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration " -#~ "of your client." +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про " -#~ "користувачів,\n" -#~ "виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування " -#~ "клієнта, натиснувши Далі." +#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів,\n" +#~ "виберіть відповідне значення. Після цього продовжіть налаштування клієнта, натиснувши Далі." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos " -#~ "after configuring the user data source." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Увімкніть Встановити автентифікацію &Kerberos, щоб налаштувати " -#~ "Kerberos після налаштування джерела даних користувачів." +#~ msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +#~ msgstr "Увімкніть Встановити автентифікацію &Kerberos, щоб налаштувати Kerberos після налаштування джерела даних користувачів." #~ msgid "&Choose" #~ msgstr "Ви&брати" @@ -5223,16 +4894,11 @@ #~ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" #~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення " -#~ "сертифікатів,\n" +#~ "Якщо ви маєте намір використовувати цей пароль для створення сертифікатів,\n" #~ "він повинен мати довжину не меншу за %1 символів." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -#~ "text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щоб перевірити коректність поточної розкладки клавіатури, спробуйте " -#~ "ввести текст у поле Перевірити розкладку клавіатуриd." +#~ msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +#~ msgstr "Щоб перевірити коректність поточної розкладки клавіатури, спробуйте ввести текст у поле Перевірити розкладку клавіатуриd." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" @@ -5290,17 +4956,12 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про " -#~ "користувачів\n" -#~ "або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть " -#~ "відповідне значення.\n" -#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Якщо ви використовуєте сервер NIS або LDAP для збереження даних про користувачів\n" +#~ "або, якщо ви хочете робити автентифікацію через сервер NT, виберіть відповідне значення.\n" +#~ "Після цього продовжіть налаштування вашого клієнта, натиснувши Далі." #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." #~ msgstr "Методом автентифікації є %1." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vm.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 14:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vpn.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vpn.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/vpn.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-17 21:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. @@ -256,18 +255,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " -"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Якщо VPN клієнти мають проблеми з доступом до певних сайтів Інтернету, то " -"цілком, можливо, що постраждалі вузли запобігають автоматичному пошуку MTU " -"(максимальний блок передачі) через неправильну конфігурацію мережевого " -"екрана.\n" -" Зниження TCP-MSS виправить ситуацію. Однак пропускна здатність буде знижена " -"приблизно на 10%." +"Якщо VPN клієнти мають проблеми з доступом до певних сайтів Інтернету, то цілком, можливо, що постраждалі вузли запобігають автоматичному пошуку MTU (максимальний блок передачі) через неправильну конфігурацію мережевого екрана.\n" +" Зниження TCP-MSS виправить ситуацію. Однак пропускна здатність буде знижена приблизно на 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -415,8 +407,7 @@ "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, утримайтеся від використання спеціальних символів і пробілів в " -"імені користувача.\n" +"Будь ласка, утримайтеся від використання спеціальних символів і пробілів в імені користувача.\n" "Прийнятні символи: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, тире, підкреслення" #. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. @@ -435,8 +426,7 @@ "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" "Name has to begin with a letter." msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, утримайтеся від використання спеціальних символів і пробілів у " -"назві.\n" +"Будь ласка, утримайтеся від використання спеціальних символів і пробілів у назві.\n" "Прийнятні символи: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, тире, підкреслення\n" "Назва повинна розпочинатися із букви." @@ -507,8 +497,7 @@ #. Configure IP forwarding #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" -msgstr "" -"Не вдалося застосувати налаштування IP-переадресації, використовуючи sysctl:" +msgstr "Не вдалося застосувати налаштування IP-переадресації, використовуючи sysctl:" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 @@ -526,15 +515,11 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Шлюз та клієнти VPN вимагають особливого налаштування мережного екрану " -"SuSE.\n" -"Мережний екран SuSE не увімкнено, тому вам потрібно вручну запускати " -"сценарій конфігурації при кожному перезавантаженні. Сценарій невдовзі буде " -"запущений.\n" +"Шлюз та клієнти VPN вимагають особливого налаштування мережного екрану SuSE.\n" +"Мережний екран SuSE не увімкнено, тому вам потрібно вручну запускати сценарій конфігурації при кожному перезавантаженні. Сценарій невдовзі буде запущений.\n" "Він розміщений на %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/wol.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-04 17:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/uk/po/yast2-apparmor.uk.po 2016-09-22 12:50:22 UTC (rev 97090) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-05 06:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97089 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:49:30 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97089 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on-creator.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/audit-laf.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control-center.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall-services.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ftp-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/http-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/inetd.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/instserver.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iplb.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/isns.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journal.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/languages_db.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/multipath.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs_server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis_server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/oneclickinstall.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update-configuration.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/opensuse_mirror.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pam.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/product-creator.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/proxy.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/relocation-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-users.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/scanner.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/slp-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sound.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/squid.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sshd.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sudo.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/support.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sysconfig.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tftp-server.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/timezone_db.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tune.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/wol.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/yast2-apparmor.lo.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on-creator.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on-creator.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on-creator.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/add-on.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/audit-laf.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/audit-laf.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/audit-laf.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -961,8 +961,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1154,528 +1154,556 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/auth-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,7 +291,8 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -474,6 +475,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1815,7 +1821,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2570,10 +2577,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/autoinst.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -581,67 +581,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "" @@ -944,11 +944,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "" @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -966,13 +966,13 @@ msgstr "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" @@ -1368,7 +1368,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -2053,45 +2054,57 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2101,14 +2114,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2117,7 +2130,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2244,7 +2257,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2254,67 +2267,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/base.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1538,13 +1538,13 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1555,23 +1555,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1579,76 +1579,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" @@ -3305,15 +3305,15 @@ msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/bootloader.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -194,22 +194,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -218,59 +218,59 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -278,102 +278,119 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -384,40 +401,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -427,17 +444,17 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ca-management.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -2147,7 +2149,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2193,23 +2196,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cio.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/cluster.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control-center.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control-center.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control-center.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/control.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" @@ -66,21 +66,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -98,17 +98,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -118,78 +119,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" @@ -197,8 +199,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" @@ -206,22 +208,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -272,31 +274,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" @@ -308,27 +310,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" @@ -336,8 +338,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "" @@ -374,47 +376,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" @@ -422,9 +424,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -432,8 +434,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -573,15 +575,11 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/country.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -514,32 +514,42 @@ msgstr "" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -547,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/crowbar.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dhcp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/dns-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,7 +297,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -368,7 +369,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -445,7 +447,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/docker.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/drbd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -373,40 +373,36 @@ " \n" msgstr "" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -436,61 +432,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "" @@ -595,81 +591,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -677,46 +673,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fcoe-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall-services.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall-services.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall-services.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firewall.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/firstboot.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/fonts.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ftp-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ftp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ftp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/geo-cluster.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,8 +59,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -130,7 +132,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -249,7 +252,8 @@ msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/http-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/http-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/http-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/inetd.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/inetd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/inetd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/installation.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -455,14 +455,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -507,49 +507,49 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "" @@ -713,33 +713,33 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -770,17 +770,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -1073,102 +1073,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1185,14 +1185,38 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1200,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1212,9 +1236,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1224,7 +1249,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1237,6 +1262,45 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "" + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1288,8 +1352,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1551,8 +1615,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1619,26 +1686,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1663,32 +1730,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1699,36 +1766,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1756,7 +1823,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1766,7 +1833,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1775,7 +1842,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1784,7 +1851,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1793,7 +1860,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1801,12 +1868,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1815,7 +1882,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1830,7 +1897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/instserver.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/instserver.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/instserver.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iplb.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iplb.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iplb.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/iscsi-lio-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/isns.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/isns.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/isns.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journal.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journal.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journal.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kdump.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1119,136 +1119,136 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/languages_db.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/languages_db.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/languages_db.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ldap.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/mail.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/multipath.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/multipath.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/multipath.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/network.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1066,14 +1066,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1241,62 +1241,61 @@ "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1305,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1675,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1683,20 +1682,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1704,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1712,19 +1711,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1732,76 +1731,76 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1809,25 +1808,31 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1835,137 +1840,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1973,7 +1978,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2427,29 +2432,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3022,33 +3027,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -3951,89 +3956,89 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs_server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs_server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nfs_server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis_server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis_server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/nis_server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/ntp-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -477,12 +477,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/oneclickinstall.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/oneclickinstall.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/oneclickinstall.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update-configuration.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update-configuration.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update-configuration.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/online-update.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/opensuse_mirror.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/opensuse_mirror.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/opensuse_mirror.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/packager.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1370,8 +1370,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" @@ -1396,39 +1396,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "" #. update the trusted flag @@ -1556,130 +1556,130 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1690,12 +1690,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1703,50 +1703,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1755,27 +1755,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1783,14 +1783,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1801,43 +1801,37 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pam.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pam.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pam.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/pkg-bindings.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/printer.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/product-creator.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/product-creator.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/product-creator.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/proxy.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/proxy.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/proxy.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/rear.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/registration.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -291,15 +291,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -309,19 +308,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -540,23 +539,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/relocation-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/relocation-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/relocation-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-client.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-users.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-users.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/samba-users.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/scanner.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/scanner.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/scanner.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/security.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1072,6 +1072,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/services-manager.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/slp-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/slp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/slp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/snapper.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sound.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sound.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sound.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/squid.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/squid.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/squid.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sshd.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sshd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sshd.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/storage.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -824,14 +825,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -844,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -854,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -866,18 +868,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -889,7 +892,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -898,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -909,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -924,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -939,12 +942,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -957,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -966,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -975,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -983,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -991,53 +994,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1046,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1056,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1066,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2020,9 +2023,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2053,8 +2058,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2076,7 +2082,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2093,7 +2100,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2653,7 +2661,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -2837,7 +2845,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2928,7 +2937,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -5112,39 +5122,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5152,7 +5162,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5160,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5168,18 +5178,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sudo.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sudo.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sudo.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/support.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/support.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/support.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sysconfig.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sysconfig.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/sysconfig.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tftp-server.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tftp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tftp-server.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/timezone_db.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/timezone_db.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/timezone_db.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tune.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tune.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/tune.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/update.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -235,19 +235,6 @@ "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -293,6 +280,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -515,25 +510,30 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -552,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -576,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -617,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -657,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -675,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -709,32 +709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/users.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -646,7 +658,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -677,7 +689,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "" @@ -699,7 +711,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" @@ -716,7 +728,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "" @@ -907,7 +919,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "" @@ -1032,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1159,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1194,7 +1206,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -1822,7 +1834,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2770,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -2778,11 +2791,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -2791,7 +2804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -2799,7 +2812,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -2809,15 +2822,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -2827,11 +2840,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -2840,12 +2853,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2853,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2861,34 +2874,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/vm.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/wol.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/wol.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/wol.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/yast2-apparmor.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/yast2-apparmor.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/yast2-apparmor.lo.po 2016-09-22 12:49:30 UTC (rev 97089) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97088 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:49:20 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97088 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/docker.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fonts.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journal.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journalctl.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on-creator.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/add-on.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/audit-laf.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ব্যবহারকারী" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "দলগুলি" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "চলছে" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" @@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর নাম" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -1017,8 +1017,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1210,535 +1210,565 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP সার্ভারের জন্য পাসওয়ার্ড" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port" msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP সার্ভার" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The name of a domain to join" +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "যোগ দেয়ার ডোমেনের নাম" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "অটোমাউন্টার প্যাকেজ স্থাপিত হবে.\n" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/auth-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -293,7 +293,8 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংসমূহ" @@ -476,6 +477,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "পোর্ট" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1822,7 +1828,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2579,10 +2586,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "পোর্ট" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/autoinst.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -646,55 +646,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "বার্তা" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "বার্তা দে&খাও" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "ল&গ বার্তা" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&টাই-আউট (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "সতর্কবানী" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "সতর্কবাণী দে&খাও" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "লগ সতর্ক&বাণী" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "টাইম-আউট (in s&ec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "ত্রুটি" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "ত্রু&টি দেখাও" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&লগ ত্রুটি" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "টাইম-আ&উট (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ "আপনার অভিজ্ঞতা অনুযায়ী, আপনি বাদগ দিতে লগ করতে এবং স্থাপন বার্তা প্রদর্শন (সময়সীমাসহ)\n" "প্রদর্শন করতে পারেন. \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ "টাইম আউটসহ সমস্ত বার্তা দেখাবার জন্য সুপারিশ করা হচ্ছে.\n" "কিছু জায়গায় সতর্কবাণী বাদ দেওয়া যায় কিন্তু অগ্রাহ্য করা উচিত নয়.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "বার্তাসমূহ এবং লগিং" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1061,11 +1061,11 @@ "অথবা হোস্ট নাম ভিত্তিক নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইলগুলি ব্যবহার করছেন, স্থাপন প্রণালী পুনরায়\n" "শুরু করুন এবং নিশ্চিত করুন যে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইলগুলিতে প্রবেশ করা যাবে.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "সিস্টেম প্রোফাইল লোকেশন" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "এবংপ্রোফাইল লোকেশন:" @@ -1073,11 +1073,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "একটা হার্ড ডিস্ক বেছে নিন" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "কোন হার্ড ডিস্ক মিলছে না." @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1099,13 +1099,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক নির্বাচন" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "চালিয়ে যাবার জন্য যে কোন একটা বিকল্প নির্বাচন করুন." @@ -1544,7 +1544,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ডিরেক্টরি নির্বাচন করো" @@ -2384,46 +2385,62 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "& প্রোফাইল ব্যবহার করুন" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "/root/autoinst.xml এ উত্পন্ন হওয়া অটোইয়াস্ট পার্শ্বচিত্র খুঁজে পাওয়া যাবে." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "AutoYaST প্রোফাইল %1 ব্যবহার করছে" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "ফ্লপি থেকে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল উদ্ধার করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল (%1) TFTP সার্ভার %2 থেকে উদ্ধার করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল (%1) NFS সার্ভার %2 থেকে উদ্ধার করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল (%1) HTTP সার্ভার %2 থেকে উদ্ধার করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল (%1) FTP সার্ভার %2 থেকে উদ্ধার করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "%1 ফাইল থেকে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল কপি করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 ডিভাইস থেকে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল কপি করছি." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "ডিফিল্ট লোকেশন থেকে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল কপি করছি" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "অজানা উত্স." @@ -2433,7 +2450,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2443,7 +2460,7 @@ "গঠন পরিচালনা ব্যবস্থা ব্যবহার করে নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইলের প্রায়\n" "সব উপাদানগুলি গঠন করা যাবে.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" @@ -2458,7 +2475,7 @@ "AutoYaST ব্যবহার করে অন্য একটা সিস্টেম স্থাপন করার জন্য ব্যবহার করা যায়.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2601,7 +2618,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2611,18 +2628,18 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ড্রাইভস" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2630,23 +2647,23 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "ক্রুট স্ক্রিপ্টস" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "ইনিট স্ক্রিপ্টস" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের বৈশিষ্ট্য সমূহ" @@ -2654,28 +2671,28 @@ #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "প্রী" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "পোষ্ট" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "ইনিট" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "ক্রুট" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "পার্টিশনিং" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "অজানা" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/base.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-08 03:51+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Mahay Alam Khan (মাহে আলম খান) <mahayalamkhan(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ankur <core(a)bengalinux.org>\n" @@ -1704,13 +1704,13 @@ msgstr "&বিস্তারিত..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "বার্তা" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "বার্তা দেখাও: %1" @@ -1721,23 +1721,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "হ্যাঁ" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1745,64 +1745,64 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "বার্তা টাইম-আউট করো: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "বার্তা লগ করো: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "সতর্কবানী" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "সতর্কবানী দেখাও: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "সতর্কবানী টাইমআউট করো: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "সতর্কবানী লগ করো: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "ত্রুটি" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "ত্রুটি প্রদর্শন করো: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "ত্রুটি টাইমআউট করো: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "ত্রুটি লগ করো: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "সতর্কবানী" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1819,8 +1819,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -3450,7 +3450,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "প্যাকেজার:" @@ -3612,15 +3612,15 @@ msgstr "&ব্যবহারকারীর নাম" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "বিস্তারিত দেখাও (&d)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "সাইজ: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/bootloader.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "না" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 #, fuzzy @@ -216,12 +216,12 @@ msgstr "%1 অবস্থান" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "সময়শেষ সেকেন্ডে" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" @@ -231,12 +231,12 @@ "\"\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "বুট পার্টিশানের জন্য পার্টিশান টেবিলে সক্রিয় ফ্ল্যাগ স্থির করুন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" @@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ "যদি MBR-এ বুট লোডার ইনস্টল করা হয়ে থাকে তাহলেও।" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR-এ বর্গীয় বুট কোড লিখুন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" @@ -266,52 +266,52 @@ "স্বতন্ত্র কোড যেটি সক্রিয় পার্টিশানগুলিকে বুট করে), MBR-এ জেনেরিক বুট কোড লিখুননির্বাচন করুন।" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "মেনুকে বুট-এ লুকিয়ে দিন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "বুটের সময়ে মেনু লুকিয়ে ফেলুন নির্বাচন করলে বুট মেনু লুকিয়ে যাবে।" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "কার্নেল কম্যান্ড লাইেনর জন্য অ্যাপেন্ডেড বিকল্প" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "বৈকল্পিক কার্নেল আদেশ লাইন প্যারামিটার আপনাকে কার্নেলের কাছে পাঠাবার জন্য অতিরিক্ত প্যারামিটার বর্ণনা করার সুযোগ দেয়।" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 #, fuzzy #| msgid "1st" msgid "set" msgstr "প্রথম" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "remove" @@ -321,63 +321,80 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "LDAP সুরক্ষিত পোর্ট: %1" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ডের মাধ্যমে বুট লোডার সুরক্ষিত করুন" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Security Event Notification" msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "বর্তমান কনফিগারেশন পড়ুন" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (&প)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড খালি থাকবে না." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -386,7 +403,7 @@ "মিলছে না. পাসওয়ার্ড আবার টাইপ করুন." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -397,50 +414,50 @@ "পাসওয়ার্ড পুনরায় টাইপ করুন এ পুনরাবৃত্তি করেন।" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "লেখচিত্রমূলক মেনু ফাইল" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "সিরিয়াল নিয়ন্ত্রক" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "দ্বন্দ্ব মীমাংসা:" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "অবৈধ যুক্তি " -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "অটোডিটেক্টেড কার্ড" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "সিরিয়াল নিয়ন্ত্রক" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "অবৈধ যুক্তি " #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "ডিফল্ট বুট সেক্শন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" @@ -458,48 +475,48 @@ "মেনু-এর বিভাগগুলির ক্রম পরিবর্তন করা যেতে পারে\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "41 PReP বুট পার্টিশান" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "মাস্টার বুট রেকর্ড থেকে বুট করুন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "বুট বিভাজন করতে ইমেজ কপি করুন" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Order" msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "ডিস্ক ক্রম" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -513,21 +530,21 @@ "Up এবং নীচে করুন বোতাম ডিস্ক রিঅর্ডার করতে." #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "অন্যান্য কারনাল এবং স্থিতিমাপগুলি " #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "বুট লোডার লোকেশন" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot&loader Options" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ca-management.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,7 +138,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password:" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (&প)" @@ -217,7 +218,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -2406,7 +2408,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Certificate &Password:" @@ -2457,25 +2460,30 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" # label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 #, fuzzy msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "বর্তমান তারিখ ফর্ম্যাট DD-MM-YYYY" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 #, fuzzy msgid "&New Password" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (&প)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cio.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/cluster.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control-center.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/control.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সেটিংগুলি" @@ -87,22 +87,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশনের সেটিংগুলি" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "আপডেট সেটিংগুলি" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক গঠন" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "হার্ডওয়ার গঠন" @@ -120,17 +120,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "প্রস্তুতি" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" @@ -142,84 +143,85 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Setup" msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক সেটআপ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "অলাইন আপডেট" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "স্বাগতম" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ডিস্ক সক্রিয়করণ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "ডিস্ক সক্রিয়করণ" - #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "সিস্টেম এনালাইজ" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "ডিস্ক সক্রিয়করণ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Online Update" -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "অলাইন আপডেট" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "সিস্টেম এনালাইজ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস" @@ -227,8 +229,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ডিস্ক" @@ -236,23 +238,23 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "সময় অঞ্চল" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #, fuzzy msgid "User Settings" msgstr "বেস সেটিংসমূহ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়া" @@ -304,31 +306,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন সম্পন্ন করুন" @@ -340,10 +342,10 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation" msgid "Installer Cleanup" @@ -352,17 +354,17 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "আপডেটের জন্য সিস্টেম" @@ -370,8 +372,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "আপডেট" @@ -408,47 +410,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "আপডেট সম্পন্ন করুন" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "বেস স্থাপন" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST সেটিংগুলি" @@ -456,9 +458,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "গঠন" @@ -466,8 +468,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "সিস্টেম গঠন" @@ -648,17 +650,13 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "বিকল্প সংস্করণ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "ডেস্কটপ নির্বাচন " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/country.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভাষা: %1" @@ -605,27 +605,37 @@ msgstr "সময় অঞ্চল %1 তে সমন্বয় করুন (&T)" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "ইন্সস্টলেশন তথ্য পড়ছি..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "প্রাথমিক ভাষা: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "প্যাকেজগুলি স্থাপন করছি..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -634,7 +644,7 @@ "কিছু অংশ ইংরেজীতে প্রদর্শিত হবে.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" @@ -646,7 +656,7 @@ "যোগ করুন" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/crowbar.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "স্থাপত্য" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dhcp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/dns-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -334,7 +334,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -418,7 +419,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -500,7 +502,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/docker.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/docker.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/docker.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "পাথ" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "নাম" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 #, fuzzy @@ -95,13 +95,13 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ঠিক আছে" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "বাতিল (&ব)" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "হোস্ট: (&হ)" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 #, fuzzy @@ -314,13 +314,14 @@ msgid "Container" msgstr "কনটেনার" +# সংযোজিত করো #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "যোগ করো" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "সরাও" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/drbd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -460,47 +460,43 @@ "এগিয়ে যাওয়ার জন্য পরবর্তী টিপুন।\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "গ্লোবাল সংরূপণ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device type" msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "ডিভাইস টাইপ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "SCPM ডাটাবেস লিখছি..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Microphone." msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "মাইক্রোফোন সমর্থন করুন" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -512,82 +508,83 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "নোডস" +# সংযোজিত করো #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "যোগ করো" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "মোছো" #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "প্রোটোকল" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ঠিক আছে" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "বাতিল " -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "যোজনার নাম নির্ধারণ করতেই হবে." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node name must be different." @@ -706,83 +703,83 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DSL গঠন প্রবর্তন করছি" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "বিশ্বব্যাপী সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "রিসোর্স গ্রুপসমূহ পড়ুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LVM configuration" msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM কনফিগারেশন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "winbind এর অবস্থা পড়ুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "পড়ুন ফায়ারওয়াল সেটিংগুলি" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "বিশ্বব্যাপী সাম্বা সেটিংগুলি পড়ছি..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপ পড়ছি..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "গঠন পড়ছি..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "উইনবাইন্ড অবস্থা পড়ছে..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "শেষ" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" msgid "" @@ -790,12 +787,12 @@ "%2" msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলির সংরূপণ" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS কনফিগারেশন লিখছি" @@ -804,59 +801,59 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লিখুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলি লিখুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write configuration" msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "গঠন লিখুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "বর্তমান স্টেটাস লক্ষ্য করুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write firewall settings" msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লিখুন" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "গ্লোবাল সেটিংগুলি লেখা হচ্ছে..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "সংস্থান গ্রুপগুলি লিখছে..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing configuration..." msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "গঠন লিখছি..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "কারেন্ট স্টেটাস আবিষ্কার করছি..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing firewall settings" msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী লেখা হচ্ছে..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fcoe-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall-services.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firewall.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/firstboot.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fonts.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fonts.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/fonts.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ftp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/geo-cluster.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,8 +59,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Class Configuration" @@ -139,7 +141,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -286,7 +289,8 @@ msgstr "নেটমাস্ক খালি থাকতে পারে না." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ফায়ারোয়াল কনফিাগরেশন" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/http-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/inetd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/installation.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-10 04:33+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Mahay Alam Khan (মাহে আলম খান) <mahayalamkhan(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ankur <core(a)bengalinux.org>\n" @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ # check out #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর" @@ -549,16 +549,16 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "প্রকাশনার তথ্য" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -620,40 +620,40 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ভাষা" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "কীবোর্ড লেআউট (&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "হ্যাঁ, আমি লাইসেন্স চুক্তি গ্রহন করলাম" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" @@ -662,14 +662,14 @@ # title for input field to test the keyboard setting # (no more than about 25 characters!) #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keyboard &test:" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "কীবোর্ড &পরীক্ষা:" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "TV স্টেশনগুলি লিখছি" @@ -868,35 +868,35 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "বিদ্যমান উত্‍‌স সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন:" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "কনফিগারকৃত ডিভাইস:" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Net&work Configuration..." @@ -930,17 +930,17 @@ msgstr "ইনস্টলেশন আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show packages with status" msgid "Show &package updates" @@ -1294,99 +1294,99 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "আপনার সিস্টেম পর্যবেক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..." # give user feedback what's happening # তদন্ত #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB ডিভাইসসমূহ সন্ধান করো" # give user feedback what's happening # তদন্ত -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB ডিভাইসসমূহ সন্ধান করা হচ্ছে..." # give user feedback what's happening -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire ডিভাইসসমূহ সন্ধান করো" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire ডিভাইসসমূহের সন্ধান করা হচ্ছে..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "ফ্লপি ডিস্ক সরঞ্জামগুলি তদন্ত করুন" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "ফ্লপি ডিস্ক সরঞ্জামগুলি তদন্ত করছি..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক নিয়ন্ত্রণকারীগুলির তদন্ত করুন" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক নিয়ন্ত্রণকারীগুলি তদন্ত করছি..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক নিয়ন্ত্রণকারীদের জন্য কার্নেল মডিউলগুলি লোড করুন" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক নিয়ন্ত্রণকারীগুলির জন্য কার্নেল মডিউল লোড করছি..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্ক তদন্ত করুন" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "হার্ড ডিস্কসমূহ তদন্ত করছি..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "হারিয়ে যাওয়া বিভাগুলি খুঁজুন" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "মূল সরঞ্জাম খুঁজছি..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "নতুন প্যাকেজ তথ্যভাণ্ডার প্রবর্তন করছি..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "নতুন প্যাকেজ তথ্যভাণ্ডার প্রবর্তন করছি..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "সিস্টেম প্রোব করা হচ্ছে" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "অনুগ্রহ করে কম্পিউটার হার্ডওয়ার এবং ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেম পরীক্ষা হওয়া পর্যন্ত অপেক্ষা করুন..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ "আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ "ইনস্টলেশনের জন্য কোন হার্ড ডিস্ক পাওয়া যায়নি।\n" "আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন!\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1437,15 +1437,39 @@ "আপনার হার্ডওয়্যার পরীক্ষা করুন।\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে।" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1453,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1465,9 +1489,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1477,7 +1502,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1490,6 +1515,56 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "ডাউনলোড করা হচ্ছে: %1" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "প্যাকেজগুলি কপি করুন" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "পুনরায় চেষ্টা করো (&র)" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to AutoYaST Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "AutoYaST প্রোফাইলের পথ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "সাউণ্ড ভলিউম আপডটে করছি..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "কন্ট্রোল ফাইল পড়ায় ত্রুটি।" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -1546,8 +1621,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "পরিবর্তন... (&C)" @@ -1854,8 +1929,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" @@ -1926,16 +2004,16 @@ msgstr "ইনস্টলকৃত সিস্টেমে লগ ফাইল কপি করা হচ্ছে..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device" msgid "&Device" @@ -1943,11 +2021,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "Import SSH Configuration" @@ -1976,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর অনুরোধে কনফিগারেশন বাদ দেয়া হচ্ছে" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1985,26 +2063,26 @@ "ঠিক করতে হবে।\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "বর্তমান বৈশিষ্ট্যাবলী পড়া যাচ্ছে না." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "আপনার সিস্টেম পর্যবেক্ষন করা হচ্ছে..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ত্রুটি: প্রস্তাব নেই" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -2017,40 +2095,40 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "কনফিগারেশন বাদ দাও (&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "পরবর্তী কনফিগারেশনগুলি ব্যবহার করুন (&U)" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "পরিবর্তনের জন্য যে কোন শিরোনামকে ক্লিক করে অথবা নীচের \"পরিবর্তন...\" মেনু ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "পরিবর্তনের জন্য যে কোন শিরোনামকে ক্লিক করে অথবা নীচের \"পরিবর্তন...\" মেনু ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "ডিফল্টে রিসেট করুন (&R)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "পরিবর্ধন" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "ইনস্টল (&ই)" @@ -2091,7 +2169,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2105,7 +2183,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2118,7 +2196,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2130,7 +2208,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2142,7 +2220,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2153,12 +2231,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML ইনস্টলেশনের প্রস্তাব" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2169,7 +2247,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2189,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "দূরবর্তী অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেশন" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2210,7 +2288,7 @@ #. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) #: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer #. @@ -2240,21 +2318,21 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTP(S) প্রোটকলের মাধ্যমে URL '%1' খুঁজে পাচ্ছি না. সার্ভার %2 শর্ত ফেরত পাঠিয়েছে." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "FTP প্রোটকলের মাধ্যমে URL '%1' খুঁজে পাচ্ছি না. সার্ভার %2 শর্ত ফেরত পাঠিয়েছে." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "%1/%2 ফাইল পড়া ব্যর্থ হয়েছে.\n" #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ফাইল পড়ছি %1 ব্যর্থ হয়েছে .\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed @@ -2262,18 +2340,18 @@ #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "মাউন্টিং %1 ব্যর্থ." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CD তে একটা ফাইল পড়া ব্যর্থ হয়েছে. পথঃ %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "" +msgstr "রিমোট ফাইল %1 উদ্ধার করা যাবে না" #. this is workaround for bnc#849767 #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now @@ -2286,12 +2364,12 @@ #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ফাইল %1 পাওয়া যায় নি" #. Device #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "TFTP প্রোটকলের মাধ্যমে URL '%1' খুঁজে পাচ্ছি না." # check out #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/instserver.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iplb.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/iscsi-lio-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ msgstr "পরিষেবা" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "গ্লোবাল" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/isns.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journal.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journal.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journal.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journalctl.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journalctl.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/journalctl.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "রিফ্রেশ করুন " #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -109,16 +109,17 @@ msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "" +# label text #. Fields to display for listing the entries #. #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "সময়" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "উত্‍স" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/kdump.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "পরিবর্তনগুলি প্রয়োগ করার জন্য রিবুট করা প্রয়োজন। " @@ -1339,151 +1339,151 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "মডেম গঠন আরম্ভ করছি" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "গঠন পড়ছি..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি পড়তে পারি না." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "বিভাজন রিড করছে..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "বিদ্যমান উত্‍‌স সনাক্ত করা হচ্ছে..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "কনফিগারেশন ফাইল /etc/sysconfig/kdump পড়তে পারছে না" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "সাধারণ সেটিংগুলি পড়তে পারি না." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "%1 ফাইল পড়তে পারি না" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "মডেম কনফিগারেশন সেভ করছি" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লিখুন..." #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "পরিবর্ধনের অপশন" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা হচ্ছে..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "কনফিগারেশন আপডেট করো" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "শেষ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "সেটিংগুলি লেখা যাচ্ছে না." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "বুটলোডার ত্রুটিতে ক্র্যাশকার্নেল চলরাশি যুক্ত করছে।" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "%1 রানলেভেলে" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "সক্রিয়" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "নিষ্ক্রিয়" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "বিকল্পের খালি মান:%1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ফাইল ফরম্যাট" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "পুরোনোব্যাকআপের ম্যাকি&মাম নাম্বার" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "পুরোনোব্যাকআপের ম্যাকি&মাম নাম্বার" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/languages_db.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ldap.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/mail.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -321,8 +321,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "না" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/multipath.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/network.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ msgstr "ডিভাইস" # this is a heading -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "অপশনসমূহ" @@ -807,13 +807,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "সাবধানী: কোন এনক্রিপশন ব্যবহার করা হয় নি." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "পরিবর্তিত" @@ -1191,14 +1191,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&ডিভাইস টাইপ" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&গটন নাম" @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "নতুন দল যোগ করুন" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "কোন ডিভাইস নয়" @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP ঠিকানা" @@ -1396,58 +1396,57 @@ "ডুপ্লিকেট IP ঠিকানা আবিষ্কার করেছি.\n" "সত্যি কী চালিয়ে যাব?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&সাধারণ" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ফায়ারওয়াল খোলা" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "এখানে ডিটেল নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড সেটিংসমূহ গঠন করুন." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "যোগ করো" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP ঠিকানা গঠন করুন." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&হার্ডওয়ার" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "বন্ড স্লেভ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ওয়্যারলেস LAN" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1455,7 +1454,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1466,13 +1465,13 @@ # নেটওয়ার্ক #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1868,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "&পরিবর্তন করুন হস্টনেম ভায়া DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1876,20 +1875,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1897,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1905,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1917,12 +1916,12 @@ "যেমন, io=0x300 irq=5. টীকা: যদি দুটো কার্ড একই মডিউল নাম দিয়ে গঠন\n" "করা হয় তাহলে সেভ করার সময়ে বিকল্পগুলি একত্রিত হয়ে যাবে." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1932,7 +1931,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1941,7 +1940,7 @@ "অথবা /etc/chandev.confতে লেখা হবে.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1950,67 +1949,67 @@ "নির্দিষ্ট করা ফরম্যাট লেখা হবে." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&কার্নেল মডিউল" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&মডিউল নাম" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "উপকরণের নাম" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "পরিবর্তিত" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "সার্ভার সনাক্তকরন" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "সেকেন্ড" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "ব্লিন" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ডোমেন" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "নিজেৈর হাতে নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড নির্বাচন" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2020,28 +2019,37 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&খোঁজো" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "গঠন নাম %1 (%2) ইতিমধ্যে মজুত.\n" "অন্য একটি বেছে নিন." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"গঠন নাম %1 (%2) ইতিমধ্যে মজুত.\n" +"অন্য একটি বেছে নিন." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ড গঠন" @@ -2049,135 +2057,135 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 সরঞ্জাম সেটিংসমূহ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম্বার" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "& IPA টেকওভার সমর্থ করুন" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "সক্ষম &লেয়ার 2 সমর্থন" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "যোগ করো" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "পড়ু&ন চ্যানেল" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "ফাইবার চ্যানেল" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "নিয়ন্ত্রণ ফাইল পরিবর্তন করা হয়েছে." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য (কেস-সেনসেটিভ) পোর্টনামএন্টার করুন." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য (মাঝখানে খালি জায়গা দিয়ে ভাগ করা) অতিরিক্ত বিকল্পগুলি" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য IP ঠিকানা টেকওভার যদি সমর্থ করতে হয় এনাবল IPA টেকওভার নির্বাচন করুন." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "এই কার্ড যদি স্তর 2 সাহায্য দিয়ে গঠিত হয়ে থাকে এনাবল লেয়ার 2 সাপোর্ট নির্বাচন করুন." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "এই কার্ড যদি স্তর 2 সাহায্য দিয়ে গঠিত হয়ে থাকে এনাবল লেয়ার 2 MAC ঠিকানা এন্টার করুন." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&পোর্ট নাম্বার" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD টাইম-আউট" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য পোর্ট নাম্বার এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য LANCMD সময়-শেষনির্দিষ্ট করুন।" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "সুসংগত মোড" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "এক্সটেনডেট মোড" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-বেস ট্রাই (লিনাক্স টু লিনাক্স কানেকশন)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "সুসংহত মোড OS/390 এবং z/OSসহ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&প্রটোকল" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "এই ইন্টারফেসের জন্য প্রোটোকল নির্বাচন করুন." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "সার্ভারের নাম: " #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2185,7 +2193,7 @@ " IUCV পিয়ারের নাম এন্টার করুন,\n" "যেমন, z/VM ব্যবহারকারীর নাম যার সাথে (কেস-সংবেদনশীল)সংযোগ করা হবে.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2194,7 +2202,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "হার্ডওয়্যার তথ্য" @@ -2798,31 +2806,31 @@ "করুন." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP ঠিকানা" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "নেট&মাস্ক" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP ঠিকানা ইনভ্যালিড" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "%1 মানটি অবৈধ." @@ -3464,33 +3472,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক কার্ডস" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "মডেমস" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN কার্ডস" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL সরঞ্জাম" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "সমস্ত নেটওয়ার্ক সরঞ্জাম" @@ -4478,42 +4486,42 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "বুটে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে শুরু হয়েছিল" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "কেবল কানেকশনে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে শুরু হয়েছিল" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "নেটওয়ার্ক ম্যানেজার দ্বারা পরিচালিত" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "একেবারেই শুরু করা যাবে না" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "নিজেথেকেই শুরু হয়েছিল" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP ঠিকানা নির্দেশিত DHCP ব্যবহার করে " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4 ঠিকানা" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4521,47 +4529,47 @@ #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "গঠিত নয়." #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "ডিভাইসের নাম: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "বন্ড স্লেভ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "&সমাপ্তির ব্যানার" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(সংযুক্ত নয়)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4571,12 +4579,12 @@ "শুরু করার জন্য কনফিগার সাউণ্ড কার্ডস টিপুন.\n" "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "তথ্য প্রয়োজন" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "অজানা" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nfs_server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/nis_server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/ntp-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -485,12 +485,14 @@ msgstr "NTP সার্ভার" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "লোকাল NTP সার্ভার" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "পাবলিক NTP সার্ভার" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/oneclickinstall.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update-configuration.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/online-update.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/opensuse_mirror.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/packager.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "বিস্তারিত:" @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ঠিক আছে -- আবার চেষ্টা করো (&O)" @@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "লগ পড়ার সময় ত্রুটি হয়েছে।" @@ -1653,8 +1653,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "অজানা প্রসেসর" @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান" @@ -1684,47 +1684,47 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, ডিরেক্টরি: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত তথ্য" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত ভান্ডারসমূহ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "অ্যড-অন প্রোডাক্টস" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "অতিরিক্ত প্রডাক্ট CD ঢোকান" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "প্রথম ইনস্টলেশন মিডিয়ামটি দিন." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 #, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "'%1' তে সেটিংসমূহ লেখা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1877,86 +1877,86 @@ msgstr "ডেল্টা RPM: প্রয়োগ করা হচ্ছে %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "যাইহোক, আপনি একটি ৩২-বিট ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন ইনস্টল করার চেষ্টা করছেন." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML ইনস্টলেশনের প্রস্তাব" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "পণ্য: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "সিস্টেম: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "প্যাটার্নগুলি" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "ইনস্টল করা হবে এমন সব প্যাকেজের সাইজ: %1 " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "রিলিজ নোটের ডাউনলোড করুন" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1967,40 +1967,40 @@ "যে কোন উপায়ে চালিয়ে যান?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ডিস্কে যথেষ্ট শূণ্যস্থান নেই৷" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "ডিস্কে যথেষ্ট জায়গা নেই. কিছু প্যাকেজ বাদ দিন." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "পার্টিশন %3 তে মাত্র %1(%2%%)শূণ্যস্থান আছে৷ " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "প্যাকেজ %1 স্থাপন হবে." #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "%1 প্যাকেজ হালনাগাদ করা হবে" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -2008,11 +2008,11 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -2031,13 +2031,13 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1'-তে কোন সোর্স পাওয়া যায়নি।" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -2055,35 +2055,35 @@ "প্রকাশনার তথ্য ডাউনলোড করতে পারেন।" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "খারাপ মাধ্যম উপেক্ষা করছে" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "প্রয়োজনীয় প্যাকেজগুলোর ইনস্টলেশন ব্যর্থ হয়েছে." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "ফন্টসমূহ আরম্ভ করা হচ্ছে..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" "প্রবেশ করাও\n" "'%1'" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 পাওয়া যায়নি" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2092,19 +2092,19 @@ "বিস্তারিত তথ্যের জন্য %1 লগ ফাইল দেখুন." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "প্যাকেজ নির্বাচন পরীক্ষা করা হচ্ছে..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2113,22 +2113,22 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ফাইল %1 খুলতে পারছি না" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "ভাষা (&L)" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2144,14 +2144,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2165,47 +2165,41 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "সত্যিই ইনস্টলেশন থেকে প্রস্থান করতে চান?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "সিস্টেম বন্ধ করা হচ্ছে..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "লাইসেন্স চুক্তি" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pam.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/pkg-bindings.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/printer.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/product-creator.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/proxy.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/rear.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/registration.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -337,15 +337,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -355,7 +354,7 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid time" @@ -363,13 +362,13 @@ msgstr "অবৈধ সময়" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -614,11 +613,11 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details" @@ -626,13 +625,13 @@ #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "is not available" msgid "%s (not available)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/relocation-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-client.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/samba-users.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/scanner.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/security.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -1292,6 +1292,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "প্রিডিফাইনড কনফিগারেশন" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "নিরাপত্তা" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/services-manager.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/slp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/snapper.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sound.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/squid.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sshd.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/storage.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -109,7 +109,8 @@ msgstr "কাস্টম পার্টিশন সেটআপ তৈরি করুন" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -1118,14 +1119,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1144,7 +1146,7 @@ "এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1160,7 +1162,7 @@ "আপনি কি এটি করতে চান?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1172,13 +1174,14 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1188,7 +1191,7 @@ "আপনি কি আপনার সেটআপ পরিবর্তন করতে চান? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1204,7 +1207,7 @@ "\n" "এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন? \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1213,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1229,7 +1232,7 @@ "এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1252,7 +1255,7 @@ "এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1275,13 +1278,13 @@ "এটি পরিবর্তন করবেন?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "সত্যিই সিস্টেম দলকে অপসারণ করতে চান?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1302,7 +1305,7 @@ "আপনি কি এটি পরিবর্তন করতে চান?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1316,7 +1319,7 @@ "আপনি ফরম্যাট করা হয় নি এমন একটি বিদ্যমান পার্টিশানের উপরে স্থাপন করার জন্য নির্বাচন করেছেন। আপনার স্থাপন করার প্রক্রিয়াটি সফল হবে কিনা তা YaST2 নিশ্চিত করতে পারে না, বিশেষভাবে নিম্নলিখিত ক্ষেত্রগুলিতে:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1325,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr " -এটি যদি একটি বিদ্যমান ReiserFS পার্টিশান হয় - যদি এই পার্টিশানটিতে ইতিমধ্যেই একটি লিনাক্স ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন থাকে তাহলে সেটির উপরে লেখা হবে- এই পার্টিশানটিতে যদি এখনো একটি ফাইল সিস্টেম না থাকে \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1338,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "যদি সন্দেহ থাকে, তাহলে আপনি ফিরে যেতে এবং এই পার্টিশানটি ফরম্যাট করার জন্য চিহ্নিত করতে পারেন, বিশেষভাবে এটি যদি স্ট্যান্ডার্ড মাউন্ট পয়েন্টগুলির কোন একটিতে নির্দেশ করা থাকে যেমন /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1350,7 +1353,7 @@ "আপনি কি আপনার সেটআপ পরিবর্তন করতে চান?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1359,7 +1362,7 @@ " এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে এটিকে RAID থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1368,7 +1371,7 @@ " এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে এটিকে ভলিউম গ্রুপ থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1377,7 +1380,7 @@ " এটি সম্পাদনা করার পূর্বে ভলিউম অপসারণ করুন।\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1386,7 +1389,7 @@ "এটি মুছে ফেলার পূর্বে RAID থেকে অপসারণ করুন।\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1394,13 +1397,13 @@ "ডিভাইস (%2) (%1)-এর দ্বারা ব্যবহৃত হয় ।\n" "এটি মুছে ফেলার পূর্বে (%1)অপসারণ করুন।\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "যন্ত্রটি বাদ দিয়ে দেওয়া হয়েছিল৷" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1415,7 +1418,7 @@ "লজিকাল পার্টিশন ব্যবহৃত হচ্ছে।\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1434,7 +1437,7 @@ "আপনি যদি সঠিকভাবে না জানেন যে আপনি কি করছেন তাহলে বাতিল করুন নির্বাচন করুন।\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1449,7 +1452,7 @@ " থেকে অপসারণ করুন। \n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1464,7 +1467,7 @@ " সংশ্লিষ্ট RAID সিস্টেম থেকে বাতিল করুন। \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2684,9 +2687,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "সম্পাদন করো (&স)" @@ -2717,8 +2722,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2741,7 +2747,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "সম্পাদন..." @@ -2758,7 +2765,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 #, fuzzy @@ -3427,7 +3435,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3638,7 +3646,8 @@ msgstr "উপরে &তুলুন" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "পুনরায় আকার দিন" @@ -3739,7 +3748,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 #, fuzzy @@ -6474,7 +6484,7 @@ msgstr "%1 -এর পরিমাপ পরিবর্তন করা চালিয়ে যাবেন? " #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6482,35 +6492,35 @@ msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6518,7 +6528,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6526,7 +6536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -6538,20 +6548,20 @@ msgstr "পার্টিশান %1 পুনরায় পরিমাপ স্থির করা যাবে না কারণ ফাইল সিস্টেমটি মাউন্ট করা যাবে না।\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "গ্লোবাল রুট ফাইল সিস্টেম স্থির করুন" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sudo.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/support.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/sysconfig.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tftp-server.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bengali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/timezone_db.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/tune.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/update.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "অজানা" @@ -279,19 +279,6 @@ "আপনি কি নিশ্চিত আপনি আপনার\n" "বিস্তারিত নির্বাচনসমূহ পূর্বাবস্থায় নিতে চান?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "লক্ষ্যকৃত সিস্টেম মাউন্ট করতে ব্যর্থ" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -339,6 +326,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 রুট পার্টিশন %2 তে" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "লক্ষ্যকৃত সিস্টেম মাউন্ট করতে ব্যর্থ" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -589,8 +584,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "চালিয়ে যাও (&o)" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -600,17 +600,17 @@ " %1 এর SBD আর্টিকেল এ দেখুন।" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "অজ্ঞাত লাইনাক্স সিস্টেম" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "নন-লাইনাক্স সিস্টেম" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "অথবা আপনার কমপিউটার রিস্টার্ট করুন।\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "%1 পার্টিশনের পরীক্ষা চলছে" @@ -634,24 +634,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&বিস্তারিত দেখাও" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 পার্টিশনের পরীক্ষা চলছে" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ফাইলের integrity পরীক্ষা ব্যর্থ হয়েছে: " #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -672,25 +672,25 @@ # use newlines for longer translations. # উপেক্ষা করো #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "কনফিগারেশন বাদ দাও (&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড সঠিক নয়. পুনরায় চেষ্টা করুন?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "সতর্কবাণী" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -732,27 +732,27 @@ "পরিবর্ধন বাতিল করতে, বাতিল ক্লিক করুন।" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশন উল্লেখ করুন (&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "মাউন্ট অপশনসমূহ" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট (&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "ডিভাইস (&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -761,12 +761,12 @@ "(স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে সনাক্তকরণের জন্য ফাঁকা রাখুন) (&F)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var পার্টিশন %1 মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -774,18 +774,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "কিছুই নয়" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "এই ডিস্ক কনফিগারেশনের জন্য /var পার্টিশন মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -793,24 +793,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "%1 রুট পার্টিশন %2 তে" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "উপকরণ আইডি" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "এই ডিস্ক কনফিগারেশনের জন্য /var পার্টিশন মাউন্ট করা সম্ভব হয়নি।\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -832,32 +832,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "কোন fstab পাওয়া যায়নি।" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab এর মূল পার্টিশনে একটি ত্রুটিযুক্ত root ডিভাইস রয়েছে।\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "বর্তমানে এটি %1 হিসেবে মাউন্ট করা তবে %2 হিসেবে তালিকাভুক্ত রয়েছে।\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "রুট পার্টিশন মূল্যায়ন করা হচ্ছে। একটু অপেক্ষা করুন..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "পার্টিশনগুলো মাউন্ট করা হচ্ছে। একটু অপেক্ষা করুন..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" msgid "Searching for Available Systems" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/users.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -242,6 +242,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীর নতুন UID" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -675,7 +687,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -712,7 +724,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "পূর্ণ নাম:" @@ -737,7 +749,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&ব্যবহারকারীরা" @@ -754,7 +766,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটর \"root\" -এর জন্য পাসওয়ার্ড" @@ -953,7 +965,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Reset Password" msgid "Really use this password?" @@ -1093,7 +1105,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1271,7 +1283,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1325,7 +1337,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -2104,7 +2116,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Users" msgstr "&স্থানীয় ব্যবহারকারীরা" @@ -3222,7 +3235,7 @@ "আবার চেষ্টা করুন." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgid "" @@ -3232,12 +3245,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "ব্যবহারকারীদের প্রমাণীকরণের জন্য নির্বাচন করুন স্থানীয়শুধুমাত্র এই স্থানীয় ফাইলগুলিl ব্যবহার করে /etc/passwd এবং /etc/shadow." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Create new user" msgstr "নতুন বিভাজন সৃষ্টি করুন" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3252,7 +3265,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -3270,7 +3283,7 @@ "ক্যারেকটারের মধ্যে.\n" "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3288,17 +3301,17 @@ "/etc/login.defs ফাইলে গিয়ে. তথ্যের জন্য এর man পৃষ্ঠাটি পড়ুন.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "পূর্বের স্থাপনা থেকে ব্যবহারকারীর ডেটা পড়ুন" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3308,11 +3321,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3321,13 +3334,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Local User" msgstr "&স্থানীয় ব্যবহারকারীরা" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3335,7 +3348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3343,41 +3356,41 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 #, fuzzy msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "নতুন বিভাজন সৃষ্টি করুন" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "পূর্বের স্থাপনা থেকে ব্যবহারকারীর ডেটা পড়ুন" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "&সিস্টেম ব্যবহারকারীরা" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&অটো লগইন" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No user was specified." msgid "No users selected" msgstr "কোন ব্যবহারকারী উল্লিখিত হয়নি." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 #, fuzzy msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/vm.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/wol.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/bn/po/yast2-apparmor.bn.po 2016-09-22 12:49:20 UTC (rev 97088) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97087 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 22 Sep '16

22 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-22 14:48:43 +0200 (Thu, 22 Sep 2016) New Revision: 97087 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sudo.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/wol.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on-creator.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/add-on.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/audit-laf.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -961,8 +961,8 @@ msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" @@ -1154,528 +1154,556 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/auth-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -291,7 +291,8 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -474,6 +475,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "" @@ -1815,7 +1821,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2570,10 +2577,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/autoinst.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -581,67 +581,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "" @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ "installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "" @@ -944,11 +944,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "" @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -966,13 +966,13 @@ msgstr "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "" @@ -1368,7 +1368,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -2053,45 +2054,57 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2101,14 +2114,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2117,7 +2130,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2244,7 +2257,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2254,67 +2267,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/base.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1538,13 +1538,13 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1555,23 +1555,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1579,76 +1579,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "" @@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" @@ -3305,15 +3305,15 @@ msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/bootloader.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -194,22 +194,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -218,59 +218,59 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -278,102 +278,119 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -384,40 +401,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -427,17 +444,17 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ca-management.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "" @@ -2147,7 +2149,8 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "" @@ -2193,23 +2196,28 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cio.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/cluster.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control-center.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/control.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" @@ -66,21 +66,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -98,17 +98,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -118,78 +119,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" @@ -197,8 +199,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" @@ -206,22 +208,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -272,31 +274,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" @@ -308,27 +310,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" @@ -336,8 +338,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "" @@ -374,47 +376,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" @@ -422,9 +424,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -432,8 +434,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -573,15 +575,11 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/country.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -514,32 +514,42 @@ msgstr "" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -547,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/crowbar.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dhcp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/dns-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -297,7 +297,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -368,7 +369,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -445,7 +447,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/docker.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/drbd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -373,40 +373,36 @@ " \n" msgstr "" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "" @@ -436,61 +432,61 @@ msgstr "" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "" @@ -595,81 +591,81 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -677,46 +673,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fcoe-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall-services.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firewall.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/firstboot.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/fonts.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ftp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/geo-cluster.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -59,8 +59,10 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -130,7 +132,8 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -249,7 +252,8 @@ msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/http-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/inetd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/installation.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -455,14 +455,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -507,49 +507,49 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "" @@ -713,33 +713,33 @@ msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -770,17 +770,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -1073,102 +1073,102 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1185,14 +1185,38 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1200,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1212,9 +1236,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1224,7 +1249,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1237,6 +1262,45 @@ "then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "" + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1288,8 +1352,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1551,8 +1615,11 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1619,26 +1686,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1663,32 +1730,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1699,36 +1766,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1756,7 +1823,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1766,7 +1833,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1775,7 +1842,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1784,7 +1851,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1793,7 +1860,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1801,12 +1868,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1815,7 +1882,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1830,7 +1897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/instserver.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iplb.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/iscsi-lio-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/isns.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journal.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kdump.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -1119,136 +1119,136 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/languages_db.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ldap.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/mail.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/multipath.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/network.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1066,14 +1066,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1241,62 +1241,61 @@ "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1306,12 +1305,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1675,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1683,20 +1682,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1704,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1712,19 +1711,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1732,76 +1731,76 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1809,25 +1808,31 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1835,137 +1840,137 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1973,7 +1978,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2427,29 +2432,29 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3022,33 +3027,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -3951,89 +3956,89 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nfs_server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/nis_server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/ntp-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -477,12 +477,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/oneclickinstall.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update-configuration.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/online-update.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/opensuse_mirror.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/packager.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" @@ -1369,8 +1369,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" @@ -1395,39 +1395,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "" #. update the trusted flag @@ -1555,130 +1555,130 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1689,12 +1689,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1702,50 +1702,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1754,27 +1754,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1782,14 +1782,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1800,43 +1800,37 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pam.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/pkg-bindings.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/printer.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/product-creator.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/proxy.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/rear.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/registration.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -291,15 +291,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -309,19 +308,19 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" @@ -540,23 +539,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/relocation-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-client.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/samba-users.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/scanner.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/security.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1072,6 +1072,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/services-manager.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/slp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/snapper.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sound.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/squid.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sshd.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/storage.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -824,14 +825,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -844,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -854,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -866,18 +868,19 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -889,7 +892,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -898,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -909,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -924,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -939,12 +942,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -957,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -966,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -975,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -983,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -991,53 +994,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1046,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1056,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1066,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2020,9 +2023,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2053,8 +2058,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2076,7 +2082,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2093,7 +2100,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2653,7 +2661,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -2837,7 +2845,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2928,7 +2937,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -5112,39 +5122,39 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5152,7 +5162,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5160,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5168,18 +5178,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sudo.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sudo.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sudo.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/support.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/sysconfig.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tftp-server.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/timezone_db.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/tune.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/update.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -235,19 +235,6 @@ "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -293,6 +280,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -515,25 +510,30 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -552,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -576,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -617,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -657,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -675,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -709,32 +709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/users.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -646,7 +658,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -677,7 +689,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "" @@ -699,7 +711,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" @@ -716,7 +728,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "" @@ -907,7 +919,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "" @@ -1032,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1159,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1194,7 +1206,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -1822,7 +1834,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2770,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -2778,11 +2791,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -2791,7 +2804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -2799,7 +2812,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -2809,15 +2822,15 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -2827,11 +2840,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -2840,12 +2853,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2853,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -2861,34 +2874,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/vm.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/wol.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/wol.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/wol.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:34 UTC (rev 97086) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/yast2-apparmor.sq.po 2016-09-22 12:48:43 UTC (rev 97087) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"

1 0

← Newer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
...
48
Older →

Jump to page: